！ 7 ſ.Ē，---- §.|ק|× Ľ， ſiſ Ī |lll|ſiiſ tae ： ſ！ _-_~ ：|-： |-| | 2- - … … --~ 22e. e J. ^ 3 7 % ºve a. *TREATIES - Zº 22. ** ---. THE * * * * * * * * is UNITED STATES OF AMERICA 20 AND THE SEVERAL INDIAN TRIBES, FROM 1778 TO 1837: º goNETLED AND PRINTED BY THE DIRECTION, AND UNDER THE SUPERVISION, OF THE COMMISSIONIER OF INDIAN AIFIFAIRS. WASHINGTON, D. C. publish Ed By LANGTREE AND oºsui. Livan, 1837. * - - - - - - - - - - * > . . s. sº. - - º - - - - - * * * - - - - - - -- - - - - - * * * - - - - - º, º º, - -- - - - - - - º s - - - - - - - - - - - * > -- - - - - - -- -- º . - - - - - * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- º º - - º - - * ºn F, Pºpkºws 11 - 2 sº tºo Oºt o' TA B L E O F C O N T E N T S. APPA.T.A.C.H.ICOLAS. No. 1 CONCLUDED HELD AT COMMISSIONERS RATIFIED lºgº 1 |1832, Oct. 11|Tallahassee James Gadsden 1833, Feb. 13 512 2 |1833, June 18|Pope’s, Florida James Gadsden 1834, Ap. 12 578 No. 1. Annuities, proportion of $5,000 continued to Bluntand Davy, (see page 308) 513 Cession, reservation made by treaty, Sept. 18, 1823, (see page 311) - 512 to be surrendered before Nov. 1, 1833, or 1834 - - 513 Consideration, $3,000 in cash, and $10,000 on removal - - 512 Emigration, west of the Mississippi, agreed to - - - 512 No. 2. Annuities, proportion of $5,000 continued to Mulato King and Tustenuggy ajo - - - - - - 579 balance to be advanced when Seminoles remove - - 579 Cession, reservation made by treaty, Sept. 18, 1823, (see page 311) - 578 Consideration, $3,000 in addition, to be paid conditionally, (see page 501) 579 Emigration, expenses of, how to be defrayed - - - 579 Protection of United States withdrawn, when Seminoles emigrate - 579 Reservations, to two chiefs, one and a half sections of land each; to embrace their fields and improvements - - - 578 may be disposed of, if chiefs emigrate within three years; but if they remain, must be subject to the laws of Florida 578 [The foregoing stipulations refer to Mulatto King, or Vacapasacy, and to Tuste- nuggy Hajo, head chiefs of Ematlochees town. Similar stipulations are made with Econ-chati-mico.—See pages 580, 581. 1 Note:-There are treaties with the Florida Indians and the Seminoles, in which the Appalachicolas are interested.—See pages 307 and 500. EELANT'Sº-ETEAS–SEE MINNETAREE's - - 360 VI CADDOES, CAHO.KIAS, CHAYENNES. CAIDIDOES. No. 1 CONCLUDED HELD AT COMMISSIONER RATIFIED PAGE 1 1835, July 1|Caddo Agency J. Brooks 1836, Feb. 2 621 Agent, or attorney, to be appointed to receive annuity - - - 622 Annuity, $10,000, four years, to be paid to agent, or attorney - - 622 Cession, lands from boundary of Mexico, between Sabine and Red rivers, to Pascagoula bayou, etc. - - - - 621 Consideration, $30,000 in Fº immediately; $10,000 in money, Sept. 1, 1835; and $10,000, four years - - - 622 receipt of goods acknowledged - - - 623 Emigration, within one year from date of treaty, agreed to - - 622 Reservations, to Francois Grappe and his three sons, one league of land each, in 1801, confirmed - - - - 624 to Larkin Edwards, interpreter, one section of land - 624, 25 CAHOF:IAS–SEE ILLINors - - - 246 CºErAYEINTNTIES. No. 1 CONCLUDED HELD AT COMMISSIONERS RATIFIED PAGE. 1 [1825, July 6|Teton River Atkinson and O’Fallon 1826, Feb. 6 348 Agents, sent by United States to be protected - - - 349 American citizens, trading to or from Mexico, not to be molested - 349 Arms, ammunition, or warlike implements, not to be supplied to tribes not in amity with United States - - - - 349 Depredations, by individuals, not to be retaliated; but reported to U. S. agent; horses and other property stolen, to be restored - 349 Protection, to be extended by United States - - - 348 Trade, places for, to be designated by President U. S., none but American citizens to participate; traders to be licensed and protected; foreign traders to be apprehended - - - - 348 American citizens, trading to or from Mexico, not to be molested - 349 349 White men, to be delivered up, on demand of President - - CHEROKEES. WI1 CHEROKºśS. No.1 concLUDED HELD AT COMMISSIONERs RATIFIED PAGE 1 |1785, Nov. 28|Hopewell Hawkins, Pickens, Mar- tin, and McIntosh 1786, April 17 8 2 1791, July 2 Holston William Blount 1791, Nov. 11 34 3 |1794, June 26|Philadelphia Henry Knox 1795, Jan. 21 39 4 1798, Oct. 2 Tellico Butler and Walton 1799, Jan. 30 78 5 1804, Oct. 24|Tellico Smith and Meigs 1824, May 17, 108 6 |1805, Oct. 25.Tellico Meigs and Smit 1806, June 10 121 7 1805, Oct. 27|Tellico Meigs and Smith 1806, June 10 124 8 |1806, Jan. 7|Washington Henry Dearborn 1807, May 22, 132 9 |1807, Sept. 11|Washington Robertson and Meigs 1808, April 22, 135 10 1816, Mar. 22|Washington George Graham 1816, April 8, 185 11 [1816, Mar. 22|Washington George Graham 1816, April 8, 186 12 1816, Sept. 14|Chickasaw Coun-Jackson, Meriwether, and cil House, Franklin 1816, Dec. 30, 199 13 |1817, July 8Cherokee Agency Jackson, McMinn, and Meriwether 1817, Dec. 26, 209 14 1819, Feb. 27Washington John C. Calhoun 1819, Mar. 10 265 15 1828, May 6Washington James Barbour 1828, May 28 423 16 1833, Feb. 14|Fort Gibson Stokes, Ellsworth, and Schermerhorn 1834, April 12 561 17 |1835, Aug. 24 Camp Holmes Stokes and Arbuckle 1836, May 19 626 18 1835, Dec. 29||New Echota Carrolland Schermerhorn||1836, May 23 633 No. 1. Boundary, described - - - - - - 9 Congress, deputy to be sent to, when Cherokees think fit - - 10 Depredations, negroes and other property taken, to be restored - 8. on Indians, to be punished as if on whites - - 9 no retaliation shall take place for - - - 9. Fugitives, to be delivered up to United States for punishment - 9. Hostilities, intended against the United States, to be made known - 10. Hunting ground, limits assigned - - - - - 9. Prisoners, taken, to be mutually restored - - - - 8. Protection, promised by United States, and acknowledged by Indians - 8. Settlements, not to be made on hunting grounds, by whites - - 9. Trade, to be regulated by Congress - - - - 10. traders to be protected in persons and property - - 10. No. 2. Agriculture, recommended; implements to be furnished by United States - 36; Annuity, $1,000, indefinitely - - - - - 35 altered to $1,500, by supplementary article, February 17, 1792 38. Boundary, described - - - - - - 34 to be plainly marked, (see page 39, art. 2, 9 - - 35 Cession, all lands to the right of the boundary line - - - 35 Depredations, on Cherokees, to be punished, same as if on whites - 36 no retaliation to be made for - - - - 36 Fugitives, to be delivered up, on demand - - - - 36 Hostilities, intended against United States, to be made known - - 36. Hunting, by whites on Cherokee lands, forbidden, without passport - 35 Interpreters, four to be sent by United States; not to exercise traffic - 36 Merchandize, (amount not specified) to be delivered to chiefs and warriors 35 Navigation, of Tennessee river, free to citizens of United States - 35 Prisoners, captured, to be mutually restored - - - 34 Protection, of United States acknowledged - - - - 34 forfeited to settlers on Cherokee lands 35. VIII CHEROKEES. Reservations, land for interpreters to be assigned - - - lands not ceded, guarantied to Cherokees - - Road, use of, from Washington to Mero districts, granted to United States Trade, to be regulated by United States - - - - No. 3. Annuities, $5,000, in goods, in lieu of all former sums - - $50 to be deducted for each horse stolen, and not returned - Boundary, to be marked conformably to previous treaty, ( p. 35, art. 4) - Horses, stolen and not returned in three months, $50 for each to be deducted from annuity - - - - - - No. 4. Agent, to be allowed land for cultivation - - - Annuities, $1,000, additional, in goods; notice to be given of delivery Boundaries, to remain as stipulated in former treaties - - to be surveyed and marked; three maps thereof to be made Cession, lands on Tennessee river, etc. - - - Depredations, prior to this treaty, to be forgiven - Horses, stolen, $60 to be paid for each, and how paid Hunting, allowed on ceded lands, until settled - Merchandize, $5,000, to be delivered on signing treaty Provisions, to be furnished by U. States to those sent to receive annuities --------- Road, between Cumberland mountain and river, to be free - - No. 5. Annuity, $1,000, in money or goods, indefinitely - - - Cession, lands between Georgia line and nation - - - Merchandize, $5,000, (or money, ) to be delivered - - - No. 6. Agricultural implements, part of $11,000, to be paid in Annuity, $3,000, (indefinitely) - - - Cession, lands at mouth of Duck river, etc. - Factory to be removed to a more convenient place - Ferry on Clinch river, secured to Cherokees - - Merchandize, $3,000, to be delivered immediately: $11,000 in 90 days Military post, to be removed to north bank of Tennessee river - Reservations, a small tract below the mouth of Clinch river - ferry on Clinch river, and two sections, each one mile square three miles square, for military garrison and factory - Roads, citizens of United States, to have free use of two, to be marked out . 36 35 35 39 39 39 39 S1 80 79 80 79 81 80 80 81 80 109 108 109 122 122 121 122 122 122 122 121 122 122 122 No. 7. Cession, landon which S. W. Point garrison stands, for the use of the Ten- nessee assembly, and first island in Tennessee river, above Clinch Merchandize, $1,600, or money, to be paid in 90 days - - Roads, free use of, for mail, allowed; to be marked out - - No. 8. Annuities, $2,000, on ratification of treaty - - - $2,000, four years - - - - $ 100, to chief, Black Fox, during his life - Boundary, between Chickasaws and Cherokees, to be defined - Cessions, tract north of Tennessee river, etc. - Long Island, in Holston river - - Cotton, machine for cleaning, to be provided by United States Grist mill, to be erected at some convenient place - - Reservations, one tract at Muscle Shoals; and one tract on north side of Tennessee river - - - - - claim of Chickasaws to the above tracts to be equitably set- tled by United States - - - - 124 124 124 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 134 CHEROKE ES. Ix No. 9. Boundary, of tracts ceded January 7, 1806, explained - - Expenses, $2,000, allowed for, in attending council - - - Hunting, on ceded lands, until settled, allowed - - - No. 10. Cession, lands in South Carolina - - - - Consideration, $5,000 to be paid by South Carolina in ninety days - No. 11. Boundary, of lands ceded by Creeks, August 9, 1814, determined commissioners to run lines, to be appointed - Depredations, $25,500 allowed for damages done by troops - Ferries, to be established and kept up - - - Navigation, of rivers in Cherokee nation, open to citizens of United 8tates Roads, right to open and use, granted - - - - commissioners to be appointed to lay out - - - Taverns, to be opened, for accommodation of citizens United States - No. 12. Annuities, $6,000, ten years - - Boundary, south of Tennessee river, etc., defined to be marked by commissioners Cession, all lands south and west of boundary line Improvements, $5,000 to be paid for, in 60 days ---- . No. 13. Annuity, for 1818, and subsequently, to be divided between emigrating and non-emigrating parties proportionably - - - Beaver º may be given in lieu of brass kettle - Boats, flat bottomed, to be provided for removal - Boundary, of lands on the Arkansas defined - to be run and marked by commissioners - Brass kettle, to be given to each poor emigrating warrior Cession, lands on Appalachy and Chatahouchy rivers lands from Tennessee to Little Sequatchie rivers - - reservation to Doublehead and others, by treaty Jan. 7, 1806, (p. 133) Census, to be taken in June 1818 - - - - [dispensed with by treaty February 27, 1819 p. 265, preamble, 1 Factories, United States reserve right to establish in Arkansas - - Immunities and privileges under former treaties, continued - - Improvements, paid for by rifles, blankets, and brass kettles - - valuable, to be paid for; value ascertained by commissioner paid for by U. States; and those not exchanged, to be rented Intruders, to be restrained from entering ceded lands - - - Military posts, United States reserve right to establish in Arkansas Navigation of waters, reserved to Cherokees - - Provisions, to be supplied to emigrants - - - Reservations, land on Arkansas and White rivers for emigrants - all citizens of United States (except Mrs. P. Lovely) to be removed from - - - - - 640 acres to each head of family, east of Mississippi; to be forfeited on removal (see page 641) - - - . - 135 135 135 185 185 186 187 187 186 186 186 187 187 199 199 199 199 199 212 212 212 212 214 212 211 211 213 211 212 212 212 213 213 214 212 213 212 212 212 Rifle and ammunition to be given to each poor emigrating warrior - Roads, United States reserve right to establish in Arkansas - - No. 14. Annuity, two-thirds to the Cherokees east, and one-third to those west - if those west object, census to be taken - - - Boundaries, to be run by commissioners - - - - - 212 212 212 267 268 267 X CHEROKE ES. Census, of Cherokees west to be taken, conditionally - - - Cession, lands north and east of Tennessee river, etc., excepting Jolly's island reservations in second article, treaty Oct. 27, 1805, (see page 124) and a tract of 12 miles square, in trust for school fund - to be sold, and proceeds vested - - - lands now ceded, to be in full for lands assigned to emigrants - Education, reservations to be surveyed and ceded in trust for school fund - tracts to be sold, and proceeds vested in stock; dividends to be applied to education - - - - Improvements, 640 acres to each family, in lieu of - - Intruders, on reservations, to be removed by United States - to be prevented, until January 1, 1820 - - Leases, under treaty of July 8, 1817, to be void - Reservations, 640 acres to each family in ceded territory, who become citi- zens, in lieu of improvements - - notice to be given of intention to remain to certain individuals - - Unicoy Turnpike Company, rights not affected by this treaty charter of - - ---- No. 15. Annuities, $2,000, three years, for recovery of cattle - - - $2,000, ten years, for education - - - Blanket, to each member of family emigrating - - Boundary, of Arkansas, western, .." - - - of lands to Cherokees west of Arkansas, defined - lines to be run by October 1, 1828 - - Cession, lands in Arkansas secured by former treaties - - Consideration, $50,000 to be paid on removal, for lands ceded - Depredations, $8,760 to be paid to Cherokees, for spoliations - Education, $2,000, ten years, to be expended for - - buildings erected by benevolent society, to be paid for Emigration, to each head of family, removing from Georgia, a rifle, blanket kettle, and five pounds tobacco - - cost of, to be paid by United States - - $12 50 to be paid to each emigrant from Georgia - Factory, claim of United States for $3,500, due to, relinquished Graves, Thomas, $1,200 to be paid, for losses and sufferings Guess, George, $500 allowed for inventing alphabet - Intruders, to be removed - - - Improvements, on lands left, to be valued and paid for Kettle, to each head of family emigrating - - Laws, to be prepared for Cherokees when desired - - Iannulled by treaty February 14, 1833–see page 564, art. 3. ] Mills, grist and saw, to be erected in new countr - - IS corn mills substituted by treaty February 14, 1833, see page 564. I Outlet, west, perpetual, guarantied - - - not to be N, of 36° N. latitude, nor interfere with Creek lands Printing press and types, $1,000 to be expended for - - Provisions, for twelve months to each emigrant from Georgia - Reservations, 7,000,000 acres for permanent residence - not to embrace lands ceded to Creeks and others a saline spring to George Guess, on Lee's creek - tract, two miles by six, for military post, Fort Gibson Rifle, to each head of family emigrating from Georgia - Road, right to establish, reserved to United States - - Rogers, James, $500 allowed for horse and services - - Survey, of individual lands to be made by United States - Iannulled by treaty February 14, 1833–see page 564, art. 3. ] Tobacco, five pounds to each head of family emigrating from Georgia - §§-Several of the provisions of this treaty, altered by treaty of February 14, see page 561. - 268 265 265 266 266 265 267 266 267 268 267 266 266 266, 7 266 269 425 425 426 423 424 424. 426 425 425 425 425 426 426 426 425 425 425 424 424 426 426 244 424. 427 425 426 424 428 425 426 426 427 427 426 426 1833– CHEROKEES. XI No. 16. Blacksmiths, four to be employed, and four shops erected - Boundary, of new reservation, defined - - Cession, lands reserved by treaty of May 6, 1828 - - Iron and steel, four tons iron, and one thousand pounds steel, annually Laws, obligation to provide by United States, annulled - Mills, eight patent railway corn mills, to be erected by U. S. Outlet, west, perpetual, guarantied - - Reservation, one mile square, for agency - - Salt plain, right to, reserved for other tribes - Survey, obligation to make, by United States, annulled Wagon-maker, one to be employed, and one shop erected Wheel-wright, one to be employed, and one shop erected No. 17. SEE ComANCHEs, No. 1 - - - - - No. 18. Agents, to be appointed, to value improvements - - - to have use of buildings at New Echota - - - Annuities, of $10,000, commuted for $214,000 - - - under this treaty, for two years, to be advanced by United States, and expended in provisions and clothing for poor classes - Boundary, from Old Arkansas line, to Verdigris river, etc. - - Buildings, at New Echota, to be used by United States for settling business agency, to be occupied by agent - - - - Cession, all lands east of Mississippi river - - - - Citizenship, heads of families, desirous to remain within the States, shall receive 160 acres of land; those not now there, may locate within two years - - - - - Claims, upon Indians, payment guarantied by United States without expense, I rejected by the Senate | - - - - of Western Cherokees, not to be affected by this treaty, I rejected by the Senate J - - - - • * under this treaty, to be adjudicated by commissioners - - Clothing, part of annuity for two years to be expended for - - Committee, appointed to determine pre-emption rights; shall select mis- sionaries for emigration, and transact business of nation pre-emption relinquished, by supplementary article Congress, Cherokees shall be entitled to a delegate in the House Consideration, $5,000,000, exclusive of $300,000, for spoliations 500,000, to be deducted for additional reservation 15,000, for Osage reservations - - 200,000, to be vested by President, and interest paid to Cherokees - - - 100,000, for the benefit of poorer class who emigrate last item added to national fund of $400,000 Debts, due by Indians, to be paid out of money paid for improvements $60,000, allotted therefor, to be paid by United States - no claims against individuals shall be paid by nation - Depredations, $300,000 to be paid for, by United States - Education, Harmony Missionary improvements to be paid for by the U.S and the amount expended for Osage schools - $150,000 to be vested, and interest applied to - - $50,000 to be vested, for education and support of orphans - report of application of funds, to be made to the President of United States - - - - - principal may be withdrawn, on giving two years notice - present school fund shall constitute part of permanent fund - surplus of $600,000 allowed for emigration, to be applied to - Emigration, in wagons and steamboats provided for; a physician with me- dicines shall accompany each detachment; shall be sub- sisted one year after arrival; expenses and subsistence may be commuted; United States will furnish aid - - ------ -- 564 563 563 564 564 564 563 564 563 564 564 564 626 638 642 640 643 635 642 643 635 640 644 645 643 643 640 646 638 635 636 637 639 641 647 638 639 639 639 637 639 639 639 639 640 647 638 CHEROKEES. Emigration, those out of nation, entitled to remove in two years Expenses of negotiating this treaty, to be defrayed by United States Improvements, to be valued by agents, and paid for - - teachers to be removed west at expense of United States Cherokees who do not emigrate shall receive portions within two years from ratification of treaty, agreed to $600,000 allowed, in lieu of expenses of - Cherokees dispossessed of, by laws of Georgia, to be restore or paid for - - Intruders, shall be removed by United States - Laws, power to make for themselves, granted to Cherokees not to extend to citizens or soldiers of the United States Military posts, United States reserve right to establish Missionary establishments, to be appraised and paid for Missionaries, for removal west, to | selected by committee Orphans, $50,000 to be vested for the support and education of - report of application of funds to be made to the President principal may be withdrawn on giving two years notice Pensions, granted to warriors wounded in service of United States Pre-emption rights secured to Cherokees who remain within the States committee named to decide upon - committee shall fill its own vacancies - relinquished by supplementary article - Protection of United States promised to Cherokees - to be continued until removal west - Provisions, part of annuity for two years, to be expended in Reservations, 7,000,000 acres west of Mississippi - erpetual outlet west - - etters patent to be issued for - - salt plain, for the use of other tribes - 800,000 acres between westline of Missouri and Osage nation, excepting lands assigned to the Quapaws 638 639 640 642 646 647 638 642 637 637 637 636 638 640 639 639 639 642 640 640 640 646 637 642 643 635 636 636 636 636 kees - to Osages, 1825, title to be extinguished by United States - $15,000 estimated therefor, per schedule for Osage schools, to be appraised and paid for b shall not be included in any State or territory jurisdiction over, granted to Cherokees - military post at Fort Gibson; if abandoned, to revert to Chero- yºu. States made under former treaties to individuals, and since sold by United States, shall be º for by United States such as have not been sol confirmed to original reservees - granted by treaty of 1817, and included in unceded lands b y treaty of 1819, confirmed to original reservees - - abandoned, or purchased from States, to be paid for by U. S. sold by reservees, conveyed and paid for, not include amount paid for by United States, shall not be deducted from allowance for spoliations - for agency, to be used by United States, or United States agent for agency not to interfere with *...*. right of Cherokees Roads, United States reserve the right to make suc Schedule of estimated value of Osage reservations - Stipulations, in former treaties not annulled, to be continued Surplus, distribution of provided for - - Survey of ceded lands, to be made immediately - as are necessary 636 636 637 637 637 637 641 641 641 641 641 641 643 647 636 646 643 642 643 CHIC KASAWS. XIII CHICHCA.S.A.W.S. No.1 CONCLUDED HELD AT COMMISSIONERS RATIFIED PAGE I 1786, Jan. 10|Hopewell Hawkins, Pickens, and 1786, April 17, 15 Martin 2 1801, Oct. 24|Chickasaw Bluffs Wilkinson, Hawkins,and 1802, May 1 83 Pickens 3 |1805, July 23|Chickasaw County Robertson and Dinsmoor 1807, May 22, 116 4 |1816, Sept. 200hickasaw Coun-Jackson, Meriwether and 1816, Dec. 30, 201 cil House Franklin 5 1818, Oct. 19 Old Town Shelby and Jackson 1819, Jan. 7] 261 6 1832, Oct. 20 Pontitock Creek John Coffee 1833, March I 313 7 1834, May 24|Washington John H. Eaton 1834, July 1, 607 8 1837, Jan. 17|Doaksville 1837, Mar. 24 697 No. 1. Boundary, described - - - - - - 15 Depredations, offenders to be delivered up to U. S. - - - 16 on Indians, to be punished same as if on whites - 16 retaliations for, not to be practised - - - 16 Hostilities, intended against U. S. to be made known - - - 17 Intruders, forfeit protection of U. S. and may be punished - - 16 Prisoners, if any, negroes and other property, to be restored - - 15 Protection, of U. S. acknowledged - - - - 15 Reservations, tract of five miles at the Muscle Shoals, for trading post - 16 Trade, to be regulated by Congress - - - - 16 Traders, to be protected in persons and property - - - 17 - - No. 2. Ferries, to belong to Chickasaws - - - - 83 Merchandize, $700 given for privilege of making road - - 83 Protection, of U. S. to be afforded - - - - 83 Road, through Mero and Natchez districts to be opened - - 8: to be commenced immediately - - - - 84 No. 3. Annuity, to Chinnubbee Mingo, $100, natural life - - - 116 Boundary, to be marked by Commissioner - - - - 117 $2 per day to be paid to Chickasaw attendant - - 117 Cession, lands on left bank of the Ohio river - - - 116 Consideration, $20,000, in specie, for use of nation - - - 116 to George Colbert and O’Koy, $1,000 each - - 116 Reservation, one mile square for Chief O'Koy - - - 116 Settlements, by whites, not permitted for three years - - 117 No. 4. Annuities, $12,000, ten years - - - - - 201 $100 to Gen. W. Colbert, during life - - - 203 Boundary, to be marked by Commissioners - - - - 202 Cession, from mouth of Caney Creek, Tennessee river, to the Tombigby river, and Choctaw boundary - - - - 201 Consideration, in goods or cash, to certain individuals - - 202 Improvements, $4,500 to be paid for, on lands ceded - - - 201 Reservations, tract on north bank of Tennessee river to Geo. Colbert - 201 tract on Beach creek to Appassantubby - 202 [$500 given in lieu, by treaty, Oct 19, 1818–see page 262, art. 5.] one mile square to J. McCleish - - 202 80 acres south side of Tennessee river to Levi Colbert 202 XIV CHICRAS AWS. Reservations, [all to revert to U.S. if abandoned—see page 262, 3, art. 5.] [forfeiture changed by treaty, Oct. 19, 1818–see page 262, 3, art. 5. I Trade, no more licenses to be granted - - - - goods brought in, to be forfeited - - - - No. 5. Annuities, $20,000, fifteen years - - - heretofore payable in goods, to be paid in cash Boundary, to be marked by commissioners - - Cession, lands north of south boundary of Tennessee - Colbert James, Interpreter, $1,089, lost at Baltimore, to be paid to Consideration, in money to certain individuals - Debts, $1,115 to be paid to Capt. John Gordon - $2,000 to Capt. David Smith - - - Improvements, on lands ceded, shall be paid for - Lewis, John, half-breed, §25 to be paid, for saddle los Reservations, salt spring or lick, on Sandy river - to be leased to citizens of U. S.–I see pp. 525 and 527.] Salt, a reasonable quantity to be paid annually - - after two years, not to be sold for more than $1 for 50 lbs. No 6. Agent, request that he may be continued, granted - - when new one appointed, wishes of nation to be consulted Annuities, to Tish-o-mingo, $100 during life - - to Queen Puc-caun-la, $50 during life - - Boundary, between Choctaw and Chickasaw lands, to be determined, and how surveys of Choctaw lands not to cross the line until the true line be ascertained - - - - - Cession, all lands east of Mississippi river - - - - Consideration, nett proceeds sales of lands ceded - - - Colbert, James, bond to, for $1811 933-4 and interest, transferred to R. Gordon - - - Donley, John, mail carrier, to be continued as such - - section granted to, but not in fee simple - Emigration, new country to be sought for - - - notice to be given when ready for removal - expenses of, to be paid out of proceeds of lands - provisions and means for, to be furnished - - Gordon, Robert, consents to take a section of land in payment of bond Improvements, to be valued, and how paid for - - Investment, three-fourths proceeds of lands to be vested in stocks dividends to be used for national purposes - stocks to be left with President - after fifty years, may be withdrawn - - Land Office, to be established in central part of nation - Register and Receiver to be appointed by President each to have one good clerk - - - salaries fixed, and to be paid out of proceeds sales of lands section of land granted for use of - - Mail route, weekly through the nation, requested - - Reservations, to individuals who do not emigrate–(see page 609) possession guarantied while occupied - - to be sold after occupants remove - - to be sold to highest bidders, not less than quarter sections combinations of buyers to be prevented - after five years to be sold at reduced prices - correct list to be made out, after survey, and returned to Re- gister of Land Office to be recorded - - - not to be leased or rented to any person, red, white or black on removal, to be given up and sold - - - minimum price, $3 per acre - - - - may be sold at private sale - . . . . - - to young men of 17, orphans and widows, stipulated for - 203 203 261 264 263 261 262 263 261 261 263 262 262 262 262 262 517 517 519 519 519 519 514 514 523 524 524 514 518 518 518 523 515 518 518 518 518 516 516 516 516 524 524 515 515 515 517 517 517 520 522 522 523 523 523 CHICKA SAW. S. XV Reservations, to Colbert Moore, granted, and permission to remain in nation section of land to Robert Gordon in payment of bond one section, or four quarters, for Land Office - one section to John Donley, mail carrier Survey, land ceded to be surveyed, and offered for sale to be commenced as soon as practicable - Surveyor General, to be appointed by President - may appoint deputies, clerk and draftsman Settlements, not permitted, until land is sold - intruders to be removed from - - No. 7. Agent, U. S. will continue some discreet person - - - Appropriation, by Congress in 1833, to carry into effect former treaty, shall be applicable to this, and be chargeable to Chickasaws - Albertson, Isaac, and Levi Colbert, $3,000 to be paid to, out of appropria- tion of 1833 - - - - - - Boundary, of reservations, not to separate the dwelling from spring or cleared land - - - - - run by U. S. Commissioner, conformably to treaty of October 19, 1818, shall be considered the true line - Blacksmiths’ shops, part of invested stocks may be sold, to establish Clerk, additional one to be appointed by President for land office Depredations, on Indians, to be º for by United States - Education, part of invested stocks may be sold to establish schools $3,000 fifteen years, appropriated for - - Emigration, United States will ſurnish competent persons to conduct parties expenses of, to be defrayed from funds of Chickasaws - Intruders, on ceded lands, to be prevented by United States - - on reservations to be removed - - - - King, on the death, etc., of chiefs shall fill vacancy, to be approved by the Secretary of War, and make reasonable compensation to - Mills, may be erected from sales of invested stocks, - - - Officers, appointed under this treaty to be º with, when President deems their services no longer wante - - - Protection of U. S. against western Indians promised - - - Provisions, U. S. will supply, if desired, one year after emigration, - Reservations, shall not be disposed of without certificate from two of seven H.". named; said certificate to be verified by U.S. agent; eed to be endorsed by President, and recorded; may be disposed of conditionally without certificate - - to heads of families, by treaty of October 20, 1832, altered priority of right to, shall be determined by lot - to males and females, 21 and over, one section each, on death of reservees, how to be disposed of - to white men, married to Indian women, shall belong to the wife to males and females under 21, whose fathers or mothers are dead, a half section each - - - -- dwellings, springs, and cleared lands, not to be separated - to L. Colbert, and others, for trouble of coming to Washington to King Ish-ta-ho-ta-pa, and others, - - - after all are located under this treaty, residue of lands shall be sold, and terms of sale prescribed - - - proceeds of sales shall be vested, and interest paid to Chick- as aws - - - - - President may order any portion sold after survey - - owners of shall file applications, to be entered on plat - if suitable lands west, for home, can be procured, part of invested stocks may be sold to pay for same - - four miles square, by treaty of 1818, offered to U. S. at #125 per acre [rejected by the Senate] - - Reynolds, Benj agent, $1,000 stolen from by negro, to be credited - No. 8. SEE CHoctaws, No. 11 - - - - 523 523 521 524 514 519 516 516 520 560 607 614 614 611 6.13 6.13 616 607 613 615 613 6.13 607 607. 608 6.13 616 607 613 608 609 609 609 610 610 610 611 611 611 612. 612 612 612. 615 615 615 697 XVI CHIPPEWAS. CHIPPrº A.S. No.1 Con CLUIDED HELD AT COMMISSIONERS RATIFIED PAGE. 1 |1785, Jan. 21|Fort McIntosh Clark, Butler, and Lee (1785, June 2 6 2 |1789, Jan. 9|Fort Harmar Arthur St. Clair 1789, Sept. 29 23 3 |1795, Aug. 3Greenville Anthony Wayne 1795, Dec. 22. 54 4 1805, July 4|Fort Industry C. Jouett 1806, April 24 113 5 1807, Nov. 17|Detroit William Hull 1808, Jan. 27| 136 6 |1808, Nov. 25|Brownstown William Hull 1809, Mar. 1, 147 7 1815, Sept. 8 Spring Wells Harrison, McArthur and Graham 1815, Dec. 26 173 8 |1816, Aug.24, St. Louis Edwards, Clark, and Chouteau 1816, Dec. 30, 196 9 |1817, Sept. 29|Miami Lake Erie Cass and McArthur, 1819, Jan. 4, 216 10 1819, Sept. 24 Saginaw Lewis Cass 1820, Mar. 25 276 11 1820, June 16Sault St. Marie Lewis Cass 1821, Mar. 2 280 12 1820, July 6|L’Arbre Croche, Lewis Cass 1821, Mar. 8, 281 13 |1821, Aug. 29 Chicago Cass and Sibley 1822, Mar. 25 297 14 1825, Aug. 19prairie des Chiens Clark and Cass 1826, Feb. 6|| 371 15 1826, Aug. 5|Fond du Lac Cass and McKenney 1827, Feb. 7 396 16 1827, Aug. 11|Butte des Morts Cass and McKenney 1829, Feb. 3 412 17 1828, Aug. 25 Green Bay Cass and Menard 1829, Jan. 7| 429 18 1829, July 29 Prairie du Chien McNiel, Menard, and Atwater 1830, Jan. 2 435 19 1833, Sept. 26 Chicago Porter, Owen, and Wea- therford 1835, Feb. 21 584 20, 1836, Mar. 28Washington Henry R. Schoolcraft 1836, May 27, 650 21 1836, May 9|Washington Henry R. Schoolcraft 1836, May 25 666 No. 1. SEE WYANDots, No. 1 - - - - - 6 No. 2. SEE. Wyanpots, No. 2 - - - - - 23 No. 3. SEE WyANDots, No. 3 - - - - - 54 No. 4. SEE. Wyanpots, No. 5 - - - - - 113 See 5. SEE. OTTA was, No. 5 - - - - - 136 No. 6. Boundary, lines on roads, to be run - - - * 148 Fishing, privilege of retained by Indians - - - - 148 Hunting, privilege of retained by Indians - - - - 148 Protection of U. S., again acknowledged and promised - - 148 Roads, tract 120 feet wide, from foot of rapids of Miami, flºº for - 147 tract 120 feet wide, from Lower Sandusky, granted for - 147 timber and materials from adjacent lands, to be taken for - 147 Settlements, one mile on each side of first road, granted for - - 147 No. 7. SEE Wv ANDots, No. 9 – - - - - 173 No. 8. SEE. OTTA was, No. 8 - - - - - 196 No. 9. SEE Wyanpots, No. 10 - - - - - 216 No. 10. Agricultural implements, to be supplied by U. S. - - - 278 Annuities, $1,000 in silver, forever - - - - 278 all annuities to be hereafter paid in silver - - - 278 Blacksmith, to be supported by U. S. while President thinks proper - 278 Cattle, to be º for farms - - - - - 278 Cession, from mouth of Auglaize river, etc. - - - - 276 Farmers, number to be employed as President deems expedient - 278 Hunting, right of while property of U. S., granted (see p. 58-arts. 5 and 7. 278 Improvements, value of to be paid to Indians - - - 278 CHIPPE.W.A.S. XVII Reservations, about 106,000 acres - - - - to certain individuals (16 of 640 acres each) - Roads, right to make, reserved to United States - - Sugar, right to make, while land remains property of United States No. 11. Cession, sixteen square miles near Big Rock - Fishing, permanent right secured to Indians, at Falls St. Mary not to interfere with military works or private rights Merchandize, not specified, delivered, in full for cession No. 12. SEE. OTTA was, No. 11 - - - - - No. 13. SEE. OTTA was, No. 12 - - - - - No. 14. SEE. Sroux, No. 5 - - - - - No. 15. Annuity, $2,000, in money or goods, during the pleasure of Congress [not confirmed] - - - - - - $1,000, for education, during the pleasure of Congress Boundary, to be settled at Green Bay, by deputation in 1827 - Education, $1,000, annually, for school on St. Mary’s river - Jurisdiction, of United States acknowledged - - Metals and minerals, right to search for, and carry away, granted to U. S. not to affect title or jurisdiction - Murderers, to be apprehended and delivered up to U. S. in 1827 Reservations, to º -breeds, 640 acres each [not confirmed] - section of land for school - - - No. 16. Annuities, $1,000, for three years; and 1,500, thereafter, for education - Boundary, between Chippewas, Menemonies, and Winnebagoes, defined - between Menemonies, Winnebagoes and New York Indians, to be determined by President of the United States - - at Green Bay defined; but may be changed if they interfere with claims of New York Indians - - - - Depredations, by Winnebagoes, at Prairie du Chien, may be punished by the United States - - - - Education, $1,000, for three years, and $1,500, thereafter, appropriated Jurisdiction, of United States acknowledged - - Merchandize, distributed to the amount of $15,682 - - New York Indians, rights of, not to be impaired by this treaty - No. 17. SEE WINNEBAgoes, No. 4 - - - No. 18. Annuities, $16,000, in specie, forever, at Chicago - - Blacksmiths’ shop, at Chicago, to be made permanent - - - Cession, tract from Rock riverto Ouisconsin river; tract from Gross Pointe near Chicago to Rock river - - - Claims, against Indians, $11,601, to be paid per schedule - Hunting, right reserved on ceded lands, while property of U. S. Merchandize, $12,000, to be delivered in October, 1829 Reservations, five sections at Grand Bois, for Wauh-pon-eh-see two sections for Shab-eh-nay, at his village four sections for Awn-kote, on Fox River - to certain individuals (fifteen and a half sections in all) Salt, fifty barrels, annually, forever, at Chicago - - - Survey, northern boundary of lands ceded, to be made by U. S. and marked --- 276 277 278 278 280 280 280 280 281 297 371 397 397 396 397 398 396 396 400 396 397 414 412 413 413 414 414 413 414 413 429 436 436 435 437 437 436 436 436 436 436 436 437 No. 19. Agricultural implements to be purchased, and farmers supported - American Fur Company, claims against Hubbard and Kinzie to be examined 585 60: XVIII CHIPPEWAS. Annuities, $14,000, twenty years, to the nation - - - 585 $400 additional to Billy Caldwell; $300 additional to Alex. Ro- binson; $200 to Joseph Lafromboise; and $200 to Sha-beh- may all for life - - - - - 586 proportion to be paid to those who have emigrated west – 586 $2,000 additional, twenty years - - - - 596 Boundary, of ceded lands, defined - - - - - 584 of reservation west of Mississippi, defined - - - 584 of reservations west of Mississippi, altered - - - 601, ’3 Blacksmiths’ shops, to be erected, and blacksmiths supported - - 585 Cession, land on western shore of lake Michigan, 5,000,000 acres - 584 boundary of, defined - - - - - 584 9 sections, reserved to Wauh-pon-eh-see and Awn-kote, July 29, 1829 586 all lands in Michigan, south of Grand river (99 sections) - 595 possession guarantied three years, but may be surveyed and sold before - - - - - - 596 Consideration, $100,000, in lieu of reservations to individuals refused by commissioners, and for lands ceded by Menominees – 585 $150,000 to pay claims against the united nation - - 585 $100,000 in goods and provisions, part at once, and residue next year - - - - - - 585 $14,000 annually, twenty years - - - 585 $150,000 for mills, farm houses, blacksmiths’ shops, etc. - 585 $70,000 for education and encouragement of domestic arts - 585 annuities to certain individuals - - - 586 $3,500 to Wauh-pon-eh-see and Awn-kote for nine sections 586 $100,000 for ninety-nine sections south of Grand river - 596 $10,000 for altering boundary of reservations west - 602 $2,000 to G. Kercheval, and $1,000 to G. E. Walker - 602 Claims, allowed by schedule B. to be examined by a commissioner - 603 Education, $70,000 appropriated for, and encouragement of domestic arts - 585 Indians request that the sum may be invested by the President 585 Emigration, deputation to be sent to examine country west - - 585 Indians shall be removed, as fast as prepared, at expense of U. S.; to be subsisted on the journey, and twelve months after arrival at new homes - - - - 585 to remove from limits of Illinois, on ratification of treaty - 585 to retain possession of º north of Illinois, three years - 585 from lands in Michigan, to take place in three years - 596 part ask permission, on account of religious creed, to remove to northern part of Michigan - - - – 599 Farm houses, to be erected, and farmers supported - - - 585 Hunting, on lands ceded in Michigan, allowed for three years - - 596 Mechanics, as many as necessary to be supported - - - 585 Merchandize, provisions and horses, to amount of $65,000 purchased and delivered, remainder to be purchased in 1834 - - 594 $15,000, additional, purchased and delivered - - 599 Mills, to be erected, and millers supported - - - - 585 Physicians, as many as necessary, to be supported - - - 585 Reservations, 5,000,000 acres west of Mississippi; to be examined by a depu- tation of fifty, and expenses paid by United States - 585 boundary of defined - - - - 584 to individuals by º July 29, 1829, to be granted in fee sim- ple, but no sales to be made without approval of President - 586 rejection of by Senate, not to vitiate the treaty - - 587 to Madeline Bertrand, to be purchased by U. S. for $800 - 596 to Me-saw-ke-qua, two sections, to be in fee simple - 596 rejection of two last by Senate shall not vitiate treaty - 596 to P. and J. J. Godfroy, one section - - - 600 boundary of west of Mississippi, altered - - - 601, 3 Schedules, of claims allowed, to be paid by º States - 588, '94 of additional claims, $10,000 - - - - 598 Surveys, of land ceded in Michigan may be made before removal - 596, Treaty, to be considered as cancelled, if not ratified in five months 602 No. 20. SEE. OTTA was, No. 19. CHOCTA.W. S. XIX No. 21. Annuity, $1,000, ten years - - - - - 667 Cession, 8,320 acres on Swan and Salt creeks, Au Vaseau and Black rivers, reserved by treaty, Nov. 17, 1807 - - - 666 to be surveyed and sold, proceeds paid to Chippewas - - 667 Consideration, proceeds of sales of lands ceded; to be vested after deducting $10,000 for annuities; stock may be sold if desired – 667 $2,500 in money and $4,000 in goods, to be advanced by United States; and expenses to, at, and from Washington 667 8,320 acres (13 sections) west of Mississippi - - 667 Emigration, desire to fix residence elsewhere, expressed - – 666 Merchandize, $4,000 worth, to be delivered at Detroit, or lake St. Clair - 667 Reservation, 8,320 acres, west of Mississippi, to be furnished by U. S. - 667. Survey, of ceded lands, shall be made as soon as practicable - - 667 CHIOCTAvºy’s. No. 1 CONCLUDED HELD AT COMMISSIONERS RATIFIED PAGE. 1 1786, Jan. 3|Hopewell Hawkins, Pickens, and Martin 1786, April 17, 12 2 1801, Dec. 17|Fort Adams Wilkinson, Hawkins, and Pickens 1802, April 30 85 3 1802, Oct. 17|Fort Confederatºn James Wilkinson 1803, Jan. 20. 95 4 1803, Aug. 31|Hoe-Buckintoo-pajames Wilkinson 1803, Nov. 25 102 5 1805, Nov. 16|Mount Dexter Robertson and Dinsmoor 1808, Jan. 27. 128 6 1816, Oct. 24|Choctaw T. H. Coffee, Rhea, and McKee 1816, Dec. 30 204 7 1820, Oct. 18||Doak's Stand Jackson and Hinds 1821, Jan. 8. 287 8 |1825, Jan. 20Washington John C. Calhoun 1825, Feb. 19 320 9 |1830, Sept. 27|Dancing R. Creek|Eaton and Coffee 1831, Feb. 24. 454 10 1835, Aug. 24Camp Holmes Stokes and Arbuckle 1836, May 19 626 11 1837, Jan. 17|Doaksville 1837, Mar. 24 697 No. 1. Boundary, of hunting lands, defined - - - - 12 Depredations, offenders to be delivered up, to be punished - - 13 Hostilities, intended against United States, to be made known - - 14 Murderers, to be delivered up for trial - - - - 13 Negroes and other property, to be restored - - - 12 Prisoners, if any, to be restored - - - - - 12 Protection, of United States acknowledged - - - - 12 forfeited by settlers on Indian lands - - - 13 Reservations, three tracts, six miles square each, for trading posts - 13 Retaliation, not to be practised - - - - - 13 Settlers, on Indian lands, forfeit protection of United States - - 13 Trading posts, three tracts, six miles square each, reserved for - - 13 Trade, to be regulated by United States - - - - 15. Traders, to go to tribes or towns, and be protected - - - 13 No. 2. Boundary, shall be retraced and marked - - - - 85 to be surveyed as soon as convenient - - - 86 Blacksmiths' tools, three sets to be given to nation - - - 86 Cession, land N. of latitude 31°, and S. of Yazoo river - - 86 Consideration, $2,000 worth of goods delivered - - - 86 Intruders, to be removed from ceded lands, with slaves, etc. - 86 cabins or houses of, to be demolished - - - 86 XX CHOCTA.W. S. Protection, of the United States, renewed - - - - Road, for wagons, to be opened and made; route defined, and to remain a highway forever - - - - - Choctaw assistants, to be employed and compensated - - to be carried into effect, at discretion of the President - - No. 3. Boundary, old line to be re-marked, by commissioners - - Choctaw commissioners, to be subsisted by United States, and aid $1 per day - - - when re-marked, shall form the boundary - - old line, alteration in, near the mouth of Yazoo river, to be made by chiefs of upper towns - - - - Cession, lands east of Chickasawhay river, etc. - - - No. 4. Boundary, between lands ceded, and those not ceded, defined - - Consideration, 15 pieces strouds, 3 rifles, 150 blankets, 250 lbs. powder, 250 lbs. lead, bridle, saddle, and silk ...” - No. 5. Annuities, $3,000, in goods, indefinitely - - - - $150 each, to the three Medal Mingos, who are to have none of the annuity to the nation - - - - Boundary, to be ascertained and marked - - - - three Choctaw commissioners to attend, and receive $2 per day Cession, lands on Humecheeto, Pearl, and Chickasawhay rivers - Consideration, $48,000 to discharge debts; $2,500 to J. Pitchlynn $500 to each of the three Medal Mingos - Merchandise, $3,000 worth, at cost, annually - - McGrew, John, grant to, of 1,500 acres by Opiomingo, certified Reservation, two miles square, and a tract of 5,120 acres on Tombigbee Roads, lease granted for, confirmed - - - No. 6. ------ Annuity, $6,000, twenty years - - - - - Cession, lands from east of Chickasaw boundary to northern boundary of cession, November 16, 1805 - - - - 85 85 85 86 95 95 95 95 95 103 104 129 129 129 129 128 129 129 129 129 128 130 204 Merchandize, $10,000, to be delivered immediately - - - No. 7. Agent, to be appointed, and permanently settled in nation - * - to collect wandering Indians, to be appointed - - may confiscate whiskey introduced without leave - - $200 to be placed in his hands, annually, to pay expenses light horse Annuity, $96,000 of appropriated to schools, to be refunded - to be divided, after providing for deaf, dumb, and blind $200 to raise and organize corps of light horse - $150 continued to Mushalatubbee, junior, for life - Blacksmith, to be settled amongst them - - Blanket, to be furnished to each warrior - - - Boundaries, to be marked by commissioners, Choctaw assistant to receive $2 per day - - - - - east of Mississippi, to remain without alteration - - Cession, lands east of Pearl river, to head of Black creek, etc. - - Compensation, to chiefs and warriors, in campaign to Pensacola - Deaf, dumb, and blind, to be provided for, out of annuity - Education, fifty-four sections to be sold, to raise fund for - three quarters applied to schools east, and one quarter west of Mississippi - - - - proceeds to be placed in hands of President - $96,000 paid for, out of annuities, to be refunded - 204 204 288 288 290 290 289 289 290 290 288 288 288 288 287 289 289 289 289 289 289 CHOCTA.W. S. XXI Emigration, each warrior to receive, blanket, ketºe, rule, etc. - - value of improvements to be paid to emigrants - - Factor, to be sent with goods - - - - - [dispensed with—see page 322, art. 5.] Improvements, value of, to be paid to emigrants - - - to Puckshenubbe, $500; Harrison, $200; Captain Cobb, $200; O’Gleno, $200; and to others in proportion - Kettle, to be furnished to each warrior - - - Light horse, corps to be raised; to maintain order, and remove intruders; $200 annually appropriated - - - Pensacola campaign, warriors engaged in, to be paid what is due Provisions, corn for one year, to be supplied to each family - Reservations, tract between Arkansas and Red rivers - I ceded to U. S. by treaty, Jan. 20, 1825–see page 320, art. 1. I limited parcels for families that remain -- fifty-four sections of one mile square, for schools - - tract, to refund $96,000 of annuity, appropriated to schools - I commuted for money, January 20, 1825–see page 321, 1 one mile square to those who remain on ceded lands - [ authorized January 20, 1825, to convey in fee simple, with approbation of President–see page 321. 1 Whiskey, to be confiscated by agent - - - - No. 8. Agent, west of Mississippi, to be appointed - - Annuities, $6,000, forever; after twenty years, to be invested in stocks $6,000, for sixteen years, in lieu of survey - $150 continued to chief, Robert Cole, for life Blacksmith, to be settled west of Mississippi - Boundary, land now ceded, to remain the permanent Cession, land on the Arkansas, near Fort Smith - Cole, Robert, appointed chief, vice Puck-she-nubbe, deceased shall receive the medal appertaining to the office, and annuit of $150 for life - - - - Depredations, $2,000 allowed for Choctaw claims - - Education, annuity of $6,000, to be applied to, twenty years - Factor, claim to, by treaty of 1820, relinquished - - Laws of the U. S., Choctaws exempted from, but by their own consent Pensacola campaign, $14,972 50, allowed for services in - Reservations, fifty-four sections to be surveyed and sold–I see page 289 | by ninth section, treaty 1820, may be sold in fee simple to four individuals, may be located on land ceded in 1820 Congress shall not apportion - - - - Survey, dispensed with, and $6,000, sixteen years, in lieu - - fty-four sections to be surveyed and sold - - - Trading house, debt to United States, relinquished - - - No. 9. Agent, to be appointed every four º ; shall be removed on petition; to reside near great body of the people; wishes of Choctaws to be consulted in selection of - - - Annuities, to three principal chiefs, $250 - to Mushalatubbee, $100 dollars additional to ninety-nine captains, #50, four years - to additional principal chief, $500, 20 years under former treaties, to be continued - - Choctaws remaining east, and afterwards removing west, forfeit pro- portion of $20,000, twenty years, after removal to the west - $2,500, twenty years, for three teachers; to surviving warriors un- 288 289 288 289 289 288 290 289 288 288 288 289 289 289 290 322 321 231 323 322 321 320 322 323 322 321 322 322 322 321 321 321 322 321 321 322 457 457 457 458 457 458 458 der Gen. Wayne, $25 a year each, for life - - - Arms, each warrior to be furnished with, on removing - - Ardent spirits, introduction of to be prevented - - - Axes, 1,000 to be furnished - - - - - Blacksmiths, three to be furnished, sixteen years - - - 460 460 456 460 460 XXII CHOCTAWS. Blankets, 2,100 to be furnished - - - - Boundary, of reservation, to be agreeably to treaty of 1825 - Cards, [cotton and wool] 1,000 to be furnished - - Cattle, to be taken at valuation, and paid for; or other cattle in lieu Cession, the entire country east of Mississippi - - pledged for payment of annuities, and none to be sold until Choc- taws remove - - - - - Churches, three to be erected (one in each district) - - - Citizenship, heads of families may become citizens, six months after treaty shall not lose their privileges as Choctaws - Clothing, a good suit to ninety-nine captains, on removal - Construction of treaty, to be favorable to Choctaws, if doubts arise Congress, solicitude expressed to have delegate in - - Council house, to be erected at some central point by United States Depredations, offenders to be delivered up, to be punished - Choctaws not responsible, if offenders are not found on Choctaws, to be referred to President United States by Indians on citizens, shall be punished - - by citizens on Indians, shall be punished and property restored Indians to be allowed counsel by United States on trial - Dwelling houses, one for each chief, to be erected by United States to be included in reservations - - Donely, John, mail carrier, section of land, reserved for - Education, 40 Choctaw youths to be educated, 20 years - same number to be kept at school, and places supplied $2,500 annually, 20 years, for three teachers - churches to be used as school houses - - Emigration, beyond Mississippi, as early as practicable, agreed to one-half in 1831 and '32; . other half in 1833 - United States to provide wagons and steamboats, discreet and careful persons, and pay expenses - - - a deputation of twelve Choctaws to be sent to examine new country, and to receive $2 a day each—not to exceed 100 days Fugitives, to be delivered up; expenses paid by United States - - Gaines, Geo. S. ; two sections of land to be sold, in payment of their claim Glover, Allen, 5 of $9,000 - * - - - Hoes, 1,000 to be furnished - - - - - Intruders, ordered to remove; on refusal, subject to laws of United States; shall be removed - - - - - Iron and steel, one ton of iron, and 200 lbs. steel, annually, 20 years - Jurisdiction, secured to Choctaws, within their limits West - - lands granted, not to be embraced in any future State or Ter. Choctaws to enact their own laws - - right to punish whites who infringe, asked for - Licenses, goods exposed for sale without permit, to be forfeited persons licensed, to reside in nation - - ardent spirits prohibited - - - Looms, 400 to be furnished - - - - Military posts, United States may establish such as are necessary Millwright, to be furnished for five years - - - Navigation, navigable streams free to Choctaws - Pay, same as citizens, to Choctaws in service United States to district chiefs, pay of majors - - other chief, pay of lieut. col. - - speakers of three districts, $25 a year each, 4 years secretary to three chiefs, $50 a year each, 4 years captains (99) $50 a year each, 4 years - - captains, when in military service of United States, pay of captains Ploughs, 1,000 to be furnished - - - - - Post Offices, United States may establish one or more in nation - Private property, to be always respected; not to be taken for public pur- - poses without compensation - - - Protection, guarantied by United States - - - - citizens travelling peaceably, to be protected - -- Provisions, supplied to families, twelve months after removal - - 460 454 460 458 454 458 460 457 457 458 458 460 460 455 455 456 456 456 456 460 459 465 460 460 460 460 454 454 458 465 456 465 456 460 455 455 455 455 456 456 456 460 456 460 456 455 457 457 458 458 458 458 460 456 456 455 456 458 COMAN CHES. XXIII Pitchlynn, John, interpreter, two sections reserved for - - 459 one section each, for his two children - - - 464 Reservations, tract west of Mississippi, near Fort Smith, ſee simple - 454 - jurisdiction secured to Choctaws, within western limits - 455 no part of to be embraced in any State or Territory - 455. to heads of families; ſee simple after five years – - 457 to three chiefs, four sections each - - - 457 To Col. David Folsom, four sections - - - 458 to eight chiefs, 2 sections each - - - 459 may be sold with consent of President - - - 459 to heads of families, cultivating land - - - 459 to include dwelling houses; chiefs to determine who shall be excluded - - - - - 459 to captains, who receive less than a section, an additional half section - - - - - 459 persons entitled to, shall receive fifty cents an acre, after re- moval - - - - - 459 orphans entitled to quarter section, which may be sold - 459 to certain individuals, at request of Commissioners, two sec- tions each - - - - - 463 to other individuals, one section and a half each - - 463 deputation to be sent to examine, west - - - 464 º section to David Haley, for carrying despatches - 465 Roads, United States may establish such as are necessary - - 456 Settlers, none permitted, until Choctaws remove - - - 458 Surveys, lands ceded, to be surveyed by United States - - 458 surveyors may enter Choctaw country, if conducting properly - 458 Traders, must obtain written permit from nation, or United States - 456 must reside in nation, and be answerable to its laws - - 456 Wheels, [spinning, 1,000 to be furnished - - - - 460 War, not to be declared, but by consent of U. S. unless in self defence - 455 No. 10. SEE Comanches, No. 1 - - - - - 626 No. 11. Is a convention and agreement, between the Choctaws and Chickasaws, by which the Choctaws agree to allow the Chickasaws the privilege of form- ing a district within their limits; to have an equal representation in the General Council; and to be placed on an equal footing, except as to the right of disposing of the lands occupied by them, or participating in the Choctaw annuities; the Chickasaws to manage their own funds. As a consideration for these rights and privileges, the Chickasaws agree to pay to the Choctaws $530,000; $30,000 when the Choctaw annuity for 1837 is paid, and the $500,000 to be vested in some safe stock, redeemable in not less than twenty years; the interest to be paid as stipulated. Ques- tions as to the construction of this agreement to be referred to Choctaw Agent, with the right of appeal by either party to the President of the United States; the decision of the Agent, in the meantime, being binding. Equal rights and privileges pertain to both Choctaws and Chickasaws, to settle in whatever district they think proper; Chickasaws eligible to offices in the Choctaw nation, and to vote on the same terms. Choctaws not to vote in relation to residue of Chickasaw fund - - - 697 COMFAITCHES. No. 1 CONCLUDED HIELD AT COMMISSIONERS RATIFIED PAGE. 1 1835, Aug. 24 Camp Holmes Stokes and Arbuckle 1836, May 19 626 XXIV CREE ExS. [This is a treaty of peace and friendship between the Comanches and Witchetaws, and their associated bands, on the one part, and the Cherokees, Muscogees, Choctaws, Osages, Senecas, and Quapaws, on the other; the United States acting as mediator. } Depredations, on traders to Mexico by Indians, to be paid for - - 626 on Indians by citizens, to be indemnified, on proof - 626 on traders by Indians, to be paid for - - - 627 on Indians by Indians, to be arranged by other tribes - 627 Goods, to be delivered as presents from United States - - - 627 Hunting, west of Cross Timbers, permitted - - - - 627 other tribes, to be treated with kindness - - - 627 Mexico, friendly relations with, not to be interrupted - - - 627 Traders, to pass to and from Mexico, without molestation - - 626 injuries done to their property, to be paid for - - 626, 27 CIREEIKS. No.1 CONCLUDED HELD AT COMMISSIONERS RATIFIED PAGE 1 |1790, Aug. 7||New York Henry Knox 1790, Aug. 13, 29 2 1796, June 29|Colerain, Georgia Hawkins, Clymer, and Pickens 1797, Mar. 18 65 3 |1802, June 16|Fort Wilkinson Wilkinson, Hawkins, and Pickens 1803, Jan. 11. 87 4 1805, Nov. 14|Washington Henry Dearborn 1806, June 2, 125 5 1814, Aug. 9 Fort Jackson Andrew Jackson 1815, Feb. 16, 159 6 1818, Jan. 22|Creek Agency D. B. Mitchell 1818, Mar. 28, 232 7 1821, Jan. 8|Indian Springs Forney, Meriwether, and McIntosh 1821, Mar. 2, 293 8 |1825, Feb. 12|Indian Springs Campbell and Meriwe- ther 1825, Mar. 7 323 9 |1826, Jan. 24Washington James Barbour 1826, April 22 391 10 1827, Nov. 15|Creek Agency McKenney and Crowell 1828, Mar. 4 417 11 1832, Mar. 24Washington Lewis Cass 1832, April 4, 497 12 1833, Feb. 14|Fort Gibson Stokes, Ellsworth, and Schermerhorn 1834, April 12 565 No. 1. Agricultural implements, to be furnished by United States - - 32 Agriculture, recommended, in lieu of hunting - - - 32 Annuity, $1,500, indefinitely - - - - 30 Boundary, described - - - - - - 30 source of South branch of Oconee to be surveyed and marked - 30 Cession, all lands N. and E. of boundary line - - - 30 Domestic animals, to be furnished by United States - - - 32 Depredations, on Creeks, to be punished same as if on whites - - 31 no retaliation to be made for - - - - 31 Fugitives, shall be delivered up, to be punished by laws United States - 31 Hunting, by citizens of the United States on Creek lands, forbidden - 31 Hostilities, intended against United States, to be made known - - 31 Interpreters, four to be sent by United States to reside in the nation - 32 not to exercise traffic - - - - 32 reservations granted to - - - - 32 Merchandise, now in Georgia, to be delivered to Creeks - - 30 Protection of United States acknowledged by Indians - - 29 Prisoners, or negroes, to be delivered at Rock Landing by June 1, 1791 - 29 CREEKS- XXV Prisoners, Governor of Georgia may send three persons to claim those not delivered - - - - - Permits, must be obtained by citizens of United States to enter Creekcountry Reservations, west and south of boundary, guarantied to Creeks - for four interpreters - - - - Settlers, on Creek lands, shall forfeit protection of the United States - No. 2. Amnesty, declared for all past grievances - - - - not to include persons in arrest for violation of treaty at New York Blacksmiths, two, with strikers, to be sent by United States - - Boundary, shall be clearly ascertained and marked - - - when run, chiefs shall be notified to attend - between United States and Spain, when marked, two chiefs and twenty hunters to accompany the surveyors - - Claims, to lands ceded by Choctaws, Chickasaws, and Cherokees, relinquished Compensation, to chiefs 50 cents, and to hunters 25 cents per day, and am- munition; also, a reasonable value for meats furnished by them, while employed in marking boundary - - Jurisdiction, of United States over ceded lands, to extend only to establish- ing and maintaining military or trading posts - Merchandize, $6,000, delivered by commissioners - - Military post, President may establish one on Altamaha or elsewhere when located, chiefs shall attend - - Prisoners, to be delivered up before January 1, 1797 - - Governor of Georgia may send three persons to claim those no delivered - - Reservations, five miles square for each military or trading post revert to Creeks when the posts are abandoned - º right of Georgia shall not be affected Trading post, President may establish one - - ". No. 3. Annuities, $3,000, forever; and $1,000, ten years, to chiefs - - Blacksmiths, two to be furnished by U.S., and two sets of tools, three years Boundary, of ceded lands, described - - - - Cession, lands from the high shoals of Appalachee river, to Goose creek on the Altamaha - - - - - Consideration, in addition to annuities, $10,000 in goods; $10,000 to satisfy debts to United States factory; and $5,000 to satisfy claims for depredations - - - - - º since treaty of Colerain, 1796, $5,000 allowed for - Military garrisons, shall be established, conformably to treaty of 1796 - t No. 4. Annuities, $12,000 in money or goods, eight years, and $11,000 ten years, payable at Old Ocmulgee fields - - - 29 31 31 32 31 67 67 67 66 66 66 67 66 71 66 66 67 67 66 66 71 66 88 88 88 88 88 89 127 Blacksmiths, two, and two strikers, to be furnished by United States eigh years, in lieu of all former stipulations - - Boundary, of lands ceded, may be run when President thinks proper - Cession, lands between Oconee and Ocmulgee rivers - - Consideration, $12,000 in money or goods eight years; and $11,000 ten g” Fishing, with nets and seines, on the Ocmulgee, free to citizens of the U. Ferries, shall be º: at the several rivers; rates regulated by U. S. agent- Military post, may be established on reserved tract - - Navigation of the Ocmulgee, free to citizens of the United States Reservation, tract five miles by three, on the Ocmulgee - Road, horse, through Creek country, free to citizens of the United States ferry boats shall be kept by Creeks at suitable places - Trading post or factory, may be established on reserved tract - Taverns, shall be established on the horse path - - 127 127 125 127 126 127 126 126 126 126 127 126 127 4. XXVI cREEks. No. 5. Boundary, of ceded land to be run - - - changed, if Kinnard’s settlement fall within - British posts or garrisons, communication with forbidden - Cession, from the east bank of Coosa river to limits claimed by Georgia Expenses, of war just concluded, to be paid by cession of lands - Improvements, to be included in reservations to friendly chiefs – º posts, U. S. demand right to establish within Creek country Navigation, of all waters, in Creek country, claimed by United States, Provisions, will be supplied by United States until corn harvest Property, taken from United States, or friendly Indians, to be restored taken from hostile Creeks, will be restored by United States Prisoners, to be mutually surrendered - - - Prophets and instigators of the war, surrender of demanded - Peace, between United States and Creeks, and between Creeks and Chero- kees, Chickasaws and Choctaws, declared, - - - Reservations, one mile square, to each friendly chief, to include improve- ments; when abandoned to revert to United States - territory east and north of boundary line guarantied to Creeks jº. posts or garrisons, communication with forbidden - - raders, not to be admitted unless licensed by United States - - Trading houses, United States demand right to establish within Creek country (art. 4.) - - - - U. S. will establish at discretion of President (art. 7.) - No 6. Annuity, $10,000, for ten years - - Boundary, President may cause line to be run, when he deems proper - Blacksmiths, United States will furnish two and strikers, three years - Cession, two tracts; one from mouth of Goose creek, and the other from the high shoals of the Appalachee river - - - Consideration, $20,000 in 1818, and 10,000 for ten years - - No. 7. Agency, tract on east bank of Flint river, reserved for - Annuities, $5,000 two years, $16,000 five years; $10,000 six years - Boundary, of reservations, shall be run when the President deems proper Cession, from east bank of Flint river, to the shallow ford - - Consideration, $200,000 in money, goods and implements of husbandry - $250,000 to the State of Georgia,” for claims prior to 1802 Reservations, Buzzard-roost village to be left one mile within nation - - 1,000 acres, to include Indian spring in the centre - 46t acres, on west bank of Oakmulgee river, for Gen. Mc- Intosh - - Iceded to U. S. for $25,000, by supplement to treaty, Feb. 12, 1825; see page 3 to Barnards and others, one mile square each; to be included in present cession, whenever they are abandoned - tract on east bank of Flint river, for agency - I 160 I61 161 160 160 160 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 160 161 161 161 161 161 233 233 233 232 233 294 294 295 293 294 294 293 293 293 27.] 294 294 295 boundary of, to be run when President deems proper No. 8. Agriculture, instruction in, to be provided by United States Annuities, $25,000, first and second years after removal may be paid in money, merchandize, or provisions $5,000 ten years after second payment of $25,000 $30,000, granted by former treaties, to be divided 325 324 325 324 324 *The commissioners on the part of the State of Georgia, and the chiefs and warriors of the Creek nation, entered into an agreement, on the 8th January, 1821, to refer their claims upon each other, and the documents connected there with, to the President of the United States, and bound them- selves to abide by his decision; provided, that the liquidation and settlement of the claims shall be made in the State of Georgia; and the commissioners on the same day executed a release to the United States for all claims against the Creek nation prior to 1802—See pages 296, 7. * Probably intended for 640 acres, CREEKS. XXVII Blacksmith, to be provided by U. S. as long as President thinks proper Cession, all lands within the State of Georgia - - Indian springs, by Gen. W. McIntosh, for $25,000 - Consideration, $400,000 for improvements on lands ceded - first payment to be made by commissioners of this treaty $25,000 to Gen. W. McIntosh for Indian springs Emigration, agreed to by all except Tokaubatchee's bands shall not be delayed beyond Sept. 1, 1826. Improvements, on lands ceded, $400,000 allowed for - Merchandize, first and second year's annuity may be paid in - Protection, by United States stipulated for, against whites and all others Provisions, first and second year's annuity may be paid in - Reservations, acre for acre on the Arkansas, west of the Mississippi - Reservations, to be explored by a deputation; and if not approved, other lands may be ... unless occupied by §. and Choctaws - - - - - Wheelwright, to be provided as long as President thinks proper - 325 324 327 324 325 327 324 325 324 325 325 325 324 325 325 [This treaty “declared to be null and void, to every intent and purpose whatsoever; and every right and claim arising from the same cancelled and surrendered,” by treaty concluded at Washington, January 24, 1826–page 391.] No. 9. [Treaty concluded 12th Feb. 1825, declared to be null and void.] Agent, or sub-agent, shall be appointed to accompany emigrants - shall be appointed to ascertain damages sustained by McIntosh party Agriculture, assistance in, to emigrating party, shall be rendered by º S. Annuity, perpetual, $20,000 - - - - - Blacksmit ". emigrating party, shall be furnished by United States - Boundary, west of Chatahoochy, defined - - - - three Creek commissioners to attend survey of, at expense of the United States - - - - altered so as to include all lands in Georgia - - Buildings, public, two sections reserved for accommodation of - - Cession, all lands in Georgia east of Chatahoochy; and tract on west side of Chatahoochy river, within supposed limits of Georgia - ossession shall be given by January 1, 1827 - - imits west of Chatahoochy extended - - - [limits further extended by treaty Nov. 15, 1827–page 417.] Consideration, $217,600, to be paid on ratifiation - - - $100,000 to chiefs of McIntosh party, if it amounts to 3,000 $30,000 additional, for extension of boundary - - Difficulties, in nation arising from last treaty, shall be amicably adjusted - Depredations, on the McIntosh party, shall be paid out of annuity to the nation by whites in Creek country, to be made good - - Emigration, five persons from McIntosh party, shall be sent, at expense o U. S. to explore Indian country west of Mississippi - land º them shall be purchased by tº...?ºute. shall take place within 24 months, at expense of U. S. subsistence shall be furnished by U. S. 12 months - Ferries, use of, to be mutually granted - - - Improvements, on ceded º, shall be appraised and paid for - Interpreter, shall be appointed to accompany emigrating party - - Reservations, west of º shall be selected by deputation, and pur- chased by United States - - - - all the country not ceded, guarantied, (art. 13) - two sections, for public º and º - Wheelwright, for emigrating party, shall be furnished by United States No. 10. Blankets, and other goods, $5,000 to be expended in - - - - $5,000 additional, by supplemental article, January 3, 1828 - Cession, all lands notheretofore ceded, found on actual survey to be within the chartered limits of Georgia - - ----- - - 393 393 393 392 393 392 394 394 393 392 393 394 392 393 395 392 393 393 392 392 393 393 393 393 393 392 393 393 393 418 419 418 XXVIII CREERS. Cession, approved in general council at º January 3, 1828 - Consideration, $27,491, upon ratification by both parties - - $15,000 additional, for education and goods - - Education, $5,000 for Creek children at Choctaw academy; $1,000 to the Withington, and $1,000 to the Asbury stations - - Mills, horse, $2,000 for the erection of four - - - - Wheels, spinning, and cards, $1,000 applied to purchase of - - No. 11. Annuities, $12,000 additional, five years; and $10,000 fifteen years all to be paid in such manner as Creeks may direct - to Tuske-hew-haw Cusetau, $200 for life - - to the blind Uchee King, $100 for life - - - to Neah Micco, $100 for life - - - Blacksmith, one allowed as soon as half emigrate, and another when two thirds, for twenty years - - - Blankets, to be given to each family emigrating - - Census, of persons entitled to reservations to be taken - Cession, all lands east of the Mississippi - - - lands to remain as a fund to provide for certain payments Consideration, $100,000 for payment of certain debts; for ferries, etc. $3,000; for judgments against chiefs $8,570; for losses 7.710 - - - Debts, $100,000 allowed for payment of certain - - - $8,570 for judgments º chiefs, to be paid by United States - Depredations, $7,710 to be paid for by United States - - - Education, $3,000, twenty years, to be expended as President may direct - Emigration, $15 to each person emigrating without expense to U. S. - $3,000 to be divided among those prevented from emigrating - Creeks shall be removed at expense of United States as fast as they are prepared to go voluntarily; shall be subsisted on the journey, and for one year after removal - to each emigrating warrior, a rifle and ammunition - Expenses of delegation to Washington, $16,000 allowed for - Ferries, bridges, and causeways, $3,000 to be paid for by United States Improvements, to be included in reservations - - - $100,000 allowed for, to be applied to payment of debts under treaty of 1826, $1,000 to be paid for - Intruders, shall be removed from ceded lands until surveyed - excepting whites, who have not expelled Creeks - Iron and steel, one ºof iron, and 200 lbs. of steel, annually, for each black- smith - - - - - - Protection, against other tribes west, shall be afforded by United States - Reservations, to ninety principal chiefs, one section each; and to every other head of family, half section each; to be reserved from sale five years, and to include improvements - - twenty sections for orphan children - - - agency not to be included in any to individuals - - may be conveyed, under the direction of the President - patents to be given to Creeks, in fee simple, after five years twenty-nine sections to persons, to be assigned, by Creek tribe one section to Benjamin Marshall, on the Chatahoochy - half section to Joseph Bruner, interpreter - - shall be made [except to Benjamin Marshall] in conformity with lines of surveys - - - - country west, guarantied; shall not be included in any State or territory; and Creeks shall govern themselves - patent shall be executed by United States when boundaries are ascertained - - - - - - Rifle, ammunition, etc., to be furnished to each emigrating warrior - Survey, of ceded lands, to be made by United States as soon as convenient 419. 418 418 418 418 418 498 498 499 499 499 499 499 497 497 499 499 498 499 499 499 499 499. 499 499 499 499 497 498 499 498 498 499 500 497 497 498 498 498 498 498 498 498 500 500 499 497 CROWS-T) ELAWARES. XXIX No. 12. Blacksmith, one additional provided for, with shop and tools - - 568 Boundary, between Creeks and Cherokees west, determined - - 567 Education, $1,000 annually allowed for, at the discretion of the President - 568 Emigration, Seminoles shall be considered part of nation - - 568 Grist mills, four patent railway, for corn, to be erected by the United States 568 Improvements, left by change of boundary, to be valued and paid for - 569 Iron and steel, one ton of iron, and 250 lbs. of steel, at discretion of President 568 Protection, of the United States acknowledged - - - 567 Reservations, patents shall be º to Creeks in fee simple, by the U. S. 568 shall belong to the whole nation east and west - - 568 granted by this treaty, to be in lieu of grants by treaty of 1826 569 Salt plains, if within Creek limits, shall be free to other friendly tribes - 569 Saws, twenty-four cross-cut, to be purchased immediately by the U. S. - 568 Wheelwright, or wagon maker, one additional provided for, with shop tools 568 [The grants made by this treaty “are intended solely for the use and benefit” of the Creeks west of the Mississippi, art. 5, p. 568.] [A treaty of perpetual peace and friendship was concluded at Fort Gibson, Au- gust 24, 1835, between the Comanches and Witchetaws, and the Cherokees, Musco- gee, (Creeks,) Choctaws, Osages, Senecas, and Quapaws. See page 626. I CROWS. No. 1 CONCLUDIED HELD AT COMMISSIONERS RATIFIED PAGE 1 |1825, Aug. 4|Mandan Village Atkinson and O’Fallon 1826, Feb. 6 363 Agents, and persons legally authorized, to be protected - - 364 Americans, passing to and from Mexico, not to be molested - - 364 Arms, etc., not to be supplied to tribes not in amity with United States - 365 Depredations, complaints of, to be made to United States agent - - 364 offenders to be delivered up, for punishment - - 364 Horses, and other property stolen, to be restored - - - 364 stolen from Indians, to be paid for - - - - 365 Protection, of United States claimed, acknowledged, and extended - 363 Retaliation, not to be resorted to, for private injuries - - - 364 Trade, to be regulated by U. S.; places for, to be designated by President; American citizens only admitted; traders to be licensed by U. S. and protected; foreign, to be apprehended, and delivered up - 364 White men, to be delivered up, on demand - - - - 365 D.E.L.A.W.A.R.E.S. No.1 CONCLUDED HELD A.T | conſºrsslowers RATIFIED PAGE. 1 1778, Sept. º Pitt A. and T. Lewis 1805, Jan. 21 1. 2 1785, Jan. 21 Fort McIntosh Clark, Butler, and Leel1785, June 2 6 3-1789, Jan. ºr: Harmar A. St. Clair 1789, Sept. 29, 23 4 1795, Aug. 3Greenville Anthony Wayne 1795, Dec. 22 54 5 1803, June 7Fort Wayne William H. Harrison 1803, Nov. 25 97 6 1804, Aug. ** William H. Harrison 1805, Jan. 21 104 XXX DELAWARES. No.1 CONCLUDED HELD AT COMMISSIONERS RATIFIED PAGE 7 1805, July 4|Fort Industry Charles Jouett 1806, April 24 113 8 |1805, Aug. 21|Grouseland William H. Harrison 1806, April 24, 118 9 |1809, Sept. 30|Fort Wayne William H. Harrison 1810, Jan. 2, 149 10 1814, July 22|Greenville Harrison and Cass 1814, Dec. 13 155 11||1815, Sept. 8|Spring Wells Harrison, McArthur, & Graham 1815, Dec. 26 173 12 1817, Sept. 29|Miami of L. Erie Cass and McArthur 1819, Jan. 4, 216 13 |1818, Oct. 3|St. Mary’s Jennings, Cass, & Parke|1819, Jan. 15. 255 14 1829, Aug. 3|Little Sandusky John McElvain 1830, Jan. 2 443 15, 1829, Sept. 24|St. Mary’s George Washon 1831, Mar. 24. 444 16 1832, Oct. 26|Castor Hill Clarke, Allen, & Kouns 1833, Feb. 12 539 No. 1. Agent, to be º by United States - - - - 3. Clothing, utensils and implements of war, to be supplied by United States - 3 Congress, representation in, provided for - - - - 3. Enemies, no protection or countenance to be afforded to - - 3 Free passage, to be granted to United States troops through the nation - 2 Fort, to be built by United States within the nation - - - 2 Fugitives, to be apprehended and delivered up - - - 2 Hostilities, notice of intended, to be given - - - - I Provisions, to be supplied and paid for - - - - 2 Punishments, not to be inflicted by one on the other - - - 2 Territorial rights, guarantied by United States - - - 3. Trade, to be opened, and conducted on principles of mutual interest - 3. Warriors, to join and assist United States - - - - 2 No. 2. SEE Wy ANDoºrs, No. 1 - - - - - 6 No. 3. SEE WyANDoTs, No. 2 - - - - - 23 No. 4. SEE WYANDots, No. 3 - - - - - 54 No. 5. Boundaries, of St. Vincennes established - - - - 97. to be altered so as to include settlements by citizens U. S. - 98 Cessions, great salt spring on Saline Creek, and four miles square of land surrounding it, ceded to United States - - - 97. three tracts of land for taverns - - - - 98. Ferriage, right, free of toll, granted to Indians - - - 98 Reservations, U. S. relinquish all claim to land near St. Vincennes - 97. a quantity of land equal to settlements made by citizens of the United States, granted to Indians - - - 98. Salt, 150 bushels to be .# by United States, annually - - 97. Taverns, three to be erected between Vincennes and Kaskaskia, and one be- tween Vincennes and Clarksville - - - 98 No. 6. Agriculture, and domestic arts, to be taught - - - - - 105 Annuities, $300 additional, 10 years - - - 104 $300, 5 years, for agricultural purposes - - - 105. Boundary, from east boundary of tracts ceded at Fort Wayne to Clark’s grant, not more than half a mile from Vincennes road - 106 Cattle, etc., $400 worth to be delivered - - - - 105 Cession, tract between Ohio and Wabash rivers - - - 104 Depredations, horses stolen to be delivered up - - - 105 owners to be paid by U. S. for those that cannot be found - 105 Depredations, horses stolen within past year not included - - 105 DE LAWARES. XXXI claim of Piankeshaws to land ceded, to be satisfied - 105 IU. S. released from their obligation, by treaty, August 21, 1805—see page 118.] if not satisfied, treaty to be null and void - - - 106 Merchandize, $800 worth delivered - - - - 105 Jurisdiction, of land between Ohio and White rivers, º - 105 y U. S. No. 7. SEE WyANDoTs, No. 5 - - - - - 113 No. 8. Annuities, to the Miamis, $600; Eel Rivers, $250; Weas, $250; forever 119 to the Pattawatamies, $500 additional, ten years - - 119 to be paid in the same manner as heretofore - - 119 Boundary, from mouth of Kentucky river to Fort Recovery - - 119 not to cross the Embarrass fork of White river - - 121 Cession, tract south of the northeast corner of tract ceded at Fort Wayne - 118 Jurisdiction, right of Miamis, Eel Rivers, and Weas, (one nation) to land on the Wabash, above Vincennes, not ceded to United States, acknowledged - - - - - 119 claim of Kickapoos to land on Vermilion river, not destroyed 119 right of Delawares to land ceded to U. S., August 18, 1804, acknowledged by Pattawatamies, Miamis, Eel Rivers, and Weas - - - - - 119 No. 9. Annuities, to the Delawares, $500, perpetually - - - 149 Miamis, 500, do - - - 149 Eel Rivers, 250, do - - - 149 Pattawatimas, 500, do - - - 150 to be paid as stipulated in treaty of Greenville - - 150 to the Weas, stipulated for - - - - 150 Kickapoos, $400 provided for - - - 150 Cessions, tractbetween the Wabash and Racoon creek; also, tract near Fort Recovery - - - - - - 149 consent of the Wea tribe to be obtained - - - 150 by the Kickapoos, agreed to - - - - 150 Depredations, when committed, provided for - - - 150 Hunting, right, according to treaty of Greenville—(see p. 58, art. 5.) - 150 Jurisdiction, country watered by White river claimed by the Delawares and Miamis - - - - - 149 Merchandize, $5,200 worth, delivered - - - - 150 Reservations, U. S. relinquish Ouroctenon towns, except for military post- 150 No. 10. SEE WyANDots, No. 8 - - - - - 155 No. 11. SEE WyANDoºrs, No. 9 - - - - - 173 No. 12. SEE WyANDots, No. 10 - - - - - 216 No. 13. Annuities, $4,000, perpetually, in silver - - - - 255 Blacksmith, to be furnished by United States - - - 255 Cession, all land in the State of Indiana - - - - 255 Claims, against the Delawares, $13,312 25, to be paid by United States - 256 Emigration, country west of the Mississippi, to be provided - - 255 120 horses, . and provisions for, to be supplied - 255 Improvements, value to be ascertained by persons appointed by President, and paid by United States; may be retained three years - 255 Reservations, to certain individuals, granted; not to be transferred - 255 [51,000 due by Osages, to be paid by U. S. per treaty June 2, 1825–see p. 330, a.8.1 No. 14. Cession, three miles square on Sandusky river 443 $3,000 to be paid; $2,000 in hand, and $1,000 in horses, clothing, - and provisions, on removal to the west - - 443 Emigration, Creeks engage to remove by January 1, 1830 - - 4:43 XXXII EEL RIVERS. No. 15. Annuity, $1,000, additional, permanently - - - - 444 Cession, all lands in the State of Missouri - . - - 444 Education, thirty-six sections ceded land, applied to raising a fund - 444 Emigration, fork of Kanzas and Missouri rivers assigned as a permanent residence; P.” possession guarantied; forty horses, six wagons and ox teams, farming utensils and tools, and one ear’s provisions, to be supplied - - - 444 Mill, grist and saw, to be erected within two years - - - 444 Exploration, new country to be examined by a deputation - - 445 land approved, and certified by deputation - - 445 No. 16. SEE SHAwan EEs, No. 13 - - - - 539 EET, IRIVERS. No.1 CONCLUDED HIELD AT COMMISSIONERS RATIFIED PAGE 1 [1795, Aug. 3Greenville Anthony Wayne 1795, Dec. 22. 54 2 |1803, June 7|Fort Wayne William H. Harrison 1803, Nov. 25 97 3 |1803, Aug. 7|Vincennes William H. Harrison 1803, Nov. 25 99 4 1805, Aug. 21 Grouseland William H. Harrison 1806, April 24, 118 5 1809, Sept. 30|Fort Wayne William H. Harrison 1810, Jan. 2. 149 6, 1809, Sept. 30|Fort Wayne William H. Harrison 1810, Jan. 2 152 7 1828, Feb. 11Wyandot Village John Tipton 1828, May 7, 421 No. 1. SEE. Wyanpots, No. 3 - - - - - - 54 No. 2. SEE DELAwares, No. 5 - - - - - 97. No. 3. Consent, given to treaty of Fort Wayne, June 7, 1803 - - 99 Cession, three tracts on road from Vincennes to Kaskaskia, and one on road from Vincennes to Clarksville - - - - 99 Taverns, to be located on ceded land - - - - 99 No. 4. SEE DELAwares, No. 8 - - - - - II8 No. 5. SEEDELAwarfs, No. 9 – - - - - 149 No. 6. SEE MIAMIs, No. 4 - - - - - 152 No. 7. Annuity, $1,000, five years, for education of youths - - - 422 may be expunged, without affecting this treaty - - 422 Cession, ten miles square on Sugartree Creek, (see page 257) - - 421 Consideration, $10,000 in goods; twelve log houses; forty acresto be cleared and fenced; wagon and two yoke of oxen; two hands six months; $500 in provisions; and five horses, with saddles and bridles - - - - - 421 $2,000 to be deducted, if treaty be not ratified - - 421 to P. Langlois $1,000 in silver, and $3,000 in goods - 422 Education, $1,000 º: five years, and longer if Congress think proper 422 Emigration, to the five-mile reservation, by Oct. 15, 1828, promised - 421 Improvements, on ceded land, to be left in good condition - - 421 Merchandize, $2,000 worth delivered by commissioner - - 421 $8,000 worth additional, to be delivered next summer - 421 $3,000 worth to P. Langlois, next summer - - 422 FLORIDAS. XXXIII *T.O.R.I.D.A.S. No. 1 CONCLUDED HELD AT COMMISSIONERs RATIFIED PAGE 1 |1823, Sept. 18|Camp Moultrie Duval, Gadsden, Segui 1824, Jan. 2' 307 Annuity, $5,000, twenty years, to be distributed as President shall direct - 308 $1,000 for school at º: twenty years - - - 309 portion to be assigned to chiefs who do not remove - - 312 Boundaries, of reservations, defined - - - - 307 northern line to be extended to embrace good tillable land - 309 Cession, all lands in Florida, except certain reservations - - 307 Consideration, $6,000 in agricultural implements and cattle; and $5,000 annually, twenty years - - - - 308 Education, $1,000 allowed for school at agency, twenty years - - 309 Fugitives and slaves, to be apprehended and delivered up - - 309 Gun and Blacksmith, $1,000 allowed for support of, and for tools, twenty years - - - - - 309 [extended ten years farther, by treaty May, 9, 1832—see page 501. I Improvements, on lands ceded, $4,500 allowed for - - - 308 $500 of above sum awarded to Nea Mathla - - 312 Intruders, white persons prohibited from hunting or settling on reservation 308 Navigation, of waters through reservation, free to citizens of United States 308 Protection, of United States acknowledged - - - - 307 United States will take Florida Indians under their, conditionally 808 Provisions, for 12 months from Feb. 1, 1824, to be furnished by United States 308 Removal, within reservation, $2,000 allowed for expenses o - - 308 provisions to be furnished one year from Feb. 1, 1824 – - 303 Reservations, from five miles N. of Okehumkee to within five miles of main branch of Charlotte river; not to approach nearer than fif- teen miles to coast on the Gulf, º twenty miles on the Atlantic ; Indians to be concentrated within these limits - 307 peaceable possession of guarantied by United States - 308 if sufficient good land be not embraced, northern limit to be extended - - - - - 309 one mile square, each, to Col. Gad Humphreys and Stephen Richards - - - 309 Irejected, but rejection not to affect treaty. ] to certain principal chiefs, in consideration of friendly disposi- tion, during occupancy, improvement, or cultivation - 3.11 to revert to United States if abandoned; names of individuals remaining with them to be furnished, and chiefs to be re- sponsible for their conduct; chiefs may remove south, and shall be ordered to remove by United States for any outrage; shall receive portion of stock and annuity - - Roads, United States reserve right to open, through reservations; to be free to citizens of United States - - - - 308 Survey, of reservations, to be made by U. S., and line marked; commissioner to be accompanied by a warrior, who shall be allowed $3 per day 309 312 [For other treaties with the Florida Indians, see Appalachicolas and Seminoles. I XXXIV FOXES-HUNKPAPAS. FOx.E.S. No.1 CONCLUDED HELD AT COMMISSIONERS RATIFIED PAGE 1 1804, Nov. 3|St. Louis William H. Harrison 1805, Jan. 25 || 109 2 1815, Sept. 14|Portage des Sioux|Clark, Edwards, and Chouteau 1815, Dec. 26 180 3 |1822, Sept. 3|Fort Armstrong Thomas Forsyth 1823, Feb. 13 304 4, 1824, Aug. 4|Washington William Clark 1825, Jan. 18 313 5 1825, Aug. 19 Prairie du Chien Clark and Cass 1826, Feb. 6 || 371 6 1830, July 15|Prairie du Chien Clark and Morgan 1831, Feb. 24 446 7 1832, Sept. 21|Fort Armstrong Scott and Reynolds 1833, Feb. 13| 508 8 1836, Sept. 17|Fort Leavenworth William Clar 1837, Feb. 15 676 9 |1836, Sept. 27|[not stated] Henry Dodge 1837, Feb. 15 683 10 1836, Sept. 28|Dubuque Co. Wis. Henry Dodge 1837, Feb. 27 | 685 No. 1. SEE SACs, No. 2 - - - - - 109 No. 2. Peace and friendship re-established, and shall be perpetual; injuries and hostilities forgiven and forgotten - - - - 180 Prisoners, to be delivered up at Fort Clark - - - - 181 Treaty, at St. Louis, Nov. 3, 1804, recognized and confirmed - - 181 No. 3. SEE SACs, No. 5 - - - - - 304 No. 4. SEE SACs, No. 6 - - - - - 3.13 No. 5. SEE Sioux, No. 5 - - - - - 3.71 No. 6. SEE SACs, No. 8 - - - - - 446 No. 7. SEE SAcs, No. 9 - - - - - 508 No. 8. SEE Ioways, No. 5 - - - - - 676 No. 9. SEE SACs, No. 11 - - - - - 683 No. 10. SEE SACs, No. 12 - - - - 685 Hºº APAS. No. 1 CONCLUDED HIELD AT COMMISSIONERS RATIFIED PAGE I 1825, July 16|Auricara Village Atkinson and O'Fallon 1826, Feb. 6 351 Arms, ammunition, etc., not to be furnished to tribes not in amity with U. S. 352 Depredations, complaints of shall be made, and no retaliation shall take place 352 on Indians, shall be punished same as if on whites - 352 horses and other property stolen, shall be mutually restored 352 Protection, of United States claimed, and their supremacy acknowledged - 351 citizens of U.S. travelling through country, to have safe conduct 352 Trade, right of United States to regulate, admitted - - - 351 to be transacted at places designated by the President - - 351 none but American citizens, duly authorized, to be admitted - 351 United States will admit and license traders, whose persons and pro- perty shall be protected - - - - - 351 foreigners to be apprehended and delivered up - - 351 persons and property of agents to be protected - - 352 White men, resident among Indians, shall be given up on demand - 352 ILLINOIS-IOWAYS. XXXV Tºſº S. No. 1 CONCLUDED HELD AT CoMMISSIONERS RATIFIED PAGE 1 [1818, Sept. 25|Edwardsville Edwards and Chouteau (1819, Jan. 5, 246 Annuity, $300, twelve years, in money, goods, or domestic animals - 247 Cession, from the confluence of the Ohio and Mississippi, up the Ohio to Saline creek, etc. - - - - - 247 Merchandize, $2,000 worth delivered - - - - 247 Protection, to be afforded by the United State - - - 247 Reservation, 640 acres on Blackwater river, to include village - - 247 War, not to be declared without consent of the United States - - 247 [For other treaties, to which various bands of the Illinois tribe are parties, see Kaskaskias and Peorias. I IOº Ayººs. No.1 CONCLUDED HIELD AT commissioners RATIFIED PAGE 1 1815, Sept. 16|Portage des Sioux Clark, Edwards, and Chouteau 1815, Dec. 26, 182 2 1824, Aug. 4|Washington William Clark 1825, Jan. 18, 316 3 1825, Aug. 19prairie du Chien Clark and Cass 1826, Feb. 6 371 4 1830, July 15|Prairie du Chien Clark and Morgan 1831, Feb. 24 446 5 1836, Sept. 17|Fort Leavenworth William Clark 1837, Feb. 15 676 No. 1. Is a treaty of peace and friendship between the United States and the tribe; hos- tilities shall be forgiven and forgotten; ºgº. peace and friendship declared; all prisoners to be mutually delivered up at St. Louis; and all former treaties con- firmed. [This appears to be the first treaty with the Ioways as a distinct tribe.] No. 2. Agriculture, persons to be employed by United States to aidin, and utensils urnished - - - - Annuities, $500, ten years - - - - may be paid in money, merchandize, provisions, or cattle merchandize to be delivered at St. Louis free of expense Blacksmith, to be supported by U. S. while President thinks prºper Cattle, U. S. will furnish as many as the President deems expedient Cession, all lands in Missouri, between the Mississippi and Missouri rivers lands east and south of above, acknowledged to belong to U. S. Consideration, $500 in cash or merchandize; and $500 ten years Hunting, on cededlands, not permitted after January 1, 1826 - Protection, of United States acknowledged - - - Treaties, none shall be held with foreign powers, States, or individuals No. 3. SEE Sioux, No. 6 - - - - No. 4. SEE SACs, No. 8 - - - - - 317 316 317 317 317 317 316 316 316 316 316 316 3.71 446 XXXVI KANZA.S. No. 5. Agriculture, farmer and implements for five years, to be furnished, and 200 acres of ground to be enclosed and broken up, for each tribe 677 Blacksmith, one to be furnished by United States to each tribe - - 677 Cattle, to the Ioways, 100 cows and calves, 5 bulls, and 100 hogs - 677 to the Sacs and Foxes, the same number - - - 678 Cession, lands between State of Missouri and Missouri river - - 676 Consideration, $7,500 in money, receipt acknowledged 677 Education, a schoolmaster, for each tribe, to be provided by United States 677 Emigration, to lands assigned, agreed to, as soon as arrangements are made 677 United States to furnish rations one year after removal - 677 Ferryboats, one to be furnished by United States to each tribe - - 677, '8 Houses, five to be built for the Ioways, and three for the Sacs and Foxes - 677 Interpreter, to be furnished by U. S., as long as President thinks proper - 677 Mill, to be furnished to each tribe by United States - - – 677, '8 Provisions, one year after removal, to be furnished by United States - 677 Reservations, strip on south side Missouri river, 400 sections; the lower half to the Sacs and Foxes, the upper half to the Ioways - 677 IRCAINTZ.A.S. | No. 1 Con CLUIDED HELD AT COMMISSIONERS RATIFIED PAGE 1 |1815, Oct. 28|St. Louis Edwards and Chouteau (1815, Dec. 26, 183 2 |1825, June 3|St. Louis William Clark 1825, Dec. 30 334 3 |1825, Aug. 16|Kanzas Creek Reeves, Sibley, Mather 1826, May 3, 369 No. 1. Stipulates that every injury or act of hostility shall be mutually forgiven and for- §. there shall be perpetual peace and friendship; and the protection of the nited States is acknowledged. No. 2. - Agents, to reside within the reservation, and shall occupy as much land as necessary - - - - - - 334 Agriculture, as many persons employed to instruct, and implements furnish- ed, as Sup’t of Indian Affairs may deem expedient - 335 Blacksmith, shall be provided and supported by the United States - 335 Cattle, 300; hogs 300; fowls 500; oxen three yoke, and two carts, to be furnished by the United States - 335 Cession, all landslying within the State of Missouri, and tract west of Mis- souri, on Kanzas, Nodewa, Big Nemahaw, and Missouri rivers 334 Consideration, $3,500 annually twenty years, in money, merchandize, pro- visions, or cattle - - - - 334 oods to be delivered in St. Louis at first cost - - 334 3,000 for depredations by Indians; and $100 to F. G. Chouteau 335 $4,000 in merchandize; half delivered, and remainder without delay - - - - - - 335 Depredations, by Indians since 1815, to be paid by U. S. to amount of $3,000 335 no retaliation shall take place, but complaints be made, pro- perty mutually restored, and offenders punished - 336 Education, teachers shall reside within reservation, and occupy land - 334 36 sections of ceded land to be sold to raise a fund for support of schools - - - - - 335 Merchandize, $2,000 worth to be delivered with as little delay as possible - 335 Navigation, of all streams, to be enjoyed by the United States - – 336 RASKA SKIAS. XXXVII Protection, of the United States, Kanzas shall forever remain under - 337 Reservations, 30 miles in width on Kanzas river, to include their village; to - be surveyed and marked - - - - 334 for agents and teachers, as much as may be necessary - 334 36 sections on Big Blue river, for support of schools - 335 to certain individuals, 23 square miles - - - 335 shall not be sold without permission of the United States - 337 White men, shall be delivered up on demand - - - 336 No. 3. Consideration, for privilege of making a road, and the free use thereof, $500 in money or merchandize, to be paid as soon as may be: and $300 worth of merchandize, delivered before signing 370 Road, may be surveyed and marked out by commissioners; shall be free to citizens of the United States and Mexico, who shall be aided and assisted on all fit occasions - - - - 369 shall be marked on either side, to enable travellers to find subsistence and camping places - - - - - 370 1:…A.S.H.A.S.H.I.A.S. No.1 CONCLUDED HELD AT comintiss IONIERs RATIFIED PAGE 1 1795, Aug. 3|Greenville Anthony Wayne 1795, Dec. 22. 54 2 |1803, June 7|Fort Wayne William H. Harrison 1803, Nov. 25 97 3 |1803, Aug. 7|Vincennes William H. Harrison 1803, Nov. 25 99 4 1803, Aug. 13|Vincennes William H. Harrison 1803, Nov. 24 100 5 1818, Sept. 25|Edwardsville Edwards and Chouteau 1819, Jan. 5, 246 6 1832, Oct. 27|Castor Hill Clark, Allen, & Kouns 1833, Feb. 12 547 No. 1. SEE WyANDots, No. 3 - - - - - 54 No. 2. SEEDELAwakes, No. 5 - - - - - 97 No. 3. SEE EEL Rivers, No. 3 - - - - - 99 No. 4. Annuity, increased to $1,000, to be paid in money, merchandize, provi- sions, or cattle, [relinquished by treaty No. 6, page 547 J - 101 when in merchandize, to be delivered free of cost of transportation 101 United States reserve the right to divide, among the families - 101 Boundary, of ceded lands, defined - - - - - 102 Cession, all lands in Illinois territory, (see page 246) - - - 100 Consideration, $100, seven years to Catholic priest; $300 for church; and $580 for debts, etc. - - - - 101 House, United States will build one for chief, and enclose a field - 101 Hunting, on ceded lands, while property of U. S., granted to Kaskaskias - 102 Protection, United States will take Kaskaskias under their - - 101 Religion, $100 annually, seven years, for support of a Catholic priest, who shall instruct children in rudiments of literature - - 101 $300 to assist in the erection of a church - - - 101 Reservations, 350 acres near the town of Kaskaskia - - - 100 1,280 acres, to be located within ceded lands - - 101 War, not to be declared against others without the consent of United States 101 No. 5. SEE PEoRIAs, No. 1 - - - - 246 XXXVIII KICKAPOOS. No. 6. Agriculture, $50, four years, allowed for implements, etc. - - 548. $300, for breaking and fencing ground - - - 548 Annuities, of $1,000, by treaty of August 13, 1803, relinquished - 547 of 150 bushels of salt, annually, relinquished - - 547 $3,000 ten years, to United Nation, in money or merchandize, etc. 548 $50, four years, for agricultural implements, iron and steel - 548 Boundary, of western reservation, defined - - - - 548 Cattle, $400 worth, to be delivered, after ratification of treaty - - 548. Cession, lands granted by art. I, treaty of Vincennes, August 13, 1803 - 547 lands assigned to the Peorias, in Illinois or Missouri, by former treaties - - - - - - 547 lands in Illinois and Missouri, claimed by the Peorias, Kaskaskias, and other bands - - - - - 549 Consideration, $3,000 to United Nation, ten years, in money, merchandize, or stock - - - - - 548 in lieu of reservation (see page 247, art. 5,) $1,600 to Peo- rias and Kaskaskias; to Kaskaskias $350 for salt annuities; to Peorias $250 for improvements; to Peorias and Kaskaskias $400 in cattle; three carts, three yoke of oxen, six ploughs, four horses; $300 for clearing and fencing land: #50, four years, for iron, steel, etc.; $800 in goods; and $1,000 for ex- penses of removal - - - - - 548 Emigration, desire to unite with Peorias west, expressed - - 547 $1,000 to be paid for expenses of - - - 548 Horses, seven lost by Kaskaskias, allowed and Pºid for - - 548 Houses, four shall be built for Kaskaskias and Peorias - - 548 Improvements, on lands left, $250 to Peorias alone, allowed for - - 548 Iron and steel, §50, four years, to be expended for, and implements - 548 Merchandize, $800 worth to be paid, on signing treaty - - 548 Provisions, to be supplied one year after removal - - - 548 Reservations, 350 acres near town of Kaskaskia, for Ellen Decoigne - 547 150 sections to Peorias and Kaskaskias, on Osage river, west 548 of Missouri - - - - - 548 claim of Peorias to 640 acres, on Blackwater river, explained 548 Salt, annuity of 150 bushels, by treaty of 7th June, 1808, relinquished - 547 Tºſº APOOS- - No.1 CONCLUDED HELD AT COMMISSIONERS RATIFIED PAGE 1 1795, Aug. 3Greenville Anthony Wayne 1795, Dec. 22. 54 2 1803, June 7|Fort Wayne William H. Harrison 1803, Nov. 25 97 3 |1803, Aug. 7|Vincennes William H. Harrison 1803, Nov. 25 99 4 1809, Dec. 9] [not stated | * William H. Harrison 1810, Mar. 5, 154 5 1815, Sept. 2Portage des Sioux Clark, Edwards, and Chouteau 1815, Dec. 26, 172 6 1816, June 4|Fort Harrison Benjamin Parke 1816, Dec. 30, 195 7 1819, July 30|Edwardsville Chouteau & Stephenson||1821, Jan. 13, 271 8, 1819, Aug. 30|Fort Harrison Benjamin Parke 1820, May 10 275 9 |1820, July 19St. Louis Chouteau & Stephenson||1821, Jan 13 283 10 1820, Sept. 5|Vincennes Benjamin Parke 1821, Jan. 8, 286 11 1832, Oct. 24|Castor Hill Clark, Allen, & Kouns 1833, Feb. 13 532 * There is nothing in this treaty to show at what place it was held; but by the third par art. 1, of a treaty concluded at Edwardsville, July 30, 1819, (see page 272, ) it appears to have been held at Vincennes. KICKAPOOS. XXXIX No. 1. SEE WyANDoTs, No. 3 - - - - - 54 No. 2. SEE DELAwarfs, No. 5 - - - - - 97 No. 3. SEE EEL RIVERs, No. 3 - - - - - 99 No. 4. Annuity, $400 additional, permanently, for first cession - - 154 $100, for cession of tracts between Wabash and Vermilion rivers 154 stipulations of the treaty of Greenville, applicable to, (see page 58) 154 Cession, by Delawares and others, on northwest side of the Wabash (see page 150) agreed to - - - - - 154 tract between Wabash and Vermilion rivers - - 154 Consideration, $400 permanent additional annuities, and $800 worth of goods for first cession; $100 annuity, and $700 worth of goods, for second cession - - - - 154 United States released from annuity of $100, if Miamis do not consent to the latter cession - - - 154 Hunting, stipulations of the treaty of Greenville applicable to, (see page 58, art 7.) - - - - - - 154 No. 5. Hostilities, shall be mutually forgiven and forgotten; perpetual peace and friendship declared between United States and Kickapoos; pri- soners to be mutually restored; and all prior treaties recognized and confirmed - - - - - 172 No. 6. SEE WEAs, No. 4 - - - - - 195 No. 7. Annuities, $2,000 in silver, fifteen years, to be paid on Osage river - 272 Cession, all their lands on the southeastside of the Wabash river, also all their lands from the Wabash to the Kankakee, thence to the Illinois river, and down to its mouth, etc. - - - 272 all other tracts, on left side of Illinois and Mississippi rivers - 273 Emigration, two boats, well manned, to be furnished by United States, and an agent to accompany them - - - 273 Intruders, on reservation, to be restrained - - - - 273 Navigation, of waters, within reservation, free to citizens of United States 273 Obligations, United States released from all, imposed by former treaties - 272 Protection, of the United States acknowledged - - - 272 United States will take Kickapoos under their - – 272 Reservation, tract in Missouri; not to be sold without consent of the Presi- dent; (see page 283.) - - - - 273 peaceable possession of guarantied - - - 273 citizens of United States may pass and repass through - 273 war, against others, shall not be declared without consent of United States - - - - - 273 No. 8. Annuity, of $1,000 relinquished; and $2,000 in specie, 10 years, in lieu thereof, to be paid at such places as may be agreed upon - 275 [payable at Kaskaskia, by art. 1, treaty No. 10, see page 286. I Boundary, of lands ceded, defined - - - - 275 Cession, all lands on the Wabash river, heretofore claimed - - 275 Consideration, $2,000 for 15 years, and $3,000 in hand - - - 275 No. 9. º the terms on which the reservation granted by treaty No. 7, shall be held, viz.: “to be by them possessed in like manner as the lands ceded by the first article of this [No. 7 I treaty by them to the United States were possessed” 283 XL MAHAS. No. 10. Annuity, granted by treaty No. 6, shall be paid at Kaskaskia - - 286 #. 1821, advanced by commissioner - - – 286 Emigration, $2,000 advanced by commissioner, to assistin removing - 286 No. 11. Agricultural implements, $3,000 worth to be purchased - - 533 Annuities, $18,000 first year; $12,000 to be applied in payment of debts - 532 $5,000 nineteen years, in money or goods, at St. Louis - 533 $1,000 five years, for a blacksmith, iron, steel, etc. - - 533 $500 ten years, for support of a school " - - - 533 Blacksmith, and strikers, to be supported five years - - - 533 Boundary, of reservation southwest of Missouri, defined - - 532 line of reservation to be run and marked within three years - 533 commissioners and deputation shall have power to alter - 533 deputation, having examined reservation, fix the boundary line 535 Cattle, $4,000 to be invested in cattle, hogs, and other stoek - - 533 Cession, reservation granted by treaties No. 7 and 9 - - - 532 Church, to be erected ; $3,700 allowed for, and a mill - - 533 Consideration, $18,000 first year; $5,000 for 19 years, $1,000 five years, for blacksmith, iron, etc.; $3,700 for a mill and church; $500 ten years for a school; $3,000 for farming utensils; $4,000 for labor and implements; $4,000 in cattle; $6,000 in merchandize; and some assistance when removing - 533 Debts, $12,000 to be paid by superintendent at St. Louis - - 532 Education, $500 ten years, for support of school, and purchase of books - 533 Emigration, United States will furnish some assistance in - - 533 agreed to, with as little delay as possible - - 533 Improvements, on reservation, $4,000 to be expended in - - 533 Iron, steel, and tools, to be furnished five years - - - 533 Merchandize, annuity of $5,000 to be paid in, at cost at St. Louis - 533 $6,000 worth delivered, and receipt acknowledged - 533 Mill, to be erected, and part of $3,700 allowed for - - - 533 seat to be included in reservation - - - - 534 Provisions, to be supplied one year after removal - - - 533 Reservation, tract southwest of Missouri river, as a permanent residence - 532 boundary line shall be run within three years - - 533 deputation shall be sent to examine; shall have power to select, not exceeding 1,200 square miles - - - 533 if land first described shall be found good and sufficient, the power to select other shall not be exercised - - 534 MIAF.A.S. | No.1 concluded HIELD AT commissioners RATIFIED PAGE 1 1815, July 2020rtage des Sioux Clark, Edwards, and Chouteau 1815, Dec. 26 171 2 1825, Oct. 6|Fort Atkinson Atkinson and O’Fallon 1826, Feb. 6 386 No. 1. Peace and friendship re-established; hostilities mutually forgiven and for- gotten; perpetual peace and friendship . and protection of United States acknowledged - - - - 171 MAN-DANS. XLI No. 2. Agents, and other persons, sent by United States, to be protected - 387 Arms, ammunition, &c., not to be supplied to nations or tribes not in amity with United States - - - - - 387 Depredations, no private retaliation shall take place for - - 387 complaints of shall be made to superintendent - - 387 persons complained of, to be delivered up on demand - 387 on Indians, shall be punished the same as if on whites - 387 horses, or other property stolen, shall be restored - – 387 on Indians by whites, full indemnification guarantied – 387 Mexico, citizens of United States passing to and from, not to be molested 387 Protection, of United States, reciprocally acknowledged and promised - 386 to be extended by ... to persons and property of traders - 386 also to agents and other persons sent b º States - 387 Trade, right of United States to regulate, admitte - - - 386 shall be transacted at places designated by President - - 386 none but American citizens allowed to participate in - - 386 United States will admit and license traders - - - 386 ersons and property of traders to be protected - - 386 oreigners shall be apprehended and ... u - - 386 Whites, resident among Mahas, to be delivered up, on demand - - 387 IMIANTD.A.N.S. No. 1 CONCLUDED HELD AT COMMISSIONERS RATIFIED PAGE 1 1825, July 30|Mandan Village Atkinson and O’Fallon 1826, Feb. 6 356 Agents, and others sent by United States, to be protected - - 357 Arms, ammunition, &c., shall not be supplied to any nation or tribe, not in amity with United States - - - – 358 Depredations, no private retaliation shall take place for - – 358 by whites, complaints of shall be made to the Superintenden 358 by Indians, offenders shall be delivered up for trial - 358 on Indians, shall be punished same as if on whites – 358 horses and other property, stolen by Indians, shall be restored 358 on Indians by whites, indemnification guarantied - – 358 Peace and friendship, firm and lasting, declared - - – 357 Protection, of United States reciprocally acknowledged and promised – 357 - to be extended by Mandans, to traders and agents of United States 357 Trade, right of United States to regulate, admitted - - - 357 shall be transacted at places to be designated by the President - 357 none but American citizens, duly authorized, admitted - - 357 United States agree to admit and license traders - – 357 foreigners and others not legally authorized, to be apprehended and delivered up - - - - - – 357 Whites, resident among Mandans, to be delivered up, on demand – 358 xiii MENoMoMEEs, of MENoMINIFs. MENOMEONEES, OR MENONTINIES. No. 1 CONCLUDED HIELD AT COMMISSIONERS RATIFIED PAGE 1 1817, Mar. 30|St. Louis Clark, Edwards, and - Chouteau 1817, Dec. 26, 205 2 1825, Aug. 19 Prairie des Chiens Clark and Cass 1826, Feb. 6 371 3 |1827, Aug. 11|Butte des Morts Cass and McKenney 1829, Feb. 3 412 4 |1831, Feb. 8 º Eaton and Stambaugh 1832, July 9 466 5 1832, Oct. 27|Green ay George B. Porter 1833, Mar. 13 549 6 1836, Sept. 3|Cedar Point Henry Dodge |1837, Feb. 15 669 No. 1. Cession, all lands heretofore ceded by them to England, France, or Spain, and all treaties with United States confirmed - - 205 Hostilities, mutually forgiven and forgotten - - - - 205 Peace and friendship, re-established and declared - - - 205 Prisoners, to be mutually given up - - - - 206 Protection of United States, acknowledged by Menomonees - - 206 No. 2. SEE Sioux, No. 6 - - - - - 3.71 No. 3. SEE CHIPPEwAys, No. 16 - - - - 412 No. 4. Agriculture, five farmers, at $100 each, and five females, at $60 each, ten years, to teach farming and housewifery; and farming uten- sils to be supplied - - - - - 469 all articles to be stamped, to preserve them from sale or barter, - 469 and to be under immediate care of the farmers - - Annuities, $5,000 four years, commencing August 1, 1881 - - 468 $6,000 twelve years thereafter - - - - 470 cease, when peace and harmony are interrupted - - 470 additional, to be fixed on surrendering their hunting ground - 471 Arms, $4,000 to be expended in fowling guns and ammunition - -- 471 Black and Gunsmith shops, one or more to be erected, and supplied with iron and steel, at discretion of President - - - - 470 Boundary, of Menomonee country defined - - - - 466 of reservation for Menomonees, defined - - - 468 of reservation for New York Indians, altered by ratification - 474 Cattle, (horses, cows, hogs, and sheep) to be supplied, to amount of $6,000 469 Cession, tract on southeast side of º o lake, about 2,500,000 acres, including islands in Fox river and Green Bay - - 468 Clothing, to amount of $8,000 to be distributed at Green Bay - - 469 comfortable suit to be given to each delegate to Washington - 471 Consideration, $5,000 four years, commencing August 1, 1831 - - 468 $6,000 twelve years thereafte - - - 470 $500 ten years to farmers; $300 ten years to housewives; $13,000 for houses, $6,000 in cattle; $6,000 in mills; and $600 ten years for miller; $8,000 in clothing; $1,000 in provisions; gun and blacksmiths’ shops; $500 ten years for education, clothing for delegation; $4,000 in guns - $1,000 four years in provisions - - 469, 70, 71 $25,000 to Stockbridges and Munsees, for improvements on lands ceded; $1,600 to Brothertown Indians, for im- provements - - - - - 473, '74 Education, $500 additional, ten years, for the exclusive use of the Menomo- nees, (see page 414, article 5) - - - 470 Expenses, of delegation to and from Washington, shall be paid - - 471 Fishing, permitted E. of Fox river, untillands are surveyed and offered for sale 470 Grist mill, United States will erect one on Fox river, and employ a miller 469 MENOMONEES, OR MENOMINIES. XLIII Houses, for Indians, to be erected by United States, to amount of $10,000, and for farmers to amount of $3,000; and household articles to be furnished; also house for the miller - - - for Interpreter at Green Bay, not to exceed $500 - - Hunting, on ceded lands east of Fox river, permitted until surveyed and of- fered for sale - - - - ground to be surrendered, when President deems it expedient - Military posts, United States may establish such as President thinks proper Protection, of United States, continuance of, desired - - - forfeited, and annuities cease, if peace and harmony be interrupted Provisions, to amount of $1,000 to be distributed at Green Bay - - $1,000 worth to be furnished four years, in lieu of garrison rations Peace and harmony, chiefs pledge themselves to preserve - - Reservation, for New York Indians, tracton W. º of Fox river 500,000 acres to be held by same tenure as Menomonees hold their lands - for military post (Fort Howard) on Fox river, with timber and firewood - - - - - - for public highways, at discretion of President United States for N. Y. Indians, to be apportioned at end of three years, and if more than 100 acres to each soul, balance reverts to U. S. [terms of removal changed by supplementary article see p. 472.] on west side of Fox river to W. lake - - if New York Indians refuse to accept, Menomonees request that they be removed - - | - 469 470 470 471 47 46 two townships, (46,080 acres) on east side of Winnebago lake, for Stockbridges and Munsees; and one township (23,040 acres), adjoining, for the Brothertown Indians - - Roads, United States may make such as President thinks proper - Saw-mill, United States will erect one on Fox river - - - No. 5. Boundary, defined by ratification of the Senate to treaty No. 4, objected to, and another line substituted - - - - Consideration, to Menomonees, $1,000 in clothing and sundry provisions, &c. Reservations, to Stockbridge, Munsee, and Brothertown tribes, by ratifica- tion of treaty No. 4, assented to - - - mill seat on Apple creek, for C. A. Grignon - - 470 469 471 470 467 468 467 467 467 468 470 473, 4 471 469 552. 554 552 553 [The assent of the Stockbridge, Munsee, Brothertown, Six Nation, and St. Regis tribes, to the change of boundary, given in a supplementary article or appendix to this treaty, page 555.] No. 6. Annuities, $23,750 in money, twenty years, ($1,000 of which to R. Grig- non,) $3,500 in provisions and farming utensils - - to be paid in June or July of every year - - - changed to $20,000 by ratification - - - Agriculture, farmers and utensils, to be provided by former treaties, relinquished - - - - - Blacksmiths, two, with shops, iron and steel, to be provided twenty years provisions for, under former treaties, relinquished - - Cattle, provided for by former treaties, relinquished - - - Cession, tract beginning atmouth of Wolf river, about 4,000,000 acres - tract on Wisconsin river, 184,320 acres, or eight townships Consideration, $23,750 twenty years; $3,000 in provisions; thirty barrels of salt; 2,000lbs. tobacco; $500 in farming utensils; and two blacksmiths’ shops, with iron, steel, etc., all for twenty years; $99,710 50 for debts - - - $80,000 for the half-breeds - - - - no person, not of Indian descent, shall be entitled to any part $76,000 to be invested, in lieu of allowances for farmers, blacksmiths, millers, improvements, etc. relinquished by article 3, page 671 - - - - Debts, due by Menomonees, to amount of $99,710.50 to be paid by U. S. no part to be paid, until their justice and validity be inquired into - 670 671 673 671 670 671 671 669 670 670 671 674 67.1 670 678 XLIV. MIAMIS. Education, $1,000, intended to be applied to, to be paid to R. Grignon twenty years - - 670 ants by former treaties relinquished - - - 671 1,000 to R. Grignon, rejected by Senate - - - 673 Emigration, assented to, one year after ratification of treaty - - 67+ Improvements, or reservation, on Fox river and Winnebago lake, relinquished 671 Iron and steel, for two shops, to be provided twenty years - – 670 Millers, provided by former treaties, relinquished - - - 67.1 Provisions, $3,000 twenty years, to be furnished - - – 670 Salt, thirty barrels annually, twenty years, to be furnished - - 670 Schedule of debts to be paid by United States - - - 672 Tobacco, 2,000 pounds annually, twenty years, to be furnished - - 670- TVIIAIMIIS. No. 1 CONCLUDED HELD AT COMMISSIONERS RATIFIED PAGE I 1795, Aug. 3|Greenville Anthony Wayne 1795, Dec. 22. 54 2 1803, June 7|Fort Wayne William H. Harrison 1803, Nov. 25 97 3 |1805, Aug. 21|Grouseland William H. Harrison 1806, April 24, 118 4 1809, Sept. 30|Fort Wayne William H. Harrison 1810, Jan. 2. 149 5 1809, Sept. 30|Fort Wayne William H. Harrison 1810, Jan. 2 152 6 |1814, July 22|Greenville Harrison and Cass 1814, Dec. 13 155 7 1815, Sept. 8|Spring Wells Harrison, McArthur, and Graham 1815, Dec. 26 173 8 |1818, Oct. 6|St. Mary’s, Ohio Jennings, Cass, & Parke|1819, Jan. 15. 257 9 |1826, Oct. 23|Mississinewa Cass, Ray, and Tipton 1827, Jan. 24 408 10 1828, Feb. 11|Wyandot Village John Tipton 1828, May 7, 421 No. 1. SEE WvANDots, No. 3 - - - - - 54 No. 2. SEE DELAwares, No. 5 - - - - - 97. No. 3. SEE DELAwakes, No. 8 - - - - - 118 No. 4. SEE DELAwares, No. 9 – - - - - 149 No. 5. --- Consideration, for claim to land, ceded this day, [see page 149.1 $500 in cat- cattle, three years; an armory at Fort Wayne; and further annuities of $200 to the Miamis, and $100 to the Weas and Eel Rivers, conditionally - - - - 152 No. 6. SEE Wyanpots, No. 8 - - - - - 155 No. 7. SEE WYANDots, No. 9 – - - - - 173 No. 8. Annuity, $15,000 in silver, perpetual; and 160 bushels salt - - 259 Cession, tract from Wabash river, to Fort Recovery - - - 257 by Kickapoos, December 9, 1809, (see page 154) assented to - 259 Consideration, $15,000 perpetual annuity, in silver; grist and saw mills to be built; black and gunsmith supported; agricultural im- plements provided; and 160 bushels of salt annually - 259 Reservations, one tract, from mouth of Salamanie to mouth of Eel river; one tract two miles square, on Salamanie river; one tract six miles square, on the Wabash; ten miles square opposite mouth of river A Bouette; ten miles square” on Sugar Tree creek; two miles square, at mouth of Flat rock - 257 to chief J. B. Richardville, nine sections, variously located - 257 to various full and half-blooded Miamis, forty sections - 258, 9 shall not be transferred without approbation of the President 259. * Ceded to United States February 11, 1828–seepage 421, ºt, 1. MINNETAREES, OR BELANTSE-ETEAs. M. L.V. No. 9. Annuities, $35,000 in 1827; $30,000 in 1828; and $25,000 permanently; to include former annuities - - - - 409 $2,000 for the support of poor, and for education - - 410 Canal, State of Indiana may lay out, through reservations - - 409 Cattle, yoke of oxen to be furnished to each of nine persons named, and one for the band at the forks of the Wabash - - - 409 2003, and 200 hogs, to be furnished to the tribe - - 410 Cession, all lands in Indiana, N. and W. of Wabash and Miami rivers - 408 Consideration, $31,040. 53 in goods delivered; and same sum to individuals named in schedule; $26,259 47 in goods, to be delivered in 1828; $35,000 in 1827; $30,000 in 1828; $25,000 per- manent annuity; wagon and yoke of oxen to each of nine persons named; $600 for house to each of nine persons named; 200 cattle, 200 hogs; 2,000 lbs. of iron, 1,000 lbs. of steel, 1,000 lbs. tobacco, annually - - 409, 10 debts to amount of $7,727 47, to be paid by United States - 410 Debts, to amount of $7,727 47, to be paid by United States, per schedule - 410 Education, part of $2,000 annually, as long as Congress think proper - 410 Houses, cost not to exceed $600 each, to be built for each of nine persons 409 Hunting, permitted on ceded land, while property of the United States - 410 Iron and steel, 2,000 lbs. iron, and 1,000 lbs. steel, annually - - 410 Laborers, to be provided, to work three months in the year - - 410 Reservations, ninety-two sections, variously located, for the use of the tribe 408, 9 tracts to certain individuals named in schedule; not to be conveyed without the consent of the President - - 409 granted by treaty of St. Mary’s to certain persons; shall be purchased by the United States as per schedule - 410 Road, State of Indiana may lay out, through reservations - - 409 Schedule, of reservations referred to in art. 3 - - - 411 Tobacco, 1,000 lbs. annually, to be furnished to the trib - - 410 Wagons, to be furnished to each of nine persons named, and one for the band at the forks of the Wabash - - - - 409 No. 10. SEE EEL Rivers, No. 7 - - - - - 421 IMINMETAREES, OR BELANTSE-ETEAS. No. 1 concLUIDED HIELD AT COMMISSIONERS RATIFIED PAGE 1 1825, July 30|Mandan Village Atkinson and O’Fallon 1826, Feb. 6 360 Arms, ammunition, etc. not to be furnished to tribes not in amity with the United States, - - - - - 362 Depredations, no private retaliation shall take place for; complaints shall be made to the United States agent; offenders to be delivered up; on Indians shall be punished same as if on whites; horses and other property stolen, shallberestored; indemnity for, guarantied to Indians - - - - 361 Peace, firm and lasting, declared - - - - 360 Protection, of United States acknowledged and promised - - 360 Trade, to be transacted at places designated by the President - - 360 none but American citizens, duly authorized, admitted - - 360 United States will license traders, who shall be protected - 361 foreigners attempting to trade shall be delivered up - - 361 safe conduct to be given to all United States agents, - - 361 Whites, to be delivered up on demand - * . - - 361 XLVI MISSOURIS-MITCHIGAMIAS-MOHAWKS, ETC. TVIIISSOURIS. No.1 CONCLUDED HELD AT COMMISSIONERS RATIFIED PAGE I 1825, jº. 26|Fort Atkinson Atkinson and O’Fallon 1826, Feb. 6 380 2 1830, July 15|Prairie du Chien Clark and Morgan 1831, Feb. 24 446 3 |1833, Sep. 21|Otoe Village Henry L. Ellsworth 1834, April 12 582 4 1836, Oct. 15|Bellevue Dougherty and Pilcher 1837, Feb. 15 689 No. 1. SEE. OTToes, No. 2 - - - - - 380 No. 2. SEE SACs, No. 8 - - - - - 446 No. 3. SEE O'Toºs, No. 4 - - - - - 582 No. 4. SEE. O'Toºs, No. 5 - - - - - 689 MIITCH.I.G.A.M.I.A.S.--SEE PEori As, No. 1 - - - 246 IMICHAWKS. No. 1 CONCLUDED HIELD AT COMMISSIONIERs RATIFIED PAGE 1 1797, Mar. 29|Albany Isaac Smith, etc. 1798, April 27| 72 | - Cession, all lands owned by the Mohawks in the State of New York - 73 Consideration, $1,000 for the land, and $600 for expenses - - 73 ºf SºS.--SEE WYANDoTs, No. 5 - - - 113 TºrºſsCOGº:S. No.1 concLUIDED HELD AT COMMISSIONERS RATIFIED PAGE. 1 1833, Feb. 14|Fort Gibson Stokes, Ellsworth, and Schermerhorn 1834, April 12 565 2 1835, Aug. 24|Camp Holmes Stokes and Arbuckle 1836, May 19 626 No. 1. SEE CREERs, No. 12 - - - - - 565 No. 2. SEE ComAN cREs, No. 1 - - - - - 626 OGALL.A.A.S.–SEE Siounes, No. 1 - - – 3:44 OMAHAws—ONEIDAS–OSAGEs. XLVII Oººººº...AºS. No. CONCLUDED HELD AT COMMISSIONERS RATIFIED PAGE 1 1830, July 15|Prairie du Chien Clark and Morgan 1831, Feb. 24 446 2 |1836, Oct. 15|Bellevue Dougherty and Pilcher 1237, Feb. 15 689 No. 1. SEE SACs, No. 8 - - - - - 446 No. 2. SEE. OTTorºs, No. 5 - - - - - 689 Oºſº.A.S. No. 1 CONCLUDED HIELD AT COMMISSIONERs RATIFIED PAGE 1 |1794, Dec. 20meida Timothy Pickering 1795, Jan. 21 52 | Church, $1,000 allowed by United States towards building one - - 53 Claims, for losses and services, satisfied, except for pay as officers - 53 Depredations, during war with England, $5,000 allowed for - - 53 Mill, United States will erect one grist, and one saw, complete, support a miller and a sawyer three years, and provide teams and utensils - 53 oSAGES, GREAT AND LITTLE. No.1 CONCLUDED HELD AT COMMISSIONERS RATIFIED PAGE 1 1808, Nov. 10|Fort Clark Peter Chouteau 1810, April 28, 140 2 1815, Sept. 12|Portage des Sioux Clark, Edwards, and Chouteau 1815, Dec. 26, 177 3 1818, Sept. 25 St. Louis William Clark 1819, Jan. 7, 249 4 1822, Aug. 31 Marias des Cyg- nes Richard Graham 1823, Feb. 13. 302 5 1825, June 2St. Louis William Clark 1825, Dec. 30 328 6 1825, Aug. 10|Council Grove Reeves, Sibley, and Ma- ther 1826, May 3, 366 7 1835, Aug. 24|Camp Holmes Stokes and Arbuckle 1836, May 19 626 No. 1. Agriculture, United States will furnish ploughs - - - 140 Arms, ammunition, etc., shall not be furnished to any tribe notinamity with United States - - - - - - 143 Blacksmith, United States will furnish one, and tools, (indefinitely) - 140 Block-houses, one to be built for the great chief of each tribe - - 140 Boundary, from Fort Clark, on the Missouri, to the mouth of Arkansas 141 line to be run as soon as convenient - - - 141 XLVIII OSAGES. Cession, all lands east of boundary line - - - - two leagues, to embrace Fort Clark - - - no lands shall be sold without authority of President - - Consideration, $1,200 in money, and $1,500 annually in goods - - Depredations, on citizens of Louisiana, to be paid by U.S. to amount of $5,000 - by individuals, no retaliation shall take place for; complaints to be made, and offenders delivered up; on Indians shall be punished same as if on whites; horses and other property, stolen by Indians, shall be restored; if not restored, value to be deducted from annuity; on Indians United States guaranty indemnity for - - - - Fort, built by U.S. on right bank of Missouri, for protection of Osages - Hunting, on lands south and west of º: permitted - - Intruders, shall be apprehended and delivered up - - - Merchandize, $1,000 to the Great, and $1,500 to the Little Osages, annually Mill, (horse or water,) United States will build one - - - Protection of United States acknowledged - - Trade, United States will establish a store at the fort - Whites, to be delivered up on demand - - No. 2. Hostilities and injuries shall be mutually forgiven and forgotten; perpetual peace and friendship declared; and all previous treaties re- cognized and confirmed - - - - No. 3. Cession, lands from Arkansaw to falls of Verdigris river - - Consideration, claims of United States citizens for depredations, to be paid, not exceeding $4,000 - - - -- No. 4. Trade, United States released from obligation to establish a permanent store of goods, in consideration of $2,329 40, now paid in merchandize No. 5. Agriculture, farming utensils to be ſurnished; farmers to be employed - Blacksmith, United States will provide and support one - - United States released from support of one at Fort Clark - Cession, lands in and west of Missouri and Arkansas; north and west of Red river; south of Kanzas river, and east of a line from sources of the Kanzas - - - - Consideration, $7,000 twenty years, in money or goods, etc. - - when in goods, shall be delivered at St. Louis at first cost - 600 cattle; 600 hogs; 1,000 fowls; 10 yoke of oxen; 6 carts; and farming utensils; farmers and blacksmith; and house for each of the four principal chiefs - - - debts to U. S. $4,10580, released; to Delawares, $1,000, and depredations on citizens of U. S. to amount of $5,000 $6,000 in merchandize; $2,600 in horses; and $200 in money Debts, to trading house, to amount of $4,105 80, released by United States - to Delawares, to amount of $1,000, to be paid by United States - to certain individuals, $1,500 to be paid by United States - Depredations, on citizens of U. S. to amount of $5,000, to be paid by U. S. 9th article, treaty of Fort Clark in relation to, considered in full force - - - - Dwelling-houses, one for each of four principal chiefs, to be buil Education, 54 sections to be sold, to raise a fund for support of schools Horses and equipage, $2,600 worth to be furnished - - Missionaries, three sections of land reserved for support of - Merchandize, United States released from delivery of, at Fire Prairie $6,000 worth to be delivered at Osage villages and St. Louis 141 141 142 141 140 142 140 141 143 141 140 142 140 142 177 249 249 302 329 329 330 328 329 329 329 330 331 330 330 331 330 331 329 330 331 331 330 331 OTT AWAs. ILIX Military post, U. S. released from support of garrison at Fort Clark - Navigation, of all water courses through reservation, reserved to U.S. forever right of guarantied to Osages - - Protection, of nited States promised Reservations, tract 50 miles wide, to west boundary of cession - - to be surveyed and marked, at expense of United States; agents, teachers, and others, shall occu to certain half breeds, named” 54 other sections, to raise a fund for support of schools three sections, for support of missionary establishments Survey, of reservation to be made at expense of United States No. 6. Consideration, $500 in money or goods, to be delivered for privilege of making a road; and $300 worth of merchandize delivered Road, United States commissioners may survey and mark out; shall be free to citizens of United States and of Mexico; chiefs will render friendly aid to travellers; to extend on either side, so that travellers may seek subsistence and camping places - py as much as necessary - 330 329 331 331 328 329 329 330 331 329 367 No. 7. SEE ComANches, No. 1 - 367 626 * The United States stipulated with the Cherokees, in treaty of December 29, 1835, to extinguish the title to eight sections of these reservations, and allowed therefor $15,000. See pages 636,646. OTTAvº A.S. No.1 CONCLUDED HIELD AT Commiſs SIONERS RATIFIED PAGE 1 |1785, Jan. 21 Fort McIntosh Clark, Butler, and Lee |1785, June 2 6 2 |1789, Jan. 91°ort Harmar Arthur St. Clair 1789, Sept. 29, 23 | 3 |1795, Aug. 3 Greenville Anthony Wayne 1795, Dec. 22. 54 4|1805, July 4Fort Industry Charles Jouett 1806, April 24, 113 5 1807, Nov. 17|Detroit William Hull 1808, Jan. 27, 136 6 1808, Nov. 25Brownstown William Hull 1809, Mar. 1, 147 7 1815, Sept. 8|Spring Wells McArthur and Graham 1815, Dec. 26 173 8|1816, Aug. 24St. Louis Edwards, Clark, and - Chouteau 1816, Dec. 30, 196 9 |1817, Sept. 29 Miami of L. Erie Cass and McArthur 1819, Jan. 4, 216 10 1818, Sept. 17 St. Mary’s, Ohio Cass and McArthur 1819, Jan. 4, 242 11 [1820, July 6|L’AbreCroche,etcLewis Cass 1821, Mar. 8, 281 12 1821, Aug. 29 Chicago Cass and Sibley 1822, Mar. 25 297 13|1825, Aug. 19 Prairie des Chiens Clark and Cass 1826, Feb. 6 371 14 1828, Aug. 25Green Bay Cass and Menard 1829, Jan. 7 429 15 1829, July 29Prairie des Chiens McNiel, Menard, and Atwater 1830, Jan. 2 435 16 1831, Aug. 30Indian Reserve James B. Gardiner 1832, April 6, 488 17, 1833, Feb. 18 Maumee George B. Porter 1833, Mar. 22. 570 18 1833, Sept. 26|Chicago Porter, Owen, and Weatherford 1835, Feb. 21 584 19||1836, Mar, 28Washington Henry R. Schoolcraft 1836, May 27, 650 No. 1. SEE WYAN poºrs, No. 1 - - - - 6. No. 2. SEE Wyandors, No. 2 - - - - - 23 No. 3. SEE Wyandors, No. 3 - - - - º: No. 4, SEE Wyandors, No. 5 7 *. OTT AWAS, No. 5. Annuities, to the Ottawas, $800; Chippewas, $800; Wyandots, $400; Pot- tawatimas, $400, perpetual - - - may be hereafter commuted, if desired - - Blacksmiths, to be furnished, one for the Chippewas, at Saguina one for the Ottawas, at the Miami Cession, from mouth of Miami river to the Great Auglaize, etc. - Consideration, $10,000 in money, goods, implements, or animals; one-third - to the Ottawas; one-third to the Chippewas; one-sixth to the Wyandots; and one-sixth to the Pattawatimas; per- etual annuity of $2,400 - - - - Fishing, on sº lands, while property of the United States, permitted Hunting, on ceded lands, while property of the United States, permitted - Protection of the United States acknowledged - - - Reservations, six miles square, on the Miami, to include Tondaganie's vil- lage; three miles square on the Miami, to include Presque Isle; four miles square on Miami bay; three miles square on river Raisin, at Macon; two miles square near river Rouge; three miles square” on Lake St. Clair; and six sec- tions of one mile square each - - - to be laid out in squares, or parallelograms, and not to inter- fere with French or other settlements, or former cessions - No. 6. SEE CHIPPEwAs, No. 6 - - - - - No. 7. SEE WYANDots, No. 9 – - - - - No. 8. Boundary, of lands ceded, defined - - - - Cession, right to lands ceded by Sacs and Foxes, November 3, 1804, (see page 109,) relinquished - - - - lands on left bank of Fox river, - - - - Consideration, merchandize, considerable quantity delivered; $1,000 in _goods, twelve years, at first cost, on the Illinois - Fishing, on anni lands, while property of the United States, permitted - Hunting, on ceded lands, while property of the United States, permitted - Merchandize, $1,000 worth, twelve years, to be delivered on the Illinois river, at first cost where purchased - - - Reservations, all the lands ceded by the Sacs and Foxes, north of a west line from southern extremity of Lake Michigan, to the Missis- sippi, excepting five leagues square - - - No. 9. SEE WYANnors, No. 10 - - - - - No. 10. SEE WYANDots, No, it - - " - No. 11. Cession, St. Martin islands in Lake Huron - - - Consideration, a quantity of goods, receipt acknowledge - - No. 12. Annuities, to the Ottawas, $1,000, forever, in specie - - $1,500, ten years, for blacksmith, teacher, etc. - Pattawatimas, $5,000, twenty years, in specie - - $1,000, 15 years, for blacksmith, teacher, etc. Agriculture, one person to be employed ten years, to teach the Ottawas - Blacksmith, one to be supported for the Ottawas ten years; and one for the Pattawatimas fifteen years - - - - Cession, lands from S. bank of St. Joseph river, N. from Rum's village to a line due E, from S. extremity of Lake Michigan, etc. - - 137 137 137 137 136 137 137 137 138 138 138 147 173 197 196 197 197 197 197 197 197 216 242 281 282 297 * This and parts of other reservations ceded to the United States by treaty with the Chippewas, May 9, 1836. Seepage666, OTTA.W.A.S. LI Consideration, to the Ottawas, $1,000 annually, forever, in specie; $1,500 ten years, for support of a blacksmith, farmer, and teacher, and in the purchase of cattle and farming utensils; to the Pattawatimas, $5,000 in specie, twenty years; $1,000 fifteen years for support of a blacksmith and teacher - - Education, teacher to be employed for the Ottawas ten years, and for the Pattawatimas fifteen years - - - Hunting, stipulations of the treaty of Greenville (see page 58) applied - Reservations, for the use of the Indians, five tracts, in all, 20 miles square - to certain individuals, in all, 25 sections - - - shall be located after survey, and not conveyed without consent of the President - - - - - two miles square for use of blacksmiths and teachers - Road, U. S. shall have privilege of making, from Detroit and Fort Wayne to Chicago - - - - - - 300 300 300 298 No. 13. SEE Sioux, No. 6 - - - - - No. 14. SEE WINNEBAGoºs, No. 4 - - - - No. 15. SEE CHIPPEwAs, No. 18 - - - - No. 16. Agriculture, implements now used by Ottoways shall be sold, and the pro- ceeds paid to owners - - - - - Annuities, to band at Blanchard's fork, a fair proportion due by former treaties to band at Roche de Boeuf, proportion due by former treaties - deficiency of $580 in annuity for 1830, to be divided when paid - Cession, 21,760 acres, reserved by treaty, Sept. 29, 1817, (see page º - to be sold in same manner as public lands; proceeds to be applied to payment of certain debts; surplus, if any, to be invested - 28,157 acres, reserved by treaty Nov. 17, 1807. (see page 138) - to be sold in same manner as public lands, proceeds applied to pay- ment of certain debts; and surplus, if any, to be invested - - $100 to be paid to Nau-on-qual-que-zhick, from surplus - - Consideration, to band at Blanchard's fork, 80 blankets, 25 rifles, 35 axes, 12 ploughs, 20 sets horse gear, and Russia sheeting for tents, to be delivered as presents - - - - same to band at Roche de Boeuf, when they consent to remove Debts, to certain individuals, to amount of $15,642 25, to be paid by U. S. from proceeds sales of lands - - - - to be examined at Treasury Department before they are paid - to J. Anderson and F. Lavoy, $200 each - - - Emigration, band at Blanchard's fork, consent to remove W. of Mississippi; expenses to be paid by U. S., and provisions supplied one year after removal - - - - - band at Roche de Bºeuf, not willing to remove at present - band at Roche de Bºeuf to be removed, when ready, at expense of U. S.; shall be subsisted one year, and receive like presents as - the other band - - - - - Improvements, on lands ceded, $2,000 to be advanced for; not to be paid un- til arrival west; and to be refunded from sales of land - Protection, at new residence, against other tribes, guarantied by U. S. - rvations, to band at Blanchard's fork, 34,000 acres, in fee simple, W. of Mississippi; in exchange for the 21,760 acres - - shall not be sold, except to U. S.; and shall not be included in any state or territory - - - - to band at Roche de Bºeuf, 40,000 acres in fee simple, W. of Mississippi, in exchange for the 28,157 acres when they con- sent to remove - - - - - to two chiefs two and a half sections three years; and an island until sold - - - - - - to two half-breeds, quarter section each; to children of Yellow Hair, a half section -- - * - 300 300 300 3.71 429 435 490 491 492 493 489 490 489 492 494 491 492 493 493 494 490 489 491 490 491 490 491 491 492 493 LII OTTAWAs. Mechanics, two to be supported by United States ten years No. 17. Cession, lands on each side Miami river, and on Miami bay, reserved by treaties, Nov. 16, 1807, (p. 138) and Sept. 29, 1817, (p. 223) with- out claim for improvements - - - may be surveyed before removal - - - Consideration, $29,440, to be applied in extinguishment of debts - Debts, to amount of $29,440 to be paid by U. S. - - other debts to amount of $2,550, to be paid out of $18,000, claimed as due, under treaty No. 16 - - - - - Emigration, in six months after payment of consideration, agreed to - Reservations, to certain individuals, (2,560 acres in all) - - part, not to be alienated, without approbation of the President No. 18. SEE CHIPPEwAs, No. 19 - - - - No. 19. Agriculture, two farmers and assistants to be supported ten years - $10,000 allowed for implements, cattle, etc. - Annuities, $30,000 in specie, twenty years - - - $5,000 for education, etc. twenty years - - $3,000 for missions, twenty years - - $300 for physician, medicine, etc. until Indians remove $100 to Ning weegon, during his natural life - $50 to Chusco, a warrior under Gen. Wayne - Blacksmith shops, United States will keep two additional - shop at Michilimackinac shall be renewed - - Cession, from mouth of Grand river, to head of Thunder Bay, etc. - Consideration, $30,000 annually in specie, 20 years; $5,000 for education, 20 years; $3,000 for missions; $10,000 for implements, cattle and tools; $300 per annum for physician and medicines; $2,000 in provisions; 6,500 lbs. of tobacco; 100 bbls salt and 500 fish barrels, 20 years; $150,000 in goods, to be delivered at Michilimackinac on ratification of this treaty - - $200,000 additional allowed by the Senate, for changing per- manent into temporary reservations - - - $150,000, to be divided among half-breeds - $48,148, to be divided among half-breeds on Grand River - $30,000 to be paid to chiefs to be divided, per schedule - Debts, $300,000 shall beset apart for payment of just debts, to be examined by a commissioner - - - - - [terms changed by ratification of the Senate, p.658.] no claims to be allowed for debts contracted prior to late war with England; and other classes of claims excluded—sup, art. - Dormitory, to be built for Indians visiting the post, and persons appointed to keep it, ten years - - - - - Education, $5,000, twenty years, for teachers, school-houses and books - Emigration, deputation shall be sent, to provide a location among the Chip- pewas, West of Mississippi – - - - [altered by ratification of Senate, p. 659.] to be removed when ready at expense of U. S.; a year's subsist- - ence provided; and same articles as given to Pattawatimas - Expenses, of journey to Washington and back, to be paid by U. S. and a - roper quantity of clothing to be given - - - Fish barrels, 500 to be delivered annually, twenty years - - Gunsmith, United States will maintain one, in addition - - - Half-breeds, $150,000 to be divided among; to be arranged in three classes; proportion and mode of payinent pointed out - - $5,000 of this sum to be applied to the support of the poor - on Grand river, $48,148 to be divided among, in lieu of reserva- tions of land - - - - Hunting, on ceded lands, granted until required for settlement Improvements, on ceded lands shall be appraised and paid for Interpreter, shall be permanently provided by United States ---- . tools to be purchased - - 570 572 572 572 572 572 57.1 57.1 584 653 651: 651 651 651 651 654 654 653. 653 650 651 658 652 654 654 651 657 653 651 653 653 654 651 653 652 652 653 655 653 653 653 651 OTTOEs. LIII [The stipulations in art. 7 of this treaty for the support of blacksmiths, farmers, me- chanics, etc. to be continued as long after the expiration of the periods fixed, as Congress may appropriate for the objects, 653.] Merchandize, $150,000 in goods and provisions, to be delivered on ratifica- tion of treaty at Michilimackinac - - – 651 Missions, $3,000, for support of twenty years - - – 651 establishments on Grand river shall be appraised, and value paid to the proper Boards - - - - - [changed by Senate, and proceeds of 160 acres of land allowed for—p. 659.] Provisions, $2,000 worth to be delivered, annually, twenty years - Reservations, 50,000 acres on Little Traverse bay; 20,000 acres on North shore Great Traverse bay; 70,000 acres on Pierre Marquetta river; 1,000 acres on the Cheboigan; 1,000 acres on Thunderbay river 650 six miles square, at the straits of Michilimackinac; Beaver islands; Round island; Chenos islands; Sugar island; 640 acres at Little rapids; tract at mouth of Pississowining river; 640 acres on Grand island; 200 acres on mainland south of it; two sections on north extremity of Green Bay - 650, "1 changed from permanent reservation, to 5 years, by the Senate 658 $150,000 to be divided among halfbreeds in lieu of - 652 653 651 $48,148 to be divided among half breeds on Grand river - 654 Salt, 100 barrels, to be delivered, annually, twenty years - - 651 Schedule, of chiefs, entitled to portions of $150,000 allotted - - 656 Tobacco, 6,500 pounds, to be delivered, annually, twenty years - - 651 Vaccine matter, part of $300 per annum allowed for - - – 651 OTTO.E.S. No.1 Con CIUDED - HELD AT COMMISSIONERS RATIFIED PAGE. -- I lº. June . [not stated] a. and Chouteau 1817, Dec. 26, 207 2 |1825, Sept. 26|Fort Atkinson |Atkinson and O’Fallon 1826, Feb. 6 380 3 |1830, July 15|Prairie des Chiens Clark and Morgan 1831, Feb. 24 446 4, 1833, Sept. 21|Otoe Village Henry L. Ellsworth 1834, April 12 582 5, 1836, Oct. 15|Bellevue, Mo. Dougherty and Pilcher 1837, Feb. 15 689 No. 1. Is a treaty of peace and friendship; hostilities mutually forgiven and forgot- ten; perpetual peace and friendship declared; and protection of the Uni- ted States acknowledged - - - - 207 No. 2. - Arms, ammunition, etc., shall not be supplied to any tribe not in amity with United States - - - - 381 Depredations, no retaliation shall take place for; complaints shall be made to Superintendent; offenders shall be delivered up; on In- dians, shall be punished the same as if on Whites; horses and other property stolen, shall be restored; on Indians, indemnification guarantied by United States - - 381 Protection, of United States, mutually acknowledged and promised - 380 all agents of the United States to be protected - - 381 Trade, right º nited States to regulate, admitted; shall be transacted at places designated by President; none but American citizens ad- mitted; United States will license traders; their persons and prop- erty shall be protected; foreigners shall be apprehended and deliv- - ered up; travellers to and from Mexico, not to be molested - 380 Whites, shall be delivered up, on demand of the President - - 381 LIV PAWNEES. No. 8. SEE SACs, No. 8 - - - - - - No. 4. Agriculture, annuity of $500 continued ten years from July 15, 1840; two farmers to be provided b tº States, five years, or longer if Indians will abandon the chase for agricultural life - Annuities, $2,500, granted by treaty of July 15, 1830, (see page 447,) con- tinued ten years from July 15, 1840 - - - $500, five years, for purposes of education - - - Cession, from the little Nemahaw to its head branches, and thence west as far as Ottoes and Missouris have any claim - - Cattle, $1,000 worth to be delivered, and placed in care of farmers - Education, $500 five years, allowed for schools; must be kept within nation Mill, (horse,) to be erected by United States for grinding corn - - Merchandize, to amount of $400 delivered, and receipt acknowledged - Peace, with all other tribes, to be maintained; if disputes arise, to be refer- red to President - - - - - 446 582 583 582 582 582 582 582 582 583 583 º [The stipulations of this treaty not to be fulfilled by United States until the Indians locate themselves in the districts assigned; nor payments be continued if Indians abandon the same.—pp. 582–83.] No. 5. Agriculture, 100 acres to be broken up and fenced for the Omahaws, and a farmer to be employed, at discretion of President - 691 [stipulation as to the farmer, rejected by the Senate, 693.] Cession, lands between Missouri State and river (see page 446) - - 689 Consideration, $4,520 in goods delivered - - - - 690 500 bushels corn, in April, 1837 - - - 691 Reservations, three sections to J. Roubadoux, sen., and two sections to L. Fontenelle, [rejected by the Senate, 693] - - 691 IPAV-IMTEES. No. 1 CONCLUDED HELD AT COMMISSIONERS RATIFIED PAGE 1 1818, June 18|St. Louis Clark and Chouteau 1819, Jan. 7] 234 2 1818, June 198t. Louis Clark and Chouteau 1819, Jan. 7. 235 3 |1818, June 20 St. Louis Clark and Chouteau 1819, Jan. 7, 236 4 1818, June 22|St. Louis Clark and Chouteau 1819, Jan. 7. 237 5 1825, Sept. 30|Fort Atkinson Atkinson and O'Fallon 1826, Feb. 6 383 6 1833, Oct. 9|Pawnee Village Henry L. Ellsworth 1834, April 12 604 Nos. 1,2,3, and 4, are precisely the same, word for word, being with different bands of the same tribe. They provide that hostilities shall be mutually forgiven and forgotten; perpetual peace and friendship declared; protec- tion of the United States acknowledged, and all violators of the stipula- tions of the several treaties shall be delivered up to the authorities of the United States - - - - - 234 to 238 No. 5. Arms, ammunition, etc., not to be supplied to tribes not in amity with U. S. 384 Depredations, by individuals shall not be retaliated; complaints of shall be made to Superintendent; offenders shall be given up, to be unished; on Indians shall be punished the same as if on hites; full indemnity guarantied to Indians for - 384 PEOR.I.A.S. LV Protection, of United States acknowledged and promised - - agents and citizens of United States to be protected in persons and property - - - - - citizens travelling to and from Mexico not to be molested - Trade to be transacted at places designated by President; none but Ameri- - can citizens to be admitted; United States will license traders, who shall be protected by Pawnees, in persons and property; foreigners shall be apprehended and º ul - - - Whites, to be delivered up on demand of the President - - - No. 6. Agriculture, $500 four years, allowed for implements - four farmers to be employed five years - a piece of land for each village to be broken up Annuities, $4,600 in goods, twelve years - - $500 in agricultural implements, five years - $1,000 for schools, ten years - - $2,000 for blacksmiths, etc., ten years - - Arms, 25 guns, and ammunition, to be placed in the hands of the farmers for protection - - - - - - Blacksmiths, two, with strikers, shop, tools and iron, ten years - - Cession, all land south of Platte river, shall remain a common hunting ground during pleasure of the President - - - - Consideration, $4,600, annually, twelve years, in goods, to be divided among the four bands; $500 four years, in implements; $1,000 ten years, for schools; two blacksmiths, etc., ten years; four farmers five years; $1,000 in cattle; four corn mills; and $1,600 in goods on execution of treaty - - - Education, $1,000 ten years, for schools - - - Hunting, on ceded lands, permitted during pleasure of the President Merchandize, $1,600 worth delivered, and receipt acknowledged - Mills, four, for grinding corn, to be erected - - - Protection, the persons or property of citizens of United States shall not be molested - - - - - - shall be given to teachers, farmers, stock and mill - - 383 384 383 I Stipulations, in 5th, 7th, and 8th articles, not to be fulfilled until the tribes locate themselves in agricultural districts, 605. I PEOIR.I.A.S. No.1 concluded HIELD. A.T. COMMISSIONERs RATIFIED PAGE. 1 1818, Sept. 25|Edwardsville Edwards and Chouteau 1819, Jan. 5, 246 2 1832, Oct. 27|Castor Hill Clark, Allen, and Kouns 1833, Feb. 12 547 No. 1. Annuity, $300, twelve years - - - - - 247 Cession, lands from the confluence of Ohio and Mississippi, up the Ohio to Saline creek, etc. - - - - 247 Consideration, $2,000 in goods delivered; $300 in money or goods 12 years 247 Protection, of United States promised against other tribes - - 247 Reservation, 640 acres, including village, on Blackwater river - - 247 War, shall not be declared without consent of United States - - 247 No. 2. SEE Kaskaskias, No. 6 - - - - - 547 [see treaty with Piankeshaws, Oct 29, 1832, art. 5, page 557, for stipulations re- specting blacksmith's shop. LVI PIAN KESHAWs. PIANTIKESHAWS. No. 1 CONCLUDED HELD AT COMMISSIONERS RATIFIED PAGE 1. 1795, Aug. 3|Greenville Anthony Wayne 1795, Dec. 22. 54 2 |1803, June 7|Fort Wayne William H. Harrison 1803, Nov. 25 97 3 |1803, Aug. 7|Vincennes William H. Harrison 1803, Nov. 25 99 4 1804, Aug. 27 Vincennes William H. Harrison 1805, Jan. 21 106 5 1805, Dec. 30|Vincennes William H. Harrison 1807, May 22, 131 6 |1815, July 18|Portage des Sioux Clark, Edwards, and Chouteau 1815, Dec. 26, 163 *7 (1818, Jan. 3|Vincennes Thomas Posey - 230 8 1832, Oct. 29|Castor Hill Clark, Allen, and Kouns 1833, Feb. 12 556 No. 1. ser Wv ANDots, No. 3 - - - - - 54 No. 2. SEE DELAwares, No. 5 - - - - - 97. No. 3. SEE EEL RIVERs, No. 3 - - - - - 99 No. 4. Annuity, $200 additional, ten years, in money or goods, etc. - - 107 United States reserve right to divide, among families - - 107 Cession, tract between Ohio and Wabash, below Ciáriºs grant - - 107 right of Kaskaskias to sell, acknowledged - - - 107 Consideration, $700 in goods; and annuity of $200 ten years - - 107 No. 5. Annuity, $300 additional, indefinitely, in money or goods, etc. - - 131 United States may at any time divide amongst individuals - 131 Cession, tract between the Wabash and cession by Kaskaskias - - 131 Consideration, $1,100 in hand; and $300 annuity - - - 131 Depredations, shall not be committed by Indians - - - 131 Hunting, on ceded lands, while property of the United States, allowed - 132 Protection, of United States, promised against other tribes - - 131 Reservation, two square miles, or 1,280 acres, at option of the tribe - 132 [ceded to United States January 3, 1818,-see page 231.] No. 6. Hostilities mutually forgiven and forgotten; perpetual peace and friendship declared; and former treaties recognized and confirmed - - 163, '4 No. 7. Cession, two miles square, reserved by treaty of August 27, 1804 - 231 Consideration, $1,000 paid by commissioner, and receipt acknowledged - 231 [*This treaty, or contract, was not ratified in the usual forms; but has been duly executed on the part of the Government and the Indians. I No. 8. Blacksmith, shop to be supported five years, for the benefit of the Pianke- º Weas, Peorias, and Kaskaskias, in common - 557 Cession, lands in Missouri and Illinois - - - - 557 Consideration, $500 in cattle, etc., five years; $750 for agricultural purpo- - ses, and $200 in goods, to the Piankeshaws; $700 in cattle and goods, some assistance in moving, and provisions one year after arrival, to the Weas; and a blacksmith’s shop five wears - - - - - - 557 Reservations, two hundred and fifty sections, west of Missouri - - 557 PON CARARS-PON CARS-POTAWATOMIES. LVII *OMCARARs. No-1 concLUDED HELD AT COMMISSIONERS RATIFIED PAGE 1 1817, June 25|[not stated 1 Clark and Chouteau 1817, Dec. 26, 208 Hostilities mutually forgiven and forgotten; perpetual peace and friendship declared; and the protection of the United States acknowledged - 203 IPOMCARS. No. 1 CONCLUDED HELD AT COMMISSIONERS RATIFIED PAGE. 1 |1825, June 9|Poncar Village Atkinson and O’Fallon 1826, Feb. 6 338 Arms, ammunition, etc., shall not be supplied to any tribe, not in amity with United States - - - - - - 339 Depredations, no private retaliation shall take place; complaints shall be made to superintendent; offenders shall be delivered up; on Indians, shall be punished same as if on whites; horses, and other property stolen, shall be restored; on Indians, United States guaranty full indemnity for - - - 339 Protection, of U. S. claimed and promised, and supremacy acknowledged - 338 to be given to U. S. agents or citizens, travelling or residing - 339 Trade, shall be transacted at places designated by President - - 338 none but American citizens, duly authorized, shall be admitted - 338 United States will license traders, who shall be protected - 338 foreigners to be apprehended and delivered up - - - 338 Whites, shall be delivered up, on demand of the President - - 339 IPOTA.V.A.T.O.M.I.E.S. No.1 CONCLUDED I HELD AT COMMISSIONERs RATIFIED PAGE 1 1789, Jan. 9|Fort Harmar Arthur St. Clair 1789, Sept. 29 23 2 1795, Aug. 3Greenville Anthony Wayne 1795, Dec. 22. 54 3 |1803, June 7|Fort Wayne William H. Harrison 1803, Nov. 25 97 4 1805, July 4|Fort Industry Charles Jouett 1806, April 24 113 5 1805, Aug. 21Grouseland William H. Harrison 1806, April 24, 118 6 1807, Nov. 17|Detroit William Hull 1808, Jan 27 136 7 1808, Nov. 25Brownstown William Hull 1809, Mar. 1, 147 8||1809, Sept. 30Fort Wayne William H. Harrison 1810, Jan 2, 149 9||1815, July 18 portage des Sioux Clark, Edwards, and Chouteau 1815, Dec. 26, 165 10 1815, Sept. 8 Spring Wells Harrison, McArthur, and Graham 1815, Dec. 26 173 11 [1816, Aug. 24|St. Louis Edwards, Clark, and º Choateau 1816 Dec. 30, 196 8 LVIII POTAWATOMIES. NO. CONCLUDED HELD AT COMMISSIONERS RATIFIED PAGE 12|1817, Sept. 29|Miami of L. Erie Cass and McArthur 1819, Jan. 4, 216 13 |1818, Oct. 2 St. Mary’s Jennings, Cass & Parke (1819, Jam. 15. 253 14 1821, Aug. 29|Chicago Cass and Sibley 1822, Mar. 25 297 15 1825, Aug. 19 Prairie des Chiens Clark and Cass 1826, Feb. 6 371 16 1826, Oct. 16|Mississinowa Cass, Ray and Tipton 1827, Feb. 7 403 17|1827, Sept. 19St. Joseph Lewis Cass 1829, Feb. 23| 415 18|1828, Aug.25 Green Bay Cass and Menard 1829, Jan. 7: 429 19 1828, Sept. 20 upon St. Joseph Cass and Menard 1829, Jam, 7' 431 20 1829, July 29|Prairie des Chiens McNiel, Menard, and Atwater 1830, Jan. 2 435 21 1832, Oct. 20 Camp Tippecanoe Jennings, Davis, and Crume 1833, Jan. 21 527 22, 1832, Oct. 26|Tippecanoe River Jennings, Davis, and Crume 1833, Jan. 21 535 23 1832, Oct. 27|Tippecanoe River Jennings, Davis and Crume 1833, Jan. 21 542 24 1833, Sept. 26||Chicago Porter, Owen, and Wea- therford 1835, Feb. 21 584 25 1834, Dec. 4|Lake Maxeenie- kuekee William Marshall 1835, Mar. 16. 616 26 1834, Dec. 10|Tippecanoe River William Marshall 1835, Mar. 16. 617 27, 1834, Dec. 16|Patawatomiemills|William Marshall 1835, Mar. 16. 618 28 1834, Dec. 17|Logansport William Marshall 1835, Mar. 16 620 29 |1836, Mar. 26|Turkey Creek Abel C. Pepper 1836, June 4, 648 30|1836, Mar. 29|Tippecanoe River Abel C. Pepper 1836, June 4, 659 31 1836, April 11|Tippecanoe River Abel C. Pepper 1836, May 25, 660 32 1836, April 22|Indian Agency Abel C. Pepper 1836, May 25, 662 33 1836, April 22|Indian Agency Abel C. Pepper 1836, May 25, 663 34 1836, Aug. 5|Yellow River Abel C. Pepper 1837, Feb. 18 668 35 |1836, Sept. 20 Chippewanaung Abel C. Pepper 1837, Feb. 18, 679 36 1836, Sept. 22|Chippewanaung Abel C. Pepper 1837, Feb. 16. 680 37 1836, Sept. 23|Chippewanaung Abel C. Pepper 1837, Feb. 18, 681 38 1837, Feb. 11|Washington John T. Douglass 1837, Feb. 18, 695 No. 1. SEE WYANDots, No. 2 - - - - - 23 No. 2. SEE WYANDots, No. 3 - - - - - 54 No. 3. SEE DELAwares, No. 5 - - - - - 97 No. 4, SEE WYANDots, No. 5 - - - - - 113 No. 5. SEE DELAwares, No. 8 - - - - - 118 No. 6. SEE. OTTA was, No. 5 - - - - - 136 No. 7. SEE CHIPPEwAs, No 6 - - - - - 147 No. 8. SEE DELAwares, No. 9 – - - - - 149 No. 9. Hostilities, mutually forgiven and forgotten; perpetual peace and friendship declared; prisoners shall be mutually delivered up; and former treaties re- cognized and confirmed - - - - - 165 No. 10. SEE WYANDors, No. 9 – - - - 173 No. 11. SEE. OTTA was, No. 8 - - - - - 196 No. 12. SEE WYANDots, No. 10 - - - - - 216 - No. 13. - - - - Annuities, $2,500 in silver, perpetual; half at Detroit, and half at Chicago - 253 by former treaties, to be paid hereafter in silver - - 253 POTAWATOMIES. LIX Cession, from mouth of Tippecanoeto within 25 miles of Wabash river, etc.; also all lands South of the Wabash - - - claims of Kickapoos to lands below Pine creek, to be purchased - Reservations, to individuals, per schedule, (13 sections in all) which shall not be conveyed without consent of President - - Schedule, of persons entitled to reservations - - - - No. 14. SEE. OTTA was, No. 12 - - - - - No. 15. SEE Sioux, No. 6 - - - - - No. 16. Annuity, $2,000 in silver, 22 years at Fort Wayne - $2,000 for education, as long as Congress think proper 160 bushels of salt at Fort Wayne - - Blacksmith, to be supported at some convenient point - Cession, tract from º ecanoe to Eel river, etc. - tract on lake º am, near southern extremity strip from Lake Michigan to the Wabash, 100 feet wide, for a road; and from thence through Indianapolis to the Ohio; also one sec- tion for each mile of road - - - - Consideration, $30,547 71, in goods delivered; debts to amount of $9,573 to be paid by United States - - ------ [amount of debts to be deducted from annuities, if treaty be not ratified.] Education, $2,000 appropriated for, annually, during pleasure of Congress - Hunting, on ceded lands, while property of United š. allowed - Mill, for corn, U. S. will build one on Tippecanoe river, and support a miller [support of miller to cease after treaty Dec. 16, 1834–see page 618.] Reservations, to certain individuals, per schedule, not to be conveyed without consent of President - - - - and may be expunged without affecting other parts of treaty - schedule of - - - - - - Road, from lake Michigan to the Wabash, strip 100 feet wide ceded for; also one section for each mile of same; to be continued from termination, through Indianapolis to the Ohio, and one section of land ceded for every mile of road - - - - - [right of Indiana to locate the road and apply proceeds of land to its construction, rejected by Senate) - - - - Salt, 160 bushels to be delivered, annually, at Fort Wayne - - Schedule of reservations to individuals - - No. 17. Cession, ninety-nine and a half sections reserved by former treaties - Reservations, half section at Macon for chief Moran - - - ninety-nine sections, in western part of Michigan - - No. 18. SEE WINNEBAGoes, No. 4 - - - - - No. 19. Agriculture, $7,500 to be expended in clearing and fencing lands, animals, etc. three laborers, four months each year, to be provided ten years Annuities, $2,000, permanent; $1,000 twenty years - - - $100 in goods, to To-pen-i-be, during his life - - Blacksmith, allowed by treaty, Aug. 29, 1821, to be permanent - - Cession, one tract from mouth of St. Joseph, to boundary line of Indiana, etc. one tract from head of Kankekee river, to boundary line between - Indiana and Ohio - - - - - Consideration, permanent annuity $2,000; and $1,000 twenty years; $30,000 253 253 253 254 297 3.71 404 404 403 403 403 404 404 404 404 403 408 404 415 416 416 429 432 432 432 432 432 431 432 in goods, after signing treaty; $10,000 in goods, and $5,000 in specie, in 1829; $7,500 in clearing land, building houses, and purchase of animals and utensils; 2,000 lbs. tobacco; 1,500 lbs. iron, and 350 lbs, steel, annually; $1,000 annual- for education - - - - - ly Debts, $10,895, to be applied to payment of per schedule - - 432 433 LX POTAWATOMIES. Education, $1,000 annually, at discretion of Congress, to be applied - Iron and steel, 1,500 lbs. iron, and 350 lbs, steel, to be delivered, annually - Merchandize, to amount of $10,000 to be delivered in 1829 - - Missionary establishment, on St. Joseph's, if removed to the west, improve- - ments shall be valued and paid for - - - Reservations, to certain individuals of Indian descent, to be located on se- cond tract ceded by this treaty - - - [reservation in favor of Joseph Barron, a white man, rejected, Tobacco, 2,000 pounds, to be delivered annually - - - No. 20. SEE CHIPPEwas, No. 18 - - - - - No. 21. Annuities, $15,000 twenty years; $600 to Billy Caldwell, º life; $200 to Alex. Robinson, during life; $200 to Pierre Le Clerc, during life - - - - - - Cession, tract on lake Michigan, 10 miles South of Chicago river, to mouth of Fox river; thence to boundary between Illinois and Indiana, 432 432 432 433 432 435 432 435 529 527 etc. - - - - - - Consideration, $15,000 annually, twenty years; to three individuals, $1000 during life; $45,000 in goods, after signing treaty; and $30,000 in goods in 1833; $1,400 to certain Indians, for - horses stolen - - - - Debts, $28,746 to be applied to payment of per schedule - - schedule of claims allowed - - - - - Hunting, on lands ceded, and on other lands, while property of the United States, permitted - - - Merchandize, to amount of $30,000 to be delivered in 1833 - - Reservations, to certain individuals of Indian descent, 39 sections, - Schedule, of claims to be paid, to amount of $28,746 - - - No. 22. Annuity, $20,000 twenty years - - - - - Cession, tract at intersection of lake Michigan with boundary of Illinois and Indiana, to Tippecanoe river - - - - Consideration, $20,000 annually, twenty years; $100,000 in goods, on sign- ing treaty; $30,000 in goods at Eel river in 1833; debts to amount of $62,412 - - - Debts, to amount of $62,412 to be paid by United States, per schedule - schedule of claims allowed - - - - - Emigration, goods, implements, and other articles to be furnished, when tribe shall remove - - - - - Merchandize, to º of $100,000 delivered, and $30,000 to be delivered in 1 - - - - - - Reservations, to certain bands, 80 sections in all - - - Saw-mill, United States will erect one on their lands - - - No. 23. Annuities, $15,000 twelve years - - - - - $2,000 for education, during pleasure of Congress - - Cession, lands in Illinois and Indiana, and in Michigan S. of Grand river - Consideration, $15,000 twelve years; $32,000 in ...i. on signing treaty; $10,000 in goods next spring; and debts to amount of $20,721 to be paid - - Debts, to amount of $20,721, to be paid by United States schedule of claims allowed - - - Education, $2,000 annually, as long as Congress think proper Reservations, to certain bands and individuals - - to be selected under direction of President, and surveyed to wife of P. Langlois, shall be purchased by United States if to be had for $800 - - - - 529 529 531 529 529 528 531 536 535 536 536 538 536 536 536 537 POTAWATOMIES. LXI No. 24. See Chippewas, No. 19 - - - - - No. 25. Cession, two sections, reserved for Cam-o-za and his band (see page 536) - peaceable possession to be yielded in Jan. 1836 - - Consideration, $400 in goods, on signing treaty; and $400 one year - No. 26. Cession, six sections, reserved for Muck Rose (Mau-ke-kose) and his band (see page 536) and peaceable possession to be yielded in Jan. 1836 Consideration, $400 in goods, on signing treaty; and an annuity of $1,000 two years - - - - - No. 27. Cession, two sections, including mills on Tippecanoe river, reserved by treaty Oct. 27, 1832 (see page 642) - - - Consideration, $700 in cash in 1835; and $900 of debts to be paid by U. S. Miller, support of provided by treaty, Oct. 16, 1826, to cease, (page 404) - No. 28. Cession, four sections, reserved for Mota and his band (see page 543;) and peaceable possession to be yielded in Jan 1836 - - Consideration, $680 in goods, on signing treaty, and $600 in cash in 1835 - Emigration, Mota and his band will remove west of Mississippi; United - States will defray expenses, and furnish goods and provisions No. 29. Cession, four sections, reserved for Mes-quaw-buck (page 542) - - peaceable possession to be yielded within two years from date - Consideration, $2,560 in specie, at next payment of annuity - - Emigration, band will remove west of Mississippi within two years - Expenses, of making this treaty, to be paid by United States - - Reservation, two º the ceded land for Henry Ossum (rejected by Senate - - - - - No. 30. - Cession, four sections, reserved for Che-kose and his band (page 542) - peaceable possession will be yielded within three months from date Consideration, $2,560 in specie, at next payment of annuity - - Emigration, west of Mississippi, within two years, agreed to - - Expenses, of making this treaty, to be paid by United States - - Reservation, sale of half section to P. Warner, to be confirmed; and $400 of consideration money to be deducted (rejected by Senate) - No. 31. Cession, thirty-six sections, reserved for Aub-ba-naub-ba, and his band (see page 336) - - - - - - Consideration, $23,040, in specie, at payment of first and second annuities - 584 616 616 616 617 617 618 618 618 620 620 620 648. 649 648 649 649 649 659 659 659 659 659 660 661 Debts, commissioner to be appointed to ascertain and º ; amount to be de- e ducted from consideration money (rejected by the Senate) - Emigration, west of Mississippi, within two years, agreed to - - No. 32. Cession, ten sections, reserved for certain chiefs and bands (page 536) - Consideration, $6,400, at first payment of annuity - - Debts, commissioner to be appointed to ascertain and pay; amount to be de- ducted from consideration money (rejected) - -- Emigration, west of Mississippi, within two years, agreed to - - Expenses, of making this treaty, to be paid by United States - - 661 661 662 662 562 662 LXII POTAWATOMIES. Debts, commissioner to be appointed to examine and pay; amount to be de No. 33. Cession, three sections, reserved for Nas-wav-kee and Quashquaw, (see page - 536;) possession to be given within two years - Consideration, $1,920, at first payment of annuity - ducted from consideration money (rejected) - - Emigration, west of Mississippi, within two years, agreed to - Expenses, of making this treaty, to be paid by United States - No. 34. Cession, 22 sections, reserved for three chiefs, Oct. 26, 1832 (page 536) Consideration, $14,080 in specie, on or before May 1, 1837 debts to be paid and amount deducted from Debts, commissioner to be appointed to examine and pay Emigration, west of Mississippi, within two years, agreed to - Expenses, of making this treaty, to be provided for by United States No. 35. Cession, ten sections, reserved for two chiefs, Oct. 27, 1832 (page 543) --- Consideration, $8,000 on or before May 1, 1837 - debts to be paid and amount deducted from Debts, commissioner to be appointed to examine and pay Emigration, west of Mississippi, within two years, agreed to - Expenses, of making this treaty, to be provided for by United States No. 36. Cession, four sections, reserved for Mo-sack and band, Oct. 27, 1832, (p. 543) Consideration, $3,200 on or before May 1, 1837 - - - debts to be paid, and amount deducted from - Debts, commissioner to be appointed to examine and pay - Emigration, west of Mississippi, within two years, agreed to - Expenses, of making this treaty, to be provided for by United States No. 37. Cession, 42 sections, reserved for certain bands, Oct. 27, 1832 (pp. 542, 3) – Consideration, $125 per acre or $33,600 in specie, on or before May 1, 1837 - debts to be paid, and amount to be deducted from - Debts, commissioner to be appointed to examine and pay - Emigration, to country west of Mississippi, within two years, agreed to Expenses, of making this treaty, to be provided for by United States No. 38. Cessions, made by treaties in August and September, 1836, assented to and confirmed - - - - - - Consideration, stipulated for in previous treaties, to be paid to the respective chiefs and bands, by whom the lands were ceded - Emigration, to country southwest of Missouri river within two years, agreed to - - - - - - expenses of to be paid, and one year's subsistence furnished by United States - - - - - Expenses, of removing Indians, of making this treaty, and of delegation to Washington, to be paid by United States - - - Reservation, tract on the Osage, southwest of the Missouri - - on Rock river, for Qui-qui-to, to be purchased by United States for $4,000 - - -- 663 663 663 663 663 679 679 679 679 6.79 679 680 680 680 680 680 695 696 696 696 696 696 696 QUAPAWS. LXIII QUAPAWS. No.1 CONCLUDED HELD AT COMMISSIONERS RATIFIED PAGE 1 1818, Aug.24|St. Louis Clark and Chouteau 1819, Jan. 5, 239 2 |1824, Nov. 15|Harrington's Robert Crittenden 1825, Feb. 19 317 3|1833, May 13|[not stated] John F. Schermerhorn 1834, April 12 575 4|1835, Aug. 24|Camp Holmes Stokes and Arbuckle 1836, º 19 626 No. 1. Annuity, $1,000 in goods, indefinitely - - - - 240 Cession, tract from mouth of Arkansaw to Canadian fork, etc.; and lands east of Mississippi and mouth of Arkansaw river - – 239 right to hunt on, at pleasure of United States, granted - – 239 Consideration, sº in goods, on signing treaty; and $1,000, annually, in 240 goods - - - - - - Depredations, no retaliation shall take place for; complaints of shall be mu- tually made; offenders to be delivered up; on Indians, shall be punished same as if on whites, and full indemnification guarantied; horses and other property stolen, shall be re- stored, or value deducted from annuity - - 240 Hunting, on ceded lands, at pleasure of United States, granted - – 239 Protection, of United States, acknowledged - - - – 239 Reservation, tract opposite post of Arkansaw, southwest to the Washita, etc.; shall be surveyed and marked at expense of United States, and shall not be sold without approbation of U. States 239 citizens of United States shall not settle or hunt on, but may pass freely without toll - - - - - 240 No. 2. Agent, sub-agent, or interpreter, to be appointed, to accompany tribe, and reside among them - - - - - 318 Annuities, $1,000 additional, in specie, eleven years - - - 318 Cession, tract from point on Arkansas river to the Ouachita, etc. - - 317 right to hunt on, guarantied as performer treaties - - 318 Consideration, $500 each to four head chiefs; $4,000 to nationingoods; and $1,000 in specie, eleven years - - - 318 payment of debt of $7,500 to James Scull, guarantied – 318 Emigration, to country inhabited by Caddoes, to commence before January 20, 1836; and to form part of said tribe - - 318 $1,000 to be furnished by United States, towards expenses - 318 Provisions, corn, meat, and salt, to be furnished six months - - 3.18 Reservations, two sections to James Scull, in payment for debt of $7,500 - 3.18 to certain individuals of Indian descent (1,040 acres) - 319 No. 3. Agriculture, one farmer to be provided by United States - - 576 Annuities, commuted for debts, to be paid by United Statesto amountof:4,180 576 $2,000 twenty years; $50 to each of four chiefs - - 57.7 Blacksmith, one to be provided by United States, with shop, tools, etc. - 576 Cattle, 100 cows, 100 hogs, 100 sheep, 10 yoke of oxen, etc., to be furnished by United States - - - - - - 576 shall be under the care and direction of the agent and farmer - 57.7 Cession, lands tº by the Caddoes, on Bayou Treache - - 575 Consideration, United States agree to furnish a stipulated number of cattle, agricultural implements, carts and wagon, mechanics tools, blankets, rifles, powder, lead, looms, wheels and cards.com mills; $4,180 debts to be paid by United States, and #1,000 allowed for erecting houses - 576 LXIV RICARA S-SACS. Education, $1,000 annually, to be appropriated for - - - 576 Emigration, tribe shall be removed at expense of United States - - 576 Houses, $1,000 to be paid by United States to laborers for building - 576. Interpreter, to be employed by United States, during pleasure of President 577 Mills, twenty, iron, hand, corn, to be furnished by United States - 576 Protection, from other tribes, at new home, promised by United States - 576 Reservations, 150 sections, west of State of Missouri, to be selected by com- missioners, and conveyed by patent - - - 575 Schedule, of debts to be paid - - - - - - 578 No. 4. SEE CoMANCHEs, No. 1 - - - - – 626 IRICAR.A.S. NO. CONCLUDED HELD AT RATIFIED PAGE COMMISSIONERS 1 11825, July 18 Ricara Village Atkinson and O'Fallon, 1826, Feb. 6 353 Arms, ammunition, etc., shall not be furnished to tribes not in amity with United States – - - - - – 355 Depredations, no private retaliation shall take place; complaints shall be made to superintendent; offenders shall be delivered up; on Indians, shall be punished the same as if on whites; horses and other property stolen, shall be restored; on In- dians, indemnity guarantied for - - - 354 Protection, of United States, acknowledged, and promised - - 354 agents or citizens of United States residing among them, to be protected - - - - - – 354 Trade, right of United States to regulate, admitted; shall be transacted at places designated by the President; none but American citizens to be admitted; United States will license traders, who shall be pro- - tected in persons and property; foreigners shall be delivered up - 354 Whites, shall be delivered up, on demand of President - - – 355 SACS. No.1 CONCLUDED HELD AT COMMISSIONERs RATIFIED PAGE 1 |1789, Jan. 9|Fort Harmar Arthur St. Clair 1789, Sept. 29 23 2|1804, Nov. 3 St. Louis William H. Harrison 1805, Jan 25 109 3 |1815, Sept. 13|Portage des Sioux Clark, Edwards, and Chouteau 1815, Dec. 26, 179 4|1816, May 13|St. Louis Clark, Edwards, and Chouteau 1816, Dec. 30, 188 5 1822, Sept. 3|Fort Armstrong Thomas Forsyth 1823, Feb. 13 304 | 6 |1824, Aug. 4|Washington William Clark 1825, Jan. 18, 313 7 1825, Aug. 19 Prairie des Chiens Clark and Cass 1826, Feb. 6 71 8 1830, July 15|Prairie du Chien Clark and Morgan 1831, Feb. 24 446 9 1832, Sept. 21|Fort Armstrong Scott and Reynolds 1833, Feb. 13. 508 10 1836, Sept. 17|Fort Leavenworth William Clark 1837, Feb. 15 676 11 1836, Sept. 27 - Henry Dodge |1837, Feb. 15 683 12 1836, Sept. 28Debuque Henry Dodge 1837, Feb. 27| 685 No. 1, SEE Wyanpots, No. 2 - - - - - 23 SACS. Lxy No. 2. Annuity, $1,000 in goods, implements, or domestic animals - Boundary, between United States, and Sacs and Foxes, defined - Cession, tract from Missouri river, to the Jeffreon, etc. (see page 196 privilege of hunting on ceded lands, while property of United States, granted - - - - two miles square, for a military post- - - - Consideration, $2,234 50 in goods, delivered; and $1,000 in goods annually Depredations, no private retaliation shall take place; complaints shall be mutually made; offenders shall be delivered up; on Indians, shall be punished same as if on whites, and indemnity guarantied for; horses and other property stolen, shall be restored, or value deducted from annuity - - Grants, by Spanish Government, if known by Indians, shall not be affected by this treaty - - - - - - Hunting, on ceded º while º of the United States, granted - Intruders, on lands of the Sacs and Foxes, shall be removed - Military post, United States may build one on Quisconsing or Mississippi Peace, with the Osages shall be established, and the tomahawk buried - Protection, of United States, promised and acknowledged - - traders, and other persons, shall have a safe passage - - Reservation, Indians shall quietly enjoy lands not ceded, and be protected thereon; shall be sold only to the United States - - Trade, no person shall be allowed to reside as a trader without a license - United States will establish a trading house or factory [United States released from obligation, by treaty Sept. 3, 1822, see page 304.] 110 110 110 111 112 110 110 113 111 111 112 112 109 112 110 111 112 [The stipulations of this treaty were assented to by the Sacs of the Missouri, on the 23d Sept. 1815, see page 179; and by the Sacs of Rock river, on the 13th May 1816, see page 189] No 3. Assent, given by the Sacs of Missouri, to the treaty concluded at St. Louis, Nov. 3, 1804; the band will remain distinct from the Sacs of Rock river, and give them no aid until peace be concluded; rights and privileges of the treaty of St. Louis secured; and a just proportion of the annuities to be paid. - - - - No. 4. The treaty of St. Louis, Nov. 3, 1804, as well as all other contracts, uncondi- tionally recognized by the Sacs of Rock river; to be put on the same foot- ing upon which they stood before the war, provided they deliver up all pro- perty stolen; on failure thereof, shall forfeit all right to proportion of an- multies - - - - - - No. 5. The United States exonerated from obligation, by treaty Nov. 3, 1804, to es- tablish a trading house, in consideration of $1,000, paid in goods (sp.112) No. 6. Agriculture, farmers and implements, at discretion of President - Annuity, $1,000 additional, ten years, in money or goods, etc. - Blacksmith, to be supported, at discretion of President- - - Cession, all lands in the State of Missouri, between the Missouri and Mis- - sissippi rivers- - - - - - Consideration, $1,000, in cash or goods; $1,000 additional annuity ten ears; and debt to M. Blondeau of $500, to be paid by - - mited States - - - - Hunting, Indians shall not settle or hunt onlands East and South of bound- ary, which are acknowledged to belong to United States Reservation, tract between Desmoine and Mississippi, for half-breeds - 179 188 314 314 314 313 314 No. 7. SEE Sioux, No. 6 3.14. 314 3.71 9 LXVI SACS. No. 8. Agriculture, implements of $2,900 annually, ten years - - - Annuities, to the Sacs, $3,000, in money or goods; Foxes, $3,000, in money or goods; Sioux, (two bands,) $5,000, in money or goods, $1,100 in agricultural implements; Omahaws, $2,500 in money or goods, $500 in agricultural implements; Ioways, $2,500 in money or goods, $600 in agricultural implements; Ottoes and Missourias, $2,500 in money or goods, $500 in Agriculturalim- lements; Sacs of the Missouri, $500 in money or goods, $200 in agricultural implements, all for ten years - - $3,000 for education, ten years -- - - $300 ten years to be paid to the Ottoes, out of the annuities of the Omahaws, Ioways, and Sioux, $100 from each - Blacksmiths, six, and necessary tools, ten years - - - Boundary, limes shall be run and marked, as soon as expedient - - Cession, tract from Desmoines to the Calumet, etc., to tribes now living there- on, as hunting grounds - - - - [ceded outright, by treaty, Oct. 15, 1836—see page 689.] tract 20 miles wide, from the Mississippi to the Desmoines - another tract 20 miles wide, north of and adjoining the above - right or claim in common to lands not ceded, not to be affected by this treaty - - - - - - Consideration, $19,000 in money or goods, etc.; $2,900 in agricultual imple- ments; $3,000 for education; and six blacksmiths and tools; all for ten years; also $5,132 in goods delivered - Education, $3,000 annually, ten years - - - - Iron and steel, to certain tribes, ten years - - - - Reservations, to Sioux half-breeds, tract 15 by 32 miles, to be held and occu- pied as other Indian titles are held - - - - to the Omahaw, Ioway and Ottoe half-breeds, tract from mouth of Little Ne-mo-haw, ten iniles up, etc. to be held and occu- pied as other Indian lands are held - - - º may assign in fee simple, one section to each indi- v1.01ual - - - - - - 447 447 448 449 447 448 446 447 447 449 No. 9. Annuity, $20,000 in specie, thirty years - - - iron, salt, and tobacco, atmouth of Ioway river, 30 years - Blacksmith, one additional, with shop, tools, and iron and steel, 30 years - Cession, tract from Mississippi river, 50 miles up, thence to the Red cedar of the Ioway, etc. - - - - - tribes shall remove from, before June 1, 1833; and no bands shall reside, plant, hunt or fish on, after that date - - - Consideration, $20,000 in specie, annually; blacksmiths, iron, tobacco, and salt—all for thirty years; $40,000, debt to Farnham and Davenport, to be paid by United States - - Hostages, Black Hawk, his two sons, the Prophet and others, to be held, for future good conduct of hostile bands - - - no separate bands or villages, to be allowed underlate hostile chiefs hostile bands, to be divided among the neutral bands - - Mimes, presents will be given to those who will point out - - Prisoners, taken by the United States delivered up; Sioux to be prevailed up- on to surrender their prisoners - - - - Peace and friendship, between the U. States and Sacs and Foxes, declared Provisions, to be distributed by United States principally for use of widows and orphans of those killed in the war; 6,000 bushels of corn to be delivered in 1833 - - - - Reservation, 400 square miles, on both sides of the Ioway river - - [ceded to United States Sept. 28, 1836, see page 685.] to Antoine LeClaire, interpreter, two sections - - Salt, 40 barrels to be delivered annually, 30 years, at mouth of Ioway - Tobacco, 40 kegs, annually, 30 years, atmouth of Ioway - - No. 10. SEE Ioways, No. 5 - - - - - 447, '8 448 447 448 448 449 509 509 508 509 509 510 510 510 510 510 510 SEMINOLES. Exvil No. 11. Cedes all right and title to the lands between the State of Missouri and Mis- souri river - - - - - - - No. 12. Annuity, $10,000 in specie, eleven years - - - Cession, 400 sections, reserved by treaty of Sept. 21, 1832 - no band shall plant, fish, or hunt on, after Nov. 1, 1836 - claim of Ioways, to be examined; and, if valid, to be paid - Consideration, $10,000 in specie, 11 years; to widow of Felix St. Vrain $1,000; debts to amount of $44,458,92; (see page º 200 horses, to cost $9,341; $7,000 for certain half-breed children --- 683 686 $200 for John Conolly's children - - - 687 amount paid to Ioways, for their claim to the land ceded, to be deducted - - - - - 689 Emigration, from ceded land, by Nov. 1, 1836, agreed to - - 687 S.E. M.INTO LEs. No.1 CONCLUDED HELD AT COMMISSIONERS RATIFIED PAGE 1, 1832, May 9|Payne's Landing James Gadsden 1834, April 12 500 2 1833, Mar. 28|Fort Gibson Stokes, Ellsworth, and Schermerhorn 1834, April 12 573 No. 1. Annuity, $3,000 additional, 15 years, commencing after removal - - 501 Blacksmith, provided for by treaty, Sept. 18, 1823, (see page 309) extended ten years - - - - - - 501 Blanket and frock, to be furnished to each individual on arrival west - 501 Cession, all lands in Florida - - - - - 501 Cattle, belonging to the Seminoles, to be taken by United States at valuation, and paid for; or other cattle, in lieu, delivered at the west - 502 Consideration, $15,400 for improvements left; blanket and frock to each indi- vidual on arrival west; $3,000 additional annuity 15 years 501 claims, for depredations, to amount of $7,000, to be paid by United States - - - - - 502 Emigration, deputation to be sent, at expense of United States, to examine country assigned to the Creeks, west of Mississippi - 500 within three years from ratification of treaty, agreed to; United States to defray expenses, and subsistence to be furnished twelve months after arrival - - - - 502 to commence in 1833, and be finished in 1834 and 1835 - 502 Reservation, an additional extent of territory to be added to Creek country west, for use of the Seminoles, who are to be received as a constituent part of Creek nation (see page 568) - - 501 No. 2. Emigration, to be commenced as soon as Government will make satisfactory arrangements - - - - - 574. request that Major Phagam may accompany them, granted - 574 Reservation, tract between Canadian and North Fork, delegation declare themselves satisfied with the location - - 574 See alsº treaties with the Florida Indians, page 307; and with the Appalachicolas, pages 512 and 578; in which the Seminoles are interested.] LXVIII SENEKAS- SENTERAS. No.1 CONCLUDED HELD AT COMMISSIONERS RATIFIED PAGE 1|1797, Sept. 15|Genesee J. Wadsworth 1798, April 11| 73 2 1802, June 30|Buffalo creek John Tayler 1803, Feb. 7, 90 3|1802, June 30|Buffalo creek Charles Carroll 1803, Jan. 12 92 4|1814, July 22|Greenville Harrison and Cass 1814, Dec. 13 155 5|1815, Sept. 8|Spring Wells Harrison, McArthur and Graham 1815, Dec. 26 173 6 1817, Sept. 29|Miami of L. Erie Cass and McArthur 1819, Jam, 4 216 7 1818, Sept. 17|St. Mary's Cass and McArthur 1819, Jan. 4, 242 8, 1823, Sept. 3|Moscow, N.York Charles Carroll * - 305 9, 1831, Feb. 28|Washington James B. Gardiner 1831, Mar. 24. 474 10|1831, July 2011 ewistown, Ohio Gardiner and McElvain 1832, April 6, 478 11||1832, Dec. 29|Cowskin river Ellsworth and Schermer- horn 1833, Mar. 22. 558 12||1835, Aug. 24|Camp Holmes Stokes and Arbuckle 1836, May 19 626 No. 1. Boundaries, of ceded land defined - - - - - 75 Cession, to Robert Morris, tract in Ontario County, New York, being part of tract ceded by New York to Massachusetts, Dec. 16, 1786 - 74 privilege of fishing and hunting on, reserved - - - 76 Consideration, $100,000, to be vested in stock of Bank United States - 74 Hunting, privilege of, and fishing, on ceded land, reserved - - 76 Reservations, two square miles at Canawagus; two square miles at Big Tree; two square miles at Little Beard's town; two square miles at Squawky hill; one tract at mouth of Steep hillcreek; one tract, 8 miles by 2, at Kaounadeau; one tract at mouth of Eighteen-mile creek; one tract on south side Cataraugos creek; 42 square miles at or near Alleghany river; 200 square miles at Buffalo and Tammawanta creeks - 75 No. 2. Cession, to O. Phelps, J. Bronson, and H. Jones, tract called Little Beard's reservation, in Ontario county New York, two square miles, or 1,280 acres - - - - - - 91 Consideration, $1,200, lawful money of United States - - - 91 No. 3. Provides for an exchange with Willinks, Vanstaphorst, & Co., of one tract at mouth of Eighteen-mile creek; and another tract on south side of Cataraugos creek; for a tracton the northbank of Catarau- gos creek - - - - - - 92 No. 4. SEE WYANDots, No. 8 - - - - - 155 No. 5. SEE WYANDots, No. 9 – - - - - 173 No. 6. SEE WYANDors, No. 10 - - - - - 216 No. 7. SEE WYANDots, No. 11 - - - - – 242 No. 8. Cession, to J. Greig and H. B. Gibson, tract at mouth of Steep hill creek, N. York 17,927 acres - - - - - 305 Consideration, $4,286, lawful money of United States - - - 305 Reservation, 1,280 acres on west side of Genesee river - - - 305 * Approved by the President of the United States, but not laid before the Senate. SENEKA.S. LXIX No. 9. Agriculture, 50 ploughs, hoes and axes, to be given as presents, to assist in - Annuities, due by former treaties, shall be paid west of Mississippi - Blankets, 400 to be given as presents - - - - Blacksmith, to be supported, and shop erected, at discretion of President ... Cession, 30,000 acres on Sandusky river, reserved by treaty Sept. 29, 1817, (see page 218) - - - - - - 10,000 acres on east side of Sandusky river, reserved by treaty Sept. 17, 1818–(see page 243) - - - - lands ceded, shall be sold; cost of mills and blacksmith shop, and $6,000 advanced, to be reimbursed; 5 per cent on balance to be allowed as an annuity; fund may be paid over, if decided in ge- neral council - - - - - Consideration, tract in fee simple 15 miles by 7, or 67,000 acres, adjoining north boundary of Cherokee lands - - - Cattle and agricultural implements, on ceded lands, which Indians cannot take with them, º be sold, and proceeds paid to owners - Emigration, United States will defray expenses, and supply provisions one year after removal - - - Expenses, of delegation to Washington shall be paid by United States - $500 to be paid to five chiefs, for services coming to Washington, and reimbursed from sales of land. - - - Improvements, $6,000 advanced, in lieu of to be reimbursed - - º grist and saw, to be erected, and miller supported, at discretion of Pre- sident - - - - - - - Rifles, 100 to be given as presents - - - Reservation, 67,000 acres west of Mississippi, for new residence quarter section to H. C. Brish, sub-agent shall not be sold, except to United States - No. 10. Agricultural implements, on lands ceded, to be sold - - - Annuities, due by former treaties, shall be paid west of Mississippi - Blacksmith, shop to be erected on reservation, with necessary tools; cost to be defrayed out of sales of lands ceded, and to be supported by the United States, at the discretion of the President - Cattle, on ceded lands, shall be sold, and proceeds paid to owners - Cession, forty-eight square miles, reserved by treaty September 29, 1817, from sources of Little Miami to Scioto - - - - 8,960 acres, reserved by treaty Sept. 17, 1818, W. of Lewistown - lands shall be sold as other public lands; after deducting cost of mill and blacksmith shop, and $6,000 advanced, United States wil allow five per cent on surplus, as an annuity - - surplus may be paid over, if general council desire it - - Emigration, United States will defray * of, and supply provisions twelve months after removal - - - - chiefs shall nominate a competent person to accompany them - Improvements, on lands ceded, $6,000 to be advanced for, to be reimbursed from sales - - - - - Presents, blankets, ploughs, hoes, axes, rifles, horse gear, and sheeting, to be given - - - - - - Protection, at new residence, against other tribes, promised by the U. States Reservations, 60,000 acres near the Cherokee settlements west - 477 476, 7 475 476 476 476 477 476 476 477 475 477 477 480 481 479 480 479 479 480 480 479 480 480 481 481, 2 79 [altered from west to east side of Neosho river, by treaty No. 11, page 559.] two miles to serve as a common passway between the Senecas and Shawnees, and the Cherokees - - - shall not be sold, except to United States; and shall not be in- cluded in any future State or territory - - - to James º one section of land - - to H. H. McPherson, one half section - - - to Martin Lane, one quarter section - - - Sawmill, to be erected on reservation; cost to be defrayed from salesofceded lands, and to be supported by the United States - - 479 481 481. 482 482 480 LXX SEVEN NATIONS OF CANADA—SHAWANEES. No. 11. Blacksmith, shop to be erected, and cost reimbursed from sales of ceded lands 560 Cession, lands, reserved on west side of Neosho river, by treaty No. 10 - 559 Emigration, $1000 allowed for forage purchased, and horses lost, while re- moving west - - - - - 560 Mills, grist and saw, to be erected by United States, and cost reimbursed from sales of ceded lands - - - - - 560 Reservation, tract on east side of the Neosho, 60,000 acres, in fee simple - 559 not to be sold or ceded without consent of the United States - 560 [Rights secured by existing treaties, except so far as they are inconsistent with the provisions of this treaty, not to be affected by it, see page 560.] No. 12. SEE ComANches, No. 1 - - - - 626 SEVEN INTATIONS OF CANADA. No. 1 CONCLUDED HELD AT COMMISSIONER RATIFIED-1 PAGE - I 1 |1796, May 31|New York Abraham Ogden 1797, Jan. 31|| 63 Cession, to the people of New York, all lands claimed by them within said State - - - - - - 63 Consideration, £1,233 6s. 8d., N.Y. currency, to be paid on the third Monday in August, 1796; and a perpetuaſ annuity of £213 6s. 8d. 64 Reservations, six miles square for Indians of St. Regis village - - 63 one mile square, adjoining mills on Salmon and Grass rivers, for pasturage - - - - - 64 SHAVVANTEES. No.1 CONCLUDED HELD AT COMMISSIONERS RATIFIED PAGE 1 1786, Jan. 31|Mouth of G. Miami Clark, Butler, & Parsons 1786, April 17, 18 2 1795, Aug. 3Greenville Anthony Wayne 1795, Dec. 22. 54 3|1803, June 7|Fort Wayne William H. Harrison 1803, Nov. 25 97 4 1805, July 4|Fort Industry Charles Jouett 1806, April 24, 113 5 1808, Nov. 25|Brownstown William Hull 1809, Mar. 1, 147 6 1814, July 22 Greenville Harrison and Cass 1814, Dec. 13 155 7 1815, Sept. 8 Spring Wells Harrison, McArthur, and - Graham 1815, Dec. 26 173 8, 1817, Sept. 29 Miami of L. Erie Cass and McArthur 1819, Jam. 4 216 9||1818, Sept. 17 St. Mary's Cass and McArthur 1819, Jan. 4, 242 10 1825, Nov. 7 St. Louis William Clark 1825, Dec. 30 388 11 1831, July 201 ewistown Gardiner and McElwain 1832, April 6, 478 12 1831, Aug. 8 Wapaghkonetta Gardiner and McElwain 1832, April 6, 483 13|1832, Oct. 26|Castor Hill, Mo. Clark, Allen, and Kouns 1833, Feb. 12 539 14 1832, Dec. 29Cowskin river Ellsworth and Schermer- - horn 1833, Mar 22, 558 SHAW ANEES. LXXI No. 1. Cession, all lands east, west, and south of boundary - - - Depredations, by Shawnees, offenders shall be delivered up for punishment; on Indians, shall be punished according to laws of U. States Hostages, three shall be delivered, and remain in possession of the United States until all prisoners are restored - - Hostilities, intended against United States, if Shawnees neglect to give infor- mation, they shall be considered as parties thereto, and pu- mished accordingly; United States to give Shawaness notice of Jurisdiction, of United States over lands ceded by treaty of peace with Great Britain, Jan. 14, 1784, acknowledged - - Peace and protection, granted to Shawnees by United States - Reservation, from the Great Miami to the Wabash, etc. - no settlements by whites shall be permitted on - intruderson, shall be put out of protection of United States SEE WYANDots, No. 3 SEE DELAwares, No. 5 SEE WYANDots, No. 5 SEE CHIPPEwAs, No. 6 SEE WYANDots, No. 8 SEE WYANDots, No. 9 SEE WYANDots, No. 10 SEE WYANDots, No. 11 N - 19 18 18 No. 10. Blacksmith, to be supported by United States five years; tools to be furnish- ed, º 300 lbs. iron annually - - - Cession, tract near Cape Geredeau, about 25 miles square - Consideration, $14, for improvements - - - - $11,000 for claims against citizens of U. S. for depredations Improvements, on ceded lands, $14,000 to be paid for - - - Reservation, 50 miles square, west of the state of Missouri - - deputation may be sent to explore; and if not approved, an equal quantity shall be assigned on the Kanzas river - No. 11. SEE SENECAs, No. 10 - - No. 12. Annuities, due by former treaties, shall be paid west of Mississippi - Blacksmith, to be supported as long as President may deem proper; shop to be erected, and tools furnished - - - Cession, 125 sections, reserved by treaty Sept. 29, 1817 - 20 sections, reserved by treaty Sept. 17, 1818 - - shall be sold as other public lands; 70 cents per acre, cost of mills and shop, and $13,000 advanced, to be reimbursed; United States to pay 5 per cent on surplus, as an annuity; fund may be paid over, if band in general council desire it - - Cattle, etc., on ceded lands, shall be sold, and proceeds paid to owners - Emigration, expenses of to be defrayed by É. States, and provisions furnished twelve months after removal - - price of one section to be retained, to pay expenses of band on Huron river - - - - - Improvements, on ceded lands, $13,000 advanced for, to be equitably distri- - buted; reimbursed from sales of lands - - Mills, grist and saw, to be erected from proceeds sales of lands - - Presents,200 blankets, 40 ploughs, 40 sets horse gear, 150 hoes, 50 axes, and sheeting for 50 tents; (25 rifles added, page 487) - - Protection, against other tribes, shall be afforded by United States Reservation, 100,000 acres within the reservation west of Missouri, granted by treaty No. 10; or elsewhere, if good land cannot be found 300 380 389 390 389 389 390 478 LXXII SIOUNES. Reservation, shall not be sold, except to United States; and shall not be within the limits of any State or territory - - to F. Duchouquet, under former treaties, shall be valid - one section to Joseph Parks; and the average price of one sec- tion to be retained, to defray expenses of emigration of band on river Huron - - - - - Tools, (as enumerated) to be delivered annually, and charged to surplus fund; and others to be given as presents - - 486 486 487 - – 487 No. 13. Agriculture, $1,000 allowed for breaking up and enclosing ground - 540 Annuities, to Meshe Kowhay, chief of Delawares, and to two Captains of bands, $100 each, for life - - - - 542 Cattle, to amount of $2,000, to be delivered, after ratification - - 540 Cession, all their lands within the State of Missouri - - - 540 Claims, for loss of property and improvements, relinquished - - 540 of all º against United States settled by the stipulations of this 41 treaty - - - - - - 5 Consideration, $2,000 in cattle; $1,000 for breaking up ground; $2,500 for a mill; $1,500 three years for schools; $5,000 in goods to be delivered; $12,000 in payment of debts of the Dela- wares; and $1,000 in goods and cash delivered - 540 $1,700 to defray expenses of removal - - - 541 Debts, due by Delawares, to amount of $12,000 to be paid by U. States - 540 Education, $1,500 three years, for support of a school - - - 540 Emigration, to enable band to remove to Arkansas, United States agree to pay $800 in cash; $400 in clothing and horses; and $500 on removal; also provisions for one year - - - 541 Merchandize, $5,000 to be delivered after ratification; and $1,000 delivered on signing - - - - - - 540 Mill, $2,500 allowed for support of five years - * - 540 No. 14, SEE SENECAs, No. 11. - -- - - - 558 SIOUNTIES. No. 1 CONCLUDED HELD AT | COMMISSIONERS RATIFIED PAGE 1 1825, July 5|Teton river Atkinson and O'Fallom 1826, Feb. 6 344 Arms, ammunition, etc., not to be furnished to any tribe, not in amity with United States - - - - - - 346 Depredations, no private retaliation shall take place; complaints shall be mu- tually made; offenders delivered up and punished; on In- dians, shall be punished same as if on whites; horses and other property stolen, shall be restored; on Indians, United States guaranty indemnity for - - – 345 Mexico, citizens of United States travelling to and from, not to be molested 345 Protection, of United States, claimed and promised - - - 344 to be extended towards traders, agents, and others, in persons and property - - - - - - 345 Trade, to be transacted at places designated by President; none but Ameri- can citizens to be admitted; United States will license traders, who shall be protected by Indians in persons and property; foreigners shall be apprehended and delivered up - - - 345 Whites, to be delivered up, on demand of the President 346 SIOUX. LXXIII SIOUx. No.1 CONCLUDED HELD AT COMMISSIONERS RATIFIED 1 PAGE 1 1815, July 1920rtage des Sioux Clark, Edwards, and Chouteau 1815, Dec. 26, 167 2 1815, July 19Bortage des Sioux Clark, Edwards, and Chouteau 1815, Dec. 26, 168 3 |1816, June 18t. Louis Clark, Edwards, and Chouteau 1816, Dec. 30, 191 4 |1825, June 22|Fort Lookout |Atkinson and O'Fallon 1826, Feb. 1| 341 5 1825, July 5|Teton river Atkinson and O'Fallon ||1826, Feb. 6 344 6 1825, Aug. 19 Prairie des Chiens Clark and Cass 1826, Feb. 6. 371 7 1830, July 15|Prairie du Chien Clark and Morgan 1831, Feb. 24 446 8, 1836, Sept. 10|Prairie du Chien Z. Taylor 1837, Feb. 15 674 9 |1836, Oct. 15|Bellevue Dougherty and Pilcher 1837, Feb. 15 689 10 1836, Nov. 30|St. Peters Lawrence Taliaferro 1837, Feb. 18, 694 Nos. 1,” 2, & 3.i. Hostilities mutually forgiven and forgotten; perpetual peace and friendship declared; and protection of the United States acknowledged 167, '8, 191 No. 4. SEE TETons, No. 2 - - - - - 341 No. 5. SEE Siouxes, No. 1 - - - . - - 344 No. 6. - Boundaries, between Indians and the United States, defined - - 372 assent of the Yancton band to be obtained to that portion be- tween Desmoines and Calumet rivers - - - 372 between the Sioux and Chippewas, defined - - 372 between the Chippewas and Winnebagoes, defined - - 373 between the several tribes, parties to this treaty, and the Winne- - bagoes, defined - - 373 - claim of the Menominies not to be affected by this treaty -374 of lands secured to the Ottawas, Chippewas, and Potawato- mies, defined - - - 374 claim of the Illinois not definitively adjusted - - 374 receding boundaries recognised by United States. - - 374 resident may convene tribes, to adjust unsettled lines - 375 Yanctons and Ottoes to be convened in 1826, to explain the stipulations of this treat - - 375 Chippewasto be º in 1826, on Lake Superior for same - purpose - - - - - - 375 Cession, by the Sacs and Foxes to the other tribes, all their claim to lands, east of Mississippi river; claim of the Ottoes to land on the Missouri, not to be affected by this treaty - - Hunting, no tribe shall hunt within the acknowledged limits of any other, without their assent; but a reciprocal right promised, permis- sion being first asked - - - - - Reservations, a portion between boundary line, and the Missouri and Mis- sissippi rivers, claimed by the Ioways and Sacs and Foxes, who shall peaceably occupy the same until some arrange- ment can be made - - - - - to the half-breeds of the Sacs and Foxes, granted by treaty of Aug 4, 1824, (page 313) not claimed by parties to this treaty 374 372 375 372 * Sioux of the Lakes. # Sioux of St. Peters. # Three tribes with the addition, that all cessions to the British, French, or spanish governments, are confirmed to the United states and all previous treaties recognized. º, XXIV SIX NATIONS OF NEW YORK. [Should causes of difficulty hereafter arise between any of the tribes, the other tribes will interpose their good offices to remove them; and the United States may take measures to effect the same object–page 375] No. 7. SEE SACs, No. 8 - - - - - - 446 No. 8. Cession, all lands claimed by the Yankton and Santee bands, between the - State of Missouri and Missouri river - - - 675 Consideration, $400 in goods or money, distributed -- - – 675 No. 9. SEE. OTTOEs, No. 5 - - - - - 689 No. 10. Cession, all lands, claimed the Wahpaakootah, Susseton, and upper - Medawakantom tribes between the State of Missouri and the Missoumi river - - - - - 694 Consideration, goodsto amount of $550, distributed - - – 695 SIX INTATIOINTS OF NEW YORK. No.1 CONCLUDED HELD AT COMMISSIONERS ºrien east: | - 1 1784, Oct. 22|Fort Stanwix Wolcott, Butler, and Lee1785, June 3 4. 2 |1789, Jam, 9|Fort Harmar Arthur St. Clair 20 3 º con-tracts with the State of New York] 40 4 1794, Nov. 11|Konondaigua Timothy Pickering 1795, Jan. 21. 48 No. 1. - Boundary, between the United States and the Indians, defined - - 4. Cession, all lands west of boundaries ceded to the United States - - 4. Hostages, six to be delivered to the United States, to be retained until all pri- somers are restored - - - - - 4. Merchandize, to be supplied by the United States - - - 5. Prisoners, taken, to be delivered up - - - - 4. Reservation, six miles square for a fort at Oswego - - - 5 - - all ſands east and north of boundary line - - - 4. No. 2. Boundary, between the United States and the Indians, defined - - 20 Cession, all lands west of boundary line - - - - 20, 1 Consideration, goods to amount of $3,000, delivered T. - - 2. Reservation, all lands east, north, and south of boundary line - - 21 six miles square, for fort at Oswego - - - 21 No. 3. Exemplification of contracts between the State of New York and different tribes of the Six Nations of Indians, specifying their several cessions and reservations of land, etc. - - - - - 40 STOCKBRIDGES-TAMAROIS-TEETONS. LXXV No. 4. Annuity, $3,000, in addition to $1,500 granted April 23, 1792, forever, to be expended in purchase of clothing, implements, cattle, and utensils 50 to be applied to the benefit of those only who reside within the U.S. 50 Boundary, of Seneka nation defined, and their right to land acknowledged - 49 Consideration, goods to amount of $10,000, delivered - - 50 Depredations, no private retaliation for, shall take place; complaints of shall be mutually made - - - - - 50 Navigation, freeuse of harbors and rivers allowed to citizens of United States 50 Reservations, to Oneidas, Onondagas, and Cayugas, acknowledged - 48 Six Nations will not claim any other lands within U. States 49 Road, right granted to United States to make, from Fort Schlosser to Lake Erie; to be free to citizens of the United States - - 49 A reservation was made in treaty with the Menomonees, No. 4, of about 500,000 acres, to “be set apart as a home to the several tribes of the New York Indians, who may remove to, and settle upon the same, within three years from the date of this agreement” - - - - 467 STOCKERIDGES.--SEE ONEIDAs, No. 1. - - - 52 “Two townships of land on the east side of the Winnebago lake, equal to 46,080 acres, shall be laid off (to commence at some point to be agreed on,) for the use of the Stockbridge and Munsee tribes;” and $25,000 allowed for “improvements made on the lands now in the possession of the said tribes, on the east side of the Fox river." –See treaty with the Menomonees, No. 4, page 473. - TAIMAROIS.--SEE ILLINois, No. 1 - - - - 246 Tºronts, No.1 CONCLUDED HELD AT COMMISSIONERs RATIFIED PAGE. 1 1815, July 19Bortage des Sioux Clark, Edwards, and Chouteau |1815, Dec. 26, 166 2 1825, June 22|Fort Lookout Atkinson and O'Fallon 1826, Feb. 6 341 No. 1. Hostilities shall be mutually forgiven and forgotten; perpetual peace and friendship declared; and protection of the United States ac- knowledged - -- - - - - 166 No. 2. Arms, ammunition, etc., not to be furnished to tribes not in amity with U. S. 342 Depredations, no retaliation for, shall take place; complaints shall be mu- tually made; offenders shall be delivered up and punished; on Indians, shall be punished the same as if on whites; horses and other property stolen, shall be restored; full in demnification º by United States to Indians - 342. f,xx VI TuscaRoRAs—we As. Protection, of the United States acknowledged and promised - - 341 to be given by Indians to agents and others sent to reside among them - - - - -- – 3:42 Trade, right of the United States to regulate, admitted; to be transacted at places designated by President; none but American citizens to par- ticipate; United States will admit and license traders, who shall be protected in persons and property; foreigners shall be appre- hended and delivered up - - - - - 341 Whites, to be delivered up, on demand of President - - - 342 TUSCARORAS.--SEE ONEDAs, No. 1 - - - 52 WEAS. NO. CONCLUDED HELD AT commissioners RATIFIED PAGE 1|1795, Aug. 3|Greenville Anthony Wayne 1795, Dec. 22. 54 2|1803, June 7|Fort Wayne William H. Harrison 1803, Nov. 25 97 3 |1805, Aug. 21|Grouseland William H. Harrison 1806, April 24, 118 4 1809, Oct. 26|Vincennes William H. Harrison 1810, Jam, 2 153 5 1816, June 4|Fort Harrison Benjamin Parke 1816, Dec. 30, 195 6 |1818, Oct. 2 St. Mary's, Ohio Jennings, Cass, & Parke|1819, Jan. 7, 251 7 1820, Aug. 11|Vincennes Benjamin Parke 1821, Jan. 8, 285 S 1832, Oct. 29|Castor Hill Clark, Allen, and Kouns 1833, Feb. 12 556 No. 1. SEE WYANDots, No. 3 - - - - - 54 No. 2. SEE DELAwares, No. 5 - - - - - 97 No. 3. SEE DELAwares, No. 8 - - - - - 118 - No. 4. Annuity, $300 additional permanently; and $100 additional assoon as Kick- apoos consent to 9th article of treaty September 30, 1809 - 153 Cession, consent of Weas fully given, to treaties with Delawares and others, (pp. 149 to 151) and with the Miamis and Eel Rivers, (page 152 153 Consideration, $1,500 in hand; additional permanent annuity of $300, an a contingent annuity of $100 - - - 153 No. 5. Boundary, marked by United States on the Wabash and White rivers, re- cognized - - - - - 195 Cession, by the Kickapoos, tract between aforesaid boundary, the Wabash and Vermilion rivers, according to terms of treaty Dec. 9, 1809, (see page 154) - - - - - 195 Greenville, validity of treaty of, and all subsequent, acknowledged - 195 No. 6. Annuity, $1,850 (in addition to former annuity of $1,150, making a sum to- tal of $3,000) in silver - - - - - 252 Cession, all lands claimed in Indiana, Ohio, and Illinois - - 251 by Kickapoos, Dec. 9, 1809, acceded to and sanctioned - - 252 Reservations, tract at mouth of Racoon creek - - – 251 to Christmas Dageny, and Mary Shields, one section each; not to be conveyed, but by consent of President - 251 WINNEBAGOES. Lxx. VII No. 7. Annuity, to be paid hereafter at Kaskaskia - - - – 285 Cession, tract at mouth of Racoom creek, reserved by treaty, Oct. 2, 1818, (page 251) - - - - - – 285 Consideration, $5,000 in money and goods, receipt acknowledged - 285 No. 8. SEE PLANREshaws, No. 8 - - - - - 556 WIN.INTEEAGOES. No.1 CONCLUDED 11ELD AT COMMISSIONERs RATIFIED PAGE 1 1816, June 3St. Louis Clark, Edwards, and Chouteau 1816, Dec. 30, 193 2 1825, Aug. 19prairie des Chiens Clark and Cass 1826, Feb. 6. 371 3|1827, Aug. 11|Butte des Morts Cass and McKenney 1829, Feb. 3 412 4 1828, Aug. 25Green Bay Cass and Menard 1829, Jan. 7 429 5 1829, Aug. 1 Prairie du Chien McNiel, Menard, and At- water 1830, Jan. 2 439 6 1832, Sept. 15|Fort Armstrong Scott and Reynolds 1833, Feb. 13. 503 No. 1. Hostilities, mutually forgiven and forgotten; cessions made to British, French, or. º Governments, confirmed to U. S.; protection of the U.S. acknowledged; will remain distinct from the rest of their tribe, giving them no aid until peace be concluded; all prisoners to be mutually given up - - - - 193 No. 2. SEE Sioux, No. 6 - - - - - - 371 No. 3. SEE Chippewas, No. 16 - - - - - 412 No. 4. Boundary, between the United States and Winnebagoes, defined 429 country may be freely occupied by the United States, until ceded 429 Consideration, $20,000 in goods, when treaty shall be held, in full for damages º by miners - - - - 430 Ferry, may be established on Rock river, where Fort Clark and Lewistown roads cross - - - - - - 430 Mining, persons crossing boundary line for the purpose, shall not be molest- ed; measures for their removal shall be referred to the President, and a compensation for injuries shall be made to Indians – 429 No. 5. Agent, (sub) to be appointed, to reside on Rock river; and present agency at Fort Winnebago to be continued; (rejected by the Fº – 441 Annuities, $18,000 inspecie, thirty years, at Prairie du Chien and Fort Win- nebago - - T. - - - 439 $50 fifteen years, to Theresa Gagnier, to be deducted - - 441 Blacksmiths shops, three to be supported by United States, with tools, iron, and steel, thirty years " . - - – 440 Cattle, two yoke of oxen and ome cart, to be furnished thirty years 440 Cession, tract on Rock river to mouth of Sugar creek, etc. - - 439 Consideration, $18,000 in specie, thirty years, and $30,000 in goods, to be de- livered immediately; 3,000 lbs. tobacco, and 50 bbls, salt, thirty years . - 439, 40 Debts, to amount of º 28, to be paid by the United States - - 440 i., and steel, sufficient for three blacksmiths' shops, thirty years - – 440 LXXVIII WITCHETAWS-WYAND OTS. Laborers, one to be supported at Portage of Wisconsin and Fox rivers, 30 years 440 Reservations, to certain individuals of Indian descent, thirty-nine sections in all, not to be leased or sold without permission of President 441 Salt, 50 barrels annually, thirty years - - - – 440 Tobacco, 3,000 lbs. annually, thirty years - - - - 440 No. 6. Agriculture, $2,500 allowed twenty-seven years, for support of six farmers, and purchase of oxen and implements - - – 505 Annuity, $10,000 in specie’7 years, at Prairie du Chien and Fort Winnebago 504 payment to be suspended until murderers are delivered up – 505 Blººmiſ shop, to be removed from Rock river to reservation - - 505 Boundary, of ceded lands, defined - - - - 503 of reservation west of Mississippi, defined - - - 503 Cession, lands S. and E. of Wisconsin river, and Fox river of Green Bay - 503 mo band shall reside, plant, fish, or hunt on, after June 1, 1832 - 506. Consideration, $10,000 in specie, annually, twenty-seven years - 504 $2,500 annually, 27 years, for support of six farmers and pur- chase of agricultural implements; two physicians same pe- riod, and 1,500 lbs. tobacco, annually - - 505 Debts, to amount of $1,082.50, to be paid by the United States - - 505 Education, $3,000 for support of school at Prairie du Chien, 27 years; two or more teachers, male and female, to be employed; school shall be subject to the visits and inspection of the Governor of Illi- nois, U. S. superintendent or agent, and any officer of the army, of and above the rank of major - - - 501 Emigration, to lands reserved, to take place by June 1, 1833 - - 504 30 days' soldiers' rations (not to exceed 60,000) to be issued to emigrants - - - - - 505 Hunting, on ceded lands, forbidden after June 1, 1833 - - - 505 Murderers, to be delivered up to commander of some U.S. military post - 505 Physicians, two to be furnished, at $200 per annum each - - 505 Reservations, part of the neutral ground west of Mississippi - - 503 six sections to certain individuals - - - 506 Tobacco, 1,500 lbs. annually - - - - 505 WITCHETAºS.--SEE CoMANCHEs, No. 1 - - – 626 Wºº ANTºo"TS. No.1 CONCLUDED HELD AT COMMISSIONERS RATIFIED PAGE 1 |1785, Jan. 21|Fort McIntosh Clark, Butler, and Lee |1785, June 2 6 2 1789, Jan. 9|Fort Harmar Arthur St. Clair 1789, Sept. 29 23 3 |1795, Aug. 3|Greenville Anthony Wayne 1795, Dec. 22. 54 4 1803, Aug. 7 Vincennes William H. Harrison 1803, Nov. 25 99 5 1805, July 4|Fort Industry Charles Jouett 1806, April 24; 113 6 1807, Nov. 17|Detroit William Hull 1808, Jam. 27, 136 7 1808, Nov. 25|Brownstown William Hull 1809, Mar, 1 147 8||1814, July 22|Greenville Harrison and Cass 1814, Dec. 13 155 9, 1815, Sept. 8 Spring Wells Harrison, McArthur, and Graham 1815, Dec. 26 173 10 1817, Sept. 29|Rapids of Miami Cass and McArthur 1819, Jan. 4, 216 11 [1818, Sept. 17|St. Mary's, Ohio Cass and McArthur 1819, Jan. 4, 242 12 1818, Sept. 20 St. Mary's, Ohio Lewis Cass 1819, Jan. 7, 245 13, 1832, Jan. 19 McCutcheonsville James B. Gardiner 1832, April 6, 495 14, 1836, April 23 (not stated) John A. Bryan 1836, May 16, 664 WY AND OTS. LXXIX No. 1. Boundary, between the United States and Indians, defined - - Cession, lands east, south, and west, of boundary lines - - Depredations, on whites by Indians, offenders shall be delivered up - Hostages, three shall be delivered, until prisoners are restored - - Merchandize, (quantity not stated,) distributed - - - Protection, of the United States acknowledged - - - Reservations, all lands contained within boundary lines - - six miles square at mouth of Miami; six miles square at por- tage of Big Miami; six miles square on Lake Sandusky; and two miles square on each side of the rapids of Sandusky river, for trading posts - - - - six miles, at mouth of Rosing river for post of Detroit - post of Michilimackinac, and twelve miles square - - Settlers on Indian lands, shall forfeit protection of the Unità States - Trade, reservations allowed for four posts - - - - [Certain Delaware chiefs, who took up arms for the United States, shall be received into the nation, in the same rank as before] - - - 7 No. 2. Boundary, between the United States and Indians, defined and confirmed - of line from the Miami of the Ohio, explained - - - Cession, all lands east, south, and west, of boundary lines - - hunting on ceded lands allowed, while Indians behave peaceably - Depredations, by Indians, offenders shall be delivered up for trial; by whites shall be tried by laws of the State where committed - horses stolen shall be mutually restored, and offenders punish- ed with the utmost severity - - - - Hostages, two to be delivered, until all prisoners are restored - - Hostilities, intended against U. S. or Indians, to be mutually made known; and passage of hostile troops through the country prevented - Hunting, on ceded lands, allowed, while Indians behave peaceably - Merchandize, $6,000 worth delivered, in consideration ofcession - - Protection, of United States, acknowledged and promised anew - - extended to the Potawatomies and Sacs - - - Reservations, all lands between described limits - - - shall not be disposed of, except to the United States - settlers on, shall forfeit protection of the United States-- for trading posts, and post at Detroit, may be renewed - post at Michilimackinac, with its dependencies - - to the Shawnees, (by treaty Jan. 31, 1786, see page 18,) claimed by the Wyandots; also country west of Miami boundary two Wyandot villages, from river Rosine, to be retained - Settlers, on Indian lands, shall forfeit protection of the United States - Trade, shall be opened with the Indians, who shall protect traders; none per- mitted without license - - - - - persons trading without license to be delivered up; and names of all traders to be furnished once a year - - - - No. 3. Annuities, in goods, forever, to the Wyandots $1,000; Delawares $1,000; Shawanees $1,000; Miamis $1,000; Ottawas $1,000; Chippe- was $1,000; Potawatomies $1,000; Kickapoos $500; Weas º Eel Rivers $500; Piankeshaws $500; and Kaskaskias - - - - - part may be delivered in animals, or implements, utensils, etc. - Boundary, between the United States and the Indians, defined - - - When marked by U.S., notice to be given, that chiefs may attend Cession, all lands east and south of the general boundary line - *tracts, each six milessºuare; three tracts, each two miles square; ***ts, each twelve miles square; posts at Detroit and Mich ilimackinac, and lands adjacent - - 57 58 55 50 55 55, 6 LXXX WYAND OTS. Cession, 150,000 acres, near rapids of the Ohio, for Gen. Clark and his war- riors; post of St. Vincennes, and land adjacent; all other places to which Indian title has been extinguished; and the post of Fort Massac - - - - - - liberty to hunt on, granted to Indians, while they demean peaceably Depredations, no private retaliation shall take place; complaints shall be mu- - tually made - - - - - Hostages, ten chiefs to remain at Greenville, until prisoners are delivered - Hostilities, intended against U. S. or Indians, to be mutually made known Hunting, on lands ceded, granted to Indians, while they demean peaceably Merchandize, $20,000 worth delivered; $9,500 worth to be distributed among the tribes, parties to this treaty, annually forever - Navigation, of harbors and mouths of rivers, adjoining Indian lands, free to citizens of the United States - - - - Prisoners, shall be mutually restored - - - - Protection, of U. S. acknowledged; forfeited to settlers on Indian lands - Reservations, all lands north of Ohio river, east of Mississippi, and south of Great Lakes - - - - - hunting, planting, and dwelling on, allowed as long as Indians please; when sold, to be sold only to the United States - settlers on, forfeit protection of the United States - - Settlers, on Indian lands, forfeit protection of the United States, and may be punished by Indians - - - - - Trade, to be opened with the tribes; traders to be licensed by U. S. and pro- tected by Indians; none permitted without license; license shall be taken away, if abused; personstrading without license, to be brought before superintendent; names of all traders to be furnished once a year - - - - - - [all previous treaties, since 1783, shall henceforth cease and become void] - No. 4, SEE EEL Rivers, No. 3 - - - - - No. 5. Ammuity, $825 forever, in money, and the $175 secured by Connecticut Land Company, to be vested, (see page 222, art. 13) - - Boundary, between the United States and Indians, altered and defined - Cession, all lands lying east of boundary line, as established by this treaty; southeast of line established by treaty of Greenville, and north by 41° north latitude - - - - - Consideration, to the Ottawas, Chippewas, and Pottawatimas, $4,000 paid by - the Connecticut Land Co., and $12,000 secured in trust - Hunting, on ceded lands allowed, as long as Indians demean peaceably - Protection, of United States again acknowledged - - No. 6. SEE. OTTA was, No. 5 - - - - - No. 7. SEE CHIPPEwAs, No. 6 - - - - - No. 8. A treaty of peace and friendship between the U. S. and the Wyandots, De- lawares, Shawanees, and Semekas, on the one part, and the Miamis on the other. These tribes and bands engage to furnish such a number of war- riors as the President may require, to assist the U. S. in the war against Great Britain and such Indian tribes as continue hostile. The said tribes acknowledge themselves under the protection of the U. S.; and if the con- ditions of this treaty be faithfully performed, the U. S. will confirm all the boundaries as they existed previously to the commencement of the war - No. 9. The U. S. give peace to the Chippewas, Ottawas, and Pottawatimas, who acknowledge their protection; all the possessions, rights, and privileges, enjoyed by said tribe in 1811, to be restored; pardon granted to the chiefs and warriors who continued hostilities until the close of the war with Great Britain; the treaty of Greenville, of 1795, and all the subsequent treaties, ratified and confirmed - - - - - - 57 57 58, 9 59 99 114 113 114 114 114 113 136 147 173 wº, AN IDOT S. LXXXI No. 10. Agent, one to be appointed, to reside among the Wyandols, and to execute º - º: - - - - - º - - the same duties for the Senecas and Delawares; shall occupy as much land as necessary - - - - - 221 another, to reside among the Shawanees, and a mile square reserved for his use at Malike - - - - - 221 Annuities, to the Wyandos, sº torºver payable at Upper ºandusky - 31 Senekas, sº forever, payable at Lower Sandusky - 217 Shawanees, $2,000 forever, payable at Wapaghkonetta - 217 Pattawatimas, $1,300 fifteen years, payable at Detroit - 217 Ottawas, $1,000 fifteen years, payable at Detroit - 217 Chippewas, $1,000 fifteen years, payable at Detroit - 217 all due by former treaties, shall be paid in specie - 217 one-half of five years (º) erroneously paid to the Shawa- nees, to be paid to the Wyandots in 1818 – - - Blacksmith, one to be provided for the Wyandots and Senecas; and one for - Indians at Wapaghºonetta, etc. (indefinitely) - - 221 Cession, lands commencing on southern shore of Lake Erie, between San- 222 dusky bay and Portage river - - - – 216 tract from Ohio boundary line on Miami river, to the mouth of the Great Auglaize - - - – 216 thirteen sections by the Delawares, granted by act of Congress March 3, 1807 - - - - 223 Consideration, $9,800 in annuities fºr various periods, and $500 in cash to - the Delawares - - -- - – 217 Depredations, U.S. agree to pay in specie $14,480 13, for losses sustained in consequence of adherence to the U.S. during the war with - Great Britain - - - - - 222 Education, three sections at Macon, and three other sections not located, to - rector of St. Anne's church, and the Catholic college, Detroit, for - Qttawa, Chippewa, and Potawatima children - - 223 E"ºrries, United States agents may establish such as are necessary - 222 Hunting, stipulations of treaty of Greenville renewed - - - 221 Improvements, United States will pay for any abandoned by Indians 223 Mills, grist and saw, to be erected by United States on Wyandot reservation 221 Religion, one-half of six sections to rector of St. Anne's church, Detroit, for [ceded July 20, 1831, see page 479.] tract at Blanchard's fork, five miles square, for use of Ottawas 219 use of said church - - - - - 223 Reservations, twelve miles square, to chiefs of Wyandot tribe - - 217 ºne mile square, on a Cranberry swamp, for use of tribe - 217 30,000 acres, to chiefs of Seneca tribe - - - 218 ... [ceded February 21, 1831, see page 475.] ten miles square, to chiefs of Shawanee tribe - - 218 [ceded August 8, 1831, see page 484.] twenty-five square miles, to chiefs of Shawanee tribes - 218 - ſeeded August 8, 1831, see page 484.] 48 square miles to chiefs of Shawanee and Seneca tribes - 218 Iceded August 30, 1831, see pºgº 489. - to certain individuals named, (10,760 acres in all) - 219, 20, 21 [shall not be conveyed without permission of President of the U.S., p. 243. shall not beliable to taxes while the property of said Indians - 222 United States reserve the right to make roads through – 222 nine square milesto Delaware chiefs, adjoining Wyandottract 22: thirty-four square miles to chiefs, for use of the Ottawas - 223 º U. S. reserve right to make through any part of reservations - 222 chedule of persons entitled to reservations of and - - 226 to 230 Sugar, privilege of making, granted - - 2 Taxes, lands reserved, shall not beliable to, while - . º - - - property of Indians - 222 Taverns, United States agents may establish such as are º - 222 - . - - - 217 ºº ** simple, for the use of the persons mentioned in the annexed schedule, pp. fuse to do sº. ººy the quantity secured, to the persons entitled to the same, or may re- pointed by him, p. º may convey to others with the approbation of the President, or agent ap- 11 LXXXII Wºy AN poºrg, No. 11. Annuities, to the Wyandots, $500 additional, forever - - Shawanees and Senecas, $1,000 additional, forever Senecas, $500 additional, forever - - Ottawas, $1,500 additional, forever - - Reservations, granted by treaty No. 10, shall be held as other Indian reser- vations have been heretofore held - - - ---- to the Wyandots, 55,680 acres additional - - to the Wyandots at Solomon's town and Blanchard's fork, 16,000 acres, additional, Iceded January 19, 1832, page 495] and west of Sandusky river, 160 acres - - - to the Shawanees, 12,800 acres additional, [ceded August 8, 1831, page 484] - - - - - to the Shawanees and Senecas, 8,960 acres, Iceded July 20, 1831, page 479] - - - - - to the Senecas, 10,000 acres east side of Sandusky river, Iceded February 21, 1831, page 475] - - - granted by eighth article of treaty No. 10, (page 219,) shal not be conveyed without permission of the President - No. 12. Cession, two tracts, 5,000 acres, including villages of Brownstown and Ma- guagua, in Michigan - - - - - - Reservation, 4,996 acres, on the south side of Huron river, to be held as long as they or their descendants occupy the land - - No. 13. Agent, Joseph McCutcheon, of Ohio, recommended, and authority to employ an interpreter asked for - - - - - Cession, 16,000 acres, granted by treaty No. 11, (page 242) - - to be surveyed as soon as practicable, and sold; and $1 25 per acre paid to Wyandots for same, in silver - - - Emigration, Wyandots may remove to Canada, river Huron, or elsewhere Improvements, to be paid for, on valuation by appraisement - Reservation, to chief Roe-nu-nas, one-half section - - No. 14. Cession, strip, five miles in extent; one section in a Cranberry swamp; (see page 217;) and 160 acres, (see page 242;) all in Crawford county, Ohio - - - - shall be surveyed and sold as other public lands - - register and receiver to be appointed by the President and Senate - shall receive compensation not exceeding $5 per day -- - portions of proceeds of sales [not exceeding $20,000, added by Se- mate] shall be applied to mills, schools, and roads, etc., to be paid by register on the order of the chiefs - - - Education, portion of money arising from sales of lands shall be applied to establish schools - - - - - Expenses, incurred in the execution of this treaty; in the sales of lands; ex- penses of delegation to Washington, and allowance to individu- als; to be defrayed from sales of lands - - - if Indians are not satisfied, sale may be closed, and another time appointed - - - - - - Mills, Pº of money arising from sales of lands shall be applied to re- building - - - - - - Roads, portion of money arising from sales of lands shall be applied to repair and improvement of - - - - - Reservations, to seven Delaware chiefs, one section each; to be sold, and pro- ceeds paid to them, or their heirs - - - 243 243 243 243 242 242 242 243 243 243 243 245 245 497 495 496 496 496 496 664 664 665 YANCTONS-YANCTONIEs. LXXXIII *ANTGº"ONS. No.1 CONCLUDED HELD AT COMMISSIONERs RATIFIED PAGE 1 1815, July 1920rtage des Sioux Clark, Edwards, and Chouteau 1815, Dec. 26, 170 2|1825, June 22|Fort Lookout Atkinson and O'Fallon 1826, Feb. 6 341 3 |1836, Oct. 15|Bellevue Dougherty and Pilcher 1837, Feb. 15 689 No. 1. Hostilities mutually forgiven and forgotten; perpetual peace and friendship declared; and protection of the United States acknowledged - - 170 No. 2. SEE TEETons, No. 2 - - - - - 341 # * By a treaty with the Sacs and Foxes, and other tribes, July 15, 1830, an annuity of $3,000 for ten successive years, is granted to the Yancton and Santie bands of the Sioux, see page 447, art, 4. No. 3. SEE Orrors, No. 5 - - - - - 689 *ALTCTOINTIES.--SEE TEETons, No. 2 - - - 341 ERRATA. Page 40–the date under Six Nations is superfluous, 55–line 6, for “Art. 8,” read.Art. 3. 71—last line but one, for “effect,” read affect. 117–first line of art. 5, for “article,” read articles, 167—date under Sioux, for “1819," read 1815. 623–line 22, for “J. P. Frile,” read G. P. Field. 663-date under Potawattamies, after April 22, insert 1836, TREATIES B ETWEEN THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA AND THE IN ID I A N S. DE LAWARE S. [concºupºp september 17, 1778.] Articles of agreement and confederation, made and entered into, by Andrew and Thomas Lewis, esquires, commissioners for, and in behalf of the United States of Worth ºmerica, ºf the one part, and Captain White Eyes, Captain John Kill Buck, jr., and Captain Pipe, deputies, and chief men of the Delaware nation, of the other part. ARTICLE 1. That all offences, or acts of hostilities, by one or either of the contracting parties against the other, be mutually forgiven, and buried in the depth of oblivion, never more to be had in remembrance. ART. 2. That a perpetual peace and friendship shall, from henceforth, take place and subsist between the contracting par- ties aforesaid, through all succeeding generations; and if either of the parties are engaged in a just and necessary war with any other nation or nations, that then each shall assist the other in due proportion to their abilities, till their enemies are brought to reasonable terms of accommodation; and that, if either of them shall discover any hostile designs forming against the other, they shall give the earliest notice thereof, that timeous measures may be taken to prevent their ill effect. ARt. 3. And whereas, the United States are engaged in a just and necessary war, in defence and support of life, liberty, and inde- pendence, against the King of England and his adherents; and as said King is yet possessed of several posts and forts, on the lakes and other places, the reduction of which is of great importance to the peace and security of the contracting parties, and, as the most practicable way for the troops of the United States, to some of the posts and forts, is by passing through the country of the Delaware 1 2 DELAWARES, nation, the aforesaid deputies, on behalf of themselves and their nation, do hereby stipulate and agree, to give a free passage through their country to the troops aforesaid; and the same to conduct, by the nearest and best ways, to the posts, forts, or towns of the enemies of the United States, affording to said troops such sup- plies of corn, meat, horses, or whatever may be in their power, for the accommodation of such troops, on the commanding offi- cers’, etc., paying, or engaging to pay, the full value of whatever they can supply them with. And the said deputies, on the behalf of their nation, engage to join the troops of the United States aforesaid, with such a number of their best and most expert war- riors, as they can spare, consistent with their own safety, and act in concert with them; and for the better security of the old men, women, and children, of the aforesaid nation, whilst their warriors are engaged against the common enemy, it is agreed, on the part of the United States, that a fort of sufficient strength and capacity be built at the expense of the said States, with such assistance as it may be in the power of the said Delaware nation to give, in the most convenient place, and advantageous situation, as shall be agreed on by the commanding officer of the troops aforesaid, with the advice and concurrence of the deputies of the aforesaid Dela- ware nation; which fort shall be garrisoned by such a number of the troops of the United States, as the commanding officer can spare for the present, and hereafter by such numbers as the wise men of the United States, in council, shall think most conducive to the common good. ART. 4. For the better security of the peace and friendship now entered into by the contracting parties, against all infractions of the same, by the citizens of either party, to the prejudice of the other, neither party shall proceed to the infliction of punishments on the citizens of the other, otherwise than by securing the offender, or offenders, by imprisonment, or any other competent means, till a fair and impartial trial can be had by judges or juries of both parties, as near as can be, to the laws, customs, and usages of the contracting parties, and natural justice; the mode of such trials to be hereafter fixed by the wise men of the United States, in Congress assembled, with the assistance of such deputies of the Delaware nation, as may be appointed to act in concert with them in adjusting this matter to their mutual liking. And it is further agreed between the parties aforesaid, that neither shall entertain, or give countenance to, the enemies of the other, or protect, in their respective States, criminal fugitives, servants, or slaves, but the same to apprehend and secure, and deliver to the State, or States, to which such enemies, criminals, servants, or slaves, respectively belong. - ART. 5. Whereas the confederation entered into by the Delaware nation, and the United States, renders the first dependent on the latter, for all the articles of clothing, utensils, and implements of - DE LAWARES. 3. war; and it is judged not only reasonable, but indispensably necessary, that the aforesaid nation be supplied with such articles, from time to time, as far as the United States may have it in their power, by a well regulated trade, under the conduct of an intelligent, candid agent, with an adequate salary, one more influenced by the love of his country, and a constant attention to the duties of his department, by promoting the common interest, than the sinister purposes of converting and binding all the duties of his office to his private emolument: convinced of the necessity of such measures, the commissioners of the United States, at the earnest solicitation of the deputies aforesaid, have engaged, in behalf of the United States, that such a trade shall be afforded said nation, conducted on such principles of mutual interest, as the wisdom of the United States, in Congress assembled, shall think most conducive to adopt for their mutual convenience. ARt. 6. Whereas the enemies of the United States have endea- wored, by every artifice in their power, to possess the Indians in general with an opinion, that it is the design of the States afore- said to extirpate the Indians, and take possession of their country; to obviate such false suggestion, the United States do engage to guarantee to the aforesaid nation of Delawares, and their heirs, all their territorial rights in the fullest and most ample manner, as it hath been bounded by former treaties, as long as they, the said Delaware nation, shall abide by, and hold fast the chain of friend- ship, now entered into. And it is further agreed on between the contracting parties, should it for the future be found conducive for the mutual interest of both parties, to invite any other tribes who have been friends to the interest of the United States, to join the present confederation, and to form a State, whereof the Dela- ware nation shall be the head, and have a representation in Con- gress: provided, nothing contained in this article to be considered as conclusive, until it meets the approbation of Congress. And it is also the intent and meaning of this article, that no protection or countenance shall be afforded to any who are at present our enemies, by which they might escape the punishment they deserve. In witness whereof, the parties have hereunto interchangeably set their hands and seals, at Fort Pitt, September seven- teenth, anno Domini one thousand seven hundred and seventy-eight, - Andrew Lewis, L. Thomas Lewis, L. White Eyes, his x mark, L. The Pipe, his x mark, L John Kill Buck, his x mark, 1. : In presence a Lach'n McIntosh, B. General, Commander the Western Dep’t Daniel Brodhead, Colonel 8th P. Regiment, 4. SIX NATIONS OF NEW YORK. W. Crawford, Colonel, John Campbell, John Stephenson, John Gibson, Colonel 13th Virginia Regiment, A. Graham, Brigade Major, Lach. McIntosh, jun., JMajor Brigade, Benjamin Mills, Joseph L. Finley, Captain 8th Penn. Regiment, John Finley, Captain 8th P. Regiment. - - SIX NATIONS OF NEW YORK. [concluded october 22, 1784.] ſlrticles of a treaty concluded at Fort Stanwir, on the twenty- second day of October, one thousand seven hundred and eighty- four, between Oliver Wolcott, Richard Butler, and ſlrthur Lee, commissioners plenipotentiary from the United States, in Con- gress assembled, on the one part, and the sachems and warriors of the Sia JVations, on the other. The United States of America give peace to the Senekas, Mohawks, Onondagas, and Cayugas, and receive them into their protection upon the following conditions: ART. 1. Six hostages shall be immediately delivered to the commissioners by the said nations, to remain in possession of the United States, till all the prisoners, white and black, which were taken by the said Senekas, Mohawks, Onondagas, and Cayugas, or by any of them, in the late war, from among the people of the United States, shall be delivered up. ART. 2. The Oneida and Tuscarora nations shall be secured in the possession of the lands on which they are settled. ART. 3. A line shall be drawn, beginning at the mouth of a creek, about four miles east of Niagara, called Oyonwayea, or Johnston's Landing Place, upon the lake, named by the Indians Oswego, and by us Ontario; from thence southerly, in a direction always four miles east of the carrying path, between lake Erie and Onta- rio, to the mouth of Tehoseroron, or Buffalo creek, on lake Erie; thence south, to the north boundary of the State of Pennsylvania; thence west, to the end of the said north boundary; thence south, along the west boundary of the said State, to the river Ohio; the said line, from the mouth of the Oyonwayea to the Ohio, shall be the western boundary of the lands of the Six Nations; so that the Six Nations shall and do yield to the United States, all claims to the country west of the said boundary; and then they shall be secured in the peaceful possession of the lands they inhabit, east and north SIX NATIONS OF NEW YORK, of the same, reserving only six miles square, round the fort of Oswego, to the United States, for the support of the same. ART. 4. The commissioners of the United States, in considera- tion of the present circumstances of the Six Nations, and in execution of the humane and liberal views of the United States, upon the signing of the above articles, will order goods to be delivered to the said Six Nations, for their use and comfort. Sam. Jo. Atlee, Wm. Maclay, Fras. Johnston, Aaron Hill, Alexander Campbell, Saml. Kirkland, Missionary, James Dean, Oliver Wolcott, Richard Butler, Arthur Lee, MOHAWKs. Onogwendahonji, his x mark, Touighnatogon, his x mark, ONONDAGAS. Oheadarighton, his x mark, Kendarindgon, his x mark, SENERA.S. Tayagonendagighti, his x mark, Tehonwaeaghrigagi, his x mark, ONEIDAS. Otyadonenghti, his x mark, Dagaheari, his x mark, CAYUGA. Oraghgoanendagen, his x mark, TUS CARORAS. Ononghsawenghti, his x mark, Tharondawagon, his x mark, SENERA. A. B.E.A.L. Kayenthoghke, his x mark, WITNESSES : Saml. Montgomery, Pa. Comºrs. Derick Lane, Capt. John Mercer, Lieut. L. L. L. L. L. L. L. S. William Pennington, Lieut. Mahlon Hord, Ensign, Hugh Peebles. 6 WYANDOTS, DELAWARES, WYAND OTS, DE LAWARES, CHIPPE WAS, AND OTT AWA S. [concLUDED JANUARY 21, 1785.] Articles of a treaty concluded at Fort McIntosh, the twenty-first day of January, one thousand seven hundred and eighty-five, between the commissioners plenipotentiary of the United States of America, of the one part, and the sachems and warriors of the Wyandot, Delaware, Chippewa, and Ottawa nations, of the other. The commissioners plenipotentiary of the United States in Congress assembled, give peace to the Wyandot, Delaware, Chip- pewa, and Ottawa nations of Indians, on the following conditions: ART. 1. Three chiefs, one from among the Wyandot, and two from among the Delaware nations, shall be delivered up to the commissioners of the United States, to be by them retained till all the prisoners, white and black, taken by the said Indians, or any of them, shall be restored. ART. 2. The said Indian nations do acknowledge themselves and all their tribes to be under the protection of the United States, and of no other sovereign whatsoever, ART. 3. The boundary line between the United States and the Wyandot and Delaware nations, shall begin at the mouth of the river Cayahoga, and run thence up the said river to the portage between that and the Tuscarawas branch of Muskingum ; then down the said branch to the forks at the crossing place above Fort Lawrence; then westerly to the portage of the Big Miami, which runs into the Ohio, at the mouth of which branch the fort stood which was taken by the French in one thousand seven hundred and fifty-two; then along the said portage to the Great Miami or Ome river, and down the southeast side of the same to its mouth; thence along the south shore of Lake Erie, to the mouth of Caya- hoga, where it began. - ART. 4. The United States allot all the lands contained within the said lines to the Wyandot and Delaware nations, to live and to hunt on, and to such of the Ottawa nation as now live thereon; saving and reserving for the establishment of trading posts, six miles square at the mouth of Miami or Ome river, and the same at the portage on that branch of the Big Miami which runs into the Ohio, and the same on the Lake of Sandusky where the fort formerly stood, and also two miles square on each side of the lower rapids of Sandusky river, which posts and the lands annex- ed to them, shall be to the use and under the government of the United States. ART: 5. If any citizen of the United States, or other person not being an Indian, shell attempt to settle on any of the lands allotted CIIIPPE WAS, AND OTTAWAS, 7 to the Wyandot and Delaware nations in this treaty, except on the lands reserved to the United States in the preceding article, such person shall forfeit the protection of the United States, and the Indians may punish him as they please. ART. 6. The Indians who sign this treaty, as well in behalf of all their tribes as of themselves, do acknowledge the lands east, south, and west, of the lines described in the third article, so far as the said Indians formerly claimed the same, to belong to the United States; and none of their tribes shall presume to settle upon the same, or any part of it. ARt. 7. The post of Detroit, with a district beginning at the mouth of the river Rosine, on the west end of Lake Erie, and running west six miles up the southern bank of the said river, thence northerly and always six miles west of the strait, till it strikes the lake St. Clair, shall be also reserved to the sole use of the United States. ART. 8. In the same manner, the post of Michilimackinac, with its dependencies, and twelve miles square about the same, shall be reserved to the use of the United States. ART. 9. If any Indian or Indians shall commit a robbery or murder on any citizen of the United States, the tribe to which such offenders may belong, shall be bound to deliver them up at the nearest post, to be punished according to the ordinances of the United States. ARt. 10. The commissioners of the United States, in pursu- ance of the humane and liberal views of Congress, upon this treaty’s being signed, will direct goods to be distributed among the different tribes for their use and comfort. SEPARATE ARTICLE. It is agreed that the Delaware chiefs, Kelelamand, or Colonel Henry, Hengue Pushees, or the Big Cat, Wicocalind, or Cap- tain White Eyes, who took up the hatchet for the United States, and their families, shall be received into the Delaware nation, in the same situation and rank as before the war, and enjoy their due portions of the lands given to the Wyandot and Delaware nations in this treaty, as fully as if they had not taken part with America, or as any other person or persons in the said nations. Go. Clark, L. S. Richard Butler, L. S. Arthur Lee, L. S. Daunghguat, his x mark, L. S. Abraham Kuhn, his x mark, L. S. Ottawerreri, his x mark, L. S. Hobocan, his x mark, L. S. Walendightun, his x mark, L. S. Talapoxic, his x mark, L. S. Wingenum, his x mark, L. S. 8 CHEROKE ES. Packelant, his x mark, Gingewanno, his x mark, Waanoos, his x mark, Konalawassee, his x mark, Shawnaqum, his x mark, Quecookkia, his x mark, WITNESS - Samºl J, Atlee I. Bradford Fras. Johnston, ! Pa. Com’rs. George slaughter, Alex. Campbell, Van Swearingen, Jos. Harmar, Lt. Col. Com’t. John Boggs, Alex. Lowrey, G. Evans, Joseph Nicholas, Interpreter, D. Luckett. CHE RO KEE S. [concLUDED November 28, 1785.] Articles concluded at Hopewell, on the Keowee, between Benjamin Hawkins, Andrew Pickens, Joseph.Martin, and Lachlan McIntosh, commissioners plenipotentiary of the United States of America, ºf the one part, and the head men and warriors of all the Chero- kees, of the other. The commissioners plenipotentiary of the United States in Congress assembled, give peace to all the Cherokees, and receive them into the favor and protection of the United States of America, on the following conditions: - ART. 1. The head men and warriors of all the Cherokees, shall restore all the prisoners, citizens of the United States, or sub- jects of their allies, to their entire liberty: they shall also restore all the negroes, and all other property taken during the late war, from the citizens, to such person, and at such time and place, as the commissioners shall appoint. ART. 2. The commissioners of the United States in Congress assembled, shall restore all the prisoners taken from the Indians during the late war, to the head men and warriors of the Chero- kees, as early as is practicable. ART. 3. The said Indians, for themselves and their respective tribes and towns, do acknowledge all the Cherokees to be under the protection of the United States of America, and of no other sovereign whatsoever. ART. 4. The boundary allotted to the Cherokees for their hunting grounds, between the said Indians and the citizens of the United States, within the limits of the United States of America, is, and CII ERO KEES. Q shall be the following, viz.: Beginning at the mouth of Duck river, on the Tennessee; thence running northeast to the ridge dividing the waters running into Cumberland from those running into the Tennessee; thence eastwardly along the said ridge to a northeast line to be run, which shall strike the river Cumberland forty miles above Nashville; thence along the said line to the river; thence up the said river to the ford where the Kentucky road crosses the river; thence to Campbell's line near Cumberland Gap ; thence to the mouth of Claud's creek on Holston; thence to the Chimney- top mountain; thence to Camp creek, near the mouth of Big Limestone, on Nolichuckey; thence a southerly course six miles to a mountain; thence south to the North Carolina line; thence to the South Carolina Indian boundary, and along the same south- west over the top of the Oconee mountain till it shall strike Tugalo river; thence a direct line to the top of the Currahee mountain; thence to the head of the south fork of Oconee river. ART. 5. If any citizen of the United States, or other person, not being an Indian, shall attempt to settle on any of the lands westward or southward of the said boundary, which are hereby allotted to the Indians for their hunting grounds, or having already settled and will not remove from the same within six months after the ratification of this treaty, such person shall forfeit the protection of the United States, and the Indians may punish him or not as they please: provided, nevertheless, that this article shall not extend to the people settled between the fork of French Broad and Holston rivers, whose particular situation shall be transmitted to the United States in Congress assembled, for their decision thereon, which the Indians agree to abide by. ART. 6. If any Indian or Indians, or person residing among them, or who shall take refuge in their nation, shall commit a robbery or murder, or other capital crime, on any citizen of the United States, or person under their protection, the nation, or the tribe to which such offender or offenders may belong, shall be bound to deliver him or them up to be punished according to the ordinances of the United States: provided, that the punishment shall not be greater than if the robbery or murder, or other capital crime, had been committed by a citizen on a citizen. ARt. 7. If any citizen of the United States, or person under their protection, shall commit a robbery or murder, or other capi- tal crime, on any Indian, such offender or offenders shall be pun- ished in the same manner as if the murder or robbery, or other capital crime, had been committed on a citizen of the United States; and the punishment shall be in presence of some of the Cherokees, if any shall attend at the time and place, and that they may have an opportunity so to do, due notice of the time of such intended punishment shall be sent to some one of the tribes. ART. 8. It is understood that the punishment of the innocent, under the º of retaliation, is unjust, and shall not be practised 10 CHEROREES. on either side, except where there is a manifest violation of this treaty; and then it shall be preceded first by a demand of justice; and if refused, then by a declaration of hostilities. ART. 9. For the benefit and comfort of the Indians, and for the prevention of injuries or oppressions on the part of the citizens or Indians, the United States in Congress assembled shall have the sole and exclusive right of regulating the trade with the Indians, and managing all their affairs in such manner as they think proper. ART. 10. Until the pleasure of Congress be known respecting the ninth article, all traders, citizens of the United States, shall have liberty to go to any of the tribes or towns of the Cherokees to trade with them, and they shall be protected in their persons and property, and kindly treated. - ART. 11. The said Indians shall give notice to the citizens of the United States, of any designs which they may know or sus- pect to be formed in any neighboring tribe, or by any person whomsoever, against the peace, trade, or interest of the United States. ARt. 12. That the Indians may have full confidence in the jus- tice of the United States, respecting their interests, they shall have the right to send a deputy of their choice, whenever they think fit, to Congress. ART. 13. The hatchet shall be forever buried, and the peace given by the United States, and friendship re-established between the said States on the one part, and all the Cherokees on the other, shall be universal; and the contracting parties shall use their utmost endeavors to maintain the peace given as aforesaid, and friendship re-established. In witness of all and everything herein determined, between the United States of America and all the Cherokees, we, their underwritten Commissioners, by virtue of our full pow- ers, have signed this definitive treaty, and have caused our seals to be hereunto affixed. Done at Hopewell, on the Keowee, this twenty-eighth of No- vember, in the year of our Lord one thousand seven hun- dred and eighty-five. Benjamin Hawkins, Andºw Pickens, Jos. Martin, Lach'n McIntosh, - Koatohee, or Corn Tassel of Toquo, his x mark, Scholauetta, or Hanging Man of Chota, his x mark, Tuskegatahu, or Long Fellow of Chistohoe, his x mark Ooskwha, or Abraham of Chilkowa, his x mark, Kolakusta, or Prince of Noth, his x mark, 2 S. CHEROI, E. E. S. 1 1. Newota, or the Gritzs of Chicamaga, his x mark, Konatota, or the Rising Fawn of Highwassay, his x mark, Tuckasee, or Young Terrapin of Allajoy, his x mark, Toostaka, or the Waker of Oostanawa, his x mark, Untoola, or Gun Rod of Seteco, his x mark, Unsuokanail, Buffalo White Calf New Cussee, his x mark, Kostayeak, or Sharp Fellow Wataga, his x mark, Chonosta, of Cowe, his x mark, Chescoon who, Bird in Close of Tomotlug, his x mark, Tuckasee, or Terrapin of Hightowa, his x mark, Chesetoa, or the Rabbit of Tlacoa, his x mark, Chesecotetona, or Yellow Bird of the Pine Log, his x mark, Sketaloska, Second Man of Tillico, his x mark, Chokasatahe, Chickasaw Killer Tasonta, his x mark, Onanoota, of Koosoate, his x mark, Ookoseta, or Sower Mush of Kooloque, his x mark, Umatooetha, the Water Hunter Choikamawga, his x mark, Wyuka, of Lookout Mountain, his x mark, Tulco, or Tom of Chatuga, his x mark, Will, of Akoha, his x mark, Necatee, of Sawta, his x mark, Amokontakona, Kutcloa, his x mark, Kowetatahee, in Frog Town, his x mark, Keukuck, Talcoa, his x mark, Tulatiska, of Chaway, his x mark, - Woodluka, the Waylayer, Chota, his x mark, Tatliusta, or Porpoise of Tilassi, his x mark, John, of Little Tallico, his x mark, Skelelak, his x mark, Akonoluchta, the Cabin, his x mark, Cheanoka, of Kawetakac, his x mark, Yellow Bird, his x mark, L - L. - WITNEss: Wm. Blount, Thos. Gregg, Sam’l Taylor, Major, W. Hazzard, John Owen, - James Madison, Sworn Inter- Jess. Walton, Arthur Cooley, ! preters, Jno. Cowan, Capt. Commºd’t. 12 CHOCTA. W. S. CHO CT AWS. [concLUDED JANUARy 3, 1786. Articles of a treaty concluded at Hopewell, on the Keowee, near Seneca Old Town, between Benjamin Hawkins, Andrew Pick- ens, and Joseph Martin, commissioners plenipotentiary of the United States of ºmerica, of the one part, and Yockemahoma, great medal chief ºf Soonacoha, Yockehoopoie, leading chief of Bugtoogoloo, Mingohoopoie, leading chief of Hashoogua, Tobo- coh, great medal chief of Congetoo, Pooshemastuby, gorget captain of Senayazo; and thirteen small medal chiefs of the first class, twelve medal and gorget captains, commissioners plenipotentiary of all the Choctaw nation, of the other part. The commissioners plenipotentiary of the United States of America give peace to all the Choctaw nation, and receive them into the favor and protection of the United States of America, on the following conditions: - ART. 1. The commissioners plenipotentiary of all the Choctaw nation, shall restore all the prisoners, citizens of the United States, or subjects of their allies, to their entire liberty, if any there be in the Choctaw nation. They shall also restore all the negroes, and all other property taken during the late war, from the citizens, to such person, and at such time and place, as the commissioners of the United States of America shall appoint, if any there be in the Choctaw nation, - ART. 2. The commissioners plenipotentiary of all the Choctaw nation, do hereby acknowledge the tribes and towns of the said nation, and the lands with the boundary allotted to the said Indians to live and hunt on, as mentioned in the third article, to be under the protection of the United States of America, and of no other sovereign whosoever. ART, 3. The boundary of the lands hereby allotted to the Choctaw nation to live and hunt on, within the limits of the United States of America, is and shall be the following, viz: Beginning at a point on the thirty-first degree of north latitude, where the eastern boundary of the Natchez district shall touch the same; thence east along the said thirty-first degree of north latitude, being the southern boundary of the United States of America, until it shall strike the eastern boundary of the lands on which the Indians of the said nation did live and hunt on the twenty-ninth of November, one thousand seven hundred and eighty-two, while they were under the protection of the King of Great Britain ; thence northerly along the said eastern boundary, until it shall meet the northern boundary of the said lands; thence westerly along the said northern boundary, until it shall meet the C++ O.C.T.A. W. S. 13 western boundary thereof; thence southerly along the same, to the beginning; saving and reserving for the establishment of trading posts, three tracts or parcels of land, of six miles square each, at such places as the United States, in Congress assembled, shall think proper; which posts, and the lands annexed to them, shall be to the use and under the government of the United States of America. ART. 4. If any citizen of the United States, or other person, not being an Indian, shall attempt to settle on any of the lands hereby allotted to the Indians to live and hunt on, such person shall forfeit the protection of the United States of America, and the Indians may punish him or not as they please. ART. 5. If any Indian or Indians, or persons residing among them, or who shall take refuge in their nation, shall commit a robbery or murder, or other capital crime, on any citizen of the United States of America, or person under their protection, the tribe to which such offender may belong, or the nation, shall be bound to deliver him or them up to be punished according to the ordinances of the United States in Congress assembled: provided, that the punishment shall not be greater than if the robbery or murder, or other capital crime, had been committed by a citizen on a citizen. ART. 6. If any citizen of the United States of America, or person under their protection, shall commit a robbery or murder, or other capital crime, on any Indian, such offender or offenders shall be punished in the same manner as if the robbery or murder, or other capital crime, had been committed on a citizen of the United States of America; and the punishment shall be in presence of some of the Choctaws, if any will attend at the time and place; and that they may have an opportunity so to do, due notice, if practicable, of the time of such intended punishment, shall be sent to some one of the tribes. - ART. 7. It is understood that the punishment of the innocent, under the idea of retaliation, is unjust, and shall not be practised on either side, except where there is a manifest violation of this treaty; and then it shall be preceded, first by a demand of justice; and iſ refused, then by a declaration of hostilities. ART. 8. For the benefit and comfort of the Indians, and for the prevention of injuries or oppressions on the part of the citizens or Indians, the United States in Congress assembled shall have the sole and exclusive right of regulating the trade with the Indians, and managing all their affairs in such manner as they think proper. ART. 9. Until the pleasure of Congress be known, respecting the 8th article, all traders, citizens of the United States of Ameri- ca, shall have liberty to go to any of the tribes or towns of the Choctaws, to trade with them, and they shall be protected in their persons and property, and kindly treated. 14 CHOCTA. W. S. ART. 10. The said Indians shall give notice to the citizens of the United States of America, of any designs which they may know or suspect to be formed in any neighboring tribe, or by any person whosoever, against the peace, trade, or interest, of the United States of America. ART. 11. The hatchet shall be forever buried, and the peace given by the United States of America, and friendship re-estab- lished between the said States on the one part, and all the Choctaw nation on the other part, shall be universal; and the contracting parties shall use their utmost endeavors to mantain the peace given as aforesaid, and friendship re-established. In witness of all and everything herein determined, between the United States of America and all the Choctaws, we, their underwritten commissioners, by virtue of our full powers, have signed this definitive treaty, and have caused our seals to be hereunto affixed. - Done at Hopewell, on the Keowee, this third day of January, in the year of our Lord one thousand seven hundred and eighty-six. Benjamin Hawkins, L. S. Andrew Pickens, L. S. Jos. Martin, L. S. Yockenahoma, his x mark, L. S. Yockehoopoie, his x mark, L. Mingohoopoie, his x mark, L. Tobocoh, his x mark, L. Pooshemastuby, his x mark, Pooshahooma, his x mark, Tuscoonoohoopoie, his x mark, Shinshemastuby, his x mark, Yoopahooma, his x mark, Stoonokoohoopoie, his x mark, Tehakuhbay, his x mark, Pooshemastuby, his x mark, Tuskkahoomoih, his x mark, Tushkahoomock, his x mark, Yoostenochla, his x mark, Tootehooma, his x mark, Toobenohoomoch, his x mark, Cshecoopoohoomoch, his x mark, Stonakoohoopoie, his x mark, Tushkoheegohta, his x mark, Teshuhenochloch, his x mark, Pooshonaltla, his x mark, Okanconnooba, his x mark, Autoonachuba, his x mark, Pangehooloch, his x mark, L -L. - CHICKA SAW. S. 15 Steabee, his x mark, Tenetchenna, his x mark, L Tushkementahock, his x mark, Tushtallay, his x mark, Cshnaangchabba, his x mark, Cunnopoie, his x mark, L. i WITNEss: Wm. Blount. Benj. Lawrence, John Woods, John Pºhlynn, Interpreter, Saml. Taylor, James Cole, ! - preters. Robert Anderson, CHIC KAS AWS. [concLUDED JANUARY 10, 1786. I Articles of a treaty concluded at Hopewell, on the Keowee, near Seneca Old Town, between Benjamin Hawkins, Andrew Pickens, and Joseph Martin, commissioners plenipotentiary of the United States of America, ºf the one part ; and Piomingo, head warrior and first minister of the Chickasaw nation; Mingatushka, one of the leading chiefs ; and Latopoia, first beloved man of the said nation, commissioners plenipotentiary of all the Chickasaws, of the other part. The commissioners plenipotentiary of the United States of America, give peace to the Chickasaw nation, and receive them into the favor and protection of the said States, on the following conditions: ART. 1. The commissioners plenipotentiary of the Chickasaw nation, shall restore all the prisoners, citizens of the United States, to their entire liberty, if any there be in the Chickasaw nation. They shall also restore all the negroes, and all other property taken during the late war, from the citizens, if any there be in the Chickasaw nation, to such person, and at such time and place, as the commissioners of the United States of America shall appoint. ART. 2. The commissioners plenipotentiary of the Chickasaws do hereby acknowledge the tribes and the towns of the Chickasaw nation to be under the protection of the United States of America, and of no other sovereign whosoever. ARt. 3. The boundary of the lands hereby allotted to the Chick- asaw nation to live and hunt on, within the limits of the United States of America, is, and shall be the following, viz.: Beginning on the ridge that divides the waters running into the Cumber- land, from those running into the Tennessee, at a point in a line to be run northeast, which shall strike the Tennessee, at the mouth of Duck river; thence running westerly along the 16 CHIC KASA W. S. said ridge, till it shall strike the Ohio; thence down the southern banks thereof to the Mississippi; thence down the same, to the Choctaw line of Natchez district; thence along the said line, or the line of the district, eastwardly, as far as the Chick- asaws claimed, and lived and hunted on, the twenty-ninth of November, one thousand seven hundred and eighty-two. Thence the said boundary, eastwardly, shall be the lands allotted to the Choctaws and Cherokees to live and hunt on, and the lands at present in the possession of the Creeks; saving and reserving for the establishment of a trading post, a tract or parcel of land to be laid out at the lower post of the Muscle Shoals, at the mouth of Ocochappo, in a circle, the diameter of which shall be five miles on the said river, which post, and the lands annexed thereto, shall be to the use and under the government of the United States of America. - ART. 4. If any citizen of the United States, or other person, not being an Indian, shall attempt to settle on any of the lands hereby allotted to the Chickasaws to live and hunt on, such person shall forfeit the protection of the United States of America; and the Chickasaws may punish him or not, as they please. ART. 5. If any Indian or Indians, or persons residing among them, or who shall take refuge in their nation, shall commit a rob- bery or murder, or other capital crime, on any citizen of the United States, or person under their protection, the tribe to which such offender or offenders may belong, or the nation, shall be bound to deliver him or them up to be punished according to the ordinances of the United States in Congress assembled: provided, that the punishment shall not be greater than if the robbery or murder, or other capital crime, had been committed by a citizen on a citizen. ART. 6. If any citizen of the United States of America, or per- son under their protection, shall commit a robbery or murder, or other capital crime, on any Indian, such offender or offenders shall be punished in the same manner as if the robbery or murder, or other capital crime, had been committed on a citizen of the United States of America; and the punishment shall be in presence of some of the Chickasaws if any will attend at the time and place, and that they may have an opportunity so to do, due notice, if practicable, of such intended punishment, shall be sent to some one of the tribes. - ART. 7. It is understood that the punishment of the innocent, under the idea of retaliation, is unjust, and shall not be practised on either side, except where there is a manifest violation of this treaty; and then it shall be preceded, first by a demand of justice, and if refused, then by a declaration of hostilities. ART. 8. For the benefit and comfort of the Indians, and for the prevention of injuries or oppressions on the part of the citi- zens or Indians, the United States in Congress assembled shall have the sole and exclusive right of regulating the trade with the CHIC KAS.A. W. S. 17 Indians, and managing all their affairs in such manner as they think proper. ART. 9. Until the pleasure of Congress be known, respecting the eighth article, all traders, citizens of the United States, shall have liberty to go to any of the tribes or towns of the Chickasaws to trade with them, and they shall be protected in their persons and property, and kindly treated. ART. 10. The said Indians shall give notice to the citizens of the United States of America, of any designs which they may know or suspect to be formed in any neighboring tribe, or by any person whosoever, against the peace, trade, or interest, of the United States of America. ART. 11. The hatchet shall be forever buried, and the peace given by the United States of America, and friendship re-estab- lished between the said States on the one part, and the Chickasaw nation on the other part, shall be universal; and the contracting parties shall use their utmost endeavors to mantain the peace given as aforesaid, and friendship re-established. In witness of all and every thing herein contained, between the said States and Chickasaws, we, their underwritten com- missioners, by virtue of our full powers, have signed this definitive treaty, and have caused our seals to be hereunto affixed. Done at Hopewell, on the Keowee, this tenth day of January, in the year of our Lord one thousand seven hundred and eighty-six. - Benjamin Hawkins, Andºw. Pickens, Jos. Martin, Piomingo, his x mark, Mingatushka, his x mark, i S. Latopoia, his x mark, S. WITNEss: Wm. Blount, Sam. Taylor, Wm. Hazard, James Cole, Sworn Interpreter. 18 SHAWANEES. SHAW ANEES. [concLUDED JANUARy 31, 1786.] Articles of a treaty concluded at the mouth of the Great Miami, on the northwestern bank of the Ohio, the thirty-first day of January, one thousand seven hundred and eighty-sia, between the commissioners plenipotentiary of the United States of America, of the one part, and the chiefs and warriors of the Shawanee nation, of the other part. ART. 1. Three hostages shall be immediately delivered to the commissioners, to remain in the possession of the United States until all the prisoners, white and black, taken in the late war, from among the citizens of the United States, by the Shawanee nation, or by any other Indian or Indians residing in their towns, shall be restored. ART. 2. The Shawanee nation do acknowledge the United States to be the sole and absolute sovereigns of all the territory ceded to them by a treaty of peace, made between them and the King of Great Britain, the fourteenth day of January, one thou- sand seven hundred and eighty-four. ART. 3. If any Indian or Indians of the Shawanee nation, or any other Indian or Indians residing in their towns, shall commit murder or robbery on, or do any injury to, the citizens of the United States, or any of them, that nation shall deliver such offender or offenders to the officer commanding the nearest post of the United States, to be punished according to the ordinances of Congress; and in like manner, any citizen of the United States, who shall do an injury to any Indian of the Shawanee nation, or to any other Indian or Indians residing in their towns, and under their protection, shall be punished according to the laws of the United States. ART. 4. The Shawanee nation having knowledge of the intention of any nation or body of Indians, to make war on the citizens of the United States, or of their counselling together for that purpose, and neglecting to give information thereof, to the commanding officer of the nearest post of the United States, shall be considered as parties in such war, and be punished accordingly: and the United States shall, in like manner, inform the Shawanees of any injury designed against them. ART. 5. The United States do grant peace to the Shawanee nation, and do receive them into their friendship and protection. ART. 6. The United States do allot to the Shawanee nation, lands within their territory to live and hunt upon, beginning at the south line of the lands allotted to the Wyandots and Delaware nations, at the place where the main branch of the Great Miami, SHAW ANEES. - 19 which falls into the Ohio, intersects said line; then down the river Miami, to the fork of that river, next below the old fort which was taken by the French in one thousand seven hundred and fifty-two; thence due west to the river de la Panse; then down that river to the river Wabash; beyond which lines none of the citizens of the United States shall settle, nor disturb the Shawanees in their settlement and possessions. And the Shaw- anees do relinquish to the United States, all title, or pretence of title, they ever had to the lands east, west, and south, of the east, west, and south lines before described. ART. 7. If any citizen or citizens of the United States, shall presume to settle upon the lands allotted to the Shawanees by this treaty, he or they shall be put out of the protection of the United States. - In testimony whereof, the parties hereunto have affixed their hands and seals, the day and year first above mentioned. G. Clark, - L. Richard Butler, Samuel H. Parsons, A weecony, his x mark, Kakawipilathy, his x mark, Malunthy, his x mark, - Musquaconocah, his x mark, Meanymsecah, his x mark, Waupaucowela, his x mark, Nihipeewa, his x mark, Nihinessicoe, his x mark, I, - Attest: Alexander Campbell, Sec'ry Commissioners, WITNEsses: W. Finney, Maj. B. B. Thos. Doyle, Capt. B. B. Nathan McDowell, Ensign, John Saſſenger, Henry Govy, Kagy Galloway, his x mark, John Boggs, Samuel Montgomery, Daniel Elliott, James Rinker, Nathaniel Smith, Joseph Suffrein, his x mark, or Kemepemo Shawno, Isaac Zane, (Wyandot) his x mark, The Half King of the Wyandots, their " k The Crane of the Wyandots, ! * ... marks, Capt. Pipe, of the Delawares, his x mark, Capt. Bohongehelas, his x mark, 20 SIX NATIONS OF NEW YORK- Tetebockshicka, his x mark, - The Big Cat of the Delawares, his x mark, Pierre Droullar. SIX NATIONS OF NEW YORK. I concLUDED JANUARY 9, 1789. I Articles of a treaty made at Fort Harmar, the ninth day of Jan- wary in the year of our Lord one thousand seven hundred and eighty-nine, between Muthur St. Clair, esquire, governor of the Territory of the United States of America, north-west of the river Ohio, and commissioner plenipotentiary of the said United States, for removing all causes of controversy, regulating trade, and settling boundaries, between the Indian nations in the north- ern department and the said United States, of the one part, and the sachens and warriors of the Sir Nations, of the other part, 1912 - ART. 1. Whereas the United States, in Congress assembled, did, by their commissioners, Oliver Wolcott, Richard Butler, and Arthur Lee, esquires, duly appointed for that purpose, at a treaty held with the said Six Nations, viz: with the Mohawks, Oneidas, Onondagas, Tuscaroras, Cayugas, and Senekas, at Fort Stanwix, on the twenty-second day of October, one thousand seven hundred and eighty-four, give peace to the said nations, and receive them into their friendship and protection: And whereas the said nations have now agreed to and with the said Arthur St. Clair, to renew and confirm all the engagements and stipulations entered into at the beforementioned treaty at Fort Stanwix: And whereas it was then and there agreed, between the United States of America and the said Six Nations, that a boundary line should be fixed between the lands of the said Six Nations and the territory of the said United States, which boundary line is as follows, viz.: Beginning at the mouth of a creek, about four miles east of Niagara, called Ononwayea, or Johnston’s Landing Place, upon the lake named by the Indians Oswego, and by us Ontario; from thence southerly, in a direction always four miles east of the carrying place, between lake Erie and lake Ontario, to the mouth of Tehoseroron, or Buffalo creek, upon lake Erie; thence south, to the northern boundary of the State of Pennsylvania; thence west, to the end of the said north boundary; thence south, along the west boun- dary of the said State to the river Ohio. The said line, from the mouth of Ononwayea to the Ohio, shall be the western boundary of the lands of the Six Nations, so that the Six Nations shall and do yield to the United States, all claim to the country west six NATIONS OF NEW YORK. 21 of the said boundary; and then they shall be secured in the pos- session of the lands they inhabit east, north, and south of the same, reserving only six miles square, round the fort of Oswego, for the support of the same. The said Six Nations, except the Mohawks, none of whom have attended at this time, for and in consideration of the peace then granted to them, the presents they then received, as well as in consideration of a quantity of goods, to the value of three thousand dollars, now delivered to them by the said Arthur St. Clair, the receipt whereof they do hereby acknowledge, do hereby renew and confirm the said boundary line in the words beforementioned, to the end that it may be and remain as a division line between the lands of the said Six Nations and the territory of the United States, for ever, And the under- signed Indians, as well in their own names as in the name of their respective tribes and nations, their heirs and decendants, for the considerations beforementioned, do release, quit claim, relin- quish, and cede, to the United States of America, all the lands west of the said boundary or division line, and between the said line and the strait, from the mouth of Ononwayea and Buffalo creek, for them, the said United States of America, to have and to hold the same, in true and absolute propriety, forever, ART. 2. The United States of America confirm to the Six Nations, all the lands which they inhabit, lying east and north of the beforementioned boundary line, and relinquish and quit claim to the same and every part thereof, excepting only six miles square round the Fort of Oswego, which six miles square round said Fort is again reserved to the United States by these presents. ART. 3. The Oneida and Tuscarora nations, are also again secured and confirmed in the possession of their respective lands. ART. 4. The United States of America renew and confirm the peace and friendship entered into with the Six Nations, (except the Mohawks,) at the treaty beforementioned, held at Fort Stan- wix, declaring the same to be perpetual. And if the Mohawks shall, within six months, declare their assent to the same, they shall be considered as included. Done at Fort Harmar, on the Muskingum, the day and year first above written. In witness whereof, the parties have hereunto, interchangeably, set their hands and seals. Ar. St. Clair, Cageaga, or Dogs Round the Fire, Sawedowa, or The Blast, Kiondushowa, or Swimming Fish, Oncahye, or Dancing Feather, Sohaeas, or Falling Mountain, Otachsaka, or Broken Tomahawk, his x mark, Tekahias, or Long Tree, his x mark, 22 SIx NATIONS OF NEW YORK. Onecnsetee, or Loaded Man, his x mark, Kiahtulaho, or Snake, Aqueia, or Bandy Legs, Kiandogewa, or Big Tree, his x mark, Owenewa, or Thrown in the Water, his x mark, Gyantwala, or Cornplanter, his x mark, Gyasota, or Big Cross, his x mark, Kannassee, or New Arrow, Achiout, or Half Town, Anachout, or The Wasp, his x mark, Chishekoa, or Wood Bug, his x mark, Sessewa, or Big Bale of a Kettle, Sciabowa, or Council Keeper, Tewanias, or Broken Twig, Sonachshowa, or Full Moon, Cachunwasse, or Twenty Canoes, Hickonquash, or Tearing Asunder, In presence of Jos. Harmar, Lieut Col. Comºdºg. 1st United States Reg’t, and Brig. Gen. by Brevet, Richard Butler, Jno. Gibson, Will. MºCurdy, Captain, Ed. Denny, Ensign 1st United States Regiment, A. Hartshorn, Ensign, Robt. Thompson, Ensign 1st United States Regiment, Fran. Leile, Ensign, Joseph Nicholas. SEPARATE ARTICLE. Should a robbery or murder be committed by an Indian or Indians of the Six Nations, upon the citizens or subjects of the United States, or by the citizens or subjects of the United States, or any of them, upon any of the Indians of the said nations, the parties accused of the same shall be tried, and if found guilty, be punished according to the laws of the State, or of the Territory of the United States, as the case may be, where the same was com- mitted. And should any horses be stolen, either by the Indians of the said nations, from the citizens or subjects of the United States, or any of them, or by any of the said citizens or subjects from any of the said Indians, they may be reclaimed, into whose possession soever they may have come; and, upon due proof, shall be restored, any sale in open market notwithstanding; and the persons convicted shall be punished with the utmost severity the laws will admit. And the said nations engage to deliver the ... that may be accused, of their nations, of either of the eforementioned crimes, at the nearest post of the United States, WYANDOTS, DELAWARES, OTTAWAS, ETC. 23 if the crime was committed within the Territory of the United States; or to the civil authority of the State, if it shall have hap- pened within any of the United States. - A.R. S.T. CLAIR. wyANDots, DELAwards, ottawas, CHIPPEwAs, PATTAWATIMAS, AND SACS. [concLUDED JANUARY 9, 1789.] Articles of a treaty made at Fort Harmar, between Arthur St. Clair, governor of the territory of the United States northwest of the river Ohio, and commissioner plenipotentiary of the United States of ºlmerica, for removing all causes of contro- versy, regulating trade, and settling boundaries, with the Indian nations in the northern department, of the one part; and the sachems and warriors of the Wyandot, Delaware, Ottawa, Chippewa, Pattawatima, and Sac nations, on the other part. ART. 1. Whereas the United States in Congress assembled, did, by their commissioners, George Rogers Clark, Richard Butler, and Arthur Lee, esquires, duly appointed for that purpose, at a treaty holden with the Wyandot, Delaware, Ottawa, and Chippewa nations, at Fort McIntosh, on the twenty-first day of January, in the year of our Lord one thousand seven hundred and eighty-five, conclude a peace with the Wyandots, Delawares, Ottawas, and Chippewas, and take them into their friendship and protection: And whereas, at the said treaty, it was stipulated that all prisoners that had been made by those nations, or either of them, should be delivered up to the United States: And whereas the said nations have now agreed to and with the afore- said Arthur St. Clair, to renew and confirm all the engagements they had made with the United States of America, at the before- mentioned treaty, except so far as are altered by these presents: And there are now in the possession of some individuals of these nations, certain prisoners, who have been taken by others not in peace with the said United States, or in violation of the treaties subsisting between the United States and them; the said nations agree to deliver up all the prisoners now in their hands (by what means soever they may have come into their possession) to the said governor St. Clair, at Fort Harmar; or, in his absence to the officer commanding there, as soon as conveniently may be: and for the true performance of this agreement, they do now agree to deliver into his hands, two persons of the Wyandot nation, to be retained in the hands of the United States as hostages, until 24 WYANDOTs, DELAWAREs, OTTAWAs, the said prisoners are restored; after which they shall be sent back to their nation. - ART, 2, And whereas, at the before mentioned treaty, it was agreed between the United States and said nations, that a bounda- ry line should be fixed between the lands of those nations and the territory of the United States, which boundary is as follows, viz: beginning at the mouth of Cayahoga river, and running thence up the said river to the portage between that and the Tuscarawa branch of Muskingum, then down the said branch to the forks at the crossing place above Fort Lawrence, thence westerly to the portage on that branch of the Big Miami river which runs into the Ohio, at the mouth of which branch the fort stood which was taken by the French in the year of our Lord one thousand seven hundred and fifty-two, then along the said portage to the Great Miami or Omie river, and down the southeast side of the same to its mouth; thence along the southern shore of lake Erie to the mouth of Cayahoga, where it began. And the said Wyandot, Delaware, Ottawa, and Chippewa nations, for and in consideration of the peace then granted to them by the said United States, and the presents they then received, as well as of a quantity of goods to the value of six thousand dollars, now delivered to them by the said Arthur St. Clair, the receipt whereof they do hereby acknow- ledge, do, by these presents, renew and confirm the .boundary line; to the end that the same may remain as a division line between the lands of the United States of America and the lands of said nations, forever, And the undersigned Indians, do hereby, in their own names, and the names of their respective nations and tribes, their heirs and descendants, for the consideration above mentioned, release, quit claim, relinquish, and cede to the said United States, all the land east, south, and west, of the lines above described, so far as the said Indians formerly claimed the same; for them the said United States to have and to hold the same, in true and absolute propriety, forever. ART. 3. The United States of America do, by these presents, relinquish and quit claim to the said nations respectively, all the lands lying between the limits above described, for them, the said Indians, to live and hunt upon, and otherwise to occupy as they shall see fit: but the said nations, or either of them, shall not be at liberty to sell or dispose of the same, or any part thereof, to any sovereign power, except the United States; nor to the subjects or citizens of any other sovereign power, nor to the subjects or citizens of the United States. ART. 4. It is agreed between the said United States and the said nations, that the individuals of said nations shall be at liberty to hunt within the territory ceded to the United States, without hindrance or molestation, so long as they demean themselves peaceably, and offer noinjury or annoyance to any of the subjects or citizens of the said United States. CHIPPEWAS, PATTAWATIMAS, AND SACs. 25 ART. 5. It is agreed, that if any Indian or Indians, of the nations before mentioned, shall commit a murder or robbery on any of the citizens of the United States, the nation or tribe to which the offender belongs, on complaint being made, shall deliver up the person or persons complained of, at the nearest post of the United States; to the end that he or they may be tried, and, if found guilty, punished according to the laws established in the territory of the United States northwest of the river Ohio, for the punishment of such offences, if the same shall have been commit- ted within the said territory; or according to the laws of the State where the offence may have been committed, if the same has happened in any of the United States. In like manner, if any subject or citizen of the United States shall commit murder or robbery, on any Indian or Indians of the said nations, upon com- plaint being made thereof, he or they shall be arrested, tried, and punished agreeable to the laws of the State, or of the territory wherein the offence was committed; that nothing may interrupt the peace and harmony now established between the United States and said nations. ART. 6. And whereas the practice of stealing horses has pre- vailed very much, to the great disquiet of the citizens of the United States, and if persisted in, cannot fail to involve both the United States of America and the Indians in endless animosity, it is agreed that it shall be put an entire stop to on both sides; nevertheless, should some individuals, in defiance of this agree- ment, and of the laws provided against such offences, continue to make depredations of that nature, the person convicted thereof shall be punished with the utmost severity the laws of the respective States, or territory of the United States northwest of the Ohio, where the offence may have been committed, will admit of; and all horses so stolen, either by the Indians from the citi- zens or subjects of the United States, or by the citizens or subjects of the United States from any of the Indian nations, may be reclaimed, into whose possession soever they may have passed, and, upon due proof, shall be restored; any sales in market ouvert notwithstanding. And the civil magistrates in the United States respectively, and in the territory of the United States northwest of the Ohio, shall give all necessary aid and protection to Indians claiming such stolen horses. ARt. 7. Trade shall be opened with the said nations, and they do hereby respectively engage to afford protection to the persons and property of such as may be duly licensed to reside among them for the purposes of trade, and to their agents, factors, and servants; but no person shall be permitted to reside at their towns or at their hunting camps, as a trader, who is not furnished with a license for that purpose, under the hand and seal of the governor of the territory of the United States northwest of the Ohio, for the time being, or under the hand and seal of one of his deputies 26 WYANDOTS, DE LAWARES, OTTAWAS, for the management of Indian Affairs; to the end that they may not be imposed upon in their traffic. And if any person or persons shall intrude themselves without such license, they promise to apprehend him or them, and to bring them to the said governor, or one of his deputies, for the purpose before mentioned, to be dealt with according to law: and that they may be defended against persons who might attempt to forge such licenses, they further engage to give information to the said governor, or one of his deputies, of the names of all traders residing among them, from time to time, and at least once in every year. ART. 8. Should any nation of Indians meditate a war against the United States, or either of them, and the same shall come to the knowledge of the before mentioned nations, or either of them, they do hereby engage to give immediate notice thereof to the overnor, or, in his absence, to the officer commanding the troops of the United States at the nearest post. And should any nation, with hostile intentions against the United States, or either of them, attempt to pass through their country, they will endeavor to pre- vent the same, and in like manner give information of such attempt to the said governor or commanding officer, as soon as possible, that all causes of mistrust and suspicion may be avoided between them and the United States: in like manner, the United States shall give notice to the said Indian nations, of any harm that may be meditated against them, or either of them, that shall come to their knowledge; and do all in their power to hinder and prevent the same, that the friendship between them may be uninterrupted. - ART. 9. If any person or persons, citizens or subjects of the United States, or any other person not being an Indian, shall presume to settle upon the lands confirmed to the said nations, he and they shall be out of the protection of the United States; and the said nations may punish him or them in such manner as they see fit. ARt. 10. The United States renew the reservations heretofore made in the before mentioned treaty at Fort McIntosh, for the establishment of trading posts, in manner and form following; that is to say: six miles square at the mouth of the Miami or Omie rivers; six miles square at the portage upon that branch of the Miami which runs into the Ohio; six miles square upon the lake Sandusky, where the fort formerly stood; and two miles square upon each side the lower rapids, on Sandusky river: which posts, and the lands annexed to them, shall be for the use and under the government of the United States. ART. 11. The post at Detroit, with a district of land beginning at the mouth of the river Rosine, at the west end of lake Erie, and running up the southern bank of said river six miles; thence northerly, and always six miles west of the strait, until it strikes the lake St. Clair, shall be reserved for the use of the United States. CHIPPEWAS, PATTAWATIMAS, AND SACs. 27 ART. 12. In like manner, the post at Michilimackinac, with its dependencies, and twelve miles square about the same, shall be reserved to the sole use of the United States. ART. 13. The United States of America do hereby renew and confirm the peace and friendship entered into with the said nations at the treaty before mentioned, held at Fort McIntosh; and the said nations again acknowledge themselves, and all their tribes, to be under the protection of the said United States, and no other power whatever. - ARt. 14. The United States of America do also receive into their friendship and protection, the nations of the Pattawatimas and Sacs; and do hereby establish a league of peace and amity between them respectively; and all the articles of this treaty, so far as they apply to these nations, are to be considered as made and concluded in all, and every part, expressly with them and each of them. ART. 15. And whereas, in describing the boundary before mentioned, the words, if strictly constructed, would carry it from the portage on that branch of the Miami which runs into the Ohio, over to the river Auglaize; which was neither the intention of the Indians, nor of the commissioners; it is hereby declared, that the line shall run from the said portage directly to the first fork of the Miami river, which is to the southward and eastward of the Miami village, thence down the main branch of the Miami river to the said village, and thence down that river to lake Erie, and along the margin of the lake to the place of beginning. Dome at Fort Harmar, on the Muskingum, this ninth day of January, in the year of our Lord one thousand seven hundred and eighty-nine. In witness whereof, the parties have hereunto interchangeably set their hands and seals. Arthur St. Clair, L. S. Peoutewatamie, his x mark, L. S. Konatikina, his x mark, L. S. SACS. Tepakee, his x mark, L. s. Kesheyiva, his x mark, L. S. CIHIPPEWAS. Mesass, his x mark, - L. S. Paushquash, his x mark, L. S. Pawasicko, his x mark, L. S. OTTAW.A.S. Wewiskia, his x mark, L. S. Neagey, his x mark, L. S. 28 WYANDOTS, DELAWARES, OTTAWAS, ETC. PATTAWATIMAS. Windigo, his x mark, L. S. Wapaskea, his x mark, I. S. Nequea, his x mark, L. S DELAWARES- Captain Pipe, his x mark, L. S. Wingenond, his x mark, L. S. Pekelan, his x mark, L. S. Teataway, his x mark, L. S. CHIPPEW.A.S. Nanamakeak, his x mark, L. S. Wetenasa, his x mark, L. S. Soskene, his x mark, L. S. Pewanakum, his x mark, L. S. WYAND OTS. Teyandatontec, his x mark, L. S. Cheyawe, his x mark, L. S. Doueyenteat, his x mark, L. S. Tarhe, his x mark, L. S. Terhataw, his x mark, L. S. Datasay, his x mark, L. S. Maudoronk, his x mark, L. S. Skahomat, his x mark, L. S. In presence of Jos. Harmar, Lt. Col. Comt. 1st U. S. Regt. and Brig. Geml. by Brevet, Richard Butler, Jno. Gibson, Will. McCurdey, Capt. E. Denny, Ensign 1st U. S. Regt. A. Hartshorn, Ensign, Robt. Thompson, Ensign, 1st U. S. Regt. Frans. Muse, Ensign, J. Williams, Jun. Wm. Wilson, Joseph Nicholas, James Rinkin. Beit remembered, that the Wyandots have laid claim to the lands that were granted to the Shawanees at the treaty held at the Miami: and have declared, that as the Shawnees have been so restless, and caused so much trouble, both to them and to the United States, if they will not now be at peace, they will dis- possess them, and take the country into their own hands; for that the country is theirs of right, and the Shawanees are only living CREEKS. 29 upon it by their permission. They further lay claim to all the country west of the Miami boundary, from the village to the lake Erie, and declare that it is now under their management and direction. SEPARATE ARTICLE. Whereas the Wyandots have represented, that within the re- servation from the river Rosine, along the strait, they have two villages from which they cannot, with any convenience, remove; it is agreed, that they shall remain in possession of the same, and shall not be in any manner disturbed therein. CREEKS. [concLUDED August 7, 1790. 1 ºff treaty of peace and friendship, made and concluded between the President of the United States of America, on the part and behalf of the said States, and the undersigned kings, chiefs, and warriors of the Creek nation of Indians, on the part and behalf of the said nation. The parties being desirous of establishing permanent peace and friendship between the United States and the said Creek nation, and the citizens and members thereof, and to remove the causes of war by ascertaining their limits, and making other necessary, just, and friendly arrangements: the President of the United States, by Henry Knox, Secretary for the department of War, whom he hath constituted with full powers for these purposes, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate of the United States, and the Creek nation, by the undersigned kings, chiefs, and warriors, representing the said nation, have agreed to the following articles: ART. 1. There shall be perpetual peace and friendship between all the citizens of the United States of America, and all the indi- viduals, towns, and tribes, of the Upper, Middle, and Lower Creeks and Seminoles, composing the Creek nation of Indians. ART. 2. The undersigned kings, chiefs, and warriors, for them- selves and all parts of the Creek nation within the limits of the United States, do acknowledge themselves, and the said parts of the Creek nation, to be under the protection of the United States of America, and of no other sovereign whosoever; and they also stipulate that the said Creek nation will not hold any treaty with an individual State, or with individuals of any State. ART. 3. The Creek nation shall deliver, as soon as practicable, to the commanding officer of the troops of the United States, stationed at the Rock Landing on the Oconeeriver, all citizens of the United States, white inhabitants, or negroes, who are now prisoners in any part of the said nation, And if any such pri- soners or negroes, should not be so delivered, on or before the 30 CREEKS. first day of June ensuing, the governor of Georgia may empower three persons to repair to the said nation, in order to claim and receive such prisoners and negroes. ART. 4. The boundary between the citizens of the United States and the Creek nation, is, and shall be, from where the old line strikes the river Savannah; thence up the said river to a place on the most northern branch of the same, commonly called the Keowee, where a northeast line to be drawn from the top of the Occumna mountain shall intersect; thence along the said line in a southwest direction to Tugelo river; thence to the top of the Currahee mountain; thence to the head or source of the main south branch of the Oconee river, called the Appalachee; thence down the middle of the said main south branch and river Oconee to its confluence with the Oakmulgee, which form the river Alta- maha; and thence down the middle of the said Altamaha, to the old line on the said river; and thence along the said old line to the river St. Mary’s. And in order to preclude forever all disputes relatively to the head or source of the main south branch of the river Oconee, at the place where it shall be intersected by the line aforesaid, from the Currahee mountain, the same shall be ascertained by an able surveyor on the part of the United States, who shall be assisted by three old citizens of Georgia, who may be appointed by the governor of the said State, and three old Creek chiefs, to be appointed by the said nation; and the said surveyor, citizens, and chiefs, shall assemble for this purpose, on the first day of October, one thousand seven hundred and ninety-one, at the Rock Landing on the said river Oconee, and thence proceed to ascertain the said head or source of the main south branch of the said river, at the place where it shall be intersected by the line aforesaid, to be drawn from the Currahee mountain. And in order that the said boundary shall be rendered distinct and well known, it shall be marked by a line of felled trees at least twenty feet wide, and the trees chopped on each side from the said Currahee mountain, to the head or source of the said main south branch of the Oconee river, and thence down the margin of the said main south branch and river Oconee, for the distance of twenty miles, or as much farther as may be necessary to mark distinctly the said boundary. And in order to extinguish forever all claims of the Creek nation, or any part thereof, to any of the land lying to the northward and eastward of the boundary herein described, it is hereby agreed, in addition to the considerations heretofore made for the said land, that the United States will cause certain valuable Indian goods, now in the State of Georgia, to be delivered to the said Creek nation; and the said United States will also cause the sum of one thousand and five hundred dollars to be paid annually to the said Creek nation. And the undersigned kings, chiefs, and warriors, do hereby, for themselves and the whole Creek nation, their heirs, CREEKS. 31 and descendants, for the considerations above mentioned, release, quit claim, relinquish, and cede, all the land to the northward and eastward of the boundary herein described. ART. 5. The United States solemnly guaranty to the Creek nation, all their lands within the limits of the United States, to the westward and southward of the boundary described by the preceding article. ART. 6. If any citizen of the United States, or other person, not being an Indian, shall attempt to settle on any of the Creeks' lands, such person shall forfeit the protection of the United States; and the Creeks may punish him or not, as they please. ARt. 7. No citizen or inhabitant of the United States shall at- tempt to hunt or destroy the game on the Creek lands: nor shall any such citizen or inhabitant go into the Creek country, without a passport first obtained from the governor of some one of the United States, or the officer of the troops of the United States, commanding at the nearest military post on the frontiers, or such other person as the President of the United States may, from time to time, authorize to grant the same. ART. 8. If any Creek Indian or Indians, or person residing among them, or who shall take refuge in their nation, shall com- mit a robbery or murder, or other capital crime on any of the citizens or inhabitants of the United States, the Creek nation, or town, or tribe to which such offender or offenders may belong, shall be bound to deliver him or them up, to be punished according to the laws of the United States. ART. 9. If any citizen or inhabitant of the United States, or of either of the territorial districts of the United States, shall go into any town, settlement, or territory, belonging to the Creek nation of Indians, and shall there commit any crime upon, or trespass against the person or property of any peaceable and friendly Indian or Indians, which, if committed within the jurisdiction of any State, or within the jurisdiction of either of the said districts, against a citizen or white inhabitant thereof, would be punishable by the laws of such State or district, such offender or offenders shall be subject to the same punishment, and shall be proceeded against in the same manner as if the offence had been committed within the jurisdiction of the State or district to which he or they may belong, against a citizen or white inhabitant thereof. ART, 10. In cases of violence on the persons or property of the individuals of either party, neither retaliation nor reprisal shall be committed by the other, until satisfaction shall have been demand- ed of the party of which the aggressor is, and shall have been refused. ART. 11. The Creeks shall give notice to the citizens of the United States of any designs which they may know or suspect to be formed in any neighboring tribe or by any person whatever, against the peace and interest of the United States. 32 CREEKS. ART, 12. That the Creek nation may be led to a greater degree of civilization, and to become herdsmen and cultivators, instead of remaining in a state of hunters, the United States will, from time to time, furnish gratuitously the said nation with useful domestic animals and implements of husbandry. And further, to assist the said nation in so desirable a pursuit, and at the same time to es- tablish a certain mode of communication, the United States will send such, and so many, persons to reside in said nation, as they may judge proper, and not exceeding four in number, who shall qualify themselves to act as interpreters. These persons shall have lands assigned them by the Creeks for cultivation, for themselves and their successors in office; but they shall be precluded exercis- ing any kind of traffic. ART. 13. All animosities for past grievances shall henceforth cease; and the contracting parties will carry the foregoing treaty into full execution, with all good faith and sincerity. ARt. 14. This treaty shall take effect and be obligatory on the contracting parties, as soon as the same shall have been ratified by the President of the United States, with the advice and consent of the Senate of the United States. In witness of all and everything herein determined, between the United States of America, and the whole Creek nation, the parties have hereunto set their hands and seals, in the city of New York, within the United States, this seventh day of August, one thousand seven hundred and ninety. In behalf of the United States : H. Knox, Secretary of War, and sole commissioner for treating with the Creek nation of Indians, L. S. In behalf of themselves and the whole Creek nation of Indians: Alexander McGillivray, L. S. CUSIETAHS. - Fuskatche Mico, or Birdtail King, his x mark, L. S. Neathlock, or Second Man, his x mark, L. S. Halletemalthle, or Blue Giver, his x mark, L. S. LITTLE TALLISEE. Opay Mico, or the Singer, his x mark, L. S. Totkeshajou, or Samoniac, his x mark, - L. S. BIG TALLISEE. Hopothe Mico, or Tallisee King, his x mark, L. S. Opototache, or Long Side, his x mark, L. S. TUCRABATCHY. Soholessee, or Young Second Man, his x mark, L. S. Ocheehajou, or Aleck Cornel, his x mark, L. S. CREEKS. 33 NATCHEZ. Chinabie, or the Great Natchez Warrior, his x mark, L. S. Natsowachehee, or the Great Natchez Warrior's Brother, his x mark, L. S. Thakoteehee, or the Mole, his x mark, L. S Oquakabee, his x mark, L. S COWETA.S. Tuskenaah, or Big Lieutenant, his x mark, L. S., a Homatah, or Leader, his x mark, L. S. Chinnabie, or Matthews, his x mark, L. S. Juleetaulematha, or Dry Pine, his x mark, L. S. OF THE BROKEN ARROW. Chawookly Mico, his x mark, Le S- COOSAIDES. Coosades Hopoy, or the Measurer, his x mark, L. S Muthtee, the Misser, his x mark, L. S. Stimafutchkee, or Good Humor, his x mark, L. S. ALABAMA CHIEF. Stilnaleeje, or Disputer, his x mark, L. S. OAKSOYS. Mumagechee, David Francis, his x mark, L. Sº Dome in the presence of Richard Morris, Chief Justice of the State of New York, Richard Varick, Mayor of the city of JNew York, Marinus Willet, Thomas Lee Shippen, of Pennsylvania, John Rutledge, jun’r. Joseph Allen Smith, Henry Izard, Joseph Cornell, Interpreter, his x mark. 34 CHEROKE ES. CHE ROKE ES. I concLUDED JULY 2, 1791. 1 A treaty of peace and friendship, made and concluded between the President of the United States of America, on the part and behalf of the said States, and the undersigned chiefs and warriors of the Cherokee nation of Indians, on the part and behalf of the said mation. The parties being desirous of establishing permanent peace and friendship between the United States and the said Cherokee nation, and the citizens and members thereof, and to remove the causes of war, by ascertaining their limits and making other necessary, just, and friendly arrangements: the President of the United States, by William Blount, governor of the territory of the United States of America south of the river Ohio, and super- intendent of Indian affairs for the southern district, who is vested with full powers for these purposes, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate of the United States: and the Cherokee nation, by the undersigned chiefs and warriors representing the said nation, have agreed to the following articles, namely: ART. 1. There shall be perpetual peace and friendship between all the citizens of the United States of America, and all the indi- viduals composing the whole Cherokee nation of Indians. ART. 2. The undersigned chiefs and warriors for themselves and all parts of the Cherokee nation, do acknowledge themselves and the said Cherokee nation, to be under the protection of the United States of America, and of no other sovereign whosoever; and they also stipulate that the said Cherokee nation will not hold any treaty with any foreign power, individual State, or with individuals of any State. ARt. 3. The Cherokee nation shall deliver to the governor of the territory of the United States of America south of the river Ohio, on or before the first day of April next, at this place, all persons who are now prisoners, captured by them from any part of the United States: and the United States shall, on or before the same day, and at the same place, restore to the Cherokees, all the prisoners now in captivity, which the citizens of the Unit- ed States have captured from them. - ART. 4. The boundary between the citizens of the United States and the Cherokee nation, is and shall be as follows: Be- ginning at the top of the Currahee mountain, where the Creek line passes it; thence a direct line to Tugelo river; thence north- east to the Ocunna mountain, and over the same along the South Carolina Indian boundary to the North Carolina boundary; thence north to a point from which a line is to be extended to the river Clinch, that shall pass the Holston at the ridge which divides the chERoKEEs. 35 waters running into Little river from those running into the Ten- nessee; thence up the river Clinch to Campbell's line, and along the same to the top of Cumberland mountain; thence a direct line to the Cumberland river where the Kentucky road crosses it; thence down the Cumberland river to a point from which a south- west line will strike the ridge which divides the waters of Cum- berland from those of Duck river, forty miles above Nashville; thence down the said ridge to a point from whence a southwest line will strike the mouth of Duck river. And in order to preclude forever all disputes relative to the said boundary, the same shall be ascertained, and marked plainly, by three persons appointed on the part of the United States, and three Cherokees, on the part of their nation. And in order to extinguish forever all claims of the Cherokee nation, or any part thereof, to any of the land lying to the right of the line above described, beginning as aforesaid at the Currahee mountain, it is hereby agreed, that in addition to the consideration heretofore made for the said land, the United States will cause certain valuable goods to be immediately delivered to the undersigned chiefs and warriors, for the use of their nation; and the said United States will also cause the sum of one thousand dollars to be paid annually to the said Cherokee nation. And the undersigned chiefs and warriors do hereby, for themselves and the whole Cherokee nation, their heirs and descendants, for the considerations above mentioned, release, quit claim, relinquish, and cede, all the land to the right of the line described, and be- ginning as aforesaid. ART. 5. It is stipulated and agreed, that the citizens and in- habitants of the United States shall have a free and unmolested use of a road from Washington district to Mero district, and of the navigation of the Tennessee river. ART. 6. It is agreed on the part of the Cherokees, that the United States shall have the sole and exclusive right of regulating their trade. ART. 7. The United States solemnly guaranty to the Cherokee nation, all their lands not hereby ceded. - ART. 8. If any citizen of the United States, or other person, not being an Indian, shall settle on any of the Cherokees' lands, such person shall forfeit the protection of the United States, and the Cherokees may punish him or not, as they please. ART. 9. No citizen or inhabitant of the United States, shall attempt to hunt or destroy the game on the lands of the Chero- kees; nor shall any citizen or inhabitant go into the Cherokee country, without a passport first obtained from the governor of some one of the United States, or territorial districts, or such other person as the President of the United States may, from time to time, authorize to grant the same. 36 CHEROKEES. ART. 10. If any Cherokee Indian or Indians, or person residing among them, or who shall take refuge in their nation, shall steal a horse from, or commit a robbery or murder or other capital crime, on any citizens or inhabitants of the United States, the Cherokee nation shall be bound to deliver him or them up, to be punished according to the laws of the United States. ART. 11. If any citizen or inhabitant of the United States, or of either of the territorial districts of the United States, shall go into any town, settlement, or territory belonging to the Cherokees, and shall there commit any crime upon, or trespass against the person or property of any peaceable and friendly Indian or Indians, which, if committed within the jurisdiction of any State, or within the jurisdiction of either of the said districts, against a citizen or white inhabitant thereof, would be punishable by the laws of such State or district, such offender or offenders shall be subject to the same punishment, and shall be proceeded against in the same manner, as if the offence had been committed within the jurisdic- tion of the State or district to which he or they may belong, against a citizen or white inhabitant thereof. ART. 12. In case of violence on the persons or property of the individuals of either party, neither retaliation or reprisal shall be committed by the other, until satisfaction shall have been de- manded of the party of which the aggressor is, and shall have been refused. ART. 13. The Cherokees shall give notice to the citizens of the United States, of any designs which they may know, or sus- pect, to be formed in any neighboring tribe, or by any person whatever, against the peace and interest of the United States. ART. 14. That the Cherokee nation may be led to a greater degree of civilization, and to become herdsmen and cultivators, instead of remaining in a state of hunters, the United States will, from time to time, furnish, gratuitously, the said nation with use- ful implements of husbandry; and further to assist the said nation in so desirable a pursuit, and at the same time to establish a cer- tain mode of communication, the United States will send such and so many persons to reside in said nation, as they may judge proper, not exceeding four in number, who shall qualify themselves to act as interpreters. These persons shall have lands assigned by the Cherokees for cultivation for themselves and their succes- sors in office; but they shall be precluded exercising any kind of traffic. ART. 15. All animosities for past grievances shall henceforth cease, and the contracting parties will carry the foregoing treaty into full execution with all good faith and sincerity. ART. 16. This treaty shall take effect and be obligatory on the contracting parties, as soon as the same shall have been ratified by the President of the United States, with the advice and consent of the Senate of the United States, CHEROKE ES. 37 In witness of all and every thing herein determined between the United States of America and the whole Cherokee nation, the parties have hereunto set their hands and seals, at the treaty ground on the bank of the Holston, near the mouth of the French Broad, within the United States, this second day of July, in the year of our Lord one thousand seven hundred and ninety-one. William Blount, governor in and over the territory of the United States of America south of the river Ohio, and super- intendent of Indian Affairs for the southern district, L. Chuleoah, or the Boots, his x mark, Squollecuttah, or Hanging Maw, his x mark, Occumna, or the Badger, his x mark, Enoleh, or Black Fox, his x mark, Nontuaka, or the Northward, his x mark, Tekakiska, his x mark, Chutloh, or King Fisher, his x mark, Tuckaseh, or Terrapin, his x mark, Kateh, his x mark, Kunnochatutloh, or the Crane, his x mark, Cauquillehanah, or the Thigh, his x mark, Chesquotteleneh, or Yellow Bird, his x mark, Chickasawtehe, or Chickasaw Killer, his x mark, Tuskegatehe, Tuskega Killer, his x mark, Kulsatehe, his x mark, Tinkshalene, his x mark, Sawutteh, or Slave Catcher, his x mark, Aukuah, his x mark, Oosenaleh, his x mark, Kenotetah, or Rising Fawn, his x mark, Kanetetoka, or Standing Turkey, his x mark, Yonewatleh, or Bear at Home, his x mark, Long Will, his x mark, Kunoskeskie, or John Watts, his x mark, Nenetooyah, or Bloody Fellow, his x mark, Chuquilatague, or Double Head, his x mark, Koolaquah, or Big Acorn, his x mark, Toowayelloh, or Bold Hunter, his x mark, Jahleoonoyehka, or Middle Striker, his x mark, Kinnesah, or Cabin, his x mark, Tullotehe, or Two Killer, his x mark, Kaalouske, or Stopt Still, his x mark, Kulsatche, his x mark, Auquotague, the Little Turkey’s Son, his x mark, Talohteske, or Upsetter, his x mark, - Cheakoneske, or Otter Lifter, his x mark, Keshukaune, or She Reigns, his x mark, Toonaunailoh, his x mark, 38 CHEROKEES. Teesteke, or Common Disturber, his x mark, L. S. Robin McClemore, L. S. Skyuka, L. S. John Thompson, Interpreter. James Cery, Interpreter. Dome in presence of Dan'l Smith, Sec'y. Territory U. Fauche, of Georgia, S. south of the river Ohio, Titus Ogden, N. C., Thomas Kennedy, of Kentucky, Jno. Chisolm, Washington Dist., Jas. Robertson, of Mero District, Robert King, Claiborne Watkins, of Va., Thomas Gegg. Jno. McWhitney, of Georgia, AIDDITIONAL ARTICLE. It is hereby mutually agreed, between Henry Knox, Secretary of War, duly authorized thereto in behalf of the United States, on the one part, and the undersigned chiefs and warriors, in behalf of themselves and the Cherokee nation, on the other part, that the following article shall be added to, and considered as part of, the treaty made between the United States and the said Cherokee nation, on the 2d day of July, one thousand seven hundred and ninety-one, to wit: - The sum to be paid annually by the United States to the Chero- kee nation of Indians, in consideration of the relinquishment of lands, as stated in the treaty made with them on the 2d day of July, one thousand seven hundred and ninety-one, shall be one thousand five hundred dollars, instead of one thousand dollars, mentioned in the said treaty. In testimony whereof, the said Henry Knox, Secretary of War, and the said chiefs and warriors of the Cherokee nation, have hereunto set their hands and seals, in the city of Philadel- phia, this seventeenth day of February, in the year of our Lord, one thousand seven hundred and ninety-two. H. Knox, Secretary of War, L. S. Iskagua, or Clear Sky, his x mark, L. S formerly Nenetooyah, or Bloody Fellow, Nontuaka, or the Northward, his x mark, L. S. Chutloh, or King Fisher, his x mark, L. S. Katigoslah, or the Prince, his x mark, L. S. Teesteke, or Common Disturber, his x mark, L. S. Suaka, or George Miller, his x mark, L. S. In presence of Thomas Grooter, James Cery, Sworn Interpreter Jno. Stagg, jun’r. to the Cherokee mation. Leonard D. Shaw, CHEROKE ES. 39 C HE ROKE ES. I concLUDED JUNE 26, 1794, I Jłrticles of a treaty between the United States of America, and the Cherokee Indians. Whereas, the treaty made and concluded on Holston river, on the 2d day of July, one thousand seven hundred and ninety-one, between the United States of America and the Cherokee nation of Indians, has not been fully carried into execution, by reason of some misunderstandings which have arisen: ART. 1. And whereas the undersigned Henry Knox, Secretary for the department of War, being authorized thereto by the Presi" dent of the United States, in behalf of the said United States, and the undersigned chiefs and warriors, in their own names, and in behalf of the whole Cherokee nation, are desirous of re- establishing peace and friendship between the said parties in a permanent manner, do hereby declare, that the said treaty of Holston is, to all intents and purposes, in full force, and binding upon the said parties, as well in respect to the boundaries there- in mentioned, as in all other respects whatever. ART. 2. It is hereby stipulated that the boundaries mention- ed in the fourth article of the said treaty shall be actually ascer- tained and marked in the manner prescribed by the said article, whenever the Cherokee nation shall have ninety days notice of the time and place at which the commissioners of the United States intend to commence their operation. ART. 3. The United States, to evince their justice, by amply compensating the said Cherokee nation of Indians for all relin- quishments of land made, either by the treaty of Hopewell, upon the Keowee river, concluded on the twenty-eighth of November, one thousand seven hundred and eighty-five, or the aforesaid treaty made upon Holston river, on the second of July, one thousand seven hundred and ninety-one, do hereby stipulate, in lieu of all former sums to be paid annually, to furnish the Chero- kee Indians with goods suitable for their use, to the amount of five thousand dollars yearly. - ART, 4. And the said Cherokee nation, in order to evince the sincerity of their intentions in future, to prevent the practice of stealing horses, attended with the most pernicious consequences to the lives and peace of both parties, do hereby agree, that for every horse which shall be stolen from the white inhabitants by any Cherokee Indians, and not returned within three months, that the sum of fifty dollars shall be deducted from the said annuity of five thousand dollars. ART. 5. The articles now stipulated will be considered as per- manent additions to the treaty of Holston, as soon as they shall 40 SIX NATIONS OF NEW YORK. have been ratified by the President of the United States and the Senate of the United States. - In witness of all and every thing herein determined between the United States of America and the whole Cherokee na- tion, the parties have hereunto set their hands and seals in the city of Philadelphia, within the United States, this twenty- sixth day of June, in the year of our Lord one thousand seven hundred and ninety-four. H. Knox, Secretary of War, Tekakisskee, or Taken out of the Water, his x mark, Nontuaka, or the Northward, his x mark, Cinasaw, or the Cabin, his x mark, Skyuka, his x mark, Chuquilatague, or Double Head, his x mark, John McCleemore, his x mark, Walahue, or the Humming Bird, Chuleowee, his x mark, Ustanaqua, his x mark, Kullusathee, his x mark, Siteaha, his x mark, Keenaguna, or the Lying Fawn, his x mark, Chatakaelesa, or the Fowl Carrier, S S. Dome in presence of John Thompson, ! Interpreters, William Wofford, of the State of Arthur Coodey, preters, Georgia, Cantwell Jones, of Delaware, W. McCaleb, of South Carolina, Samuel Lewis, of Philadelphia. S IX NATIONS. I concLUDED JULY 24, 1794. I Contracts between the State of New York and different tribes of the Sia JVations of Indians, specifying their several cessions and reservations of land, etc. On the 19th of April, 1793, George Clinton, governor of New York, transmitted to Thomas Jefferson, Secretary of State of the United States, an exemplification of the different treaties entered into by that commonwealth with the Indians of the Six Nations, subsequent to the conclusion of the war of the American revolution. In his letter to Mr. Jefferson, Governor Clinton says, “I had written to the clerk of the city of Albany, and did not receive his answer until yesterday: he informs, as I suspected, that the superintendent of Indian affairs under the British government, was, at the commencement of the revolution, possessed of all the records and documents respecting Indian affairs, and took them with him when he left the country.” SIX NATIONS OF NEW YORK. 41 The exemplification, thus transmitted, contains a transcript from the record book of Indian deeds, remaining in the office of the secretary of the State of New York, and commencing in the year 1748. This transcript embraces, 1. A deed, executed by the Sachems and chief warriors of the Oneida and Tuscarora nations, at a treaty held at fort Herkimer with George Clinton and other commissioners for Indian affairs for the State of New York, whereby the aforesaid sachems and chief warriors conveyed, on the 28th day of June, 1785, for the consideration of $11,500, in goods and money, “all that tract of land situate on the west side of the line commonly called the line of property, established at a treaty held at fort Stanwix in 1768, and on the north side of the Pennsylvania line, beginning at the mouth of the Unadilla, or Tiana.derha river, where the same empties into the Susquehanna river; thence up the said Unadilla, or Tiana.derha river, ten miles measured on a straight line, thence due west to the Chenango river, thence southerly down the said Chenango river to where it empties into the said Susquehanna river, and to the said line, called the line of property, thence along the said line to the place of beginning; so as to comprehend all the land belonging to the Oneida and Tuscarora nations lying south of the said line to be run from the said Unadilla, or Tiana.derha river, to the Chenango river, and north of the division line between the State of New York and the State of Pennsylvania; together with all ways, waters, water courses, rivers, rivulets, creeks, and streams of water, and also all mines and minerals, which are or may be found thereon,” etc. 2. A contract, executed by the tribe or nation of Indians called the Onondagas, at a treaty held at fort Schuyler, (formerly called fort Stanwix,) with George Clinton and William Floyd, Ezra L’Hommedieu, Richard Varick, Samuel Jones, Egbert Benson, and Peter Gansevoort, jr., commissioners on behalf of the people of the State of New York, whereby the aforesaid Onondagas stipulated, on the 12th day of September, 1788, as follows: “First: the Onondagas do cede and grant all their lands to the people of the State of New York forever. Secondly: the Onon- dagas shall, of the said ceded lands, hold to themselves and their posterity, forever, for their own use and cultivation, but not to be sold, leased, or in any other manner aliened or disposed of to others, all that tract of land beginning at the southerly end of the Salt Lake, at the place where the river or stream on which the Onondagas now have their village, empties into the said lake, and runs from the said place of beginning east three miles, thence southerly according to the general course of the said river, until it shall intersect a line running east and west at the distance of three miles south from the said village, thence from the said point of intersection west nine miles, thence northerly parallel to the second course above mentioned, until an east line will strike the 6 - 42 SIX NATIONS OF NEW YORK. place of beginning, and thence east to the said place of beginning. Thirdly : the Onondagas and their posterity, forever, shall enjoy the free right of hunting in every part of the said ceded lands, and of fishing in all the waters within the same. Fourthly: the Salt Lake, and the lands for one mile round the same, shall forever remain for the common benefit of the people of the State of New York, and of the Onondagas and their posterity, for the purpose of making salt, and shall not be granted, or in any wise disposed of for other purposes. Fifthly: in consideration of the said cession and grant, the people of the State of New York do, at this treaty, pay to the Onondagas, one thousand French crowns in money, and two hundred pounds in clothing, at the price which the same cost the people of the State of New York. And the people of the State of New York shall annually pay to the Onondagas and their posterity, forever, on the first day of June, in every year, at fort Schuyler, five hundred dollars in silver; but if the Onondagas, or their posterity, shall, at any time hereafter, elect, that the whole or any part of the said five hundred dollars shall be paid in clothing or provisions, and give six weeks’ previous notice thereof to the governor of the said State for the time being, then, so much of the annual payment shall, for that time, be in clothing or provisions, as the Onondagas or their posterity shall elect, and at the price which the same shall cost the people of the State of New York, at fort Schuyler aforesaid. Sixthly: the people of the State of New York may, in such manner as they shall deem proper, prevent any persons, except the Onondagas, from residing or settling on the lands so to be held by the Onondagas and their posterity, for their own use and cultivation; and if any person shall, without the consent of the people of the State of New York, come to reside or settle on the said lands, or on any other of the lands so ceded, as aforesaid, the Onondagas and their posterity shall forthwith give notice of such intrusions to the governor of the said State for the time being; and further, the Onondagas and their posterity forever, shall, at the request of the governor of the said State, be aiding to the people of the State of New York in removing all such intruders, and in apprehending, not only such intruders, but also felons and other offenders, who may happen to be on the said ceded lands, to the end that such intruders, felons, and other offenders, may be brought to justice.” 3. A contract, executed at a treaty held at fort Schuyler, (formerly fort Stanwix), by the Oneida tribe or nation of Indians, on the 22d September, 1788, with George Clinton, William Floyd, Ezra L’Hommedieu, Richard Varick, Samuel Jones, Egbert Benson, and Peter Gansevoort, junior, commissioners on behalf of the State of New York, by which the Oneidas entered into the following stipulations: “First, the Oneidas do cede and grant all their lands to the people of the State of New York, forever. Secondly: of the said ceded lands, the following tract, to wit: SIX NATIONS OF NEW YORK. 43 Beginning at the Wood creek opposite to the mouth of the Canada creek, and where the line of property comes to the said Wood creek, and runs thence southerly to the northwest corner of the tract to be granted to John Francis Perache, thence along the westerly bounds of the said tract to the southwest corner thereof, thence to the northwest corner of the tract granted to James Dean, thence along the westerly bounds thereof to the southwest corner of the last mentioned tract, thence due south until it intersects a due west line from the head of the Tiana.derha or Unadilla river, thence from the said point of intersection due west until the Deep Spring bears due north, thence due north to the Deep Spring, thence the nearest course to the Canaseraga creek, and thence along the said creek, the Oneida lake and the Wood creek, to the place of beginning, shall be reserved for the following several uses; that is to say, the lands lying to the northward of a line parallel to the southern line of the said reserved lands, and four miles distant from the said southern line, the Oneidas shall hold to themselves and their posterity, forever, for their own use and cultivation, but not to be sold, leased, or in any other manner aliened or disposed of, to others. The Oneidas may, from time to time, forever, make leases of the lands between the said parallel lines, (being the residue of the said reserved lands), to such persons, and on such rents reserved, as they shall deem proper, but no lease shall be for a longer term than twenty-one years from the making thereof; and no new lease shall be made until the former lease of the same lands shall have expired. The rents shall be to the use of the Oneidas and their posterity, forever. And the people of the State of New York shall, from time to time, make provision by law to compel the lessees to pay the rents, and in every other respect to enable the Oneidas and their posterity to have the full benefit of their right so to make leases and to prevent frauds on them respecting the same; and the Oneidas and their posterity, forever, shall enjoy the free right of hunting in every part of the said ceded lands, and of fishing in all the waters within the same; and, especially, there shall forever remain ungranted by the people of the State of New York, one half mile square, at the distance of every six miles of the lands along the northern bounds of the Oneida lake, one half mile in breadth of the lands on each side of the Fish creek, and a convenient piece of land at the fishing place in the Onondaga river, about three miles from where it issues out of the Oneida lake, and to remain as well for the Oneidas, and their posterity, as for the inhabitants of the said State to land and encamp on : But notwithstanding any reservation to the Oneidas, the people of the State of New York may erect public works and edifices as they shall think proper, at such place and places, at or near the confluence of the Wood creek and the Oneida lake, as they shall elect; and may take and appropriate for such works or buildings, lands to the 44 SIX NATIONS OF NEW YORK. extent of one square mile, at each place: and further, notwith- standing any reservations of lands to the Oneidas, for their own use, the New England Indians (now settled at Brotherton, under the pastoral care of the reverend Samson Occum) and their posterity, forever, and the Stockbridge Indians and their posterity, forever, are to enjoy their settlements on the lands heretofore given to them by the Oneidas for that purpose; that is to say: a tract of two miles in breadth and three miles in length for the New England Indians, and a tract of six miles square for the Stockbridge Indians. Thirdly: in consideration of the said cession and grant, the people of the State of New York do, at this treaty, pay to the Oneidas two thousand dollars in money, two thousand dollars in clothing and other goods, and one thousand dollars in provisions; and also five hundred dollars in money, to be applied towards building a grist mill and saw mill at their village: and the people of the State of New York shall annually pay to the Oneidas, and their posterity, forever, on the first day of June, in every year, at fort Schuyler, six hundred dollars in silver: but if the Oneidas, or their posterity, shall, at any time hereafter, elect that the whole, or any part, of the said six hundred dollars, shall be paid in clothing or provisions, and give six weeks' previous notice thereof to the governor of the said State for the time being, then so much of the annual payment shall, for that time, be in clothing or provisions, as the Oneidas and their posterity shall elect, and at the price which the same shall cost the people of the State of New York at fort Schuyler. And as a further consideration to the Oneidas, the people of the State of New York shall grant to the said John Francis Perache, a tract of land, beginning in the line of property, at a certain cedar tree, near the road leading to Oneida, and runs from the said cedar tree, southerly, along the line of property, two miles: then westerly, at right angles, to the said line of property, two miles; then northerly, at right angles, to the last course, two miles; and then to the place of beginning; which the said John Francis Perache hath consented to accept from the Oneidas, in satisfaction for an injury done to him by one of their nation. And further, the lands intended by the Oneidas for John T. Kirkland, and for George W. Kirkland, being now appropriated to the use of the Oneidas, the people of the State of New York shall, therefore, by a grant of other lands, make compensation to the said John T. Kirkland, and George W. Kirkland. And further, that the people of the State of New York shall, as a benevolence from the Oneidas to Peter Penet, and in return for services rendered by him to their nation, grant to the said Peter Penet, of the said ceded lands lying to the northward of the Oneida lake, a tract of ten miles square, wherever he shall elect the same. Fourthly: the people of the State of New York may, in such manner as they shall deem proper, prevent any per- sons, except the Oneidas, from residing or settling on the lands so SIX NATIONS OF NEW YORK. 45 to be held by the Oneidas and their posterity, for their own use and cultivation. And if any person shall, without the consent of the people of the State of New York, come to reside or settle on the said lands, or on any other of the lands so ceded as aforesaid, except the lands whereof the Oneidas may make leases as afore- said, the Oneidas and their posterity shall forthwith give notice of such intrusions to the governor of the said State for the time being. And further, the Oneidas and their posterity, forever, shall, at the request of the governor of the said State, be aiding to the people of the State of New York, in removing all such intruders; and in apprehending, not only such intruders, but also felons, and other offenders, who may happen to be on the said ceded lands, to the end that such intruders, felons, and other offenders, may be brought to justice. Before the execution hereof, the Oneidas, in public council, declared to the commissioners, that they had, in return for his frequent good offices to them, given to John J. Bleecker, of the lands reserved for their own use, one mile square, adjoining to the lands of James Dean, and requested that the same might be granted and confirmed to him by the State.” * 4. A contract executed by the sachems, chiefs, and warriors of the tribe or nation of Indians, called the Cayugas, at a treaty held in the city of Albany, with George Clinton, Pierre Van Courtlandſ, Ezra L’Hommedieu, Abraham Ten Broeck, John Hathorn, Sam- uel Jones, Peter Gansevoort, Jun., and Egbert Benson, commis- sioners on behalf of the State of New York, by which the said sachems, chiefs, and warriors of the Cayugas, covenanted, on the 25th of February, 1789, as follows: “First: the Cayugas do cede and grant all their lands to the people of the State of New York, forever. Secondly: the Cayugas shall, of the said ceded lands, hold to themselves, and to their posterity, forever, for their own use and cultivation, but not to be sold, leased, or in any other manner aliened, or disposed of, to others, all that tract of land, beginning at the Cayuga salt spring, on the Seneka river, and running thence southerly, to intersect the middle of a line to be drawn from the outlet of Cayuga to the outlet of Waskongh, and from the said place of intersection, southerly, the general course of the eastern bank of the Cayuga lake, thence westerly, to inter- sect a line running on the west side of the Cayuga lake, at the mean distance of three miles from the western bank thereof, and from the said point of intersection, along the said line, so running on the west side of the Cayuga lake, to the Seneka river, thence down the said river to the Cayuga lake, thence through the said lake, to the outlet thereof, thence further down the said Seneka river, to the place of beginning, so as to comprehend within the limits aforesaid, and exclusive of the water of Cayuga lake, the quantity of one hundred square miles. Also, the place in the Seneka river, at or near a place called Skayes, where the Cayugas have heretofore taken eel; and a competent piece of land on the - 46 SIX NATIONS OF NEW YORK. southern side of the river, at the said place, sufficient for the Cayugas to land and encamp on, and to cure their eel. Excepted, nevertheless, out of the said land so reserved, one mile square at the Cayuga ferry. Thirdly: the Cayugas and their posterity, forever, shall enjoy the free right of hunting in every part of the said ceded lands, and of fishing in all the waters within the same. Fourthly: in consideration of the said cession and grant, the people of the State of New York do, at this present treaty, pay to the Cayugas, five hundred dollars, in silver; and the people of the State of New York shall pay to the Cayugas, on the first day of June next, at fort Schuyler, (formerly called fort Stanwix,) the further sum of one thousand six hundred and twenty-five dollars; and, also, the people of the State of New York shall annually pay to the Cayugas, and their posterity, forever, on the first day of June, in every year thereafter, at fort Schuyler aforesaid, five hundred dollars in silver. But if the Cayugas, or their posterity, shall, at any time hereafter, elect that the whole, or any part of the said annual payment of five hundred dollars, shall be paid in clothing or provisions, and give six weeks’ previous notice thereof to the governor of the said State for the time being, then so much of the annual payment shall, for that time, be in clothing or pro- visions, as the Cayugas or their posterity shall elect, and at the price which the same shall cost the people of the State of New York, at fort Schuyler aforesaid. And, as a farther consideration to the Cayugas, the people of the State of New York shall grant to their adopted child, Peter Ryckman, whom they have expressed a desire should reside near them, to assist them, and as a benevo- lence from them, the Cayugas, to him, and in return for services rendered by him to their nation, the said tract of one mile square at the Cayuga ferry excepted, out of the said lands reserved to the Cayugas for their own use and cultivation, that of a tract be- ginning on the west bank of the Seneka lake, thence running due west (passing one chain north of a house lately erected, and now in the occupation of the said Peter Ryckman) to the line of parti- tion between this State of New York and the commonwealth of Massachusetts, of the lands ceded to each other, thence due south along the said line of partition, thence due east to the Seneka lake, thence northerly along the bank of the said lake, to the place of beginning, so as to contain sixteen thousand acres. The people of the State of New York shall grant three hundred and twenty acres to a white person married to a daughter of a Cayuga named Thaniowes, including the present settlement of the said person on the south side of Caghsion creek; and that the people of the State of New York shall grant the residue of the said tract of sixteen thousand acres to the said Peter Ryckman. Fifthly: the people of the State of New York may, at all times hereafter, in such manner, and by such means, as they shall deem proper, prevent any person, except the Cayugas and their adopted breth- - SIX NATIONS OF NEW YORK, 47 ren the Paanese, from residing or settling on the lands to be held by the Cayugas and their posterity, for their own use and cultiva- tion: and if any persons shall, without the consent of the people of the State of New York, come to reside or settle on the said lands, or any other of the lands so ceded as aforesaid, the Cayugas and their posterity shall forthwith give notice of such intrusions to the governor of the said State for the time being; and further, the Cayugas and their posterity, forever, shall, at the request of the governor of the said State, be aiding to the people of the State of New York in removing all such intruders; and apprehending, not only such intruders, but felons, and other offenders, who may happen to be on the said ceded lands, to the end that such intru- ders, felons, and other offenders, may be brought to justice. Notwithstanding the said reservation herein above specified to the Cayugas, it is declared to be the intent of the parties, that the Cayuga, called the Fish Carrier, shall have a mile square of the said reserved lands, for the separate use of himself, and for the separate use of his family, forever. Before sealing and delivery hereof, it was, for the greater certainty, declared to be the intent of the parties, that this grant and cession is only of the lands east- ward of the partition line abovementioned, between this State of New York and the commonwealth of Massachusetts; and that, with respect to such part of their country as is to the westward of the said partition line, the right and property of the Cayugas to be the same as if this grant and cession had not been made. The Cayuga salt spring, and the land to the extent of one mile around the same, to remain for the common use and benefit of the people of the State of New York, and of the Cayugas and their posterity forever. And the land to be reserved at the fishing place near Skayes, shall be of the extent of one mile on each side of the river, the above reservation of land on the southern side of the river, only, notwithstanding. 5. At a treaty held at fort Stanwix, on the 22d of June, 1790, between George Clinton, Pierre Van Courtlandt, Ezra L’Homme- dieu, Abraham Ten Broeck, Peter Gansevoort, Jun., and Richard Varick, commissioners on behalf of the State of New York, and the sachems, chiefs, and warriors, of the tribe or nation of Indians, called the Cayugas, the latter acknowledged to have received from the people of the State of New York, the sum of five hundred dollars in silver, being the annual payment stipulated to be made to the said Cayugas by the (next preceding) contract of the 25th of February 1789; and also the further sum of one thousand dollars, as a benevolence. To this acknowledgment is added the following stipulation: “And we, the said Cayugas, in con- sideration thereof, do, by these presents, fully, freely, and abso- lutely, ratify and confirm the said agreement and cession, and all and singular the articles, covenants, matters and things, therein expressed and contained, on the part of us, the said Cayugas, 48 six NATIONs of NEW YORK, done, or to be done, executed, or performed: and we, the said Cayugas, do further hereby grant and release, to the people of the State of New York, all our right, interest, and claim, in and to all lands lying east of the line of cession by the State of New York to the commonwealth of Massachusetts; except the lands men- tioned in the deed of cession (of the 25th of February, 1789) to be reserved to us, the Cayugas, and our posterity.” 6. At a council fire kindled at fort Stanwix, on the 16th day of June, 1790, at which were present, George Clinton, Pierre Van Courtlandt, Ezra L’Hommedieu, Abraham Ten Broeck, Peter Gansevoort, Jun., and Richard Varick, commissioners on behalf of the State of New York, and the sachems, chiefs, and warriors, of the tribe or nation of Indians called the Onondagas, the latter acknowledged to have received from the people of the State of New York, the sum of five hundred dollars, in silver, being the annual payment stipulated to be made to the said Onondagas, by the contract of the 12th of September, 1788; and also the further sum of five hundred dollars, as a benevolence: “ and the said Onondagas do, by these presents, fully, freely, and absolutely, ratify, and confirm the said agreement and deed of cession, and all and singular the articles, covenants, and things therein expressed and contained, on the part of the said Onondagas, done, or to be done, executed, or performed.” - - SIX NATIONS OF NEW YORK. I concLUDED November 11, 1794. I A treaty between the United States of America, and the tribes of Indians called the Sia JVations. The President of the United States having determined to hold a conference with the Six Nations of Indians, for the purpose of removing from their minds all causes of complaint, and establish- ing a firm and permanent friendship with them; and Timothy Pickering being appointed sole agent for that purpose, and the agent having met and conferred with the sachems, chiefs, and warriors, of the Six Nations, in a general council: now, in order to accomplish the good design of this conference, the parties have agreed on the following articles; which, when ratified by the Pre- sident, with the advice and consent of the Senate of the United States, shall be binding on them and the Six Nations. ART. 1. Peace and friendship are hereby firmly established, and shall be perpetual, between the United States and the Six Nations. ART. 2. The United States acknowledge the lands reserved to the Oneida, Onondaga, and Cayuga nations, in their respective treaties with the State of New York, and called their reservations, SIX NATIONS OF NEW YORK. 49 - to be their property; and the United States will never claim the same, nor disturb them, or either of the Six Nations, nor their Indian friends, residing thereon, and united with them, in the free use and enjoyment thereof: but the said reservations shall remain theirs, until they choose to sell the same to the people of the United States, who have a right to purchase. ART. 3. The land of the Seneka nation is bounded as follows: Beginning on lake Ontario, at the northwest corner of the land they sold to Oliver Phelps; the line runs westerly along the lake, as far as Oyongwongyeh creek, at Johnston’s Landing Place, about four miles eastward from the fort of Niagara; then south- erly, up that creek to its main fork; then straight to the main fork of Stedman's creek, which empties into the river Niagara, above fort Schlosser; and then onward, from that fork, continuing the same straight course, to that river; (this line, from the mouth of Oyongwongyeh creek to the river Niagara, above fort Schlosser, being the eastern boundary of a strip of land, extending from the same line to Niagara river, which the Seneka nation ceded to the King of Great Britain, at a treaty held about thirty years ago, with Sir William Johnston); then the line runs along the river Niagara to lake Erie; then along lake Erie, to the northeast corner of a trian- gular piece of land, which the United States conveyed to the State of Pennsylvania, as by the President’s patent, dated the third day of March, 1792; then due south to the northern boundary of that State; then due east to the southwest corner of the land sold by the Seneka nation to Oliver Phelps; and then north and northerly, along Phelps's line, to the place of beginning on lake Ontario. Now, the United States acknowledge all the land within the afore- mentioned boundaries, to be the property of the Seneka nation; and the United States will never claim the same, nor disturb the Seneka nation, nor any of the Six Nations, or of their Indian friends residing thereon and united with them, in the free use and enjoyment thereof: but it shall remain theirs, until they choose to sell the same to the people of the United States, who have the right to purchase. - ART. 4. The United States having thus described and acknow- ledged what lands belong to the Oneidas, Onondagas, Cayugas, and Senekas, and engaged never to claim the same, nor to disturb them, or any of the Six Nations, or their Indian friends residing thereon, and united with them, in the free use and enjoyment thereof: now, the Six Nations, and each of them, hereby engage that they will never claim any other lands within the boundaries of the United States; nor ever disturb the people of the United States in the free use and enjoyment thereof. ART. 5. The Seneka nation, all others of the Six Nations con- curring, cede to the United States the right of making a wagon road from fort Schlosser to lake Erie, as far south as Buffalo creek; and the people of the United States shall have the free and undis- 7 50 SIX NATIONS OF NEW YORK. turbed use of this road, for the purposes of travelling and trans- portation. And the Six Nations, and each of them, will forever allow to the people of the United States, a free passage through their lands, and the free use of the harbors and rivers adjoining, and within their respective tracts of land, for the passing and securing of vessels and boats, and liberty to land their cargoes, where necessary for their safety. ART. 6. In consideration of the peace and friendship hereby established, and of the engagements entered into by the Six Nations; and because the United States desire, with humanity and kindness, to contribute to their comfortable support; and to render the peace and friendship hereby established strong and perpetual, the United States now deliver to the Six Nations, and the Indians of the other nations residing among and united with them, a quantity of goods of the value of ten thousand dollars. And for the same considerations, and with a view to promote the future welfare of the Six Nations, and of their Indian friends aforesaid, the United States will add the sum of three thousand dollars, to the one thousand five hundred dollars heretofore allowed them by an article ratified by the President, on the twenty-third day of April, 1792, making in the whole four thousand five hundred dollars; which shall be expended yearly, forever, in purchasing clothing, domestic animals, implements of husbandry, and other utensils suited to their circumstances, and in compensating useful artificers, who shall reside with or near them, and be employed for their benefit. The immediate application of the whole annual allowance now stipulated, to be made by the superintendent, appointed by the President, for the affairs of the Six Nations, and their Indian friends aforesaid. ART. 7. Lest the firm peace and friendship now established should be interrupted by the misconduct of individuals, the United States and Six Nations agree, that for injuries done by individuals on either side, no private revenge or retaliation shall take place; but, instead thereof, complaint shall be made by the party injured, to the other: by the Six Nations, or any of them, to the President of the United States, or the superintendent by him appointed: and by the superintendent, or other person appointed by the President, to the principal chiefs of the Six Nations, or of the nation to which the offender belongs: and such prudent measures shall then be pursued as shall be necessary to preserve our peace and friendship unbroken; until the legislature (or great council) of the United States shall make other equitable provision for the purpose. NoTE. It is clearly understood by the parties to this treaty, that the annuity stipulated in the sixth article, is to be applied to the benefit of such of the Six Nations and of their Indian friends united with them as aforesaid, as do or shall reside within the boundaries of the United States: for the United States do not interfere with nations, tribes, or families, of Indians, elsewhere resident. SIX NATIONS OF NEW YORK. 51 In witness whereof, the said Timothy Pickering, and the sachems and war chiefs of the said Six Nations, have hereto set their hands and seals. Done at Konondaigua, in the State of New York, the eleventh day of November, in the year one thousand seven hundred and ninety-four. Timothy Pickering, Onoyeahnee, his x mark, Komneatorteeooh, his x mark, or Handsome Lake, Tokenhyouhau, his x mark, alias Captain Key, Oneshauee, his x mark, Hendrick Aupaumut, David Neesoonhuk, his x mark, Kanatsoyh, alias Nicholas Kusik, Sohhonteoquent, his x mark, Ooduhtsait, his x mark, Konoohqung, his x mark, Tossonggaulolus, his x mark, John Skenendoa, his x mark, Oneatorleeooh, his x mark, Kussauwatau, his x mark, Eyootenyootauook, his x mark, Kohnyeaugong, his x mark, alias Jake Stroud, Shaguiesa, his x mark, Teeroos, his x mark, alias Captain Prantup, Sooshaoowau, his x mark, Henry Young Brant, his x mark, Sonhyoowauna, his x mark, or Big Sky, Onaahhah, his x mark, - Hotoshahenh, his x mark, Kaukondanaiya, his x mark, Nondiyauka, his x mark, Kossishtowau, his x mark, Oojaugenta, his x mark, or Fish Carrier, Toheonggo, his x mark, Ootaguasso, his x mark, Joonondauwaonch, his x mark, Kiyauhaonh, his x mark, Ootaujeaugenh, his x mark, or Broken Axe, Tauhoondos, his x mark, or Open the Way, Twaukewasha, his x mark, Sequidongquee, his x mark, alias Little Beard, Kodjeote, his x mark, or Half Town, Kenjauaugus, his x mark, or Stinking Fish, Soonohquaukau, his x mark, Twenniyana, his x mark, - L - L. L. Jishkaaga, his x mark, or Green Grasshopper, alias Little Billy, L. S. S. S. S. S. 8 - 52 on EIDAs, TuscARoRAs, AND stockBRIDGEs. Tuggehshotta, his x mark, Tehongyagauna, his x mark, Tehongyoowush, his x mark, Konneyoowesot, his x mark, - Tioghquottakauna, his x mark, or Woods on Fire, Taoundaudeesh, his x mark, Honayawus, his x mark, alias Farmer’s Brother, Soggooyawauthau, his x mark, alias Red Jacket, Konyootiayoo, his x mark, Sauhtakaongyees, his x mark, or Two Skies of a length, Ounnashattakau, his x mark, Kaungyanehquee, his x mark, Sooayoowau, his x mark, Kaujeagaonh, his x mark, or Heap of Dogs, Soonoohshoowau, his x mark, Thaoowaunias, his x mark, Soonongjoowau, his x mark, Kiant whauka, his x mark, alias Cornplanter, Kaunehshonggoo, his x mark, WITNESSES : Israel Chapin, William Ewing, William Shepard, jr., Israel Chapin, jr., James Smedley, Horatio Jones, - John Wickham, Joseph Smith, Interpreters, Augustus Porter, Jasper Parish, James K. Garnsey, Henry Abeele. ONEIDAS, TUSCARORAS, AND STOCKBRIDGES. I concLUDED DECEMBER. 2, 1794. A treaty between the United States, and the Oneida, Tuscarora, and Stockbridge Indians, dwelling in the country of the Oneidas. Whereas, in the late war between Great Britain and the United States of America, a body of the Oneida and Tuscarora, and the Stockbridge Indians, adhered faithfully to the United States, and assisted them with their warriors; and, in consequence of this adherence and assistance, the Oneidas and Tuscaroras, at an unfortunate period of the war, were driven from their homes, and their houses were burnt, and their property destroyed: and as the United States, in the time of their distress, acknowledged their obligations to these faithful friends, and promised to reward them; and the United States being now in a condition to fulfil the pro- mises then made, the following articles are stipulated by the respective parties, for that purpose; to be in force when ratified by the President and Senate: - ONEIDAS, TUSCARORAS, AND STOCKBRIDGES. 53 ART. 1. The United States will pay the sum of five thousand dollars, to be distributed among individuals of the Oneida and Tuscarora nations, as a compensation for their individual losses and services during the late war between Great Britain and the United States. The only man of the Kaughnawaugas now remaining in the Oneida country, as well as some few very meritorious persons of the Stockbridge Indians, will be considered in the distribution. ART. 2. For the general accommodation of these Indian nations, residing in the country of the Oneidas, the United States will cause to be erected a complete grist mill and saw mill, in a situation to serve the present principal settlements of these nations. Or if such one convenient situation cannot be found, then the United States will cause to be erected two such grist mills and saw mills, in places where it is now known the proposed accommodation may be effected. Of this the United States will judge. ART, 3. The United States will provide, during three years after the mills shall be completed, for the expense of employing one or two suitable persons to manage the mills, to keep them in repair, to instruct some young men of the three nations in the arts of the miller and Sawyer, and to provide teams and utensils for carrying on the work of the mills. ART. 4. The United States will pay one thousand dollars, to be applied in building a convenient church at Oneida, in the place of the one which was there burnt by the enemy, in the late war. ART. 5. In consideration of the above stipulations, to be performed on the part of the United States, the Oneida, Tuscarora, and Stockbridge Indians aforementioned, now acknowledge them- selves satisfied, and relinquish all other claims of compensation and rewards, for their losses and services in the late war: excepting only, the unsatisfied claims of such men of the said nations as bore commissions under the United States, for any arrears which may be due to them as officers. In witness whereof, the chiefs of those nations, residing in the country of the Oneidas, and Timothy Pickering, agent for the United States, have hereto set their hands and seals, at Oneida, the second day of December, in the year one thousand seven hundred and ninety-four. Timothy Pickering, - L. S. WOLF TRIBE. . his x mark, ! Head sachems of the Oneidas, " S Konnoquenyau, his x mark, - L. S. John Skenendo, eldest war chief, his x mark, L. S. TUIRTLE TRIBE. Shonohleyo, war chief, his x mark, L. S. Peter Konnauterlook, sachem, his x mark, - L Daniel Teouneslees, son of Skenendo, war chief, his x mark, L S S - 54 WYANDOTS; DELAWARES, SHAWANEES, ETG. BEAR TRIBE. Lodowik Kohsauwetau, his x mark, - L. S. Cornelius Kauhiktoton, his x mark, War Chiefs, L. S. Thos. Osauhataugaunlot, his x mark, º L. S TUSCARoRAs. Thaulondauwaugon, Sachem, his x mark, L. S Kanatjogh, or Nicholas Cusick, war chief, his x mark, L. S Witnesses to the signing and sealing of the agent of the United States, and of the chiefs of the Oneida and Tuscarora nations: S. Kirkland, James Dean, Interpreter. Witnesses to the signing and sealing of the four chiefs of the Stockbridge Indians, whose names are below : Saml. Kirkland, John Sergeant. STOCKBRIDGE INDIANS. Hendrick Aupaumut, Joseph Quonney, John Konkapot, Jacob Konkapot, : WY AND OTS, DE LAWARES, ETC. I concLUDED AUGUST 3, 1795. I A treaty of peace between the United States of America, and the tribes of Indians called the Wyandots, Delawares, Shawanees, Ottawas, Chippewas, Pattawatimas, JMiamis, Eel Rivers, Weas, Kickapoos, Piankeshaws, and Kaskaskias. To put an end to a destructive war, to settle all controversies, and to restore harmony and friendly intercourse between the said United States and Indian tribes, Anthony Wayne, major general commanding the army of the United States, and sole commissioner for the good purposes abovementioned, and the said tribes of Indians, by their sachems, chiefs, and warriors, met together at Greenville, the head quarters of the said army, have agreed on the following articles, which, when ratified by the President, with the advice and consent of the Senate of the United States, shall be binding on them and the said Indian tribes. ART. 1. Henceforth all hostilities shall cease; peace is hereby established, and shall be perpetual; and a friendly intercourse shall take place between the said United States and Indian tribes. ART. 2. All prisoners shall, on both sides, be restored. The Indians, prisoners to the United States, shall be immediately set at liberty. The people of the United States, still remaining prisoners WYANDOTS; DELAWARES, SHAWANEES, ETC. 55 - among the Indians, shall be delivered up in ninety days from the date hereof, to the general or commanding officer at Greenville, fort Wayne, or fort Defiance; and ten chiefs of the said tribes shall remain at Greenville as hostages, until the delivery of the prisoners shall be effected. | ART. 8. The general boundary line between the lands of the United States and the lands of the said Indian tribes, shall begin at the mouth of Cayahoga river, and run thence up the same to the portage, between that and the Tuscarawas branch of the Muskingum, thence down that branch to the crossing place above fort Lawrence, thence westerly to a fork of that branch of the Great Miami river, running into the Ohio, at or near which fork stood Loromie's store, and where commences the portage between the Miami of the Ohio, and St. Mary’s river, which is a branch of the Miami which runs into lake Erie; thence a westerly course to fort Recovery, which stands on a branch of the Wabash ; thence southwesterly in a direct line to the Ohio, so as to intersect that river opposite the mouth of Kentucke or Cuttawa river. And in consideration of the peace now established; of the goods formerly received from the United States; of those now to be delivered; and of the yearly delivery of goods now stipulated to be made here- after; and to indemnify the United States for the injuries and expenses they have sustained during the war, the said Indian tribes do hereby cede and relinquish forever, all their claims to the lands lying eastwardly and southwardly of the general boundary line now described: and these lands, or any part of them, shall never hereafter be made a cause or pretence, on the part of the said tribes, or any of them, of war or injury to the United States, or any of the people thereof. And for the same considerations, and as an evidence of the returning friendship of the said Indian tribes, of their confidence in the United States, and desire to provide for their accommoda- tion, and for that convenient intercourse which will be beneficial to both parties, the said Indian tribes do also cede to the United States the following pieces of land, to wit: 1. One piece of land six miles square, at or near Loromie's store, before mentioned. 2. One piece two miles square, at the head of the navigable water or landing, on the St. Mary’s river, near Girty’s town. 3. One piece six miles square, at the head of the navigable water of the Auglaize river, 4. One piece six miles square, at the confluence of the Auglaize and Miami rivers, where fort Defiance now stands. 5. One piece six miles square, at or near the confluence of the rivers St. Mary’s and St. Joseph’s, where fort Wayne now stands, or near it. 6. One piece two miles square, on the Wabash river, at the end of the portage from the Miami of the lake, and about eight miles westward from fort Wayne. 7. One piece six miles square, at the Ouatanon, or Old Wea towns, on the Wabash river. 8. One piece twelve miles square, at the British fort on the Miami 56 WYANDOTS; DELAWARES, SHAWANEES, ETC. of the lake, at the foot of the rapids. 9. One piece six miles square, at the mouth of the said river, where it empties into the lake. 10. One piece six miles square, upon Sandusky lake, where a fort formerly stood. 11. One piece two miles square, at the lower rapids of Sandusky river. 12. The post of Detroit, and all the land to the north, the west and the south of it, of which the Indian title has been extinguished by gifts or grants to the French or English governments: and so much more land to be annexed to the district of Detroit, as shall be comprehended between the river Rosine, on the south, lake St. Clair on the north, and a line, the general course whereof shall be six miles distant from the west end of lake Erie and Detroit river. 13. The post of Michilimacki- nac, and all the land on the island on which that post stands, and the main land adjacent, of which the Indian title has been , extinguished by gifts or grants to the French or English govern- ments; and a piece of land on the main to the north of the island, to measure six miles, on lake Huron, or the strait between lakes Huron and Michigan, and to extend three miles back from the water of the lake or strait; and also, the Island De Bois Blanc, being an extra and voluntary gift of the Chippewa nation. 14. One piece of land six miles square, at the mouth of Chikago river, emptying into the southwest end of lake Michigan, where a fort formerly stood. 15. One piece twelve miles square, at or near the mouth of the Illinois river, emptying into the Mississippi. 16. One piece six miles square, at the old Piorias fort and village near the south end of the Illinois lake, on said Illinois river. And whenever the United States shall think proper to survey and mark the boundaries of the lands hereby ceded to them, they shall give timely notice thereof to the said tribes of Indians, that they may appoint some of their wise chiefs to attend and see that the lines are run according to the terms of this treaty. And the said Indian tribes will allow to the people of the United States a free passage by land and by water, as one and the other shall be found convenient, through their country, along the chain of posts hereinbefore mentioned; that is to say, from the com- mencement of the portage aforesaid, at or near Loromie's store, thence along said portage to the St. Mary’s, and down the same to fort Wayne, and then down the Miami, to lake Erie; again, from the commencement of the portage at or near Loromie's store along the portage from thence to the river Auglaize, and down the same to its junction with the Miami at fort Defiance; again, from the commencement of the portage aforesaid, to Sandusky river, and down the same to Sandusky bay and lake Erie, and from Sandusky to the post which shall be taken at or near the foot of the Rapids of the Miami of the lake; and from thence to Detroit. Again, from the mouth of Chikago, to the commencement of the portage, between that river and the Illinois, and down the Illinois river to the Mississippi; also, from fort Wayne, along the WYANDOTS; DELAWARES, SHAWANEES, ETC. 57 portage aforesaid, which leads to the Wabash, and then down the Wabash to the Ohio. And the said Indian tribes will also allow to the people of the United States, the free use of the harbors and mouths of rivers along the lakes adjoining the Indian lands, for sheltering vessels and boats, and liberty to land their cargoes where necessary for their safety. ART. 4. In consideration of the peace now established, and of the cessions and relinquishments of lands made in the preceding article by the said tribes of Indians, and to manifest the liberality of the United States, as the great means of rendering this peace strong and perpetual, the United States relinquish their claims to all other Indian lands northward of the river Ohio, eastward of the Mississippi, and westward and southward of the Great Lakes and the waters uniting them, according to the boundary line agreed on by the United States and the King of Great Britain, in the treaty of peace made between them in the year 1783. But from this relinquishment by the United States, the following tracts of land are explicitly excepted. 1st. The tract of one hundred and fifty thousand acres near the rapids of the river Ohio, which has been assigned to General Clark, for the use of himself and his warriors. 2d. The post of St. Vincennes, on the river Wabash, and the lands adjacent, of which the Indian title has been extinguished. 3d. The lands at all other places in possession of the French people and other white settlers among them, of which the Indian title has been extinguished as mentioned in the 3d article; and 4th. The post of fort Massac towards the mouth of the Ohio. To which several parcels of land so excepted, the said tribes relinquish all the title and claim which they or any of them may have. And for the same considerations and with the same views as above mentioned, the United States now deliver to the said Indian tribes a quantity of goods to the value of twenty thousand dollars, the receipt whereof they do hereby acknowledge; and hencefor- ward, every year, forever, the United States will deliver, at some convenient place northward of the river Ohio, like useful goods, suited to the circumstances of the Indians, of the value of nine thousand five hundred dollars; reckoning that value at the first cost of the goods in the city or place in the United States where they shall be procured. The tribes to which those goods are to be annually delivered, and the proportions in which they are to be delivered, are the following: 1st. To the Wyandots, the amount of one thousand dollars. 2d. To the Delawares, the amount of one thousand dollars. 3d. To the Shawanees, the amount of one thousand dollars. 4th. To the Miamis, the amount of one thousand dollars. 5th. To the Ottawas, the amount of one thousand dollars. 6th. To the Chippewas, the amount of one thousand dollars. 7th. To the Pattawatimas, the amount of one thousand dollars. 8th. And to 8 58 WYANDOTS, DELAWARES, SHAWANEES, ETC. the Kickapoo, Wea, Eel River, Piankeshaw, and Kaskaskia tribes, the amount of five hundred dollars each. Provided, that if either of the said tribes shall hereafter, at an annual delivery of their share of the goods aforesaid, desire that a part of their annuity should be furnished in domestic animals, implements of husbandry, and other utensils convenient for them, and in compensation to useful artificers who may reside with or near them, and be employed for their benefit, the same shall, at the subsequent annual deliveries, be furnished accordingly. ART. 5. To prevent any misunderstanding about the Indian lands relinquished by the United States in the fourth article, it is now explicitly declared, that the meaning of that relinquishment is this: the Indian tribes who have a right to those lands, are quietly to enjoy them, hunting, planting, and dwelling thereon, so long as they please, without any molestation from the United States; but when those tribes, or any of them, shall be disposed to sell their lands, or any part of them, they are to be sold only to the United States; and until such sale, the United States will protect all the said Indian tribes in the quiet enjoyment of their lands against all citizens of the United States, and against all other white persons who intrude upon the same. And the said Indian tribes again acknowledge themselves to be under the pro- tection of the said United States, and no other power whatever. ART. 6. If any citizen of the United States, or any other white person or persons, shall presume to settle upon the lands now relinquished by the United States, such citizen or other person shall be out of the protection of the United States; and the Indian tribe, on whose land the settlement shall be made, may drive off the settler, or punish him in such manner as they shall think fit; and because such settlements, made without the consent of the United States, will be injurious to them as well as to the Indians, the United States shall be at liberty to break them up, and remove and punish the settlers as they shall think proper, and so effect that protection of the Indian lands herein before stipulated. ART. 7. The said tribes of Indians, parties to this treaty, shall be at liberty to hunt within the territory and lands which they have now ceded to the United States, without hindrance or molestation, so long as they demean themselves peaceably, and offer no injury to the people of the United States. ART. 8. Trade shall be opened with the said Indian tribes; and they do hereby respectively engage to afford protection to such persons, with their property, as shall be duly licensed to reside among them for the purpose of trade; and to their agents and set- vants; but no person shall be permitted to reside at any of their towns or hunting camps, as a trader, who is not furnished with a license for that purpose, under the hand and seal of the superin- tendent of the department northwest of the Ohio, or such other WYANDOTS, DELAWARES, SHAWANEES, ETC, 59 person as the President of the United States shall authorize to grant such licenses; to the end, that the said Indians may not be imposed on in their trade. * And if any licensed trader shall abuse his privilege by unfair dealing, upon complaint and proof thereof, his license shall be taken from him, and he shall be further punished according to the laws of the United States. And if any person shall intrude himself as a trader, without such license, the said Indians shall take and bring him before the superintendent, or his deputy, to be dealt with according to law. And to prevent impositions by forged licenses, the said Indians shall, at least once a year, give information to the superintendent, or his deputies, of the names of the traders residing among them. ART. 9. Lest the firm peace and friendship now established, should be interrupted by the misconduct of individuals, the United States, and the said Indian tribes agree, that for injuries done by individuals on either side, no private revenge or retaliation shall take place; but instead thereof, complaint shall be made by the party injured, to the other : by the said Indian tribes or any of them, to the President of the United States, or the superintendent by him appointed; and by the superintendent or other person ap- pointed by the President, to the principal chiefs of the said Indian tribes, or of the tribe to which the offender belongs; and such pru- dent measures shall then be pursued as shall be necessary to pre- serve the said peace and friendship unbroken, until the legislature (or great council) of the United States, shall make other equitable provision in the case, to the satisfaction of both parties. Should any Indian tribes meditate a war against the United States, or either of them, and the same shall come to the knowledge of the before- mentioned tribes, or either of them, they do hereby engage to give immediate notice thereof to the general, or officer commanding the troops of the United States, at the nearest post. And should any tribe, with hostile intentions against the United States, or either of them, attempt to pass through their country, they will endeavor to prevent the same, and in like manner give information of such attempt, to the general, or officer commanding, as soon as possible, that all causes of mistrust and suspicion may be avoided between them and the United States. In like manner, the United States shall give notice to the said Indian tribes of any harm that may be meditated against them, or either of them, that shall come to their knowledge; and do all in their power to hinder and prevent the same, that the friendship between them may be uninterrupted. ART, 10. All other treaties heretofore made between the United States, and the said Indian tribes, or any of them, since the treaty of 1783, between the United States and Great Britain, that come *See, in relation to this licensed trade, the “first explanatory article” of the treaty of amity, commerce, and navigation, between the United States and Great Britain, of the 19th of November, 1794. - 60 WYANDOTS, DELAWARES, SHAWANEES, ETC. within the purview of this treaty, shall henceforth cease and become void. In testimony whereof, the said Anthony Wayne, and the sachems and war chiefs of the beforementioned nations and tribes of Indians, have hereunto set their hands and affixed their seals. Done at Greenville, in the territory of the United States north- west of the river Ohio, on the third day of August, one thou- sand seven hundred and ninety-five. Anthony Wayne, WYANDOTS. Tarhe, or Crane, his x mark, J. Williams, jun, his x mark, Teyyaghtaw, his x mark, Haroenyou, or half king's son, his x mark, Tehaawtorens, his x mark, Awmeyeeray, his x mark, Stayetah, his x mark, Shateyyaronyah, or Leather Lips, his x mark, Daughshuttayah, his x mark, Shaawrunthe, his x mark, DELAWARES- Tetabokshke, or Grand Glaize King, his x mark, Lemantanquis, or Black King, his x mark, Wabatthoe, his x mark, Maghpiway, or Red Feather, his x mark, Kikthawenund, or Anderson, his x mark, Bukongehelas, his x mark, Peekeelund, his x mark, Wellebawkeelund, his x mark, Peekeetelemund, or Thomas Adams, his x mark, Kishkopekund, or Captain Buffalo, his x mark, Amenahehan, or Captain Crow, his x mark, Queshawksey, or George Washington, his x mark, Weywinquis, or Billy Siscomb, his x mark, Moses, his x mark, S.H.A.W.A.N.E.E.S. Misquacoonacaw, or Red Pole, his x mark, Cutthewekasaw, or Black Hoof, his x mark, Kaysewaesekah, his x mark, - Weythapamattha, his x mark, Nianymseka, his x mark, Waytheah, or Long Shanks, his x mark, L. L. S. S - WYANDOTS, DELAWARES, SHAWANEES, ETC. 61 Weyapiersenwaw, or Blue Jacket, his x mark, Nequetaughaw, his x mark, Hahgooseekaw, or Captain Reed, his x mark, - OTT AWAS. Augooshaway, his x mark, Keenoshameek, his x mark, La Malice, his x mark, Machiwetah, his x mark, Thowonawa, his x mark, Secaw, his x mark, CHIPPEWAS. Mashipinashiwish, or Bad Bird, his x mark, - Nahshogashe, (from Lake Superior,) his x mark, Kathawasung, his x mark, Masass, his x mark, Nemekass, or Little Thunder, his x mark, Peshawkay, or Young Ox, his x mark, Nanguey, his x mark, Meenedohgeesogh, his x mark, Peewanshemenogh, his x mark, Weymegwas, his x mark, Gobmaatick, his x mark, - OTT AWA. Chegonickska, (an Ottawa from Sandusky,) his x mark, PATTAWATIMAS OF THE RIVER ST. JOSEPH. Thupenebu, his x mark, Nawac, (for himself and brother Etsimethe,) his x mark, Nenanseka, his x mark, Keesass, or Run, his x mark, Kabamasaw, (for himself and brother Chisaugan,) his x mark, Sugganunk, his x mark, Wapmene, or White Pigeon, his x mark, Wacheness, (for himself and brother Pedagoshok,) his xmark, Wabshicawnaw, his x mark, La Chasse, his x mark, Meshegethenogh, (for himself and brother Wawasek,) his x mark, Hingoswash, his x mark, Anewasaw, his x mark, Nawbudgh, his x mark, Missenogomaw, his x mark, Waweegshe, his x mark, Thawme, or Le Blanc, his x mark, Geeque, (for himself and brother Shewinse) his x mark, L. L. . L. S i -- 62 WYANDOTS, DELAWARES, SHAWANEES, ETC. PATTAWATIMAS OF HURON. Okia, his x mark, Chamung, his x mark, Segagewan, his x mark, Nanawme, (for himself and brother A. Gin,) his x mark, Marchand, his x mark, Wenameac, his x mark, : - MIAMIS. Nagohquangogh, or Le Gris, his x mark, L. S. Meshekunnoghquoh, or Little Turtle, his x mark, L. S. MIAMIS AND EEL RIVERS. Peejeewa, or Richard Ville, his x mark, L. S. Cochkepoghtogh, his x mark, L. S. EEL RIVER TRIBE. Shamekunnesa, or Soldier, his x mark, L. S. MIAMIS. Wapamangwa, or the White Loon, his x mark, L. S. WEAS, FOR THEMSELVES AND THE PIANKESHAWS. Amacunsa, or Little Beaver, his x mark, L. S. Acoolatha, or Little Fox, his x mark, L. S. Francis, his x mark, L. S. KICKAPOOS AND KASKASKIAS. Keeawhah, his x mark, L. S. Nemighka, or Josey Renard, his x mark, L. S. Paikeekanogh, his x mark, L. S. DELAWARES OF SANDUSKY. Hawkinpumiska, his x mark, L. S. Peyamawksey, his x mark, L. S. Reyntueco, (of the Six Nations, living at Sandusky,) his x mark, L. S. In presence of (the word “goods” in the 6th line of the 3d article; the word “before” in the 26th line of the 3d article; the words “five hundred” in the 10th line of the 4th article, and the word “Piankeshaw” in the 14th line of the 4th article, being first interlined, ) H. De Butts, first A. D. C. and Sec'ry to Major Gen. Wayne, Wm. H. Harrison, ſlid de Camp to Major Gen. Wayne, T. Lewis, ſlid de Camp to Major Gen. Wayne, SEVEN NATIONS OF CANADA. 63 James O'Hara, Quartermaster Gen’l. John Mills, Major of Infantry, and Adj. Gen’l. Caleb Swan, P. J.M. T. U. S. Geo, Demter, Lieut. Artillery, Vigo, P, Frs. La Fontaine, Ant, Lasselle, Sworn Interpreters. H. Lasselle, Wm. Wells, Jn. Beau Bien, Jacques Lasselle, David Jones, Chaplain U. S. S. M. Morins, Lewis Beaufait, Bt. Sans Crainte, R. Lachambre, Christopher Miller, Jas. Pepen, Robert Wilson, Baties Coutien, Abraham Williams, his x mark, P. Navarre. Isaac Zane, his x mark. SEVEN NATIONS OF CANADA. [concLUDED MAY 31, 1796. I At a treaty held at the city of New York, with the nations or tribes of Indians, denominating themselves the Seven Nations of Ca- mada ; Abraham Ogden, commissioner, appointed under the authority of the United States, to hold the treaty, Ohmaweio, alias Goodstream, Teharagwanegen, alias Thomas Williams, two chiefs of the Caghnawagas ; Atiatoharongwan, alias Colonel Lewis Cook, a chief of the St. Regis Indians, and William Gray, depu- ties, authorized to represent the Seven JVations or tribes of Indians at the treaty, and JMr. Gray, serving also as interpreter; Egbert Benson, Richard Varick, and James Watson, agents for the State of New York; William Constable and Daniel McCormick, purchasers under Alexander Macomb : The agents for the State having, in the presence and with the approbation of the commissioner, proposed to the deputies for the Indians the compensation hereinafter mentioned, for the extinguish- ment of their claim to all lands within the State, and the said deputies being willing to accept the same, it is thereupon granted, agreed, and concluded, between the said deputies and the said agents, as follows: the said deputies do, for, and in the name of the said Seven Nations or . of Indians, cede, release, and quit claim to the people of the State of New York, for ever, all the claim, right, or title of them, the said Seven Nations or tribes of Indians, to lands within the said State: provided nevertheless, that the tract equal to six miles square, reserved in the sale made by the commissioners of the land office of the said State, to Alex- 64 sEvºN NATIONs of CANADA. ander Macomb, to be applied to the use of the Indians of the village of St. Regis, shall still remain so reserved. The said agents do, for and in the name of the people of the State of New York, grant to the said Seven Nations or tribes of Indians that the people of the State of New York shall pay to them, at the mouth of the river Chazy, on Lake Champlain, on the third Monday in August next, the sum of one thousand two hundred and thirty- three pounds six shillings and eight pence, and the further sum of two hundred and thirteen pounds six shillings and eight pence, lawful money, of the said State; and on the third Monday in Au- gust, yearly, for ever thereafter, the like sum of two hundred and thirteen pounds six shillings and eight pence: provided neverthe- less, that the people of the State of New York shall not be held to pay the said sums, unless, in respect to the two sums to be paid on the third Monday in August next, at least twenty, and in respect to the said yearly sum to be paid thereafter, at least five, of the principal men of the said Seven Nations or tribes of Indians, shall attend as deputies to receive and to give receipts for the same: the said deputies having suggested, that the Indians of the village of St. Regis have built a mill on Salmon river, and another on Grass river; and that the meadows on Grass river are neces- sary to them for hay ; in order, therefore, to secure to the Indians of the said village, the use of the said mills and meadows, in case they should hereafter appear not to be included within the above tract, so to remain reserved; it is, therefore, also agreed and con- cluded between the said deputies, the said agents, and the said William Constable and Daniel McCormick, for themselves and their associates, purchasers under the said Alexander Macomb, of the adjacent lands, that there shall be reserved, to be applied to the use of the Indians of the said village of St. Regis, in like manner as the said tract is to remain reserved; a tract of one mile square, at each of the said mills, and the meadows on both sides of the said Grass river, from the said mill thereon to its confluence with the river St. Lawrence. - In testimony whereof, the said commissioner, the said deputies, the said agents, and the said William Constable and Daniel McCormick, have hereunto, and to two other acts of the same tenor and date, one to remain with the United States, another to remain with the State of New York, and another to remain with the said Seven Nations or tribes of Indians, set their hands and seals, in the city of New York, the thirty-first day of May, in the twentieth year of the independence of the United States, one thousand seven hundred and ninety-six. Abraham Ogden, L. S. Egbert Benson, L. S. Richard Varick, - L. S. CIREE KS. 65 James Watson, William Constable, Daniel McCormick, Ohaweio, alias Goodstream, his x mark, - Otiatokarongwan, alias Col. Lewis Cook, his x mark, L. William Gray, - L. Teharagwanegen, alias Thos. Williams, his x mark, L. Signed, sealed, and delivered, in the presence of Samuel Jones, Recorder of the City of JWew York, John Tayler, Recorder of the City of Albany, Joseph Ogden Hoffman, Attorney General of the State of New York. C REE K.S. I concLUDED JUNE 29, 1796; RATIFIED MARCH 18, 1797. I JOHN ADAMS, PRESIDENT OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, To all to whom these presents shall come; greeting: Whereas, a treaty of peace and friendship was made and con- cluded on, at Colerain, in the State of Georgia, the twenty-ninth day of June, one thousand seven hundred and ninety-six, between the President of the United States of America, on the one part, and behalf of the said States, and the kings, chiefs and warriors of the Creek nation of Indians on the part of the said nation; which treaty is in the words following, to wit: ºff treaty of peace and friendship, made and concluded between the President of the United States of America, on the one part, and behalf of the said States, and the undersigned kings, chiefs, and warriors, of the Creek nation of Indians, on the part of the said mation. The parties being desirous of establishing permanent peace and friendship between the United States and the said Creek nation, and the citizens and members thereof; and to remove the causes of war, by ascertaining their limits, and making other necessary, just, and friendly arrangements; the President of the United States, by Benjamin Hawkins, George Clymer, and Andrew Pickens, com- missioners whom he hath constituted with powers for these pur- poses, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate; and the Creek nation of Indians, by the undersigned kings, chiefs, and warriors, representing the whole Creek nation, have agreed to the following articles: - - ART. 1. The treaty entered into at New York, between the parties, on the 7th day of August, 1790, is, and shall remain ob- 9 - - 66 CREEKS. ligatory on the contracting parties, according to the terms of it, except as herein provided for. ART. 2. The boundary line from the Currahee mountain to the head or source of the main south branch of the Oconee river, called by the white people Appalatchee, and by the Indians Tula- pocka, and down the middle of the same, shall be clearly ascertain- ed and marked, at such time, and in such manner, as the President shall direct. And the Indians will, on being informed of the dete- mination of the President, send as many of their old chiefs as he may require, to see the line ascertained and marked. ART. 3. The President of the United States of America shall have full powers, whenever he may deem it advisable, to establish a trading or military post on the south side of the Alatamaha on the bluff, about one mile above Beard’s Bluff; or any where, from thence down the said river on the lands of the Indians, to garrison the same with any part of the military force of the United States, to protect the post, and to prevent the violation of any of the pro- visions or regulations subsisting between the parties: and the Indians do hereby annex to the post aforesaid, a tract of land of five miles square, bordering one side on the river; which post and the lands annexed thereto, are hereby ceded to, and shall be to the use, and under the government, of the United States of America. ART. 4. As soon as the President of the United States has determined on the time and manner of running the line from the Currahee mountain, to the head or source of the main south branch of the Oconee, and notified the chiefs of the Creek land of the same, a suitable number of persons on their part, shall attend to see the same completed: and if the President should deem it pro- per, then to fix on any place or places adjoining the river, and on the Indian lands, for military or trading posts, the Creeks who attend there will concur in fixing the same, according to the wishes of the President. And to each post the Indians shall annex a tract of land of five miles square, bordering one side on the river. And the said lands shall be to the use, and under the government of the United States of America: provided always, that whenever any of the trading or military posts mentioned in this treaty, shall, in the opinion of the President of the United States of America, be no longer necessary for the purposes intended by this cession, the same shall revert to, and become a part of the Indian lands. ART. 5. Whenever the President of the United States of Ame- rica, and the King of Spain, may deem it advisable to mark the boundaries which separate their territories, the President shall give notice thereof to the Creek chiefs, who will furnish two prin- cipal chiefs, and twenty hunters to accompany the persons em- ployed on this business, as hunters and guides, from the Choctaw country, to the head of St. Mary’s. The chiefs shall receive each half a dollar per day, and the hunters one quarter of a dollar each CIRE E K.S. 67 per day, and ammunition, and a reasonable value for the meat delivered by them for the use of the persons on this service. ART. 6. The treaties of Hopewell, between the United States and the Choctaws and Chickasaws, and at Holston, between the Cherokees and the United States, mark the boundaries of those tribes of Indians. And the Creek nation do hereby relinquish all claims to any part of the territory inhabited or claimed by the citi- zens of the United States, in conformity with the said treaties. ART. 7. The Creek nation shall deliver, as soon as practicable, to the superintendent of Indian affairs, at such place as he may direct, all citizens of the United States, white inhabitants, and negroes, who are now prisoners in any part of the said nation, agreeable to the treaty at New York, and also all citizens, white inhabitants, negroes and property taken since the signing of that treaty. And if any such prisoners, negroes, or property should not be delivered, on or before the first day of January next, the governor of Georgia may empower three persons to repair to the said nation, in order to claim and receive such prisoners, negroes, and property; under the direction of the President of the United States. ART. 8. In consideration of the friendly disposition of the Creek nation towards the government of the United States, evidenced by the stipulations in the present treaty, and particularly the leav- ing it in the discretion of the President to establish trading or mili- tary posts on their lands; the commissioners of the United States, on behalf of the said States, give to the said nation, goods to the value of six thousand dollars, and stipulate to send to the Indian nation, two blacksmiths, with strikers, to be employed for the upper and lower Creeks, with the necessary tools. ART. 9. All animosities for past grievances shall henceforth cease, and the contracting parties will carry the foregoing treaty into full execution with all good faith and sincerity: provided nevertheless, that persons now under arrest, in the State of Geor- gia, for a violation of the treaty at New York, are not to be included in this amnesty, but are to abide the decision of law. ART, 10. This treaty shall take effect and be obligatory on the contracting parties, as soon as the same shall have been ratified by the President of the United States, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate. Done at Colerain, the 29th of June, one thousand seven hundred and ninety-six. - Benjamin Hawkins, L. S. George Clymer, L. S. Andrew Pickens, L. S. COWETAS, Chruchateneah, his x mark, L. S. Tusikia Mico, his x mark, L. S. Inclenis Mico, his x mark, L. S. 68 CREEKS. CUSSITAS, BROKEN ARROWS, EUCHEES, USUCHEES, CHEHAWS, TALEHANAS, OAKMULGEES; EUPHALES; OTTASSEES, TALLESSEES; LITTLE OAKJOYS, HICORY GROUND, KUYALEGEEs, WEAKIS, CLEEWALLEES; COOSIS, TUCKABATHEES, OAKFUSKEES, ABA COUCHEES, Tuskenah, his x mark, Ookfuskee Tustuneka, his x mark, Clewalee Tustuneka, his x mark, Tusikia Mico, his x mark, Cussita Mico, his x mark, Fusateehee Mico, his x mark, Opoey Mico, his x mark, Tustumeka Mico, his x mark, Othley Opoey, his x mark, Opoey Tustuneka, his x mark, Oboethly Tustuneka, his x mark, Euchee Mico, his x mark, Osaw Enehah, his x mark, Ephah Tuskenah, his x mark, Tusikia Mico, his x mark, Chehaw Mico, his x mark, Othley Poey Mico, his x mark, Othley Poey Tustimiha, his x mark, Opoey Thlocco, his x mark, Parachuckley, his x mark, Tuskenah, his x mark, Pahose Mico, his x mark, Tustunika Chopco, his x mark, Fusatchee Hulloo Mico, his x mark, Tusikia Mico, his x mark, Mico Opoey, his x mark, Tallessee Mico, his x mark, Othley Poey Mico, his x mark, Meeke Matla, his x mark, Opoey Mico, his x mark, Kelese Hatkie, his x mark, Nenehomotca Opoey, his x mark, Tusikia Mico, his x mark, Opoey-e-Matla, his x mark, Hosonupe Hodjo, his x mark, Holahto Mico, his x mark, Tustunika Thlocco, his x mark, Pashphalaha, his x mark, Spani Hodjo, his x mark, Tustonika, his x mark, UPPER EUPHAULEs, Opoey, his x mark, NATCHEES, Chinibe, his x mark, . S. S. . S. CREEKS. UPPER CHEEHAws, Spokoi Hodjo, his x mark, MACKASOOKOS, OCONEES, CUSETAHS, KEALEEGEES, HITCHETAWS; TUCKABATCHEES; KIALEEGEES; BIG T ALL ASEES, BIG TALASSEE, Tustunika, his x mark, Tuskeehenehaw, his x mark, Knapematha Thlocco, his x mark, Cusa Mico, his x mark, Tusekia Mico Athee, his x mark, Halartee Matla, his x mark, Talahoua Mico, his x mark, Neathlocto, his x mark, Nuckfamico, his x mark, Estechaco Mico, his x mark, Tuskegee Tuskinagee, his x mark, Cochus Mico, his x mark, Opio Hajo, his x mark, Oneas Tustenagee, his x mark, Alak Ajo, his x mark, Stilcpeck Chatee, his x mark, Tuchesee Mico, his x mark, Cheea Hajo, his x mark, Talmasee Matla, his x mark, Tustincke Hajo, his x mark, Okolissa, his x mark, Coweta Matla, his x mark, Coosa Mico, his x mark, Fusatchee Mico, his x mark, Pio Hatkee, his x mark, Foosatchee Mico, his x mark, Neathlaco, his x mark, Tuchabatchee Howla, his x mark, Spoko Hajo, his x mark, Chuckchack Nincha, his x mark, Opoyo Matla, his x mark, Lachlee Matla, his x mark, Chowostia Hajo, his x mark, Neathloco Opyo, his x mark, Neathloco, his x mark, Chowlactley Mico, his x mark, Tocoso Hajo, his x mark, Hoochee Matla, his x mark, Howlacta, his x mark, Tustinica Mico, his x mark, Opoy Fraico, his x mark, Houlacta, his x mark, Etcatee Hajo, his x mark, - 70 CREET. S. Chosolop Hajo, his x mark, Coosa Hajo, his x mark, TUCHARATCHEEs, Chohajo, his x mark, COOSIS, Tuskegee Tustinagee, his x mark, Talmasa Watalica, his x mark, EUPHALEES, Totkes Hago, his x mark, OTA SEES, Opio Tustinagee, his x mark, Yaſkee Mall Hajo, his x mark, Oboyethlee Tustinagee, his x mark, Tustinagee Hajo, his x mark, Hillibee Tustinagee Hajo, his x mark, Effa Tuskeena, his x mark, Emathlee Loco, his x mark, Tustanagee Mico, his x mark, Yaha Tustinagee, his x mark, Cunctastee Tustanagee, his x mark, OTTASEES, Coosa Tustinagee, his x mark, Neamatle Matla, his x mark, WEEOKEES, Tusticnika Hajo, his x mark, TUCHARATHEEs, Neamatoochee, his x mark, CUSSITAS, Telewa Othleopoya, his x mark, - Talmasse Matla, his x mark, Niah Weathla, his x mark, Emathlee-laco, his x mark, Ottesee Matla, his x mark, Muclassee Matla, his x mark, Eufallee Matla, his x mark, TUCKABATCHEEs, Cunipee Howla, his x mark, COWETAS, Hospotak Tustinagee, his x mark, NATCHEZ, Spoko Hodjo, his x mark, UCHEES, Tustinagee Chatee, his x mark, I. USUCHEES, Spokoca Tustinagee, his x mark, L. Othley-poey-Tustinagee, his x mark, L. L Tuskeeneah, his x mark, WITNEss: J. Seagrove, Superintendent Indian Affairs, C. W. Henry Gaither, Lieutenant Colonel Commandant, . L. i . I, - s S s - S S Const. Freeman, A. W. D. JMajor Artillery and Engineers, Samuel Tinsley, Capt. 3d Sub-legion, Samuel Allison, Ensign. 2d Sub-legion, John W. Thompson, Ensign 1st U. S. S. Legion, Geo. Gillasspy, Surgeon L. U. S., Tim. Barnard, D.A. and Sworn Interpreter, CREEKS, 71 James Burges, D. A. and Sworn Interpreter, James Jordan, Richard Thomas, Alexander Cornels, William Eaton, Capt. 4th U. S. Sub-legion, Comd’t, at Colerain, and Secretary to the Commission. And whereas the Senate of the United States, two-thirds of the senators present concurring, did, by their resolution of the second day of March instant, “ consent to, and advise the President of the United States to ratify the treaty of peace and friendship, made and concluded at Colerain, in the State of Georgia, on the 29th June, 1796, between the President of the United States of America, on the part and behalf of the said States, and the kings, chiefs, and warriors, of the Creek nation of Indians, on the part of the said nation: provided, and on condition, that nothing in the third and fourth articles of the said treaty, expressed in the words following: ‘ART, 3. The President of the United States of America shall have full powers, whenever he may deem it advisable, to establish a trading or military post on the south side of the Alatamaha, on the bluff about one mile above Beard’s Bluff; or any where from thence down the said river, on the lands of the Indians, to garrison the same with any part of the military force of the United States, to protect the post, and to prevent the violation of any of the provisions or regulations subsisting between the parties: and the Indians do hereby annex to the post aforesaid, a tract of land of five miles square, bordering one side on the river, which post and the lands annexed thereto, are hereby ceded to, and shall be to the use, and under the government, of the United States of America.’ ‘ART. 4. As soon as the President of the United States has determined on the time and manner of running the line from the Currahee mountain, to the head or source of the main south branch of the Oconee, and notified the chiefs of the Creek land of the same, a suitable number of persons on their part shall attend, to see the same completed: and if the President should deem it proper, then to fix on any place or places adjoining the river, and on the Indian lands for military or trading posts; the Creeks, who attend there, will concur in fixing the same, according to the wishes of the President. And to each post, the Indians shall annex a tract of land of five miles square, bordering one side on the river. And the said lands shall be to the use and under the government of the United States of America: provided always, that whenever any of the trading or military posts men- tioned in this treaty, shall, in the opinion of the President of the United States of America, be no longer necessary for the purposes intended by this cession, the same shall revert to, and become a part of the Indian lands: shall be construed to effect any claim of the State of Georgia, to the right of pre-emption in the land 72 MOBIAW KS. therein set apart for military or trading posts; or to give to the United States without the consent of the said State, any right to the soil or to the exclusive legislation over the same; or any other right than that of establishing, maintaining, and exclusively governing military and trading posts within the Indian territory mentioned in the said articles, as long as the frontier of Georgia may require these establishments.” Now know ye, that I, having seen and considered the said treaty, do hereby accept, ratify, and confirm the same, and every article and clause thereof; under and subject to the proviso and condition mentioned and contained in the aforesaid resolution of the Senate of the United States. In testimony whereof, I have caused the seal of the United States to be hereunto affixed, and signed the same with my hand. - - Given at the city of Philadelphia, the eighteenth day of March, in the year of our Lord one thousand seven hundred and ninety-seven, and in the twenty-first year of the sovereignty and independence of the United States of America. JOHN ADAMS. By the President of the United States: TIMOTHY PICKERING, Secretary of State. M. O. H. A. W. K. S. I concLUDED MARCH 29, 1797. Relinquishment to New York, by the Mohawk nation of Indians, under the sanction ºf the United States of America, of all claim to lands in that State. At a treaty held under the authority of the United States, with the Mohawk nation of Indians, residing in the province of Upper Canada, within the dominions of the King of Great Britain, pre- sent the honorable Isaac Smith, commissioner appointed by the United States to hold this treaty; Abraham Ten Broeck, Egbert Benson, and Ezra L’Hommedieu, agents for the State of New York; captain Joseph Brandt, and captain John Deserontyon, two of the said Indians, and deputies to represent the said nation at this treaty. The said agents having, in the presence, and with the approba- tion of the said commissioner, proposed to and adjusted with the said deputies, the compensation as hereinafter mentioned to be made to the said nation, for their claim, to be extinguished by this treaty, to all lands within the said State: it is thereupon finally agreed and done, between the said agents, and the said deputies, as fol- SENE KAS. 73 lows, that is to say: the said agents do agree to pay to the said deputies, the sum of one thousand dollars, for the use of the said nation, to be by the said deputies paid over to, and distributed among, the persons and families of the said nation, according to their usages. The sum of five hundred dollars, for the expenses of the said deputies, during the time they have attended this treaty: and the sum of one hundred dollars, for their expenses in returning, and for conveying the said sum of one thousand dollars, to where the said nation resides. And the said agents do accord- ingly, for and in the name of the people of the State of New York, pay the said three several sums to the said deputies, in the presence of the said commissioner. And the said deputies do agree to cede and release, and these presents witness, that they accordingly do, for and in the name of the said nation, in consideration of the said compensation, cede and release to the people of the State of New York, forever, all the right or title of the said nation to lands within the said state: and the claim of the said nation to lands within the said state, is hereby wholly and finally extinguished. In testimony whereof, the said commissioner, the said agents, and the said deputies, have hereunto, and to two other acts of the same tenor and date, one to remain with the United States, one to remain with the said State, and one delivered to the said deputies, to remain with the said nation, set their hands and seals, at the city of Albany, in the said State, the twenty-ninth day of March, in the year one thousand seven hundred and ninety-seven. Isaac Smith, L. S. Abm. Ten Broeck, L. S. WITNEsses. Egbt. Benson, L. S. Robert Yates, Ezra L’Hommedieu, L. s. John Tayler, Jos. Brandt, L. S. Chas. Williamson, John Deserontyon, L. S. Thomas Morris, The mark of x John Abeel, alias the Cornplanter, a chief of the Semekas. SENE KAS. I concLUDED SEPTEMBER 15, 1797. I Contract entered into under the sanction of the United States of America, between Robert Morris and the Seneca nation of Indians. - This indenture, made the fifteenth day of September, in the year of our Lord one thousand seven hundred and ninety-seven, between the sachems, chiefs, and warriors of the Seneka nation 10 - - 74 SENEKA.S. of Indians, of the first part, and Robert Morris, of the city of Philadelphia, esquire, of the second part. Whereas, the Commonwealth of Massachusetts have granted, bargained, and sold unto the said Robert Morris, his heirs and assigns, forever, the pre-emptive right, and all other the right, title, and interest, which the said commonwealth had to all that tract of land hereinafter particularly mentioned, being part of a tract of land lying within the State of New York, the right of pre-emption of the soil whereof, from the native Indians, was ceded and granted by the said State of New York, to the said commonwealth: and whereas, at a treaty held under the authority of the United States, with the said Seneka nation of Indians, at Genesee, in the county of Ontario, and State of New York, on the day of the date of these presents, and on sundry days imme- diately prior thereto, by the honorable Jeremiah Wadsworth, esquire, a commissioner appointed by the President of the United States to hold the same, in pursuance of the constitution, and of the act of the congress of the United States, in such case made and provided, it was agreed, in the presence and with the approbation of the said commissioner, by the sachems, chiefs, and warriors of the said nation of Indians, for themselves and in behalf of their nation, to sell to the said Robert Morris, and to his heirs and assigns, forever, all their right to all that tract of land above re- cited, and hereinafter particularly specified, for the sum of one hun- dred thousand dollars, to be by the said Robert Morris vested in the stock of the Bank of the United States, and held in the name of the President of the United States, for the use and behoof of the said nation of Indians, the said agreement and sale being also made in the presence, and with the approbation of the honorable William Shepard, esquire, the superintendent appointed for such purpose, in pursuance of a resolve of the general court of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, passed the eleventh day of March, in the year of our Lord one thousand seven hundred and ninety-one: now this indenture witnesseth, that the said parties, of the first part, for and in consideration of the premises above recited, and for divers other good and valuable considerations them thereunto moving, have granted, bargained, sold, aliened, released, enfeoffed, and confirmed; and by these presents do grant, bargain, sell, alien, release, enfeoff, and confirm, unto the said party of the second part, his heirs and assigns, forever, all that certain tract of land, except as is hereinafter excepted, lying within the county of Ontario, and State of New York, being part of a tract of land, the right of pre-emption whereof was ceded by the State of New York to the commonwealth of Massachusetts, by deed of cession executed at Hartford, on the sixteenth day of December, in the year of our Lord one thousand seven hundred and eighty-six, being all such part thereof as is not included in the Indian purchase made by Oliver Phelps and Nathaniel Gorham, sENERAs. 75 and bounded as follows, to wit: easterly, by the land confirmed to Oliver Phelps and Nathaniel Gorham by the legislature of the commonwealth of Massachusetts, by an act passed the twenty-first day of November, in the year of our Lord one thousand seven hundred and eighty-eight; southerly, by the north boundary line of the State of Pennsylvania; westerly, partly by a tract of land, part of the land ceded by the State of Massachusetts to the United States, and by them sold to Pennsylvania, being a right angled triangle, whose hypothenuse is in or along the shore of lake Erie; partly by lake Erie, from the northern point of that triangle to the southern bounds of a tract of land one mile in width, lying on and along the east side of the strait of Niagara, and partly by the said tract to lake Ontario; and on the north by the boundary line between the United States and the King of Great Britain; ex- cepting nevertheless, and always reserving out of this grant and conveyance, all such pieces or parcels of the aforesaid tract, and such privileges thereunto belonging, as are next hereinafter parti- cularly mentioned, which said pieces or parcels of land so excepted, are, by the parties to these presents, clearly and fully understood to remain the property of the said parties of the first part, in as full and ample manner as if these presents had not been executed; that is to say, excepting and reserving to them, the said parties of the first part, and their nation, one piece or parcel of the afore- said tract, at Canawagus, of two square miles, to be laid out in such manner as to include the village, extending in breadth one mile along the river; one other piece or parcel at Big Tree, of two square miles, to be laid out in such manner as to include the village, extending in breadth along the river one mile; one other piece or parcel of two square miles at Little Beard’s town, ex- tending one mile along the river, to be laid off in such manner as to include the village; one other tract of two square miles, at Squawky Hill, to be laid off as follows, to wit: one square mile to be laid off along the river, in such manner as to include the village, the other directly west thereof and contiguous thereto; one other piece or parcel at Gardeau, beginning at the mouth of Steep Hill creek, thence due east, until it strikes the old path, thence south until a due west line will intersect with certain steep rocks on the west side of Genesee river, then extending due west, due north, and due east, until it strikes the first mentioned bound, enclosing as much land on the west side as on the east side of the river. One other piece or parcel at Kaounadeau, extending in length eight miles along the river and two miles in breadth. One other piece or parcel at Cataraugos, beginning at the mouth of the Eighteen mile or Koghquaugu creek, thence a line or lines to be drawn parallel to lake Erie, at the distance of one mile from the lake, to the mouth of Cataraugos creek, thence a line or lines extending twelve miles up the north side of said creek at the dis- tance of one mile therefrom, thence a direct line to the said creek, 76 SENEKA. S. thence down the said creek to lake Erie, thence along the lake to the first mentioned creek, and thence to the place of beginning. Also, one other piece at Cataraugos, beginning at the shore of lake Erie, on the south side of Cataraugos creek, at the distance of one mile from the mouth thereof, thence running one mile from the lake, thence on a line parallel thereto to a point within one mile from the Connondauweyea creek, thence up the said creek one mile, on a line parallel thereto, thence on a direct line to the said creek, thence down the same to lake Erie, thence along the lake to the place of beginning. Also one other piece or parcel of forty-two square miles, at or near the Allegenny river. Also, two hundred square miles, to be laid off partly at the Buffalo and partly at the Tannawanta Creeks. Also excepting and reserving to them, the said parties of the first part and their heirs, the pri- vilege of fishing and hunting on the said tract of land hereby in- tended to be conveyed. And it is hereby understood by and between the parties to these presents, that all such pieces or parcels of land as are hereby reserved, and are not particularly described as to the manner in which the same are to be laid off, shall be laid off in such manner as shall be determined by the sachems and chiefs residing at or near the respective villages where such reservations are made, a particular note whereof to be endorsed on the back of this deed, and recorded there with, to- gether with all and singular the rights, privileges, hereditaments, and appurtenances thereunto belonging, or in anywise apper- taining. And all the estate, right, title, and interest, whatsoever, of them the said parties of the first part and their nation, of in, and to the said tract of land above described, except as is above excepted, to have and to hold all and singular the said granted premises, with the appurtenances, to the said party of the second part, his heirs and assigns, to his and their proper use, benefit, and behoof forever. In witness whereof, the parties to these presents have hereunto interchangeably set their hands and seals, the day and year first above written. Robert Morris, by his attorney, Thomas Morris, Koyengquahtah, alias Young King, his x mark, Soonookshewan, his x mark, - Komutaico, alias Handsome Lake, his x mark, Sattakanguyase, alias Two Skies of a length, his x mark, Onayawos, or Farmer's Brother, his x mark, Soogooyawautau, alias Red Jacket, his x mark, Gishkaka, alias Little Billy, his x mark, Kaoundoowana, alias Pollard, his x mark, Ouneashataikau, or Tall Chief, by his agent, Stevenson, his x mark, - Teahdowainggua, alias Thos. Jemison, his x mark, . -- SENEKA. S. 77 Onnonggaiheko, alias Infant, his x mark, Tekonnondee, his x mark, Oneghtaugooau, his x mark, Connawaudeau, his x mark, Taosstaiefi, his x mark, Koeentwahka, or Corn Planter, his x mark, Oosaukaunendauki, alias to Destroy a Town, his x mark, Sooeoowa, alias Parrot Nose, his x mark, Toonahookahwa, his x mark, Howwennounew, his x mark, Kounahkaetoue, his x mark, Taouyaukauna, his x mark, Woudougoohkta, his x mark, Sonauhquaukau, his x mark, Twaumauiyana, his x mark, Takaunoudea, his x mark, Shequinedaughgue, or Little Beard, his x mark, Jowaa, his x mark, - Saunajee, his x mark, Tauoiyuquatakausea, his x mark, Taoundaudish, his x mark, Tooauquinda, his x mark, Ahtaou, his x mark, - Taukooshoondakoo, his x mark, Kauneskanggo, his x mark, Soononjuwau, his x mark, Tonowauiya, or Captain Bullet, his x mark, Jaahkaaeyas, his x mark, Taugihshauta, his x mark, Sukkenjoonau, his x mark, Ahquatieya, or Hot Bread, his x mark, Suggonundau, his x mark, Tauno waintooh, his x mark, Konnonjoowauna, his x mark, Soogooeyandestak, his x mark, Hautwanauekkau, by Young King, his x mark, Sauweju wan, his x mark, Kaunoohshauwen, his x mark, Taukonondaugekta, his x mark, Kaouyanoughgue, or John Jemison, his x mark, Hoiegush, his x mark, Taknaahquau, his x mark, Sealed and delivered in presence of Nat wº Howell, Henry Aaron Hills, Joseph Ellicott, Henry Abeel, Israel Chapin, Jaspar Parrish, James Rees, Horatio Jones, L. ! Interpreters. S. 78 CHEROKE ES. Done at a full and general treaty of the Seneka nation of In- dians, held at Genesee, in the county of Ontario, and State of New York, on the fifteenth day of September, in the year of our Lord one thousand seven hundred and ninety-seven, under the authority of the United States. In testimony whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and seal, the day and year aforesaid. JERE. WADSWORTH, [L. s.] Pursuant to a resolution of the legislature of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, passed the eleventh day of March, in the year of our Lord one thousand seven hundred and ninety-one, I have attended a full and general treaty of the Seneka nation of Indians, at Genesee, in the county of Ontario, when the within instrument was duly executed in my presence by the sachems, chiefs, and warriors of the said nation, being fairly and properly understood and transacted by all the parties of Indians concerned, and declared to be done to their universal satisfaction: I therefore certify and approve of the same. WILLIAM SHEPARD. Subscribed in presence of NAT. W. How ELL. CHE R O KEE S. I concLUDED octop ER 2, 1798. I Articles of a treaty between the United States of America, and the Cherokee Indians. Whereas the treaty made and concluded on Holston river, on the second day of July, in the year one thousand seven hundred and ninety-one, between the United States of America, and the Cherokee nation of Indians, had not been carried into execution, for some time thereafter, by reason of some misunderstandings which had arisen: and whereas, in order to remove such misun- derstandings, and to provide for carrying the said treaty into effect, and for re-establishing more fully the peace and friendship between the parties, another treaty was held, made, and concluded, by and between them, at Philadelphia, the twenty-sixth day of June, in the year one thousand seven hundred and ninety-four: in which, among other things, it was stipulated, that the boundaries men- tioned in the fourth article of the said treaty of Holston, should be actually ascertained and marked, in the manner prescribed by the said article, whenever the Cherokee nation should have ninety days' notice of the time and place at which the commissioners of CHEROKE ES, 79 the United States intended to commence their operation; and whereas, further delays in carrying the said fourth article into complete effect did take place, so that the boundaries mentioned and described therein, were not regularly ascertained and marked, until the latter part of the year one thousand seven hundred and ninety-seven ; before which time, and for want of knowing the direct course of the said boundary, divers settlements were made, by divers citizens of the United States, upon the Indian lands over and beyond the boundaries so mentioned and described in the said article, and contrary to the intention of the said treaties; but which settlers were removed from the said Indian lands, by au- thority of the United States, as soon after the boundaries had been so lawfully ascertained and marked as the nature of the case had admitted: and whereas, for the purpose of doing justice to the Cherokee nation of Indians, and remedying inconveniences aris- ing to citizens of the United States, from the adjustment of the boundary line between the lands of the Cherokees and those of the United States, or the citizens thereof, or from any other cause in relation to the Cherokees; and in order to promote the interests and safety of the said States, and the citizens thereof, the Presi- dent of the United States, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate thereof, hath appointed George Walton, of Georgia; and the President of the United States hath also appointed lieu- tenant colonel Thomas Butler, commanding the troops of the United States, in the State of Tennessee, to be commissioners for the purpose aforesaid; and who, on the part of the United States, and the Cherokee nation, by the undersigned chiefs and warriors, representing the said nation, have agreed to the following articles, namely: ART. 1. The peace and friendship subsisting between the United States and the Cherokee people, are hereby renewed, continued, and declared perpetual. ART. 2. The treaties subsisting between the present contracting parties, are acknowledged to be of full and operating force; together with the construction and usage under their respective articles, and so to continue. ARt. 3. The limits and boundaries of the Cherokee nation, as stipulated and marked by the existing treaties between the parties, shall be and remain the same, where not altered by the present treaty. º 4. In acknowledgment for the protection of the United States, and for the considerations hereinafter expressed and con- tained, the Cherokee nation agree, and do hereby relinquish and cede to the United States, all the lands within the following points and lines, viz. from a point on the Tennessee river, below Tellico block house, called the Wildcat Rock, in a direct line to the Mili- tia spring near the Maryville road leading from Tellico. From 80 CHEROKE ES. the said spring to the Chillhowie mountain, by a line so to be run, as will leave all the farms on Nine Mile Creek to the northward and eastward of it; and to be continued along Chillhowie moun- tain, until it strikes Hawkins's Line. Thence along the said line to the great Iron mountain; and from the top of which a line to be continued in a southeastwardly course to where the most south- wardly branch of Little river crosses the divisional line to Tugalo river: from the place of beginning, the Wildcat Rock, down the northeast margin of the Tennessee river, (not including islands) to a point or place one mile above the junction of that river with the Clinch, and from thence by a line to be drawn in a right angle, until it intersects Hawkins's line leading from Clinch. Thence down the said line to the river Clinch; thence up the said river to its junction with Emmery’s river; and thence up Emmery's river to the foot of Cumberland mountain. From thence a line to be drawn, northeastwardly, along the foot of the mountain, until it intersects with Campbell's line. ART. 5. To prevent all future misunderstanding about the line described in the foregoing article, two commissioners shall be appointed to superintend the running and marking the same, where not ascertained by the rivers, immediately after signing this treaty; one to be appointed by the commissioners of the United States, and the other by the Cherokee nation; and who shall cause three maps or charts thereof to be made out; one whereof shall be trans- mitted and deposited in the war office of the United States; ano- ther with the executive of the State of Tennessee, and the third with the Cherokee nation, which said line shall form a part of the boundary between the United States and the Cherokee nation. ART. 6. In consideration of the relinquishment and cession hereby made, the United States, upon signing the present treaty, shall cause to be delivered to the Cherokees, goods, wares, and merchandise, to the amount of five thousand dollars, and shall cause to be delivered, annually, other goods, to the amount of one thousand dollars, in addition to the annuity already provided for; and will continue the guarantee of the remainder of their country forever, as made and contained in former treaties. ART. 7. The Cherokee nation agree, that the Kentucky road, running between the Cumberland mountain and the Cumberland river, where the same shall pass through the Indian land, shall be an open and free road for the use of the citizens of the United States, in the like manner as the road from Southwest Point to Cumberland river. In consideration of which it is hereby agreed on the part of the United States, that until settlements shall make it improper, the Cherokee hunters shall be at liberty to hunt and take game upon the lands relinquished and ceded by this treaty. ART. 8. Due notice shall be given to the principal towns of the Cherokees, of the time proposed for delivering the annual stipends; CHERO KEE S. 81 and sufficient supplies of provisions shall be furnished, by and at the expense of the United States, to subsist such reasonable num- ber that may be sent, or shall attend to receive them, during a reasonable time. - - - - ART. 9. It is mutually agreed between the parties, that horses stolen and not returned within ninety days, shall be paid for at the rate of sixty dollars each; if stolen by a white man, citizen of the United States, the Indian proprietor shall be paid in cash; and if stolen by an Indian from a citizen, to be deducted as expressed in the fourth article of the treaty of Philadelphia. This article shall have retrospect to the commencement of the first conferences at this place, in the present year, and no further. And all ani- mosities, aggressions, thefts, and plunderings, prior to that day, shall cease, and be no longer remembered or demanded on either side. - - ART. 10. The Cherokee nation agree, that the agent who shall be appointed to reside among them from time to time, shall have a sufficient piece of ground allotted for his temporary use. And lastly, this treaty, and the several articles it contains, shall be considered as additional to, and forming a part of, treaties already subsisting between the United States and the Cherokee nation, and shall be carried into effect on both sides, with all good faith, as soon as the same shall be approved and ratified by the President of the United States, and the Senate thereof. In witness of all and everything herein determined between the United States of America, and the whole Cherokee nation, the parties hereunto set their hands and seals in the council house, near Tellico, on Cherokee ground, and within the United States, this second day of October, in the year one thousand seven hundred and ninety-eight, and in the twenty- third year of the independence and sovereignty of the United States. - Thos. Butler, Geo. Walton, - Nenetuah, or Bloody Fellow, his x mark, Ostaiah, his x mark, Jaunne, or John, his x mark, Oortlokecteh, his x mark, Chockonnistaller, or Stallion, his x mark, Noothoietah, his x mark, Kunnateelah, or Rising Fawn, his x mark, Utturah, or Skin Worm, his x mark, Weelee, or Will, his x mark, Oolasoteh, his x mark, Tlorene, his x mark, Jonnurteekee, or Little John, Oonatakoteekee, his x mark, 11 9. CHERO KEE S. Kanowsurhee, or Broom, his x mark, Yonah Oolah, Bear at Home, his x mark, Tunksalenee, or Thick Legs, his x mark, Oorkullaukee, his x mark, Kumamah, or Butterfly, his x mark, Chattakuteehee, his x mark, Kanitta, or Little Turkey, his x mark, Kettegiskie, his x mark, Tauquotihee, or the Glass, his x mark, Chuquilatague, his x mark, Salleekookoolah, his x mark, Tallotuskee, his x mark, Chellokee, his x mark, Tuskeegatee, or Long Fellow, his x mark, Neekaanneah, or Woman Holder, his x mark, Kulsateehee, his x mark, Keetakeuskah, or Prince, his x mark, Charley, his x mark, Akooh, his x mark, Sawanookeh, his x mark, Yonahequah, or Big Bear, his x mark, Keenahkunnah, his x mark, Kaweesoolaskee, his x mark, Teekakalohenah, his x mark, Ookouseteeh, or John Taylor, his x mark, Chochuchee, his x mark, WITNESSEs: Elisha I. Hall, Secretary of the Commission, Silas Dinsmoor, I. Agent to the Cherokees, John W. Hooker, U. S. Factor, Edw. Butler, Capt. commanding at Tellico, Robert Purdy, Lieut. 4th U. S. Regt. Ludwell Grymes, Jno. McDonald, Daniel Ross, Mattw. Wallace, esquire, Saml. Hanly, Michael McKinsey, Chas. Hicks, Interpreter, James Cazey, Interpreter, John Thompson, : S- -- S - CHIC KAS AWS. 83 CHIC KA S.A. W. S. [concLUDED october 24, 1801. I A treaty of reciprocal advantages and mutual convenience, between the United States of America and the Chickasaws. The President of the United States of America, by James Wil- kinson, brigadier general in the service of the United States, Ben- jamin Hawkins, of North Carolina, and Andrew Pickens, of South Carolina, commissioners of the United States, who are vested with full powers, and the Mingo, principal men, and warriors, of the Chickasaw nation, representing the said nation, have agreed to the following articles: - ART. 1. The Mingo, principal men, and warriors, of the Chicka- saw nation of Indians, give leave and permission to the President of the United States of America, to lay out, open, and make, a convenient wagon road through their land between the settlements of Mero district, in the State of Tennessee, and those of Natchez, in the Mississippi territory, in such way and manner as he may deem proper; and the same shall be a highway for the citizens of the United States, and the Chickasaws. The Chickasaws shall appoint two discreet men to serve as assistants, guides, or pilots, during the time of laying out and opening the road, under the direction of the officer charged with that duty, who shall have a reasonable compensation for their service: provided always, that the necessary ferries over the water courses, crossed by the said road, shall be held and deemed to be the property of the Chicka- saw nation. ART. 2. The commissioners of the United States give to the Mingo of the Chickasaws, and the deputation of that nation, goods to the value of seven hundred dollars, to compensate him and them, and their attendants, for the expense and inconvenience they may have sustained by their respectful and friendly attention to the Pre- sident of the United States of America, and to the request made to them in his name, to permit the opening of the road. And as the persons, towns, villages, lands, hunting grounds, and other rights and property of the Chickasaws, as set forth in the treaties or stipulations heretofore entered into between the contracting par- ties, more especially in and by a certificate of the President of the United States of America, under their seal of the first of July, 1794, are in the peace and under the protection of the United States, the commissioners of the United States do hereby further agree, that the President of the United States of America shall take such measures, from time to time, as he may deem proper, to assist the Chickasaws to preserve entire all their rights against the encroachments of unjust neighbors, of which he shall be the judge; 84 CHICIC A.S.A.W. S. and also to preserve and perpetuate friendship and brotherhood between the white people and the Chickasaws. ART. 3. The commissioners of the United States may, if they deem it advisable, proceed immediately to carry the first article into operation: * and the treaty shall take effect and be obliga- tory on the contracting parties, as soon as the same shall have been ratified by the President of the United States of America, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate of the United States. In testimony whereof, we, the plenipotentiaries, have hereunto subscribed our names and affixed our seals, at Chickasaw Bluffs, the twenty-fourth of October, 1801. James Wilkinson, Brig. Gen’l. L. S. Benjamin Hawkins, L. S. Andw. Pickens, L. S. Chinmimbe Mingo, his x mark, L. s. Immuttauhaw, his x mark, T. S. Chumaube, his x mark, L. S. George Colbert, his x mark, L. S. William McGillivray, his x mark, L. s. Opiehoomuh, his x mark, L. S. Olohtohopoie, his x mark, L. S. Minkemattauhau, his x mark, L. S. Tuskkoopoie, his x mark, L. S. William Glover, his x mark, L. S. Thomas Brown, his x mark, L. S. William Colbert, W. C. L. S. Mooklushopoie, his x mark, L. S. Opoieolauhtau, his x mark, L. S. Teschoolauhtau, his x mark, L. S. Teschoolauptau, his x mark, L. S. James Underwood, his x mark, L. S. Samuel Mitchell, Agent to the Chickasaws, Malcolm McGee, his x signature, Interpreter to the Chickasaws, William R. Bootes, Capt. 3d Reg’t. and ſlid de Camp, J. B. Walbach, Lieutenant and ºlid de Camp, Jn. Wilson, Lieutenant 3d Regiment. *To make the road provided for by the 1st article of this treaty, which is here referred to. CHOCTA.W. S. 85 CHO CT AWS. [concLUDED DECEMBER 17, 1801. I J1 treaty of friendship, limits, and accommodation, between the United States of America and the Choctaw nation of Indians. Thomas Jefferson, President of the United States of America, by James Wilkinson, of the State of Maryland, brigadier general in the army of the United States, Benjamin Hawkins, of North Carolina, and Andrew Pickens, of South Carolina, commissioners plenipotentiary of the United States, on the one part, and the Mingos, principal men and warriors of the Choctaw nation, re- presenting the said nation in council assembled, on the other part, have entered into the following articles and conditions, viz: ART. 1. Whereas the United States in congress assembled, did, by their commissioners plenipotentiary, Benjamin Hawkins, An- drew Pickens, and Joseph Martin, at a treaty held with the chiefs and head men of the Choctaw nation at Hopewell, on the Keowee, the third day of January, in the year of our Lord one thousand seven hundred and eighty-six, give peace to the said nation, and receive it into the favor and protection of the United States of America; it is agreed by the parties to these presents respectively, that the Choctaw nation, or such part of it as may reside within the limits of the United States, shall be and continue under the care and protection of the said States; and that the mutual confidence and friendship which are hereby acknowledged to subsist between the contracting parties, shall be maintained and perpetuated. ART. 2. The Mingos, principal men, and warriors, of the Choctaw nation of Indians, do hereby give their free consent, that a convenient and durable wagon way may be explored, marked, opened, and made, under the orders and instructions of the President of the United States, through their lands: to com- mence at the northern extremity of the settlements of the Missis- sippi territory, and to be extended from thence, by such route as may be selected and surveyed under the authority of the President of the United States, until it shall strike the lands claimed by the Chickasaw nation; and the same shall be and continue forever, a highway for the citizens of the United States and the Choctaws; and the said Choctaws shall nominate two discreet men from their nation, who may be employed as assistants, guides, or pilots, during the time of laying out and opening the said highway, or so long as may be deemed expedient, under the direction of the officer charged with this duty, who shall receive a reasonable com- pensation for their services. ART. 3. The two contracting parties covenant and agree, that the old line of demarcation heretofore established by and between the officers of his Britannic majesty and the Choctaw nation, 86 CIHOCTA. W. S. which runs in a parallel direction with the Missisippi river, and eastward thereof, shall be retraced and plainly marked, in such way and manner as the President may direct, in the presence of two persons to be appointed by the said nation; and that the said line shall be the boundary between the settlements of the Missis- sippi territory and the Choctaw nation. And the said nation does, by these presents, relinquish to the United States and quit claim forever, all their right, title, and pretension, to the land lying between the said line and the Mississippi river, bounded south by the thirty-first degree of north latitude, and north by the Yazoo river, where the said line shall strike the same; and on the part of the commissioners it is agreed, that all persons who may be settled beyond this line shall be removed within it, on the side towards the Mississippi, together with their slaves, household furniture, tools, materials, and stock, and that the cabins or houses erected by such persons shall be demolished. ART. 4. The President of the United States may, at his dis- cretion, proceed to execute the second article of this treaty; and the third article shall be carried into effect as soon as may be convenient to the Government of the United States, and without unnecessary delay on the one part or the other, of which the President shall be the judge; the Choctaws to be seasonably advised, by order of the President of the United States, of the time when, and the place where, the re-survey and re-marking of the old line referred to in the preceding article will be commenced. ART. 5. The commissioners of the United States for and in consideration of the foregoing concessions on the part of the Choc- taw nation, and in full satisfaction for the same, do give and deliver to the Mingos, chiefs, and warriors, of the said nation, at the sign- ing of these presents, the value of two thousand dollars in goods and merchandise, net cost of Philadelphia, the receipt whereof is hereby acknowledged, and they further engage to give three sets of blacksmith’s tools to the said nation. - ART. 6. This treaty shall take effect and be obligatory on the contracting parties, as soon as the same shall be ratified by the President of the United States of America, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate thereof. In testimony whereof, the commissioners plenipotentiary of the United States, and the Mingos, principal men, and warriors, of the Choctaw nation, have hereto subscribed their names and affixed their seals, at Fort Adams, on the Mississippi, this seventeenth day of December, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and one, and of the Independence of the United States the twenty- sixth. James Wilkinson, Benjamin Hawkins, Andrew Pickens, Tuskona Hopcia, his x mark, CREEKS, - 87 Toota Homo, his x mark, L. S. Mingo Hom Massatubby, his x mark, L. S. Oak Shumme, his x mark, L. S. Mingo Pooscoos, his x mark, L. S. Buckshun Nubby, his x mark, L. S. Shappa Homo, his x mark, L. S. Hiupa Homo, his x mark, L. S. Illatalla Homo, his x mark, L. S. Hoche Homo, his x mark, L. S. Tuspena Chaabe, his x mark, L. S. Muclusha Hopoia, his x mark, L. S. Capputanne Thlucco, his x mark, L. S. Robert McClure, his x mark, L. S. Poosha Homo, his x mark, L. S. Baka Lubbe, his x mark, L. S. WITNESSES PRESENT : Alexander Macomb, jun. Secretary to the Commission, John McKee, Deputy Superintendent, and Agent to the Choctaws, Henry Gaither, Lieutenant Colonel Commandant, John H. Brull, Major Second Regiment Infantry, Bw. Shaumburgh, Captain Second Regiment Infantry, Frans. Jones, Assistant Quartermaster General, - Benjamin Wilkinson, Lieutenant and Paymaster Third United States Regiment, - J. B. Walbach, ſlid-de-Camp to the Commanding General, J. Wilson, Lieutenant Third Regiment Infantry, Samuel Jeton, Lieutenant Second Regiment of Artillery and En- UnéérS, J j. F. Carmichael, Surgeon Third Regiment United States Army. C REEKS . I concLUDED JUNE 16, 1802. I A treaty of limits, between the United States of America and the Creek nation of Indians. Thomas Jefferson, President of the United States of America, by James Wilkinson, of the State of Maryland, brigadier general in the army of the United States, Benjamin Hawkins, of North Carolina, and Andrew Pickens, of South Carolina, commissioners plenipotentiary of the United States, on the one part, and the kings, chiefs, head men, and warriors, of the Creek nation, in council assembled, on the other part, have entered into the fol- lowing articles and conditions, viz: ART. 1. The kings, chiefs, head men, and warriors, of the 88 CREEKS. Creek nation, in behalf of the said nation, do, by these presents, cede to the United States of America all that tract and tracts of land, situate, lying, and being, within and between the following bounds, and the lines and limits of the extinguished claims of the said nation, heretofore ascertained and established by treaty; that is to say, beginning at the upper extremity of the high shoals of the Appalachee river, the same being a branch of the Oconee river, and on the southern bank of the same; running thence a direct course to a noted ford of the south branch of Little river, called by the Indians Chattochuc-cohatchee; thence a direct line to the main branch of Commissioners’ creek, where the same is intersected by the path leading from the Rock Landing to the Ocmulgee Old Towns; thence a direct line to Palmetto creek, where the same is intersected by the Uchee path, leading from the Oconee to the Ocmulgee river; thence down the middle waters of the said creek to Oconee river, and with the western bank of the same to its junction with the Ocmulgee river; thence across the Ocmulgee river to the south bank of the Altamaha river, and down the same, at low water mark, to the lower bank of Goose creek; and from thence by a direct line to the mounts, on the margin of the Okefinocau swamp, raised and established by the commis- sioners of the United States and Spain at the head of the St. Mary’s river; thence down the middle waters of the said river, to the point where the old line of demarcation strikes the same; thence with the said old line to the Altamaha river, and up the same to Goose creek; and the said kings, chiefs, head men, and warriors, do relinquish and quit claim to the United States, all their right, title, interest, and pretensions, in and to the tract and tracts of land within and between the bounds and limits aforesaid, forever. ART. 2. The commissioners of the United States, for and in consideration of the foregoing concession on the part of the Creek nation, and in full satisfaction for the same, do hereby covenant and agree with the said nation, in hehalf of the United States, that the said States shall pay to the said nation, annually, and every year, the sum of three thousand dollars, and one thousand dollars for the term often years, to the chiefs who administer the govern- ment, agreeably to a certificate under the hands and seals of the commissioners of the United States, of this date, and also, twenty- five thousand dollars in the manner and form following, viz: Ten thousand dollars in goods and merchandise, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged; ten thousand dollars to satisfy certain debts due from Indians and white persons of the Creek country to the factory of the United States; the said debts, after the payment aforesaid, to become the right and property of the Creek nation, and to be recovered for their use, in such way and manner as the President of the United States may think proper to direct; five thousand dollars to satisfy claims for property taken CREEKS. 89 by individuals of the said nation, from the citizens of the United States, subsequent to the treaty of Colerain, which has been or may be claimed and established agreeably to the provisions of the act for regulating trade and intercourse with the Indian tribes, and to preserve peace on the frontiers. And it is further agreed, that the United States shall furnish to the said nation two sets of black- smith's tools, and men to work them, for the term of three years. ART. 3. It is agreed by the contracting parties, that the garrison or garrisons which may be found necessary for the protection of the frontiers, shall be established upon the land of the Indians, at such place or places as the President of the United States may think proper to direct, in the manner and on the terms established by the treaty of Colerain. ART. 4. The contracting parties to these presents do agree, that this treaty shall become obligatory and of full effect, so soon as the same shall be ratified by the President of the United States of America, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate thereof. In testimony whereof, the commissioners plenipotentiary of the United States, and the kings, chiefs, head men, and warriors, of the Creek nation, have hereunto subscribed their names and affixed their seals, at the camp of the commissioners of the United States, near fort Wilkinson, on the Oconee river, this sixteenth day of June, in the year of our Lord one thou- sand eight hundred and two, and of the independence of the United States the twenty-sixth. - James Wilkinson, L. S. Benjamin Hawkins, L. S. Andrew Pickens, L. S Eſau Haujo, his x mark, 1 Tustunnuggee Thlucco, his x mark, 2 Hopoie Micco, his x mark, - 3 Hopoie Olohtau, his x mark, Tallessee Micco, his x mark, Tussekia Micco, his x mark, Micco Thlucco, his x mark, Tuskenehau Chapco, his x mark, Chouwacke le Micco, his x mark, Toosce hatche Micco, his x mark, Hopoie Yauholo, his x mark, Hoithlewau le Micco, his x mark, Eſau Haujo, of Cooloome, his x mark, Cussetuh Youholo, his x mark, Wewocau Tustunnuggee, his x mark, Nehomahte Tustunnuggee, his x mark, Tustunu Haujo, his x mark, Hopoie Tustunnuggee, his x mark, Talchischau Micco, his x mark/ Yanſkee Emautla Haujo, his + mark, 12 §§ SENEKAS Coosaudee Tustunnuggee, his x mark, Nenehomohtau Tustunnuggee Micco, his k mark, Isfaunau Tustunnuggee, his x mark, Eſaulau Tustunnuggee, his x mark, Tustunnuc Hoithlepoyuh, his x mark, Ishopei Tustunnuggee, his x mark, Cowetuh Tustunnuggee, his x mark, Hopoithle Haujo, his x mark, Wocsee Haujo, his x mark, Uctijutchee Tustunnuggee, his x mark, Okelesau Hutkee, his x mark, Pahose Micco, his x mark, Micke Emautlau, his x mark, Hoithlepoyau Haujo, his x mark, Cussetuh Haujo, his x mark, Ochesee Tustunnuggee, his x mark; Toosehatchee Haujo, his x mark, Isfaune Haujo, his x mark, Hopoithle Hopoie, his x mark, Olohtuh Emautlau, his x mark, Timothy Barnard, Alexander Cornells, his x mark, X Interpreters, Joseph Islands, his x mark, - - Alexander Macomb, junr, Secretary to the Commission, William R. Boote, Captain 24 Regiment Infantry, T. Blackburn, Lieut. Com. Comp, G. - John B. Barnes, lieut. United States ºff. Wm. Hill, Ast, C. D. Olohtau Haujo, his x mark, Tulmass Haujo, his x mark, Auttossee Emautlaw, his x mark, SENEKAs, # cºncLUDED JUNE 30, 1802, At a treaty held under the authority of the United States, at Buffalo creek, in the county of Ontario, and State of New York, between the sachems, chiefs, and warriors of the Semeka nation of Indians, on behalf of said mation, and Oliver Phelps, esquire, of the county of Ontario, Isaac Bronson, esquire, of the city of New York, and Horatio Jones, of the said county of Ontario, in the presence of John Tayler, esquire, commissioner appointed by the President of the United States, for holding said treaty. Know all men by these presents, that the said sachems, chiefs, and warriors, for and in consideration of the sum of twelve hun- $ENEKAS's 9i dred dollars, lawful money of the United States, unto them in hand paid by the said Oliver Phelps, Isaac Bronson, and Horatio Jones, at or immediately before the sealing and delivery hereof, the receipt whereof is hereby acknowledged, have and by these presents do grant, remise, release, and for ever quit claim and confirm unto the said Oliver Phelps, Isaac Bronson, and Horatio Jones, and to their heirs and assigns, all that tract of land com- monly called and known by the name of Little Beard’s reservation, situate, lying, and being, in the said county of Ontario, bounded on the east by the Genesee river and Little Beard’s creek, on the south and west by other lands of the said parties of the second part, and on the north by Big Tree reservation; containing two square miles, or twelve hundred and eighty acres, together with all and singular the hereditaments and appurtenances whatsoever thereunto belonging, or in anywise appertaining, to hold to them the said Oliver Phelps, Isaac Bronson, and Horatio Jones, their heirs and assigns, to the only proper use and behoof of them the said Oliver Phelps, Isaac Bronson, and Horatio Jones, their heirs and assigns for ever. In testimony whereof, the said commissioner and the said par- ties have hereunto, and to two other instruments of the same tenor and date, one to remain with the United States, one to remain with the Seneka nation of Indians, and one to remain with the said Oliver Phelps, Isaac Bronson, and Horatio Jones, interchangeably set their hands and seals. Dated the 30th day of June, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hun- dred and two. Conneatiu, his x mark, L. S. Koeentwahka, or Corn Planter, his x mark, L. s. Wondongoohkta, his x mark, L. S. Tekonnondu, his x mark, L. S. Tekiaindau, his x mark, L. S. Sagooyes, his x mark, L. S. "ouyocauna, or Blue Sky, his x mark, La Sº Koyingguautah, or Young King, his x mark, L. s. Soogooyawautau, or Red Jacket, his x mark, L. s. Onayawos, or Farmer’s Brother, his x mark, L. s. Kaoundoowand, or Pollard, his x mark, L. s. Auwennausa, his x mark, L. S. Sealed and delivered in the presence of John Thomson, Israel Chapin, James W. Stevens, Jasper Parrish, Interpreter. 92 5 ENERAs. S EN E KAS. I concLUDED JUNE 30, 1802. I This indenture, made the thirtieth day of June, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and two, between the sachems, chiefs, and warriors of the Semeka nation of Indians, of the first part, and Wilhem Willink, Pieter Van Eeghen, Hendrik Vollen- hoven, W. Willink, the younger, I. Willink, the younger, (son of Jan, ) Jan Gabriel Van Staphorst, Roelof Van Staphorst, the younger, Cornelis Vollenhoven, and Hendrik Seye, all of the city of Amsterdam and republic of Batavia, by Joseph Ellicott, esquire, their agent and attorney, of the second part. Whereas, at a treaty held under the authority of the United States, with the said Seneka nation of Indians, at Buffalo creek, in the county of Ontario and State of New York, on the day of the date of these presents, by the honorable John Tayler, esquire, a commissioner appointed by the President of the United States to hold the same in pursuance of the constitution, and of the act of the congress of the United States in such case made and pro- vided, a convention was entered into in the presence and with the approbation of the said commissioner, between the said Seneka nation of Indians and the said Wilhem Willink, Pieter Van Eeghen, Hendrik Vollenhoven, W. Willink, the younger, I. Wil- link, the younger, (son of Jan,) Jan Gabriel Van Staphorst, Roelof Van Staphorst, the younger, Cornelis Vollenhoven, and Hendrik Seye, by the said Joseph Ellicott, their agent and attorney, law- fully constituted and appointed for that purpose. - Now this indenture witnesseth, That the said parties of the first part, for and in consideration of the lands hereinafter described, do hereby exchange, cede, and forever quit claim to the said par- ties of the second part, their heirs and assigns, all those lands situate, lying, and being in the county of Ontario and State of New York, being part of the lands described and reserved by the parties of the first part, in a treaty or convention held by the honorable Jeremiah Wadsworth, esquire, under the authority of the United States, on the Genesee river, the fifteenth day of Sep- tember, one thousand seven hundred and ninety-seven, in the words following, viz: - - “Beginning at the mouth of the Eighteen mile or Koghquawgu creek, thence a line or lines to be drawn parallel to lake Erie, at the distance of one mile from the lake, to the mouth of Caterau- gos creek, thence a line or lines extending twelve miles up the north side of said creek, at the distance of one mile therefrom, thence a direct line to the said creek, thence down the said creek to lake Erie, thence along the lake to the first mentioned creek, SENE KAS. 93 and thence to the place of beginning. Also, one other piece at Cataraugos, beginning at the shore of lake Erie, on the south side of Cataraugos creek, at the distance of one mile from the mouth thereof, thence running one mile from the lake, thence, on a line parallel thereto, to a point within one mile from the Connondau- weyea creek, thence up the said creek one mile, on a line parallel thereto, thence on a direct line to the said creek, thence down the same to lake Erie, thence along the lake to the place of begin- ning;” (reference being thereunto had willfully appear,) “together with all and singular the rights, privileges, hereditaments, and appurtenances thereunto belonging, or in anywise appertaining. And all the estate, right, title, and interest whatsoever, of them, the said parties of the first part, and their nation, of, in, and to the said tracts of land, above described, to have and to hold all and singular the said granted premises, with the appurtenances, to the said parties of the second part, their heirs and assigns, to their only proper use, benefit, and behoof, forever.” And in consideration of the said lands described and ceded as aforesaid, the said parties of the second part, by Joseph Ellicott, their agent and attorney as aforesaid, do hereby exchange, cede, release, and quit claim to the said parties of the first part and their nation, (the said parties of the second part reserving to themselves the right of pre-emption,) all that certain tract or parcel of land, situate as aforesaid. Beginning at a post marked No. O. standing on the bank of lake Erie, at the mouth of Cata- raugos creek, and on the north bank thereof; thence along the shore of said lake north 11° east 21 chains; north 13° east 45 chains; north 19° east 14 chains, 65 links; to a post; thence east 119 chains to a post; thence south 14 chains, 27 links, to a post; thence east 640 chains to a post, standing in the meridian between the 8th and 9th ranges; thence along said meridian, south 617 chains, 75 links, to a post standing on the south bank of Cataraugos creek; thence west 160 chains to a post; thence north 290 chains, 25 links, to a post; thence west 482 chains, 31 links, to a post; thence north 219 chains, 50 links, to a post standing on the north bank of Catarăugos creek; thence down the same and along the several meanders thereof to the place of beginning. To hold to the said parties of the first part, in the same manner and by the same tenure, as the lands reserved by the said parties of the first part in and by the said treaty or convention, entered into on Genesee river, the 15th day of September, one thousand seven hundred and ninety-seven, as aforesaid, were intended to be held. In testimony whereof, the parties to these presents have here- unto, and to two other indentures of the same tenor and date, one to remain with the United States, one to remain with the said parties of the first part, and one other to remain with the SENE KAS. said parties of the second part, interchangeably set their hands and seals the day and year first above written. Conneatiu, his x mark, Koeentwahka, or Corn Planter, his x mark, ondongoohka, his x mark, Tekonnondu, his x mark, Tekiaindau, his x mark, Sagooyes, his x mark, Towyocauna, or Blue Sky, his x mark, Koyingguautah, or Young King, his x mark, Kaoundoowand, or Pollard, his x mark, Conhawaudeau, his x mark, Soonoyou, his x mark, Auwennausa, his x mark, Soogooyawautau, or Red Jacket, his x mark, Coshkoutough, his x mark, Teyokaihossa, his x mark, Onayawos, or Farmer’s Brother, his x mark, Sonaugoies, his x mark, - Gishkaka, or Little Billy, his x mark, Sussaoowau, his x mark, Wilhem Willink, º Pieter Van Eeghen, Hendrik Vollenhoven, W. Willink, the younger, I. Willink, the younger, (son of Jan, ) Jan Gabriel Van Staphorst, Roelof Van Staphorst, the younger, Cornelis Vollenhoven, and Hendrik Seye, by their attorney, Joseph Ellicott, is 8. º Sealed and delivered in the presence of John Thomson, Horatio Jones, Israel Chapin, Jasper Parrish, James W. Stevens, : Interpreters. Done at a full and general treaty of the Seneka nation of In- dians, held at Buffalo creek, in the county of Ontario, and State of New York, on the thirteenth day of June, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and two, under the authority of the United States. In testimony whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and seal, the day and year aforesaid: - JOHN TAYLER, L. s. £HOCTAWS; 95 C HO C T A. W. S. [concLUDED october 17, 1802.j A provisional convention, entered into and made by brigadier general James Wilkinson, of the State of Maryland, commis- sioner for holding conferences with the Indians south of the Ohio river, in behalf of the United States, on the one part, and the whole Choctaw nation, by their chiefs, head men, and principal warriors, on the other part. PREAMBLE: For the mutual accommodation ºf the parties, and to perpetuate that concord and friendship, which so happily sub- sists between them, they do hereby freely, voluntarily, and without constraint, covenant and agree : ART. 1. That the President of the United States may, at his discretion, by a commissioner or commissioners, to be appointed by him, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate of the United States, retrage, connect, and plainly re-mark the old line of limits, established by and between his Britannic majesty and the said Choctaw nation, which begins on the left bank of the Chickasawhay river, and runs thence in an easterly direction tº the right bank of the Tombigbee river, terminating on the same, at a bluff, well known by the name of Hacha Tiggeby; but it is to be clearly understood, that two commissioners, to be appointed by the said nation, from their own body, are to attend the com- missioner or commissioners of the United States, who may be appointed to perform this service, for which purpose the said Choctaw nation shall be seasonably advised by the President of the United States, of the particular period at which the operation may be commenced, and the said Choctaw commissioners shall be subsisted by the United States, so long as they may be engaged on this business, and paid for their services, during the said term, at the rate of one dollar per day. ART. 2. The said line, when thus re-marked and re-established, shall form the boundary between the United States and the said Choctaw nation, in that quarter; and the said Choctaw nation, for, and in consideration of one dollar, to them in hand paid by the said United States, the receipt whereof is hereby acknow- ledged, do hereby release to the said United States, and quit claim forever, to all that tract of land which is included by the before named line on the north, by the Chickasawhay river on the west, by the Tombigbee and the Mobile rivers on the east, and by the boundary of the United States on the south, ART. 3. The chiefs, head men, and warriors, of the said Choc- taw nation, do hereby constitute, authorize, and appoint, the chiefs and head men of the upper towns of the said nation, tº 96 CHOCTAWS. make such alteration in the old boundary line near the mouth of the Yazoo river, as may be found convenient, and may be done without injury to the said nation. ART. 4. This convention shall take effect, and become obliga- tory on the contracting parties, as soon as the President of the United States, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, shall have ratified the same. In testimony whereof, the parties have hereunto set their hands and affixed their seals, at Fort Confederation, on the Tom- bigbee, in the Choctaw country, this 17th day of October, in the year of our Lord, one thousand eight hundred and two, and of the independence of the United States the twenty- seventh. - James Wilkinson, L. S. In behalf of the lower towns and Chicasawhay. Tuskona Hoopoio, his x mark, L. S- Mingo Pooskoos, his x mark, L. S. Mingo Pooskoos, 2d, his x mark, L. S. Poosha Mattahaw, his x mark, º, S. In behalf of the upper towns. Oak Chummy, his x mark, L. S. Tuskee Maiaby, his x mark, L. S In behalf of the sia towns and lower town. Latalahomah, his x mark, Mooklahoosoopoieh, his x mark, Mingo Hom Astubby, his x mark, Tuskahomah, his x mark, Witnesses present: Silas Dinsmoor, Agent to the Choctaws, John Pitchlynn, - Turner Brashears, Interpret Peter H. Naisalis, " €rpreters, John Long, - i : DELAWARES, SHAWANEES, ETC. 97 DELAWARES, SHAWANEES, ETC. [ concLUDED JUNE 7, 1803. ] Jłrticles of a treaty made at fort Wayne, on the JMiami of the Lake, between William Henry Harrison, governor of the Indiana territory, superintendent of Indian affairs, and commissioner plenipotentiary of the United States for concluding any treaty or treaties, which may be found necessary, with any of the Indian tribes northwest of the Ohio, of the one part, and the tribes of Indians called the Delawares, Shawanees, Pattawatimas, JMia- mis, and Kickapoos, by their chiefs and head warriors, and those of the Eel Rivers, Weas, Piankeshaws and Kaskaskias, by their agents and representatives, Tuthinipee, Winnemac, Riche- wille, and Little Turtle, (who are properly authorized by the said tribes, ) of the other part. ART. 1. Whereas, it is declared by the fourth article of the treaty of Greenville, that the United States reserve for their use the post of St. Vincennes, and all the lands adjacent, to which the Indian titles have been extinguished. And whereas it has been found difficult to determine the precise limits of the said tract as held by the French and British governments: it is hereby agreed, that the boundaries of the said tract shall be as follow: Beginning at Point Coupee, on the Wabash, and running thence by a line north seventy-eight degrees, west twelve miles, thence by a line parallel to the general course of the Wabash, until it shall be intersected by a line at right angles to the same, passing through the mouth of White river, thence by the last mentioned line across the Wabash, and towards the Ohio, seventy-two miles, thence by a line north twelve degrees west, until it shall be intersected by a line at right angles to the same, passing through Point Coupee, and by the last mentioned line to the place of beginning. ART. 2. The United States hereby relinquish all claim which they may have had to any lands adjoining to, or in the neighbor- hood of, the tract above described. ART. 3. As a mark of their regard and attachment to the United States, whom they acknowledge for their only friends and protec- tors, and for the consideration hereinafter mentioned, the said tribes do hereby relinquish and cede to the United States, the great salt spring upon the Saline creek, which falls into the Ohio below the mouth of the Wabash, with a quantity of land surrounding it, not exceeding four miles square, and which may be laid off in a square or oblong, as the one orthe other may be found most convenient to the United States: and the said United States being desirous that the Indian tribes should participate in the benefits to be derived from the said spring, hereby engage to deliver yearly, and every year, for the use of the said Indians, a quantity of salt, not ex- 98 DELAWARES, SHAWANEE3, ETC. ceeding one hundred and fifty bushels, and which shall be divided among the several tribes in such manner as the general council of the chiefs may determine. ART. 4. For the considerations before mentioned, and for the convenience which the said tribes will themselves derive from such establishments, it is hereby agreed, that as soon as the tribes called the Kickapoos, Eel Rivers, Weas, Piankeshaws, and Kaskaskias, shall give their consent to the measure, the United States shall have the right of locating three tracts of land (of such size as may be agreed upon with the last mentioned tribes) on the main road between Vincennes and Kaskaskias, and one other between Vin- cennes and Clarksville, for the purpose of erecting houses of enter- tainment, for the accommodation of travellers. But it is expressly understood, that if the said locations are made on any of the rivers which cross the said road, and ferries should be established on the same, that in times of high water any Indian or Indians, belong- ing to either of the tribes who are parties to the treaty, shall have the privilege of crossing such ferry toll free. ART. 5. Whereas, there is reason to believe, that if the boun- dary lines of the tract described in the first article should be run in the manner therein directed, that some of the settlements and locations of land, made by the citizens of the United States, will fall in the Indian country; it is hereby agreed, that such alterations shall be made in the direction of these lines, as will include them; and a quantity of land, equal in quantity to what may be thus taken, shall be given to the said tribes, either at the east or the west end of the tract. - In testimony whereof, the commissioner of the United States, and the chiefs and warriors of the Delawares, Shawanees, Pattawatimas, Miamis, and Kickapoos, and those of the Eel Rivers, Weas, Piankeshaws, and Kaskaskias, by their agents and representatives Tuthinipee, Winnemac, Richewille, and the Little Turtle, who are properly authorized, by the said tribes, have hereunto subscribed their names and affixed their seals, at fort Wayne, this seventh day of June, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and three, and of the independence of the United States the twenty-seventh. William Henry Harrison, L. Sº MIAMs, Richewille, his x mark, L. S. Meseekunnoghquoh, or Little Turtle, his x mark, L. s. On behalf of themselves, Eel Rivers, Weas, Piankeshaws and Kaskaskias, whom they represent. KICKApoos, Nehmehtohah, or standing, his x mark, L. s. Pashsheweha, or cat, his x mark, L. S. sHAwan EEs, Neahmemsiesh, his x mark, L. S. PATTAwarnſ As, Tuthinipee, his x mark, L. S. Winnemac, his x mark, L. S. On behalf of the Pattawatimas, and Eel Rivers, Weas, Pianke- shaws, and Kaskaskias, whom they represent. EEL RIVERS, WYANDOTS, ETC. 9 9 Wannangsea, or five medals, his x mark, L Keesas, or sun, his x mark, L DELAwakes, Teta Buxike, his x mark, L. Bukongehelas, his x mark, L. Hockingpomskenn, his x mark, L Kechkawhanund, his x mark, L sHAwan EEs, Cuthewekasaw, or Black Hoof, his x mark, I. Methawnasice, his x mark, L Signed, sealed, and delivered in the presence of J. R. Jones, Sec. to Com. John Johnson, U. S. Factor, John Gibson, Sec. Ind. Ter. H. Aupaumut, Chief of JMuhhe- Tho. Pasteur, Capt. 1st Reg. Inf. C07, William Wells, Int. Thomas Freeman. The proceedings at the within treaty were faithfully interpreted by us, John Gibson and William Wells; that is, for the Delawares, John Gibson, and for the rest of the tribes, William Wells. JOHN GIBSON, WILLIAM WELLS. EEL RIVERS, WYAND OTS, ETC. I concLUDED AUGUST 7, 1803. ] At a council holden at Vincennes, on the seventh day of August, one thousand eight hundred and three, under the direction of William Henry Harrison, governor of the Indiana territory, superinten- dent of Indian affairs, and commissioner plenipotentiary ºf the United States for concluding any treaty or treaties which may be found necessary, with any of the Indian nations northwest of the river Ohio, at which were present the chiefs and warriors of the Eel River, Wyandot, Piankeshaw and Kaskaskia nations, and also the tribes of the Kickapoos, by their representatives, the chiefs of the Eel River nation. The fourth article of the treaty holden and concluded at fort Wayne on the seventh day of June, one thousand eight hundred and three, being considered, the chiefs and warriors of the said nations give their free and full consent to the same, and they do hereby relinquish and confirm to the United States the privilege and right of locating three several tracts of land of one mile square each, on the road leading from Vincennes to Kaskaskia, and also one other tract of land one mile square on the road leading from Vincennes to Clarksville, which locations shall be made in such places on the aforesaid roads, as shall best comport with the con- venience and interest of the United States in the establishment of houses of entertainment for the accommodation of travellers. 100 KASKASIXIAS. In witness whereof, the said William Henry Harrison, and the said chiefs and warriors of the before mentioned nations and tribe of Indians, have hereunto set their hands and affixed their seals, the day and year first above written. William Henry Harrison, Ka Tunga, or Charly, his x mark, Akaketa, or ploughman, his x mark, Gros Bled, or big corn, his x mark, Black Dog, his x mark, Puppequor, or gun, his x mark, La Boussier, his x mark, Ducoigne, his x mark, Pedagogue, his x mark, Saconquaneva, or tired legs, his x mark, Little Eyes, his x mark, Signed, sealed, and delivered, in the presence of John Rice Jones, Joseph Barron, Interpreter. B. Parke, KA SKA S KIA S. I concLUDED AUGUST 13, 1803. ] Articles of a treaty made at Vincennes, in the Indian territory, be- tween William Henry Harrison, governor of the said territory, superintendent of Indian affairs, and commissioner plenipo- tentiary of the United States, for concluding any treaty or treaties which may be found necessary with any of the Indian tribes northwest of the river Ohio, of the one part, and the head chiefs and warriors of the Kaskaskia tribe of Indians, so called, (but which tribe is the remains and rightfully represent all the tribes of the Illinois Indians, originally called the Kaskaskia, Mitchigamia, Cahokia, and Tamaroi, ) of the other part. ART. 1. Whereas, from a variety of unfortunate circumstances, the several tribes of Illinois Indians are reduced to a very small number, the remains of which have been long consolidated and known by the name of the Kaskaskia tribe, and finding them- selves unable to occupy the extensive tract of country, which of right belongs to them, and which was possessed by their ancestors for many generations, the chiefs and warriors of the said tribe being also desirous of procuring the means of improvement in the arts of civilized life, and a more certain and effectual support. for their women and children, have for the considerations herein- after mentioned, relinquished, and by these presents do relinquish and cede to the United States, all the lands in the Illinois territory, which the said tribe has heretofore possessed, or which they may rightfully claim; reserving to themselves, however, the tract of about three hundred and fifty acres near the town of Kaskaskia, KA SKA SIKIAS. 101 which they have always held, and which was secured to them by the act of Congress, of the third day of March, one thousand seven hun- dred and ninety-one, and also the right of locating one other tract of twelve hundred and eighty acres, within the bounds of that now ceded, which two tracts of land shall remain to them forever. ART. 2. The United States will take the Kaskaskia tribe under their immediate care and patronage, and will afford them a pro- tection as effectual against the other Indian tribes, and against all other persons whatever, as is enjoyed by their own citizens. And the said Kaskaskia tribe do hereby engage to refrain from making war, or giving any insult or offence to any other Indian tribe, or to any foreign nation, without having first obtained the approbation and consent of the United States. ART. 3. The annuity heretofore given by the United States to the said tribe, shall be increased to one thousand dollars ; which is to be paid them either in money, merchandise, provisions, or domestic animals, at the option of the said tribe; and when the said annuity, or any part thereof, is paid in merchandise, it is to be delivered to them either at Vincennes, fort Massac, or Kaskaskia, and the first cost of the goods in the seaport where they may be procured, is alone to be charged to the said tribe, free from the cost of transportation, or any other contingent expense. When- ever the said tribe may choose to receive money, provisions, or domestic animals, for the whole or in part of the said annuity, the same shall be delivered at the town of Kaskaskia. The United States will also cause to be built a house suitable for the accom- modation of the chief of the said tribe, and will enclose for their use a field, not exceeding one hundred acres, with a good and suf- ficient fence. And whereas the greater part of the said tribe have been baptized and received into the Catholic church, to which they are much attached, the United States will give, annually, for seven years, one hundred dollars towards the support of a priest of that religion, who will engage to perform for the said tribe the duties of his office, and also to instruct as many of their children as possible in the rudiments of literature. And the United States will further give the sum of three hundred dollars to assist the said tribe in the erection of a church. The stipulations made in this and the preceding article, together with the sum of five hundred and eighty dollars, which is now paid, or assured to be paid, for the said tribe, for the purpose of procuring some necessary articles, and to relieve them from debts which they have heretofore con- tracted, is considered as a full and ample compensation for the relinquishment made to the United States in the first article. ART. 4. The United States reserve to themselves the right, at any future period, of dividing the annuity now promised to the said tribe, amongst the several families thereof, reserving always a suitable sum for the great chief and his family. ART. 5. And to the end that the United States may be enabled 102 CHOCTAWS. to fix with the other Indian tribes, a boundary between their re- spective claims, the chiefs and head warriors of the said Kaskaskia tribe do hereby declare that their rightful claim is as follows, viz: Beginning at the confluence of the Ohio and the Mississippi, thence up the Ohio to the mouth of the Saline creek, about twelve miles below the mouth of the Wabash, thence along the dividing ridge between the said creek and Wabash, until it comes to the general dividing ridge between the waters which fall into the Wabash and those which fall into the Kaskaskia river; and thence along the said ridge, until it reaches the waters which fall into the Illi- nois river, thence in a direct course to the mouth of the Illinois river, and thence"down the Mississippi to the beginning. - ART. 6. As long as the lands which have been ceded by this treaty shall continue to be the property of the United States, the said tribe shall have the privilege of living and hunting upon them, in the same manner that they have hitherto done. ART. 7. This treaty is to be in force and binding upon the said parties as soon as it shall be ratified by the President and Senate of the United States. - In witness whereof, the said commissioner plenipotentiary, and the head chiefs and warriors of the said Kaskaskia tribe of Indians, have hereunto set their hands and affixed their seals, the thirteenth day of August, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and three, and of the Independence of the United States the twenty-eighth. William Henry Harrison, The mark X of Jean Baptiste Ducoigne, The mark X of Pedagogue, The mark X of Micolas or Nicholas, The mark X of Ocksinga, a Mitchigamian, The mark x of Keetinsa, a Cahokian, Louis Decoucigne. Sealed and delivered in the presence of J. R. Jones, Sec. to Com. Cor. Lyman, Capt. 1st Inf Reg. H. Vanderburgh, Judge of I. T. Jas. Johnson, of Ind. Ter. T. F. Rivet, Indian Miss. B. Parke, of the Indiana Ter. Vigo, Col. Know co. Militia, Joseph Barron, Interpreter. CHO CT AWS. I concLUDED AUGUST 31, 1803. ] To whom these presents shall come. Know ye, that the undersigned commissioners plenipotentiary of the United States of America, of the one part, and of the whole Choctaw nation of the other part, being duly authorized by the CHOCTAWS. 103 President of the United States, and by the chiefs and head men of the said nation, do hereby establish, in conformity to the con- vention of fort Confederation, for the line of demarcation recog- nized in the said convention, the following metes and bounds, viz.: Beginning in the channel of the Hatche Comesa, or Wax river, at the point where the line of limits between the United States and Spain crosseth the same, thence up the channel of said river to the confluence of the Chickasawhay and Buckha- tannee rivers, thence up the channel of the Buckhatannee to Bogue Hooma or Red Creek, thence up the said creek to a pine tree standing on the left bank of the same, and blazed on two of its sides, about twelve links southwest of an old trading path, leading from the town of Mobile to the Hewanee towns, much worn, but not in use at the present time. From this tree we find the following bearings and distances, viz.: south fifty-four degrees thirty minutes west, one chain one link, a black gum, north thirty- nine degrees east, one chain seventy-five links, a water oak; thence with the old British line of partition in its various inflec- tions, to a mulberry post, planted on the right bank of the main branch of Sintee Bogue, or Snake creek, where it makes a sharp turn to the southeast, a large broken-top cypress tree standing near the opposite bank of the creek, which is about three poles wide, thence down the said creek to the Tombigbee river, thence down the Tombigbee and Mobile rivers to the above mentioned line of limits between the United States and Spain, and with the same to the point of beginning: and we, the said commissioners plenipotentiary, do ratify and confirm the said line of demarcation, and do recognize and acknowledge the same to be the boundary which shall separate and distinguish the land ceded to the United States, between the Tombigbee, Mobile, and Pascagola rivers, from that which has not been ceded by the said Choctaw nation. In testimony whereof, we hereunto affix our hands and seals, this thirty-first day of August, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and three, to triplicates of this tenor and date. Dome at Hoe-Buckin-too-pa, the day and year above written, and in the twenty-seventh year of the inde- pendence of the United States. - James Wilkinson, Mingo Pooscoos, his x mark, Alatala Hooma, his x mark, - Witnesses present: Young Gains, Interpreter, Joseph Chambers, U. S. Factor. John Bowyer, Capt. 2d U. S. Regt. We, the commissioners of the Choctaw nation, duly appointed, and the chiefs of the said nation who reside on the Tombigbee river, next to Sintee Bogue, do acknowledge to have received from the United States of America, by the hands of brigadier 104 DELAWARES. general James Wilkinson, as a consideration in full for the con- firmation of the above concession, the following articles, viz: fifteen pieces of strouds, three rifles, one hundred and fifty blankets, two hundred and fifty pounds of powder, two hundred and fifty pounds of lead, one bridle, one man’s saddle, and one black silk handkerchief. Mingo Pooscoos, his x mark, L. S. Alatala Hooma, his x mark, L. S. Commissioners of the Choctaw nation. Pio Mingo, his x mark, L. S. Pasa Mastubby Mingo, his x mark, L. S. Tappena Oakchia, his x mark, L. S. Tuskenung Cooche, his x mark, L. S. Cussoonuckchia, his x mark, L. S. Pushapia, his x mark, L. S Chiefs residing on the Tombigbee near to St. Stephens. Witnesses present: Young Gains, Interpreter, Joseph Chambers, U. S. Factor. John Bowyer, Capt. 2d U. S. Regt. T} E L A. W. A. R. E. S. I concLUDED AUGUST 18, 1804. I ºff treaty between the United States of Jimérica, and the Delaware tribe of Indians. The Delaware tribe of Indians, finding that the annuity which they receive from the United States is not sufficient to supply them with the articles which are necessary for their comfort and conve- nience, and afford the means of introducing amongst them the arts of civilized life: and being convinced that the extensiveness of the country they possess, by giving an opportunity to their hunting parties to ramble to a great distance from their towns, is the prin- cipal means of retarding this desirable event: and the United States being desirous to connect their settlements on the Wabash with the State of Kentucky: therefore, the said United States, by William Henry Harrison, governor of the Indiana territory, super- intendent of Indian affairs, and their commissioner plenipoten- tiary for treating with the Indian tribes northwest of the Ohio river: and the said tribe of Indians, by their sachems, chiefs, and head warriors, have agreed to the following articles; which, when rati- fied by the President of the United States, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, shall be binding on the said parties: ART. 1. The said Delaware tribe, for the consideration herein- after mentioned, relinquishes to the United States, forever, all their right and title to the tract of country which lies between the Ohio and Wabash rivers, and below the tract ceded by the treaty of fort Wayne, and the road leading from Vincennes to the falls of Ohio. DE LAWARE S. 105 ART. 2. The said tribe shall receive from the United States, for ten years, an additional annuity of three hundred dollars, which is to be exclusively appropriated to the purpose of ameliorating their condition, and promoting their civilization. Suitable persons shall be employed at the expense of the United States to teach them to make fences, cultivate the earth, and such of the domestic arts as are adapted to their situation; and a further sum of three hundred dollars shall be appropriated annually, for five years, to this object. The United States will cause to be delivered to them in the course of the next spring, horses fit for draught, cattle, hogs, and imple- ments of husbandry, to the amount of four hundred dollars. The preceding stipulations, together with goods to the amount of eight hundred dollars, which is now delivered to the said tribe, (a part of which is to be appropriated to the satisfying certain individuals of the said tribe, whose horses have been taken by white people,) is to be considered as full compensation for the relinquishment made in the first article. - ART. 3. As there is great reason to believe that there are now in the possession of the said tribe, several horses which have been stolen from citizens of the United States, the chiefs who represent the said tribe are to use their utmost endeavors to have the said horses forthwith delivered to the superintendent of Indian affairs, or such persons as he may appoint to receive them. And as the United States can place the utmost reliance on the honor and in- tegrity of those chiefs who have manifested a punctilious regard to the engagements entered into at the treaty of Greenville, it is agreed, that in relation to such of the horses, stolen as aforesaid, but which have died, or been removed beyond the reach of the chiefs, the United States will compensate the owners for the loss of them, without deducting, from the annuity of the said tribe, the amount of what may be paid in this way. But it is expressly understood, that this provision is not to extend to any horses which have been stolen within the course of twelve months preceding the date hereof. ART. 4. The said tribe having exhibited to the above-named commissioner of the United States, sufficient proof of their right to all the country which lies between the Ohio and White river and the Miami tribe, who were the original proprietors of the upper part of that country, having explicitly acknowledged the title of the Delawares, at the general council held at fort Wayne, in the month of June, 1803, the said United States will, in future, consi- der the Delawares as the rightful owners of all the country which is bounded by the White river on the north, the Ohio on the south, the general boundary line running from the mouth of the Kentucky river on the east, and the tract ceded by this treaty, and that ceded by the treaty of fort Wayne, on the west and southwest. ART. 5. As the Piankeshaw tribe have hitherto obstinately persisted in refusing to recognize the title of the Delawares to the tract of country ceded by this treaty, the United States will 14 - 106 PIAN KES H.A.W. S. negotiate with them, and will endeavor to settle the matter in an amicable way; but should they reject the propositions that may be made to them on this subject, and should the United States not think proper to take possession of the said country without their consent, the stipulations and promise herein made, on behalf of the United States, shall be null and void. ART. 6. As the road from Vincennes to Clark’s grant will form a very inconvenient boundary, and as it is the intention of the parties to these presents, that the whole of the said road shall be within the tract ceded to the United States, it is agreed that the boundary, in that quarter, shall be a straight line, to be drawn parallel to the course of the said road, from the eastern boundary of the tracts ceded by the treaty of fort Wayne to Clark’s grant; but the said line is not to pass at a greater distance than half a mile from the most northerly bend of said road. In witness whereof, the commissioner plenipotentiary of the United States, and the chiefs and head men of the said tribe, have hereunto set their hands and affixed their seals. Done at Vincennes, the eighteenth day of August, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and four; and of the independence of the United States the twenty-ninth. - William Henry Harrison, L. S. Jeta Buxika, his x mark, L. S. Bokongehelas, his x mark, L. S. Alimee, or Geo. White Eyes, his x mark, L. s. Hocking Pomskann, his x mark, L. S. Tomaguee, or the beaver, his x mark, L. S. Signed, sealed, and delivered in the presence of John Gibson, Secretary to Com. Robert Buntin, Prothonotary of Henry Vanderburg, Judge of Ind. county, I. T. Territory, G. Wallace, jun., of Ind. Ter. Vigo, Col. of Know co., I. T. J.M. Antoine Marchal, of Ind. Ter. B. Parke, Vittorney General of Joseph Barron, Interpreter, the I. T. Edward Hempstead, Attorney John Rice Jones, of Ind. Tºy. at Law. I do certify, that each and every article of the foregoing treaty was carefully explained, and precisely interpreted, by me, to the Delaware chiefs who have signed the same. - - JOHN GIBSON. P I A N KES H A W. S. [ concluded AUGUST 27, 1804. I A treaty between the United States of America, and the Piankeshaw tribe of Indians. The President of the United States, by William Henry Harri- son, governor of the Indiana territory, superintendent of Indian PIANKE SHAWS. 107 affairs, and commissioner plenipotentiary of the United States for concluding any treaty or treaties, which may be found necessary, with any of the Indian tribes northwest of the river Ohio, and the chiefs and head men of the Piankeshaw tribe, have agreed to the following articles, which, when ratified by the President of the United States, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, shall be binding upon the said parties. ART. 1. The Piankeshaw tribe relinquishes, and cedes to the United States forever, all that tract of country which lies between the Ohio and Wabash rivers, and below Clark’s grant and the tract called the Vincennes tract, which was ceded by the treaty of fort Wayne, and a line connecting the said tract and grant, to be drawn parallel to the general course of the road leading from Vin- cennes to the falls of the Ohio, so as not to pass more than half a mile to the northward of the most northerly bend of said road. ART. 2. The Piankeshaw tribe acknowledges explicitly the right of the Kaskaskia tribe to sell the country which they have lately ceded to the United States, and which is separated from the lands of the Piankeshaws by the ridge or high land which divides the waters of the Wabash from the waters of the Saline creek; and by that which divides the waters of the said Wabash from those which flow into the Auvase and other branches of the Mississippi. ART. 3. An additional annuity of two hundred dollars shall be paid by the United States to the said tribe, for ten years, in money, merchandise, provisions, or domestic animals, and implements of husbandry, at the option of the said tribe; and this annuity, together with goods to the value of seven hundred dollars, which are now delivered to them by the commissioner of the United States, is con- sidered as a full compensation for the above mentioned relinquish- ment. ART. 4. The United States reserve to themselves the right of dividing the whole annuity which they pay to the said tribe, amongst the families which compose the same ; allowing always a due proportion for the chiefs. And the said chiefs, whenever the President of the United States may require it, shall, upon proper notice being given, assemble their tribe for the purpose of effecting this arrangement. In witness whereof, the commissioner plenipotentiary of the United States, and the chiefs and head men of the said tribe, have hereunto set their hands and affixed their seals. Done at Vincennes, in the Indiana territory, the twenty-seventh day of August, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and four, and of the independence of the United States the twenty-ninth. William Henry Harrison, L. Wabochguinke, la gros bled, or big corn, his x mark, L. Swekania, trois fesse, or three thighs, his x mark, L. 108 CHEROKE ES. Makatewelama, chien noir, or black dog, his x mark, Alemoin, le chien, or the dog, his x mark, Kekelanquagoh, or lightning, his x mark, Signed, sealed and delivered in presence of John Gibson, Sec. to the Com. John Griffin, one of the Judges of the Territory of Indiana, Henry Vanderburg, one of the Judges of Indiana Territory, B. Parke, Attorney General of the Territory of Indiana, William Prince, Sheriff of Know county, Indiana Territory, George Wallace, jun., of the Indiana Territory, Peter Jones, of Know county, Indiana Territory, Edward Hempstead, ſittorney at Law, Indiana Territory, Abraham F. Snapp, Joseph Barron, Interpreter. I do certify, that each and every article of the foregoing treaty was carefully explained, and precisely interpreted, by me, to the Piankeshaw chiefs who have signed the same. JOSEPH BARRON, Interpreter. CHE Rokº Es. I concLUDED octop ER 24, 1804. I Articles of a treaty between the United States of America and the Cherokee Indians. Daniel Smith and Return J. Meigs, being commissioned by Thomas Jefferson, President of the United States, with powers of acting in behalf of the said United States, in arranging certain matters with the Cherokee nation of Indians; and the underwrit- ten principal chiefs, representing the said nation, having met the said commissioner in a conference at Tellico, and having taken into their consideration certain propositions made to them by the said commissioners of the United States; the parties aforesaid, have unanimously agreed and stipulated, as is definitely expressed in the following articles: ART. 1. For the considerations hereinafter expressed, the Che- rokee nation relinquish and cede to the United States, a tract of land bounding southerly, on the boundary line between the State of Georgia and the said Cherokee nation, beginning at a point on the said boundary line northeasterly of the most northeast planta- tion in the settlement known by the name of Wafford’s settlement, and running at right angles with the said boundary line four miles in the Cherokee lands; thence, at right angles southwesterly and parallel to the first mentioned boundary line, so far as that a line, to be run at right angles southerly to the said first mentioned boundary line, shall include, in this cession, all the plantations in Wafford’s settlement, so called, as aforesaid. SACS AND FOXES. 109 ART. 2. For, and in consideration of, the relinquishment and cession, as expressed in the first article, the United States, upon signing the present treaty, shall cause to be delivered to the Che- rokees, useful goods, wares, and merchandise, to the amount of five thousand dollars, or that sum in money, at the option (timely signified) of the Cherokees, and shall, also, cause to be delivered, annually, to them, other useful goods to the amount of one thou- sand dollars, or money to that amount, at the option of the Chero- kees, timely notice thereof being given, in addition to the annuity, heretofore stipulated, and to be delivered at the usual time of their receiving their annuity. In witness of all and every thing, herein determined, between the United States and the Cherokee nation, the parties have hereunto set their hands and seals, in the garrison of Tellico, on Cherokee ground, within the United States, this twenty- fourth day of October, in the year one thousand eight hun- dred and four, and in the twenty-ninth year of the indepen- dence and sovereignty of the United States. Daniel Smith, L. s. Path Killer, his x mark, L. s. Return J. Meigs, L. s. Tagustiskee, his x mark, L. s. Molluntuskie, his x mark, L. s. Tulio, his x mark, L. S. Broom, his x mark, L. s. Sour Mush, his x mark, L. is J. McLamore, his x mark, L. s. Keatchee, his x mark, L. S. Quotequeskee, his x mark, L. s. James Vann. L. S. - WITNESSES : Rob. Purdy, Secretary, Thos. J. Van Dyke, Sur, Mate. John McKee, Wm. Charp, Jno. Campbell, Capt. 2d U. S. Hinchey Pettway, Reg't. Com. Wm. L. Lovely, Ass’t. Jäg’t. John Brahan, Lt. 2d Reg’t. Inf. Ch. Hicks, Interpreter. SA, C S AND FOX E. S. [concLUDED November 3, 1804. I Articles of a treaty made at St. Louis, in the district of Louisiana, between William Henry Harrison, governor of the Indiana territory, and of the district of Louisiana, superintendent of Indian affairs for the said territory and district, and commis- sioner plenipotentiary of the United States for concluding any treaty or treaties, which may be found necessary with any of the northwestern tribes of Indians, of the one part, and the chiefs and head men of the united Sac and Foa tribes, of the other part. ART, I, The United States receive the united Sac and Fox tribes into their friendship and protection, and the said tribes agree to consider themselves under the protection of the United States, and of no other power whatsoever. - 110 SACS AND FOXES, ART. 2. The general boundary line between the lands of the United States and of the said Indian tribes shall be as follows, to wit: Beginning at a point on the Missouri river opposite to the mouth of the Gasconade river; thence in a direct course so as to strike the river Jeffreon, at the distance of thirty miles from its mouth, and down the said Jeffreon to the Mississippi; thence up the Mis- sissippi to the mouth of the Ouisconsing river, and up the same to a point which shall be thirty-six miles in a direct line from the mouth of the said river; thence by a direct line to the point where the Fox river (a branch of the Illinois) leaves the small lake called Sakaegan; thence down the Fox river to the Illinois river, and down the same to the Mississippi. And the said tribes, for and in consideration of the friendship and protection of the United States, which is now extended to them, of the goods (to the value of two thousand two hundred and thirty-four dollars and fifty cents) which are now delivered, and of the annuity hereinafter stipulated to be paid, do hereby cede and relinquish forever to the United States, all the lands included within the above described boundary. ART. 3. In consideration of the cession and relinquishment of land made in the preceding article, the United States will deliver to the said tribes, at the town of St. Louis, or some other conve- nient place on the Mississippi, yearly, and every year, goods suited to the circumstances of the Indians, of the value of one thousand dollars, (six hundred of which are intended for the Sacs, and four hundred for the Foxes,) reckoning that value at the first cost of the goods in the city or place in the United States where they shall be procured. And if the said tribes shall hereafter, at an annual delivery of the goods aforesaid, desire that a part of their annuity should be furnished in domestic animals, implements of husbandry, and other utensils convenient for them, or in compensation to useful artificers who may reside with or near them, and be employed for their benefit, the same shall, at the subsequent annual delivery, be furnished accordingly. ART. 4. The United States will neverinterrupt the said tribes in the possession of the lands which they rightfully claim, but will, on the contrary, protect them in the quiet enjoyment of the same, against their own citizens, and against all other white persons who may intrude upon them. And the said tribes do hereby engage, that they will never sell their lands, or any part thereof, to any so- vereign power but the United States, norto the citizens or subjects of any other sovereignpower, nortothecitizens of the United States. ART. 5. Lest the friendship which is now established between the United States and the said Indian tribes, should be interrupted by the misconduct of individuals, it is hereby agreed, that for injuries done by individuals, no private revenge or retaliation shall take place, but instead thereof, complaints shall be made by the party injured to the other, by the said tribes, or either of them, to the superintendent of Indian affairs, or one of his deputies, and SACS AND FOXES. 111 by the superintendent or other person appointed by the President, to the chiefs of the said tribes. And it shall be the duty of the said chiefs, upon complaint being made as aforesaid, to deliver up the person or persons, against whom the complaint is made, to the end that he or they may be punished agreeably to the laws of the State or territory where the offence may have been committed; and in like manner, if any robbery, violence, or murder, shall be committed on any Indian, or Indians, belonging to the said tribes, or either of them, the person or persons, so offending, shall be tried, and, if found guilty, punished in the like manner as if the injury had been done to a white man. And it is further agreed, that the chiefs of the said tribes shall, to the utmost of their power, exert themselves to recover horses or other property which may be stolen from any citizen or citizens of the United States, by any individual, or individuals, of their tribes, and the property so recovered, shall be forthwith delivered to the superintendent or other person authorized to receive it, that it may be restored to the owner; and in cases where the exertions of the chiefs shall be ineffectual in recovering the property stolen as aforesaid, if suffi- cient proof can be obtained that such property was actually stolen by any Indian or Indians, belonging to the said tribes, or either of them, the United States may deduct from the annuity of the said tribes, a sum equal to the value of the property which has been stolen. And the United States hereby guarantee to any Indian or Indians of the said tribes, a full indemnification for any horses or other property, which may be stolen from them by any of their citizens; provided that the property so stolen cannot be recovered, and that sufficient proof is produced that it was actually stolen by a citizen of the United States. ART. 6. If any citizen of the United States, or other white person, should form a settlement upon lands which are the pro- perty of the Sac and Fox tribes, upon complaint being made thereof to the superintendent or other person having charge of the affairs of the Indians, such intruder shall forthwith be removed. ART. 7. As long as the lands which are now ceded to the United States remain their property, the Indians belonging to the said tribes shall enjoy the privilege of living and hunting upon them. ART. 8. As the laws of the United States, regulating trade and intercourse with the Indian tribes, are already extended to the country inhabited by the Saukes and Foxes, and as it is provided by those laws, that no person shall reside as a trader in the Indian country, without a license under the hand and seal of the superin- tendent of Indian affairs, or other person appointed for the purpose by the President, the said tribes do promise and agree, that they will not suffer any trader to reside amongst them without such license; and that they will, from time to time, give notice to the superintendent, or to the agent for their tribes, of all the traders that may be in their country. 112 SACS AND FOXES. ART. 9. In order to put a stop to the abuses and impositions which are practised upon the said tribes by the private traders, the United States will, at a convenient time, establish a trading house or factory, where the individuals of the said tribes can be supplied with goods at a more reasonable rate than they have been accus- tomed to procure them. - ART. 10. In order to evince the sincerity of their friendship and affection for the United States, and a respectful deference for their advice, by an act which will not only be acceptable to them, but to the common Father of all the nations of the earth, the said tribes do hereby solemnly promise and agree, that they will put an end to the bloody war which has heretofore raged between their tribes and those of the Great and Little Osages. And for the purpose of burying the tomahawk and renewing the friendly intercourse between themselves and the Osages, a meeting of their respective chiefs shall take place, at which, under the direction of the above- named commissioner, or the agent of Indian affairs residing at St. Louis, an adjustment of all their differences shall be made, and peace established upon a firm and lasting basis. ART. 11. As it is probable that the Government of the United States will establish a military post at or near the mouth of the Ouis- consing river, and as the land on the lower side of the river may not be suitable for that purpose, the said tribes hereby agree that a fort may be built either on the upper side of the Ouisconsing, or on the right bank of the Mississippi, as the one or the other may be found most convenient, and a tract of land not exceeding two miles square shall be given for that purpose. And the said tribes do further agree, that they will at all times allow to traders and other personstravelling through their country, under the authority of the United States, a free and safe passage for themselves and their property of every description. And that for such passage they shall, at no time and on no account whatever, be subject to any toll or exaction. ART, 12. This treaty shall take effect and be obligatory on the contracting parties, as soon as the same shall have been ratified by the President, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate of the United States. - - In testimony whereof, the said William Henry Harrison, and the chiefs and head men of the said Sac and Fox tribes, have hereunto set their hands and affixed their seals. Done at Saint Louis, in the district of Louisiana, on the third day of November, one thousand eight hundred and four, and of the independence of the United States the twenty-ninth. William Henry Harrison, L. Layauvois, or Laiyurva, his x mark, I. Pashepaho, or the giger, his x mark, L. Quashquame, or jumping fish, his x mark, L. Outchequaka, or sun fish, his x mark, L Hahshequarhiqua, or the bear, his x mark, L WYANDOTs, OTTAWAs, ETC. 113 In presence of (the words “a branch of the Illinois,” in the third line of the second article, and the word “forever,” in the fifth line of the same article, being first interlined) Wm. Prince, Secretary to the Commissioner, John Griffin, one of the Judges of the Indiana Territory, J. Bruff, JMajor Artillery U. S. Amos Stoddard, Capt. Corps Artillerists, P. Chouteau, - Vigo, S. Warrel, Lieut. United States Artillery, D. Delamay, - Joseph Barron, Hypolite Bolen, his x mark, ; Sworn Interpreters. ADDITIONAL ARTICLE. It is agreed, that nothing in this treaty contained shall affect the claim of any individual or individuals, who may have obtained grants of land from the Spanish government, and which are not included within the general boundary line laid down in this treaty, provided that such grants have at any time, been known to the said tribes and recognized by them. - -- wYANDoTs, of TAw As, ETC. [concLUDED JULY 4, 1805.1 ſº treaty between the United States of America, and the sachems, chiefs, and warriors, of the Wyandot, Ottawa, Chippewa, Mun- see, and Delaware, Shawanee, and Pattawatima nations, holden at fort Industry, on the JMiami of the lake, on the fourth day of July, Anno Domini, one thousand eight hundred and five. ART. 1. The said Indian nations do again acknowledge them- selves and all their tribes, to be in friendship with, and under the protection of, the United States. -- ART. 2. The boundary line between the United States and th nations aforesaid, shall in future be a meridian line drawn north and south, through a boundary to be erected on the south shore of lake Erie, one hundred and twenty miles due west of the west boundary line of the State of Pennsylvania, extending north until it intersects the boundary line of the United States, and extending south until it intersects a line heretofore established by the treaty of Greenville. - ART. 3. The Indian nations aforesaid, for the consideration of friendship to the United States, and the sums of money hereinafter mentioned, to be paid annually to the Wyandot, Shawanee, Mun- see, and Delaware nations, have ceded, and do hereby cede and 15 - 114 wyANDors, ottawas, Etc. relinquish to said United States forever, all the lands belonging to said United States, lying east of the aforesaid line, bounded southerly and easterly by the line established by said treaty of Greenville, and northerly by the northernmost part of the forty-first degree of north latitude. ART. 4. The United States, to preserve harmony, manifest their liberality, and in consideration of the cession made in the preced- ing article, will, every year forever hereafter, at Detroit, or some other convenient place, pay and deliver to the Wyandot, Munsee, and Delaware nations, and those of the Shawanee and Seneka nations who reside with the Wyandots, the sum of eight hundred and twenty-five dollars, current money of the United States, and the further sum of one hundred and seventy-five dollars, making in the whole an annuity of one thousand dollars; which last sum of one hundred and seventy-five dollars, has been secured to the President, in trust for said nations, by the Connecticut land com- pany, and by the company incorporated by the name of “the pro- prietors of the half million acres of land lying south of lake Erie, called Sufferers’ Land,” payable annually as aforesaid, and to be divided between said nations, from time to time, in such propor- tions as said nations, with the approbation of the President, shall a Qºree, - *. 5. To prevent all misunderstanding hereafter, it is to be expressly remembered, that the Ottawa and Chippewa nations, and such of the Pattawatima nation as reside on the river Huron of lake Erie, and in the neighborhood thereof, have received from the Connecticut land company, and the company incorporated by the name of “the proprietors of the half million acres of land lying south of lake Erie, called Sufferers’ Land,” the sum of four thou- sand dollars, in hand, and have secured to the President of the United States, in trust for them, the further sum of twelve thousand dollars, payable in six annual instalments of two thousand dollars each; which several sums is the full amount of their proportion of the purchases effected by this treaty, and also by a treaty with said companies, bearing even date herewith ;” which proportions were agreed on and concluded by the whole of said nations in their general council; which several sums, together with two thousand nine hundred and sixteen dollars and sixty-seven cents, secured to the President, to raise said sum of one hundred and seventy-five dollars annuity as aforesaid, is the amount of the consideration paid by the agents of the Connecticut Reserve, for the cession of their lands. ART. 6. The said Indian nations, parties to this treaty, shall be at liberty to fish and hunt within the territory and lands which they have now ceded to the United States, so long as they shall demean themselves peaceably. * This treaty does not appearin any edition of the laws of the United States, nor isit to be found in the archives of the Department of State. WYANDOTS, OTTAWAS, ETC. 115 OTTAWA, CHIPPEWA, Charles Jouett, Nekeik, or Little Otter, his x mark, Kawachewan, or Eddy, his xmark, Mechimenduch, or Big Bowl, his x mark, Aubaway, his x mark, Ogonse, his x mark, Sawgamaw, his x mark, Tusquagan, or McCarty, his x mark, Tondawganie, or the Dog, his x mark, Ashawet, his x mark, Macquettoquet, or Little Bear, his x mark, Quitchonequit, or Big Cloud, his x mark, Queoonequetwabaw, his x mark, Oscaquassanu, or Young Boy, his x mark, Monimack, or Catfish, hiskmark, Tonquish, his x mark, PATTAwatºmſ A, Noname, his x mark, WYANDOT, MUNSEE AND DELAWARE, SHAWANEE, In presence of Wm. Dean, C. F. L. C. J. B. Mower, Jasper Parrish Whitmore Kºggs, ! Interpreters. Mogawh, his x mark, Tarhee, or the Crane, his x mark, Miere, or Walk in Water, his x mark, Thateyyanayoh, or Leather Lips, his x mark, Harrowenyou, or Cherokee Boy, his x mark, Tschauendah, his x mark, Tahunehawettee, or Adam Brown, his x mark, Shawrunthie, his x mark, Puckconsittond, his x mark, Paahmehelot, his x mark, Pamoxet,or Armstrong, his xmark, Pappellelond, or Beaver Hat, his x mark, Weyapurseawaw, or Blue Jacket, his x mark, Cutheaweasaw, or Black Hoff, his x mark, Auonasechla, or Civil Man, his mark, Isaac Peters, his x mark, Israel Ruland, E. Brush. In witness whereof, Charles Jouett, esquire, a commissioner on the part of the United States, and the sachems, chiefs, and warriors, of the Indian nations aforesaid, have hereto set their hands and seals. - William Walker, Interpreter, i 116 CHICKASAWs, CHIC KASA WS. I concLUDED JULY 23, 1805. I Articles of arrangement made and concluded in the Chickasaw country, between James Robertson and Silas Dinsmoor, commis- sioners of the United States, of the one part, and the JMingo, chiefs, and warriors, of the Chickasaw nation of Indians, on the other part. ART. 1. Whereas the Chickasaw nation of Indians have been for some time embarrassed by heavy debts due to their merchants and traders, and being destitute of funds to effect important improvements in their country, they have agreed and do hereby agree to cede to the United States, and forever quit claim to the tract of country included within the following bounds, to wit: beginning on the left bank of Ohio, at the point where the present Indian boundary adjoins the same, thence down the left bank of Ohio to the Tennessee river, thence up the main channel of the Tennessee river to the mouth of Duck river; thence up the left bank of Duck river to the Columbian highway, or road leading from Nashville to Natchez, thence along the said road to the ridge dividing the waters running into Duck river from those running into Buffalo river, thence eastwardly along the said ridge to the great ridge dividing the waters running into the main Tennessee river from those running into Buffalo river near the main source of Buffalo river, thence in a direct line to the Great Tennessee river, near the Chickasaw Old Fields, or eastern point of the Chickasaw claim, on that river; thence northwardly to the great ridge divid- ing the waters running into the Tennessee from those running into Cumberland river, so as to include all the waters running into Elk river, thence along the top of said ridge to the place of beginning: reserving a tract of one mile square adjoining to, and below the mouth of Duck river, on the Tennessee, for the use of the chief O Koy, or Lishmastubbee. - ART. 2. The United States on their part, and in consideration of the above cession, agree to make the following payments, to wit: twenty thousand dollars for the use of the nation at large, and for the payment of the debts due to their merchants and traders: and to George Colbert and 0 Koy two thousand dollars, that is, to each one thousand dollars. This sum is granted to them at the request of the national council, for services rendered their nation, and is to be subject to their individual order, wit. nessed by the resident agent; also to Chinnubbee Mingo, the king of the nation, an annuity of one hundred dollars during his natural chick As Aws. 117 life, granted as a testimony of his personal worth and friendly disposition. All the above payments are to be made in specie. ART. 3. In order to preclude forever all disputes relative to the boundary mentioned in the first section, is hereby stipulated, that the same shall be ascertained and marked by a commissioner or commissioners on the part of the United States, accompanied by such person as the Chickasaws may choose, so soon as the Chickasaws shall have thirty days’ notice of the time and place at which the operation is to commence: and the United States will pay the person appointed on the part of the Chickasaws two dollars per day, during his actual attendance on that service. ART. 4. It is hereby agreed on the part of the United States, that from and after the ratification of these articles, no settlement shall be made by any citizen, or permitted by the government of the United States, on that part of the present cession included between the present Indian boundary and the Tennessee, and between the Ohio and a line drawn due north from the mouth of Buffalo to the ridge dividing the waters of Cumberland from those of the Tennessee river, to the term of three years. ART. 5. The article now stipulated will be considered as permanent additions to the treaties now in force between the contracting parties, as soon as they shall have been ratified by the President of the United States of America, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate of the said United States. In witness of all and every thing herein determined, the parties have hereunto interchangeably set their hands and seals, in the Chickasaw country, this twenty-third day of July, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and five, and of the independence of the United States of America the thirtieth. COMMISSIONERS. James Robertson, - L. S. Silas Dinsmoor, L. S CHIEFS AND WARRIORS, Chenubbee Mingo, the king, his x mark, L. s. George Colbert, his x mark, L. S. O Koy, his x mark, L. S. Tiphu Mashtubbee, his x mark, L. S. Choomubbee, his x mark, L. S. Mingo Mattaha, his x mark, L. 8. E. Mattaha Meko, his x mark, L. S. Wm. McGillivry, his x mark, L. S. Tisshoo Hooluhta, his x mark, L. S. Levi Colbert, his x mark, L. S. 118 DELAWARES, PATTAWATIMAS, ETC. Signed, sealed, and interchanged, in presence of Thomas Augustine Claiborne, Secretary to the Commissioners, Samuel Mitchell, U. S. Agent to the Chickasaw nation, John McKee, - - R. Chamberlin, Second Lieut. Second Regt. Infantry, W. P. Anderson, of Tennessee, Malcolm McGee, his x mark, John Pitchlynn, | Sworm Int ter Christopher Olney, mterpreters. Wm. Tyrrell, | DELAWARES, PATTAWATIMAS, &c. [concLUDED AUGUST 21, 1805.] Articles of a treaty made and entered into, at Grouseland, near Vincennes, in the Indiana territory, by and between William Henry Harrison, governor of said territory, superintendent of Indian Affairs, and commissioner plenipotentiary of the United States for treating with the northwestern tribes of Indians, of the one part, and the tribes of Indians, called the Delawares, Pattawatimas, JMiamis, Eel Rivers, and Weas, jointly and severally, by their chiefs and head men, of the other part. ART. 1. Whereas, by the fourth article of a treaty made between the United States and the Delaware tribe, on the eighteenth day of August, eighteen hundred and four, the said United States engaged to consider the said Delawares as the pro- prietors of all that tract of country which is bounded by the White river on the north, the Ohio and Clark’s grant on the south, the general boundary line running from the mouth of Kentucky river on the east, and the tract ceded by the treaty of Fort Wayne and the road leading to Clark’s grant on the west and southwest. And whereas the Miami tribe, from whom the Delawares derived their claim, contend that, in their cession of said tract to the Dela- wares, it was never their intention to convey to them the right of the soil, but to suffer them to occupy it as long as they thought proper, the said Delawares have, for the sake of peace and good neighborhood, determined to relinquish their claim to the said tract, and do, by these presents, release the United States from the guarantee made in the beforementioned article of the treaty of August, eighteen hundred and four. ART. 2. The said Miami, Eel river, and Wea tribes, cede and relinquish to the United States, forever, all that tract of country DELAWARES, PATTAWATIMAs, ETC. 119 which lies to the south of a line to be drawn from the northeast corner of a tract ceded by the treaty of fort Wayne, so as to strike the general boundary line, running from a point opposite to the mouth of the Kentucky river to fort Recovery, at the dis- tance of fifty miles from its commencement on the Ohio river. ART. 3. In consideration of the cession made in the preceding article, the United States will give an additional permanent annuity to said Miamis, Eel River, and Wea tribes, in the follow- ing proportions, viz: to the Miamis, six hundred dollars; to the Eel River tribe, two hundred and fifty dollars; to the Weas, two hundred and fifty dollars; and also to the Pattawatimas, an addi- tional annuity of five hundred dollars, for ten years, and no longer; which, together with the sum of four thousand dollars, which is now delivered, the receipt whereof they do hereby acknowledge, is to be considered as a full compensation for the land now ceded. ART. 4. As the tribes which are now called the Miamis, Eel Rivers, and Weas, were formerly, and still consider themselves as one nation, and as they have determined that neither of those tribes shall dispose of any part of the country which they hold in common; in order to quiet their minds on that head, the United States do hereby engage to consider them as joint owners of all the country on the Wabash and its waters, above the Vincennes tract, and which has not been ceded to the United States by this or any former treaty; and they do further engage, that they will not purchase any part of the said country, without the consent of each of the said tribes; provided always, that nothing in this sec- tion contained, shall in any manner weaken or destroy any claim which the Kickapoos, who are not represented at this treaty, may have to the country they now occupy on the Vermillion river. ART. 5. The Pattawatimas, Miami, Eel River, and Wea tribes, explicitly acknowledge the right of the Delawares to sell the tract of land conveyed to the United States by the treaty of the eighteenth day of August, eighteen hundred and four, which tract was given by the Piankeshaws to the Delawares about thirty- Seven years ago. - ART. 6. The annuities herein stipulated to be paid by the United States, shall be delivered in the same manner, and under the same conditions, as those which the said tribes have hereto- fore received. ART. 7. This treaty shall be in force and obligatory on the contracting parties, as soon as the same shall have been ratified by the President, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate of the United States. In testimony whereof, the said commissioner plenipotentiary of the United States, and the sachems, chiefs, and head men of 120 BELAWARES, PATTAWATIMAS, ETC. the said tribes, have hereunto set their hands and affixed their seals. Done at Grouseland, near Vincennes, on the twenty-first day of August, in the year eighteen hundred and five, and of the independence of the United States the thirtieth. William Henry Harrison, L. S. DELAWARES. Hocking Pomskan, his x mark, L. S Kecklawhenund, or William Anderson, his x mark, L. s Allime, or White Eyes, his x mark, L. S Tomague, or Beaver, his x mark, I. S PATTA.W.A.TIM.A.S. Topanepee, his x mark, L. S Lishahecon, his x mark, L. S Wenamech, his x mark, L. S MIAMrs. Kakonweconner, or Long Legs, his x mark, L. S Missingguimeschan, or Owl, his x mark, L. S Wabsier, or White Skin, his x mark, L. S Mashekanochguah, or Little Turtle, his x mark, L. S Richardville, his x mark, L. S. EEL RIVERS. Wanonecana, or Night Stander, his x mark, L. S. Metausauner, or Sam, his x mark, L. S. Archekatauh, or Earth, his x mark, L. S. WEAS. Assomnonquah, or Labossiere, his x mark, L. S Misquaconaqua, or Painted Pole, his x mark, L. S Ohequanah, or Little Eyes, his x mark, L. S DEL.A.W.A.R.E.S. Missenewand, or Captain Bullet, his x mark, L. S. Dome in the presence of B. Parke, Secretary to the Commissioner, John Gibson, Secretary Indiana Territory, John Griffin, a Judge of the Indiana Territory, B. Chambers, President of the Council, Jesse B. Thomas, Speaker of the House of Representatives, John Rice Jones, Samuel Gwathmey, Members Legislative Council Indiana Ter'ſ, Pierre Menard, CHEROKEES. 121 Davis Floyd, iº JMembers House of Reps. Indiana Territory, John Johnson, J - W. Wells, Agent of Indian Affairs, Vigo, Colonel of Knoa County JMilitia, John Conner, Joseph Barron, ! Sworn Interpreters. ADDITIONAL ARTICLE. It is the intention of the contracting parties, that the boundary line herein directed to be run, from the northeast corner of the Vincennes tract to the boundary line running from the mouth of the Kentucky river, shall not cross the Embarrass or Driftwood fork of White river; but if it should strike the said fork, such an alteration in the direction of the said line is to be made, as will leave the whole of the said fork in the Indian Territory. * CHERO KEE S. I concLUDED octopBB 25, 1805. I Articles of a treaty agreed upon between the United States of Ame- rica, by their commissioners, Return J. JMeigs, and Daniel Smith, appointed to hold conferences with the Cherokee Indians, for the purpose of arranging certain interesting matters with the said Cherokees, of the one part, and the undersigned chiefs and head men of the said nation, of the other part. ART. 1. All former treaties, which provide for the maintenance of peace and preventing of crimes, are, on this occasion, recognized and continued in force. - ART. 2. The Cherokees quit claim and cede to the United States, all the lands which they have heretofore claimed, lying to the north of the following boundary line: Beginning at the mouth of Duck river, running thence up the main stream of the same to the junction of the fork, at the head of which fort Nash stood, with the main south fork: thence a direct course to a point on the Tennessee river bank opposite the mouth of Hiwassee river. If the line from Hiwassee should leave out Field’s settlement, it is to be marked round this improvement, and then continued the straight course; thence up the middle of the Tennessee river, (but leaving all the islands to the Cherokees,) to the mouth of Clinch river; thence up the Clinch river to the former boundary line agreed upon with the said Cherokees, reserving, at the same time, to the use of the Cherokees, a small tract lying at and below the mouth of Clinch river; from the mouth extending thence down the Tennes- see river, from the mouth of Clinch to a notable rock on the north 16 122 CHERO KEES. bank of the Tennessee, in view from Southwest Point; thence a course at right angles with the river, to the Cumberland road; thence eastwardly along the same, to the bank of Clinch river, so as to secure the ferry landing to the Cherokees up to the first hill, and down the same to the mouth thereof, together with two other sections of one square mile each, one of which is at the foot of Cumberland mountain, at and near the place where the turnpike gate now stands; the other on the north bank of the Tennessee river, where the Cherokee Talootiske now lives. And whereas, from the present cession made by the Cherokees, and other circum- stances, the site of the garrisons at Southwest Point and Tellico, are become not the most convenient and suitable places for the accommodation of the said Indians, it may become expedient to remove the said garrisons and factory to some more suitable place; three other square miles are reserved for the particular disposal of the United States on the north bank of the Tennessee, opposite to and below the mouth of Hiwassee. ART. 3. In consideration of the above cession and relinquish- ment, the United States agree to pay immediately three thousand dollars in valuable merchandise, and eleven thousand dollars within ninety days after the ratification of this treaty, and also an annuity of three thousand dollars, the commencement of which is this day. But so much of the said eleven thousand dollars, as the said Cherokees may agree to accept in useful articles of, and machines for, agriculture and manufactures, shall be paid in those articles, at their option. - ART. 4. The citizens of the United States shall have the free and unmolested use and enjoyment of the two following described roads, in addition to those which are at present established through their country; one to proceed from some convenient place near the head of Stone's river, and fall into the Georgia road at a suitable place towards the southern frontier of the Cherokees. The other to proceed from the neighborhood of Franklin, or Big Harpath, and crossing the Tennessee at or near the Muscle Shoals, to pur- sue the nearest and best way to the settlements on the Tombig- bee. These roads shall be viewed and marked out by men appointed on each side for that purpose; in order that they may be directed the nearest and best ways, and the time of doing the business, the Cherokees shall be duly notified. ART. 5. This treaty shall take effect and be obligatory on the contracting parties, as soon as it is ratified by the President of the United States, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate of the same. In testimony whereof, the said commissioners, and the under- signed chiefs and head men of the Cherokees, have hereto set their hands and seals. CHERO KEE S. 123. Done at Tellico, the twenty-fifth day of October, one thousand eight hundred and five. Return J. Meigs, Daniel Smith, Fox, or Ennolee, his x mark, Path Killer, or Nenohuttahe, his x mark, Glass, or Tauquatehee, his x mark, Double head, or Dhuqualutauge, his x mark, Dick Justice, his x mark, Tounhull, or Toonayeh, his x mark, Turtle at Home, or Sullicooahwolu, his x mark, Chenawee, his x mark, Slave Boy, or Oosaunabee, his x mark, Tallotiskee, his x mark, Broom, or Cunnaweesoskee, his x mark, John Greenwood, or Sour Mush, his x mark, Chulioah, his x mark, - Katigiskee, his x mark, William Shawry, or Eskaculiskee, his x mark, Taochalar, his x mark, James Davis, or Coow.usaliskee, his x mark, John Jolly, or Eulatakee, his x mark, Bark, or Eullooka, his x mark, - - John McLemore, or John Euskulacau, his x mark, Big Bear, or Yohanaqua, his x mark, Dreadfulwater, or Aumaudoskee, his x mark, Challaugittihee, his x mark, Calliliskee, or Knife Sheath, his x mark, Closenee, his x mark, Challow, or Kingfisher, his x mark, John Watts, jr., his x mark, Sharp Arrow, or Costarauh, his x mark, John Dougherty, or Long John, his x mark, Tuckasee, or Terrapin, his x mark, Tuskegittihee, or Long Fellow, his x mark, Tochuwor, or Red Bird, his x mark, Catihee, or Badgerson, his x mark, WITNEssºs : Rob. Purdy, Secretary to the Go. W. Campbell, Commissioners, Will. Polk, W. Yates, Lieut. 3d U. S. Arts. James Blair, Wm. L. Lovely, Assistant Agent, Jno. Smith, T. Nicholas Byers, United States Thomas N. Clark, Factor, Chas. Hicks, Interpreter. 124 CHEROKE ES. C HERO KEE S. I concLUDED october 27, 1805. I Articles of a treaty between the United States of America, by their commissioners, Return J. JMeigs and Daniel Smith, who are ap- pointed to hold conferences with the Cherokees, for the purpose of arranging certain interesting matters with the said Indians, of the one part, and the undersigned chiefs and head men of the Cherokees, of the other part. ART. 1. Whereas it has been represented by the one party to the other, that the section of land on which the garrison of South- west Point stands, and which extends to Kingston, is likely to be a desirable place for the assembly of the state of Tennessee to convene at, (a committee from that body now in session having viewed the situation,) now, the Cherokees being possessed of a spirit of conciliation, and seeing that this tract is desired for pub- lic purposes, and not for individual advantages, reserving the ferries to themselves, quit claim, and cede to the United States the said section of land, understanding, at the same time, that the buildings erected by the public are to belong to the public, as well as the occupation of the same, during the pleasure of the government; we also cede to the United States the first island in the Tennessee, above the mouth of Clinch. ART. 2. And whereas the mail of the United States is ordered to be carried from Knoxville to New Orleans, through the Chero- kee, Creek, and Choctaw countries; the Cherokees agree, that the citizens of the United States shall have, so far as it goes through their country, the free and unmolested use of a road lead- ing from Tellico to Tombigbee, to be laid out by viewers ap- pointed on both sides, who shall direct in the nearest and best way; and the time of doing the business the Cherokees shall be notified of. ART, 3. In consideration of the above cession and relinquish- ment, the United States agree to pay to the said Cherokee Indians, sixteen hundred dollars in money, or useful merchandize, at their option, within ninety days after the ratification of this treaty. ART. 4. This treaty shall be obligatory between the contracting parties, as soon as it is ratified by the President, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate of the United States. In testimony whereof, the said commissioners, and the under- signed chiefs and head men of the Cherokees, have hereto set their hands and seals. Done at Tellico, this twenty-seventh day of October, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and five. Return J. Meigs, L. S. CREEKS. 125 Daml. Smith, Black Fox, or Ennone, his x mark, The Glass, or Tunnguetihee, his x mark, Kutigeskee, his x mark, Toochalar, his x mark, Turtle at Home, or Sullicookiewalar, his x mark, Dick Justice, his x mark, John Greenwood, or Eakosettas, his x mark, Chulevah, or Gentleman Tom, his x mark, Broom, or Cannarwesoske, his x mark, Bald Hunter, or Toowayullau, his x mark, John Melamere, or Euquellooka, his x mark, Closenie, or Creeping, his x mark, Double Head, or Chuquacuttague, his x mark, Chicasawtihee, Checasaw tihue Killer, his x mark, WITNEss: Robert Purdy, Secretary to the Commissioners, William Yates, D. Comm’y, Nicholas Byers, United States Factor, Wm. Lovely, Assistant Agent, B. M'Ghee, - Saml. Love, James Blair, Hopkins Lacey, Chs. Hicks, Interpreter. C REEKS. I concLUDED NovKMBER 14, 1805. I ºff convention between the United States and the Creek nation of Indians, concluded at the city of Washington, on the fourteenth day of November, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and five. Articles of a convention made between Henry Dearborn, Sec- retary of War, being specially authorized therefor by the Presi- dent of the United States, and Oche Haujo, William McIntosh, Tuskenehau, Chapco, Tuskenehau, Enehau Thlucco, Chekope- heke Emanthau, chiefs and head men of the Creek nation of Indians, duly authorized and empowered by said nation. ART. 1. The aforesaid chiefs and head men do hereby agree, in consideration of certain sums of money and goods to be paid to the said Creek nation, by the government of the United States, as hereafter stipulated, to cede and forever quit claim, and do, in behalf of their nation, hereby cede, relinquish, and forever quit claim unto the United States, all right, title, and interest, which the said nation have or claim, in or unto a certain tract of land, situate 126 CREEKS. between the rivers Oconee and Ocmulgee, (except as hereinafter excepted,) and bounded as follows, viz: Beginning at the high shoals of Apalacha, where the line of the treaty of fort Wilkinson touches the same, thence running in a straightline to the mouth of Ulcofauhatche, it being the first large branch or fork of the Ocmulgee, above the Seven Islands: provided however, that if the said line should strike the Ulcofauhatche, at any place above its mouth, that it shall continue round with that stream so as to leave the whole of it on the Indian side; then the boundary to continue from the mouth of the Ulcofauhatche, by the water’s edge of the Ocmulgee river, down to its junction with the Oconee; thence up the Oconee to the present boundary at Tau- loohatchee creek; thence up said creek, and following the present boundary line, to the first mentioned bounds, at the high shoals of Apalacha; excepting and reserving to the Creek nation, the title and possession of a tract of land, five miles in length and three in breadth, and bounded as follows, viz.: Beginning on the eastern shore of the Ocmulgee river, at a point three miles on a straight line above the mouth of a creek called Oakchoncoolgau, which empties into the Ocmulgee, near the lower part of what is called the old Ocmulgee fields; thence running three miles east- wardly, on a course at right angles with the general course of the river, for five miles below the point of beginning; thence from the end of the three miles, to run five miles parallel with the said course of the river; thence westwardly, at right angles with the last mentioned line to the river; thence by the river to the first mentioned bounds. - And it is hereby agreed that the President of the United States, for the time being, shall have a right to establish and continue a military post, and a factory or trading house, on said reserved tract; and to make such other use of the said tract as may be found convenient for the United States, as long as the government thereof shall think proper to continue the said military post or trading house. And it is also agreed, on the part of the Creek nation, that the navigation and fishery of the Ocmulgee, from its junction with the Oconee to the mouth of the Ulcofauhatche, shall be free to the white people; provided they use no traps for taking fish; but nets and seines may be used; which shall be drawn to the eastern shore only. ART 2. It is hereby stipulated and agreed, on the part of the Creek nation, that the government of the United States shall for- ever hereafter have a right to a horse path, through the Creek country, from the Ocmulgee to the Mobile, in such direction as shall, by the President of the United States, be considered most convenient, and to clear out the same, and lay logs over the creeks: and the citizens of said States shall, at all times, have a right to pass peaceably on said path, under such regulations and restrictions, as the government of the United States shall, from CREEKS. 127 time to time, direct; and the Creek chiefs will have boats kept at the several rivers for the conveyance of men and horses, and houses of entertainment established at suitable places on said path for the accommodation of travellers; and the respective fer- riages and prices of entertainment for men and horses, shall be regulated by the present agent, Col. Hawkins, or by his successor in office, or as is usual among white people. ART. 3. It is hereby stipulated and agreed, on the part of the United States, as a full consideration for the land ceded by the Creek nation in the first article, as well as by permission granted for a horse path through their country, and the occupancy of the reserved tract, at the old Ocmulgee fields, that there shall be paid annually to the Creek nation, by the United States, for the term of eight years, twelve thousand dollars in money or goods, and implements of husbandry, at the option of the Creek nation, seasonably signified from time to time, through the agent of the United States, residing with said nation, to the Department of War; and eleven thousand dollars shall be paid in like manner, annually, for the term of the ten succeeding years, making, in the whole, eighteen payments in the course of eighteen years, without interest. The first payment is to be made as soon as practicable after the ratification of this convention by the government of the United States; and each payment shall be made at the reserved tract, on the old Ocmulgee fields. ART. 4. And it is hereby further agreed, on the part of the United States, that in lieu of all former stipulations relating to blacksmiths, they will furnish the Creek nation, for eight years, with two blacksmiths and two strikers. ART. 5. The President of the United States may cause the line to be run from the high shoals of Apalacha, to the mouth of Ulcofauhatche, at such time, and in such manner, as he may deem proper, and this convention shall be obligatory on the contracting parties as soon as the same shall have been ratified by the govern- ment of the United States. - Done at the place, and on the day and year above written. - H. Dearborn, L Oche Haujo, his x mark, L William McIntosh, his x mark, L. Tuskenehau Chapco, his x mark, L. Tuskenehau, his x mark, L Enehau Thlucco, his x mark, L - Chekopeheke Emanthau, his x mark, 1. Signed and sealed in presence of i James Madison, Timothy Barnard, Rt. Smith, Jno. Smith, Benjamin Hawkins, Andrew McClary. The foregoing articles have been faithfully interpreted. TIMOTHY BARNARD, Interpreter. 128 CHOCTA.W. S. C H O C T A. W. S. [concLUDED Novemſ BER 16, 1805.] - A treaty of limits between the United States of America and the Choctaw nation of Indians. Thomas Jefferson, President of the United States of America, by James Robertson, of Tennessee, and Silas Dinsmoor, of New Hampshire, agent of the United States to the Choctaws, commis- sioners plenipotentiary of the United States, on the one part, and the Mingos, chiefs, and warriors of the Choctaw nation of Indians, in council assembled, on the other part, have entered into the fol- lowing agreement, viz: ART. 1. The Mingos, chiefs, and warriors, of the Choctaw nation of Indians, in behalf of themselves, and the said nation, do, by these presents, cede to the United States of America, all the lands to which they now have or ever had claim, lying to the right of the following lines; to say: Beginning at a branch of the Hu- mecheeto, where the same is intersected by the present Choctaw boundary, and also by the path leading from Natchez to the county of Washington, usually called McClarey's path, thence eastwardly along McClarey's path, to the east or left bank of Pearl river, thence on such a direct line as would touch the lower end of a bluff on the left bank of Chickasawhay river, the first above the Hiyoowannee towns, called Broken Bluff, to a point within four miles of the Broken Bluff, thence, in a direct line nearly parallel with the river, to a point whence an east line of four miles in length will intersect the river below the lowest settlement at present occupied and improved in the Hiyoowannee town, thence still east four miles, thence in a direct line nearly pa- rallel with the river to a point on a line to be run from the lower end of the Broken Bluff to Faluktabunnee, on the Tombigbee river, four miles from the Broken Bluff, thence along the said line to Faluktabunnee, thence east to the boundary between the Creeks and Choctaws on the ridge dividing the waters running into the Alabama from those running into the Tombigbee, thence southwardly along the said ridge and boundary to the southern point of the Choctaw claim. Reserving a tract of two miles square, run on meridians and parallels, so as to include the houses and improvements in the town of Fuketcheepoonta, and reserving also a tract of five thousand one hundred and twenty acres, beginning at a post on the left bank of Tombigbee river opposite the lower end of Hatchatigbee Bluff, thence ascending the river four miles front and two back; one half for the use of Alzira, the other half for the use of Sophia, daughters of Samuel Mitchell, by Molly, a Choctaw woman. The latter reserve to be subject to the same laws and regulations as may be established in the circum- CHOCTAWS. 129 jacent country; and the said Mingos of the Choctaws, request that the government of the United States may confirm the title of this reserve in the said Alzira and Sophia. ART. 2. For and in consideration of the foregoing cession on the part of the Choctaw nation, and in full satisfaction for the same, the commissioners of the United States do hereby covenant and agree with the said nation, in behalf of the United States, that the said States shall pay to the said nation fifty thousand five hun- dred dollars, for the following purposes, to wit: Forty-eight thousand dollars to enable the Mingos to discharge the debt due to their merchants and traders; and also to pay for the depredations committed on stock and other property, by evil disposed persons of the said Choctaw nation; two thousand five hundred dollars to be paid to John Pitchlynn, to compensate him for certain losses sustained in the Choctaw country, and as a grateful testimonial of the nation’s esteem. And the said states shall also pay annually to the said Choctaws, for the use of the nation, three thousand dollars, in such goods (at net cost of Philadelphia) as the Mingos may choose, they giving at least one year's notice of such choice. ART. 3. The commissioners of the United States, on the part of the said states, engage to give to each of the three great medal Mingos, Pukshunubbee Mingo, Hoomastubbee, and Poosshamat- taha, five hundred dollars, in consideration of past services in their nation, and also to pay to each of them an annuity of one hundred and fifty dollars during their continuance in office. It is perfectly understood, that neither of those great medal Mingos is to share any part of the general annuity of the nation. ART. 4. The Mingos, chiefs, and warriors of the Choctaws, certify that a tract of land not exceeding fifteen hundred acres, situated between the Tombigbee river and Jackson's creek, the front or river line extending down the river from a blazed white oak, standing on the left bank of the Tombigbee, near the head of the shoal, next above Hobukenloopa, and claimed by John McGrew, was, in fact, granted to the said McGrew by Opiomingo Hesmitta, and others, many years ago, and they respectfully request the government of the United States to establish the claim of the said McGrew to the said fifteen hundred acres. ART. 5. The two contracting parties covenant and agree, that the boundary, as described in the second article,” shall be ascer- tained and plainly marked, in such way and manner as the Presi- dent of the United States may direct, in the presence of three per- sons to be appointed by the said nation; one from each of the great medal districts, each of whom shall receive for this service two dollars per day for his actual attendance; and the Choctaws shall have due and seasonable notice of the place where, and time when, the operation shall commence. - * The 1st art, is presumed to be meant. The 2d does not designate a boundary. 17 - 130 CHOCTAWS. ART. 6. The lease granted for establishments on the roads leading through the Choctaw country, is hereby confirmed in all its conditions; and, except in the alteration of boundary, nothing in this instrument shall affect or change any of the pre-existing obligations of the contracting parties. ART. 7. This treaty shall take effect and become reciprocally obligatory, so soon as the same shall have been ratified by the President of the United States of America, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate of the said United States. Done on Mount Dexter, in Pooshapukanuk, in the Choctaw country, this sixteenth day of November, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and five, and of the inde- pendence of the United States of America the thirtieth. COMMISSIONERS. James Robertson, L. S. Silas Dinsmoor, - L. S. GREAT MEDAL MINGOS. - Pukshunnubbee, his x mark, L. S. Mingo Hoomastubbee, his x mark, L. Pooshamattaha, his x mark, L. CHIEFS AND WARRIORS. Ookchummee, his x mark, Tuskamiubbee, his x mark, James Perry, his x mark, Levi Perry, his x mark, Isaac Perry, his x mark, William Turnbull, John Carnes, his x mark, Tooteehooma, his x mark, Hoosheehooma, his x mark, Tootuhooma, 2d, his x mark, George James, his x mark, Robert McClure, his x mark, Tuskeamingo, his x mark, Hattukubbeehooluhta, his x mark, Fishoommastubbee, his x mark, Anoguaiah, his x mark, Lewis Lucas, his x mark, James Pitchlynn, his x mark, Panshee Eenanhla, his x mark, Pansheehoomubbu, his x mark, S Witnesses present at signing and sealing : Thomas Augustine Claiborn, Secretary to the Commissioners, John M'Kee, Samuel Mitchell, United States agent to the Chickasaws. PIANKE SHAWS. 131 William Colbert, of the Chickasaws, his x mark, Lewis Ward, - Nathaniel Tolsom, Charles Juzan, Mdl. Mackey, Garrud E. Nelson, Lewis Lefto, David Chote, John Pitchlynn, United States Interpreter, Will. Tyrrell, Assistant Interpreter. P I A N K E S H. A. W. S. [concLUDED DECEMBER 30, 1805.] ºffrticles of a treaty made at Vincennes, in the Indiana territory, between William Henry Harrison, Governor of the said territory, superintendent of Indian affairs, and commissioner plenipoten- tiary of the United States, for concluding any treaty or treaties, which may be found necessary, with any of the Indian tribes northwest of the Ohio, of the one part, and the chiefs and head men of the Piankeshaw tribe, of the other part. ART. 1. The Piankeshaw tribe cedes and relinquishes to the United States forever, all that tract of country, (with the excep- tion of the reservation hereinafter made,) which lies between the Wabash and the tract ceded by the Kaskaskia tribe, in the year one thousand eight hundred and three, and south of a line to be drawn from the northwest corner of the Vincennes tract, north seventy-eight degrees west, until it intersects the boundary line which has heretofore separated the lands of the Piankeshaws from the said tract ceded by the Kaskaskia tribe. ART. 2. The United States take the Piankeshaw tribe under their immediate care and patronage, and will extend to them a protection as effectual as that which is enjoyed by the Kaskaskia tribe; and the said Piankeshaw tribe will never commit any depredations, or make war upon any of the other tribes, without the consent of the United States. ART. 3. The said United States will cause to be delivered to the Piankeshaws, yearly, and every year, an additional annuity of three hundred dollars, which is to be paid in the same manner, and under the same conditions, as that to which they are entitled by the treaty of Greenville: provided always, that the United States may, at any time they shall think proper, divide the said annuity amongst the individuals of the said tribe. ART 4. The stipulations made in the preceding articles, together with the sum of one thousand one hundred dollars, which is now delivered, the receipt whereof the said chiefs do hereby acknowledge, is considered a full compensation for the cession and relinquishment abovementioned. º - 132 CHEROKEES. ART. 5. As long as the lands now ceded remain the property of the United States, the said tribes shall have the privilege of living and hunting upon them, in the same manner that they have heretofore done; and they reserve to themselves the right of locat- ing a tract of two square miles, or twelve hundred and eighty acres, the fee of which is to remain with them forever. ART. 6. This treaty shall be in force as soon as it shall be rati- fied by the President of the United States, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate. In testimony whereof, the said William Henry Harrison, and the chiefs and head men representing the said Piankeshaw tribe, have hereunto set their hands and affixed their seals. Done at Vincennes, on the thirtieth day of December, in the year of our Lord, one thousand eight hundred and five, and of the independence of the United States the thirtieth. William Henry Harrison, Wabakinklelia, or Gros Bled, Pauquia, or Montour, Macativaaluna, or Chien Noir, Signed, sealed, and eaecuted, in presence of William Prince, Secretary to the Commissioner, John Griffin, one of the Judges of the Indiana Territory, John Gibson, Secretary Indiana Territory, John Badollet, Register of the Land Office, Nath’ſ Ewing, Receiver Public JMoneys, John Rice Jones, of the Indiana Territory, Dubois, of the Indiana Territory, Wm. Bullett, of Vincennes, Jacob Kingskedall, Vincennes, H. Hurst, Vincennes, I. T., John Johnson, Michel Brouillet, Interpreter. CHERO KEE S. I concLUDED JANUARy 7, 1806. I Articles of a convention made between Henry Dearborn, Secretary of war, being specially authorized thereto by the President of the United States, and the undersigned chiefs, and head men of the Cherokee nation of Indians, duly authorized and empowered by said nation. ART. 1. The undersigned chiefs and head men of the Cherokee nation of Indians, for themselves and in behalf of their nation, relinquish to the United States all right, title, interest, and claim, CHERO KEE S. 133 which they or their nation have or ever had to all that tract of country which lies to the northward of the river Tennessee, and westward of a line to be run from the upper part of the Chickasaw Old Fields, at the upper point of an island, called Chickasaw island, on said river, to the most easterly head waters of that branch of said Tennessee river called Duck river, excepting the two following described tracts, viz. one tract bounded southerly on the said Tennessee river, at a place called the Muscle Shoals, westerly by a creek called Tekeetanoeh, or Cyprus creek, and easterly by Chuwalee, or Elk river, or creek, and northerly by a line to be drawn from a point on said Elk river, ten miles on a direct line from its mouth or junction with Tennessee river, to a point on the said Cyprus creek, ten miles on a direct line from its junction with the Tennessee river. The other tract is to be two miles in width, on the north side of Tennessee river, and to extend northerly from that river three miles, and bounded as follows, viz. beginning at the mouth of Spring creek, and running up said creek three miles on a straight line, thence westerly two miles at right angles, with the general course of said creek, thence southerly on a line parallel with the general course of said creek, to the Tennessee river, thence up said river by its waters to the beginning: which first reserved tract is to be considered the common property of the Cherokees who now live on the same, including John D. Chesholm, Autow we, and Chechout; and the other reserved tract, on which Moses Melton now lives, is to be considered the property of said Melton and Charles Hicks, in equal shares. And the said chiefs and head men also agree to relinquish to the United States all right or claim which they or their nation have to what is called the Long Island, in Holston river. ART. 2. The said Henry Dearborn, on the part of the United States, hereby stipulates and agrees, that in consideration of the relinquishment of title by the Cherokees, as stated in the preceding article, the United States will pay to the Cherokee nation two thousand dollars in money, as soon as this convention shall be duly ratified by the government of the United States; and two thousand dollars in each of the four succeeding years, amounting in the whole to ten thousand dollars; and that a grist-mill shall, within one year from the date hereof, be built in the Cherokee country, for the use of the nation, at such place as shall be considered most convenient; that the said Cherokees shall be furnished with a machine for cleaning cotton; and also, that the old Cherokee chief, called the Black Fox, shall be paid annually one hundred dollars by the United States during his life. ART. 3. It is also agreed on the part of the United States, that the government thereof, will use its influence and best endeavors to prevail on the Chickasaw nation of Indians, to agree to the following boundary between that nation and the Cherokees, to the 134 CHEROKE ES. southward of the Tennessee river, viz. beginning at the mouth of Caney creek, near the lower part of the Muscle Shoals, and to run up the said creek to its head, and in a direct line from thence to the Flat Stone or Rock, the old corner boundary. But it is understood by the contracting parties, that the United States do not engage to have the aforesaid line or boundary estab- lished, but only to endeavor to prevail on the Chickasaw nation to consent to such a line as the boundary between the two nations. ART. 4. It is further agreed on the part of the United States, that the claims which the Chickasaws may have to the two tracts reserved by the first article of this convention on the north side of the Tennessee river, shall be settled by the United States in such manner as will be equitable, and will secure to the Cherokees the title to the said reservations. Done at the place, and on the day and year first above written." Henry Dearborn, L. S. Double Head, his x mark, James Vanu, his x mark, Tallotiskee, his x mark, Chulioa, his x mark, Sour Mush, his x mark, Turtle at home, his x mark, Katihu, his x mark, John McLemore, his x mark, Broom, his x mark, John Jolly, his x mark, John Lowry, his x mark, Red Bird, his x mark, John Walker, his x mark, Young Wolf, his x mark, Skeuha, his x mark, Sequechu, his x mark, Wm. Showry, his x mark, In presence of Return J. Meigs, John Smith, - Benjamin Hawkins, Andrew McClary, Daniel Smith, John McClarey, I certify the foregoing convention has been faithfully interpreted. CHARLES HICKS, Interpreter. * It does not appear by the treaty, that there is any place, day, or year, “first above written: but the proclamation of the convention, by the President of the United States, declares that it was “concluded at the city of Washington, on the 7th day of January, 1806.” - CHEROKE ESA 135 CHERO KEE S. I concLUDED SEPTEMBER 11, 1807. 1 Elucidation of the convention of Washington, of the 7th of January, 1806. Whereas, by the first article of a convention between the United States, and the Cherokee nation, entered into at the city of Washington, on the 7th day of January, one thousand eight hundred and six, it was intended on the part of the Cherokee nation, and so understood by the Secretary of War, the commis- sioner on the part of the United States, to cede to the United States all the right, title, and interest, which the said Cherokee nation ever had to a tract of country contained between the Tennessee river and the Tennessee ridge; (so called;) which tract of country had, since the year one thousand seven hundred and ninety-four, been claimed by the Cherokees and the Chickasaws; the eastern boundary whereof is limited by a line so to be run from the upper part of the Chickasaw Old Fields, as to include all the waters of Elk river, anything expressed in said convention to the contrary notwithstanding. It is therefore now declared, by James Robertson and Return J. Meigs, acting under the authority of the executive of the United States, and by a delegation of Cherokee chiefs, of whom Eunolee, or Black Fox, the king or head chief of said Cherokee nation, acting on the part of and in behalf of said nation, is one, that the eastern limits of said ceded tract shall be bounded by a line so to be run from the upper end of the Chickasaw Old Fields, a little above the upper point of an island, called Chickasaw island, as will most directly intersect the first waters of Elk river, thence carried to the great Cumberland mountain, in which the waters of Elk river have their source, then along the margin of said mountain, until it shall intersect lands heretofore ceded to the United States, at the said Tennessee ridge. And in consideration of the readiness shown by the Cherokees to explain, and to place the limits of the land ceded by the said convention out of all doubt, and in consideration of their expenses in attending council, the executive of the United States will direct that the Cherokee nation shall receive the sum of two thousand dollars, to be paid to them by their agent, at such time as the said executive shall direct, and that the Cherokee hunters, as hath been the custom in such cases, may hunt on said ceded tract, until, by the fullness of settlers, it shall become improper. And it is hereby declared by the parties, that this explanation ought to be consi- dered as a just elucidation of the cession made by the first article of said convention. 136 OTTAWAS, CHIPPEWAS, WYANDOTS, ETC. Done at the point of departure of the line at the upper end of the island opposite to the upper part of the said Chickasaw Old Fields, the eleventh day of September, in the year one thousand eight hundred and seven. James Robertson, Return J. Meigs, Eunolee, or Black Fox, his x mark, Fauquitee, or Glass, his x mark, Fulaquokoko, or Turtle at home, his x mark, Richard Brown, his x mark, Sowolotoh, king’s brother, his x mark, Witnesses present: Thomas Freeman, Thomas Orme. OTTAWAS, CHIPPEWAS, WYANDOTS, ETC. I concLUDED November 17, 1807. I Articles of a treaty made at Detroit, this seventeenth day of Wo- vember, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and seven, by William Hull, governor of the Territory of Michigan, and superintendent of Indian affairs, and sole commissioner of the United States, to conclude and sign a treaty or treaties, with the several nations of Indians northwest of the river Ohio, on the one part, and the sachems, chiefs, and warriors of the Ottawa, Chippewa, Wyandot, and Pattawatima nations of Indians, on the other part. To confirm and perpetuate the friendship, which happily subsists between the United States and the nations aforesaid, to manifest the sincerity of that friendship, and to settle arrangements mutually beneficial to the parties; after a full explanation and perfect under- standing, the following articles are agreed to, which, when ratified by the President, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate of the United States, shall be binding on them, and the respective nations of Indians. ART. 1. The sachems, chiefs, and warriors, of the nations aforesaid, in consideration of money and goods, to be paid to the said nations, by the government of the United States, as hereafter stipulated; do hereby agree to cede, and forever quit claim, and do, in behalf of their nations, hereby cede, relinquish, and forever quit claim unto the said United States, all right, title, and interest, which the said nations now have, or claim, or ever had, or claimed, in, or unto, the lands comprehended within the following described lines and boundaries: beginning at the mouth of the Miami river of the lakes, and running thence up the middle thereof, to the OTTAWAS, CHIPPEWAS, WYANDOTS, ETC. 137 mouth of the great Auglaize river, thence running due north, until it intersects a parallel of latitude, to be drawn from the outlet of lake Huron, which forms the river St. Clair; thence running northeast, the course that may be found will lead in a direct line to White Rock, in lake Huron, thence due east, until it intersects the boundary line between the United States and Upper Canada, in said lake, thence southwardly, following the said boundary line down said lake, through river St. Clair, lake St. Clair, and the river Detroit, into lake Erie, to a point due east of the aforesaid Miami river, thence west to the place of beginning. ART. 2. It is hereby stipulated and agreed on the part of the United States, as a consideration for the lands ceded by the nations aforesaid in the preceding article, that there shall be paid to the said nations, at Detroit, ten thousand dollars, in money, goods, implements of husbandry, or domestic animals, (at the option of the said nations, seasonably signified through the superintendent of Indian affairs residing with the said nations, to the Department of War,) as soon as practicable, after the ratification of the treaty by the President, with the advice and consent of the Senate of the United States; of this sum, three thousand three hundred and thirty-three dollars thirty-three cents and four mills shall be paid to the Ottawa nation; three thousand three hundred and thirty- three dollars thirty-three cents and four mills to the Chippewa nation; one thousand six hundred sixty-six dollars sixty-six cents and six mills to the Wyandot nation; one thousand six hundred sixty-six dollars sixty-six cents and six mills to the Pat- tawatima nation; and likewise an annuity forever, of two thousand four hundred dollars, to be paid at Detroit, in manner as aforesaid: the first payment to be made on the first day of September next, and to be paid to the different nations in the following proportions: eight hundred dollars to the Ottawas, eight hundred dollars to the Chippewas, four hundred dollars to the Wyandots, and four hun- dred dollars to such of the Pattawatimas as now reside on the river Huron of lake Erie, the river Raisin, and in the vicinity of the said rivers. ART. 3. It is further stipulated and agreed, if at any time here- after the said nations should be of the opinion that it would be more for their interest, that the annuity aforesaid should be paid by instalments, the United States will agree to a reasonable com- mutation for the annuity, and pay it accordingly. ART. 4. The United States, to manifest their liberality and disposition to encourage the said Indians in agriculture, further stipulate to furnish the said Indians with two blacksmiths, one to reside with the Chippewas, at Saguina, and the other to reside with the Ottawas, at the Miami, during the term of ten years; said blacksmiths are to do such work for the said nations, as shall be most useful to them. ART. 5. It is further agreed and stipulated, that the said Indian 18 138 OTTAWAS, CHIPPEWAS, WYANDOTS, ETC. nations shall enjoy the privilege of hunting and fishing on the lands ceded as aforesaid, as long as they remain the property of the United States. ART. 6. It is distinctly to be understood, for the accommodation of the said Indians, that the following tracts of land within the cession aforesaid, shall be, and hereby are, reserved to the said Indian nations: one tract of land six miles square, on the Miami of lake Erie, above Roche de Boeuf, to include the village where Tondaganie (or the Dog) now lives. Also, three miles square on the said river, (above the twelve miles square ceded to the United States by the treaty of Greenville,) including what is called Presque Isle; also, four miles square on the Miami bay, including the villages where Meshkemau and Waugau now live; also, three miles square on the river Raisin, at a place called Macon, and where the river Macon falls into the river Raisin, which place is about fourteen miles from the mouth of said river Raisin; also, two sections of one mile square each, on the river Rouge, at Seginsavin’s village; also, two sections of one mile square each, at Tonquish’s village, near the river Rouge; also, three miles square on lake St. Clair, above the river Huron, to include Machonee’s village; also, six sections, each section containing one mile square, within the cession aforesaid, in such situations as the said Indians shall elect, subject, however, to the approbation of the President of the United States, as to the places of location. It is further understood and agreed, that whenever the reserva: tions cannot conveniently be laid out in squares, they shall be laid out in parallelograms, or other figures, as found most practicable and convenient, so as to contain the area specified in miles; and in all cases they are to be located in such manner, and in such situations, as not to interfere with any improvements of the French or other white people, or any former cessions. ART. 7. The said nations of Indians acknowledge themselves to be under the protection of the United States, and no other power, and will prove by their conduct that they are worthy of so great a blessing. In testimony whereof, the said William Hull, and the sachems and war chiefs representing the said nations, have hereunio set their hands and seals. Done at Detroit, in the territory of Michigan, the day and year first above written. William Hull, L. S. CHIPPEWAS, Peewanshemenogh, his x mark, L. S. Mamaushegauta, or Bad Legs, his x mark, L. S. Pooquigauboawie, his x mark, L. S. Kiosk, his x mark, L. S. Poquaquet, or the Ball, his x mark, L. S. L. S. Segangewan, his x mark, OTTAWAS, CHIPPEWAS, WYANDOTS, ETC. 139 L. S Quitchonequit, or Big Cloud, his x mark, Quiconquish, his x mark, Puckenese, or the Spark of Fire, his x mark, Negig, or the Otter, his x mark, Measita, his x mark, Macquettequet, or Little Bear, his x mark, Nemekas, or Little Thunder, his x mark, Sawanabenase, or Pechegabua, or Grand L. S i : Blanc, his x mark, L. S Tonquish, his x mark, L. S Miott, his x mark, L. Meuetugesheck, or the Little Cedar, his x mark, OTTAWAS, Aubauway, his x mark, Kawachewan, his x mark, Sawgamaw, his x mark, Ogouse, his x mark, Wasagashick, his x mark, PATTAwatºm. As, Toquish, his x mark, Noname, his x mark, Nawme, his x mark, Ninnewa, his x mark, Skush, his x mark, WYANDOTS, Skahomet, his x mark, Miere, or Walk in the Water, his x mark, Iyonayotha, his x mark, In presence of George McDougall, Chief Judge C. D. H. and D. C. Rush, Attorney General, Jacob Visger, Associate Judge of the D. Court, Jos. Watson, Secretary to the Legislature of JMichigan, Abijah Hull, Surveyor for Michigan Territory, Harris H. Hickman, Counsellor at Law, Abraham Fuller Hull, Counsellor at Law and Secretary to the Commission, Wºº ! Sworn Interpreters. 140 GREAT AND LITTLE OSAGES. GREAT AND LITTLE OSAGES. [concLUDED Novemſ BER 10, 1808, I Jłrticles of a treaty made and concluded at fort Clark, on the right bank of the JMissouri, about five miles above the Fire Prairie, in the territory of Louisiana, the tenth day of Movember, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and eight, between Peter Chouteau, esquire, agent for the Osage, and specially com- missioned and instructed to enter into the same, by his eacellency JMeriwether Lewis, governor and superintendent of Indian affairs for the territory aforesaid, in behalf of the United States ºf America, of the one part, and the chiefs and warriors of the Great and Little Osage, for themselves and their nations respec- tively, on the other part. ART. 1. The United States being anxious to promote peace, friendship, and intercourse, with the Osage tribes, to afford them every assistance in their power; and to protect them from the insults and injuries of other tribes of Indians, situated near the settlements of the white people, have thought proper to build a fort on the right bank of the Missouri, a few miles above the Fire Prairie, and do agree to garrison the same with as many regular troops as the President of the United States may, from time to time, deem necessary for the protection of all orderly, friendly, and well disposed Indians of the Great and Little Osage nations who reside at this place, and who do strictly conform to, and pursue the counsels or admonitions of the President of the United States through his subordinate officers. ART. 2. The United States being also anxious that the Great and Little Osage, resident as aforesaid, should be regularly sup: plied with every species of merchandise, which their comfort may hereafter require, do engage to establish at this place, and perma- nently to continue at all seasons of the year, a well assorted store of goods, for the purpose of bartering with them, on moderate terms, for their peltries and furs. ART. 3. The United States agree to furnish, at this place, for the use of the Osage nations, a blacksmith, and tools to mend their arms and utensils of husbandry, and engage to build them a horse mill, or water mill; also to furnish them with ploughs, and to build for the great chief of the Great Osage, and for the great chief of the Little Osage, a strong block house in each of their towns, which are to be established near this fort. ART. 4. With a view to quiet the animosities which at present exist between the inhabitants of the territory of Louisiana, and the Osage nations, in consequence of the lawless depredations of the latter, the United States do further agree to pay to their own citi- zens, the full value of such property as they can legally prove to GREAT AND LITTLE O SAGES. 141 have been stolen or destroyed by the said Osage, since the acqui- sition of Louisiana by the United States, provided the same does not exceed the sum of five thousand dollars. ART. 5. In consideration of the lands relinquished by the Great and Little Osage to the United States, as stipulated in the sixth article of this treaty, the United States promise to deliver at Fire Prairie, or at St. Louis, yearly, to the Great Osage nation, mer- chandise to the amount or value of one thousand dollars, and to the Little Osage nation, merchandise to the amount or value of five hundred dollars, reckoning the value of said merchandise at the first cost thereof, in the city or place in the United States where the same shall have been procured. And in addition to the merchandise aforesaid, the United States have, at and before the signature of these articles, paid to the Great Osage nation the sum of eight hundred dollars, and to the Little Osage nation the sum of four hundred dollars. - ART. 6. And in consideration of the advantages which we derive from the stipulations contained in the foregoing articles, we, the chiefs and warriors of the Great and Little Osage, for our- selves and our nations respectively, covenant and agree with the United States, that the boundary line between our nations and the United States shall be as follows, to wit: Beginning at fort Clark, on the Missouri, five miles above Fire Prairie, and running thence a due south course to the river Arkansas, and down the same to the Mississippi, hereby ceding and relinquishing forever to the United States, all the lands which lie east of the said line, and north of the southwardly bank of the said river Arkansas, and all lands situated northwardly of the river Missouri. And we do further cede and relinquish to the United States forever, a tract of two leagues square, to embrace fort Clark, and to be laid off in such manner as the President of the United States shall think proper. - - - ART. 7. And it is mutually agreed by the contracting parties, that the boundary lines hereby established shall be run and marked at the expense of the United States, as soon as circumstances or their convenience will permit; and the Great and Little Osage promise to depute two chiefs from each of their respective nations, to accompany the commissioner or commissioners who may be appointed on the part of the United States, to settle and adjust the said boundary line. - ART. 8. And the United States agree, that such of the Great and Little Osage Indians as may think proper to put themselves under the protection of fort Clark, and who observe the stipula- tions of this treaty with good faith, shall be permitted to live and to hunt, without molestation, on all that tract of country west of the north and south boundary line on which they, the said Great and Little Osage, have usually hunted or resided : provided the same be not the hunting grounds of any nation or tribe of Indians in 142 GREAT AND LITTLE O SAGES. amity with the United States; and on any other lands within the territory of Louisiana, without the limits of the white settlements, until the United States may think proper to assign the same as hunting grounds to other friendly Indians. ART. 9. Lest the friendship which is now established between the United States and the said Indian nations, should be inter- rupted by the misconduct of individuals, it is hereby agreed, that for injuries done by individuals, no private revenge or retaliation shall take place, but instead thereof, complaints shall be made by the party injured to the other, by the said nations, or either of them, to the superintendent or other person appointed by the Pre- sident to the chiefs of the said nation; and it shall be the duty of the said chiefs, upon complaints being made as aforesaid, to deliver up the person or persons against whom the complaint is made, to the end that he or they may be punished agreeably to the laws of the State or territory where the offence may have been committed; and in like manner, if any robbery, violence, or murder, shall be committed on any Indian or Indians belonging to either of said nations, the person or persons so offending shall be tried, and if found guilty, shall be punished in like manner as if the injury had been done to a white man. And it is agreed, that the chiefs of the Great and Little Osage shall, to the utmost of their power, exert themselves to recover horses, or other property which may be stolen from any citizen or citizens of the United States, by any individual or individuals of either of their nations; and the property so recovered shall be forthwith delivered to the superintendent, or other person authorized to receive it, that it may be restored to the proper owner; and in cases where the exertions of the chiefs shall be ineffectual in recovering the property stolen as aforesaid, if sufficient proof can be adduced that such property was actually stolen by any Indian or Indians belonging to the said nation, or either of them, the superintendent, or other proper officer, may deduct from the annuity of the said nations, respectively, a sum equal to the value of the property which has been stolen. And the United States hereby guarantee to any Indian or Indians, of the said nations, respectively, a full indemnification for any horses or other property which may be stolen from them by any of their citi- zens: provided, that the property so stolen cannot be recovered, and that sufficient proof is produced that it was actually stolen by a citizen of the United States. And the said nations of the Great and Little Osage engage, on the requisition or demand of the Pre- sident of the United States, or of the superintendent, to deliver up any white man resident among them. ART. 10. The United States receive the Great and Little Osage nations into their friendship, and under their protection; and the said nations, on their part, declare that they will consider themselves under the protection of no other power whatsoever; disclaiming all right to cede, sell, or in any manner transfer, their lands to any GREAT AND LITTLE O SAGES. 143 foreign power, or to citizens of the United States, or inhabitants of Louisiana, unless duly authorized by the President of the United States to make the said purchase, or accept the said cession on behalf of the Government. ART. 11. And if any person or persons, for hunting or other purpose, shall pass over the boundary lines, as established by this treaty, into the country reserved for the Great and Little Osage nations, without the license of the superintendent or other proper officer, they, the said Great and Little Osage, or either of them, shall be at liberty to apprehend such unlicensed hunters or other persons, and surrender them, together with their property, but without other injury, insult, or molestation, to the superintendent of Indian affairs, or to the agent nearest the place of arrest, to be dealt with according to law. ART, 12. And the chiefs and warriors as aforesaid, promise and engage, that neither the Great nor Little Osage nation will ever, by sale, exchange, or as presents, supply any nation or tribe of Indians, not in amity with the United States, with guns, ammu- nitions, or other implements of war. ART. 13. This treaty shall take effect and be obligatory on the contracting parties, as soon as the same shall have been ratified by the President, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate of the United States. In testimony whereof, the said Peter Chouteau, commissioned and instructed as aforesaid, and the chiefs and warriors of the Great and Little Osage nation of Indians, have hereunto set their hands and affixed their seals. Done at fort Clark, the day above mentioned. P. Chouteau, L. S. E. B. Clemson, Capt. first Regiment Infantry, L. s. L. Lorimer, Lieut. first Regiment Infantry, L. S. Reazen Lewis, Sub-agent Indian Affairs, L. S. Papuisea, the grand chief of the Big Osage, his x mark, L. S. Nichu Malli, the grand chief of the Little Osage, his x mark, - L. S. Voithe Voihe, the second chief of the Big Osage, his x mark, L. S Voithe Chinga, the second chief of the Little Osage, his x mark, Ta Voingare, the little chief of the Big Osage, his x mark, Osogahe, the little chief of the Little Osage, his x mark, Voichinodhe, the little chief of the Big Osage, his x mark, Voi Nache, the little chief of the Little Osage, his x mark, L. - Voi Nonpache, the little chief of the Big Osage, his x mark, Lººs. Quihi Ramaki, the little chief of the Little Osage, his x mark, L. S. Voi Nache, the little chief of the Big Osage, his x mark, L. s. S S S. S. S. 144 GREAT AND LITTLE O SAGES. - Ponla Voitasuga, the little chief of the Little Osage, his x mark, Caygache, the little chief of the Big Osage, his x mark, Pahuroguesie, the little chief of the Little Osage, his x mark, Miaasa, the little chief of the Big Osage, his x mark, Manjaguida, the little chief of the Little Osage, his x mark, Mantsa, the little chief of the Big Osage, his x mark, Nicagaris, the little chief of the Big Osage, his x mark, Dogachinga, the little chief of the Big Osage, his x mark, Tavaingare, the little chief of the Little Osage, his x mark, Tavainthere, the little chief of the Big Osage, his x mark, Naguemani, the war chief of the Big Osage, his x mark, Nicanauthe, the war chief of the Little Osage, his x mark, Chonmelase, the war chief of the Big Osage, his x mark, Nenonbas, the war chief of the Little Osage, his x mark, The Pograngue, the war chief of the Big Osage, his x mark, The Caygue, warrior, L. O. his x mark, Nonpewoite, do. B. O. his x mark, Vesasache, do. L. O. his x mark, Tonchenanque, do. B. O. his x mark, Caygache, do. L. O. his x mark, Lihibi, do. B. O. his x mark, Grinache, do. L. O. his x mark, Ni Couil Bran, do. B. O. his x mark, Chonnonsogue, do. L. O. his x mark, Lisansandhe, do. B. O. his x mark, Mequaque, do. L. O. his x mark, - Manhegare, do. B. O. his x mark, Megahe, do. L. O. his x mark, Meyhe, do. B. O. his x mark, Nudhetavoido. L. O. his x mark, Thecayque, do. B. O. his x mark, Voitasean, do. L. O. his x mark, Cahapiche, do. B. O. his x mark, Manhevoi, do. L. O. his x mark, Talechiga, do. B. O. his x mark, Pedhechiga, do. L. O. his x mark, Cheganonsas, do. B. O. his x mark, Nesaque, do. L. O. his x mark, Lolechinga, do. B. O. his x mark, Panevoiguanda, do. L. O. his x mark, Tavoinhihi, do. B. O. his x mark, Mithechinga, do. L. O. his x mark, Voidhenache, do. B. O. his x mark, Manquesi, do. L. O. his x mark, Chingavoisa, do. B. O. his x mark, L. L. . GREAT AND LITTLE OSAGES. 145 Talevoile, do. L. O. his x mark, Voiengran, do. B. O. his x mark, Scamani, do. L. O. his x mark, Nura Hague, do. B. O. his x mark, Me Chinga, do. L. O. his x mark, Pachigue, little chief, B. O. his x mark, Rouda Nique, warrior, L. O. his x mark, Ne Paste, do B. O. his x mark, Voibisandhe, do. L. O. his x mark, Nehi Zanga, do. B. O. his x mark, Nehudhe, warrior, L. O. his x mark, The Pagranque, do. B. O. his x mark, Chahetonga, do. L. O. his x mark, Manguepee Mani, do. B. O. his x mark, Voi Balune, do. L. O. his x mark, Pomea Voitaniga, do. B. O. his x mark, Taslondhe, do. L. O. his x mark, Nendolagualui, warrior, B. O. his x mark, Manguepu Mani, L. O. his x mark, Ni Conil Bran, do. B. O. his x mark, Voi Bahe, do. L. O. his x mark, Onhehomani, do. B. O. his x mark, Nuranin, do. L. O. his x mark, Noguinilaygue, do. B. O. his x mark, Nanlatoho, do. L. O. his x mark, Bashemindhe, do. B. O. his x mark, Savoi, do. L. O. his x mark, Chouguemonnon, do. B. O. his x mark, Mandarihi, do. L. O. his x mark, Manilourana, do. B. O. his x mark, Nequevoile, do. L. O. his x mark, Chonguehanga, do. B. O. his x mark, Ponlachinga, do. L. O. his x mark, Aguigueda, do. B. O. his x mark, Manjaguida, do. L. O. his x mark, Voidoguega, do. B. O. his x mark, The Sindhe, do. L. O. his x mark, Ninchagari, do. B. O. his x mark, Voihadani, do. L. O. his x mark, Voigaspache, do. B. O. his x mark, Many voile, do. L. O. his x mark, Quinihonigue, do. B. O. his x mark, Nognithe Chinga, do. L. O. his x mark, Natanhi, do. B. O. his x mark, Miasa, do. L. O. his x mark, Ousabe, do. B. O. his x mark, Voichinouthe, do. L. O. his x mark, Amanpasse, do. B. O. his x mark, s s - s º S - S - i Se -- 19 - 146 GREAT AND LITTLE O SAGE 8. Cutsagabe, do. L. O. his x mark, Channahon, do. B. O. his x mark, Non Basocri, do. L. O. his x mark, Voichougras, do. B. O. his x mark, Pedhechinga, do. L. O. his x mark, Bassechinga, do. B. O. his x mark, We, the undersigned chiefs and warriors of the band of Osages, residing on the river Arkansas, being a part of the Great Osage nation, having this day had the foregoing treaty read and explained to us, by his excellency Meriwether Lewis, esquire, do hereby acknowledge, consent to, and confirm all the stipulations therein contained, as fully and as completely as though we had been per- sonally present at the signing, sealing, and delivering the same on the 10th day of November, 1808, the same being the day on which the said treaty was signed, sealed, and delivered, as will appear by a reference thereto. In witness whereof, we have, for ourselves and our band of the Great Osage nation residing on the river Arkansas, hereunto set our hands and affixed our seals. Done at St. Louis, in the territory of Louisiana, this thirty-first day of August, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and nine, and of the independence of the United States the thirty-fourth. -- - Gresdanmanses, or Clermond, first chief, his x mark, L Couchesigres, or Big Tract, second chief, his x mark, 1. Tales, or Straiting Deer, son of Big Tract, his x mark, L Aukickawakho, nephew of Big Tract, his x mark, L Wachawahih, his x mark, L Pahelagren, or Handsome Hair, his x mark, L Hombahagren, or Fine Day, his x mark, L Harachabe, or the Eagle, his x mark, L. Hrulahtie, or Pipe Bird, his x mark, L Tawangahuh, or Builder of Towns, his x mark, L Honencache, or the Terrible, his x mark, L Talahu, or Deer's Pluck, his x mark, L Cahigiagreh, or Good Chief, his x mark, L Baughonghcheh, or Cutter, his x mark, L --- --------------- Basonchinga, or Little Pine, his x mark, I. In presence of us, and before signature attached to the original: John G. Comegys, Noel Mongrain Marque, Indian George Man, - Interpreter, John W. Honey, Bazil Nassier Marque, Indian In- Samuel Solomon, jun. terpreter. John P. Gates, Interpreter, CHIPPEWAS, OTTAWAS, ETC. 147 CHIP PE WAS, OT TAW AS, E.T. C. [concluorºp Novºſº R 25, 1808.] Jīrticles of a treaty made and concluded at Brownstown, in the ter- ritory of Michigan, between William Hull, governor of the said territory, superintendent of Indian affairs, and commissioner plenipotentiary of the United States of America, for concluding any treaty or treaties, which may be found necessary, with any of the Indian tribes northwest of the river Ohio, of the one part, and the sachens, chiefs, and warriors of the Chippewa, Ottawa, Pattawatima, Wyandot, and Shawanee nation of Indians, of the other part. ART. 1. Whereas, by a treaty concluded at Detroit, on the seventeenth day of November, in the year of our Lord one thou- sand eight hundred and seven, a tract of land lying to the west and north of the river Miami, of lake Erie, and principally within the territory of Michigan, was ceded by the Indian nations to the United States; and whereas the lands lying on the southeastern side of the said river Miami, and between said river, and the boundary lines established by the treaties of Greenville and fort Industry, with the exception of a few small reservations to the United States, still belong to the Indian nations, so that the United States cannot, of right, open and maintain a convenient road from the settlements in the State of Ohio to the settlements in the terri- tory of Michigan, nor extend those settlements so as to connect them; in order therefore to promote this object, so desirable and evidently beneficial to the Indian nations, as well as to the United States, the parties have agreed to the following articles, which when ratified by the President of the United States, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate thereof, shall be reciprocally binding. ART. 2. The several nations of Indians aforesaid, in order to promote the object mentioned in the preceding article, and in consideration of the friendship they bear towards the United States, for the liberal and benevolent policy which has been practised towards them by the government thereof, do hereby give, grant, and cede, unto the said United States, a tract of land for a road, of one hundred and twenty feet in width, from the foot of the rapids of the river Miami of lake Erie to the western line of the Connec- ticut Reserve, and all the land within one mile of the said road, on each side thereof, for the purpose of establishing settlements along the same; also, a tract of land, for a road only, of one hundred and twenty feet in width, to run southwardly from what is called Lower Sandusky, to the boundary line established by the treaty of Greenville, with the privilege of taking, at all times, such tim- ber and other materials from the adjacent lands, as may be neces- sary for making and keeping in repair the said road, with the bridges that may be required along the same. 148 CHIPPEWAS, OTTAWAS, ETC. ARt. 3. It is agreed, that the lines embracing the lands given and ceded by the preceding article, shall be run in such directions as may be thought most advisable by the President of the United States, for the purposes aforesaid. ART. 4. It is agreed the said Indian nations shall retain the privilege of hunting and fishing on the lands given and ceded as above, so long as the same shall remain the property of the United States. ART. 5. The several nations of Indians aforesaid, do again ac- knowledge themselves to be under the protection of the United States, and of no other sovereign; and the United States, on their part, do renew their covenant to extend protection to them accord- ing to the intent and meaning of stipulations in former treaties. Done at Brownstown, in the territory of Michigan, this 25th day of November, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and eight, and of the independence of the United States of America the thirty-third. William Hull, Commissioner, CHIPPEWAS, Nemekas, or Little Thunder, his x mark, Puckanese, or Spark of Fire, his x mark, Macquettequet, or Little Bear, his x mark, Shimnanaquette, his x mark, OTTAWAS, Kewachewan, his x mark, Tondagane, his x mark, PATTAwatºfAs, Mogau, his x mark, Wapmene, or White Pigeon, his x mark, Mache, his x mark, WYANDOTS, Miere, or Walk in the Water, his x mark, Iyonayotaha, or Joe, his x mark, Skahomet, or Black Chief, his x mark, Adam Brown, saawanºes, Makatewekasha, or Black Hoof, his x mark, L. - Koitawaypie, or Col. Lewis, his x mark, L. Executed, after having been fully explained and understood, in presence of - Reuben Attwater, Secretary of the Territory Michigan, James Witherill, a Judge of Michigan Territory, Jacob Visger, Judge of the District Court, Jos. Watson, Secretary L. M. T. S S s S S S s S S. s s S s 8 S s Wm. Brown, Whitmore Knaggs, B. Campau, William Walker, Sworm In- Lewis Bond, as to the Ottawa F. Duchonquet, terpreters. A. Lyons, Chiefs, Samuel Saunders, Attest, HARRIs HAMPDEN HICKMAN, Secretary to the Commissioner. DELAWARES, PATTAWAT IMAs, ETC. 149 DE LAWARES, PATT AWAT IMAS, ETC. [concLUDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1809. I A treaty between the United States of America, and the tribes of Indians called the Delawares, Pattawatimas, JMiamis, and Eel River.Miamis. James Madison, President of the United States, by William Henry Harrison, governor and commander in chief of the Indiana territory, superintendent of Indian affairs, and commissioner pleni- potentiary of the United States for treating with the said Indian tribes, and the sachems, head men, and warriors, of the Delaware, Pattawatima, Miami, and Eel River tribes of Indians, have agreed and concluded upon the following treaty; which when ratified by the said President, with the advice and consent of the Senate of the United States, shall be binding on said parties. - ART. 1. The Miami and Eel River tribes, and the Delawares and Pattawatimas, as their allies, agree to cede to the United States all that tract of country which shall be included between the boundary line established by the treaty of fort Wayne, the Wabash, and a line to be drawn from the mouth of a creek called Racoon creek, emptying into the Wabash, on the southeast side, about twelve miles below the mouth of the Vermilion river, so as to strike the boundary line established by the treaty of Grouseland, at such a distance from its commencement, at the northeast corner of the Vincennes tract, as will leave the tract now ceded thirty miles wide at the narrowest place. And also all that tract which shall be included between the following bounda- ries, viz.: Beginning at fort Recovery, thence southwardly along the general boundary line established by the treaty of Greenville, to its intersection with the boundary line established by the treaty of Grouseland; thence along said line to a point, from which a line drawn parallel to the first mentioned line, will be twelve miles distant from the same, and along the said parallel line to its inter- section with a line to be drawn from fort Recovery, parallel to the line established by the said treaty of Grouseland. ART. 2. The Miamis explicitly acknowledge the equal right of the Delawares with themselves to the country watered by the White river. But it is also to be clearly understood, that neither party shall have the right of disposing of the same without the consent of the others; and any improvements which shall be made on the said land by the Delawares or their friends the Mochecans, shall be theirs forever. ART. 3. The compensation to be given for the cession made in the first article, shall be as follows, viz: to the Delawares, a per- manent annuity of five hundred dollars; to the Miamis, a like an- nuity of five hundred dollars; to the Eel River tribe, alike annuity 150 DE LAWARES, PATTA. W.A.TIMAS, ETC. of two hundred and fifty dollars; and to the Pattawatimas, a like annuity of five hundred dollars. - ART. 4. All the stipulations made in the treaty of Greenville, relatively to the manner of paying the annuities, and the right of the Indians to hunt upon the land, shall apply to the annuities granted, and the land ceded, by the present treaty. ART. 5. The consent of the Wea tribe shall be necessary to com- plete the title to the first tract of land here ceded; a separate con- vention shall be entered into between them and the United States, and a reasonable allowance of goods given them in hand, and a permanent annuity, which shall not be less than three hundred dollars, settled upon them. ART. 6. The annuities promised by the third article, and the goods now delivered to the amount of five thousand two hundred dollars, shall be considered as a full compensation for the cession made in the first article. - ART. 7. The tribes who are parties to this treaty, being desirous of putting an end to the depredations which are committed by aban- doned individuals of their own color, upon the cattle, horses, &c. of the more industrious and careful, agree to adopt the following regulations, viz.: when any theft or other depredation shall be committed by any individual or individuals of one of the tribes abovementioned, upon the property of any individual or individuals of another tribe, the chiefs of the party injured shall make appli- cation to the agent of the United States, who is charged with the delivery of the annuities of the tribe to which the offending party belongs, whose duty it shall be to hear the proofs and allegations on either side, and determine between them : and the amount of his award shall be immediately deducted from the annuity of the tribe to which the offending party belongs, and given to the person injured, or to the chief of his village for his use. ART. 8. The United States agree to relinquish their right to the reserve, at the old Ouroctenon towns, made by the treaty of Greenville, so far, at least, as to make no further use of it than for the establishment of a military post. ART. 9. The tribes who are parties to this treaty, being desi- rous to show their attachment to their brothers the Kickapoos, agree to cede to the United States the lands on the northwest side of the Wabash, from the Vincennes tract to a northwardly extension of the line running from the mouth of the aforesaid Racoon creek, and fifteen miles in width from the Wabash, on condition that the United States shall allow them an annuity of four hundred dollars. But this article is to have no effect unless the Kickapoos will agree to it. In testimony whereof, the said William Henry Harrison, and the sachems and war chiefs of the beforementioned tribes, have hereunto set their hands and affixed their seals, at fort Wayne, this thirtieth of September, eighteen hundred and nine. DELAWARES, PATTAWATIMAs, ETC. 151 William Henry Harrison, L. S. DELAWAREs, Anderson, for Hockingpomskon, who is absent, his x mark, L. S. Anderson, his x mark, L. S. Petchekekapon, his x mark, L. S. The Beaver, his x mark, L. S. Captain Killbuck, his x mark, L. S. PATTAwarſ.MAs, Winemac, his x mark, L. S. Five Medals, by his son, his x mark, L. S. Mogawgo, his x mark, L. S. Shissahecon, for himself and his brother Tuthinipee, his x mark, S. Ossmeet, brother to Five Medals, his x mark, L. s. Nanousekah, Penamo's son, his x mark, L. Mosser, his x mark, Chequinimo, his x mark, Sackanackshut, his x mark, L. S. Conengee, his x mark, S. MIAMIS, Pucan, his x mark, L. S. The Owl, his x mark, L. S. Meshekenoghqua, or the Little Turtle, his X mark, L. S. Wapemangua, or the Loon, his x mark, L. s Silver Heels, his x mark, L. S. Shawapenomo, his x mark, L. S. EEL RIVERS. Charley, his x mark, L. S Sheshangomequah, or Swallow, his x mark, L. s The young Wyandot, a Miami of Elk Hart, his x mark, L. S. In presence of Peter Jones, Secretary to the Com- Stephen Johnston, missioner, - J. Hamilton, Sheriff of Dear- John Johnson, Indian Agent, born County, A. Heald, Capt. United States Hendrick Aupaumut, ſlrmy, William Wells, Ph. Ostrander, Lieut. U. S. Army, Joseph Barron, ſ terpreters. A. Edwards, Surgeon’s JMate, John Conner, Sworn In- John Shaw, Abraham Ash, | 152 MIAMIS AND EEL RIVERS. MIA MIIS AND E E L RIVERS. I concLUDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1809. I A separate article entered into at fort Wayne, on the thirtieth day of September, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hun- dred and nine, between William Henry Harrison, commissioner plenipotentiary of the United States for treating with the Indian tribes, and the sachems and chief warriors of the Miami and Eel River tribes of Indians, which is to be considered as forming part of the treaty this day concluded between the United States and the said tribes, and their allies the Delawares and Pattawatimas. As the greater part of the lands ceded to the United States, by the treaty this day concluded, was the exclusive property of the Miami nation, and guaranteed to them by the treaty of Grouse- land, it is considered by the said commissioner, just and reasonable that their request, to be allowed some further and additional com- pensation, should be complied with. It is, therefore, agreed, that the United States shall deliver for their use in the course of the next spring, at fort Wayne, domestic animals to the amount of five hundred dollars, and the like number for the two following years, and that an armory shall be also maintained at fort Wayne, for the use of the Indians, as heretofore. It is also agreed, that if the Kickapoos confirm the ninth article of the treaty to which this is a supplement, the United States will allow to the Miamis a further permanent annuity of two hundred dollars, and to the Wea and Eel River tribes a further annuity of one hundred dollars each. In testimony whereof, the said William Henry Harrison, and the sachems and war chiefs of the said tribes, have hereunto set their hands and affixed their seals, the day and place abovementioned. William Henry Harrison, L. S. Charley, an Eel River, his x mark, L. S. Pacan, his x mark, L. S. Sheshauqouoquah, or Swallow, an Eel River, his x mark, L. s. The young Wyandot, a Miami, or Elk Hart, his x mark, L. S. Shywahbeanomo, his x mark, L. S. - MIAMIS. The Owl, his x mark, - L. 8. Wafremandua, or the Loon, his x mark, L. S. Mushekeuoghqua, or the Little Turtle, his x mark, L. S. Silver Heels, his x mark, L. S. In presence of Peter Jones, Secretary to the A. Edwards, Commissioner, William Wells, Joseph Barron, John Shaw, WEA S. 153 W .E. A. S. I concluded october 26, 1809.] A convention entered into at Vincennes, in the Indiana territory, between William Henry Harrison, commissioner plenipotentiary of the United States for freating with the Indian tribes northwest of the Ohio, and the Wea tribes. - The said tribe, by their sachems and head warriors, hereby declare their full and free consent to the treaty concluded at fort Wayne, on the thirtieth ultimo, by the abovementioned commissioner, with the Delaware, Miami, Pattawatima, and Eel River tribes; and also to the separate article entered into on the same day, with the Miami and Eel river tribes. And the said commissioner, on the part of the United States, agrees to allow the said tribe an additional annuity of three hundred dollars, and a present sum of fifteen hundred dollars, in consideration of the relinquishment made in the first article of said treaty; and a further permanent annuity of one hundred dollars, as soon as the Kickapoos can be brought to give their consent to the ninth article of said treaty. In testimony whereof, the said William Henry Harrison, and the sachems and head warriors of the said tribe, have here- unto set their hands and affixed their seals, this twenty- sixth day of October, eighteen hundred and nine. William H. Harrison, Jacco, his x mark, Shawanee, his x mark, Tosania, his x mark, Cohona, his x mark, Lapousier, his x mark, Pequia, his x mark, Quewa, or Negro Legs, his x mark, Alengua, his x mark, Chequia, or Little Eyes, his x mark, In the presence of Peter Jones, Secretary to the Commissioner, B. Parke, one of the Judges of the Indiana Territory, Thomas Randolph, A. G. of Indiana, Will. Jones, of Vincennes, Saml. W. Davis, Lt. Col. Ohio State, Shadrach Bond, jr. of the Illinois Territory, Joseph Barron, Sworn Interpreter. - 20 154 KICKApoos. KICKAPO O.S. I concLUDED DECEMBER 9, 1809. I William Henry Harrison, governor of the Indiana territory, and commissioner plenipotentiary of the United States, for treating with the Indian tribes northwest of the Ohio, and the sachems and war chiefs of the Kickapoo tribe, on the part of the said tribe, have agreed to the following articles, which, when ratified by the President, by and with the advice of the Senate, shall be binding on said parties. - ART. 1. The ninth article of the treaty concluded at fort Wayne on the thirtieth of September last, and the cession it contains, is hereby agreed to by the Kickapoos, and a permanent additional annuity of four hundred dollars, and goods to the amount of eight hundred dollars, now delivered, is to be considered as a full com- pensation for the said cession. ART. 2. The said tribe further agrees to cede to the United States all that tract of land which lies between the tract above ceded, the Wabash, the Vermilion river, and a line to be drawn from the north corner of the said ceded tract, so as to strike the Vermilion river at the distance of twenty miles in a direct line from its mouth. For this cession a further annuity of one hun- dred dollars, and the sum of seven hundred dollars in goods now delivered, is considered as a full compensation. But if the Miamis should not be willing to sanction the latter cession, and the United States should not think proper to take possession of the land without their consent, they shall be released from the obligation to pay the additional annuity of one hundred dollars. ART. 3. The stipulations contained in the treaty of Greenville, relatively to the manner of paying the annuity, and of the right of the Indians to hunt upon the land, shall apply to the annuity granted and the lands ceded by the present treaty. In testimony whereof, the said William Henry Harrison, and the sachems and head war chiefs of the said tribe, have here- unto set their hands and affixed their seals, this ninth day of December, one thousand eight hundred and nine. William Henry Harrison, Joe Renard, Nemahson, or a Man on his Feet, his x mark, Knoshania, or the Otter, his x mark, Wakoah, or Fox Hair, his x mark, Nonoah, or a Child at the Breast, his x mark, Moquiah, or the Bear Skin, his x mark, Signed in the presence of (the word “seven” in the second article being written upon an erasure) WYANDOTS; DELAWARES, SHAWANEES, ETC. 155 Peter Jones, Secretary to the E. Stout, Justice of Peace, Commissioner, Charles Smith, of Vincennes, George Wallace, jun. Justice of Hyacinthe Lasselle, of Vin- Peace, K. Cennés; Jno. Gibson, Secretary Indiana Dom. Lacroix, of Vincennes, Territory, Joseph Barron, Interpreter. Will. Jones, Justice of Peace, WYANDOTS, DELAWARES, SHAWANEES, ETC. I concLUDED JULY 22, 1814. I A treaty of peace and friendship between the United States of America, and the tribes of Indians, called the Wyandots, Dela- wares, Shawanees, Semekas, and JMiamis. The said United States of America, by William Henry Harri- son, late a major general in the army of the United States, and Lewis Cass, governor of the Michigan territory, duly authorized and appointed commissioners for the purpose, and the said tribes, by their head men, chiefs, and warriors, assembled at Greenville, in the State of Ohio, have agreed to the following articles: which, when ratified by the President of the United States, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate thereof, shall be binding upon them and the said tribes: ART. 1. The United States and the Wyandots, Delawares, Shawanees, and Senekas, give peace to the Miami nation of In- dians, formerly designated as the Miami, Eel River, and Wea tribes; they extend this indulgence also, to the bands of the Pattawatimas, which adhere to the grand sachem Tobinipee, and to the chief Onoxa; to the Ottawas of Blanchard’s creek, who have attached themselves to the Shawanees tribe, and to such of the said tribe as adhere to the chief called the Wing, in the neigh- borhood of Detroit, and to the Kickapoos, under the direction of the chiefs who sign this treaty. ART. 2. The tribes and bands abovementioned, engage to give their aid to the United States, in prosecuting the war against Great Britain and such of the Indian tribes as still continue hos- tile, and to make no peace with either, without the consent of the United States. The assistance herein stipulated for, is to consist of such a number of their warriors, from each tribe, as the President of the United States, or any officer having his authority therefor, may require. ART. 3. The Wyandottribe, and the Senekas of Sandusky and Stoneycreek, the Delaware and Shawanees tribes, who have pre- served their fidelity to the United States throughout the war, again acknowledge themselves under the protection of the said 156 WYANDOTS; DELAWARES, SHAWANEES, ETC. States, and of no other power whatever, and agree to aid the United States in the manner stipulated for in the former article, and to make no peace but with the consent of said States. ART. 4. In the event of a faithful performance of the conditions of this treaty, the United States will confirm and establish all the boundaries between their lands, and those of the Wyandots, Dela- wares, Shawanees, and Miamis, as they existed previously to the commencement of the war. In testimony whereof, the said commissioners, and the said head men, chiefs, and warriors, of the beforementioned tribes of Indians, have hereunto set their hands and affixed their seals. Done at Greenville, in the State of Ohio, this twenty-second day of July, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and fourteen, and of the independence of the United States the thirty-ninth. L. S William Henry Harrison, Lewis Cass, WYANDOTS, Tarhe, or Crane, his x mark, L. S. Harroneyough, or Cherokee Boy, his x mark, Tearroneauou, or between the Legs, his x mark, Menoucou, his x mark, Rusharra, or Stookey, his x mark, Senoshus, his x mark, - Zashuona, or Big Arm, his x mark, Teanduttasooh, or Punch, his x mark, Tapuksough, or John Hicks, his x mark, Ronoinness, or Sky come down, his x mark, Teendoo, his x mark, Ronalis, his x mark, Omaintsiarnah, or Bowyers, his x mark, pºl, Awakes, Taiunshrah, or Charles, his x mark, - Tiundraka, or John Bolesle, his x mark, Eronemiarah, or Shroneseh, his x mark, Kicktohenina, or Captain Anderson, his x mark, Lemottenuckques, or James Nanticoke, his x mark, Laoponnichle, or Baube, his x mark, Joon Queake, or John Queake, his x mark, Kill Buck, his x mark, Neachcomingd, his x mark, Montgomery Montawe, his x mark, Capt. Buck, his x mark, L. S L - S L. s wyANDots, DELAwakes, SHAwan EEs, ETC. 157 Hooque, or Mole, his x mark, Captain White Eyes, his x mark, Captain Pipe, his x mark, McDaniel, his x mark, Captain Snap, his x mark, sHAwan EEs, Cutewecusa, or Black Hoof, his x mark, Tamenetha, or Butter, his x mark, Piaseka, or Wolf, his x mark, Pomtha, or Walker, his x mark, Shammonetho, or Snake, his x mark, Pemthata, or Turkey flying by, his x mark, Wethawakasika, or Yellow Water, his x mark, Quetawah, Sinking, his x mark, Sokutchemah, or Frozen, his x mark, Wynepuechsika, or Corn Stalk, his x mark, Chiachska, or captain Tom, his x mark, Quitawepeh, or captain Lewis, his x mark, Teawascoota, or Blue Jacket, his x mark, Tacomtequah, or Cross the water, his x mark, i - L. S OTTAWAS, Watashnewa, or Bear's Legs, his x mark, L. s Wapachek, or White Fisher, his x mark, L. s. Tootagen, or Bell, his x mark, L. S. Aughguanahquose, or Stumptail Bear, his x mark, L. S. Mcokenuh, or Bear King, his x mark, L. S. SENEKAs, Coontindnau, or Coffee Houn, his x mark, L. s. Togwon, his x mark, L. S. Endosquierunt, or John Harris, his x mark L. s. Cantareteroo, his x mark, L. S. Cuntahtentuhwa, or Big Turtle, his x mark, L. s. Renonnesa, or Wiping Stick, his x mark, L. s. Corachcoonke, or Reflection, or Civil John, his x mark, Coonautanahtoo, his x mark, Seeistahe, Black, his x mark, Tooteeandee, Thomas Brand, his x mark, Haneusewa, his x mark, Uttawuntus, his x mark, Lutauqueson, his x mark, MIAMIs, Pecon, his x mark, Lapassine, or Ashenonquah, his x mark, Osage, his x mark, Natoweesa, his x mark, Meshekeleata, or the Big man, his x mark, Sanamahhonga, or Stone Eater, his x mark, S 158 WYANDOTS; DELAWARES, SHAWANEES, ETC. PATTAWATIMAS, KICKAP00s, Neshepehtah, or Double Tooth, his x mark, L. Metoosania, or Indian, his x mark, L. Chequia, or Poor Racoon, his x mark, L. Wapepecheka, his x mark, L. Chingomega Eboo, or Owl, his x mark, L. Kewesekong, or Circular Travelling, his x mark, L. Wapasabanah, or White Racoon, his x mark, L. Chekemetime, or Turtle’s Brother, his x mark, L. Pocondoqua, or Crooked, his x mark, L. Chequeah, or Poor Racoon, a Wea, or Little Eyes, his x mark, L. Showilingeshua, or Open Hand, his x mark, L. Okawea, or Porcupine his x mark, L. Shawanoe, his x mark, L. Mawansa, or Young Wolf, his x mark, L. Meshwawa, or Wounded, his x mark, L. Sangwecomya, or Buffaloe, his x mark, L. Pequia, or George, his x mark, L. Keelswa, or Sun, his x mark, L. Wabsea, or White Skin, his x mark, L. Wansepea, or Sunrise, his x mark, L. Angatoka, or Pile of Wood, his x mark, L. Toopinnepe, his x mark, L. Onoxa, or Five Medals, his x mark, L. Metea, his x mark, L. Conge, or Bear's foot, his x mark, L. Nanownseca, his x mark, L. Chagobbe, or One who sees all over, his x mark, - L. Meshon, his x mark, L. Penosh, his x mark, L. Checanoe, his x mark, L. Neshcootawa, his x mark, L. Tonguish, his x mark, L. Nebaughkua, his x mark, L. Wesmanesa, his x mark, L. Chechock, or Crane, his x mark, L. Kepoota, his x mark, L. Mackoota, or Crow, his x mark, L. Papeketcha, or Flat Belly, his x mark, L. Ketoote, or Otter, his x mark, L. Makotanecote, or Black Tree, his x mark, L. Sheshepa, or Duck, his x mark, L. CREEKS. 159 Wapekonnia, or White Blanket, his x mark, L. s. Acooche, or the Man Hung, his x mark, L. s. Chekaskagalon, his x mark, L. S. In presence of (the words “and the Wyandots, Delawares, Shawanees, and Senekas,” interlined in the first article be- fore signing) James Dill, Secretary to the Commissioners, Jno. Johnston, Indian Agent, B. F. Stickney, Indian Agent, James J. Nisbet, Associate Judge of Court of Common Pleas, Preble County, Thos. G. Gibson, Antoine Boindi, Wm. Walker, William Connor, J. Bis. Chandonnai, Sworn Interpreters, Stephen Ruddeed, James Pelteir, Joseph Bertrand, Thos. Ramsey, Capt. 1st Rifle Regt., John Conner, John Riddle, Col. 1st Regt. Ohio Militia. CREEKS. I conclude:D AUGUST 9, 1814. I Articles of agreement and capitulation, made and concluded this ninth day of August, one thousand eight hundred and fourteen, between major general Andrew Jackson, on behalf of the President of the United States of America, and the chiefs, deputies, and warriors, of the Creek nation. Whereas an unprovoked, inhuman, and sanguinary war, waged by the hostile Creeks against the United States, hath been repel- led, prosecuted, and determined, successfully on the part of the said States, in conformity with principles of national justice and honorable warfare: and whereas, consideration is due to the recti- tude of proceeding dictated by instructions relating to the re-estab- lishment of peace: be it remembered, that, prior to the conquest of that part of the Creek nation, hostile to the United States, numberless aggressions had been committed against the peace, the property, and the lives, of citizens of the United States, and those of the Creek nation in amity with her, at the mouth of Duck river, fort Mimms, and elsewhere, contrary to national faith, and the regard due to an article of the treaty concluded at New York, 160 CREEKS. in the year 1790, between the two nations: that the United States, previous to the perpetration of such outrages, did, in order to insure future amity and concord between the Creek nation and the said States, in conformity with the stipulations of former trea- ties, fulfil, with punctuality and good faith, her engagements to the said nation: that more than two-thirds of the whole number of chiefs and warriors of the Creek nation, disregarding the genuine spirit of existing treaties, suffered themselves to be instigated to violations of their national honor, and the respect due to a part of their own nation, faithful to the United States and the principles of humanity, by impostors denominating themselves prophets, and by the duplicity and misrepresentation of foreign emissaries, whose governments are at war, open or understood, with the United States. Wherefore, 1st. The United States demand an equivalent for all expenses incurred in prosecuting the war to its termination, by a cession of all the territory belonging to the Creek nation, within the territories of the United States, lying west, south, and southeastwardly, of a line to be run and described by persons duly authorized and appointed by the President of the United States: beginning at a point on the eastern bank of the Coosa river, where the south boundary line of the Cherokee nation crosses the same; running from thence down the said Coosa river, with its eastern bank, according to its various meanders, to a point one mile above the mouth of Cedar creek, at fort Williams, thence east two miles, thence south two miles, thence west, to the eastern bank of the said Coosa river, thence down the eastern bank thereof, according to its various meanders, to a point opposite the upper end of the great falls, (called by the natives Woetumka,) thence east, from a true meridian line, to a point due north of the Ofucs- kee, thence south, by a like meridian line, to the mouth of Ofucs- kee, on the south side of the Tallapoosa river, thence up the same, according to its various meanders, to a point where a direct course will cross the same, at the distance of ten miles from the mouth thereof, thence a direct line to the mouth of Summochico creek, which empties into the Chatahouchie river, on the east side thereof, below the Eufaulau town, thence east, from a true meridian line, to a point which shall intersect the line now dividing the lands claimed by the said Creek nation from those claimed and owned by the State of Georgia: provided, nevertheless, that where any possession of any chief or warrior of the Creek nation, who shall have been friendly to the United States during the war, and taken an active part therein, shall be within the territory ceded by these articles to the United States, every such person shall be entitled to a reservation of land within the said territory, of one mile square, to include his improvements, as near the centre thereof as may be, which shallinure to the said chief or warrior, and his descendants, so long as he or they shall continue to occupy the same, who shall be protected by, and subject to, the laws of the United States; CREEKS. 161 but upon the voluntary abandonment thereof, by such possessor or his descendants, the right of occupancy or possession of said lands shall devolve to the United States, and be identified with the right of property ceded hereby. * ART. 2. The United States will guaranty to the Creek nation, the integrity of all their territory eastwardly and northwardly of the said line, to be run and described as mentioned in the first article. - ART. 3. The United States demand that the Creek nation aban- don all communication, and cease to hold any intercourse, with any British or Spanish post, garrison, or town; and that they shall not admit among them any agent or trader, who shall not derive authority to hold commercial, or other intercourse with them, by license from the President or authorized agent of the United States. ART, 4. The United States demand an acknowledgment of the right to establish military posts and trading houses, and to open roads within the territory guarantied to the Creek nation by the second article, and a right to the free navigation of all its waters. ART. 5. The United States demand, that a surrender be imme- diately made, of all the persons and property taken from the citi- zens of the United States, the friendly part of the Creek nation, the Cherokee, Chickasaw, and Choctaw nations, to the respective owners; and the United States will cause to be immediately restored to the formerly hostile Creeks, all the property taken from them since their submission, either by the United States, or by any Indian nation in amity with the United States, together with all the prisoners taken from them during the war. ART. 6. The United States demand the caption and surrender of all the prophets and instigators of the war, whether foreigners or natives, who have not submitted to the arms of the United States, and become parties to these articles of capitulation, if ever they shall be found within the territory guarantied to the Creek nation by the second article. ART. 7. The Creek nation being reduced to extreme want, and not at present having the means of subsistence, the United States, from motives of humanity, will continue to furnish, gratuitously, the necessaries of life, until the crops of corn can be considered competent to yield the nation a supply, and will establish trading houses in the nation, at the discretion of the President of the United States, and at such places as he shall direct, to enable the nation, by industry and economy, to procure clothing. ART. 8. A permanent peace shall ensue from the date of these presents, forever, between the Creek nation and the United States, and between the Creek nation and the Cherokee, Chickasaw, and Choctaw nations. - - - ART. 9. If, in running east from the mouth of Summochico creek, it shall so happen that the settlement of the Kinnards fall 21 162 CREEKS. within the lines of the territory hereby ceded, then, and in that case, the line shall be run east, in a true meridian, to Kitchofoonee creek, thence, down the middle of said creek, to its junction with Flint river, immediately below the Oakmulgee town, thence up the middle of Flint river, to a point due east of that at which the above line struck the Kitchofoonee creek, thence east to the old line hereinbefore mentioned: to wit, the line dividing the lands claimed by the Creek nation from those claimed and owned by the State of Georgia. The parties to these presents, after due consideration, for them- selves and their constituents, agree to ratify and confirm the pre- ceding articles, and constitute them the basis of a permanent peace between the two nations; and they do hereby solemnly bind them- selves, and all the parties concerned and interested, to a faithful performance of every stipulation contained therein. In testimony whereof, they have hereunto, interchangeably, set their hands and affixed their seals, the day and date above written. Andrew Jackson, Major Gen. Comdºg 7th Mil. Dist. L. s. Tustunnuggee Thlucco, speaker for the Upper Creeks, his x mark, L. S. Micco Aupoegau, of Toukaubatchee, his x mark, S. Tustunnuggee Hopoiee, speaker of the Lower Creeks, his x mark, Micco Achulee, of Cowetau, his x mark, William McIntosh, jr. major of Cowetau, his x mark, Tuskee Eneah, of Cussetau, his x mark, Faue Emautla, of Cussetau, his x mark, Toukaubatchee Tustunnuggee, of Hitchetee, his x L. mark, L. S Noble Kinnard, of Hitchetee, his x mark, L. S Hopoiee Hutkee, of Souwagoolo, his x mark, L. S Hopoiee Hutkee, for Hopoie Yoholo, of Souwogoolo, his x mark, L. S Folappo Haujo, of Eufaulau, on Chattohochee, his x mark, Pachee Haujo, of Apalachoocla, his x mark, Timpoeechee Bernard, captain of Uchees, his x mark, Uchee Micco, his x mark, Yoholo Micco, of Kialijee, his x mark, Socoskee Emautla, of Kialijee, his x mark, Choocchau Haujo, of Wocco.coi, his x mark, Esholoctee, of Nauchee, his x mark, - Yoholo Micco, of Tallapoosa Eufaulau, his x mark, Stinthellis Haujo, of Abecoochee, his x mark, Ocfuskee Yoholo, of Toutacaugee, his x mark, John O'Kelly, of Coosa, PIANKESHAWS. 163 Eneah Thlucco, of Immookfau, his x mark, L. S Espokokoke Haujo, of Wewoko, his x mark, L. S. Eneah Thlucco Hopoiee, of Talesee, his x mark, L. S Eſau Haujo, of Puccan Tallahassee, his x mark, L. S Talessee Fixico, of Ocheobofau, his x mark, L. S Nomatlee Emautla, or captain Isaacs, of Cousoudee, his x mark, L. s Tuskegee Emautla, or John Carr, of Tuskegee, his x mark, L. S. Alexander Grayson, of Hillabee, his x mark, L. S. Lowee, of Ocmulgee, his x mark, L. S. Nocoosee Emautla, of Chuskee Tallaſau, his x mark, L. s. William McIntosh, for Hopoiee Haujo, of Ooseoo- chee, his x mark, L. S. William McIntosh, for Chehahaw Tustunnuggee, of Chehahaw, his x mark, L. S William McIntosh, for Spokokee Tustunnuggee, of Otellewhoyonnee, his x mark, L. S. Dome at fort Jackson, in presence of Charles Cassedy, Acting Sec'y, J. C. Warren, Assistant Agent Benjamin Hawkins, Agent for for Indian Affairs, Indian Affairs, George Mayfield, Public Return J. Meigs, A. C. nation, Alexander Curnels, | Interpre- Robert Butler, Adjutant Gen. George Lovett, ters. U. S. Army, PIAN KES H.A.W. S. [concLUDED JULY 18, 1815. 1 A treaty of peace and friendship, made and concluded, between William Clark, JWinian Edwards, and Auguste Chouteau, com- missioners plenipotentiary of the United States of America on the part and behalf of the said States, of the one part, and the undersigned chiefs and warriors of the Piankeshaw tribe or na- tion, on the part and behalf of the said tribe or nation, of the other part. The parties being anxious of re-establishing peace and friend- ship between the United States and the said tribe or nation, and of being placed in all things and in every respect on the same footing upon which they stood before the war, have agreed to the following articles: ART. 1. Every injury or act of hostility by one or either of the contracting parties against the other, shall be mutually forgiven and forgot. 164 PIAN KES HAWS. ART. 2. There shall be perpetual peace and friendship between all the citizens of the United States of America, and all the indi- viduals composing the Piankeshaw tribe or nation. ART. 3. The contracting parties in the sincerity of mutual friendship, recognize, re-establish and confirm all and every treaty, contract or agreement, heretofore concluded between the United States and the said Piankeshaw tribe or nation. In witness of all and every thing herein determined between the United States of America, and the said Piankeshaw tribe or nation: we, their underwritten commissioners and chiefs aforesaid, by virtue of our full powers, have signed this definitive treaty, and have caused our seals to be hereunto affixed. Done at Portage des Sioux, this eigh teenth day of July, in the year of our Lord, one thousand eight hundred and fifteen, and of the independence of the United States of America the fortieth. William Clark, R. Wash, Secretary to the Com- missioners, Thomas Forsyth, I. Agent, N. Boilvin, Agent, L. S. Ninian Edwards, L. S. Auguste Chouteau, L. S. La-ma-noan, or the Axe, his x mark, L. S. La-mee-pris-jeau, or Sea-wolf, his x mark, L. s. Mon-sai-raa, or Rusty, his x mark, L. S. Wa-pan-gia, or Swan, his x mark, L. S. Na-maing-sa, or the Fish, his x mark. L. S. Dome at Portage des Sioua, in the presence of Cyrus Edwards, Saml. Solomon, S. J Mett 2007% acques Mette, a...,717. - Interpºrs. Louis Decouagne, T. Paul, C. C. J.M. Maurice Blondeaux, John Hay, - John Miller, Col. 3d Inf Richard Chitwood, Maj. Mt. Wm. Irvine Adair, Capt. 3d Reg. U. S. Inf John A. Cameron, F. Duchouquet, U. S. Interpre- ter, W. Louis Buſait, Indian Interpreter, J. Bts. Chandonnai, Interpreter, W. Knaggs, Antoine Bondi, Jean Bt. Massac, his x mark. POUTAWATAMIES. 165 P OUT. A. W. A. T A MII E. S. I concLUDED JULY 18, 1815. I ºff treaty of peace and friendship made and concluded between Wil- liam Clark, JWinian Edwards, and Auguste Chouteau, commis- sioners plenipotentiary of the United States of America, on the part and behalf of the said States, of the one part; and the under- signed chiefs and warriors of the Poutawatamie tribe or nation, residing on the river Illinois, on the part and behalf of the said tribe or nation, of the other part. The parties being desirous of re-establishing peace and friend- ship between the United States and the said tribe or nation, and of being placed in all things, and in every respect, on the same footing upon which they stood before the war, have agreed to the following articles. ART. 1. Every injury or act of hostility by one or either of the contracting parties against the other, shall be mutually forgiven and forgot. ART. 2. There shall be perpetual peace and friendship between all the citizens of the United States of America, and all the indi- viduals composing the said Poutawatamie tribe or nation. ART, 3. The contracting parties hereby agree, promise and bind themselves, reciprocally, to deliver up all the prisoners now in their hands (by what means soever the same may have come into their possession) to the officer commanding at fort Clarke, on the Illinois river, as soon as it may be practicable. ART. 4. The contracting parties, in the sincerity of mutual friendship, recognize, re-establish and confirm, alland every treaty, contract and agreement, heretofore concluded between the United States, and the Poutawatamie tribe or nation. In witness of all and every thing herein determined between the United States of America, and the said Poutawatamie tribe or nation, residing on the river Illinois; we, their under- written commissioners and chiefs aforesaid, by virtue of our full powers, have signed this definitive treaty, and have caused our seals to be hereunto affixed. Done at Portage des Sioux, this eighteenth day of July, in the year of our Lord one thou- sand eight hundred and fifteen, and of the independence of the United States the fortieth. William Clark, Ninian Edwards, Auguste Chouteau, Sunawchewome, his x mark, Mucketepoke, or Black Partridge, his x mark, Neggeneshkek, his x mark, 166 TEETONS. Chawcawberme, his x mark, L. S. Bendegakewa, his x mark, L. S. Wapewy, or White Hair, his x mark, L. S. Outawa, his x mark, L. S. In the presence of R. Wash, Secretary to the Com- Richard Chitwood, Major M. mission, Wm. Irvine Adair, Capt. 3d Thomas Forsyth, I. Agent, Reg’t U. S. Infantry, N. Boilvin, Agent, Cyrus Edwards, T. Paul, C. J.M. Samuel Solomon, sºon, In, Maurice Blondeaux, Jacques Mette, . effers Manuel Lisa, Agent, Louis Decouagne, “” John Miller, Col. 3d Infantry, John A. Camero, T E E TO N S. I concLUDED JULY 19, 1815.] Jī treaty of peace and friendship made and concluded between William Clark, JWinian Edwards, and Auguste Chouteau, com- missioners plenipotentiary of the United States of America, on the part and the behalf of the said States, of the one part; and the undersigned chiefs and warriors of the Teeton tribe of In- dians, on the part and behalf of their said tribe, of the other part. The parties being desirous of re-establishing peace and friend- ship between the United States and the said tribe, and of being placed in all things, and in every respect, on the same footing upon which they stood before the late war between the United States and Great Britain, have agreed to the following articles: ART. 1. Every injury or act of hostility committed by one or either of the contracting parties against the other, shall be mutu- ally forgiven and forgot. ART. 2. There shall be perpetual peace and friendship between all the citizens of the United States of America, and all the indi- viduals composing the said Teeton tribe, and the friendly relations that existed between them before the war, shall be and the same are hereby renewed. ART. 3. The undersigned chiefs and warriors, for themselves, and their said tribe, do hereby acknowledge themselves and their aforesaid tribe to be under the protection of the United States of America, and of no other nation, power or sovereign whatsoever. In witness whereof, the said William Clark, Ninian Edwards, and Auguste Chouteau, commissioners as aforesaid, and the SIOUX. 167 chiefs and warriors of the said tribe, have hereunto sub- scribed their names, and affixed their seals this nineteenth day of July, one thousand eight hundred and fifteen, and of the independence of the United States the fortieth. William Clark, L. S. Ninian Edwards, L. S. Auguste Chouteau, L. S. Eskatapia, the Player, his x mark, L. S. Tantanga, the True Buffaloe, his x mark, L. S. Mazamanie, the Walker in Iron, his x mark, - L. S. Wanakagmamee, the Stamper, his x mark, L. S. Weechachamanza, the Man of Iron, his x mark, L. S. Ikmouacoulai, the Shooting Tiger, his x mark, L. S. Uakahincoukai, the Wind that Passes, his x mark, L. S. Washeejonjrtga, the Left-handed Frenchman, his x mark, L. s. Monetowanari, the Bear's Soul, his x mark, L. S. Dome at Portage des Sioua, in the presence of R. Wash, Secretary to the Com- Thomas Forsyth, I. Agent, mission, Maurice Blondeaux, John Miller, Col. 3d Inf. John A. Cameron, H. Dodge, Brig. Gen. JMissouri. Louis Decouagne, JMilitia, Louis Dorion, T. Paul, C. T. of the C. Cyrus Edwards, Manuel Lisa, Agent, John Hay. S I O U X. I conclude D JULY 19, 1819. 1 A treaty of peace and friendship, made and concluded between Wil- liam Clark, Ninian Edwards, and Auguste Chouteau, commis- sioners plenipotentiary of the United States of America, on the part and behalf of the said States, of the one part; and the under- signed chiefs and warriors of the Sioua of the Lakes, on the part and behalf of their tribe, on the other part. The parties being desirous of re-establishing peace and friend- ship between the United States and the said tribe, and of being placed in all things, and in every respect, on the same footing upon which they stood before the late war between the United States and Great Britain, have agreed to the following articles. ART. 1. Every injury or act of hostility committed by one or either of the contracting parties against the other, shall be mutually forgiven and forgot. ART. 2. There shall be perpetual peace and friendship between all the citizens of the United States of America, and all the indi- 168 SIOUX. viduals composing the said tribe of the lakes, and all the friendly relations that existed between them before the war, shall be and the same are hereby renewed. ART. 3. The undersigned chiefs and warriors, for themselves, and their said tribe, do hereby acknowledge themselves and their aforesaid tribe to be under the protection of the United States, and of no other nation, power or sovereign whatsoever. In witness whereof, the said William Clark, Ninian Edwards, and Auguste Chouteau, commissioners aforesaid, and the chiefs and warriors of the aforesaid tribe, have hereunto sub- scribed their names and affixed their seals this nineteenth day of July, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and fifteen, and of the independence of the United States the fortieth. William Clark, Ninian Edwards, Auguste Chouteau, Tatangamania, the Walking Buffaloe, his x mark, Haisanwee, the Horn, his x mark, Aampahaa, the Speaker, his x mark, Narcesagata, the Hard Stone, his x mark, Haibohaa, the Branching Horn, his x mark, Dome at Portage des Sioua, in the presence of R. Wash, Secretary to the Com- Jno. W. Johnson, U. S. Factor mission, and Indian Jägent, John Miller, Col. 3d Inf Maurice Blondeaux, T. Paul, C. T. of the C. Lewis Decouagne, Edmund Hall, Lt. late 28th ºf Louis Dorion, J. B. Clark, Adj. 3d Inf. John A. Cameron, Manuel Lisa, Jigent, Jacques Mette, Thomas Forsyth, I. Jigent, John Hay. S I O U X. [concLUDED JULY 19, 1815. I A treaty of peace and friendship made and concluded between Wil- liam Clark, JWinian Edwards, and Auguste Chouteau, commis- sioners plenipotentiary of the United States of America, on the part and behalf of the said States, of the one part; and the chiefs and warriors of the Sioua of the river St. Peter, on the part and behalf of their said tribe, on the other part. - The parties being desirous of re-establishing peace and friend- ship between the United States and the said tribe, and of being placed in all things and in every respect, on the same footing upon SIOUX. 169 which they stood before the late war between the United States and Great Britain, have agreed to the following articles: ART. 1. Every injury or act of hostility committed by one or either of the contracting parties against the other, shall be mutu- ally forgiven and forgot. ART. 2. There shall be perpetual peace and friendship between the citizens of the United States of America, and all the indivi- duals composing the tribe of Sioux of the river St. Peter; and all the friendly relations, that existed between them before the war, shall be, and the same are hereby, renewed. ART. 3. The undersigned chiefs and warriors, for themselves and their said tribe, do hereby acknowledge themselves and their tribe to be under the protection of the United States, and of no other power, nation or sovereign whatsoever. In testimony whereof, the said William Clark, Ninian Edwards and Auguste Chouteau, commissioners as aforesaid, and the chiefs and warriors of the aforesaid tribe, have hereunto sub- scribed their names and affixed their seals, this nineteenth day of July, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and fifteen, and of the independence of the United States the fortieth. William Clark, L. S Ninian Edwards, L. S Auguste Chouteau, L. S Enigmanee, that Flies as he Walks, his x mark, L. s. Wasoukapaha, the Falling Hail, his x mark, L. S. Champisaba, the Black War Club, his x mark, L. s Manpinsaba, the Black Cloud, his x mark, L. S Tatarnaza, the Iron Wind, his x mark, L. S Nankanandee, who puts his foot in it, his x mark, L. s Dome at Portage des Sioua, in the presence of R. Wash, Secretary of the Com- Thomas Forsyth, Indian Agent, mission, J. W. Johnson, U. S. Factor and John Miller, Col. 3d Inf. Indian Agent, H. Paul, C. T. of the C. Maurice Blondeaux, John T. Chunn, Brevet Major Louis Decouagne, Sworn of the U. S. Army, John A. Cameron, Interpre- Edmund Hall, Lieut. late 28th Louis Dorion, | ters. Infantry, Jacques Matte, J Manuel Lisa, Jigent, 22 170 YANCTONS. YAN C T ON S. I concLUDED JULY 19, 1815. I A treaty of peace and friendship made and concluded between Wil- liam Clark, JWinian Edwards, and Auguste Chouteau, commis- sioners plenipotentiary of the United States of America, on the part and behalf of the said States, of the one part, and the under- signed chiefs and warriors of the Yancton tribe of Indians, on the part and behalf of their said tribe, of the other part. The parties being desirous of re-establishing peace and friend- ship between the United States and the said tribe, and of being placed in all things, and in every respect, on the same footing upon which they stood before the late war between the United States and Great Britain, have agreed to the following articles: ART. 1. Every injury, or act of hostility, committed by one or either of the contracting parties against the other shall be mutually forgiven and forgot. ART 2. There shall be perpetual peace and friendship between all the citizens of the United States of America, and all the indi- viduals composing the said Yancton tribe, and all the friendly relations, that existed between them before the war, shall be, and the same are hereby, renewed. ART. 3. The undersigned chiefs and warriors, for themselves and their said tribe, do hereby acknowledge themselves to be under the protection of the United States of America, and of no other nation, power or sovereign whatsoever. In witness whereof, the said William Clark, Ninian Edwards, and Auguste Chouteau, commissioners as aforesaid, and the chiefs aforesaid, have hereunto subscribed their names and affixed their seals, this nineteenth day of July, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and fifteen, and of the independence of the United States the fortieth. Wm. Clark, Ninian Edwards, Auguste Chouteau, Monlori, or white bear, his x mark, Waskaijingo, or little dish, his x mark, Padamape, or panis sticker, his x mark, Chaponge, or musquitoe, his x mark, Mindalonga, partisan, or war chief, Weopaatowechashla, or sun set, Tokaymhominee, or the rock that turns, his x mark, Keonorumco, or fast flyer, his x mark, Mazo, or the iron, his x mark, Haiwongeeda, or one horn, his x mark, Mazehaio, or arrow sender, his x mark, MAHAS. 171 - Dome at the Portage des Sioua, in the presence of R. Wash, Sec. to the Commission, Jacques Mette, John Miller, Col. 3d Inf. John A. Cameron, H. Dodge, Brig. Gen’l Missouri R. Paul, C. T. of the Commis. Militia, Louis Decouagne, Manuel Lisa, Agent, Cyrus Edwards, Thomas Forsyth, I. Agent, Lewis Dorion, Maurice Blondeaux, John Hay, Interpreter. MA. H.A. S. [ concluded JULY 20, 1815. I A treaty of peace and friendship made and concluded between Wil- liam Clark, JWinian Edwards, and Auguste Chouteau, commis- sioners plenipotentiary of the United States of America, on the part and behalf of the said States, of the one part, and the under- signed chiefs and warriors of the JMahas, on the part and behalf of said tribe or nation, on the other part. The parties being desirous of re-establishing peace and friend- ship between the United States and the said tribe or nation, and of being placed, in all things, and in every respect, on the same footing upon which they stood before the late war between the United States and Great Britain, have agreed to the following articles: ART. 1. Every injury or act of hostility, committed by one or either of the contracting parties against the other, shall be mutually forgiven and forgot. ART. 2. There shall be perpetual peace and friendship between all the citizens of the United States of America, and all the indi- viduals composing the tribe or nation of the Mahas, and all friendly relations, that existed between them before the war, shall be, and the same are hereby, renewed. ART, 3. The undersigned chiefs and warriors, for themselves and their said tribe or nation, do hereby acknowledge themselves and their tribe or nation to be under the protection of the United States, and of no other nation, power or sovereign whatsoever. In witness whereof, the said William Clark, Ninian Edwards, and Auguste Chouteau, commissioners as aforesaid, and the chiefs and warriors of the aforesaid tribe or nation, have here- unto subscribed their names and affixed their seals, this twen- tieth day of July, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and fifteen, and of the independence of the United States the fortieth. William Clark, - L. S. Ninian Edwards, L. S. 172 KICKAPOOS. Auguste Chouteau, Oupaatanga, or the big elk, his x mark, Washcamanie, or the hard walker, his x mark, Kaaheeguia, or the old chief, his x mark, Waanowrabai, or the blackbird’s grandson, his x mark, Osogagee, or the point maker, his x mark, Toireechee, or the cow's rib, his x mark, Manshaquita, or the little soldier, his x mark, Pissinguai, or he who has no gall, his x mark, Done at Portage des Sioua, in presence of R. Wash, Sec. to the Commission, Thos. Forsyth, Indian ſlgent, John Miller, Col. 3d Inf. J. W. Johnson, Indian Agent, R. Paul, C. T. of the C. Louis Decouagne, Edw. Hall, Lieut. late 28th Inf, Louis Dorion, John B. Clark, ſidj. 3d Inf. John A. Cameron, Manuel Lisa, Jägent, Jacques Mette. KIC KAPO O. S. I concLUDED SEPTEMBER. 2, 1815. I ºff treaty of peace and friendship, made and concluded between William Clark, Minian Edwards, and Auguste Chouteau, com- missioners plenipotentiary of the United States of America, on the part and behalf of the said States, of the one part, and the undersigned chiefs, warriors, and deputies of the Kickapoo tribe or nation, on the part and behalf of the said tribe or nation, of the other part. The parties being desirous of re-establishing peace and friend. ship between the United States and the said tribe or nation, and of being placed in all things and in every respect on the same foot- ing upon which they stood before the war, have agreed to the fol- lowing articles: - ART. 1. Every injury or act of hostility by one or either of the contracting parties towards the other, shall be mutually forgiven and forgot. ART. 2. There shall be perpetual peace and friendship between all the citizens of the United States of America, and all the indivi- duals composing the said Kickapoo tribe or nation. ART. 3. The contracting parties do hereby agree, promise, and oblige themselves, reciprocally, to deliver up all the prisoners now in their hands (by what means soever the same may have come into their possession) to the officer commanding at fort Clarke, on the Illinois river, to be by him restored to their respective nations as soon as it may be practicable. ART. 4. The contracting parties in the sincerity of mutual friend- ship, recognize, re-establish, and confirm all and every treaty, con- WYANDOTS, DELAWARES, SENECAs, ETC. 173 tract, and agreement, heretofore concluded between the United States and the Kickapoo tribe or nation. In witness whereof, the said William Clark, Ninian Edwards, and Auguste Chouteau, commissioners as aforesaid, and the chiefs, warriors, and deputies of the said tribe, have hereunto subscribed their names and affixed their seals, this second day of September, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and fifteen, and of the independence of the United States the fortieth. William Clark, L. S. Ninian Edwards, Auguste Chouteau, Pauwoatam, by his representative Kenepaso, or the bond prisoner, his x mark, Kiteta, or Otter, his x mark, Kenepaso, or the bond prisoner, his x mark, Teppema, or persuader, his x mark, Cokecambaut, or elk looking back, his x mark, Peywaynequa, or bear, his x mark, Wettassa, or brave, his x mark, Weywaychecawbout, or meeter, his x mark, Autuppehaw, or mover, his x mark, Wesheown, or dirty face, his x mark, Dome at Portage des Sioua in the presence of R. Wash, Secretary to the Com- John W. Johnson, U. S. Factor . S mission, and Indian Agent, T. A. Smith, Brig. Gen. U. S. Maurice Blondeaux, ºrmy, Samuel Solomon, Interpreter, D'l. Bissell, Brig. Gen. Samuel Brady, Lieut. 8th U. S. Stephen Byrd, Col. JM. JV. Inſ - - T. Paul, C. C. T. Joseph C. Brown, A. McNair, District Insp. H. Battu, Thomas Forsyth, Indian Jägent, Samuel Whiteside, Capt. Illinois Pierre Menard, Indian Agent, Militia. WYANDOTS, DELAWARES, SENEKAS, ETC. I concLUDED SEPTEMBER 8, 1815, 1 A treaty between the United States of America, and the Wyandot, Delaware, Seneca, Shawanoe, JMiami, Chippewa, Ottawa and Potawatimie tribes of Indians, residing within the limits of the State of Ohio, and the territories of Indiana and Michigan. Whereas, the Chippewa, Ottawa, and Potawatimie tribes of Indians, together with certain bands of the Wyandot, Delaware, Seneca, Shawanoe, and Miami tribes, were associated with Great 174 WYANDOTS, DELAWARES, SENECAS, ETC. Britain in the late war between the United States and that power, and have manifested a disposition to be restored to the relations of peace and amity with the said States; and the President of the United States having appointed William Henry Harrison, late a major-general in the service of the United States, Duncan McArthur, late a brigadier in the service of the United States, and John Graham, esquire, as commissioners to treat with the said tribes; the said commissioners and the sachems, head men and warriors of said tribes having met in council at the Spring Wells, near the city of Detroit, have agreed to the following articles, which, when ratified by the President, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate of the United States, shall be binding on them and the said tribes. ART. 1. The United States give peace to the Chippewa, Ottawa and Potawatimie tribes. ART. 2. They also agree to restore to the said Chippewa, Ottawa, and Potawatimie tribes, all the possessions, rights and privileges which they enjoyed, or were entitled to, in the year one thousand eight hundred and eleven, prior to the commencement of the late war with Great Britain, and the said tribes, upon their part, agree again to place themselves under the protection of the United States, and of no other power whatsoever. ART. 3. In consideration of the fidelity to the United States which has been manifested by the Wyandot, Delaware, Seneca, and Shawanoe tribes, throughout the late war; and of the repent- ance of the Miami tribe, as manifested by placing themselves under the protection of the United States, by the treaty of Green- ville in eighteen hundred and fourteen, the said States agree to pardon such of the chiefs and warriors of said tribes, as may have continued hostilities against them until the close of the war with Great Britain, and to permit the chiefs of their respective tribes, to restore them to the stations and property which they held previously to the war. ART. 4. The United States and the beforementioned tribes or nations of Indians, that is to say, the Wyandot, Delaware, Seneca, Shawanoe, Miami, Chippewa, Ottawa, and Potawatimies, agree to renew and confirm the treaty of Greenville, made in the year one thousand seven hundred and ninety-five, and all subsequent treaties to which they were, respectively, parties, and the same are hereby again ratified and confirmed in as full a manner as if they were inserted in this treaty. Done at Spring Wells, the eighth day of September, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and fifteen, and of the independence of the United States, the fortieth. In testimony whereof, they, the said commissioners, and the sachems, head men and warriors of the different tribes, have hereunto set their hands, and affixed their seals. William Henry Harrison, - I. S. WYANDOTS; DELAWARES, SENECAS, ETC. 175 Duncan McArthur, L. John Graham, L. yANDo" Tarhee, or the crane, his x mark, L. W HIEFS: Harrouyeou, or Cherokee boy, his x mark, L. C Sanohskee, or long house, his x mark, L. Outoctutimoh, or cub, his x mark, L. Myecruh, or walk in the water, his x mark, L. Tyanumka, his x mark, L. Mymehamkee, or Barnett, his x mark, L. sº Awax9* Cutaweskeshah, or black hoof, his x mark, L. cHIEFS: Nutsheway, or wolf’s brother, his x mark, L. Tamenatha, or butler, his x mark, L. Shemenetoo, or big snake, his x mark, L. Outhowwaheshegath, or yellow plume, his x mark, Quatawwepay, or capt. Lewis, his x mark, L. Mishquathree, or capt. Reid, his x mark, L. Tecumtequah, his x mark, L. OTTAWA Tontegenah, or the dog, his x mark, L. CHIEFS. Tashcuygon, or McArthur, his x mark, L. Okemas, or little chief, his x mark, L. Nashkemah, his x mark, L. Watashnewah, his x mark, - L. Onqunogesh, or ugly fellow, his x mark, L. Menitugawboway, or the devil standing, his x mark, - L. Kelystum, or first actor, his x mark, L. OTTAWAS Kemenechagon, or the bastard, his x mark, L. FROM Karbenequane, or the one who went in front, MACKINAC.K. his x mark, L. ottawa FROM Mechequez, his x mark, L. GRAND RIVER, A WINNEBAGo Wassachum, or first to start the whites, his x FROM mark, L. MACKINA.C.K. CHIPPEwA Papnescha, or turn round about, his x mark, L. CHIEFS. Nowgeschick, or twelve o’clock, his x mark, L. Shamanetoo, or God Almighty, his x mark, L. Wissenesoh, his x mark, L. Cacheonquet, or big cloud, his x mark, L. Pasheskiskaquashcum, - L. Menactome, or the little fly, his x mark, L. Enewame, or crow, his x mark, L. Nauaquaoto, his x mark, L. Paanassee, or the bird, his x mark, L. *Awake Toctowayning, or Anderson, his x mark, L. *HIEFs. Lamahtanoquez, his x mark, - L. S. S. S. S. S. 176 WYANDOTS; DELAWARES, SENECAS, ETC. SENECA CHIEFS. POTA.W.A.TIMIE CHIEFS. MIAMI CHIEFS. Matahoopan, his x mark, L. Aaheppan, or the buck, his x mark, L. Jim Killbuck, his x mark, L. Captain Beaver, his x mark, L. McDonald, his x mark, L. Tahummindoyeh, or between words, his x mark, L. Yonundankykueurent, or John Harris, his x mark, L. Masomea, or Civil John, his x mark, L. Saccorawahtah, or wiping stick, his x mark, L. Topeeneebee, his x mark, - L. Noungeesai, or five medals, his x mark, L. Naynauawsekaw, his x mark, L. Joeeonce, his x mark, L. Cocneg, his x mark, L. Ohshawkeebee, his x mark, L. Waineamaygoas, his x mark, L. Meeksawbay, his x mark, L. Mongaw, his x mark, L. Nawnawmee, his x mark, L. Chay Chauk, or the crane, his x mark, L. Wanaunaiskee, his x mark, L. Pashapow, his x mark, L. Honkemani, or the chief, his x mark, L. Neesscatimeneemay, his x mark, L. Ponngeasais, his x mark, L. Nounnawkeskawaw, his x mark, L. Chickawno, his x mark, L. Mitteeay, his x mark, L. Messeecawee, his x mark, L. Neepoashe, his x mark, L. Kaitchaynee, his x mark, - L. Waymeego, or W. H. Harrison, his x mark, L. Louison, his x mark, - L. Osheouskeebee, his x mark, L. Pacan, his x mark, L. Singomesha, or the owl, his x mark, L. Totanag, or the butterfly, his x mark, L. Osage, or the neutral, his x mark, L. Wabsioung, or the white skin, his x mark, L. Wapaassabina, or white racoon, his x mark, L. Otteutaqua, or a blower of his breath, his x mark, L. Makatasabima, or black racoon, his x mark, L. Wapeshesa, or white appearance in the water, his x mark, L. GREAT AND LITTLE OSAGES. 177 Motosamea, or Indian, his x mark, Shacanbe, his x mark, Shequar, or the poor racoon, his x mark, Cartanquar, or the sky, his x mark, Okemabenaseh, or the king bird, his x mark, Wapenaseme, or the collector of birds, his x mark, L. Mecinnabee, or the setting stone, his x mark, L. Annawba, his x mark, L. Mashepesheewingqua, or tiger’s face, his x mark, L. Signed in the presence of A. L. Langhan, Secretary to the Francis Jansen, Commission, James Riley, Interpreter, Lewis Cass, William Kingg, James Miller, Brig. Gen. U. S. A. Francois Mouton, Willoughby Morgan, Maj. U. S.A. John Kenzie, Interpreter, A. B. Woodward, F. Duchouquet, U. S. Inter- Hy. B. Brevoort, late Maj. 45th preter, W. Infantry, Louis Buſait, Indian Inter- John Bidder, Capt. U. S. Corps preter, Artillery, J. Bts. Chandonnai, Interpreter, James May, J. P. W. Knaggs, Peter Audrain, Reg. L. O. D. Antoine Bondi, Jn. K. Walker, Wyandot Interpr’r, Jean Bt. Massac, his x mark. GREAT AND LITTLE O S.A. G.E. S. I concLUDED SEPTEMBER 12, 1815, 1 ºff treaty of peace and friendship made and concluded between William Clark, Ninian Edwards, and Auguste Chouteau, com- missioners plenipotentiary of the United States of America, on the part and behalf of the said States, of the one part; and the undersigned king, chiefs and warriors of the Great and Little Osage tribes or nations, on part and behalf of their said tribes and nations, of the other part. The parties being desirous of re-establishing peace and friend- ship between the United States, and the said tribes or nations, and of being placed in all things, and in every respect, on the same footing upon which they stood before the war, have agreed to the following articles: - ART. 1. Every injury or act of hostility by one or either of the contracting parties, against the other, shall be mutually forgiven and forgot. ART. 2. There shall be perpetual peace and friendship between all the citizens of the United States of America, and all the indi- viduals composing the said Osage tribes or nations. 23 - 178 GREAT AND LITTLE OSAGES. ART. 3. The contracting parties, in the sincerity of mutual friendship, recognize, re-establish, and confirm, all and every treaty, contract and agreement heretofore concluded between the United States, and the said Osage tribes or nations. In witness whereof, the said William Clark, Ninian Edwards, and Auguste Chouteau, commissioners as aforesaid, and the king, chiefs, and warriors of the said tribes or nations have hereunto subscribed their names and affixed their seals, this twelfth day of September, in the year of our Lord one thou- sand eight hundred and fifteen, and of the independence of the United States the fortieth. Wm. Clark, Ninian Edwards, Auguste Chouteau, Teshuhimga, or white hair, his x mark, Caygaywachepeche, or the bad chief, his x mark, L Couchestawasta, or the one who sees far, his x mark, Gradamnsa, or iron kite, his x mark, Mahsa, his x mark, Wanougpacha, or he who fears not, his x mark, L. Hurate, the piper bird, his x mark, L. Wasabatougga, big bear, his x mark, i. Nekagahre, he who beats the men, his x mark, L. Mekewatanega, he who carries the sun, his x mark, L. Nangawahagea, his x mark, Kemanha, the wind racer of the Arkinsaw band, L. his x mark, THE LITTLE Caggatanagga, the great chief, his x mark, os AGEs. Nechoumanu, the walking rain, his x mark, Watashinga, he who has done little, his x mark, Nehujamega, without ears, his x mark, Ososhingga, the little point, his x mark, Akidatangga, the big soldier, his x mark, Wabesongge, his x mark, Nehreegnegawachepecha, his x mark, Grecnachee, he who arrives, his x mark, Wahadanoe, of the Missouritribe, his x mark, Asooga, the little horn, his x mark, Mathagrhra, the cutter, his x mark, Dome at Portage des Sioua, in the presence of R. Wash, Sec. of the Commission, Jno. W. Johnson, U. S. Factºr Thomas Levers, Lieut. Col. and Indian Agent, Commanding 1st Regt. I. T. Maurice Blondeaux, P. Chouteau, Jigent Osages, Samuel Solomon, T. Paul, C. C. T. Noel Mograine, James B. Moore, Capt. P. L. Chouteau, Samuel Whiteside, Capt. Daniel Converse, 3d Lieut. : . Interpreters: SACS OF THE MISSOURI. 179 S.A. CS Ol' T H E MISSO (J.R.I. [ concluded sept RNIBER 13, 1815. I ºff treaty of peace and friendship made and concluded between William Clark, JWinian Edwards, and Auguste Chouteau, com- missioners plenipotentiary of the United States of America, on the part and behalf of the said States, of the one part ; and the undersigned chiefs and warriors of that portion of the Sac nation of Indians, now residing on the JMissouri river, of the other part. Whereas the undersigned chiefs and warriors, as well as that portion of the nation which they represent, have at all times been desirous of fulfilling their treaty with the United States, with perfect good faith; and for that purpose found themselves com- pelled since the commencement of the late war, to separate them- selves from the rest of their nation and remove to the Missouri river, where they have continued to give proofs of their friendship and fidelity; And whereas the United States, justly appreciating the conduct of said Indians, are disposed to do them the most ample justice that is practicable; the said parties have agreed to the following articles: ART, 1. The undersigned chiefs and warriors, for themselves and that portion of the Sacs which they represent, do hereby assent to the treaty between the United States of America, and the united tribes of Sacs and Foxes, which was concluded at St. Louis, on the third day of November, one thousand eight hundred and four; and they moreover promise to do all in their power to re-establish and enforce the same. ART 2. The said chiefs and warriors, for themselves and those they represent, do further promise to remain distinct and separate from the Sacs of Rock river, giving them no aid or assistance whatever, until peace shall also be concluded between the United States and the said Sacs of Rock river. ART, 3. The United States on their part promise to allow the said Sacs of the Missouri river, all the rights and privileges secured to them by the treaty of St. Louis before mentioned, and also, as soon as practicable, to furnish them with a just proportion of the annuities stipulated to be paid by that treaty; provided they shall continue to comply with this and their former treaty. In witness whereof, the said William Clark, Ninian Edwards, and Auguste Chouteau, commissioners as aforesaid, and the aforesaid chiefs and warriors, have hereunto subscribed their names and affixed their seals, this thirteenth day of September, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and fifteen, and of the independence of the United States the fortieth. 180 FOXES. Wm. Clark, Ninian Edwards, Auguste Chouteau, Shamaga, or the lance, his x mark, Weesaka, or the Devil, his x mark, Catchemackeseo, the big eagle, his x mark, Chekaqua, or he that stands by the tree, his x mark, Kataka, or the sturgeon, his x mark, Mecaitch, or the eagle, his x mark, Neshota, or the twin, his x mark, Quashquammee, or the jumping fish, his x mark, Chagasort, or the blues' son, his x mark, Pecama, or the plumb, his x mark, Namachewana Chaha, or the Sioux, his x mark, Nanochaatasa, or the brave by hazard, Done at Portage des Sioua, in the presence of R. Wash, Secretary of the Com- Samuel Whiteside, Captain, mission, J. W. Johnson, U. S. Factor Thomas Levers, Lieutenant Col. and Ind. Agent, - commanding 1st Regt. I. T. Maurice Blondeaux, P. Chouteau, Agent, Samuel Solomon, Interp’rs T. Paul, C. C. T. Noel Mograine, pºrs. James B. Moore, Captain, Daniel Converse, 3d Lieut. FOXES. I concLUDED SEPTEMBER 14, 1815. I A treaty of peace and friendship made and concluded between William Clark, Ninian Edwards, and Auguste Chouteau, com- missioners plenipotentiary of the United States of America, on the part and behalf of the said States of the one part, and the undersigned king, chiefs and warriors of the Foa tribe or nation on the part and behalf of the said tribe or nation, of the other part. The parties being desirous of re-establishing peace and friend. ship between the United States and the said tribe or nation, and of being placed in all things and in every respect, on the same footing upon which they stood before the war, have agreed to the following articles: - - ART. 1. Every injury or act of hostility by one or either of the contracting parties against the other, shall be mutually forgiven and forgot. ART. 2. There shall be perpetual peace and friendship between the citizens of the United States of America, and all the indi- viduals composing the said Fox tribe or nation. FOXES. 181 ART, 3. The contracting parties do hereby agree, promise and oblige themselves reciprocally, to deliver up all the prisoners now in their hands, (by what means soever the same may have come into their possession,) to the officer commanding at fort Clark, on the Illinois river, to be by him restored to their respective nations as soon as it may be practicable. ART. 4. The said Fox tribe or nation do hereby assent to, recognize, re-establish and confirm the treaty of St. Louis which was concluded on the third day of November, one thousand eight hundred and four, to the full extent of their interest in the same, as well as all other contracts and agreements between the parties; and the United States promise to fulfil all the stipulations con- tained in the said treaty in favor of the said Fox tribe or nation. In witness whereof, the said William Clark, Ninian Edwards, and Auguste Chouteau, commissioners as aforesaid, and the aforesaid king, chiefs and warriors of the Fox tribe or nation, aforesaid, have hereunto subscribed their names and affixed their seals this fourteenth day of September, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and fifteen, and of the independence of the United States the fortieth. Wm. Clark, Ninian Edwards, Auguste Chouteau, Pierremaskkin, the fox who walks crooked, his x mark, Muckkatawagout, black cloud, his x mark, Namasosanamet, he who surpasses all others, his x mark, Waapaca, his x mark, Mackkatananamakee, the black thunder, his x mark, Pashechenene, the liar, his x mark, Wapasai, the white skin, his x mark, Catchacommu, big lake, his x mark, Malasenokama, the war chief, his x mark, Kechaswa, the sun, his x mark, Mataqua, the medical woman, his x mark, Paquampa, the bear that sits, his x mark, Aquoqua, the kettle, his x mark, Nemarqua, his x mark, Machenamau, the bad fish, his x mark, Pesotaka, the flying fish, his x mark, Mishedaqua, the hairy legs, his x mark, Capontwa, all at once, his x mark, Mowhinin, the wolf, his x mark, Omduo, his x mark, Wonakasa, the quick riser, his x mark, Nauaiawaka, the scenting fox, his x mark, 182 Iöw AYS. Dome at Portage des Sioua, in the presence of R. Wash, Secretary to the Com- Samuel Whiteside, Captain, mission, Jno. W. Johnson, U. S. Factor Thomas Levens, Lt. Col. Comd’t and I. Agent, 1st Regt. I. T. Maurice Blondeaux, P. Chouteau, Agent, Samuel Solomon, ! Interp’rs T. Paul, C. C. T. Noel Mograine, jºrs. James B. Moore, Captain, Daniel Converse, 3d Lieut. IO WAY S. I concluded sº PTEMBER 16, 1815. 1 A treaty of peace and friendship made and concluded between Wil- liam Clark, Ninian Edwards, and Auguste Chouteau, commis- sioners plenipotentiary of the United States of America on the part and behalf of the said States, of the one part, and the under- signed king, chiefs, and warriors of the Ioway tribe or nation, on the part and behalf of the said tribe or nation, of the other part. The parties being desirous of re-establishing peace and friend. ship between the United states, and the said tribe or nation, and of being placed in all things and in every respect on the same foot- ing upon which they stood before the war, have agreed to the fol: lowing articles: ART. 1. Every injury or act of hostility by one or either of the contracting parties against the other shall be mutually forgiven and forgot. ART. 2. There shall be perpetual peace and friendship between all the citizens of the United States and all the individuals com: posing the said Ioway tribe or nation. ART. 3. The contracting parties do hereby agree, promise, and oblige themselves reciprocally, to deliver up all the prisoners now in their hands, (by what means soever the same may have come into their possession,) to the officer commanding at St. Louis, to be by him restored to their respective nations, as soon as it may be practicable. - ART. 4. The contracting parties, in the sincerity of mutual friendship, recognize, re-establish, and confirm, all and everytreaty, contract, and agreement, heretofore concluded between the United States and the said Ioway tribe or nation.” In witness whereof, the said William Clark, Ninian Edwards, and Auguste Chouteau, commissioners as aforesaid, and the aforesaid king, chiefs, and warriors, have hereunto subscribed their names and affixed their seals, this sixteenth day of Sep- *This appears to be the first treaty concluded with this tribe of Indians, under the name of Ioways, KANZAS. 183 tember, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and fifteen, and of the independence of the United States the fortieth. William Clark, Ninian Edwards, Auguste Chouteau, Wyingwaha, or hard heart, his x mark, Wongehehronyne, or big chief, his x mark, Wonehee, or the slave, his x mark, Hahraga, the forked horn, his x mark, Eniswahanee, the big axe, his x mark, Washcommanee, the great marcher, his x mark, Wyimprishcoonee, the ill-humoured man, his x mark, Ranoingga, the little pipe, his x mark, Wohomppee, the broth, his x mark, Shongatong, the horse jockey, his x mark, Nahocheininugga, without ears, his x mark, Conja, the plumb, his x mark, Chahowhrowpa, the dew-lap, his x mark, Manuhanu, the great walker, his x mark, Chapee, the pine buffaloe, his x mark, Okugwata, the roller, his x mark, Ishtagrasa, grey eyes, his x mark, Done at Portage des Sioua, in the presence of R. Wash, Secretary to the Com- Jno. W. Johnson, U. S. Factor mission, and Indian. Agent, Dl. Bissel, Brig. Gen. Samuel Solomon, Interpreter, R. Paul, C. C. T. Maurice Blondeaux, Samuel Brady, Lieut. Louis Dorion, Geo. Fisher, Surgeon Ill. Regt. Dennis Julien, P. Chouteau, Agent, Jas. McCulloch, Capt. KANZA S. I concLUDED octop ER 28, 1815. 1 A treaty of peace and friendship made and concluded between JWi- nian Edwards and Auguste Chouteau, commissioners plenipoten- tiary of the United States of America, on the part and behalf of the said States, of the one part, and the undersigned chiefs and warriors of the Kanzas tribe of Indians, on the part and behalf of their said tribe, of the other part. The parties being desirous of re-establishing peace and friend- ship between the United States and their said tribe, and of being placed, in all things, and in every respect, upon the same footing upon which they stood before the late war between the United States and Great Britain, have agreed to the following articles: 184 KANZAS. ART. 1. Every injury or act of hostility by one or either of the * parties against the other shall be mutually forgiven and orgot. ART. 2. There shall be perpetual peace and friendship between all the citizens of the United States of America, and all the indi- viduals composing the said Kanzas tribe, and all the friendly rela- tions that existed between them before the war, shall be, and the same are hereby renewed. - ART. 3. The undersigned chiefs and warriors for themselves and their said tribe, do hereby acknowledge themselves to be under the protection of the United States of America, and of no other nation, power or sovereign whatsoever. In witness whereof, the said Ninian Edwards and Auguste Chou- teau, commissioners as aforesaid, and the chiefs aforesaid, have hereunto subscribed their names and affixed their seals, this twenty-eighth day of October, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and fifteen, and of the indepen- dence of the United States the fortieth. - Ninian Edwards, Auguste Chouteau, Cayezettanzaw, or the big chief, his x mark, Needapy, his x mark, Hazeware, or the buck elk running after the doe, his x mark, Wahanzasby, or the endless, his x mark, Cayebasneenzaw, or the little chief, his x mark, Manshenscaw, or the white plume, his x mark, Cayegettsazesheengaw, or the old chief, his x mark, Mocupamawny, or the walking cloud, his x mark, Washanzare, his x mark, - Ezashabe, his x mark, Kaehamony, or the floating down stream, his x mark, Opasheeza, his x mark, Karahsheenzaw, or the little crow, his x mark, Metanezaw, or the foolish robe, his x mark, Wehurasudze, or the red eagle, his x mark, Necolebran, or he who can smell a man, his x mark, Mannanedze, his x mark, Watankezaw, his x mark, Taritchu, or the cow's rib. Dome at St. Louis, in presence of R. Wash, Secretary to the Com- G. H. Kennerly, mission, Thomas Forsyth, Indian Jigent, R. Paul, C. T. of the C. Taylor Berry, Ja. Kennerly, C. Indian Dept. Antoine Barada, Christian Witt, Paul Desjardins, ! Interpreters. Gabriel S. Chouteau, Ensign M. JM. CHEROKEES. 185 C HERO KEE S. [concLUDED MARCH 22, 1816. I Articles of a treaty made and concluded at the city of Washington, on the twenty-second day of March, one thousand eight hundred and sixteen, between George Graham, being specially authorized by the President of the United States thereto, and the under- signed chiefs and head men of the Cherokee nation, duly autho- rized and empowered by the said nation. ART. 1. Whereas the executive of the State of South Carolina, has made an application to the President of the United States to extinguish the claim of the Cherookee nation, to that part of their lands which lie within the boundaries of the said State, as lately established and agreed upon between that State and the State of North Carolina; and as the Cherokee nation is disposed to comply with the wishes of their brothers of South Carolina, they have agreed and do hereby agree, to cede to the State of South Carolina, and forever quit claim to the tract of country contained within the following bounds, viz.: Beginning on the east bank of the Chattuga river, where the boundary line of the Cherokee nation crosses the same, running thence with the said boundary line to a rock on the blue ridge, where the boundary line crosses the same, and which rock has been lately established as a corner to the States of North and South Carolina, running thence south, sixty-eight and a quarter degrees, west, twenty miles and thirty-two chains, to a rock on the Chattuga river, at the thirty-fifth degree of north latitude, another corner of the boundaries agreed upon by the States of North and South Carolina, thence down and with the Chattuga to the beginning. ART, 2. For and in consideration of the above cession, the United States promise and engage that the State of South Carolina shall pay to the Cherokee nation, or its accredited agent, the sum of five thousand dollars within ninety days after the President and Senate shall have ratified this treaty: Provided, that the Cherokee nation shall have sanctioned the same in council; and provided also that the executive of the State of South Carolina, shall approve of the stipulations contained in this article. - In testimony whereof, the said commissioner, and the under- signed chiefs and head men of the Cherokee nation, have hereto set their hands and seals. George Graham, Colonel John Lowry, his x mark, Major John Walker, his x mark, Major Ridge, his x mark, - - 24 186 CHERO KEE S. Richard Taylor, L. Sº John Ross, L. S. Cheucunsene, his x mark, L. S. Witnesses present at signing and sealing : Return J. Meigs, Gid. Davis. Jacob Laub, CHERO KEE S. I conclude D MARCH 22, 1816. I Articles of a convention made and entered into between George Graham, specially authorized thereto by the President of the United States, and the undersigned chiefs and head men of the Cherokee nation, duly authorized and empowered by the said nation. ART. 1. Whereas doubts have existed in relation to the northern boundary of that part of the Creek lands lying west of the Coosa river, and which were ceded to the United States by the treaty held at fort Jackson, on the ninth day of August, one thousand eight hundred and fourteen; and whereas by the third article of the treaty, dated the 7th of January, one thousand eight hundred and six, between the United States and the Cherokee nation, the United States have recognized a claim on the part of the Cherokee nation to the lands south of the big bend of the Tennessee river, and extending as far west as a place on the waters of Bear creek, (a branch of the Tennessee river) known by the name of the Flat Rock, or stone: it is, therefore, now declared and agreed, that a line shall be run from a point on the west bank of the Coosa river, opposite to the lower end of the ten islands in said river, and above fort Strother, directly to the Flat Rock or stone, on Bear creek, (a branch of the Tennessee river:) which line shall be established as the boundary of the lands ceded by the Creek nation to the United States by the treaty held at fort Jackson on the ninth day of August, one thousand eight hundred and four- teen, and of the lands claimed by the Cherokee nation, lying west of the Coosa and south of the Tennessee rivers. ART. 2. It is expressly agreed, on the part of the Cherokee nation, that the United States shall have the right to lay off, open and have the free use of such road or roads, through any part of the Cherokee nation, lying north of the boundary line now estab- lished, as may be deemed necessary for the free intercourse between the States of Tennessee and Georgia, and the Mississippi territory. And the citizens of the United States shall freely navi. gate and use, as a highway, all the rivers and waters within the Cherokee nation. The Cherokee nation further agree, to establish and keep up, on the roads to be opened under the sanction of this CHEROKE ES. 187 article, such ferries and public houses as may be necessary for the accommodation of the citizens of the United States. ART. 3. In order to preclude any dispute hereafter, relative to the boundary line now established, it is hereby agreed that the Cherokee nation shall appoint two commissioners to accompany the commissioners already appointed on the part of the United States, to run the boundary lines of the lands ceded by the Creek nation to the United States, while they are engaged in running that part of the boundary established by the first article of this treaty. . 4. In order to avoid unnecessary expense and delay, it is further agreed, that whenever the President of the United States may deem it expedient to open a road through any part of the Cherokee nation, in pursuance of the stipulations of the second article of this convention, the principal chief of the Cherokee nation, shall appoint one commissioner to accompany the commis- sioners appointed by the President of the United States, to lay off and mark the road; and the said commissioner shall be paid by the United States. ART. 5. The United States agree to indemnify the individuals of the Cherokee nation for losses sustained by them in conse- quence of the march of the militia and other troops in the service of the United States, through that nation; which losses have been ascertained by the agents of the United States to amount to twenty- five thousand five hundred dollars. In testimony whereof, the said commissioner and the under- signed chiefs and head men of the Cherokee nation, have hereunto set their hands and seals. Done at the city of Washington, this twenty-second day of March, one thousand eight hundred and sixteen. George Graham, L. S. Colonel John Lowry, his x mark, L. S. Major John Walker, his x mark, L. S. Major Ridge, his x mark, L. S. Richard Taylor, L. S. John Ross, I. S. Cheucunsene, his x mark, L. S. Witnesses present at signing and sealing : Return J. Meigs, Gid. Davis. Jacob Laub, 188 SACS OF ROCK RIVER, SA C S OF. R O C K RIVE R. I concLUDED MAY 13, 1816. I A treaty of peace and friendship made and concluded between William Clark, Ninian Edwards, and Auguste Chouteau, com- missioners plenipotentiary of the United States of America, on the part and behalf of the said States, of the one part, and the undersigned chiefs and warriors of the Sacs of Rock river and the adjacent country, of the other part. Whereas by the ninth article of the treaty of peace, which was concluded on the twenty-fourth day of December, eighteen hun- dred and fourteen, between the United States and Great Britain, at Ghent, and which was ratified by the President, with the advice and consent of the Senate, on the seventeenth day of February, eighteen hundred and fifteen, it was stipulated that the said par- ties should severally put an end to all hostilities with the Indian tribes, with whom they might be at war, at the time of the ratifi- cation of said treaty ; and to place the said tribes inhabiting their respective territories, on the same footing upon which they stood before the war: Provided, they should agree to desist from all hostilities against the said parties, their citizens or subjects respec- tively, upon the ratification of the said treaty being notified to them, and should so desist accordingly. - And whereas the United States being determined to execute every article of the treaty with perfect good faith, and wishing to be particularly exact in the execution of the article above alluded to, relating to the Indian tribes: The President, in consequence thereof, for that purpose, on the eleventh day of March eighteen hundred and fifteen, appointed the undersigned William Clark, governor of Missouri territory, Ninian Edwards, governor of Illi- nois territory, and Auguste Chouteau, esq. of the Missouriterri- tory, commissioners, with full power to conclude a treaty of peace and amity with all those tribes of Indians, conformably to the stipulations contained in the said article, on the part of the United States, in relation to such tribes. And whereas the commissioners, in conformity with their in- structions in the early part of last year, notified the Sacs of Rock river, and the adjacent country, of the time of the ratification of said treaty; of the stipulations it contained in relation to them; of the disposition of the American government to fulfil those stipulations, by entering into a treaty with them, conformably thereto; and invited the said Sacs of Rock river, and the adjacent country, to send forward a deputation of their chiefs, to meet the said commissioners at Portage des Sioux, for the purpose of con- cluding such a treaty as aforesaid, between the United States and the said Indians, and the said Sacs of Rock river, and the adjacent SACS OF ROCK R.I.V.E.R. 189 country, having not only declined that friendly overture, but having continued their hostilities, and committed many depredations there- after, which would have justified the infliction of the severest chastisement upon them; but having earnestly repented of their conduct, now imploring mercy, and being anxious to return to the habits of peace and friendship with the United States; and the latter being always disposed to pursue the most liberal and humane policy towards the Indian tribes within their territory, preferring their reclamation by peaceful measures, to their punishment, by the application of the military force of the nation—Now therefore, The said William Clark, Ninian Edwards, and Auguste Chou- teau, commissioners as aforesaid, and the undersigned chiefs and warriors, as aforesaid, for the purpose of restoring peace and friendship between the parties, do agree to the following articles: ART. 1. The Sacs of Rock river, and the adjacent country, do hereby unconditionally assent to recognize, re-establish, and con- firm the treaty between the United States of America and the united tribes of Sacs and Foxes, which was concluded at St. Louis, on the third day of November, one thousand eight hundred and four; as well as all other contracts and agreements, heretofore made between the Sac tribe or nation, and the United States. ART, 2. The United States agree to place the aforesaid Sacs of Rock river, on the same footing upon which they stood before the war; provided they shall, on or before the first day of July next, deliver up to the officer commanding at cantonment Davis, on the Mississippi, all the property they, or any part of their tribe, have plundered or stolen, from the citizens of the United States, since they were notified, as aforesaid, of the time of the ratifica- tion of the late treaty between the United States and Great Britain. ART. 3. If the said tribe shall fail or neglect to deliver up the property aforesaid, or any part thereof, on or before the first day of July aforesaid, they shall forfeit to the United States all right and title to their proportion of the annuities which, by the treaty of St. Louis, were covenanted to be paid to the Sac tribe; and the United States shall forever afterwards be exonerated from the payment of so much of said annuities as, upon a fair distribution, would fall to the share of that portion of the Sacs who are repre- sented by the undersigned chiefs and warriors. - ART. 4. This treaty shall take effect and be obligatory on the contracting parties, unless the same shall be disapproved by the President and Senate of the United States, or by the President only: and in the mean time all hostilities shall cease from this date. In testimony whereof, the said William Clark, Ninian Edwards, and Auguste Chouteau, commissioners as aforesaid, and the undersigned chiefs and warriors as aforesaid, have hereunto set their hands and affixed their seals, this thirteenth day of May, one thousand eight hundred and sixteen. 190 SACS OF ROCK RIVER, Wm. Clark, Ninian Edwards, Auguste Chouteau, Anowart, or the One who speaks, his x mark, Namawenanu, or Sturgeon Man, his x mark, Nasawarku, or the Forks, his x mark, Namatchesa, or the Jumping Sturgeon, his x mark, Matchequawa, the Bad Axe, his x mark, Mashco, or Young Eagle, his x mark, Aquaosa, or a Lion coming out of the Water, his x mark, Mucketamachekaka, or Black Sparrow Hawk, his x mark, - Poinaketa, or the Cloud that don’t stop, his x mark, Mealeseta, or Bad Weather, his x mark, Anawashqueth, the Bad Root, his x mark, Wassekenequa, or Sharp-faced Bear, his x mare, Sakeetoo, or the Thunder that Frightens, his x mark Warpaloka, or the Rumbling Thunder, his x mark, Kemealosha, or the Swan that flies in the rain, his x mark, Pashekomack, or the Swan that flies low, his x mark, Keotasheka, or the Running Partridge, his x mark, Wapalamo, or the White Wolf, his x mark, Caskupwa, or the Swan whose wings crack when he flies, his x mark, Napetaka, or he who has a Swan's throat around his neck, his x mark, Mashashe, or the Fox, his x mark, Wapamukqua, or the White Bear, his x mark, St. Louis, May 13th, 1816, Done in the presence of R. Wash, Secretary to the Com- B. G. Tavar, mission, Charles Wm. Hunter, R. Paul, C. T. of the C. Cerre, J. Bt. Caron, Samuel Solomon, M. La Croix, Interpreters. Gayol de Guirano, Joshua Norwell, Judge Adv. M.M. Boon Ingels, Joseph Perkins, Moses Scott, Joseph Charless, James Sawyer, L. L. S SIOUX. 191 SIO U X. I concLUDED JUNE 1, 1816, 1 A treaty of peace and friendship, made and concluded between William Clark, JWinian Edwards, and Auguste Chouteau, com- missioners plenipotentiary of the United States of America, on the part and behalf of the said States, of the one part, and the undersigned chiefs and warriors, representing eight bands of the Sioua, composing the three tribes called the Sioua of the Leaf, the Sioua of the Broad Leaf, and the Sioua, who shoot in the Pine tops, on the part and behalf of their said tribes, of the other part. The parties being desirous of re-establishing peace and friend- ship between the United States and the said tribes, and of being placed in all things, and in every respect, on the same footing upon which they stood before the late war between the United States and Great Britain, have agreed to the following articles: ART. 1. Every injury or act of hostility, committed by one or either of the contracting parties against the other, shall be mutually forgiven and forgot. ART, 2. There shall be perpetual peace and friendship between all the citizens of the United States, and all the individuals com- posing the aforesaid tribes; and all the friendly relations that existed between them before the war, shall be, and the same are hereby, renewed. ART, 3. The undersigned chiefs and warriors, for themselves and their tribes respectively, do, by these presents, confirm to the United States all and every cession, or cessions, of land heretofore made by their tribes to the British, French, or Spanish government, within the limits of the United States or their territories; and the parties here contracting do, moreover, in the sincerity of mutual friendship, recognize, re-establish, and confirm, all and every treaty, contract, and agreement, heretofore concluded between the United States and the said tribes or nations. ART. 4. The undersigned chiefs and warriors as aforesaid, for themselves and their said tribes, do hereby acknowledge themselves to be under the protection of the United States, and of no other nation, power, or sovereign, whatsoever. In witness whereof, the commissioners aforesaid, and the undersigned chiefs and warriors as aforesaid, have hereunto subscribed their names and affixed their seals, this first day of June, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and sixteen, and of the independence of the United States the fortieth. 192 SIOUX. William Clark, Ninian Edwards, Auguste Chouteau, Tatamanee, the Marching Wind, his x mark, Warmadearwarup, the Man who looks at the Calumet Eagle, his x mark, Peneshon, his x mark, Kanggawashecha, or French Crow, his x mark, Eanggamanee, the Runner, his x mark, Tatangascartop, the Playing Buffalo, his x mark, Tatangamarnee, the Walking Buffalo, or Red Wing, his x mark, - Warseconta, who shoots in the Pine tops, his x mark, Weeshto, the Shoulder, his x mark, - Warmarnosa, the Thief, his x mark, Shutkaongka, the Bird on the Limb, his x mark, Shakaska, White Nails, his x mark, Shuskamanee, the Walking Bird, his x mark, Manakohomonee, the Turning Iron, his x mark, Oocus, the Watchman, his x mark, Pahataka, the Humming Bird, his x mark, Eaohungko, the Man who marches quick, his x mark, Medermee, the Muddy Lake, his x mark, Tatawaka, the Medicine Wind, his x mark, Warshushasta, the Bad Hail, his x mark, Eoshark, the Belly-Ache, his x mark, Tuquaacundup, the Doctor, his x mark, Onudokea, the Fluttering Eagle, his x mark, Tusarquarp, he that walks with a Cane, his x mark, Markpeasena, the Black Cloud, his x mark, Warksuamanee, the Man who is sick when he walks, his x mark, Otanggamanee, the Man with a strong voice, his x mark, Hungkrehearpee, or the Half of his Body Gray, his x mark, Warpearmusee, the Iron Cloud, his x mark, Etoagungamanee, the White Face, his x mark, Warchesunsapa, the Negro, his x mark, Ehaarp, the Climber, his x mark, - Nahre, the Shifting Shadow, his x mark, Hapula, the fourth Son, his x mark, Marcawachup, the Dancer, his x mark, Shantanggaup, the Big Tree, his x mark, Shongkaska, the White Big-eared Dog, his x mark, Hasanee, the Buffalo with one Horn, his x mark, Narissakata, the Old Man who can hardly walk, his x mark, Aearpa, the Speaker, his x mark, Muckpeasarp, the Black Cloud, his x mark, - S - WINNEBAGOES. 193 Dome at St. Louis, in the presence of R. Wash, Secretary to the Com- Maurice Blondeaux, mission, Henry Delorier, Interpreter, R. Paul, C. T. of the C. Pierre Lapointe, Interpreter, Wm. O. Allen, Captain United Samuel Solomon, Interpreter, States Corps Artillery, Jacques Mette, Interpreter, H. S. Geyer, Cere, Joshua Norvell, Judge.Adv. M.J.M. Richard Cave, N. Boilvin, Agent, Willi Cave, Thomas Forsyth, I. Agent, Julius Pescay. W T N N E B A G O E. S. [concLUDED JUNE 3, 1816.] ºff treaty of peace and friendship made and concluded between Wil- liam Clark, JWinian Edwards, and Auguste Chouteau, commis- sioners plenipotentiary of the United States of America, on the part and behalf of the said States, of the one part, and the under- signed chiefs and warriors of that portion of the Winnebago tribe or nation residing on the Ouisconsin river, of the other part. Whereas the undersigned chiefs and warriors, as well as that portion of the nation which they represent, have separated them- selves from the rest of their nation, and reside in a village on the Ouisconsin river, and are desirous of returning to a state of friendly relations with the United States, the parties hereto have agreed to the following articles: ART. 1. Every injury or act of hostility, committed by one or either of the contracting parties against the other, shall be mutu- ally forgiven and forgot; and all the friendly relations that existed betweenthem before the late war, shall be, and the same are hereby, renewed. ART, 2. The undersigned chiefs and warriors, for themselves and those they represent, do, by these presents, confirm to the United States all and every cession of land heretofore made by their nation to the British, French, or Spanish government, within the limits of the United States, or their territories; and also, all and every treaty, contract, and agreement, heretofore concluded between the United States and the said tribe or nation, as far as their interest in the same extends. ART. 3. The undersigned chiefs and warriors as aforesaid, for themselves and those they represent, do hereby acknowledge themselves to be under the protection of the United States, and of no other nation, power, or sovereign, whatsoever. ART. 4. The aforesaid chiefs and warriors, for themselves and 25 194 WINNEBAGOES. those they represent, do further promise to remain distinct and separate from the rest of their tribe or nation, giving them no aid or assistance whatever, until peace shall also be concluded between the United States and the said tribe or nation. ART. 5. The contracting parties do hereby agree, promise, and oblige themselves, reciprocally, to deliver up all prisoners now in their hands (by what means soever the same may have come into their possession) to the officer commanding at Prairie du Chien, to be by him restored to the respective parties hereto, as soon as it may be practicable. In witness whereof, the commissioners aforesaid, and the under- signed chiefs and warriors as aforesaid, have hereunto sub- scribed their names, and affixed their seals, this third day of June, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and sixteen, and of the independence of the United States, the fortieth. William Clark, L Ninian Edwards, L Aug. Chouteau, L Choukeka, or Dekare, the Spoon, his x mark, L Onunaka, or Karamanu, his x mark, L Achahouska, the White Sky, his x mark, L Chenapinka, the Good House, his x mark, L. Makamka, the Earth, his x mark, L. Wechoka, the Green Feather, his x mark, L Shougkapar, the Dog, his x mark, L Nekousaa, the Main Channel, his x mark, L Wapanoneker, the Bear, his mark, - L Opwarchickwaka, the Rain, his x mark, L Chepurganika, the little Buffalo Head, his x mark, L Dome at St. Louis, in the presence of R. Wash, Secretary to the com- Maurice Blondeaux, I. Agent, mission, Henry Delorier, Interpreter, R. Paul, C. T. of the C. Pierre Lapointe, Interpreter, Wm. O. Allen, Captain U. S. Baptiste Pereault, Interpreter, Corps of Artillery, Samuel Solomon, Interpreter, N. Boilvin, vägent, Jacques Mette, Interpreter. Thomas Forsyth, I. Agent, WEAS AND KICKAPOOS. 195 W .E. A. S. A. N. D. K I C K A PO O S. [concLUDED JUNE 4, 1816. I Articles of a treaty made and entered into at fort Harrison, in the Indiana Territory, between Benjamin Parke, specially authorized thereto by the President of the United States, of the one part, and the tribes of Indians called the Weas and Kickapoos, by their chiefs and head men, of the other part. ART. 1. The Weas and Kickapoos again acknowledge them- selves in peace and friendship with the United States. ART. 2. The said tribe acknowledge the validity of, and declare their determination to adhere to, the treaty of Greenville, made in the year seventeen hundred and ninety-five, and all subsequent treaties which they have respectively made with the United States. ART. 3. The boundary line, surveyed and marked by the United States, of the land on the Wabash and White rivers, ceded in the year eighteen hundred and nine, the said tribes do hereby explicitly recognize and confirm, as having been executed con- formably to the several treaties they have made with the United States. ART. 4. The chiefs and warriors of the said tribe of the Kicka- poos acknowledge that they have ceded to the United States all that tract of country which lies between the aforesaid boundary line on the north west side of the Wabash—the Wabash, the Ver- milion river, and a line to be drawn from the north west corner of the said boundary line, so as to strike the Vermilion river twenty miles in a direct line from its mouth, according to the terms and conditions of the treaty they made with the United States on the ninth day of December, in the year eighteen hundred and nine. In testimony whereof, the said Benjamin Parke, and the chiefs and head men of the said tribes, have hereunto set their hands and affixed their seals, at fort Harrison, in the Indiana territory, the fourth day of June, in the year of our Lord, one thousand eight hundred and sixteen. B. Parke. WEAs. Mesaupeekaunga, or Gamlan, his x mark, Jacco, his x mark, - Kesanguekamya, or Buffalo, his x mark, Chequiha, or Little Eyes, his x mark, Mahquakouanga, or Negro Legs, his x mark, Pequaih, or George, his x mark, Kenokosetah, or Long Body, his x mark, Owl, (a Miami) his x mark, Mahchekeleatah, or Big Man, (a Miami,) his x mark, L. S 196 OTTAWAS, CHIPPEWAS, ETC. KICKApoos, Sheshepah, or Little Duck, his x mark, L Kaanehkaka, or Drunkard’s Son, his x mark, L Shekonah, or Stone, his x mark, L Mahquah, or Bear, his x mark, L Penashee, or Little Turkey, his x mark, L. Mehtahkokeah, or Big Tree, his x mark, L. Mauquasconiah, or Big Tree, his x mark, L Keetahtey, or Little Otter, his x mark, L Nepiseeah, or Blackberry, his x mark, L. Pehsquonatah, or Blackberry Flower, his x mark, L. Tecumthena, or Track in Prairie, his x mark, L. Done in the presence of John L. McCollough, Secretary Henry Gilham, of Vincennes, to the commission, N. B. Baily, of Vincennes, John T. Chunn, Major, Com- G. C. Copp, manding Fort Harrison, Michael Brouillet, Interpreter, at Gab. I. Floyd, Lieutenant United Fort Harrison, States Army, Joseph Barron, sworn Interpre- Th. McCall, of Vincennes, ter. OTT AWA S, CHIP PE WAS, ETC. I concLUDED AUGUST 24, 1816. I A treaty of peace, friendship, and limits, made and concluded be: tween Winian Edwards, William Clark, and Auguste Chouteau, commissioners plenipotentiary of the United States of America, on the part and behalf of said States of the one part, and the chiefs and warriors of the united tribes of Ottawas, Chippawas, and Potawatomies, residing on the Illinois and JMelwakee rivers, and their waters, and on the southwestern parts of Lake Michigan, of the other part. Whereas a serious dispute has for some time past existed between the contracting parties relative to the right to a part of the lands ceded to the United States by the tribes of Sacs and Foxes, on the third day of November, one thousand eight hundred and four, and both parties being desirous of preserving a harmonious and friendly intercourse, and of establishing permanent peace and friendship, have, for the purpose of removing all difficulties, agreed to the following terms: ART. 1. The said chiefs and warriors, for themselves and the tribe they represent, agree to relinquish, and hereby do relinquish, to the United States, all their right, claim, and title, to all the land contained in the beforementioned cession of the Sacs and Foxes, OTTAWAS, CHIPPEWAS, ETC. 197 which lies south of a due west line from the southern extremity of lake Michigan to the Mississippi river. And they moreover cede to the United States all the land contained within the following bounds, to wit: beginning on the left bank of the Fox river of Illinois, ten miles above the mouth of said Fox river; thence run- ning so as to cross Sandy creek, ten miles above its mouth; thence in a direct line, to a point ten miles north of the west end of the Portage, between Chicago creek, which empties into lake Michigan, and the river Depleines, a fork of the Illinois; thence, in a direct line, to a point on lake Michigan, ten miles north- ward of the mouth of Chicago creek; thence, along the lake, to a point ten miles southward of the mouth of the said Chi- cago creek; thence, in a direct line, to a point on the Kanka- kee, ten miles above its mouth ; thence, with the said Kankakee and the Illinois river, to the mouth of Fox river, and thence to the beginning: Provided, nevertheless, That the said tribes shall be permitted to hunt and to fish within the limits of the land hereby relinquished and ceded, so long as it may continue to be the pro- perty of the United States. ART. 2. In consideration of the aforesaid relinquishment and cession, the United States have this day delivered to said tribes a considerable quantity of merchandise, and do agree to pay them, annually, for the term of twelve years, goods to the value of one thousand dollars, reckoning that value at the first cost of the goods in the city or place in which they shall be purchased, without any charge for transportation; which said goods shall be delivered to the said tribes at some place on the Illinois river, not lower down than Peoria. And the said United States do moreover agree to relinquish to the said tribes all the land contained in the aforesaid cession of the Sacs and Foxes, which lies north of a due westline, from the southern extremity of lake Michigan to the Mississippi river, except three leagues square at the mouth of the Ouisconsin river, including both banks, and such other tracts, on or near to the Ouisconsin and Mississippi rivers, as the President of the United States may think proper to reserve; Provided, That such other tracts shall not in the whole exceed the quantity that would be contained in five leagues square. ART. 3. The contracting parties, that peace and friendship may be permanent, promise that in all things whatever, they will act with justice and correctness towards each other, and that they will, with perfect good faith, fulfil all the obligations imposed upon them by former treaties. In witness whereof, the said Ninian Edwards, William Clark, and Auguste Chouteau, commissioners aforesaid, and the chiefs and warriors of the aforesaid tribes, have hereunto sub- scribed their names and affixed their seals, this twenty-fourth day of August, one thousand eight hundred and sixteen, and of the independence of the United States the forty-first. 198 OTTAWAS, CHIPPEWAS, ETC. R. Wash, Sec. to the Commission, P. Provenchere, Interpreter Ninian Edwards, William Clark, Auguste Chouteau, - Mucketeypokee, or Black Partridge, his x mark, Sinnow.chewone, by his brother Ignatius, his x mark, Mucketepennese, or Black Bird, his x mark, Bendegakewa, his x mark, Pemasaw, or Walker, his x mark, Ontawa, - Nangesay, alias Stout, his x mark, Chamblee, his x mark, Cacake, his x mark, Shawanoe, his x mark, Wapunsy, his x mark, Cunnepepy, his x mark, Wonesee, his x mark, Richeikeming, or Lake, his x mark, Cabenaw, his x mark, Opaho, his x mark, Cow.wesaut, his x mark, Chekinaka, his x mark, Macheweskeaway, his x mark, Spanquissee, his x mark, Ignatius, his x mark, Takaonenee, his x mark, Ottawonce, his x mark, Tawwaning, or Trader, his x mark, Cashshakee, his x mark, Nigigwash, his x mark, - Sheshebungge, - Mowais, or Little Wolf, his x mark, Dome at St. Louis, in the presence of R. Graham, Indian Agent for the the Commissioners, Territory of Illinois, Thomas Forsyth, Indian Agent, Agent, J. Maul, Lieutenant 8th Regi- John Ruland. ment of Infantry, Maurice Blondeaux, Indian 0 f CHERO.R.E.E.S. 199 C HERO KEE S. [concLUDED SEPTEMBER 14, 1816. I To perpetuate peace and friendship between the United States and Cherokee tribe or nation of Indians, and to remove all future causes of dissention which may arise from indefinite territorial boundaries, the President of the United States of America, by major-general Andrew Jackson, general David JMeriwether, and Jesse Franklin, esquire, commissioners plenipotentiary on the one part, and the Cherokee delegates on the other, covenant and agree to the following articles and conditions, which, when approved by the Cherokee nation, and constitutionally ratified by the go- vernment of the United States, shall be binding on all parties. ART. 1. Peace and friendship are hereby firmly established between the United States and Cherokee nation or tribe of Indians. ART. 2. The Cherokee nation acknowledge the following as their western boundary: South of the Tennessee river, commencing at camp Coffee, on the south side of the Tennessee river, which is opposite the Chickasaw Island, running from thence a due south course to the top of the dividing ridge between the waters of the Tennessee and Tombigbee rivers, thence eastwardly along said ridge, leaving the head waters of the Black Warrior to the right hand, until opposed by the west branch of Will's creek, down the east bank of said creek to the Coosa river, and down said river. ART, 3. The Cherokee nation relinquish to the United States all claim, and cede all title to lands lying south and west of the line, as described in the second article; and, in consideration of said relinquishment and cession, the commissioners agree to allow the Cherokee nation an annuity of six thousand dollars, to continue for ten successive years, and five thousand dollars, to be paid in sixty days after the ratification of the treaty, as a compensation for any improvements which the said nation may have had on the lands surrendered. ART. 4. The two contracting parties covenant and agree, that the line, as described in the second article, shall be ascertained and marked by commissioners, to be appointed by the President of the United States; that the marks shall be bold; trees to be blazed on both sides of the line, and the fore and aft trees to be marked with the letters U. S.; that the commissioners shall be accompanied by two persons, to be appointed by the Cherokee nation, and that said nation shall have due and seasonable notice when said operation is to be commenced. ART. 5. It is stipulated that the Cherokee nation will meet general Andrew Jackson, general David Meriwether, and Jesse Franklin, esquire, in council, at Turkey's Town, Coosa river, on the 28th September, instant, there and then to express their appro- 200 CHEROKEES. bation, or not, of the articles of this treaty; and if they do not assemble at the time and place specified, it is understood that the said commissioners may report the same as a tacit ratification, on the part of the Cherokee nation, of this treaty. In testimony whereof, the said commissioners and undersigned chiefs and delegates of the Cherokee nation, have hereto set their hands and seals. Done at the Chickasaw council house, this fourteenth day of September, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and sixteen. Andrew Jackson, L. s. John Beuge, L. S D. Meriwether, L. s. John Bawldridge, L. S J. Franklin, L. s. Sallocooke Fields, L. S Toochalar, L. s. George Guess, L. S Oohulookee, L. s. Bark, L. S Wososey, L. s. Campbell, L. S Gousa, L. s. Spirit, L. S Spring Frog, L. s. Young Wolf, L. S Oowatata, L. s. Oolitiskee. L. S WITNEss. James Gadsden, Secretary to the John Gordon, Commissioners, John Rhea, Arthur P. Hayne, Inspector Thomas Wilson, Interpreter for General, Division of the South, the Cherokees, James C. Bronaugh, Hospital A. McCoy, Interpreter for the Surgeon, United States Army, Cherokees. - Ratified at Turkey Town, by the whole Cherokee nation in council assembled. In testimony whereof, the subscribing commissioners of the United States, and the undersigned chiefs and warriors of the Cherokee nation, have hereto set their hands and seals, this fourth day of October, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and sixteen. Andrew Jackson, D. Meriwether, Path Killer, his x mark, The Glass, his x mark, Sour Mush, his x mark, Chulioa, his x mark, Dick Justice, his x mark, Richard Brown, his x mark, Bark, his x mark, The Boot, his x mark, Chickasawlua, his x mark, WITNESS. James Gadsden, Secretary, Richard Taylor, Interpreter, Return J. Meigs, A. McCoy, Interpreter. CHICKA SAW. S. 201 CHIC KA S.A. W. S. [concLUDED SEPTEMBER 20, 1816. I To settle all territorial controversies, and to perpetuate that peace and harmony which has long happily subsisted between the United States and Chickasaw nation, the President of the United States of America, by JMajor General Andrew Jackson, General David Meriwether, and Jesse Franklin, esquire, on the one part, and the whole Chickasaw nation, in council assembled, on the other, have agreed on the following articles, which, when ratified by the Pre- sident, with the advice and consent of the Senate of the United States, shall be binding on all parties. ART. 1. Peace and friendship are hereby firmly established and perpetuated between the United States of America and Chickasaw nation. ART. 2. The Chickasaw nation cede to the United States (with the exception of such reservations as shall hereafter be specified) all right or title to lands on the north side of the Tennessee river, and relinquish all claim to territory on the south side of said river, and east of a line commencing at the mouth of Caney creek, run- ning up said creek to its source, thence a due south course to the ridge path, or commonly called Gaines’ road, along said road south- westwardly to a point on the Tombigby river, well known by the name of the Cottongin port, and down the west bank of the Tom- bigby to the Choctaw boundary. ART. 3. In consideration of the relinquishment of claim, and cession of lands, made in the preceding article, the commissioners agree to allow the Chickasaw nation twelve thousand dollars per annum for ten successive years, and four thousand five hundred dollars to be paid in sixty days after the ratification of this treaty, into the hands of Levi Colbert, as a compensation for any improve- ments which individuals of the Chickasaw nation may have had on the lands surrendered; that is to say, two thousand dollars for improvements on the east side of the Tombigby, and two thousand five hundred dollars for improvements on the north side of the Tennessee river. ART. 4. The commissioners agree that the following tracts of land shall be reserved to the Chickasaw nation: 1. One tract of land for the use of Col. George Colbert and heirs, and which is thus described by said Colbert: “Beginning on the north bank of the Tennessee river, at a point that, running north four miles, will include a big spring, about halfway between his ferry and the mouth of Cypress, it being a spring that a large cow-path crosses its branch near where a cypress tree is cut down; thence westwardly to a point, four miles from the Tennessee river, 26 202 CHICKAS.A.W. S. and standing due north of a point on the north bank of the river, three miles below his ferry on the Tennessee river, and up the meanders of said river to the beginning point. 2. A tract of land, two miles square, on the north of the Ten- nessee river, and at its junction with Beach creek, for the use of Appassantubby and heirs. 3. A tract of land, one mile square, on the north side of the Tennessee river, for the use of John McCleish and heirs, the said tract to be so run as to include the said McCleish’s settlement and improvements on the north side of Buffalo creek. 4. Two tracts of land, containing forty acres each, on the south side of Tennessee river, and about two and a half miles below the Cottongin port, on the Tombigby river, which tracts of land will be pointed out by Major Levi Colbert, and for the use of said Colbert and heirs. It is stipulated, that the above reservation shall appertain to the Chickasaw nation only so long as they shall be occupied, cultivated, or used, by the present proprietors or heirs; and in the event of all, or either of said tracts of land, so reserved, being aban- doned by the present proprietors or heirs, each tract or tracts of land so abandoned, shall revert to the United States, as a portion of that territory ceded by the second article of this treaty. ART. 5. The two contracting parties covenant and agree, that the line on the south side of the Tennessee river, as described in the second article of this treaty, shall be ascertained and marked by commissioners to be appointed by the President of the United States; that the marks shall be bold, trees to be blazed on both sides of the line, and the fore and aft trees to be marked with the letters U. S. That the commissioners shall be attended by two persons, to be designated by the Chickasaw nation, and that the said nation shall have due and seasonable notice when said operation is to be commenced. ART. 6. In consideration of the conciliatory disposition evinced during the negotiation of this treaty, by the Chickasaw chiefs and warriors, but more particularly as a manifestation of the friendship and liberality of the President of the United States, the commis- sioners agree to give, on the ratification of this treaty, to Chin- nubby, king of the Chickasaws, to Tishshomingo, William McGil- very, Arpasarshtubby, Samuel Seeley, James Brown, Levi Colbert, Ickaryoucullaha, George Pettagrove, Immartarharmicko, Chicka- saw chiefs, and to Malcum McGee, interpreter, one hundred and fifty dollars each, in goods or cash, as may be preferred; and to Major William Glover, Col. George Colbert, Captain Rabbit, Hoparyeahoummar, Immoukelourshsharhoparyea, Hoparyeahoul- lartir, Tushkerhopoyyea, Hoparyeahoummar, jun. Immoukelushar- hopoyyea, James Colbert, Coweamarthlar, and Illachouwarhopo- yea, military leaders, one hundred dollars each; and as a particular mark of distinction and favor for his long services and faithful CHICKASAWS. 203 adherence to the United States’ Government, the commissioners agree to allow to General William Colbert an annuity of one hun- dred dollars, for and during his life. ART. 7. “Whereas the chiefs and warriors of the Chickasaw nation have found, from experience, that the crowd of pedlars, who are constantly traversing their nation, from one end to the other, is of a serious disadvantage to the nation; that serious misunder- standings and disputes frequently take place, as well as frauds, which are often practised on the ignorant and uninformed of the nation; therefore, it is agreed by the commissioners on the part of the government, and the chiefs of the nation, that no more licenses shall be granted by the agent of the Chickasaws to entitle any person or persons to trade or traffic merchandise in said nation; and that any person or persons, whomsoever, of the white people, who shall bring goods and sell them in the nation contrary to this article, shall forfeit the whole of his or their goods, one half to the nation and the other half to the government of the United States; in all cases where this article is violated, and the goods are taken or seized, they shall be delivered up to the agent, who shall hear the testimony, and judge accordingly.” This article was presented to the commissioners by the chiefs and warriors of the Chickasaw nation, and by their particular soli- citation embraced in this treaty. In testimony whereof, the said commissioners and undersigned chiefs and warriors have set their hands and seals. Done at the Chickasaw council house, this twentieth day of September, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hun- dred and sixteen. Andrew Jackson, L. S. D. Meriwether, - T. S. J. Franklin, T. S. Chinnubby, King, his x mark, T. S. Tishshomingo, his x mark, L. S. William McGilvery, his x mark, T. S. Arpasarhtubby, his x mark, T. S. Samuel Seeley, his x mark, L. S. James Brown, his x mark, L. S. Levi Colbert, his x mark, L. S. Ickaryoucuttaha, his x mark, i. s. George Pettygrove, his x mark, L. S. Immartarharmicco, his x mark, L. S. Maj. Gen. Wm. Colbert, his x mark, L. S. Major William Glover, his x mark, L. S. Major George Colbert, his x mark, L. S. Captain Rabbit, his x mark, L. S. Hopoyeahoummar, his x mark, L. S. Immouklusharhopoyea, his x mark, I. S. 204 CHOCTAWS. Hopoyeahoullarter, his x mark, Tushkarhopoyea, his x mark, Hopoyeahoummar, jr. his x mark, Immouklusharhopyea, his x mark, James Colbert, his x mark, Coweamarthtar, his x mark, Illachouwarhopoyea, his x mark, WITNEss: James Gadsden, Secretary, Malcum McGee, William Cocke, James Colbert, Interpreter. John Rhea, C H O C T A. W. S. I concLUDED october 24, 1816. I A treaty of cession between the United States of America and the Choctaw nation of Indians. James Madison, President of the United States of America, by general John Coffee, John Rhea, and John McKee, esquires, com- missioners on the part of the United States, duly authorized for that purpose, on the one part, and the mingoes, leaders, captains, and warriors, of the Choctaw nation, in general council assembled, in behalf of themselves and the whole nation, on the other part, have entered into the following articles, which, when ratified by the President of the United States, with the advice and consent of the Senate, shall be obligatory on both parties: ART. 1. The Choctaw nation, for the consideration hereafter mentioned, cede to the United States all their title and claim to lands lying east of the following boundary, beginning at the mouth of Ooktibbuha, the Chickasaw boundary, and running from thence down the Tombigby river, until it intersects the northern boundary of a cession made to the United States by the Choctaws, at Mount Dexter, on the 16th November, 1805. ART. 2. In consideration of the foregoing cession, the United States engage to pay to the Choctaw nation the sum of six thou- sand dollars annually, for twenty years; they also agree to pay them in merchandise, to be delivered immediately on signing the present treaty, the sum often thousand dollars. Done and executed in full and open council, at the Choctaw trading house, this twenty-fourth day of October, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and sixteen, and of the independence of the United States the forty-first. John Coffee, I. S. John Rhea, I., S. MENOMENEES. 2 0 5 John McKee, Mushoolatubbee, his x mark, Pooshamallaha, his x mark, Pukshunnubbu, his x mark, General Terror, his x mark, Choctaw Eestamnokee, his x mark, General Humming Bird, his x mark, Talking warrior, his x mark, David Folsom, Bob Cole, his x mark, Oofuppa, his x mark, Hoopoieeskitteenee, his x mark, Hoopoieemiko, his x mark, Hoopoieethoma, his x mark, WITNEss: Tho. H. Williams, Secretary to M. Mackey, Interpreter, the Commission, Silas Dinsmoor, John Pitchlynn, Interpreter, R. Chamberlin. Turner Broshear, Interpreter, - MEN O MEN E E S. I conclude D MARCH 30, 1817. I A treaty of peace and friendship made and concluded by and between William Clark, Ninian Edwards, and Auguste Chou- teau, commissioners on the part and behalf of the United States of America, of the one part, and the undersigned chiefs and warriors, deputed by the JMenomenee tribe or nation of Indians, on the part and behalf of their said tribe or nation, ºf the other part. The parties, being desirous of re-establishing peace and friend- ship between the United States and the said tribe or nation, and of being placed in all things, and in every respect, on the same footing upon which they stood before the late war, have agreed to the following articles: ART. 1. Every injury, or act of hostility, by one or either of the contracting parties, against the other, shall be mutually for- given and forgot. ART. 2. There shall be perpetual peace and friendship between all the citizens of the United States and all the individuals com- posing the said Menomenee tribe or nation. ART. 3. The undersigned chiefs and warriors, on the part and behalf of their said tribe or nation, do, by these presents, confirm to the United States all and every cession of land heretofore made 206 MENoMENEEs. by their tribe or nation to the British, French, or Spanish govern- ment, within the limits of the United States, or their territories; and also, all and every treaty, contract, and agreement, heretofore concluded between the said United States and the said tribe or nation. ART. 4. The contracting parties do hereby agree, promise and oblige themselves, reciprocally, to deliver up all prisoners now in their hands, (by what means soever the same may have come into their possession,) to the officer commanding at Prairie du Chien, to be by him restored to the respective parties hereto, as soon as it may be practicable. ART. 5. The undersigned chiefs and warriors as aforesaid, for themselves and those they represent, do hereby acknowledge them. selves to be under the protection of the United States, and of no other nation, power, or sovereign, whatsoever. In witness whereof, the commissioners aforesaid, and the under- signed chiefs and warriors, as aforesaid, have hereunto sub- scribed their names and affixed their seals, this thirtieth day of March, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hun- dred and seventeen, and of the independence of the United States the forty-first. William Clark, Ninian Edwards, Auguste Chouteau, Towanapee, Roaring Thunder, his x mark, Weekay, the Calumet Eagle, his x mark, Muequomota, the Fat of the Bear, his x mark, Wacaquon, or Shomin, his x mark, Warbano, the Dawn, his x mark, Inemikee, Thunderer, his x mark, Lebarnaco, the Bear, his x mark, Karkundego, his x mark, Shashamanee, the Elk, his x mark, Penoname, the Running Wolf, his x mark, Dome at St. Louis, in the presence of R. Wash, Secretary to the Com- S. Gantt, Lieut. U. S. Army, missioners, C. M. Price, R. Graham, U. S. I.A. for Illi- Richard T. McKenney, nois Territory, Amos Kibbe, T. Harrison, Nathaniel Mills, Nimrod H. Moore, Samuel Solomon. OTTOEs, 207 O T TO E. S. [concLUDED JUNE 24, 1817.] A treaty of peace and friendship made and concluded between William Clark and Auguste Chouteau, commissioners on the part and behalf of the United States of America, of the one part, and the undersigned chiefs and warriors, of the Ottoes tribe of Indians, on the part and behalf of their said tribe, of the other part. The parties being desirous of re-establishing peace and friend- ship between the United States and their said tribe, and of being placed, in all things, and in every respect, upon the same footing upon which they stood before the late war between the United States and Great Britain, have agreed to the following articles: ART. 1. Every injury or act of hostility by one or either of the contracting parties against the other, shall be mutually forgiven and forgot. ART. 2. There shall be perpetual peace and friendship between all the citizens of the United States of America and all the indi- viduals composing the said Ottoes tribe, and all the friendly rela- tions that existed between them before the war, shall be, and the same are hereby renewed. ART, 3. The undersigned chiefs and warriors, for themselves and their said tribe, do hereby acknowledge themselves to be under the protection of the United States of America, and of no other nation, power, or sovereign, whatsoever. In witness whereof, the said William Clark and Auguste Chou- teau, commissioners as aforesaid, and the chiefs aforesaid, have hereunto subscribed their names and affixed their seals, this twenty-fourth day of June, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and seventeen, and of the indepen- dence of the United States the forty-first. William Clark, L. S. Auguste Chouteau, L. S. OTTOEs, Chongatonga, Big Horse, his x mark, L. S. Histashone, Big Eyes, his x mark, L. S. Mihahande, Eldest Daughter, his x mark, L. s. Kanseepa, the Kansee Head, his x mark, L. S. Montistonga, Pewter, his x mark, L. S. Pahagranga, Auguste, his x mark, L. S. Watokieka, the Runner, his x mark, L. S. Mantoeakiepa, Meeting of Bear, his x mark, L. s. Achieya, Broken Arm, his x mark, L. S. Wathapayignet, the Small Bear, his x mark, L. s. Mantoeignet, the Little Bow, his x mark, L. s. 208 PON CARA R.S. s - Wapontraska, White Nostrils, his x mark, Missouries, Tarposta, Son of the Priest, his x mark, Kahhehpah, Crow Head, his x mark, Harahkraton, the Sparrow Hawk, his x mark, Tawequa, the Little Deer, his x mark, Chanohato, Buffalo Hump, his x mark, : Witnesses present: Lewis Bissell, Acting Secretary, P. J. Nalsisor, Manuel Lisa, U. S. Ind. Ag. Sam. Solomon, Interpreter, Benjamin O'Fallon, U. S. In- Stephen Julien, U. S. Indian dian Agent, Interpreter, W. Suigely, Gabriel S. Chouteau, 2d Lieut. Geo. G. Taylor, J.M. J.M. W. Tharp, Joseph Lafleche, Interpreter, Michl. E. Immell, his x mark. P O N C A R A R S . I concLUDED JUNE 25, 1817. I ºff treaty of peace and friendship made and concluded between William Clark and Jiuguste Chouteau, commissioners on the part and behalf of the United States of America, of the one part, and the undersigned chiefs and warriors of the Poncarar tribe of In- dians, on the part and of their said tribe of the other part The parties being desirous of re-establishing peace and friend- ship between the United States and their said tribe, and of being placed, in all things and every respect, upon the same footing upon which they stood before the late war between the United States and Great Britain, have agreed to the following articles: - ART. 1. Every injury or act of hostility by one or either of the contracting parties against the other, shall be mutually forgiven and forgot. ART. 2. There shall be perpetual peace and friendship between all the citizens of the United States of America and all the indi- viduals composing the said Poncarar tribe; and all the friendly relations that existed between them before the warshall be, and the same are hereby renewed. ART. 3. The undersigned chiefs and warriors, for themselves and their said tribe, do hereby acknowledge themselves to be under the protection of the United States of America, and of no other nation, power, or sovereign whatever. In witness whereof, the said William Clark and Auguste Chou- teau, commissioners as aforesaid, have hereunto subscribed their names and affixed their seals, this twenty-fifth day of CHEROKEES. 209 June, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and seventeen, and of the independence of the United States the forty-first. William Clark, Auguste Chouteau, Aquelaba, the Fighter, his x mark, Gradonga, Fork-tailed Hawk, his x mark, Shondagaha, Smoker, his x mark, Kihegashinga, Little Chief, his x mark, Necawcompe, the Handsome Man, his x mark, Ahahpah, the Rough Buffalo Horn, his x mark, Showeno, the Comer, his x mark, Bardegara, he who stands fire, his x mark, Witnesses present : Lewis Bissel, acting Secretary to Dr. Wm. J. Clarke, the commissioners, B. Vasques, ManualDisa, U. S. Indian Agent, Saml. Solomon, Interpreter, Benja, O’Fallon, U. S. Ind...Ag’t, Stephen Julien, U. S. Indian In- R. Graham, Indian Jägent for terpreter, Illinois, Joseph Lafleche, Interpreter. CHE ROKEES. I concLUDED JULY 8, 1817. I Articles of a treaty concluded at the Cherokee Agency, within the Cherokee nation, between major-general Andrew Jackson, Joseph McMinn, governor of the State of Tennessee, and general David Meriwether, commissioners plenipotentiary of the United States ºf America, of the one part, and the chiefs, head men, and warriors, of the Cherokee nation, east of the JMississippi river, and the chiefs, head men, and warriors, of the Cherokees on the Arkansas river, and their deputies, John D. Chisholm and James Rodgers, duly authorized by the chiefs of the Cherokees on the Arkansas river, in open council, by written power of attorney, duly signed and eaecuted, in presence of Joseph Sevier and William Ware. Whereas in the autumn of the year one thousand eight hundred and eight, a deputation from the Upper and Lower Cherokee towns, duly authorized by their nation, went on to the city of Washington, the first named to declare to the President of the United States their anxious desire to engage in the pursuits of agriculture and civilized life, in the country they then occupied, and to make known to the President of the º States the 27 210 CHEROKE. E. S. impracticability of inducing the nation at large to do this, and to request the establishment of a division line between the upper and lower towns, so as to include all the waters of the Hiwassee river to the upper town, that, by thus contracting their society within narrow limits, they proposed to begin the establishment of fixed laws and a regular government: The deputies from the lower towns to make known their desire to continue the hunter life, and also the scarcity of game where they then lived, and, under those circumstances, their wish to remove across the Mississippi river, on some vacant lands of the United States. And whereas the President of the United States, after maturely considering the petitions of both parties, on the ninth day of January, A. D. one thousand eight hundred and nine, including other subjects, answered those petitions as follows: “The United States, my children, are the friends of both parties, and, as far as can be reasonably asked, they are willing to satisfy the wishes of both. Those who remain may be assured of our patronage, our aid, and good neighborhood. Those who wish to remove, are permitted to send an exploring party to reconnoitre the country on the waters of the Arkansas and White rivers, and the higher up the better, as they will be the longer unapproached by our settlements, which will begin at the mouths of those rivers. The regular districts of the government of St. Louis are already laid off to the St. Francis, “When this party shall have found a tract of country suiting the emigrants, and not claimed by other Indians, we will arrange with them and you the exchange of that for a just portion of the country they leave, and to a part of which, proportioned to their numbers, they have a right. Every aid towards their removal, and what will be necessary for them there, will then be freely adminis- tered to them; and when established in their new settlements, we shall still consider them as our children, give them the benefit of exchanging their peltries for what they will want at our factories, and always hold them firmly by the hand.” And whereas the Cherokees, relying on the promises of the President of the United States, as above recited, did explore the country on the west side of the Mississippi, and made choice of the country on the Arkansas and White rivers, and settled them. selves down upon the United States lands, to which no other tribe of Indians have any just claim, and have duly notified the President of the United States thereof, and of their anxious desire for the full and complete ratification of his promise, and, to that end, as notified by the President of the United States, have sent on their agents, with full powers to execute a treaty, relinquishing to the United States all the right, title, and interest, to all lands of right to them belonging, as part of the Cherokee nation, which they have left, and which they are about to leave, proportioned to their numbers, including, with those now on the Arkansas, those CHERO KEE S. 211 who are about to remove thither, and to a portion of which they have an equal right agreeably to their numbers. Now, know ye, that the contracting parties, to carry into full effect the before recited promises with good faith, and to promote a continuation of friendship with their brothers on the Arkansas river, and for that purpose to make an equal distribution of the annuities secured to be paid by the United States to the whole Cherokee nation, have agreed and concluded on the following articles, viz.: - ART. 1. The chiefs, head men, and warriors, of the whole Cherokee nation, cede to the United States all the lands lying north and east of the following boundaries, viz.: beginning at the high shoals of the Appalachy river, and running thence, along the boundary line between the Creek and Cherokee nations, west- wardly to the Chatahouchy river; thence, up the Chatahouchy river, to the mouth of Souque creek; thence, continuing with the general course of the river until it reaches the Indian boundary line, and, should it strike the Turrurar river, thence, with its meanders, down said river to its mouth, in part of the proportion of land in the Cherokee nation east of the Mississippi, to which those now on the Arkansas and those about to remove there are justly entitled, ART. 2. The chiefs, head men, and warriors, of the whole Cherokee nation, do also cede to the United States all the lands lying north and west of the following boundary lines, viz.: Begin- ning at the Indian boundary line that runs from the north bank of the Tennessee river, opposite to the mouth of Hiwassee river, at a point on the top of Walden’s ridge, where it divides the waters of the Tennessee river from those of the Sequatchie river; thence, along the said ridge, southwardly, to the bank of the Tennessee river, at a point near to a place called the Negro Sugar Camp, opposite to the upper end of the first island above Running Water Town; thence, westwardly, a straight line to the mouth of Little Sequatchie river; thence, up said river to its main fork; thence, up its northernmost fork to its source; and thence, due west to the Indian boundary line. - ART. 3. It is also stipulated by the contracting parties, that a census shall be taken of the whole Cherokee nation, during the month of June, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and eighteen, in the following manner, viz: That the census of those on the east side of the Mississippi river, who declare their intention of removing, shall be taken by a commissioner appointed by the President of the United States, and a commissioner appointed by the Cherokees on the Arkansas river; and the census of the Cherokees on the Arkansas river, and those removing there, and who, at that time, declare their intention of removing there, shall be taken by a commissioner appointed by the President of - 212 CHEROKEES. the United States, and one appointed by the Cherokees east of the Mississippi river. ART. 4. The contracting parties do also stipulate that the annuity due from the United States to the whole Cherokee nation for the year one thousand eight hundred and eighteen, is to be divided between the two parts of the nation in proportion to their numbers, agreeably to the stipulations contained in the third article of this treaty; and to be continued to be divided thereafter in proportion to their numbers; and the lands to be apportioned and surrendered to the United States agreeably to the aforesaid enu- meration, as the proportionate part, agreeably to their numbers, to which those who have removed, and who declare their intention to remove, have a just right, including these with the lands ceded in the first and second articles of this treaty. ART. 5. The United States bind themselves, in exchange for the lands ceded in the first and second articles hereof, to give to that part of the Cherokee nation on the Arkansas as much land on said river and White river as they have or may hereafter receive from the Cherokee nation east of the Mississippi, acre for acre, as the just proportion due that part of the nation on the Arkansas agreeably to their numbers; which is to commence on the north side of the Arkansas river, at the mouth of Point Remove or Budwell’s Old Place; thence by a straight line, northwardly, to strike Chataunga mountain, or the hill first above Shield’s Ferry on White river, running up and between said rivers for comple: ment, the banks of which rivers to be the lines; and to have the above line, from the point of beginning to the point on White river, run and marked, which shall be done soon after the ratifica- tion of this treaty; and all citizens of the United States, except Mrs. P. Lovely, who is to remain where she lives during life, removed from within the bounds as above named. And it is further stipulated, that the treaties heretofore between the Chrokee nation and the United States are to continue in full force with both parts of the nation, and both parts thereof entitled to all the immunities and privileges which the old nation enjoyed under the aforesaid treaties; the United States reserving the right of establishing factories, a military post, and roads, within the boundaries above defined. ART. 6. The United States do also bind themselves to give to all the poor warriors who may remove to the western side of the Mississippi river, one rifle gun and ammunition, one blanket, and one brass kettle, or, in lieu of the brass kettle, a beaver trap, which is to be considered as a full compensation for the improvements which they may leave; which articles are to be delivered at such point as the President of the United States may direct: and to aid in the removal of the emigrants, they further agree to furnish flat bottomed boats and provisions sufficient for that purpose: and to those emigrants whose improvements add real value to their lands, CHEROKEES. 213 the United States agree to pay a full valuation for the same, which is to be ascertained by a commissioner appointed by the President of the United States for that purpose, and paid for as soon after the ratification of this treaty as practicable. The boats and pro- visions promised to the emigrants are to be furnished by the agent on the Tennessee river, at such time and place as the emigrants may notify him of; and it shall be his duty to furnish the same. ART. 7. And for all improvements which add real value to the lands lying within the boundaries ceded to the United States, by the first and second articles of this treaty, the United States do agree to pay for at the time, and to be valued in the same manner, as stipulated in the sixth article of this treaty; or in lieu thereof, to give in exchange improvements of equal value which the emigrants may leave, and for which they are to receive pay. And it is farther stipulated, that all these improvements, left by the emigrants within the bounds of the Cherokee nation east of the Mississippi river, which add real value to the lands, and for which the United States shall give a consideration, and not so exchanged, shall be rented to the Indians by the agent, year after year, for the benefit of the poor and decrepit of that part of the nation east of the Mississippi river, until surrendered by the nation, or to the nation. And it is further agreed, that the said Cherokee nation shall not be called upon for any part of the consideration paid for said improvements at any future period. ART. 8. And to each and every head of any Indian family residing on the east side of the Mississippi river, on the lands that are now, or may hereafter be, surrendered to the United States, who may wish to become citizens of the United States, the United States do agree to give a reservation of six hundred and forty acres of land, in a square, to include their improvements, which are to be as near the centre thereof as practicable, in which they will have a life estate, with a reversion in fee simple to their children, reserving to the widow her dower, the register of whose names is to be filed in the office of the Cherokee agent, which shall be kept open until the census is taken as stipulated in the third article of this treaty. Provided, That if any of the heads of families, for whom reservations may be made, should remove therefrom, then, in that case, the right to revert to the United States. And provided further, That the land which may be reserved under this article, be deducted from the amount which has been ceded under the first and second articles of this treaty. ART. 9. It is also provided by the contracting parties, that nothing in the foregoing articles shall be construed so as to prevent any of the parties so contracting from the free navigation of all the waters mentioned therein. ART. 10. The whole of the Cherokee nation do hereby cede to the United States all right, title, and claim, to all reservations made to Doublehead and others, which were reserved to them by 214 CHERokEEs. a treaty made and entered into at the city of Washington, bearing date the seventh of January, one thousand eight hundred and six. ART. 11. It is further agreed that the boundary lines of the lands ceded to the United States by the first and second articles of this treaty, and the boundary line of the lands ceded by the United States in the fifth article of this treaty, is to be run and marked by a commissioner or commissioners appointed by the President of the United States, who shall be accompanied by such commis- sioners as the Cherokees may appoint; due notice thereof to be given to the nation. ART. 12. The United States do also bind themselves to prevent the intrusion of any of its citizens within the lands ceded by the first and second articles of this treaty, until the same shall be ratified by the President and Senate of the United States, and duly promulgated. ART. 13. The contracting parties do also stipulate that this treaty shall take effect and be obligatory on the contracting parties so soon as the same shall be ratified by the President of the United States, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate of the United States. - In witness of all and every thing herein determined, by and between the before recited contracting parties, we have, in full and open council, at the Cherokee Agency, this eighth day of July, A. D. one thousand eight hundred and seventeen, set our hands and seals. Andrew Jackson, - - Joseph McMinn, United States D. Meriwether, Richard Brown, his x mark, Cabbin Smith, his x mark, Sleeping Rabbit, his x mark, George Saunders, his x mark, Roman Nose, his x mark, Currohe Dick, his x mark, John Walker, his x mark, George Lowry, Richard Taylor, Walter Adair, James Brown, Kelachule, his x mark, Sour Mush, his x mark, Chulioa, his x mark, Chickasautchee, his x mark, The Bark of Chota, his x mark, The Bark of Hightower, his x mark, Big Half Breed, his x mark, Going Snake, his x mark, Commis’rs, I. - CHERO KEES. 2 1. 5 Leyestisky, his x mark, Ch. Hicks, Young Davis, his x mark, Souanooka, his x mark, The Locust, his x mark, Beaver Carrier, his x mark, Dreadful Water, his x mark, Chyula, his x mark, Ja, Martin, John McIntosh, his x mark, Katchee of Cowee, his x mark, White Man Killer, his x mark, ARKANSAS CHIEFs, Toochalar, his x mark, The Glass, his x mark, Wassosee, his x mark, John Jolly, his x mark, The Gourd, his x mark, Spring Frog, his x mark, John D. Chisholm, James Rogers, Wawhatchy, his x mark, Attalona, his x mark, Kulsuttehee, his x mark, Tuskekeetchee, his x mark, Chillawgatchee, his x mark, John Smith, his x mark, Toosawallata, his x mark, In presence of J. M. Glassel, Secretary to the Commission, Thomas Wilson, Clerk to the Commissioners, Walter Adair, John Speirs, Interpreter, his x mark, A. McCoy, Interpreter, James C. Bronaugh, Hospital Surgeon, U. S. Army, Isham Randolph, Captain 1st Redoubtables, Wm. Meriwether, Return J. Meigs, Agent Chero- kee JVation. 216 WYANDOTS, SENEKAS, DELAWARES, ETC. WYANDOTS, SENEKAS, DELAWARES, ETC. [concLUDED SEPTEMBER 29, 1817.] Articles of a treaty made and concluded, at the foot of the Rapids of the Miami of lake Erie, between Lewis Cass and Duncan McArthur, commissioners of the United States, with full power and authority to hold conferences, and conclude and sign a treaty or treaties with all or any of the tribes or nations of In- dians within the boundaries of the State of Ohio, of and con- cerning all matters interesting to the United States and the said nations of Indians, on the one part; and the sachems, chiefs, and warriors, of the Wyandot, Semeka, Delaware, Shawanee, Pattiwatima, Ottawa, and Chippewa, tribes of Indians. ART. 1. The Wyandot tribe of Indians, in consideration of the stipulations herein made on the part of the United States, do hereby forever cede to the United States the lands comprehended within the following lines and boundaries: Beginning at a point on the southern shore of lake Erie, where the present Indian boundary line intersects the same, between the mouth of Sandusky bay and the mouth of Portage river; thence, running south with said line, to the line established in the year one thousand seven hundred and ninety-five, by the treaty of Greenville, which runs from the crossing place above fort Lawrence to Loramie's store; thence westerly, with the last mentioned line, to the eastern line of the reserve at Loramie's store; thence, with the lines of said reserve, north and west, to the northwestern corner thereof; thence to the northwestern corner of the reserve on the river St. Mary’s, at the head of the navigable waters thereof; thence, east, to the western bank of the St. Mary’s river aforesaid; thence, down on the western bank of the said river, to the reserve at fort Wayne; thence, with the lines of the last mentioned reserve, easterly and northerly, to the north bank of the river Miami of lake Erie; thence, down on the north bank of the said river, to the western line of the land ceded to the United States by the treaty of Detroit, in the year one thousand eight hundred and seven; thence with the said line, south, to the middle of said Miami river, opposite the mouth of the Great Auglaize river; thence, down the middle of said Miami river, and easterly with the lines of the tract ceded to the United States by the treaty of Detroit aforesaid, so far that a south line will strike the place of beginning. ART. 2. The Pattawatima, Ottawa, and Chippewa tribes of In- dians, in consideration of the stipulations herein made on the part of the United States, do hereby forever cede to the United States the land comprehended within the following lines and boundaries: Beginning where the western line of the State of Ohio crosses the WYANDOTS, SENECAS, DELAWARES, ETC. 217 river Miami of lake Erie, which is about twenty-one miles above the mouth of the Great Auglaize river; thence, down the middle of the said Miami river, to a point north of the mouth of the Great Auglaize river; thence, with the western line of the land ceded to the United States by the treaty of Detroit, in one thousand eight hundred and seven, north forty-five miles; thence, west, so far that a line south will strike the place of beginning; thence, south, to the place of beginning. ART. 3. The Wyandot, Seneca, Delaware, Shawanee, Pattawa- tima, Ottawa, and Chippewa tribes of Indians accede to the ces- sions mentioned in the two preceding articles. ART. 4. In consideration of the cessions and recognitions stipu- lated in the three preceding articles, the United States agree to pay to the Wyandot tribe, annually, forever, the sum of four thou- sand dollars, in specie, at Upper Sandusky: To the Seneca tribe, annually, forever, the sum of five hundred dollars, in specie, at Lower Sandusky: To the Shawanee tribe, annually, forever, the sum of two thousand dollars, in specie, at Wapaghkonetta: To the Pattawatima tribe, annually, for the term of fifteen years, the sum of one thousand three hundred dollars, in specie, at Detroit: To the Ottawa tribe, annually, for the term of fifteen years, the sum of one thousand dollars, in specie, at Detroit: To the Chip- pewa tribe, annually for the term of fifteen years, the sum of one thousand dollars, in specie, at Detroit: To the Delaware tribe, in the course of the year one thousand eight hundred and eighteen, the sum of five hundred dollars, in specie, at Wapaghkonetta, but no annuity: And the United States also agree, that all annuities due by any former treaty to the Wyandot, Shawanee, and Delaware tribes, and the annuity due by the treaty of Greenville, to the Ottawa and Chippewa tribes, shall be paid to the said tribes, respectively, in specie. ART. 5. The schedule hereunto annexed, is to be taken and considered as part of this treaty; and the tracts herein stipulated to be granted to the Wyandot, Seneca, and Shawanee tribes of Indians, are to be granted for the use of the persons mentioned in the said schedule, agreeably to the descriptions, provisions, and limitations, therein contained. - - ART. 6. The United States agree to grant, by patent, in fee simple, to Doanquod, Howoner, Rontondee, Tauyau, Rontayau, Dawatont, Manocue, Tauyaudautauson, and Haudauuwaugh, chiefs of the Wyandot tribe, and their successors in office, chiefs of the said tribe, for the use of the persons and for the purposes mentioned in the annexed schedule, a tract of land twelve miles square, at Upper Sandusky, the centre of which shall be the place where fort Ferree stands; and also a tract of one mile square, to be located where the chiefs direct, on a cranberry * on Broken Sword creek, and to be held for the use of the TIOe. - 28 218 WYANDOTS, SENECAS) DELAWARES, ETC. The United States also agree to grant, by patent, in fee simple, to Tahawmadoyaw, Captain Harris, Isahownusay, Joseph Tawg. you, Captain Smith, Coffee-house, Running About, and Wiping- stick, chiefs of the Seneca tribe of Indians, and their successors in office, chiefs of the said tribe, for the use of the persons men- tioned in the annexed schedule, a tract of land to contain thirty thousand acres, beginning on the Sandusky river, at the lower corner of the section hereinafter granted to William Spicer; thence, down the said river, on the east side, with the meanders thereof at high-water mark, to a point east of the mouth of Wolf creek; thence, and from the beginning, east, so far that a north line will include the quantity of thirty thousand acres aforesaid. The United States also agree to grant, by patent, in fee simple, to Catewekesa or Black Hoof, Byaseka or Wolf, Pomthe or Wal- ker, Shemenetoo or Big Snake, Othawakeseka or Yellow Feather, Chakalowah or the Tail's End, Pemthala or John Perry, Wabepee or White Colour, chiefs of the Shawanee tribe, residing at Wapagh. konetta, and their successors in office, chiefs of the said tribe, residing there, for the use of the persons mentioned in the annexed schedule, a tract of land ten miles square, the centre of which shall be the council house at Wapaghkonetta. The United States also agree to grant, by patent, in fee simple, to Peeththa or Falling Tree, and to Onowaskemo or the Resolute Man, chiefs of the Shawanee tribes, residing on Hog Creek, and their successors in office, chiefs of the said tribe, residing there, for the use of the persons mentioned in the annexed schedule, a tract of land containing twenty-five square miles, which is to join the tract granted at Wapaghkonetta, and to include the Shawanee settlement on Hog creek, and to be laid off as nearly as possible in a square form. The United States also agree to grant, by patent, in fee simple, to Quatawape or Captain Lewis, Shekaghkela or Turtle, Skilowa or Robin, chiefs of the Shawanee tribe of Indians residing at Lewis- town, and to Mesomea or Civil John, Wakawuxsheno or the White Man, Oquasheno or Joe, and Willaquasheno or When you are tired sit down, chiefs of the Seneca tribe of Indians residing at Lewistown, and to their successors in office, chiefs of the said Shawanee and Seneca tribes, for the use of the persons mentioned in the annexed schedule, a tract of land to contain forty-eight square miles, to begin at the intersection of the line run by Charles Roberts, in the year one thousand eight hundred and twelve, from the source of the Little Miami river to the source of the Sciota river, in pursuance of instructions from the commissioners appointed on the part of the United States, to establish the western boundary of the Virginia Military Reservation, with the Indian boundary line estab: lished by the treaty of Greenville, in one thousand seven hundred and ninety-five, from the crossings above fort Lawrence to Lora- mie's store, and to run from such intersection, northerly, with the WYANDOTS, SENECAS, DELAWARES, ETC. 219 first mentioned line, and westerly, with the second mentioned line, so as to include the quantity as nearly in a square form as practic cable, after excluding the section of land hereinafter granted to Nancy Stewart. There shall also be reserved for the use of the Ottawa Indians, but not granted to them, a tract of land on Blanchard’s fork of the Great Auglaize river, to contain five miles square, the centre of which tract is to be where the old trace crosses the said fork, and one other tract to contain three miles square, on the Little Auglaize river, to include Oquanoxa’s village. ART. 7. And the said chiefs or their successors may, at any time they may think proper, convey to either of the persons men- tioned in the said schedule, or his heirs, the quantity secured thereby to him, or may refuse so to do. But the use of the said land shall be in the said person; and after the share of any person is con- veyed by the chiefs to him, he may convey the same to any person whatever, And any one entitled by the said schedule to a portion of the said land, may, at any time, convey the same to any person, by obtaining the approbation of the President of the United States, or of the person appointed by him to give such approbation. And the agent of the United States shall make an equitable partition of the said share when conveyed. ART. 8. At the special request of the said Indians, the United States agree to grant, by patent, in fee simple, to the persons here- inaſter mentioned, all of whom are connected with the said Indians, by blood or adoption, the tracts of land herein described: To Elizabeth Whitaker, who was taken prisoner by the Wyan- dots, and has ever since lived among them, twelve hundred and eighty acres of land, on the west side of the Sandusky river, below Croghansville, to be laid offin a square form, as nearly as the mean- ders of the said river will admit, and to run an equal distance above and below the house in which the said Elizabeth Whitaker now lives. To Robert Armstrong, who was taken prisoner by the Indians, and has ever since lived among them, and has married a Wyandot woman, one section, to contain six hundred and forty acres of land, on the west side of the Sandusky river, to begin at the place called Camp Ball, and to run up the river, with the meanders thereof, one hundred and sixty poles, and from the beginning, down the river, with the meanders thereof, one hundred and sixty poles, and from the extremity of these lines west for quantity. - To the children of the late William McColloch, who was killed in August, one thousand eight hundred and twelve, near Maugau- gon, and who are quarter-blood Wyandot Indians, one section, to contain six hundred and forty acres of land, on the west side of the Sandusky river, adjoining the lower line of the tract hereby granted to Robert Armstrong, and extending in the same manner with and from the said river, 220 WYANDOTS, SENECAS, DELAWARES, ETC. To John Vanmeter, who was taken prisoner by the Wyandots, and who has ever since lived among them, and has married a Seneca woman, and to his wife’s three brothers, Senecas, who now reside on Honey creek, one thousand acres of land, to begin north, forty-five degrees west, one hundred and forty poles from the house in which the said John Vanmeter now lives, and to run thence, south, three hundred and twenty poles, thence, and from the beginning, east for quantity. To Sarah Williams, Joseph Williams, and Rachel Nugent, late Rachel Williams, the said Sarah having been taken prisoner by the Indians, and ever since lived among them, and being the widow, and the said Joseph and Rachel being the children, of the late Isaac Williams, a half-blood Wyandot, one quarter section of land, to contain one hundred and sixty acres, on the east side of the Sandusky river, below Croghansville, and to include their im: provements at a place called Negro Point. To Catharine Walker, a Wyandot woman, and to John R. Walker, her son, who was wounded in the service of the United States, at the battle of Maugaugon, in one thousand eight hundred and twelve, a section of six hundred and forty acres of land each, to begin at the northwestern corner of the tract hereby granted to John Vanmeter and his wife’s brothers, and to run with the line thereof, south, three hundred and twenty poles, thence, and from the beginning, west for quantity. To William Spicer, who was taken prisoner by the Indians, and has ever since lived among them, and has married a Seneca woman, a section of land, to contain six hundred and forty acres, begin: ning on the east bank of the Sandusky river, forty poles below the lower corner of said Spicer's cornfield, thence, up the river on the east side, with the meanders thereof, one mile, thence, and from the beginning, east for quantity. - - To Nancy Stewart, daughter of the late Shawanee chief Blue Jacket, one section of land, to contain six hundred and forty acres, on the Great Miami river below Lewistown, to include her present improvements, three quarters of the said section to be on the south- east side of the river, and one quarter on the northwest side thereof. To the children of the late Shawanee chief captain Logan, or Spamagelabe, who fell in the service of the United States during the late war, one section of land, to contain six hundred and forty acres, on the east side of the Great Auglaize river, adjoining the lower line of the grant of ten miles at Wapaghkonetta and the said TIWer. To Anthony Shane, a half-blood Ottawa Indian, one section of land, to contain six hundred and forty acres, on the east side of the river St. Mary’s, and to begin opposite the house in which said Shane now lives, thence, up the river, with the meanders thereof, one hundred and sixty poles, and from the beginning WYANDOTS, SENECAS, DELAWARES, ETC. 221 down the river, with the meanders thereof, one hundred and sixty poles, and from the extremity of the said lines east for quantity. To James McPherson, who was taken prisoner by the Indians, and has ever since lived among them, one section of land, to con- tain six hundred and forty acres, in a square form, adjoining the northern or western line of the grant of forty-eight miles at Lewis- town, at such place as he may think proper to locate the same. To Horonu, or the Cherokee Boy, a Wyandot chief, a section of land, to contain six hundred and forty acres, on the Sandusky river, to be laid off in a square form, and to include his improve- ments. . To Alexander D. Godfroy and Richard Godfroy, adopted chil- dren of the Pattawatima tribe, and at their special request, one section of land, to contain six hundred and forty acres, in the tract of country herein ceded to the United States by the Pattawa- tima, Ottawa, and Chippewa tribes, to be located by them, the said Alexander and Richard, after the said tract shall have been surveyed. To Sawendebans, or the Yellow Hair, or Peter Minor, an adopted son of Tondaganie, or the Dog, and at the special request of the Ottawas, out of the tract reserved by the treaty of Detroit, in one thousand eight hundred and seven, above Roche de Boeuf, at the village of the said Dog, a section of land to contain six hundred and forty acres, to be located in a square form, on the north side of the Miami, at the Wolf rapid. ART. 9. The United States engage to appoint an agent, to reside among or near the Wyandots, to aid them in the protection of their persons and property, to manage their intercourse with the government and citizens of the United States, and to discharge the duties which commonly appertain to the office of Indian agent; and the same agent is to execute the same duties for the Senecas and Delawares on the Sandusky river. And an agent for similar purposes, and vested with similar powers, shall be appointed, to reside among or near the Shawanees, whose agency shall include the reservations at Wapaghkonetta, at Lewistown, at Hog creek, and at Blanchard’s creek. And one mile square shall be reserved at Malake for the use of the agent for the Shawanees. And the agent for the Wyandots and Senecas shall occupy such land in the grant at Upper Sandusky, as may be necessary for him and the persons attached to the agency. - ART, 10. The United States engage to erect a saw-mill and a grist-mill, upon some proper part of the Wyandot reservation, for their use, and to provide and maintain a blacksmith for the use of the Wyandots and Senecas, upon the reservation of the Wyan- dots, and another blacksmith for the use of the Indians at Wa- paghkonetta, Hog Creek, and Lewistown. ART. 11. The stipulations contained in the treaty of Greenville, relative to the right of the Indians to hunt upon the land hereby 222 WYANDOTS, SENECAS, DELAWARES, ETC. ceded, while it continues the property of the United States, shall apply to this treaty; and the Indians shall, for the same term, enjoy the privilege of making sugar upon the same land, commit- ting no unnecessary waste upon the trees. ART. 12. The United States engage to pay, in the course of the year one thousand eight hundred and eighteen, the amount of the damages which were assessed by the authority of the Secretary of War, in favor of several tribes and individuals of the Indians, who adhered to the cause of the United States during the late war with Great Britain, and whose property was, in consequence of such adherence, injured or destroyed. And it is agreed, that the sums thus assessed shall be paid in specie, at the places, and to the tribes or individuals, hereinafter mentioned, being in conformity with the said assessment; that is to say: To the Wyandots, at Upper Sandusky, four thousand three hun- dred and nineteen dollars and thirty-nine cents. To the Senecas, at Lower Sandusky, three thousand nine hun- dred and eighty-nine dollars and twenty-four cents. To the Indians at Lewis and Scoutashs towns, twelve hundred and twenty-seven dollars and fifty cents. To the Delawares, for the use of the Indians who suffered losses at Greentown and at Jerome’s town, three thousand nine hundred and fifty-six dollars and fifty cents, to be paid at Wapaghkonetta. To the representatives of Hembis, a Delaware Indian, three hundred and forty-eight dollars and fifty cents, to be paid at Wa- paghkonetta. To the Shawanees, an additional sum of four hundred and twenty dollars, to be paid at Wapaghkonetta. To the Senecas, an additional sum of two hundred and nineteen dollars, to be paid at Wapaghkonetta. ART. 13. And whereas the sum of two thousand five hundred dollars has been paid by the United States to the Shawanees, being one-half of five years' annuities due by the treaty of fort Industry, and whereas the Wyandots contend that the whole of the annuity secured by that treaty is to be paid to them, and a few persons of the Shawanee and Seneca tribes; now, therefore, the commis- sioners of the United States, believing that the construction given by the Wyandots to the said treaty is correct, engage that the United States shall pay to the said Wyandot tribe in specie, in the course of the year one thousand eight hundred and eighteen, the said sum of two thousand five hundred dollars. ART. 14. The United States reserve to the proper authority, the right to make roads through any part of the land granted or reserved by this treaty; and also to the different agents, the right of establishing taverns and ferries for the accommodation of travel- lers, should the same be found necessary. ART. 15. The tracts of land herein granted to the chiefs, for the use of the Wyandot, Shawanee, Seneca, and Delaware, In- WYANDOTS, SENECAS, DELAWAREs, ETC. 223 dians, and the reserve for the Ottawa Indians, shall not be liable to taxes of any kind so long as such land continues the property of the said Indians. ART. 16. Some of the Ottawa, Chippewa, and Pattawatima tribes, being, attached to the Catholic religion, and believing they may wish some of their children hereafter educated, do grant to the rector of the Catholic church of St. Anne of Detroit, for the use of the said church, and to the corporation of the college at Detroit, for the use of the said college, to be retained or sold, as the said rector and corporation may judge expedient, each, one half of three sections of land, to contain six hundred and forty acres, on the river Raisin, at a place called Macon; and three sections of land not yet located, which tracts were reserved, for the use of the said Indians, by the treaty of Detroit, in one thou- sand eight hundred and seven; and the superintendent of Indian affairs, in the territory of Michigan, is authorized, on the part of the said Indians, to select the said tracts of land. ART. 17. The United States engage to pay to any of the Indians, the value of any improvements which they may be obliged to aban- don in consequence of the lines established by this treaty. ART. 18. The Delaware tribe of Indians, in consideration of the stipulations herein made on the part of the United States, do here- by forever cede to the United States all the claim which they have to the thirteen sections of land reserved for the use of certain per- sons of their tribe, by the second section of the act of Congress, passed March the third, one thousand eight hundred and seven, providing for the disposal of the lands of the United States between the United States' Military Tract and the Connecticut Reserve, and the lands of the United States between the Cincinnati and Vincennes districts. ART. 19. The United States agree to grant, by patent, in fee simple, to Zeeshawau, or James Armstrong, and to Sanondoyou- rayquaw, or Silas Armstrong, chiefs of the Delaware Indians, living on the Sandusky waters, and their successors in office, chiefs of the said tribe, for the use of the persons mentioned in the annexed schedule, in the same manner, and subject to the same conditions, provisions, and limitations, as is hereinbefore provided for the lands granted to the Wyandot, Seneca, and Shawanee Indians, a tract of land, to contain nine square miles, to join the tract granted to the Wyandots, of twelve miles square, to be laid off as nearly in a square form as practicable, and to include Cap- tain Pipe’s village. ART. 20. The United States also agree to grant, by patent, to the chiefs of the Ottawa tribe of Indians, for the use of the said tribe, a tract of land, to contain thirty-four square miles, to be laid out as nearly in a square form as practicable, not interfering with the lines of the tracts reserved by the treaty of Greenville on the south side of the Miami river of lake Erie, and to include Tush- 224 WYANDOTS, SENECAS, DELAWARES, ETC. quegan, or McCarty’s village; which tracts, thus granted, shall be held by the said tribe, upon the usual conditions of Indian reser- vations, as though no patent were issued. ART. 21. This treaty shall take effect, and be obligatory on the contracting parties, as soon as the same shall have been ratified by the President of the United States, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate thereof. In testimony whereof, the said Lewis Cass and Duncan McAr- thur, commissioners as aforesaid, and the sachems, chiefs, and warriors, of the Wyandot, Seneca, Shawanee, Delaware, Pattawatima, Ottawa, and Chippewa tribes of Indians, have hereunto set their hands, at the foot of the Rapids of the Miami of lake Erie, this twenty-ninth day of September, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and seven- teen. LEWIS CASS, DUNCAN McARTHUR. In presence of Wm. Turner, Secretary to the W. Knaggs, Indian Agent, Commissioners, G. Godfroy, Indian Agent, John Johnson, Indian Agent, R. A. Forsyth, jr. Secretary In- B. F. Stickney, Indian Agent, dian Department. Sworn Interpreters. William Conner, Peter Ryley, H. W. Walker, Henry I. Hunt, John R. Walker, Jos. Vance, James McPherson, Jonathan Leslie, F. Duchouquet, Alvan Coe, A. Shane, John Gunn, J. B. Beaugrand, C. L. Cass, Lieut. U. S. Army. CHIPPEwAs, Wasonnezo, his x mark, L. S. Okemance, or the Young Chief, his x mark, L. S. Shinguax, or Cedar, his x mark, L. S. Kinobee, his x mark, L. S. Chinguagin, his x mark, L. S. Sheganack, or Black Bird, his x mark, L. S. Mintougaboit, or the Devil Standing, his x mark, L. s. Wastuau, his x mark, L. S. Penquam, his x mark, - L. S. Chemokcomon, or American, his x mark, L. S. Papecumegat, his x mark, L. S. Matwaash, or Heard Fell Down, his x mark, L. S. Potaquam, his x mark, L. S. Pensweguesic, the Jay Bird, his x mark, L. S. Weabskewen, or the White Man, his x mark, L. S. L. S. Waynoce, his x mark, WYANDOTS, SENECAS, DELAWARES, ETC. 225 PATTAwati MAs, Metea, his x mark, WYANDOTs, DELAWAREs, SHAWANEEs, Wynemac, his x mark, Wynemakons, or the Front, his x mark, Ocheackabee, his x mark, Conge, his x mark, Wankeway, his x mark, Perish, his x mark, Tonguish, his x mark, Papekitcha, or Flat Belly, his x mark, Medomin, or Corn, his x mark, Saguemai, or Musketo, his x mark, Waweacee, or Full Moon, his x mark, Ninwichemon, his x mark, Missenonsai, his x mark, Waysagua, his x mark, Nannanmee, his x mark, Nannanseku, his x mark, Meanqueah, his x mark, Wawenoke, his x mark, Ashenekazo, his x mark, Nanemucskuck, his x mark, Ashkebee, his x mark, Makotai, his x mark, Wabinsheway, White Elk, his x mark, Gabriel, or Gabiniai, his x mark, Waishit, his x mark, Naonquay, his x mark, Meshawgonay, his x mark, Nitchetash, his x mark, Skewbicack, his x mark, Chechalk, or Crane, his x mark, Dunquad, or Half King, his x mark, Runtunda, or War Pole, his x mark, Aronuc, or Cherokee Boy, his x mark, T. Aruntue, or Between the legs, his x mark, D. Wottondt, or John Hicks, his x mark, T. Undetaso, or Geo. Punch, his x mark, Menonkue, or Thomas, his x mark, Undauwau, or Matthews, his x mark, Kithtuwheland, or Anderson, his x mark, Punchhuck, or Capt. Beaver, his x mark, Tahunqeecoppi, or Capt. Pipe, his x mark, Clamatonockis, his x mark, Aweallesa, or Whirlwind, his x mark, Cateweekesa, or Black Hoof, his x mark, Biaseka, or Wolf, his x mark, S. S. S. S. S. S. S. S. S. S. S. S. 29 226 WYANDOTS, SENECAS, DELAWARES, ETC. - Pomthe, or Walker, his x mark, L., S, Shemenetu, or Big Snake, his x mark, L. S. Chacalowa, or Tail's End, his x mark, L. s. Pemthata, or Perry, his x mark, L., S. Othawakeska, or Yellow Feather, his x mark, L. s. Wawathethaka, or Capt. Reed, his x mark, L. s. Tecumtequa, his x mark, L. S. Quitewe, War Chief, his x mark, L. S. Cheacksca, or Captain Tom, his x mark, L. s. Quitawepea, or Captain Lewis, his x mark, L. s. SENECAS, Methomea, or Civil John, his x mark, L. - Sacourewceghta, or Wiping Stick, his xmark, L. Shekoghkell, or Big Turtle, his x mark, L. Aquasheno, or Joe, his x mark, Wakenuceno, White Man, his x mark, Samendue, or Captain Sigore, his x mark, Skilleway, or Robbin, his x mark, Dasquoerunt, his x mark, - OTTAWAS, Tontagimi, or the Dog, his x mark, Misquegin, McCarty, his x mark, Pontiac, his x mark, Oquenoxas, his x mark, Tashmwa, his x mark, Nowkesick, his x mark, Wabekeighke, his x mark, Kinewaba, his x mark, Twaatum, his x mark, Supay, his x mark, Nashkema, his x mark, Kuwashewon, his x mark, Kusha, his x mark, Schedule referred to in the foregoing treaty, and to be taken and considered as part thereof. Three sections, to contain six hundred and forty acres each, are to be reserved out of the tract of twelve miles square to be granted to the Wyandots. One of the said sections is to be appropriated to the use of a missionary, one for the support of schools, and one for the support of mechanics, and to be under the direction of the chiefs. Two sections, of six hundred and forty acres each, are to be granted to each of the following persons, being the chief of the Wyandot tribe, and his six counsellors, namely: Doouquod, or half king; Routoudu, or Warpole: Tauyaurontoyou, or Be. tween the logs; Dawatout, or John Hicks; Manocue, or Thomas; Tauyoudautansau, or George Punch; and Hawdowuwaugh, or Matthews. - And, after deducting the fifteen sections thus to be disposed of WYANDOTS, SENECAS, DELAWARES, ETC. 227 the residue of the said tract of twelve miles square is to be equally divided among the following persons, namely: Hoocue, Roudoo- touk, Mahoma, Naatoua, Mautamawto, Maurunguaws, Naynu- hanky, Abrm. Williams, sen. Squautaugh, Tauyouranuta, Tahaw- queyouws, Dasharows, Trayhetou, Hawtooyou, Maydounaytove, Neudooslau, Deecalroutousay, Doutooyemaugh, Datoowawna, Matsayeaanyourie, James Ranken, Sentumass, Tahautoshow.weda, Madudara, Shaudouaye, Shamadecsay, Sommodowot, Moautaau, Nawsottomaugh, Maurauskinquaws, Tawtoolowme, Shaw.douyea- youro, Show weno, Dashoree, Sennewdorow, Toayttooraw, Maw- skattaugh, Tahawsnodeuyea, Haunarawreudee, Shauromou, Taw- yaurontoreyea, Roumelay, Nadocays, Carryumanduetaugh, Big- arms, Madonrawcays, Hauranoot, Syrerundash, Tahorowtsemdee, Roosayn, Dautoresay, Nashawtoomous, Skawduutoutee, Sanorow- sha, Nautennee, Youausha, Aumatourow, Ohoutautoon, Tawyou- gauwayou, Sootonteeree, Dootooau, Hawreewaucudee, Youra- hatsa, Towntoreshaw, Syuwewataugh, Cauyou, Omitztseshaw, Gausawaugh, Skashoway'ssguaw, Mawdovdoo, Narowayshaus, Nawcaty, Isuhowhayeato, Myatouska, Tauoodowma, Youhreo, George Williams, Oharvatoy, Saharossor, Isaac Williams, Squin- datee, Mayeatohot, Lewis Coon, Isatouque, or John Coon, Ta- Waumanocay, or E. Wright, Owawtatuw, Isontraudee, Tomatsa- hoss, Sarrahoss, Tauyoureehoryeow, Saudotoss, Toworordu or Big Ears, Tauomatsarau, Tanoroudoyou or Two, Daureehau, Dauoreenu, Trautohauweetough, Yonrouquains or the widow of the Crane, Caunaytoma, Hottomorrow, Taweesho, Dauquausay, Toumon, Hoogaudoorow, Newdeetoutow, Dawhowhouk, Dau- shouteehawk, Sawaronuis, Norrorow, Tawwass, Tawareroons, Neshaustay, Toharratoregh, Taurowtotucawaa, Youshindauyato, Tauosanays, Sadowerrais, Isanowtowtouk or Fox Widow, Saura- toudo or William Zane, Hayannoise or Ebenezer Zane, Mawcas- harrow or widow McCullock, Susannah, Teshawtaugh, Bawews, Tamatarank, Razor, Rahisaus, Cadutore, Shawnetaurew, Tatra- row, Cuqua, Yourowon, Jauyounaoskra, Tanorawayout, Howcu- quawdorow, Gooyeomee, Dautsaqua, Maudamu, Sanoreeshoc, Hawleeyeatausay, Gearoohee, Matoskrawtouk, Dawweeshoe, Jawyourawot, Nacudseoranauaurayk, Youronurays, Scoutush, Serroymuch, Hoondeshotch, Ishuskeah, Dusharraw, Ondewaus, Duyewtale, Roueyoutacolo, Hoonorow.youtacole, Howmorowduro, Nawanaunonelo, Tolhomanona, Ekiyamik, Tyyeahwkeunohale, Aushewhowole, Schowondashres, Mondushawquaw, Tayondra- kele, Giveriahes, Sootreeshuskoh, Suyouturaw, Tiudee, Tahorro- shoquaw, Irahkasquaw, Ishoreameusuwat, Curoueyottell, Noriyet- tetee, Siyarech, Testeatete. - The thirty thousand acres for the Senecas upon the Sandusky river, is to be equally divided among the following persons, namely: Syuwausantau, New wene, Joseph, Iseumetaugh, or Picking up a club, Orauhaotodee or Turn over, Taudaurous or Split the river, 228 WYANDOTS, SENECAS, DELAWARES, ETC. Tahowtoorains or Jo Smeech, Ismomduare, Yellow-bay, Dashow- rowramou or Drifting sand, Hauautounasquas, Hamyautuhow, Tahocayn, Howdautauyeao or King George, Standing Bones, Cyahaga, or Fisher, Suthemoore, Red Skin, Mentauteehoore, Hyanaskraman or Knife in his hand, Running About, John Smith, Carrying the Basket, Cauwauay or Striking, Rewauyeato or Car- rying the news, Half up the Hill, Trow.youdoys or G. Hunter, Spike Buck, Caugooshow or Clearing up, Mark on his Hip, Cap- tain Hams, Isetaune or Crying often, Tauneroyea, or Two com- panies, Haudonwouays or Stripping the river, Isohauhasay or Tall chief, Tahowmandoyou, Howyouway or Paddling, Clouding up, Youwautowtoyou or Burnt his body, Shetouyouwee or Sweet foot, Tauhaugainstoany or Holding his hand about, Oharrowtodee or Turning over, Haucaumarout, Sarrowsauismatare or Striking sword, Sadudeto, Oshoutoy or Burning berry, Hard Hickory, Cu- retscetau, Youronocay or Isaac, Youtradowwonlee, Newtauyaro, Tayouououte or Old foot, Tauosanetee, Syunout or Give it to her, Doonstough or Bunch on his forehead, Tyaudusout or Joshua Hendricks, Taushaushaurow or Cross the arms, Henry, Youway- dauyea or the Island, Armstrong, Shake the Ground, His Neck Down, Youheno, Towotoyoudo or Looking at her, Captain Smith, Tobacco, Standing Stone, Ronunais or Wiping stick, Tanduhatse or Large Bones, Hamanchagave, House Fly or Maggot, Rou- douma or Sap running, Big Belt, Cat Bone, Sammy, Taongauais or Round the point, Ramuye or Hold the Sky, Mentoududu, How: notant, Slippery Nose, Tauslowquowsay or Twenty wives, Hoo- gaurow or Mad man, Coffee-House, Long Hair. The tract of ten miles square at Wapaghkonetta is to be equally divided among the following persons, namely: The Black Hoof, Pompthe or Walker, Piaseka or Wolf, Shemenutu or Snake,0tha- wakeseka or Yellow Feather, Penethata or Perry, Chacalaway or the End of the tail, Quitawee or War chief, Sachachewa, Wasew- weela, Waseweela or Bright horn, Otharosa or yellow, Tepeto- seka, Caneshemo, Newabetucka, Cawawescucka, Thokutchema, Setakosheka, Topee or James Saunders, Meshenewa, Tatiape, Pokechaw, Alawaymotakah, Lallaway or Perry, Wabemee, Ne: mekoshee, Nenepemeshequa or Cornstalk, Sheshe, Shawabaghke, Naneskaka, Thakoska or David McNair, Skapakake, Shapoquata, Peapakseka, Quaghduona, Quotowame, Nitaskeka, Thakaska or Spy buck, Pekathekseka, Tewaskoota or James Blue Jacket, Ca. lawesa, Quaho, Kaketchheka or W. Perry, Swapee, Peekto or Davy Baker, Skokapowa or George McDougall, Chepakoso, She- may or Sam, Chiakoska or Captain Tom, General Wayne, Tha- way, Othawee, Weeasesaka or Captain Reed, Lewaytaka, Tego- shea or George, Shekacumskeka, Wesheshemo, Mawenatcheka, Quashke, Thaswa, Baptieste, Waywalapee, Peshequkame, Cha- kalakee or Tom, Keywaypee, Egotacumshequa, Wabepee, Aqua- shequa, Temotah, Nepaho, Takepee, Toposheka, Lathawanomo, WYANDOTS, SENECAS, DELAWARES, ETC. 229 Sowaghkota or Yellow clouds, Meenkesheka, Asheseka, Ochip- way, Thapaeka, Chakata, Nakacheka, Thathouakata, Paytokothe, Pasleske, Shesheloo, Quanaqua, Kalkoo, Toghshena, Capowa, Ethowakosee, Quaquesha, Capea, Thakatcheway, The man going up hill, Magotha, Tecumtequa, Tetepakothe, Kekentha, Sheatwa, Shiabwasson, Koghkela, Akopee or a Heap of any thing, Lama- tothe, Kesha, Pankoor, Peitchthator or Peter, Metchepelah, Ca- peah, Showagame, Wawaleepesheeka, Meewensheka, Naneme- pahtoo or Trotter, Pamitchepetoo, Chalequa, Tetetee, Lesheshe, Nawabasheka or white feather, Skepakeskeshe, Tenakee, She- maka, Pasheto, Thiatcheto, Metchemetches, Chakowa, Lawath- ska, Potchetee or the Man without a tail, Awaubaneshekaw, Pata- coma, Lamakeshaka, Papashow, Weathaksheka, Pewaypee, Totah, Canaquah, Skepakutcheka, Welwiesa, Kitahoe, Neentakoshe, Oshaishe, Chilosee, Quilaisha, Mawethaque, Akepee, Quelenee. The tract of five miles sqare, at Hog creek, is to be equally divided among the following persons, namely: Peeththa, Onowashim, Pemathey wa, Wabekesheke, Leeso, Pohcawese, Shemagauashe, Nehquakahucka, Papaskootepa, Meamepetoo, Welawenaka, Pe- tiska, Ketuckepee, Lawitchetee, Epaumee, Chanacke, Jose, La- nawytucka, Shawaynaka, Wawatashewa, Ketaksosa, Shasheko- peah, Lakose, Quinaska. The tract of forty-eight square miles, including Lewistown, is to be equally divided among the following persons, namely: Sha- wanees–Colonel Lewis, Polly Kizer, Theueteseepuah or Weed, Calossete, Vamauweke, Wawcumsee, Skitlewa, Nayabepe, Wo- sheta, Nopamago, Willesque, Salock, Walathe, Silversmith, Siatha, Toseluo, Jemmy McDonald, Jackson, Mohawk Thomas, Silverheels, John, Wewachee, Cassic, Atshena, Frenchman, Squesenau, Goohunt, Manwealte, Walisee, Billy, Thawwame, Wopsguitty, Naywale, Big Turtle, Nolawat, Nawalippa, Razor, Blue, Tick, Nerer, Falling Star, Hale Clock, Hisoscock, Essgua- Seeto, Geore, Nuussome, Sauhanoe, Joseph, Scotowe, Battease, Crow, Shilling, Scotta, Nowpour, Nameawah, Quemauto, Snife, Captain, Taudetoso, Sunrise, Sowget, Deshau, Little Lewis, Jacquis, Tonaout, Swaunacou, General, Cossaboll, Bald, Crooked Stick, Wespata, Newasa, Garter, Porcupine, Pocaloche, Woche- que, Sauquaha, Enata, Panther, Colesetos, Joe. Senecas—Civil John, Wild Duck, Tall Man, Molasses, Ash, Nahanexa, Tasauk, Agusquenah, Roughleg, Quequesaw, Playful, Hairlip, Tutinque, Hillnepewayatuska, Tauhunsequa, Nynoah, Suchusque, Leemat- que, Treuse, Sequate, Caumecus, Scouneti, Tocondusque, Con- houdatwaco, Cowista, Nequatren, Cowhousted, Gillwas, Axtaea, Conawwehow, Sutteasee, Kiahoot, Crane, Silver, Bysaw, Cray- fish, Woollyhead, Conundahau, Shacosaw, Coindos, Hutchequa, Nayau, Conodose, Coneseta, Nesluauta, Owl, Couauka, Cocheco, Couewash, Sinnecouacheckowe or Leek. The tract of three miles square for the Delaware Indians, adjoin- 230 PIANIKE SHAWS. ing the tract of twelve miles square upon the Sandusky river, is to be equally divided among the following persons, namely: Cap- tain Pipe, Zeshauau or James Armstrong, Mahautoo or John Armstrong, Sanoudoyeasquaw or Silas Armstrong, Teorow or Black Raccoon, Hawdorouwatistie, or Billy Montour, Buck Wheat, William Dondee, Thomas Lyons, Johnny Cake, Captain Wolf, Isaac Hill, John Hill, Tishatahoones or widow Armstrong, Aye- nucere, Hoomaurou or John Ming, Youdorast. LEWIS CASS, Commissioner DUNCAN McARTHUR, “” PIAN KES H.A.W. S. I concLUDED JANUARY 3, 1818. I Contract entered into under the authority of the United States, between governor Thomas Posey, superintendent of Indian affairs, and Chekommia or Big River, principal chief of the Piankeshaws, This indenture, made this third day of January, 1818, between governor Thomas Posey, superintendent of Indian affairs, on the one part, and Chekommia or Big River, principal chief of the Piankeshaw tribe of Indians, acting as well in his own name, as in the name and behalf of the said Piankeshaw tribe of Indians, on the other part, witnesseth : Whereas, at a treaty held under the authority of the United States, with the chiefs and head men of the said Piankeshaw nation of Indians, at Vincennes, in the Indiana territory, the 27th day of August, 1084, and William Henry Harrison, governor of the Indiana territory, superintendent of Indian affairs, and com: missioner plenipotentiary of the United States, for concluding any treaty or treaties with said tribe, it was agreed by said William Henry Harrison, on the one part, and the chiefs and head men of said tribe, on the other; that the Piankeshaw tribe, for the con- sideration therein mentioned, should cede and relinquish to the United States forever, all that tract of country, which lies between the Wabash and the tract ceded by the Kaskaskia tribe, in the year one thousand eight hundred and three, and south of a line to be drawn from the northwest corner of Vincennes tract, northerly seventy-eight degrees west, until it intersects the boundary line which has heretofore separated the lands of the Piankeshaws from the said tract ceded by the Kaskaskia tribe. And it was also further agreed by the chiefs of the said Pianke- shaw tribe, on the one part, and the said William Henry Harrison, on the other part, that the said tribe should reserve to themselves, the right of locating a tract of two square miles, or twelve hundred and eighty acres: the fee of which is to remain with them forever, PIANIKE SHAW 8. 231 And whereas the said Piankeshaw nation, being reduced in num- ber, and being unable to occupy the land reserved to them, by the treaty concluded between the chiefs of said tribe, and William Henry Harrison as aforesaid: therefore be it known, to all to whom these presents shall come, greeting: That the said Chekommia, commonly called Big River, principal chief and head man of the Piankeshaw tribe of Indians, as well in his own name and behalf of the said Piankeshaw tribe, for the consideration of one thousand dollars received to our full satisfaction, of governor Thomas Posey, superintendent of Indian affairs, and with full power and authority from the President of the United States, to act concerning the within named premises, have relinquished, and do by these pre- sents, cede and relinquish to the United States, all that tract of land two miles square, and containing twelve hundred and eighty acres, being the same tract which was reserved to us by the treaty concluded at Vincennes, as aforesaid, between governor William Henry Harrison, on the one part, and the chiefs and head men of the said Piankeshaw nation, on the other. In testimony whereof, the said Thomas Posey, superintendent of Indian affairs, and Chekommia, principal chief, and repre- senting the said Piankeshaw tribe, have hereunto set their hands and affixed their seals. Done at Vincennes, this third day of January, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and eighteen, and of the independence of the United States the forty-second. Th. Posey, L. S. Chekommia, or Big River, his x mark, L. s. Signed, sealed, and executed, in presence of John Law, Attorney at Law, Joseph Barron, Indºn Interpreter, H. Lasselle, Macatamanguay, or Loon, a Wea Caleb Lownes, chief, his x mark. This may certify, that Chehommia, or Big River, who has signed the above, is principal chief and head man of the Pianke- shaw tribe, and with full power and authority from said tribe, to sign and execute the above contract, on behalf of said tribe. Macatamanguay, or Loon, a Wea chief, his x mark, L. s. Little Eyes, or Washington, a Wea chief, his x mark, L. s. 232 CTREEKS., C REEKS. I concLUDED JANUARY 22, 1818. I A treaty of limits between the United States and the Creek nation of Indians, made and concluded at the Creek Agency, on Flint river, the twenty-second day of January, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and eighteen. James Monroe, President of the United States of America, by David Brydie Mitchell, of the State of Georgia, agent of Indian affairs for the Creek nation, and sole commissioner, specially appointed for that purpose, on the one part, and the undersigned kings, chiefs, head men, and warriors, of the Creek nation, in council assembled, on behalf of the said nation, of the other part, have entered into the following articles and conditions, viz: ART. 1. The said kings, chiefs, head men, and warriors, do hereby agree, in consideration of certain sums of money to be paid to the said Creek nation, by the Government of the United States, as hereinafter stipulated, to cede and forever quit claim, and do, in behalf of their said nation, hereby cede, relinquish, and forever quit claim, unto the United States, all right, title, and interest, which the said nation have, or claim, in or unto, the two following tracts of land, situate, lying, and being, within the following bounds; that is to say: 1st. Beginning at the mouth of Goose creek, on the Alatamahau river, thence, along the line leading to the Mounts, at the head of St. Mary’s river, to the point where it is intersected by the line run by the commissioners of the United States, under the treaty of fort Jackson, thence, along the said last mentioned line, to a point where a line, leaving the same, shall run the nearest and a direct course, by the head of a creek called by the Indians Alcasalekie, to the Ocmulgee river, thence, down the said Ocmulgee river, to its junction with the Oconee, the two rivers there forming the Alatamahau ; thence, down the Alatamahau, to the first mentioned bounds, at the mouth of Goose creek. 2d. Beginning at the high shoals of the Appalachee river, and from thence, along the line designated by the treaty made at the city of Washington, on the four- teenth day of November, one thousand eight hundred and fifteen, to the Uleofouhatchie, it being the first large branch, or fork, of the Ocmulgee, above the Seven Islands; thence up the eastern bank of the Ulcofouhatchie, by the water’s edge, to where the path, leading from the high shoals of the Appalachie to the shallow ford on the Chatahochie, crosses the same; and, from thence, along the said path, to the shallow ford on the Chata- hochie river; thence, up the Chatahochie river, by the water's edge, on the eastern side, to Suwannee old town; thence, by a CREEKS. 233 direct line, to the head of Appalachie; and thence, down the same, to the first mentioned bounds at the high shoals of Appa- lachie. ART. 2. It is hereby stipulated and agreed, on the part of the United States, as a full consideration for the two tracts of land ceded by the Creek nation in the preceding article, that there shall be paid to the Creek nation by the United States, within the present year, the sum of twenty thousand dollars, and ten thousand dollars shall be paid annually for the term of ten succeeding years, without interest; making, in the whole, eleven payments in the course of eleven years, the present year inclusive; and the whole sum to be paid, one hundred and twenty thousand dollars. ART. 3. And it is hereby further agreed, on the part of the United States, that, in lieu of all former stipulations relating to blacksmiths, they will furnish the Creek nation for three years with two blacksmiths and strikers. ART. 4. The President may cause any line to be run which may be necessary to designate the boundary of any part of both, or either, of the tracts of land ceded by this treaty, at such time, and in such manner, as he may deem proper. And this treaty shall be obligatory on the contracting parties as soon as the same shall be ratified by the Government of the United States. Done at the place, and on the day before written. D. B. MITCHELL. Tustunnugee Thlucco, his x mark, Tustunnugee Hopoie, his x mark, William McIntosh, Tuskeenchaw, his x mark, Hopoie Haujo, his x mark, Cotchau Haujo, his x mark, Inthlanis Haujo, his x mark, Cowetau Micco, his x mark, Cusselau Micco, his x mark, Eufaulu Micco, his x mark, Hopoethle Hauja, his x mark, Hopoie Hatkee, his x mark, Yoholo Micco, his x mark, Tustunnugee, his x mark, Fatuske Henehau, his x mark, Yauhau Haujo, his x mark, Tuskeegee Emautla, his x mark, Tustunnugee Hoithleloeo, his x mark, Present : D. Brearly, Col. 7th Inf M. Johnson, Lt. Corps of Art. Wm. S. Mitchell. Ast Agent, Sl. Hawkins, ! Inter- I. A. C. N. - George [G. L.] Lovet, preters. 29* 234 GRAND PAWNEES. GRAND PAWNEES. I concLUDED JUNE 18, 1818. I A treaty of peace and friendship, made and concluded by and between William Clark and Auguste Chouteau, commissioners of the United States of America, on the part and behalf of the said States, of the one part, and the undersigned chiefs and warriors of the Grand Pawnee tribe, on the part and behalf of their said tribe, of the other part. The parties being desirous of establishing peace and friendship between the United States and the said tribe, have agreed to the following articles: ART. 1. Every injury or act of hostility, by one or either of the contracting parties against the other, shall be mutually forgiven and forgot. ART. 2. There shall be perpetual peace and friendship between all the citizens of the United States of America, and all the indi- viduals composing the Grand Pawnee tribe. ART. 3. The undersigned chiefs and warriors, for themselves and their said tribe, do hereby acknowledge themselves to be under the protection of the United States of America, and of no other nation, power, or sovereign, whatsoever. ART. 4. The undersigned chiefs and warriors, for themselves and the tribes they represent, do moreover promise and oblige themselves to deliver up, or cause to be delivered up, to the autho- rity of the United States, (to be punished according to law,) each and every individual of the said tribe, who shall, at any time hereafter, violate the stipulations of the treaty this day concluded between the said tribe and the said United State. In witness whereof, the said William Clark and Auguste Chou- teau, commissioners as aforesaid, and the said chiefs and warriors as aforesaid, have hereunto subscribed their names and affixed their seals, this eighteenth day of June, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and eighteen, and of the independence of the United States the forty-second. Wm. Clark, L. S. Aug. Chouteau, Teratuewit, the Bald Eagle, his x mark, Taheerish, the Soldier, his x mark, Petaperishta, Who wants to go to War, his x mark, Talawehouree, the Follower, his x mark, Tarraricarrawaa, the Grand Chief Big Hair, his x mark, Shinggacahega, his x mark, Aiuwechouoneeweeka, Chief of the Birds, his x mark, Islacapee, his x mark, GRAND PAWNEES. 2 3 5 Settulushaa, the Knife Chief, his x mark, Shakororishshara, Chief of the Sun, his x mark, Tarraecarwaa, the Wild Cat, his x mark, Tarrarevetiishta, the Round Shield, his x mark, Arorishhara, the Warrior, his x mark, Telawaheartcarookot, the Fighter, his x mark, Kagakereeouk, the Crow’s Eye, his x mark, Latatorishhara, the Chief of the Shield, his x mark, Done at St. Louis, in the presence of R. Wash, Secretary to the Com- A. L. Papin, Interpreter, mission, Wm. Grayson, R. Paul, Col. JM. J.M. I. T. Honore, Interpreter, John O'Fallon, R. R. Stephen Julian, U. S. Interp’r, Jno. Rutland, Sub-agent and Josiah Ramsey, Trans, &c. Th. Robedout. PITAVIRATE NOISY PAWNEES. I concLUDED JUNE 19, 1818. I A treaty of peace and friendship made and concluded by and between William Clark and Auguste Chouteau, commissioners of the United States of America, on the part and behalf of the said States, of the one part, and the undersigned, chiefs and warriors of the Pitavirate Noisy Pawnee tribe, on the part and behalf of their said tribe, of the other part. - The parties being desirous of establishing peace and friendship between the United States and the said tribe, have agreed to the following articles: - ART. 1. Every injury or act of hostility by one or either of the contracting parties against the other, shall be mutually forgiven and forgot. ART, 2. There shall be perpetual peace and friendship between all the citizens of the United States of America, and all the indi- viduals composing the said Noisy Pawnee tribe. ART. 3. The undersigned chiefs and warriors, for themselves and their said tribe, do hereby acknowledge themselves to be under the protection of the United States of America, and of no other nation, power, or sovereign, whatsoever. ART. 4. The undersigned chiefs and warriors, for themselves and the tribe they represent, do moreover promise and oblige themselves to deliver up, or cause to be delivered up, to the authority of the United States, (to be punished according to law,) each and every individual of the said tribe, who shall, at any time thereafter, violate the stipulations of the treaty this day concluded between the said Noisy Pawnee tribe and the said States. 236 PAWNEE REPUBLIC S. In witness whereof, the said William Clark and Auguste Chouteau, commissioners as aforesaid, and the chiefs and warriors aforesaid, have hereunto subscribed their names, and affixed their seals, this nineteenth day of June, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and eighteen, and of the independence of the United States the forty-second. Wm. Clark, Aug. Chouteau, Taretuushta, the First in War, his x mark, Charuvaru, the Great Chief, his x mark, Skalavalacharo, the only Grand Chief, his x mark, Panukuhike, the Chief Man, his x mark, Ishtataveeirou, the Discoverer, his x mark, Taarakarukaishta, the Handsome Bird, his x mark, Lecoutswaroushtu, the Buffaloe Doctor, his x mark, Tacacatahekou, the Running Wolf, his x mark, Kewatookoush, the Little Fox, his x mark, Dome at St. Louis, in the presence of R. Wash, Sec. to the Commission, A. L. Papin, Interpreter, Inds., R. Paul, Col. JM. M. C. Interp. I. T. Honore, Ind. Interpreter, R. Graham, I. Agent, Illinois S. Julian, U. S. Ind. Interp’r. Territory, Josiah Ramsey, Jno. O’Fallon, Capt. R. Reg’t. Wm. Grayson, Jno. Ruland, S. Agt, Trans, &c. John Robedout. PAWN E E REPUBLIC S. [concLUDED JUNE 20, 1818. I ºff treaty of peace and friendship, made and concluded by and be- tween William Clark, and Auguste Chouteau, commissioners of the United States of America, on the part and behalf of the said States, of the one part, and the undersigned chiefs and war- riors of the Pawnee Republic, on the part and behalf of their tribe, of the other part. The parties, being desirous of establishing peace and friend- ship between the United States and the said tribe, have agreed to the following articles: - ART. 1. Every injury or act of hostility, by one or either of the contracting parties, against the other, shall be mutually for- given and forgot. ART. 2. There shall be perpetual peace and friendship between all the citizens of the United States of America, and all the indivi- duals composing the said Pawnee tribe. - ART, 3. The undersigned chiefs and warriors, for themselves PAwNEE MARHARs. 237 and their said tribe, do hereby acknowledge themselves to be under the protection of the United States of America, and of no other nation, power, or sovereign, whatsoever. - ART. 4. The undersigned chiefs and warriors, for themselves and the tribe they represent, do moreover promise and oblige them- selves to deliver up, or to cause to be delivered up, to the authority of the United States, (to be punished according to law,) each and every individual of the said tribe who shall, at any time here- after, violate the stipulations of the treaty this day concluded between the said Pawnee Republic and the said States. In witness whereof, the said William Clark, and Auguste Chou- teau, commissioners as aforesaid, and the chiefs and warriors aforesaid, have hereunto subscribed their names and affixed their seals, this twentieth day of June, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and eighteen, and of the independence of the United States the forty-second. William Clark, Aug. Chouteau, Petaheick, the Good Chief, his x mark, Rarnleshare, the Chief Man, his x mark, Shermakitare, the First in the War Party, his x mark, Sheterahiate, the Partisan Discoverer, his x mark, Tearekatacaush, the Brave, his x mark, Pa, or the Elk, his x mark, Tetawiouche, Wearer of Shoes, his x mark, Dome at St. Louis, in the presence of R. Wash, Secretary of the Com- A. L. Papin, Interpreter, mission, J. T. Honore, Id. Interpreter, T. Paul, Col. JM. JM. C. Inter- S. Julian, U. S. Id. Interpreter, preter, Wm. Grayson, R. Graham, I. A. Ill. Ter. Josiah Ramsey, John O'Fallon, Capt. R. Regt. John Robedout. John Ruland, S.Jigt. Trans’r. &c. PAW N E E M A. R. H.A.R.S. [concLUDED JUNE 22, 1818. I A treaty of peace and friendship, made and concluded by and between, William Clark and Auguste Chouteau, commissioners of the United States of America, on the part and behalf of the said States, of the one part, and the undersigned chiefs and war- riors of the Pawnee Marhar tribe, on the part and behalf of their said tribe of the other part. The parties, being desirous of establishing peace and friend- ship between the United States and the said tribe, have agreed to the following articles: 238 PAWNEE MARHARS. ART. 1. Every injury or act of hostility, by one or either of the contracting parties, against the other, shall be mutually forgiven and forgot. ART. 2. There shall be perpetual peace and friendship between all the citizens of the United States of America, and all the indivi- duals composing the said Pawnee tribe. ART. 3 The undersigned chiefs and warriors, for themselves and their said tribe, do hereby acknowledge themselves to be under the protection of the United States of America, and of no other nation, power, or sovereign whatsoever. ART. 4. The undersigned chiefs and warriors, for themselves and the tribe they represnet, do moreover promise and oblige themselves to deliver up, or to cause to be delivered up, to the authority of the United States, (to be punished according to law,) each and every individual of the said tribe, who shall, at any time hereafter, violate the stipulations of the treaty this day concluded between the said Pawnee Marhar tribe and the said States. In witness whereof, the said William Clark, and Auguste Chou- teau, commissioners as aforesaid, and the chiefs and warriors aforesaid, have hereunto subscribed their names and affixed their seals, this twenty-second day of June, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and eighteen, and of the independence of the United States the forty-second. Wm. Clark, Aug. Chouteau, Tarahautacaw, White Bull, his x mark, Tearilari Sacki, Red Hawk, his x mark, Kakaletahaw, the Crow of other Nations, his x mark, Larapa Kouch, the Soldier, his x mark, Tahorou, the Gun Flint, his x mark, Letereeshar, the Knife Chief, his x mark, Tearacheticktickspa, the Peace Maker, his x mark, Teakahore, the Divider of the Party, his x mark, Lahehozrashea, the Presence Striker, his x mark, Tarara, the Scalp Bearer, his x mark, Teripakoo, the First of Soldiers, his x mark, Irarikau, the White Cow, his x mark, L - Dome at St. Louis, in the presence of R. Wash, Secretary to the Com- John Ruland, Sub-Agent, mission, trans’r, &c. R. Graham, I. A. Illinois Ter- A. L. Papin, Interpreter, ritory, J. T. Honore, Indian Interpreter, John O'Fallon, Captain Rifle S. Julian, U. S. Indian Inter. Regiment, Wm. Grayson, R. Paul, Col. M. M. C. Inter- Josiah Ramsey, preter, John Robedout. QUAPAWS. - 239 QUA PA. W. S. I concLUDED AUGUST 24, 1818. I A treaty of friendship, cession, and limits, made and entered into, this twenty-fourth day of August, eighteen hundred and eighteen, by and between William Clark and Auguste Chouteau, commis- sioners on the part and behalf of the United States, of the one part, and the undersigned chiefs and warriors of the Quapaw tribe or nation, on the part and behalf of their said tribe or nation, of the other part. ART. 1. The undersigned chiefs and warriors, for themselves and their said tribe or nation, do hereby acknowledge themselves to be under the protection of the United States, and of no other state, power, or sovereignty, whatsoever. ART. 2. The undersigned chiefs and warriors, for themselves and their said tribe or nation, do hereby, for, and in consideration of the promises and stipulations hereinafter named, cede and re- linquish to the United States, forever, all the lands within the following boundaries, viz.: Beginning at the mouth of Arkansaw river; thence, extending up the Arkansaw, to the Canadian fork, and up the Canadian fork to its source; thence south, to Big Red river, and down the middle of that river, to the Big Raft; thence, a direct line, so as to strike the Mississippi river, thirty leagues in a straight line, below the mouth of Arkansaw ; together with all their claims to land east of the Mississippi, and north of the Ar- kansaw river, included within the colored lines 1, 2, and 3, on the above map, with the exception and reservation following, that is to say: the tract of country bounded as follows: Begining at a point on the Arkansaw river, opposite the present post of Arkansaw, and running thence, a due southwest course, to the Washita river; thence, up that river, to the Saline fork; and up the Saline fork to a point, from whence a due north course would strike the Arkan- saw river at the little Rock; and thence, down the right bank of the Arkansaw, to the place of begining: which said tract of land, last above designated and reserved, shall be surveyed and marked off, at the expense of the United States, as soon as the same can be done with convenience, and shall not be sold or disposed of, by the said Quapawtribe or nation, to any individual whatever, norto any State or nation, without the approbation of the United States first had and obtained. ART. 3. It is agreed, between the United States and the said tribe or nation, that the individuals of the said tribe or nation shall be at liberty to hunt within the territory by them ceded to the Uni- ted States, without hindrance or molestation, so long as they 240 QUAPAWS. demean themselves peaceably, and offer no injury or annoyance to any of the citizens of the United States, and until the said United States may think proper to assign the same, or any portion thereof, as hunting grounds to other friendly Indians. ART. 4. No citizen of the United States, or any other person, shall be permitted to settle on any of the lands hereby allotted to, and reserved for, the said Quapaw tribe or nation, to live and hunt on : yet it is expressly understood and agreed on, by, and between the parties aforesaid, that, at all times, the citizens of the United States shall have the right to travel and pass freely, without toll or exaction, through the Quapaw reservation, by such roads or routes as now are, or hereafter may be, established. ART. 5. In consideration of the cession and stipulations afore- said, the United States do hereby promise and bind themselves to pay and deliver to the said Quapaw tribe or nation, immediately upon the execution of this treaty, goods and merchandise to the value of four thousand dollars, and to deliver, or cause to be de- livered, to them, yearly, and every year, goods and merchandise to the value of one thousand dollars, to be estimated in the city or place, in the United States, where the same are procured or purchased. ART. 6. Lest the friendship which now exists between the United States and the said tribe or nation, should be interrupted by the misconduct of individuals, it is hereby agreed, that for in- juries done by individuals, no private revenge or retaliation shall take place; but instead thereof, complaints shall be made by the party injured, to the other; by the tribe or nation aforesaid, to the governor, Superintendent of Indian Affairs, or some other person authorized and appointed for that purpose; and by the governor, superintendent, or other person authorized, to the chiefs of the said tribe or nation. And it shall be the duty of the said tribe or nation, upon complaint being made, as aforesaid, to deliver up the person or persons, against whom the complaint is made, to the end that he or they may be punished, agreeably to the laws of the State or territory where the offence may have been committed; and, in like manner, if any robbery, violence, or murder, shall be committed on any Indian or Indians, belonging to the said tribe or nation, the person or persons so offending shall be tried, and, if found guilty, punished in like manner as if the injury had been done to a white man. And it is further agreed, that the chiefs of the said tribe or nation shall, to the utmost of their power, exert themselves to recover horses, or other property, which may be stolen from any citizen or citizens of the United States, by any individual or individuals of the said tribe or nation; and the pro- perty so recovered, shall be forthwith delivered to the governor, superintendent, or other person authorized to receive the same, that it may be restored to the proper owner. And in cases where the exertions of the chiefs shall be ineffectual in recovering the QUAPAWS. 241 property stolen, as aforesaid, if sufficient proof can be obtained that such property was actually stolen by an Indian or Indians, belonging to the said tribe or nation, a sum, equal to the value of the property which has been stolen, may be deducted, by the United States, from the annuity of said tribe or nation. And the United States hereby guarantee to the individuals of the said tribe or nation, a full indemnification for any horse or horses, or other property, which may be taken from them by any of their citizens: Provided, the property so stolen cannot be recovered, and that sufficient proof is produced that it was actually stolen by a citizen or citizens of the United States. ART. 7. This treaty shall take effect, and be obligatory on the contracting parties, as soon as the same shall have been ratified by the President of the United States, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate. William Clarke, Aug. Chouteau, Krakaton, or the Dry Man, his x mark, Hradapaa, or the Eagle’s Bill, his x mark, Mahraka, or Buck Wheat, his x mark, Honkadagni, his x mark, Wagonkedatton, his x mark, Hradaskamonmini, or the Pipe Bird, his x mark, Patongdi, or the Approaching Summer, his x mark, Tehonka, or the Tame Buffaloe, his x mark, Hamonmini, or the Night Walker, his x mark, Washingteteton, or Mocking Bird’s Bill, his x mark, Hontikani, his x mark, Tataonsa, or the Whistling Wind, his x mark, S. Mozatete, his x mark, S. Dome at St. Louis in the presence of R. Wash, Secretary to the com- Joseph Bonne, Interpreter, mission, Julius Pescay, R. Paul, Col. M. JM. C. I. Stephen Julian, U. S. Indian Jn. Ruland, Sub. Agent, &c. Interpreter, R. Graham, Indian Agent, James Loper, M. Lewis Clark, William P. Clark. J.T. Honore, Indian Interpreter, 30 242 WYANDOTS, SENECAS, ETC. WY AND OTS, S E N E CAS, ETC. I concLUDED SEPTEMBER 17, 1818. I Articles of a treaty made and concluded, at St. JMary’s in the State of Ohio, between Lewis Cass and Duncan McArthur, commis- sioners of the United States, with full power and authority to hold conferences, and conclude and sign a treaty or treaties, with all or any of the tribes or nations of Indians within the boundu- ries of the State of Ohio, of and concerning all matters interesting to the United States and the said nations of Indians, and the sº- chems, chiefs and warriors, of the Wyandot, Seneca, Shawanee, and Ottawa tribes of Indians; being supplementary to the treaty made and concluded with the said tribes, and the Delaware, Pat- tawatima, and Chippewa tribes of Indians, at the foot of the Rapids of the Miami of lake Erie, on the twenty-ninth day of September, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and seventeem. ART. 1. It is agreed, between the United States and the parties hereunto, that the several tracts of land, described in the treaty to which this is supplementary, and agreed thereby to be granted by the United States to the chiefs of the respective tribes named therein, for the use of the individuals of the said tribes, and also the tract described in the twentieth article of the said treaty, shall not be thus granted, but shall be excepted from the cession made by the said tribes to the United States, reserved for the use of the said Indians, and held by them in the same manner as Indian reservations have been heretofore held. But [it] is further agreed, that the tracts thus reserved shall be reserved for the use of the Indians named in the schedule to the said treaty, and held by them and their heirs forever, unless ceded to the United States, ART. 2. It is also agreed that there shall be reserved for the use of the Wyandots, in addition to the reservations before made, fifty- five thousand six hundred and eighty acres of land, to be laid of in two tracts, the first to adjoin the south line of the section of six hundred and forty acres of land heretofore reserved for the Wyandot chief, the Cherokee Boy, and to extend south to the north line of the reserve of twelve miles square, at Upper Sandusky, and the other to join the east line of the reserve of twelve miles square, at Upper Sandusky, and to extend east for quantity. There shall also be reserved, for the use of the Wyandots resi- ding at Solomon’s town, and on Blanchard’s fork, in addition to the reservation before made, sixteen thousand acres of land, to be laid off in a square form, on the head of Blanchard’s fork, the centre of which shall be at the Big Spring, on the trace leading from Upper Sandusky to fort Findlay; and one hundred and sixty acres of land, for the use of the Wyandots, on the west side of wyANDoTs, SENECAs, ETC. 243 the Sandusky river, adjoining the said river, and the lower line of two sections of land, agreed, by the treaty to which this is supple- mentary, to be granted to Elizabeth Whitaker. There shall also be reserved, for the use of the Shawanees, in addition to the reservations before made, twelve thousand eight hundred acres of land, to be laid off adjoining the east line of their reserve of ten miles square, at Wapaghkonetta; and for the use of the Shawanees and Senecas, eight thousand nine hundred and sixty acres of land, to be laid off adjoining the west line of the reserve of forty-eight square miles at Lewistown. And the last reserve hereby made, and the former reserve at the same place, shall be equally divided by an east and west line, to be drawn through the same. And the north half of the said tract shall be reserved for the use of the Senecas who reside there, and the south half for the use of the Shawanees who reside there. There shall also be reserved for the use of the Senecas, in addi- tion to the reservations before made, ten thousand acres of land, to belaid off on the east side of the Sandusky river, adjoining the south line of their reservation of thirty thousand acres of land, which begins on the Sandusky river, at the lower corner of Wil- liam Spicer's section, and excluding therefrom the said William Spicer's section. ART. 3. It is hereby agreed that the tracts of land, which, by the eighth article of the treaty to which this is supplementary, are to be granted by the United States to the persons therein men- tioned, shall never be conveyed, by them or their heirs, without the permission of the President of the United States. ART. 4. The United States agree to pay to the Wyandots an additional annuity of five hundred dollars, forever; to the Shawa- nees, and to the Senecas of Lewistown, an additional annuity of one thousand dollars, forever; and to the Senecas an additional annuity of five hundred dollars, forever; and to the Ottawas an additional annuity of one thousand five hundred dollars, forever. And these annuities shall be paid at the places, and in the manner, prescribed by the treaty to which this is supplementary. ART. 5. This treaty shall take effect, and be obligatory on the contracting parties, as soon as the same shall be ratified by the President of the United States, by and with the advice and con- sent of the Senate thereof. In testimony whereof, the said Lewis Cass and Duncan McAr- thur, commissioners as aforesaid, and the sachems, chiefs, and warriors, of the Wyandot, Seneca, Shawanee, and Ottawa tribes of Indians, have hereunto set their hands, at St. Mary’s, in the state of Ohio, this seventeenth day of September, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and eighteen. Lewis Cass, Duncan McArthur 244 WYANDOTS, SENECAS, ETC. OTTAWAS, Keueaghbon, or Bald Eagle, his x mark, Peshekata, or Marked Legs, his x mark, Shwanabe, or Muskrat, his x mark, Toutogana, or The Dog, his x mark, Tushquagon, or McCarty, his x mark, Mushkema, his x mark, sHAwan EEs, Cuttewekasa, or Black Hoof, his x mark, Shemenetu, or Big Snake, his x mark, Biaseka, or Wolf, his x mark, Pomthe, or Walker, his x mark, Chacalawa, or Long Tail, his x mark, Pemthata, or Perry, his x mark, Red Man, or Capt. Reed, his x mark, Chiakeska, or Captain Tom, his x mark, Tecuntequa, or Elkin the Water, his x mark, Quitawepa, or Colonel Lewis, his x mark, Captain Pipe, his x mark, James Armstrong, his x mark, OTTOWAS, Metesheneiwa, or Bear's Man, his x mark, Oquenoxe, his x mark, Peneshaw, or Eagle, his x mark, wyANDoTs. Douquad, or Half King, his x mark, Rontondu, or War Pole, his x mark, Tuayaurontoyou, or Between the Logs, his x mark, Dauatout, or John Hicks his x mark, Horonu, or Cherokee Boy, his x mark, Teoudetosso, or George Punch, his x mark, Hawdoro, or Matthews, his x mark, Skoutous, his x mark, Quouqua, his x mark, SENECAS, Methomea, or Civil John, his x mark, Shekoghkell, or Big Turtle, his x mark, Waghkonoxie, or White Bone, his x mark, Tochequia, or Yellow Bone, his x mark, Captain Togone, his x mark, Cunneshohant, or Harris, his x mark, Tousonecta, or his Blanket Down, his x mark, Wiping Stick, his x mark. In presence of Wm. Turner, Secretary, Alexander Wolcott, jr., Indian John Johnston, Indian Agent, Agent, Detroit, B. F. Stickney, Indian Agent, John Conner, B. Parke, District Judge of In- J. T. Chunn, Major of 3d In- diana, fantry, Jonathan Jennings, Governor of R. A. Forsyth, jr. Sec. Indian Indiana, Dept. WYAN DOTS. 245 Wm. P. Rathbone, Army Con- G. M. Grosvenor, Captain 8th tractor, Infantry. Sworn Interpreters. Henry I. Hunt, A. Shane, John Kenzer, Sub Agent, John B. Walker, F. Duchouquet, L. Jouett, Indian W. Knaggs, Agent. WY AND OT S. I concLUDED SEPTEMBER 20, 1818. I ſlrticles of a treaty made and concluded, at St. JMary’s, in the State of Ohio, between Lewis Cass, commissioner of the United States, thereto specially authorized by the President of the United States, and the chiefs and warriors of the Wyandot tribe of Indians. ART. 1. The Wyandot tribe of Indians hereby cede to the United States all the right reserved to them in two tracts of land, in the territory of Michigan, one including the village called Brownstown, and the other the village called Maguagua, formerly in the possession of the Wyandot tribe of Indians, containing in the whole not more than five thousand acres of land; which two tracts of land were reserved for the use of the said Wyandot tribe of Indians, and their descendants, for the term of fifty years, agreeably to the provisions of the act of Congress, passed Feb- ruary 28, 1809, and entitled, “An act for the relief of certain Alabama and Wyandot Indians.” ART. 2. In consideration of the preceding cession, the United States will reserve, for the use of the said Wyandot Indians, sections numbered twenty-three, twenty-four, twenty-five, twenty- six; thirty-four, thirty-five, thirty-six, twenty-seven, and that part of section numbered twenty-two, which contains eight acres, and lies on the south side of the river Huron, being in the fourth township, south of the base line, and in the ninth range east of the first meridian, in the territory of Michigan, and containing four thousand nine hundred and ninety-six acres; and the said tract of land shall be reserved for the use of the said Wyandot Indians, and their descendants, and be secured to them in the same manner, and on the same terms and conditions, as is pro- vided in relation to the Alabama Indians, by the first section of the beforementioned act of Congress, except that the said Wyan- dot Indians, and their descendants, shall hold the said land so long as they or their descendants shall occupy the same. 246 PEORIAS, KASKASKIAS, ETC. In testimony whereof, the said Lewis Cass, commissioner as aforesaid, and the chiefs and warriors of the said Wyandot tribe of Indians, have hereunto set their hands, at St. Mary's, in the State of Ohio, this twentieth day of September, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and eighteen. Lewis Cass, - Ronesass, or Honas, his x mark, Haunsiaugh, or Boyer, his x mark, Ronaess, or Racer, his x mark, Ronioness, or Joseph, his x mark, Scoutash, his x mark, Dunquod, or Half King, his x mark, Aronne, or Cherokee Boy, his x mark. Taruntne, or Between the Logs, his x mark. In presence of R. A. Forsyth, jun. Secretary W. W. Walker, Interpreter. to the Commission, John Conner, John Johnston, Indian Agent, Wm. Turner. B. F. Stickney, S. I. A. - PEO RIAS, KASKA SKIAS, ETC. I concLUDED SEPTEMBER. 25, 1818. I ºff treaty made and concluded by and between JWinian Edwards and Auguste Chouteau, commissioners on the part and behalf of the United States of America, of the one part, and the undersigned, principal º and warriors of the Peoria, Kaskaskia, Mitchi- gamia, Cahokia, and Tamarois, tribes of the Illinois nation of Indians, on the part and behalf of the said tribes, ºf the other part. Whereas, by the treaty made at Vincennes, on the thirteenth day of August, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and three, between the United States, of the one part, and the head chiefs and warriors of the tribe of Indians commonly called the Kaskaskia tribe, but which was composed of, and rightfully represented, the Kaskaskia, Mitchigamia, Cahokia and Tamarois, tribes of the Illinois nation of Indians, of the other part, a certain tract of land was ceded to the United States, which was supposed to include all the land claimed by those respective tribes, but which did not include, and was not intended to include, the land which was rightfully claimed by the Peoria Indians, a tribe of the Illinois nation, who then did, and still do, live separate and apart from the tribes abovementioned, and who are not represented in the treaty referred to above, nor ever received any part of the consideration PEORIAS, KASKASKIAS, ETC. 247 given for the cession of land therein mentioned: And whereas the said tribe of Peoria are now also disposed to cede all their land to the United States, and, for the purpose of avoiding any dispute with regard to the boundary of their claim, are willing to unite with the Kaskaskia, Mitchigamia, Cahokia and Tamarois, tribes, in confirming the cession of land to the United States, which was made by the treaty above referred to, and in extending the cession so as to include all the land claimed by those tribes, and them- selves, respectively. ART. 1. For which purpose the undersigned, head chiefs and warriors of the Peoria, Kaskaskia, Mitchigamia, Cahokia, and Tamarois, tribes of the Illinois nation of Indians, for the considera- tions hereinafter mentioned, do hereby relinquish, cede, and confirm to the United States, all the land included within the following boundaries, viz.: Beginning at the confluence of the Ohio and Mississippi rivers; thence up the Ohio, to the mouth of Saline creek, about twelve miles below the mouth of the Wabash; thence along the dividing ridge between the waters of said creek and the Wabash, to the general dividing ridge between the waters which fall into the Wabash and those which fall into the Kaskaskia river; thence along the said ridge until it reaches the waters which fall into the Illinois river; thence a direct line to the confluence of the Kankakee and Maple rivers; thence down the Illinois river, to its confluence with the Mississippi, and down the latter to the beginning. - ART. 2. It is mutually agreed, by the parties hereto, that all the stipulations contained in the treaty, above referred to, shall continue binding and obligatory on both parties. ART. 3. The United States will take the Peoria tribe, as well as the other tribes herein abovementioned, under their immediate care and patronage, and will afford them a protection as effectual, against any other Indian tribes, and against all other persons what- ever, as is enjoyed by the citizens of the United States. And the said Peoria tribe do hereby engage to refrain from making war, or giving any insult or offence, to any other Indian tribe, or to any foreign nation, without first having obtained the approbation and consent of the United States. - ART. 4. In addition to two thousand dollars worth of merchan- dise, this day paid to the abovementioned tribes of Indians, the receipt whereof is hereby acknowledged, the United States promise to pay to the said Peoria tribe, for the term of twelve years, an annuity of three hundred dollars, in money, merchandise, or do- mestic animals, at the option of the said tribe; to be delivered at the village of St. Genevieve, in the territory of Missouri. ART. 5. The United States agree to cede to the said Peoria tribe, six hundred and forty acres of land, including their village on Blackwater river, in the territory of Missouri; provided that the said tract is not included within a private claim; but should that 248 PEORIAS, KASKASKIAS, ETC. be the case, then some other tract of equal quantity and value shall be designated for said tribe, at such place as the President of the United States may direct. And the said Peoria tribe hereby agree to accept the same, together with the presents now given them, and the annuity hereby promised them, as a full equivalent for all and every tract of land to which they have any pretence of right or title. In testimony whereof, the commissioners aforesaid, and the undersigned chiefs and warriors as aforesaid, have hereunto subscribed their names and affixed their seals. Done at Edwardsville, in the State of Illinois, this twenty-fifth day of September, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and eighteen, and of the independence of the United States the forty-third. Ninian Edwards, Aug. Chouteau, PEORIAS: Waw Peeshawkawnan, Shield, his x mark, Wassawoosangaw, Shine, his x mark, Naynaw witwaw, Sentinel, his x mark, Wissineeaw, the Eater, his x mark, Rawmissawnoa, or Wind, his x mark, Mawressaw, or Knife, his x mark, Koongeepawtaw, his x mark, Batticy, or Baptist, his x mark, Keemawraneaw, or Seal, his x mark, Wecomawkawnaw, his x mark, Keeshammy, or Cut off a Piece, his x mark, S - KAskAsKIAs, Louis Jefferson Decouagne, his x mark, Wawpamah whawaw, or White Wolf, his x mark, L. S. Awrawmapingeaw, or Whale, his x mark, L. S. Keemawassaw, or Little Chief, his x mark, L. S. MITCHIGAMIAs, Wackshinggaw, or Crooked Moon, his x mark, L. S. Keetawkeemawwaw, or Andrew, his x mark, Manggonssaw, his x mark, CAHO.KIAS, Mooyavkacke, or Mercier, his x mark, Pemmeekawwattaw, or Henry, his x mark, Papenegeesaw.waw, his x mark, Shopinnaw, or Pint, his x mark, Maysheeweerattaw, or Big Horn, his x mark, L. S. TAMAROIS, Mahkattamawweeyaw, Black Wolf, his x - mark, L. S. Queckkawpeetaw, or Round Seat, his x mark, L. S. GREAT AND LITTLE O SAGES. 249 In presence of Pascal Cerre, Secretary to the N. Bucknett, Commissioners, Jacob Prickett, Abraham Prickett, John Wilson, B. Stephenson, William P. McKee, John McKee, James Watts, Joseph Conway, John Howard, Josias Randle, Richard Brevoofield, Ebenezer Baldwin, Robert Bogue, Reuben H. Walworth, James Mason, William Swettaud, John Shinn, jun. John Kain, John H. Randle, R. Pulliam, Edmund Randle. John Gaither, GREAT AND LITTLE O S A G E S. I concLUDED SEPTEMBER 25, 1818, 1 ºff treaty made and concluded by and between William Clark, governor of the Missouri Territory, superintendent of Indian affairs, and commissioner in behalf of the United States, of the one part; and a full and complete deputation of considerate men, chiefs, and warriors, of all the several bands of the Great and Little Osage nation, assembled in behalf of their said nation, of the other part, have agreed to the following articles: ART. 1. Whereas, the Osage nations have been embarrassed by the frequent demands for property taken from the citizens of the United States, by war parties, and other thoughtless men of their several bands, (both before and since their war with the Cherokees,) and as the exertions of their chiefs have been ineffectual in recover- ing and delivering such property, conformably with the condition of the ninth article of a treaty entered into with the United States, at fort Clark, the tenth of November, one thousand eight hundred and eight; and as the deductions from their annuities, in con- formity to the said article, would deprive them of any for several years, and being destitute of funds to do that justice to the citizens of the United States which is calculated to promote a friendly intercourse, they have agreed, and do hereby agree, to cede to the United States, and forever quit claim to the tract of country included within the following bounds, to wit: Beginning at the Arkansaw river, at where the present Osage boundary line strikes the river at Frog Bayou; then up the Arkansaw and Verdigris, to the falls of Verdigris river; thence eastwardly to the said Osage boundary line, at a point twenty leagues north from the Arkansaw river; and with that line to the place of beginning. ART. 2. The United States, on their part, and in consideration of the above cession, agree, in addition to the amount which the 30* - - 250 GREAT AND LITTLE O SAGES. Osage do now receive in money and goods, to pay their own citizens the full value of such property as they can legally prove to have been stolen or destroyed by the said Osage, since the year one thousand eight hundred and fourteen; provided the same does not exceed the sum of four thousand dollars. ART. 3. The articles now stipulated will be considered as permanent additions to the treaties now in force between the con- tracting parties, as soon as they shall have been ratified by the President of the United States of America, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate of the United States. In witness whereof, the said William Clark, commissioner as aforesaid, and the considerate men and chiefs aforesaid, have hereunto subscribed their names, and affixed their seals, at St. Louis, this twenty-fifth day of September, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and eighteen, and of the independence of the United States the forty-third. William Clark, Canlenonpe, his x mark, Voibatice, his x mark, Thebonache, his x mark, Chonqueauga, his x mark, Woipoqua, his x mark, Mannansoudhe, his x mark, Nequivoire, his x mark, Nantagregre, his x mark, Manshepogram, his x mark, Pachique, his x mark, Tacindhe, his x mark, Voiletonchinga, his x mark, Voisabevoiguanddague, his x mark, Nanchache, his x mark, Thequalanan, his x mark, Theoucoudhe, his x mark, Nihecounache, his x mark, Voidenoche, his x mark, Conchestuvoilla, his x mark, Naquidatonga, his x mark, Voitanigau, his x mark, Huquevoire, his x mark, Hurathi, his x mark, Houneagon, or the Gentleman, his x mark, Hoquithevoico, his x mark, Voiscaudhe, his x mark, Thedocavoichipiche, his x mark, Voithewoihe, his x mark, Mitaniga, his x mark, Thecanique, his x mark, Voibisonthe, his x mark, S. - S - WEAS. 251 Nicananthevoire, his x mark, Honhonquecon, his x mark, Tanhemonny, his x mark, Sandhecaan, his x mark, Paheksaw, or the White Hairs, his x mark, Kohesegre, or the Great Tract, his x mark, Nichenmanee, or the Walking Rain, his x mark, Tadhesajaudesor, or the Wind, his x mark, Nihuedheque, or Sans Oreillez, his x mark, Caniquechaga, or the Little Chief, his x mark, Grimachie, or the Sudden Appearance, his x mark, Voinasache, or the Raised Scalp, his x mark, Dogachiga, his x mark, Tahechiga, his x mark, Signed, sealed, and delivered, in the presence of Pierre Chouteau, Paul Loise, Interpreter Osage, Pierre Menard, Ind. Agent, J. T. Honore, Indian Interpt’r. John Ruland, Sub-agent, Meriwether Lewis Clark. P. L. Chouteau, Interpreter, W .E. A. S. I concLUDED october 2, 1818. I ſlrticles of a treaty made and concluded, at St. JMary’s, between the United States of America, by their commissioners, Jonathan Jennings, Lewis Cass, and Benjamin Parke, and the Wea tribe Indians. ART. 1. The said Wea tribe of Indians agree to cede to the United States all the lands claimed and owned by the said tribe, within the limits of the States of Indiana, Ohio, and Illinois. ART. 2. The said Wea tribe of Indians reserve to themselves the following described tract of land, viz.: Beginning at the mouth of Racoon creek; thence, by the present boundary line, seven miles; thence, northeasterly, seven miles, to a point seven miles from the Wabash river; thence to the Wabash river, by a line parallel to the present boundary line aforesaid; and thence, by the Wabash river, to the place of beginning: to be holden by the said tribe as Indian reservations are usually held. ART. 3. The United States agree to grant to Christmas Dageny and Mary Shields, formerly Mary Dageny, children of Mechin- quamesha, sister of Jacco, a chief of the said tribe, and their heirs, one section of land each; but the land hereby granted shall not be conveyed or transferred to any person or persons, by the grantees aforesaid, or their heirs, or either of them, but with the consent of the President of the United States. 252 WEAS. ART. 4. The said Wea tribe of Indians accede to, and sanc- tion, the cession of land made by the Kickapoo tribe of Indians, in the second article of a treaty concluded between the United States and the said Kickapoo tribe, on the ninth day of December, one thousand eight hundred and nine. ART. 5. In consideration of the cession made in the foregoing articles of this treaty, the United States agree to pay to the said Wea tribe of Indians, one thousand eight hundred and fifty dollars annually, in addition to the sum of one thousand one hundred and fifty dollars, (the amount of their former annuity,) making a sum total of three thousand dollars; to be paid in silver, by the United States, annually, to the said tribe, on the reservation described by the second article of this treaty. In testimony whereof, the said Jonathan Jennings, Lewis Cass, and Benjamin Parke, commissioners as aforesaid, and the sachems, chiefs, and warriors, of the Wea tribe of Indians, have hereunto set their hands, at St. Mary’s, in the State of Ohio, this second day of October, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and eighteen. Jonathan Jennings, Lewis Cass, B. Parke, Jacco, his x mark, Shamana, his x mark, Shequiah, or Little Eyes, his x mark, Quema, or Young Man, his x mark, Pequiah, his x mark, Shingonsa, or Mink, his x mark, Shepaqua, or Leaves, his x mark. KICKApoo Metagekoka, or Big Tree, his x mark, CHIEFs. Wako or Fox, his x mark. In presence of John Dill, Secretary to the Com- Joseph Barron, Interpreter, missioners, John T. Chunn, Major 3d In- William Turner, Secretary, fantry, John Johnson, Indian Agent, J. Hackley, Capt. 3d Infantry, William Prince, Indian Agent, Benedict Th. Flaget, Bishop of B. F. Stickney, S. I. ºff. Bardstown. John Conner, PATTAWATIMAS. 253 PATT AWA TIMIA S. [concLUDED octop ER 2, 1818. I ſlrticles of a treaty made and concluded at St. JMary’s, in the State of Ohio, between Jonathan Jennings, Lewis Cass, and Benjamin Parke, commissioners of the United States, and the Pattawa- tima nation of Indians. ART. 1. The Pattawatima nation of Indians cede to the United States all the country comprehended within the following limits: Beginning at the mouth of the Tippecanoe river, and running up the same to a point twenty-five miles in a direct line from the Wabash river; thence, on a line as nearly parallel to the general course of the Wabash river, as practicable, to a point on the Vermilion river, twenty-five miles from the Wabash river; thence down the Vermilion river to its mouth; and thence, up the Wabash river, to the place of beginning. The Pattawatimas also cede to the United States all their claim to the country south of the Wabash T1Wer. ART, 2. The United States agree to purchase any just claim which the Kickapoos may have to any part of the country hereby ceded below Pine creek. ART, 3. The United States agree to pay to the Pattawatimas a perpetual annuity of two thousand five hundred dollars in silver; one half of which shall be paid at Detroit, and the other half at Chicago; and all annuities which, by any former treaty, the United States have engaged to pay to the Pattawatimas, shall be hereafter paid in silver. ART. 4. The United States agree to grant to the persons named in the annexed schedule, and their heirs, the quantity of land therein stipulated to be granted; but the land so granted shall never be conveyed by either of the said persons, or their heirs, unless by the consent of the President of the United States. In testimony whereof, the said Jonathan Jennings, Lewis Cass, and Benjamin Parke, commissioners as aforesaid, and the sachems, chiefs, and warriors, of the Pattawatima tribe of Indians, have hereunto set their hands, at St. Mary’s, in the State of Ohio, this second day of October, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and eighteen, and of the independence of the United States the forty-third. Jonathan Jennings, Meetenwa, his x mark, Lewis Cass, Scomack, his x mark, B. Parke, Chewago, his x mark, Tuthinepee, his x mark, Jowish, his x mark, Cheebaas, his x mark, Checalk, his x mark, Metamice, his x mark, Eshcam, his x mark, Winemakoos, his x mark, Pesotem, his x mark, 254 PATTAWATIM.A.S. Mescotnome, his x mark, Onoxas, his x mark, Wabmeshema, his x mark, Petcheco, his x mark, Shawano, his x mark, Shepage, his x mark, Chacapma, his x mark, Sheackackabe, his x mark, Menomene, his x mark, Peaneesh, his x mark, Wogaw, his x mark, Macota, his x mark, Metea, his x mark, Mona, or Moran, his x mark, Metchepagiss, his x mark, Mocksa, his x mark, Nautchegno, his x mark, Nanouseka, his x mark, Osheochebe, his x mark, Wistea, his x mark, Keesis, his x mark, Mowa, or Black Wolf, his x Conge, his x mark, mark. In presence of James Dill, Secretary to the R. A. Forsyth, Secretary of In- Commissioners, dian Affairs, William Turner, Secretary, Isaac Burnett, Jno. Johnson, Indian Agent, Benedict Th. Flaget, Bishop of B. F. Stickney, S. I. A. Bardstown, William Prince, Indian Agent, G. Godfroy, Indian Agent, John Conner, John T. Chunn, JMajor 3d Inf William Conner, Interpreter, P. Hackley, Capt. 3d Infantry, - - Schedule referred to in the foregoing Treaty. There shall be granted to James Burnett, Isaac Burnett, Jacob Burnett, and Abraham Burnett, two sections of land each; and to Rebecca Burnett and Isaac Burnett, one section of land each; which said James, John, Isaac, Jacob, Abraham, Rebecca, and Nancy, are children of Cakimi, a Pattawatima woman, sister of Topinibe, principal chief of the nation; and six of the sections herein granted, shall be located from the mouth of the Tippecanoe river, down the Wabash river, and the other six [five] sections shall be located at the mouth of Flint river. There shall be granted to Perig, a Pattawatima, chief, one section of land on the Flint river, where he now lives. There shall also be granted to Mary Chatalie, daughter of Neebosh, a Pattawatima chief, one section of land, to be located below the mouth of Pine river. JONATHAN JENNINGS, LEWIS CASS, B. PARKE. DELAWARES. 255 DE LAWARE S. I concLUDED october 3, 1818. I Articles of a treaty made and concluded at St. Mary’s, in the State of Ohio, between Jonathan Jennings, Lewis Cass, and Benjamin Parke, commissioners of the United States and the Delaware nation of Indians. ART. 1. The Delaware nation of Indians cede to the United States all their claim to land in the State of Indiana. ART. 2. In consideration of the aforesaid cession, the United States agree to provide for the Delawares a country to reside in, upon the west side of the Mississippi, and to guarantee to them the peaceable possession of the same. ART. 3. The United States also agree to pay the Delawares the full value of their improvements in the country hereby ceded: which valuation shall be made by persons to be appointed for that purpose by the President of the United States; and to furnish the Delawares with one hundred and twenty horses, not to exceed in value forty dollars each, and a sufficient number of perogues, to aid in transporting them to the west side of the Mississippi; and a quantity of provisions, proportioned to their numbers, and the extent of their journey. ART, 4. The Delawares shall be allowed the use and occupa- tion of their improvements, for the term of three years from the date of this treaty, if they so long require it. ART. 5. The United States agree to pay the Delawares a perpetual annuity of four thousand dollars; which, together with all annuities which the United States, by any former treaty, engaged to pay to them, shall be paid in silver, at any place to which the Delawares may remove. ART. 6. The United States agree to provide and support a blacksmith for the Delawares, after their removal to the west side of the Mississippi. - ART. 7. One-half section of land shall be granted to each of the following persons, namely: Isaac Wobby, Samuel Cassman, Elizabeth Petchaka, and Jacob Dick; and one quarter of a sec- tion of land shall be granted to each of the following persons, namely, Solomon Tindell, and Benoni Tindell; all of whom are Delawares; which tracts of land shall be located, after the country is surveyed, at the first creek above the old fort on White river, and running up the river; and shall be held by the persons herein named, respectively, and their heirs; but shall never be conveyed or transferred without the approbation of the President of the United States. 256 DELAWARES- ART. 8. A sum not exceeding thirteen thousand three hundred and twelve dollars and twenty-five cents, shall be paid by the United States, to satisfy certain claims against the Delaware nation; and shall be expended by the Indian agent at Piqua and fort Wayne, agreeably to a schedule this day examined and approved by the commissioners of the United States. ART. 9. This treaty, after the same shall be ratified by the President and Senate of the United States, shall be binding on the contracting parties. In testimony whereof, the said Jonathan Jennings, Lewis Cass, and Benjamin Parke, commissioners as aforesaid, and the chiefs and warriors of the Delaware nation of Indians, have hereunto set their hands, at St. Mary’s, in the State of Ohio, this third day of October, in the year of our Lord one thou- sand eight hundred and eighteen. Jonathan Jennings, Lew. Cass, B. Parke, Kithteeleland, or Anderson, his x mark, Lapahnihe, or Big Bear, his x mark, James Nanticoke, his x mark, Apacahund, or White Eyes, his x mark, Captain Killbuck, his x mark, The Beaver, his x mark, Netahopuna, his x mark, Captain Tunis, his x mark, Captain Ketchum, his x mark, The Cat, his x mark Ben Beaver, his x mark, The War Mallet, his x mark, Captain Caghkoo, his x mark, The Buck, his x mark, Petchenanalas, his x mark, John Quake, his x mark, Quenaghtoothmait, his x mark, Little Jack, his x mark. In the presence of James Dill, Secretary to the John T. Chunn, JMajor 3d U. Commissioners, S. Infantry, William Turner, Secretary, J. Hackley, Capt. 3d Infantry, Jno. Johnston, Indian Agent, William Oliver, B. F. Stickney, S. I. A. Hillary Brunot, Lieut. 3d Infan- John Conner, - try, William Conner, Interpreter, David Oliver, John Kinzie, Sub-Agent, R. A. Forsyth, Jr. Secretary In- G. Godfroy, Sub-Agent, dian Department. MIAMIS. - 257 MII AMIS, I concLUDED october 6, isis. l ºffrticles of a treaty made and concluded at St. Mary’s, in the State of Ohio, between Jonathan Jennings, Lewis Cass, and Benjamin Parke, commissioners of the United States, and the JMiami nation of Indians. ART. 1. The Miami nation of Indians cede to the United States the following tract of country: Beginning at the Wabash river, where the present Indian boundary line crosses the same, near the mouth of Racoon creek; thence, up the Wabash river, to the reserve at its head, near fort Wayne; thence, to the reserve at fort Wayne; thence, with the lines thereof, to the St. Mary’s river; thence, up the St. Mary’s river, to the reservation at the portage; thence, with the line of the cession made by the Wyandot nation of Indians to the United States, at the foot of the rapids of the Miami of lake Erie, on the 29th day of September, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and seventeen, to the reser- vation at Loramie's store; thence, with the present Indian boun- dary line, to fort Recovery; and, with the said line, following the courses thereof, to the place of beginning. ART. 2. From the cession aforesaid the following reservations, for the use of the Miami nation of Indians, shall be made : one reservation, extending along the Wabash river, from the mouth of Salamanie river to the mouth of Eel river, and from those points, running due south, a distance equal to a direct line from the mouth of Salamanie river to the mouth of Eel river. One other reserva- tion, of two miles square, on the river Salamanie, at the mouth of Atchepongqwawe creek. One other reservation, of six miles square, on the Wabash river, below the forks thereof. One other reservation, of ten miles square, opposite the mouth of the river A Bouette. One other reservation, of ten miles square, at the village on Sugar Tree creek. One other reservation, of two miles square, at the mouth of a creek, called Flat Rock, where the road to White river crosses the same. ART. 3. The United States agree to grant, by patent, in fee simple, to Jean Bapt. Richardville, principal chief of the Miami nation of Indians, the following tracts of land: Three sections of land, beginning about twenty-five rods below his house, on the river St. Mary’s, near fort Wayne; thence, at right angles with the course of the river, one mile; and from this line, and the said river, up the stream thereof, for quantity. Two sections, upon the east side of the St. Mary’s river, near fort Wayne, running east one mile with the line of the military reservation; thence, from that line, and from the river, for quantity. Two sections, on the Twenty-seven mile creek, where the road from St. Mary’s 31 258 MIAMIS. to fort Wayne crosses it, being one section on each side of said creek. Two sections on the left bank of the Wabash, commenc- ing at the forks and running down the river. The United States also agree to grant to each of the following persons, being Miami Indians by birth, and their heirs, the tracts of land herein described. To Joseph Richardville and Joseph Richardville, jun, two sec- tions of land, being one on each side of the St. Mary’s river, and below the reservation made on that river by the treaty of Green- ville, in 1795. To Wemetche or the Crescent, one section, below and adjoining the reservation of Anthony Chesne, on the west side of the St. Mary’s river, and one section immediately opposite, to Maculta- munqua or Black Loon. To Keenquatakaua or Long Hair, Aronzon or Twilight, Pecon- bequa or a Woman striking, Aughguamauda or Difficulty, and to Miaghdua or Noon, as joint tenants, five sections of land upon the Wabash river, the centre of which shall be the Wyandot village, below the mouth of Tippecanoe river. To Francis Godfroy, six sections of land, on the Salamanie river, at a place called La Petite Prairie. To Louis Godfroy, six sections of land, on the St. Mary's river, above the reservation of Anthony Shane. To Charley, a Miami chief, one section of land, on the west side of St. Mary’s river, below the section granted to Pemetche or the Crescent. To the two eldest children of Peter Langlois, two sections of land, at a place formerly called Village du Puant, at the mouth of the river called Pouceaupichoux. - To the children of Antoine Bondie, two sections of land, on the border of the Wabash river, opposite a place called l'Isle a l'Aille. To Francois Lafontaine and his son, two sections of land, ad- joining and above the two sections granted to Jean Bapt. Richard- ville, near fort Wayne, and on the same side of the St. Mary's TiVer. To the children of Antoine Rivarre, two sections of land, at the mouth of the Twenty-seven mile creek, and below the same. To Peter Langlois's youngest child, one section of land, oppo- site the Chipaille, at the Shawanee village. To Peter Labadie, one section of land, on the river St. Mary's, below the section granted to Charley. To the son of George Hunt, one section of land, on the west side of the St. Mary’s river, adjoining the two sections granted to Francois Lafontaine and his son. To Meshenoqua or the Little Turtle, one section of land, on the south side of the Wabash, where the portage path strikes the Same. MIAMrs. 259 To Josette Beaubien, one section of land on the left bank of the St. Mary’s, above and adjoining the three sections granted to Jean Bapt. Richardville. To Ann Turner, a half-blooded Miami, one section of land on the northwest side of the Wabash river, to commence at the mouth of Fork creek, on the west bank of the said creek, and running up said creek one mile in a direct line, thence at right angles with this line, for quantity. To Rebecca Hackley, a half-blooded Miami, one section of land, to be located at the Munsee town, on White River, so that it shall extend on both sides to include three hundred and twenty acres of the Prairie, in the bend of the river, where the bend assumes the shape of a horse shoe. To William Wayne Wells, a half-blooded Miami, one section of land at the mouth of the Fork creek, where the reservation for Ann Turner commences, running down the Wabash river on the northwest bank one mile; thence, back one mile ; thence, east one mile, to the boundary line of the grant to Ann Turner. To Mary Wells, a half-blooded Miami, one section of land at the mouth of Stoney creek, on the southeast side of the Wabash river, the centre of which shall be at the mouth of said creek, running with the meanders thereof, up and down the Wabash river, one half mile, and thence back for quantity. To Jane Turner Wells, a half-blooded Miami, one section of land, on the northwest side of the Wabash river, to commence on the west bank of said river, opposite the old lime kiln; thence, down the said river one mile, and back for quantity. ART. 4. The Miami nation of Indians assent to the cession made by the Kickapoos to the United States, by the treaty concluded at Vincennes, on the ninth day of December, one thousand eight hundred and nine. ART. 5. In consideration of the cession and recognition afore- said, the United States agree to pay to the Miami nation of Indians, a perpetual annuity of fifteen thousand dollars, which, together with all annuities which, by any former treaty, the United States have engaged to pay to the said Miami nation of Indians, shall be paid in silver. The United States will cause to be built for the Miamis one grist-mill and one saw-mill, at such proper sites as the chiefs of the nation may select, and will provide and support one black- Smith and one gunsmith for them, and provide them with such implements of agriculture as the proper agent may think neces- Sary. The United States will also cause to be delivered, annually, to the Miami nation, one hundred and sixty bushels of salt. ART. 6. The several tracts of land which, by the third article of this treaty, the United States have engaged to grant to the per- sons therein mentioned, except the tracts to be granted to Jean 260 MIAMIS. Bapt. Richardville, shall never be transferred by the said persons or their heirs, without the approbation of the President of the United States. ART. 7. This treaty shall be obligatory on the contracting parties after the same shall be ratified by the President of the United States, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate thereof. In testimony whereof, the said Jonathan Jennings, Lewis Cass, and Benjamin Parke, commissioners as aforesaid, and the chiefs and warriors of the Miami nation of Indians, have hereunto set their hands, at St. Mary’s, the sixth day of Oc- tober, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and eighteen. - Jonathan Jennings, Lewis Cass, B. Parke, Peshawa, or Richardville, his x mark, Osas, his x mark, Ketauga, or Charley, his x mark, Metche Keteta, or Big Body, his x mark, Notawas, his x mark, Wapapeslea, his x mark, Tathtenouga, his x mark, Papskeecha, or Flat Belly, his x mark, Metosma, his x mark, Sasakuthka, or Sun, his x mark, Keosakunga, his x mark, Koehenna, his x mark, Sinamahon, or Stone Eater, his x mark, Cabma, his x mark, Ameghgua, his x mark, Nawaushea, his x mark. In presence of James Dill, Secretary to the Wm. Brunot, Lieut. 3d Infantry, Commissioners, Wm. P. Rathbone, Army Con- William Turner, Secretary, tractor, John Johnson, Indian Agent, Wm. Oliver, B. F. Stickney, S. I. A. Joseph Benson, Sworn Inter- John Kenzie, Sub-agent, preter, G. Godfroy, Sub-agent, Wm. Conner, Interpreter, John Conner, Antoine Pride, Interpreter. John F. Swan, Major 3d U. S. Infantry, -º º CHICKA SAWS. 261 C H I C K A S A. W. S. [concLUDED october 19, 1818.] To settle all territorial controversies, and to remove all ground of complaint or dissatisfaction, that might arise to interrupt the peace and harmony which have so long and so happily existed be- tween the United States of America and the Chickasaw nation of Indians, James Monroe, President of the said United States, by Isaac Shelby and Andrew Jackson, of the one part, and the whole Chickasaw nation, by their chiefs, head men, and warriors, in full council assembled, of the other part, have agreed on the following articles; which, when ratifted by the President and Senate of the United States of Jämerica, shall form a treaty binding on all parties. ART. 1. Peace and friendship are hereby firmly established and made perpetual, between the United States of America and the Chickasaw nation of Indians. ART. 2. To obtain the object of the foregoing article, the Chichasaw nation of Indians cede to the United States of America, (with the exception of such reservation as shall be hereafter men- tioned,) all claim or title which the said nation has to the land lying north of the south boundary of the State of Tennessee, which is bounded south by the thirty-fifth degree of north latitude, and which lands, hereby ceded, lie within the following boundaries, viz: Beginning on the Tennessee river, about thirty-five miles, by water, below Colonel George Colbert’s ferry, where the thirty-fifth degree of north latitude strikes the same ; thence, due west, with said degree of north latitude, to where it cuts the Mississippi river at or near the Chichasaw Bluffs ; thence, up the said Mississippi river, to the mouth of the Ohio; thence, up the Ohio river, to the mouth of Tennessee river; thence, up the Tennessee river, to the place of beginning. ART. 3. In consideration of the relinquishment of claim and cession of lands in the preceding article, and to perpetuate the happiness of the Chickasaw nation of Indians, the commissioners of the United States, before named, agree to allow the said nation the sum of twenty thousand dollars per annum, for fifteen succes- sive years, to be paid annually; and, as a further consideration for the objects aforesaid, and at the request of the chiefs of the said nation, the commissioners agree to pay captain John Gordon, of Tennessee, the sum of one thousand one hundred and fifteen dol- lars, it being a debt due by general William Colbert, of said nation, to the aforesaid Gordon; and the further sum of two thousand dollars, due by said nation of Indians, to Captain David Smith, now of Kentucky, for that sum by him expended, in supplying himself and forty-five soldiers from Tennessee, in the year one 262 CHICKA, SAWS. thousand seven hundred and ninety-five, when assisting them (at their request and invitation,) in defending their towns against the invasion of the Creek Indians; both which sums, (on the appli- cation of the said nation,) are to be paid within sixty days after the ratification of this treaty, to the aforesaid Gordon and Smith. ART. 4. The commissioners agree, on the further and particular application of the chiefs, and for the benefit of the poor and warriors of the said nation, that a tract of land, containing four miles square, to include a salt lick or springs, on or near the river Sandy, a branch of the Tennessee river, and within the land hereby ceded, be reserved, and to be laid off in a square or oblong, so as to include the best timber, at the option of their beloved chief Levi Colbert, and Major James Brown, or either of them, who are hereby made agents and trustees for the nation, to lease the said salt lick or springs, on the following express conditions, viz: For the benefit of this reservation, as before recited, the trustees or agents are bound to lease said reservation to some citizen or citi- zens of the United States, for a reasonable quantity of salt, to be paid annually to the said nation, for the use thereof; and that, from and after two years after the ratification of this treaty, no salt, made at the works to be erected on this reservation, shall be sold within the limits of the same for a higher price than one dollarper bushel of fifty pounds weight; on failure of which the lease shall be forfeited, and the reservation revert to the United States. ART. 5. The commissioners agree that there shall be paid to Oppassantubby, a principal chief of the Chickasaw nation, within sixty days after the ratification of this treaty, the sum of five hun- dred dollars, as a full compensation for the reservation of two miles square, on the north side of Tennessee river, secured to him and his heirs, by the treaty held with the said Chickasaw nation, on the twentieth day of September, 1816; and the further sum of twenty-five dollars to John Lewis, a half breed, for a saddle he lost while in the service of the United States; and, to show the regard the President of the United States has for the said Chickasaw nation, at the request of the chiefs of the said nation, the commis- sioners agree that the sum of one thousand and eighty-nine dollars shall be paid to Maj. James Colbert, interpreter, within the period stated in the first part of this article, it being the amount of a sum of money taken from his pocket in the month of June, 1816, at the theatre in Baltimore : And the said commissioners, as a further regard for said nation, do agree that the reservations made to George Colbert and Levi Colbert, in the treaty held at the council house of said nation, on the twenty-sixth" day of September, 1816, the first to Col. George Colbert, on the north side of Tennessee river, and those to Maj. Levi Colbert, on the east side of the Tombigby river, shallenure to the sole use of the said Col. George 2. * This should be the twentieth. There is no treaty with the Chickasaws of Sept. 6, 1816. CHICKASAWS. 263 Colbert, and Major Levi Colbert, their heirs and assigns, forever, with their butts and bounds, as defined by said treaty, and agree- able to the marks and boundaries as laid off and marked by the surveyor of the United States, where that is the case; and where the reservations have not been laid off and marked by a surveyor of the United States, the same shall be so done as soon after the ratification of this treaty as practicable, on the application of the reservees, or their legally appointed agent under them, and agree- ably to the definition in the before recited treaty. This agreement is made on the following express conditions: that the said land, and those living on it, shall be subject to the laws of the United States, and all legal taxation that may be imposed on the land or citizens of the United States inhabiting the territory where said land is situated. The commissioners further agree, that the reser- vation secured to John McCleish, on the north side of Tennessee river, by the before recited treaty, in consequence of his having been raised in the State of Tennessee, and marrying a white woman, shallenure to the sole use of the said John McCleish, his heirs and assigns, forever, on the same conditions attached to the lands of Col. George Colbert and Maj. Levi Colbert, in this article. ART. 6. The two contracting parties covenant and agree, that the line of the south boundary of the State of Tennessee, as de- scribed in the second article of this treaty, shall be ascertained and marked by commissioners appointed by the President of the United States; that the marks shall be bold; the trees to be blazed on both sides of the line, and the fore and aft trees marked U. S.; and that the commissioners shall be attended by two persons, to be designated by the Chickasaw nation; and the said nation shall have due and seasonable notice when said operation is to be com- menced. It is further agreed by the commissioners, that all improvements actually made by individuals of the Chickasaw nation, which shall be found within the lands ceded by this treaty, that a fair and reasonable compensation shall be paid therefor, to the respective individuals having made or owned the same. ART. 7. In consideration of the friendly and conciliatory dis- position evinced during the negotiation of this treaty, by the Chickasaw chiefs and warriors, but more particularly as a mani- festation of the friendship and liberality of the President of the United States, the commissioners agree to give, on the ratification of this treaty, to Chinnubby, king of the Chickasaw nation, to Teshuamingo, William McGilvery, Anpassantubby, Samual Seely, James Brown, Levi Colbert, Ickaryoucuttaha, George Pettygrove, Immartarharmicco, Chickasaw chiefs, and to Malculm McGee, interpreter to this treaty, each one hundred and fifty dollars, in cash; and to Major William Glover, Col. George Colbert, Hopoyeaha- ummar, Immauklusharhopoyea, Tushkarhopoye, Hopoyeahaum- mar, jun. Immauklusharhopyea, James Colbert, Coweamarthlar, 264 CHICKASA.W. S. Illachouwarhopoyea, military leaders, one hundred dollars each; and do further agree, that any annuity heretofore secured to the Chickasaw nation of Indians, by treaty, to be paid in goods, shall hereafter be paid in cash. In testimony whereof the said commissioners, and undersigned chiefs and warriors, have set their hands and seals. Done at the treaty ground east of Old Town, this nineteenth day of October, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and eighteen. Isaac Shelby, Andrew Jackson. Levi Colbert, his x mark, Samuel Seely, his x mark, Chinnubby, King, his x mark, Teshuamingo, his x mark, William McGilvery, his x mark, Arpasheushtubby, his x mark, James Brown, his x mark, Ickaryaucuttaha, his x mark, Georgo Pettygrove, his x mark, Immartaharmico, his x mark, Major General William Colbert, his x mark, Major William Glover, his x mark, Hopayahaummar, his x mark, Immouklusharhopoyea, his x mark, Tuskaehopoyea, his x mark, Hopoyahaummar, jun, his x mark, Immaaklusharhop.oyea, his x mark, James Colbert, - Cowenarthlar, his x mark, Illackhanwarhopoyes, his x mark, Col. George Colbert, his x mark, S - In the presence of Robert Butler, Adj.Gen. and Sec. Thos. H. Shelby, of Kentucky, Th. J. Sherburne, Jigent for the R. K. Call, Capt. U. Army, Chickasaw nation of Indians, Benjamin Smith, of Kentucky, Malculm McGee, Interpreter, Richard I. Easter, A. D. Q. M. his x mark, Gem. Martin Colbert, Ms. B. Winchester, J. C. Bronaugh, Miss’t. Inspec. W. B. Lewis. Gen. S. D., CHEROKEE.S. 265 C HERO KEE S. I concLUDED FEBRUARY 27, 1819. I Article of a convention made between John C. Calhoun, Secretary of War, being specially authorized therefor by the President of the United States, and the undersigned chiefs and head men of the Cherokee nation of Indians, duly authorized and empowered by said nation, at the city of Washington, on the twenty-seventh day of February, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hun- dred and mineteem. Whereas, a greater part of the Cherokee nation have expressed an earnest desire to remain on this side of the Mississippi, and being desirous, in order to commence those measures which they deem necessary to the civilization and preservation of their nation, that the treaty between the United States and them, signed the eighth of July, eighteen hundred and seventeen, might, without further delay, or the trouble or expense of taking the census, as stipulated in the said treaty, be finally adjusted, have offered to cede to the United States a tract of country at least as extensive as that which they probably are entitled to under its provisions, the contracting parties have agreed to and concluded the follow- ing articles: ART. 1. The Cherokee nation cedes to the United States all of their lands lying north and east of the following lines, viz.: Be- ginning on the Tennessee river, at the point where the Cherokee boundary with Madison county, in the Alabama territory, joins the same; thence, along the main channel of said river, to the mouth of the Highwassee; thence, along its main channel, to the first hill which closes in on said river, about two miles above Highwassee Old Town; thence, along the ridge which divides the waters of the Highwassee and Little Tellico, to the Tennessee river, at Tallasee : thence, along the main channel, to the junc- tion of the Cowee and Nanteyalee; thence, along the ridge in the fork of said river, to the top of the Blue Ridge; thence, along the Blue Ridge, to the Unicoy Turnpike Road; thence, by a straightline, to the nearest main source of the Chestatee; thence, along its main channel, to the Chatahouchee; and thence to the Creek boundary; it being understood that all the islands in the Chestatee, and the parts of the Tennessee and Highwassee, (with the exception of Jolly's island in the Tennessee, near the mouth of the Highwassee,) which constitute a portion of the present boundary, belong to the Cherokee nation ; and it is also under- stood, that the reservations contained in the second article of the treaty of Tellico, signed the 25th October, eighteen hundred and five, and a tract equal to twelve miles square, to be located by commencing at the point formed by the intersection of the boun- 266 CHEROKEES. dary line of Madison county, already mentioned, and the north bank of the Tennessee river; thence, along the said line, and up the said river twelve miles, are ceded to the United States, in trust for the Cherokee nation as a school fund; to be sold by the United States, and the proceeds vested as is hereafter provided in the fourth article of this treaty; and also, that the rights vested in the Unicoy Turnpike Company, by the Cherokee nation, ac- cording to certified copies of the instruments securing the rights, and here with annexed, are not to be affected by this treaty; and it is further understood and agreed by the said parties, that the lands hereby ceded by the Cherokee nation, are in full satisfaction of all claims which the United States have on them, on account of the cession to a part of their nation who have or may hereafter emigrate to the Arkansaw ; and this treaty is a final adjustment of that of the eighth of July, eighteen hundred and seventeen. ART. 2. The United States agree to pay, according to the sti- pulations contained in the treaty of the eighth of July, eighteen hundred and seventeen, for all improvements on lands lying within the country ceded by the Cherokees, which add real value to the land, and do agree to allow a reservation of six hundred and forty acres to each head of any Indian family residing within the ceded territory, those enrolled for the Arkansaw excepted, who choose to become citizens of the United States, in the manner stipulated in said treaty. ART. 3. It is also understood and agreed by the contracting parties, that a reservation, in fee simple, of six hundred and forty acres square, with the exception of Major Walker's, which is to be located as is hereafter provided, to include their improvements, and which are to be as near the centre thereof as possible, shall be made to each of the persons whose names are inscribed on the certified list annexed to this treaty, all of whom are believed to be persons of industry, and capable of managing their property with discretion, and have, with few exceptions, made considerable improvements on the tracts reserved. The reservations are made on the condition, that those for whom they are intended shall no- tify, in writing, to the agent for the Cherokee nation, within six months after the ratification of this treaty, that it is their intention to continue to reside permanently on the land reserved. The reservation for Lewis Ross, so to be laid off as to include his house and out buildings, and ferry adjoining the Cherokee agency, reserving to the United States all the public property there, and the continuance of the said agency where it now is, during the pleasure of the government; and Major Walker's, so as to include his dwelling house and ferry: for Major Walker an additional reservation is made of six hundred and forty acres square, to include his grist and saw mill; the land is poor, and principally valuable for its timber. In addition to the above re- servations, the following are made, in fee simple; the persons CHEROKEES. 267 for whom they are intended not residing on the same : To Cabbin Smith, six hundred and forty acres, to be laid off in equal parts, on both sides of his ferry on Tellico, commonly called Blair's ferry : to John Ross, six hundred and forty acres, to be laid off so as to include the Big Island in Tennessee river, being the first below Tellico—which tracts of land were given many years since, by the Cherokee nation, to them ; to Mrs. Eliza Ross, step daughter of Major Walker, six hundred and forty acres square, to be located on the river below and adjoining Major Walk- er's; to Margaret Morgan, six hundred and forty acres square, to be located on the west of, and adjoining, James Riley’s reserva- tion; to George Harlin, six hundred and forty acres square, to be located west of, and adjoining the reservation of Margaret Morgan; to James Lowry, six hundred and forty acres square, to be located at Crow Mocker’s old place, at the foot of Cumberland mountain; to Susannah Lowry, six hundred and forty acres, to be located at the Toll Bridge on Battle Creek; to Nicholas Byers, six hundred and forty acres, including the Toqua Island, to be located on the north bank of the Tennessee, opposite to said Island. ART. 4. The United States stipulate that the reservations, and the tract reserved for a school fund, in the first article of this treaty, shall be surveyed and sold in the same manner, and on the same terms, with the public lands of the United States, and the proceeds vested, under the direction of the President of the United States, in the stock of the United States, or such other stock as he may deem most advantageous to the Cherokee nation. The interest or dividend on said stock, shall be applied, under his di- rection, in the manner which he shall judge best calculated to diſ- fuse the benefits of education among the Cherokee nation on this side of the Mississippi. ART. 5. It is agreed that such boundary lines as may be neces- sary to designate the lands ceded by the first article of this treaty, may be run by a commissioner or commissioners, to be appointed by the President of the United States, who shall be accompanied by such commissioners as the Cherokees may appoint, due notice thereof to be given to the nation; and that the leases which have been made under the treaty of the eighth of July, eighteen hundred and seventeen, of land lying within the portion of country reserved to the Cherokees, to be void ; and that all white people who have intruded, or may hereafter intrude, on the lands reserved for the Cherokees, shall be removed by the United States, and proceeded against according to the provisions of the act passed thirtieth March, eighteen hundred and two, entitled “An act to regulate trade and intercourse with the Indian tribes, and to preserve peace on the frontiers.” ART. 6. The contracting parties agree that the annuity to the Cherokee nation shall be paid, two-thirds to the Cherokees east 268 CHERO.K.E.E.S. of the Mississippi, and one-third to the Cherokees west of that river, as it is estimated that those who have emigrated, and who have enrolled for emigration, constitute one-third of the whole na- tion ; but, if the Cherokees west of the Mississippi object to this distribution, of which due notice shall be given them, before the expiration of one year after the ratification of this treaty, then the census, solely for distributing the annuity, shall be taken at such times, and in such manner, as the President of the United States may designate. ART. 7. The United States, in order to afford the Cherokees who reside on the lands ceded by this treaty, time to cultivate their crop next summer, and for those who do not choose to take reservations, to remove, bind themselves to prevent the intrusion of their citizens on the ceded land before the first of January next. ART. 8. This treaty to be binding on the contracting parties so soon as it is ratified by the President of the United States, by and with the advice and consent of the senate. Done at the place, and on the day and year, above written. J. C. CALHOUN. Ch. Hicks, L. s. Cabbin Smith, his x mark, L. s. Jno. Ross, L. s. Sleeping Rabbit, his x Lewis Ross, L. S. mark, L. S. John Martin, L. s. Small Wood, his x mark, L. S. James Brown, L. s. John Walker, his x mark, L. s. Geo. Lowry, L. s. Currohee Dick, his x mark, L. s. Gideon Morgan, jr. L. S. WITNEssºs. Return J. Meigs, Elias Earle, C. Wandeventer, John Lowry. List of persons referred to in the 3d article of the annexed treaty. Richard Walker, within the char- tered limits of North Carolina, Yonah, alias Big Bear, do. Lewis Ross, Tennessee, Fox Taylor, do. do. Rd. Timberlake, do. do. John Martin, do. Georgia, Peter Lynch, do. do. Daniel Davis, do. do. George Parris, do. do. Walter S. Adair, do. do. Thomas Wilson, Alab. Ter. Richard Riley, do. do. James Riley, do. do. Edward Gunter, do. do. Robert McLemore, Tennessee, John Baldridge, do do. David Fields, (to include his mill,) do. James Brown, (to include his field by the long pond,) William Brown, do. do. John Brown, Tennessee, Elizabeth Lowry, do. do. George Lowry, within the char: tered limits of Tennessee, John Benge, do, do. Mrs. Eliz. Peck, do. do. CHEROKEES. 269 John Walker, Sr. Tennessee, No. of reservees within the limits John Walker, Jr. (unmarried,) do. of North Carolina, 2 Richard Taylor, do. do. Georgia, 5 John McIntosh, do. do. Alabama Terr. 4. James Starr, do. do. Tennessee, 20 Samuel Parks, do. do. - The Old Bark, (of Chota) do. Total No. of reservees, 31 I hereby certify, that I am, either personally, or by information on which I can rely, acquainted with the persons before named, all of whom I believe to be persons of industry, and capable of managing their property with discretion, and who have, with few exceptions, long resided on the tracts reserved, and made con- siderable improvements thereon. RETURN J. MEIGS, Agent in the Cherokee nation. (CoPy.) Cherokee Jigency, Highwassee Garrison. We, the undersigned chiefs and counsellors of the Cherokees, in full counsel assembled, do hereby give, grant, and make over, unto Nicholas Byers and David Russell, who are agents in behalf of the States of Tennessee and Georgia, full power and authority to establish a Turnpike company, to be composed of them, the said Nicholas and David, Arthur Henly, John Lowry, Atto. and one other person, by them to be hereafter named, in behalf of the State of Georgia; and the above named persons are authorized to nominate five proper and fit persons, natives of the Cherokees, who, together with the white men aforesaid, are to constitute the company; which said company, when thus established, are hereby fully authorized by us, to lay out and open a road from the most suitable point on the Tennessee river, to be directed the nearest and best way to the highest point of navigation on the Tugolo river; which said road, when opened and established, shall con- tinue and remain a free and public highway, unmolested by us, to the interest and benefit of the said company, and their successors, for the full term of twenty years, yet to come, after the same may be open and complete; after which time, said road, with all its advantages, shall be surrendered up, and reverted in, the said Cherokee nation. And the said company shall have leave, and are hereby authorized, to erect their public stands, or houses of entertainment on said road, that is to say: one at each end, and one in the middle, or as nearly so as a good situation will permit; with leave also to cultivate one hundred acres of land at each end of the road, and fifty acres at the middle stand, with a privilege of a sufficiency of timber for the use and consumption of said stands. And the said Turnpike company do hereby agree to pay the sum of one hundred and sixty dollars yearly to the Chero- kee nation, for the aforesaid privilege, to commence after said road 270 CHERO KEE S. is opened and in complete operation. The said company are to have the benefit of one ferry on Tennessee river, and such other ferry or ferries as are necessary on said road; and, likewise, said company shall have the exclusive privilege of trading on said road during the aforesaid term of time. In testimony of our full consent to all and singular the above named privileges and advantages, we have hereunto set our hands and affixed our seals, this eighth day of March, eighteen hundred and thirteen. Outahelce, his x mark, L. s. Toochalee, L. S Naire, above, his x mark, L. s. Chulio, L. S Theelagathahee, his x Dick Justice, L. S mark, L. s. Wausaway, L. S The Raven, his x mark, L. s. Big Cabbin, L. S Two Killers, his x mark, L. s. The Bark, L. S Teeistiskee, his x mark, L. s. Nettle Carrier, L. S John Boggs, his—mark, L. s. Seekeekee, L. S Quotiquaskee, his—mark, L. s. John Walker, L. S Currihee, Dick, his— Dick Brown, L. S mark, L. s. Charles Hick, L. S Ooseekee, his—mark, L. S. Witnesses present : Wm. L. Lovely, Assistant George Colville, ºffgent, James Carey, William Smith, Richard Taylor, ! Interpreters. The foregoing agreement and grant was amicably negotiated and concluded in my presence. RETURN J. MEIGS. I certify I believe the within to be a correct copy of the original. CHARLES HICKS, Washington City, March 1, 1819. Cherokee Agency, Jan. 6, 1817. We, the undersigned chiefs of the Cherokee nation, do hereby grant unto Nicholas Byers, Arthur H. Henly, and David Russell, proprietors of the Unicoy road to Georgia, the liberty of cultiva- ting all the ground contained in the bend on the north side of Tennessee river, opposite and below Chota Old Town, together with the liberty to erect a grist mill on Four Mile creek, for the use and benefit of said road, and the Cherokees in the neighbor- hood thereof; for them, the said Byers, Henly, and Russell, to have and to hold the above privileges during the term of lease of the Unicoy road, also obtained from the Cherokees, and sanctioned by the President of the United States. In witness whereof, we hereunto affix our hands and seals, in presence of John McIntosh, L. s. Path Killer, L. S. Charles Hicks, L. s. Tuchalar, L. S. KICKAPOOS. 271 The Gloss, L. S. Path Killer, jr. L. S. John Walker, L. S. Going Snake. L. S WITNEss: Return J. Meigs, U. S. Agent. The above instrument was executed in open Cherokee council, in my office, in January, 1817. RETURN J. MEIGS. Cherokee Agency, 8th July, 1817. The use of the Unicoy road, so called, was for twenty years. RETURN J. MEIGS. I certify I believe the within to be a correct copy of the original. CH. HICKS. Washington City, March 1, 1819. KIC KAPO O.S. I concluded sury 30, 1819. I JAMES MONROE, PRESIDENT OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, To all and singular to whom these presents shall come, greeting: Whereas, a treaty was made and concluded between the United States of America and the Kickapoo tribe of Indians, at Edwards- ville, in the State of Illinois, on the thirtieth day of July, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and nineteen, by commissioners on the part of the said United States, and the prin- cipal chiefs and warriors of the said tribe of Indians, on the part and in behalf of the said tribe; which treaty, having been com- municated to the Senate, was so far sanctioned by that body, that advice and consent was given to its ratification, upon condition that certain specified amendments should be made therein: And whereas, by a treaty, supplementary to, and amendatory of, the aforesaid treaty, made and concluded at St. Louis, in Missouri, by the same commissioners on the part of the United States, and the chiefs and warriors of the Kickapoo tribe, on the nineteenth day of July, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and twenty, the amendments designated have been effected, to the satisfaction of the Senate of the United States, as expressed in their resolution, of the twenty-ninth day of December now last past, referring the first mentioned treaty, without further act, to the President of the United States for ratification; the said treaties being in the words following, to wit: A treaty made and concluded at Edwardsville, in the State of Illinois, between Auguste Chouteau and Benjamin Stephenson, commissioners on the part and behalf of the United States of 272 KICKAPOOS. America, of the one part, and the undersigned principal chiefs and warriors of the Kickapoo tribe of Indians, on the part and behalf of said tribe, of the other part. ART. 1. The undersigned chiefs and warriors, for themselves and their said tribe, for, and in consideration of, the promises and stipulations hereinafter made, do hereby cede and relinquish to the United States forever, all their right, interest, and title, of, in, and to, the following tracts of land, viz: All their land on the southeast side of the Wabash river, includ- ing the principal village in which their ancestors formerly resided, consisting of a large tract to which they have had, from time imme- morial, and now have, a just right; that they have never heretofore ceded, or otherwise disposed of, in any manner whatever. Also, all the land within the following boundaries, viz.: Begin- ning on the Wabash river, at the upper point of their cession, made by the second article of their treaty at Vincennes, on the 9th December, 1809; running thence northwestwardly to the dividing line between the States of Illinois and Indiana; thence along said line to the Kankakee river; thence with said river to the Illinois river; thence down the latter to its mouth ; thence with a direct line to the northwest corner of the Vincennes tract, as recognized in the treaty with the Piankeshaw tribe of Indians at Vincennes, on the 30th December, 1805; and thence with the western and northern boundaries of the cessions heretofore made by the said Kickapoo tribe of Indians, to the beginning. Of which last described tract of land, the said Kickapoo tribe claim a large portion, by descent from their ancestors, and the balance by con- quest from the Illinois nation, and uninterrupted possession for more than half a century. ART. 2. The said tribe hereby confirm all their former treaties with the United States, and relinquish to them all claim to every portion of their lands which may have been ceded by any other tribe or tribes, and all and every demand which they might have had, in consequence of the second article of the treaty made with the Pottawattamy nation of Indians at St. Mary’s, on the 2d October, 1818. - ART. 3. The said tribe acknowledge themselves now to be, and promise to continue, under the protection of the United States of America, and of no other nation, power, or sovereign, whatever, ART. 4. The said tribe release the United States from all obli- gations imposed by any treaties heretofore made with them. ART. 5. The United States, in lieu of all former stipulations, and in consideration of cessions of land heretofore made by the said tribe, promise to pay them, at their town on the waters of the Osage river, two thousand dollars in silver, annually, for fifteen Successive years. ART. 6. In considertion of the cession made by the aforesaid KICKAPOOS- 273 tribe, in the first article of this treaty, the United States, in addi- tion to three thousand dollars worth of merchandise this day paid, * . to the said tribe, hereby cede to them and their heirs forever, a” " certain tract of land lying in the territory of Missouri, and included within the following boundaries, viz: Beginning at the confluence of the rivers Pommes de Terre and Osage; thence up said river Pommes de Terre, to the dividing ridge, which separates the waters of Osage and White rivers; thence with said ridge and westwardly, to the Osage line; thence due north with said line to Nerve creek; thence down the same to a point due south of the mouth of White Clay, or Richard Creek; thence north to the Osage river; thence down said river to the beginning: Provided, nevertheless, That the said tribe shall never sell the said land without the consent of the President of the United States. ART. 7. The United States promise to guarantee to the said tribe the peaceable possession of the tract of land hereby ceded to them, and to restrain and prevent all white persons from hunting, settling, or otherwise intruding upon it. But any citizen or citizens of the United States, being lawfully authorized for that purpose, shall be permitted to pass and repass through the said tract, and to navigate the waters thereof, without any hindrance, toll, or exaction, from the said tribe. ART. 8. For the purpose of facilitating the removal of the said tribe to the tract of land hereby ceded to them, the United States will furnish them with two boats, well manned, to transport their property, from any point they may designate on the Illinois river, and some judicious citizen shall be selected to accompany them, in their passage through the white settlements, to their intended residence. ART. 9. The United States will take the said Kickapoo tribe under their care and patronage, and will afford them protection against all persons whatever, provided they conform to the laws of the United States, and refrain from making war, or giving any insult or offence to any other Indian tribe, or to any foreign nation, without first having obtained the approbation and consent of the United States. - ART, 10. The said tribe, in addition to their above described cessions, do hereby cede and relinquish to the United States, generally, and without reservation, all other tracts of land to which they have any right or title on the left side of the Illinois and Mississippi rivers. In testimony whereof, the commissioners aforesaid, and the undersigned chiefs and warriors as aforesaid, have hereunto subscribed their names and affixed their seals. - Done at Edwardsville, in the State of Illinois, this thirtieth day of July, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and nineteen, and of the independence of the United States the forty-fourth. 32 274 KICKAPOOS, Signed, sealed, and delivered, in presence of the following witnesses: Aug. Chouteau, Ben. Stephenson, Pemoatam, his x mark, Little Thunder, by the White Elk, his x mark, Keetatta, his x mark, Tecko, his x mark, Weesoetee, his x mark, Meekasaw, his x mark, Neekawmakoa, his x mark, Pacan, by Petshekosheek, his x mark, Wawpeekonyaw, his x mark, Peckoneea, his x mark, Anckoaw, his x mark, Namattsheekeeaw, his x mark, Sawkeema, his x mark, Wawpeepoaw, his x mark, Paneessa, his x mark, Pawkomasheeno, his x mark, Ankwiskkaw, his x mark, Shekoan, his x mark, Pasheeto, his x mark, Wawpackeshaw, his x mark, Awwatshee, his x mark, Mawntoho, his x mark, Keetshay, his x mark, Pascal Cerre, Secretary to the Elbert Perry, Commissioners, Jacques Mette, Interpreter, Ninian Edwards, Joseph Remington, J. L. Barton, David Roach, John Dew, William Head, Thornton Peeples, John Lee Williams, Tellery Merrick, Wm. W. Hickman, Dan. D. Smith, Isaac A. Douglass, Edmund Randle, Palemon H. Wenchester, N. Buckmaster, Thomas Harcens, Henry Head, John Wilson, Joseph Doer, Jacob Prickett, James Watt, Joseph B. Lewis, Jona H. Pugh, William P. McKee, Stephen Johnson, Nathan Clampet, Reuben Hopkins, Joseph Newman. KICKAPOOS- 275 KICKAPO O.S. [concLUDED AUGUST 30, 1819. I ºff treaty made and concluded by Benjamin Parke, a commissioner on the part of the United States of America, of the one part, and the chiefs, warriors, and head men, of the tribe of Kickapoos of the Vermilion, of the other part. ART. 1. The chiefs, warriors, and head men, of the said tribe, agree to cede, and hereby relinquish, to the United States, all the lands which the said tribe has heretofore possessed, or which they may rightfully claim on the Wabash river or any of its waters. ART, 2. And to the end that the United States may be enabled to fix with the other Indian tribes a boundary between their respective claims, the chiefs, warriors, and head men, of the said tribe, do hereby declare that their rightful claim is as follows, viz: Beginning at the northwest corner of the Vincennes tract; thence westwardly by the boundary established by a treaty with the Piankeshaws, on the thirtieth day of December, eighteen hundred and five, to the dividing ridge between the waters of the Embarras and the Little Wabash; thence by the said ridge, to the source of the Vermilion river; thence by the said ridge, to the head of Pine creek; thence by the said creek, to the Wabash river; thence by the said river, to the mouth of the Vermilion river, and thence by the Vermilion and the boundary heretofore established, to the place of beginning. ART. 3. The said chiefs, warriors, and head men, of the said tribe, agree to relinquish, and they do hereby exonerate and dis- charge the United States from the annuity of one thousand dollars, to which they are now entitled. In consideration whereof, and of the cession hereby made, the United States agree to pay the said tribe two thousand dollars annually, in specie, for ten years; which, together with three thousand dollars now delivered, is to be considered a full compensation for the cession hereby made, as also of all annuities, or other claims, of the said tribe, against the United States, by virtue of any treaty with the said United States. ART. 4. As the said tribe contemplate removing from the country they now occupy, the annuity herein provided for shall be paid at such place as may be hereinafter agreed upon between the United States and said tribe. ART. 5. This treaty, after the same shall be ratified by the President and Senate of the United States, shall be binding on the contracting parties. In testimony whereof, the said Benjamin Parke, commissioner as aforesaid, and the chiefs, warriors, and head men, of the said tribe, have hereunto set their hands, at fort Harrison, 276 CHIPPEWAS, the thirtieth day of August, in the year eighteen hundred and nineteen. B. Parke, Wagohaw, his x mark, Tecumcena, his x mark, Kaahna, his x mark, Macacanaw, his x mark, La Ferine, his x mark, Macatewaket, his x mark, Pelecheah, his x mark, Kechemaquaw, his x mark, Pacakinqua, his x mark. In the presence of John Law, Secretary to the Pierre Laplante, Commissioner, James C. Turner, William Prince, Indian Agent, Samuel L. Richardson, William Markle, Michael Brouillet, United States Andrew Brooks, Interpreter. - CHIPPE WAS. I concLUDED SEPTEMBER 24, 1819. I Articles of a treaty made and concluded at Saginaw, in the terri- tory of JMichigan, between the United States of Jimérica, by their commissioner, Lewis Cass, and the Chippewa nation of Indians. - ART. 1. The Chippewa nation of Indians, in consideration of the stipulations herein made on the part of the United States, do hereby, forever, cede to the United States the land comprehended within the following lines and boundaries: Beginning at a point in the present Indian boundary line, which runs due north from the mouth of the great Auglaize river, six miles south of the place where the base line, so called, intersects the same; thence, west, sixty miles; thence, in a direct line, to the head of Thun- der Bay river; thence, down the same, following the courses thereof, to the mouth; thence, northeast, to the boundary line between the United States and the British province of Upper Canada; thence, with the same, to the line established by the treaty of Detroit, in the year one thousand eight hundred and seven; thence, with the said line, to the place of beginning. ART. 2. From the cession aforesaid the following tracts of land shall be reserved for the use of the Chippewa nation of Indians. One tract, of eight thousand acres, on the east side of the river Au Sable, near where the Indians now live. One tract, of two thousand acres, on the river Mesagwisk. CHIPPEWAS. 277 One tract, of six thousand acres, on the north side of the river Kawkawling, at the Indian village. One tract, of five thousand seven hundred and sixty acres, upon the Flint river, to include Reaum's village, and a place called Kishkawbawee. - One tract, of eight thousand acres, on the head of the river Huron, which empties into the Saginaw river, at the village of Otusson. - One Island in the Saginaw Bay. - One tract, of two thousand acres, where Nabobask formerly lived. One tract, of one thousand acres, near the island in the Sagi- naw river. - One tract, of six hundred and forty acres, at the bend of the river Huron, which empties into the Saginaw river. One tract, of two thousand acres, at the mouth of Point Au- grais river. One tract, of one thousand acres, on the river Huron, at Me- noequet's village. One tract, of ten thousand acres, on the Shawassee river, at a place called the Big Rock. One tract, of three thousand acres, on the Shawassee river, at Ketchewaundaugenink. One tract, of six thousand acres, at the Little Forks on the Tetabawasink river. One tract, of six thousand acres, at the Black Bird’s town, on the Tetabawasink river. One tract, of forty thousand acres, on the west side of the Saginaw river, to be hereafter located. ART. 3. There shall be reserved, for the use of each of the persons hereinafter mentioned and their heirs, which persons are all Indians by descent, the following tracts of land: For the use of John Riley, the son of Menawcumegoqua, a Chippewa woman, six hundred and forty acres of land, begin- ning at the head of the first marsh above the mouth of the Sagi- naw river, on the east side thereof. For the use of Peter Riley, the son of Menawcumegoqua, a Chippewa woman, six hundred and forty acres of land, begin- ning above and adjoining the apple trees on the west side of the Saginaw river, and running up the same for quantity. For the use of James Riley, the son of Menawcumegoqua, a Chippewa woman, six hundred and forty acres, beginning on the east side of the Saginaw river, nearly opposite to Campeau's trading house, and running up the river for quantity. For the use of Kawkawiskou, or the Crow, a Chippewa chief, six hundred and forty acres of land, on the east side of the Sagi- naw river, at a place called Menitegow, and to include, in the said six hundred and forty acres, the island opposite to the said place. - - 278 CHIPPEWAS, For the use of Nowokeshik, Metawanene, Mokitchenoqua, Nondashemau, Petabonagua, Messawwakut, Chechalk, Kitche- geequa, Sagosequa, Annoketoqua, and Tawcumegoqua, each, six hundred and forty acres of land, to be located at and near the grand traverse of the Flint river, in such manner as the President of the United States may direct. For the use of the children of Bokowtonden, six hundred and forty acres, on the Kawkawling river. ART. 4. In consideration of the cession aforesaid, the United States agree to pay to the Chippewa nation of Indians, annually, forever, the sum of one thousand dollars in silver; and do also agree that all annuities due by any former treaty to the said tribe, shall be hereafter paid in silver. - ART. 5. The stipulation contained in the treaty of Greenville, relative to the right of the Indians to hunt upon the land ceded, while it continues the property of the United States, shall apply to this treaty; and the Indians shall, for the same term, enjoy the privilege of making sugar upon the same land, committing no unnecessary waste upon the trees. ART. 6. The United States agree to pay to the Indians the value of any improvements which they may be obliged to aban- don, in consequence of the lines established by this treaty, and which improvements add real value to the land. ART. 7. The United States reserve to the proper authority the right to make roads through any part of the land reserved by this treaty. - . 8. The United States engage to provide and support a blacksmith for the Indians, at Saginaw, so long as the President of the United States may think proper, and to furnish the Chip- pewa Indians with such farming utensils and cattle, and to employ such persons to aid them in their agriculture, as the President may deem expedient. ART. 9. This treaty shall take effect, and be obligatory on the contracting parties, so soon as the same shall be ratified by the President of the United States, by and with the advice and con- sent of the Senate thereof. In testimony whereof, the said Lewis Cass, commissioner as aforesaid, and the chiefs and warriors of the Chippewa nation of Indians, have hereunto set their hands, at Saginaw, in the territory of Michigan, this twenty-fourth day of Septem- ber, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and nineteen. Lewis Cass, Mocksonga, his x mark, Pakenosega, his x mark, Noukonwabe, his x mark, Kekenutchega, his x mark, Shingwalk, his x mark, Chimokemow, his x mark, Shingwalk, jun, his x mark, Kekenutchegun, his x mark, Wawaubequak, his x mark, CHIPPE.W.A.S. 279 Pashkobwis, his x mark, Muskobenense, his x mark, Waubonoosa, his x mark, Wausaquanai, his x mark, Minequet, his x mark, Otauson, his x mark, Tussegua, his x mark, Mixabee, his x mark, Kitchewawashen, his x mark, Neebeenaquin, his x mark, Amueemaycounbeeme, his x mark, Onewequa, his x mark, Nayokeeman, his x mark, Peshquescum, his x mark, Muckcumcinau, his x mark, Kitcheenoting, his x mark, Waubeekeenew, his x mark, Pashkeekou, his x mark, Mayto, his x mark, Sheemaugua, his x mark, Kauguest, his x mark, Kitsheematush, his x mark, Aneuwayba, his x mark, Walkcaykeejugo, his x mark, Autowaynabee, his x mark, Nawgonissee, his x mark, Owenisham, his x mark, Wauweeyatam, his x mark, Shawshauwenaubais, his x mark, Okooyousinse, his x mark, Ondottowaugane, his x mark, Amickoneena, his x mark, Kitcheonundeeyo, his x mark, Saugassauway, his x mark, Okeemanpeenaysee, his x mark, Minggeeseetay, his x mark, Waubishcan, his x mark, Peaypaymanshee, his x mark, Ocanauck, his x mark, Ogeebouinse, his x mark, Paymeenoting, his x mark, Naynooautienishkoan, his x mark, Kaujagonaygee, his x mark, Mayneeseno, his x mark, Kakagouryan, his x mark, Meewayson, his x mark, Wepecumgegut, his x mark, Markkenwuwbe, his x mark, Fonegawne, his x mark, Nemetetowwa, his x mark, Kishkaukou, his x mark, Peenaysee, his x mark, Ogemaunkeketo, his x mark, Reaume, his x mark, Nowkeshuc, his x mark, Mixmunitou, his x mark, Wassau, his x mark, Keneobe, his x mark, Moksauba, his x mark, Mutchwetau, his x mark, Nuwagon, his x mark, Okumanpinase, his x mark, Meckseonne, his x mark, Paupemiskobe, his x mark, Kogkakeshik, his x mark, Wauwassack, his x mark, Misheneanonquet, his x mark, Okemans, his x mark, Nimeke, his x mark, Maneleugobwawaa, his x mark, Puckwash, his x mark, Waseneso, his x mark, Montons, his x mark, Kennewobe, his x mark, Aguagonabe, his x mark, Sigonak, his x mark, Kokoosh, his x mark, Pemaw, his x mark, Kawotoktame, his x mark, Sabo, his x mark, Kewageone, his x mark, Metewa, his x mark, Kawgeshequm, his x mark, Keyaeum, his x mark, Atowagesek, his x mark, Mawmawkens, his x mark, Mamawsecuta, his x mark, Penaysewaykesek, his x mark, Kewaytinam, his x mark, Sepewan, his x mark, Shashebak, his x mark, Shaconk, his x mark, Mesnakrea, his x mark, CHIPPEWAYS. Kitchmokooman, his x mark, Singgok, his x mark, Maytwayaushing, his x mark, Saguhosh, his x mark, Saybo, his x mark, Obwole, his x mark, Paymusawtom, his x mark, Endus, his x mark, Aushetayawnekusa, his x mark, Wawapenishik, his x mark, Omikou, his x mark, Leroy, his x mark. Witnesses at signing: John L. Leib, Secretary, D. G. Whitney, Assistant Sec'y. C. L. Cass, Capt. 3d Infantry, R. A. Forsyth, jun...Acting Com- TºšSt.07ter, Chester Root, Capt. U. S. Art’y. John Peacock, Lieut. 3d U. S. Infantry, G. Godfroy, Sub Agent, W. Knaggs, Sub Agent, James V. S. Riley, B. Campau, John Hill, Army Contractor, J. Whipple, Henry I. Hunt, William Keith, - A. E. Lacock, J.M. S. K. Richard Smyth, Louis Dequindre, B. Head, William Tucky, John Smyth, Lewis Beufort, º Conrad Ten Eyck. John Hurson, p - C H ID P E W A Y S. I concLUDED JUNE 16, 1820. I Articles of a treaty, made and concluded at the Sault de St. Marie, in the territory of Michigan, between the United States, by their commissioner, Lewis Cass, and the Chippeway tribe of Indians. ART. 1. The Chippeway tribe of Indians cede to the United States the following tract of land: Beginning at the Big Rock, in the river St. Mary’s, on the boundary line between the United States and the British Province of Upper Canada; and running thence, down the said river, with the middle thereof, to the Little Rapid ; and, from those points, running back from the said river, so as to include sixteen square miles of land. ART. 2. The Chippeway tribe of Indians acknowledge to have received a quantity of goods in full satisfaction of the preceding CeSSIOrl. ART. 3. The United States will secure to the Indians a perpet- ual right of fishing at the falls of St. Mary’s, and also a place of encampment upon the tract hereby ceded, convenient to the fishing ground, which place shall not interfere with the defences of any military work which may be erected, nor with any private rights. ART. 4. This treaty, after the same shall be ratified by the President of the United States, by and with the advice and con- OTT AWAS AND CHIPPE.W.A.S. 281 sent of the Senate thereof, shall be obligatory on the contracting arties. p In witness whereof, the said Lewis Cass, commissioner as aforesaid, and the chiefs and warriors of the said Chippeway tribe of Indians, have hereunto set their hands, at the place aforesaid, this sixteenth day of June, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and twenty. Lewis Cass, Shingaubay wassin, his x mark, Kegeash, his x mark, Sagishewayoson, his x mark, Wayishkey, his x mark, Nenowaiskam, his x mark, Wasawaton, his x mark, Wemiguenacwanay, his x mark, Nabinois, his x mark, Macadaywacwet, his x mark, Shaiwabekaton, his x mark, Netaway, his x mark, Kaibayway, his x mark, Nawoquesequm, his x mark, Tawabit, his x mark, Augustin Bart, his x mark, Witnesses present. R. A. Forsyth, Secretary, Henry R. Schoolcraft, Mineral- Alex. Wolcott, jr. Indian Agent, ogist to the eaſpedition, Chicago, James Duane Doty, D. B. Douglass, Capt. U. S. Charles C. Trowbridge, Engineers, Alex. R. Chase, Eneas Mackay, Lieut. Corps James Ryley, Sworn Interpre- Artillery, ter. John J. Pearce, Lieut. Artillery, OTT AWAS AND CHIPPEW A. S. [concLUDED JULY 6, 1820.] Articles of a treaty, made and concluded at L’Arbre Croche, and Michilimackinac, in the Territory of Michigan, between the United States of America, by their commissioner, Lewis Cass, and the Ottawa and Chippewa nations of Indians. ART. 1. The Ottawa and Chippewa nations of Indians cede to the United States the St. Martin Islands in lake Huron, con- taining Plaster of Paris, and to be located under the direction of the United States. 282 OTT AWAS AND CHIPPEWAS. ART. 2. The Ottawa and Chippewa nations of Indians acknow- ledge to have this day received a quantity of goods in full satis- faction of the above cession. ART. 3. This treaty shall be obligatory on the contracting par- ties after the same shall be ratified by the President of the United States, and by and with the advice and consent of the Senate thereof. - In testimony whereof, the said Lewis Cass, commissioner as aforesaid, and the chiefs and warriors of the Ottawa and Chippewa nations of Indians, have hereunto set their hands, at Michilimackinac and L’Arbre Croche, in the territory of Michigan, this 6th day of July, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and twenty. Lewis Cass, Skahjenini, his x mark, Pahquesegun, or Smoking Weed, his x mark, Chemogueman, or Big Knife, his x mark, Misesonguay, his x mark, Papametaby, his x mark, K Ceitaw, his x mark, ottawa chiefs, Shawanoe, his x mark, Oninjuega, or Wing, Ottawa chief, his x mark, Cuddimalmese, or Black Hawk, Ottawa chief, his mark, Dionesau, his x mark, Kojenoikoose, or Long, his x mark, Kenojekum, or Pike his x mark, Cachetokee, his x mark, Gimoewon, or Rain, his x mark, Chiboisquisegun, or Big Gun, his x mark, Skubinesse, or Red Bird, his x mark, Weashe, his x mark, Nebaguam, his x mark, CHIPPEWA | Ainse, his x mark, CHIEFS. Shaganash, or Englishman, his x mark. Witnesses present: Jed. Morse, D. D. H. G. Gravenant, Sworn Inter- Gilbert K. preter º *e, George Boyd, Indian Agent. KICKAPOOS. 283 KICKAPO O.S. [concLUDED JULY 19, 1820; RATIFIED JANUARY 13, 1821.] A treaty made and concluded by and between Auguste Chouteau and Benjamin Stephenson, commissioners of the United States of Almerica, on the part and behalf of the said States, of the one part, and the undersigned chiefs and warriors of the Kickapoo tribe of Indians, on the part and behalf of their said nation, of the other part, the same being supplementary to, and amend- atory of the treaty made and concluded at Edwardsville, on the 30th July, 1819, between the United States and the said Kickapoo nation. ART. 1. It is agreed, between the United States and the Kickapoo tribe of Indians, that the sixth article of the treaty, to which this is supplementary, shall be, and the same is hereby, altered and amended, so as to read as follows, viz: In consideration of, and exchange for, the cession made by the aforesaid tribe, in the first article of this treaty, the United States, in addition to three thousand dollars’ worth of merchandise, this day paid to the said tribe, hereby cede to the said tribe, to be by them possessed in like manner as the lands, ceded by the first article of this treaty by them to the United States, were possessed, a certain tract of land in the territory of Missouri, and included within the following boundaries, viz.: Beginning at the confluence of the rivers Pommes de Terre and Osage; thence, up said river Pommes de Terre to the dividing ridge which separates the waters of Osage and White rivers; thence, with said ridge, and west- wardly, to the Osage line; thence, due north with said line, to Nerve creek; thence, down the same, to a point due south of the mouth of White Clay, or Richard creek; thence, north, to the Osage river; thence, down said river, to the beginning. In testimony whereof, the commissioners aforesaid, and the undersigned chiefs and warriors aforesaid, have hereunto subscribed their names and affixed their seals. Done at St. Louis, in the territory of Missouri, the 19th of July, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and twenty, and of the independence of the United States the forty-fifth. Aug. Chouteau, Ben. Stephenson, Pemoatam, his x mark, Quitattay, his x mark, Pawpaussapeeawaw, his x mark, Waysheepwn, his x mark, Paywaneckway, his x mark, i 284 KICKAPOOS. Keeawnaw, his x mark, Shee Sheep, his x mark, Keesawonaw, his x mark, Mawkwawteppa, his x mark, Waywetsheecawpaw, his x mark, Keeotay, his x mark, Wawponashee, his x mark, Weepokothee, his x mark, Paysheesaw, his x mark, Wawpee Konyaw, his x mark, Auckoaw, his x mark, Namatchee, his x mark, Wakykapa, his x mark, Keechkakoy, his x mark, Saw Koy, his x mark, Namatt Shee Keeaw, his x mark, Keesasway, his x mark, Peºmoatam Oseemin, his x mark, Wawpeepoaw, his x mark, Mentowta, his x mark, Pawpaw Keemene, his x mark, Sheekeemakow, his x mark, Pawkonesheeno, his x mark, S - Signed, sealed, and delivered, in presence of the following witnesses: Pascal Cerre, Secretary to the J. Brand, Mal. Detandebarat, Gabriel G. Chouteau, Henry P. Chouteau, Commissioners, G. P. Cerre, Jacques Mette, Interpreter, F. Simon, Jn. Ruland, Sub-Agent, Peter Didier, Th. Estes, T. Goddard, Geo. Y. Bright, Gl. Paul, R. Paul, Col. JMi. Mia. Tho. T. Loury, T. B. Mathurin, B. Provinchere. Felix St. Vrain, WEA S. 285 WIE A S. I concLUDED AUGUST 11, 1820. I ſltreaty made and concluded by Benjamin Parke, a commissioner for that purpose on the part of the United States, of the one part, and the chiefs, warriors, aud head men, of the Wea tribe of Indians, of the other part. ART. 1. The chiefs, warriors, and head men, of the said tribe, agree to cede, and they do hereby cede and relinquish, to the United States, all the lands reserved by the second article of the treaty between the United States and the said tribe, concluded at Saint Mary’s, on the second day of October, eighteen hundred and eighteen. º 2. The sum of five thousand dollars, in money and goods, which is now paid and delivered by the United States, the receipt whereof the chiefs, warriors, and head men, of the said tribe, do hereby acknowledge, is considered by the parties a full compen- sation for the cession and relinquishment above mentioned. ART, 3. As it is contemplated by the said tribe to remove from the Wabash, it is agreed that the annuity secured to the Weas by the treaty of Saint Mary’s, above mentioned, shall hereafter be paid to them at Kaskaskia, in the State of Illinois. ART, 4. This treaty, as soon as it is ratified by the President and Senate of the United States, to be binding on the contracting parties. In testimony whereof, the said Benjamin Parke, commissioner as aforesaid, and the said chiefs, warriors, and head men, of the said tribe, have hereunto set their hands, at Vincennes, this eleventh day of August, eighteen hundred and twenty. B. Parke, Maquakononga, or Negro Legs, his x mark, Chequait, or Little Eyes, his x mark, Me Tacoshia, the Frenchman, his x mark, Gu Ta Shemi Tai, or Thunder, his x mark, Kenacosah Ta, or Long Body, his x mark, Wapou Kean, or Swan, his x mark, Laushepate Ta, or Two Teeth, his x mark, Meahanet, the Lean Man, his x mark, Chekolcah, the Dipper, his x mark, Ceholesehaquah, Bullet Mould, his x mark, Samaquah, Yellow Beaver, his x mark, Chasahwaha, or Rifle, his x mark, Go To paquah, or the Lone Tree, his x mark, Chikousah, or Mink, his x mark, Teche Pa Low, or Shirt, his x mark, Pa Lon Swa, Francis. 286 KICKAPOOS, In presence of John Law, Secretary to the W. E. Breading, Commissioner, E. Boudinot, William Prince, Indian Agent, Pr. Laplante, Nathl. Ewing, Michael Brouillet, U. S. Interp, KICKAPO O.S. [concLUDED SEPTEMBER 5, 1820. I Articles of a convention made and concluded between Benjamin Parke, a commissioner on the part of the United States, for that purpose, of the one part, and the chiefs, warriors, and head men of the tribe of Kickapoos of the Vermilion, of the other part. ART. 1. It is agreed that the annuity secured to the said tribe, by the treaty of the thirtieth of August, eighteen hundred and nineteen, shall hereafter be paid to the said tribe at Kaskaskias, in the State of Illinois. ART. 2. As the said tribe are now about leaving their settle- ments on the Wabash, and have desired some assistance to enable them to remove, the said Benjamin Parke, on behalf of the United States, has paid and advanced to the said tribe, two thousand dollars, the receipt whereof is hereby acknowledged; which said sum of two thousand dollars is to be considered as an equivalent, infull, for the annuity due the said tribe by virtue of the aforesaid treaty, for the year eighteen hundred and twenty-one. In testimony whereof, the said Benjamin Parke, commissioner as aforesaid, and the chiefs, warriors, and head men, of the said tribe, have hereunto set their hands, at Vincennes, the fifth day of September, eighteen hundred and twenty. B. Parke, Kechemaqua, his x mark, Wagohaw, his x mark, Paca Rinqua, her x mark, Tecumsena, his x mark, Katewah, his x mark, Pelecheah, his x mark, Nasa Reah, his x mark. In presence of William Prince, Indian Agent, George R. C. Sullivan, Win: Samuel Jacobs, cennes Postmaster, R. S. Reynolds, Toussaint Dubois, Michael Brouillet, Interpreter. CHOCTAWS. 287 C HO C T A. W. S. - ["concluded octop ER 18, 1820. I A treaty of friendship, limits, and accommodation, between the United States of America and the Choctaw nation of Indians, begun and concluded at the treaty ground, in said nation, near Doak's Stand, on the JWatchez road. PREAMBLE. Whereas, it is an important object with the President of the United States, to promote the civilization of the Choctaw Indians, by the establishment of schools amongst them; and to perpetuate them as a nation, by exchanging, for a small part of their land here, a country beyond the Mississippi river, where all, who live by hunting and will not work, may be collected and settled toge- ther: And whereas, it is desirable to the State of Mississippi, to obtain a small part of the land belonging to said nation; for the mutual accommodation of the parties, and for securing the happi- mess and protection of the whole Choctaw nation, as well as pre- serving that harmony and friendship which so happily subsists between them and the United States, James Monroe, President of the United States of America, by Andrew Jackson, of the State of Tennessee, Major-General in the army of the United States, and General Thomas Hinds, of the State of Mississippi, commissioners plenipotentiary of the United States, on the one part, and the mingoes, head men, and warriors, of the Choctaw nation, in full council assembled, on the other part, have freely and voluntarily entered into the following articles, viz: ART. 1. To enable the President of the United States to carry into effect the above grand and humane objects, the mingoes, head men, and warriors, of the Choctaw nation, in full council assem- bled, in behalf of themselves and the said nation, do, by these pre- sents, cede to the United States of America, all the land lying and being within the boundaries following, to wit:—Beginning on the Choctaw boundary, east of Pearl river, at a point due south of the White Oak spring, on the old Indian path; thence, north to said spring; thence, northwardly to a black oak, standing on the Natchez road, about forty poles eastwardly from Doak's fence, marked A. J. and blazed, with two large pines and a black oak standing nearthereto, and marked as pointers; thence, a straight line to the head of Black Creek, or Bouge Loosa; thence, down Black Creek or Bouge Loosa to a small lake; thence, a direct course, so as to strike the Mississippi one mile below the mouth of the Arkansas river; thence, down the Mississippi to our boundary; thence, round and along the same to the beginning. ART. 2. For and in consideration of the foregoing cession, on 288 CHOCTA.W. S. the part of the Choctaw nation, and in part satisfaction for the same, the commissioners of the United States, in behalf of said States, do hereby cede to said nation, a tract of country west of the Mississippi river, situate between the Arkansas and Red river, and bounded as follows:–Beginning on the Arkansas river, where the lower boundary line of the Cherokees strikes the same; thence, up the Arkansas to the Canadian Fork, and up the same to its source; thence, due south to the Red river; thence, down Red river, three miles below the mouth of Little river, which empties itself into Red river on the north side; thence, a direct line to the beginning. ART. 3. To prevent any dispute upon the subject of the bounda- ries mentioned in the 1st and 2d articles, it is hereby stipulated between the parties, that the same shall be ascertained and dis- tinctly marked by a commissioner, or commissioners, to be ap- pointed by the United States, accompanied by such person as the Choctaw nation may select; said nation having thirty days pre- vious notice of the time and place at which the operation will commence. The person so chosen by the Choctaws, shall act as a pilot or guide, for which the United States will pay him two dollars per day, whilst actually engaged in the performance of that duty. ART. 4. The boundaries hereby established between the Choc- taw Indians and the United States, on this side of the Mississippi river, shall remain without alteration until the period at which said nation shall become so civilized and enlightened as to be made citi- zens of the United States, and Congress shall lay off a limited parcel of land for the benefit of each family or individual in the nation. ART. 5. For the purpose of aiding and assisting the poor Indians, who wish to remove to the country hereby ceded on the part of the United States, and to enable them to do well and support their families, the commissioners of the United States engage, in behalf of said States, to give to each warrior a blanket, kettle, rifle gun, bullet moulds and nippers, and ammunition sufficient for hunting and defence, for one year. Said warrior shall also be supplied with corn to support him and his family, for the same period, and whilst travelling to the country above ceded to the Choctaw nation. ART. 6. The commissioners of the United States further cove- nant and agree, on the part of the said States, that an agent shall be appointed, in due time, for the benefit of the Choctaw Indians who may be permanently settled in the country ceded to them be- yond the Mississippi river, and, at a convenient period, a factor shall be sent there with goods, to supply their wants. A black- smith shall also be settled amongst them, at a point most conve- nient to the population; and a faithful person appointed, whose duty it shall be to use every reasonable exertion to collect all the CHOCTAWS. - 289 wandering Indians belonging to the Choctaw nation, upon the land hereby provided for their permanent settlement. ART. 7. Out of the lands ceded by the Choctaw nation to the United States, the commissioners aforesaid, in behalf of said States, further covenant and agree, that fifty-four sections of one mile square shall be laid out in good land, by the President of the United States, and sold, for the purpose of raising a fund, to be applied to the support of the Choctaw schools, on both sides of the Mississippi river. Three-fourths of said fund shall be appro- priated for the benefit of the schools here; and the remaining fourth for the establishment of one or more beyond the Missis- sippi; the whole to be placed in the hands of the President of the United States, and to be applied by him, expressly and exclu- sively, to this valuable object. - - ART. 8. To remove any discontent which may have arisen in the Choctaw nation, in consequence of six thousand dollars of their annuity having been appropriated annually, for sixteen years, by some of the chiefs, for the support of their schools, the commis- sioners of the United States oblige themselves, on the part of said States, to set apart an additional tract of good land, for raising a fund equal to that given by the said chiefs, so that the whole of the annuity may remain in the nation, and be divided amongst them. And in order that exact justice may be done to the poor and distressed of said nation, it shall be the duty of the agent to see that the wants of every deaf, dumb, blind, and distressed In- dian, shall be first supplied out of said annuity, and the balance equally distributed amongst every individual of said nation. ART. 9. All those who have separate settlements, and fall within the limits of the land ceded by the Choctaw nation to the United States, and who desire to remain where they now reside, shall be secured in a tract or parcel of land one mile square, to include their improvements. Any one who prefers removing, if he does so within one year from the date of this treaty, shall be paid their full value, to be ascertained by two persons, to be appointed by the President of the United States. ART, 10. As there are some who have valuable buildings on the roads and elsewhere upon the lands hereby ceded, should they remove, it is further agreed by the aforesaid commissioners, in be- half of the United States, that the inconvenience of doing so shall be considered, and such allowance made as will amount to an equi- Valent. For this purpose, there shall be paid to the Mingo, Puckshe- nubbe, five hundred dollars; to Harrison, two hundred dollars; tº captain Cobb, two hundred dollars; to William Hays, two hundred dollars; to O’Gleno, two hundred dollars; and to all ºthers who have comfortable houses, a compensation in the same proportion. ** 11. It is also provided by the commissioners of the United States, and º agree in behalf of said States, that those Choctaw 290 CHO CTAWS. chiefs and warriors, who have not received compensation for their services during the campaign to Pensacola, in the late war, shall be paid whatever is due them over and above the value of the blanket, shirt, flap, and leggins, which have been delivered to them. ART, 12. In order to promote industry and sobriety amongstall classes of the red people, in this nation, but particularly the poor, it is further provided by the parties, that the agent appointed to reside here, shall be, and he is hereby, vested with full power to seize and confiscate all the whiskey which may be introduced into said nation, except that used at public stands, or brought in by the permit of the agent, or the principal chiefs of the three districts. ART. 13. To enable the mingoes, chiefs, and head men, of the Choctaw nation, to raise and organize a corps of light-horse, con- sisting of ten in each distreit, so that good order may be main- tained, and that all men, both white and red, may be compelled to pay their just debts, it is stipulated and agreed, that the sum of two hundred dollars shall be appropriated by the United States, for each district, annually, and placed in the hands of the agent, to pay the expenses incurred in raising and establishing said corps; which is to act as executive officers, in maintaining good order, and compelling bad men to remove from the nation, who are not autho- rized to live in it by a regular permit from the agent. ART. 14. Whereas the father of the beloved chief Mushulatub- bee, of the lower towns, for and during his life, did receive from the United States the sum of one hundred and fifty dollars, annual. ly; it is hereby stipulated, that his son and successor Mushulatub- bee, shall annually be paid the same amount during his naturallife, to commence from the ratification of this treaty. ART. 15. The peace and harmony subsisting between the Choc- taw nation of Indians and the United States, are hereby renewed, continued, and declared to be perpetual. ART. 16. These articles shall take effect, and become obligatory on the contracting parties, so soon as the same shall be ratified by the President, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate of the United States. - In testimony whereof, the commissioners plenipotentiary of the United States and the Mingoes, head men, and warriors, of the Choctaw nation, have hereunto subscribed their names and affixed their seals, at the place above written, this eigh- teenth day of October, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and twenty, and of the independence of the United States the forty-fifth. Andrew Jackson, - Thomas Hinds, MEDAL MINGoºs, Puckshenubbee, his x mark, - Pooshawattaha, his x mark, Mushulatubbee, his x mark, | Commissioners, : CHIOCTA.W. S. 291 £HIEFS AND WARRIORS, General Humming Bird, his x mark, James Hanizon, his x mark, Talking Warrior, his x mark, Little Leader, his x mark, Captain Bob Cole, his x mark, Red Fort, or Qolatahooma, his x mark, Choctawistonocka, his x mark, Oglano, his x mark, Chuleta, his x mark, John Frazier, his x mark, Oakchummia, his x mark, Nockestona, his x mark, £hapahooma, his x mark, Onanchahabee, his x mark, Copatanathoco, his x mark, Atahobia, his x mark, Opehoola, his x mark, Chetantanchahubbee, his x mark, Captain Lapala, his x mark, Panchahabbee, his x mark, £huckahicka, his x mark, Tallahomia, his x mark, Totapia, his x mark, Hocktanlubbee, his x mark, Tapawanchahubbee, his x mark, Capt. Red Bird, his x mark, Capt. Jerry Carney, his x mark, Chapanchahabbee, his x mark, Tunnupmuia, his x mark, Ponhoopia, his x mark, Ticbehacubbee, his x mark, Suttacanchihubbee, his x mark, Capt. William Beams, his x mark, Captain James Pitchlynn, Capt. James Garland, his x mark, Tapanahomia, his x mark, Thlahomia, his x mark, Tishotata, his x mark, Inoquia, his x mark, Ultetoncubbee, his x mark, Palochubbee, his x mark, Jopannu, his x mark, Captain Joel H. Vail, Tapanastonahamia, his x mark, Hoophomia, his x mark, Chelutahomia, his x mark, Tuskiamingo, his x mark, Young Captain, his x mark, 292 CHOCTAWS., CHIEFS AND WARRIORS, Hakatubbee, his x mark, Tishoo, his x mark, Capt. Bobb, his x mark, Hopeanchahabee, his x mark, Capt. Bradley, his x mark, Capt. Daniel M’Curtain, his x mark, Mucklisahopia, his x mark, Nuckpullachubbee, his x mark, George Turnbull, Captain Thomas M’Curtain, his x mark, Oakehonahooma, his x mark, Capt. John Cairns, his x mark, Topenastonahooma, his x mark, Holatohamia, his x mark, Col. Boyer, his x mark, Holantachanshahubbee, his x mark, Chuckahabbee, his x mark, Washaschahopia, his x mark, Chatamakaha, his x mark, Hapeabomia, his x mark, William Hay, his x mark, Captain Samuel Cobb, his x mark, Lewis Brashears, his x mark, Muckelehamia, his x mark, Capt. Sam. Magee, his x mark, Ticbehamia, his x mark, Doctor Red Bird, his x mark, Oontoola, his x mark, Pooshonshabbee, his x mark, Casania, his x mark, Joseph Nelson, his x mark, Unahubbee, his x mark, Red Duck, his x mark, Muttahubbee, his x mark, Capt. Thokahatubbee, his x mark, Alex. Hamilton, Capt. Red Knife, his x mark, Shapahroma, his x mark, Capt. Tonnanpoocha, his x mark, Mechamiabbee, his x mark, Tuskanohamia, his x mark, Tookatubbetusea, his x mark, William Frye, his x mark, Greenwood Leflore, his x mark, Archibald MaGee, his x mark, Capt. Ben Burris, his x mark, Tusconohicca, his x mark, Capt. Lewis Perry, his x mark, L. 3. --- -- -------------------------------------------- S i CREEKS. 293 CHIEFS AND Henekachubbee, his x mark, WARRIORS, Tussashamia, his x mark, Capt. Charles Durant, his x mark, Piare Durant, his x mark. : Witnesses present at sealing and signing: Saml. R. Overton, Secretary to Lieut. Corps of Eng. and the Commission, ſlid-de-Camp to Gen. Jackson, Eden Brashears, - P. A. Vandorn, J. C. Bronaugh, Asst. Surg. John H. Esty, Gen. S. D. U. S. Army, John Pitchlynn, U. S. Interpreter, H. D. Downs, M. Mackey, U. S. Interpreter, Wm. F. Gangent, Edmund Falsome, Interpreter, X, Wm. M. Graham, 1st Lieut. James Hughes, Corps of Artillery, Geo. Fisher, Andrew J. Donelson, Bru’t 2d Jas. Jackson, jr. C. R. E. E. K. S. I concluded JANUARY 8, 1821. I Articles of a treaty entered into at the Indian Spring, in the Creek nation, by Daniel J.M. Forney, of the State of JWorth Carolina, and David Meriwether, of the State of Georgia, specially ap- pointed for that purpose, on the part of the United States; and the chiefs, head men, and warriors, of the Creek nation, in council assembled. ART. 1. The chiefs, head men, and warriors, of the Creek na- tion, in behalf of the said nation, do, by these presents, cede to the United States all that tract or parcel of land, situate, lying, and being, east of the following bounds and limits, viz.: Begin- ning on the east bank of Flint river, where Jackson’s line crosses, running thence, up the eastern bank of the same, along the water’s edge, to the head of the principal western branch ; from thence, the nearest and a direct line, to the Chatahooche river, up the eastern bank of the said river, along the water’s edge, to the shal- low Ford, where the present boundary line between the State of Georgia and the Creek nation touches the said river: Provided, however, That, if the said line should strike the Chatahooche river, below the Creek village Buzzard-Roost, there shall be a set-off made, so as to leave the said village one mile within the Creek nation; excepting and reserving to the Creek nation the title and possession, in the manner and form specified, to all the land here- after excepted, viz: one thousand acres, to be laid offin a square, so as to include the Indian Spring in the centre thereof; as, also, six and forty acres on the western bank of the Oakmulgee river, 2.94. 6.REEK:S. so as to include the improvements at present in the possession of the Indian chief General McIntosh. ART. 2. It is hereby stipulated, by the contracting parties, that the title and possession of the following tracts of land shall con- tinue in the Creek nation so long as the present occupants shall remain in the personal possession thereof, viz: one mile square, each, to include as near as may be, in the centre thereof, the im: provements of Michey Barnard, James Barnard, Buckey Barnard, Cussena Barnard, and Eſauemathlaw, on the east side of Flint river; which reservations shall constitute a part of the cession made by the first article, so soon as they shall be abandoned by the present occupants. ART. 3. It is hereby stipulated, by the contracting parties, that so long as the United States continue the Creek agency at its pre- sent situation on Flint river, the land included within the following boundary, viz.: Beginning on the east bank of Flint river, at the mouth of the Boggy branch, and running out, at right angles, from the river, one mile and a half; thence up, and parallel with, the river, three miles; thence, parallel with the first line, to the river; and thence, down the river, to the place of beginning: shall be reserved to the Creek nation for the use of the United States agency, and shall constitute a part of the cession made by the first article, whenever the agency shall be removed. ART. 4. It is hereby stipulated and agreed, on the part of the United States, as a consideration for the land ceded by the Creek nation by the first article, that there shall be paid to the Creek na- tion, by the United States, ten thousand dollars in hand, the re- ceipt whereof is hereby acknowledged ; forty thousand dollars as soon as practicable after the ratification of this convention; five thousand dollars, annually, for two years thereafter ; sixteenth0l. sand dollars, annually, for five years thereafter ; and ten thousand dollars, annually, for six years thereafter; making, in the whole, fourteen payments in fourteen successive years, without interest, in money or goods and implements of husbandry, at the option of the Creek nation, seasonably signified, from time to time, through the agent of the United States residing with said nation, to the Department of War. And, as a further consideration for said ces: sion, the United States do hereby agree to pay to the State of Georgia whatever balance may be found due by the Creek nation to the citizens of said State, whenever the same shall be ascer- tained, in conformity with the reference made by the commissioners of Georgia, and the chiefs, head men, and warriors, of the Creek nation, to be paid in five annual instalments, without interest, prº- vided the same shall not exceed the sum of two hundred and fifty thousand dollars; the commissioners of Georgia executing to the Creek nation a full and final relinquishment of all the claims of the citizens of Georgia against the Creek nation, for property taken ºr destroyed prior to the act of Congress of one thousand eight ºREEKS. 295 hundred and two, regulating the intercourse with the Indian tribes. ART. 5. The President of the United States shall cause the line to be run from the head of Flint river to Chatahooche river, and reservations made to the Creek nation to be laid off, in the manner specified in the first, second, and third articles of this treaty, at such time and in such manner as he may deem proper, giving time- ly notice to the Creek nation; and this convention shall be obli- gatory on the contracting parties, as soon as the same shall have been ratified by the government of the United States. Done at the Indian Spring, this eighth day of January, A. D. eighteen hundred and twenty-one. D. M. Forney, D. Meriwether, Wm. McIntosh, Tustunnugee Hopoie, his x mark, Eſau Emauthlau, his x mark, Holoughlan, or Col. Blue, his x mark, Cussetau Micco, his x mark, Sotetan Haujo, his x mark, Etomme Tustunnuggee, his x mark, Taskagee Emauthlau, his x mark, "Tuckle Luslee, his x mark, Tuckte Lustee Haujo, his x mark, Cunepee Emauthlau, his x mark, Hethlepoie, his x mark, Tuskeenaheocki, his x mark, Chaughle Micco, his x mark, - Isfaune Tustunnuggee Haujo, his x mark, Wau. Thlucco Haujo, his x mark, Itchu Haujo, his x mark, Alabama Tustunnuggee, his x mark, Holoughlan Tustunnuggee, his x mark, Auhauluck Yohola, his x mark, Oseachee Tustunnuggee, his x mark, Houpauthlee Tustunnuggee, his x mark, Nenehaumaughtoochie, his x mark, Henelau Tixico, his x mark, Tusekeagh Haujo, his x mark, Joseph Marshall, - In presence of I. McIntosh, ... . . William Cook, Secretary C. G. 5...". ºf wº." Daniel Newman, Sl. Hawkins, intº refers D. B. Mitchell, Agent for I. A. George Levett, preters. William Meriwether, Secretary U. S. C. ----S S - S Georgia, 296 CREEKS, C. R. E. E. K. S. I concLUDED JANUARY 8, 1821. I Articles of agreement entered into, between the undersigned come missioners, appointed by the governor of the State of Georgia, for and on behalf of the citizens of the said State, and the chiefs, head men, and warriors, of the Creek nation of Indians. Whereas, at a conference opened and held at the Indian Spring, in the Creek nation, the citizens of Georgia, by the aforesaid com- missioners, have represented that they have claims to a large amount against the said Creek nation of Indians: Now, in order to adjust and bring the same to a speedy and final settlement, it is hereby agreed by the aforesaid commissioners, and the chiefs, head men, and warriors, of the said nation, that all the talks had upon the subject of these claims at this place, together with all claims on either side, of whatever nature or kind, prior to the act of Con- gress of one thousand eight hundred and two, regulating the in- tercourse with the Indian tribes, with the documents in support of them, shall be referred to the decision of the President of the United States, by him to be decided upon, adjusted, liquidated, and settled, in such manner, and under such rules, regulations, and restrictions, as he shall prescribe: Provided, however, if it should meet the views of the President of the United States, it is the wish of the contracting parties, that the liquidation and settlement of the aforesaid claims shall be made in the State of Georgia, at such place as he may deem most convenient for the parties inter- ested, and the decision and award, thus made and rendered, shall be binding and obligatory upon the contracting parties. In witness whereof, we have hereunto set our hands and seals, this eighth day of January, one thousand eight hundred and twenty-one. J. McIntosh, David Adams, Daniel Newman, William McIntosh, Tustunnuggee Hopoie, his x mark, Eſau Emauthlau, his x mark, Present, D. M. Forney, D. Meriwether. Whereas a treaty or convention has this day been made and entered into, by and between the United States and the Creek na- tion, by the provisions of which the United States have agreed to pay, and the commissioners of the State of Georgia have agree OTTAWAS, CHIPPEwAs, ETC. 297 to accept, for and on behalf of the citizens of the State of Georgia, having claims against the Creek nation, prior to the year one thou- sand eight hundred and two, the sum of two hundred and fifty thousand dollars: - Now, know all men by these presents, that we, the undersigned, commissioners of the State of Georgia, for, and in consideration of the aforesaid sum of two hundred and fifty thousand dollars, secured by the said treaty or convention to be paid to the State of Georgia, for the discharge of all bona fide and liquidated claims, which the citizens of the said State may establish against the Creek nation, do, by these presents, release, exonerate, and dis- charge, the said Creek nation from all and every claim and claims, of whatever description, nature, or kind, the same may be, which the citizens of Georgia now have, or may have had, prior to the year one thousand eight hundred and two, against the said nation. And we do hereby assign, transfer, and set over, unto the United States, for the use and benefit of the said Creek nation, for the con- sideration hereinbefore expressed, all the right, title, and interest, of the citizens of the said State, to all claims, debts, damages, and property, of every description and denomination, which the citizens of the said State have, or had, prior to the year one thousand eight hundred and two, as aforesaid, against the said Creek nation. In witness whereof, we have hereunto affixed our hands and seals, at the Mineral Spring, in the said Creek nation, this eighth day of January, one thousand eight hundred and twenty-one. J. McIntosh, L. S. David Adams, L. S. Daniel Newman, L. S. Present, - D. M. Forney, D. B. Mitchell, Agent D. Meriwether, for Indian Affairs. OTT AWA S, CHIP PE WAS, ETC. [concLUDED AUGUST 29, 1821.] Articles of a treaty made and concluded at Chicago, in the State of Illinois, between Lewis Cass and Solomon Sibley, commissioners of the United States, and the Ottawa, Chippewa, and Pattiwa- tima nations of Indians. ART. 1. The Ottawa, Chippewa, and Pattiwatima, nations of Indians cede to the United States all the land comprehended within the following boundaries: Beginning at a point on the south bank of the river St. Joseph of lake Michigan, near the Parc 298 OTTAWAS, CHIPPEWAS, ETC, aux Vaches, due north from Rum’s village, and running thence south to a line drawn due east from the southern extreme of lake Michigan; thence with the said line east to the tract ceded by the Pattiwatimas to the United States by the treaty of fort Meigs, in 1817, if the said line should strike the said tract, but if the said line should pass north of the said tract, then such line shall be continued until it strikes the western boundary of the tract ceded to the United States by the treaty of Detroit in 1807, and from the termination of the said line, following the boundaries of former cessions, to the main branch of the grand river of lake Michigan, should any of the said lines cross the said river; but if none of the said lines should cross the said river, then to a point due east of the source of the said main branch of the said river, and from such point due west to the source of the said principal branch, and from the crossing of the said river, or from the source thereof, as the case may be, down the said river, on the north bank thereof, to the mouth; thence following the shore of lake Michigan to the south bank of the said river St. Joseph, at the mouth thereof, and thence with the said south bank to the place of beginning. ART. 2. From the cession aforesaid, there shall be reserved, for the use of the Indians, the following tracts: One tract at Mang-ach-qua village, on the river Peble, of six miles square. One tract at Mick-ke-saw-be, of six miles square. One tract at the village of Na-to-wa-se-pe, of four miles square. One tract at the village of Prairie Ronde, of three miles square. One tract at the village of Match-e-be-mash-she-wish, at the head of the Kekalamazoo river. ART. 3. There shall be granted by the United States to each of the following persons, being all Indians by descent, and to their heirs, the following tracts of land: To John Burnet, two sections of land. To James Burnet, Abraham Burnet, Rebecca Burnet, and Nancy Burnet, each one section of land; which said John, James, Abra- ham, Rebecca, and Nancy, are children of Kaw-kee-me, sister of Top-ni-be, principal chief of the Pattiwatima nation. The land granted to the persons immediately preceding, shall begin on the north bank of the river St. Joseph, about two miles from the mouth, and shall extend up and back from the said river for quantity. To John B. La Lime, son of Noke-no-qua, one-half a section of land, adjoining the tract before granted, and on the upper side thereof. To Jean B. Chandonai, son of Chip-pe-wa-qua, two sections of land, on the river St. Joseph, above and adjoining the tract granted to J. B. La Lime. To Joseph Daze, son of Chip-pe-wa-qua, one section of land above and adjoining the tract granted to Jean B. Chandonai. OTTAWAS, CHIPPEWAS, ETC. 299 To Monguago, one-half a section of land, at Mish-she-wa-ko-kink. To Pierre Moran or Peeresh, a Pattiwatima chief, one section of land, and to his children two sections of land, at the mouth of the Elk-heart river. To Pierre Le Clerc, son of Moi-qua, one section of land on the Elk-heart river, above and adjoining the tract granted to Moran and his children. The section of land granted by the treaty of St. Mary’s, in 1818, to Peeresh or Perig, shall be granted to Jean B. Cicot, son of Pe- say-quot, sister of the said Peeresh, it having been so intended at the execution of the said treaty. - To O-she-ak-ke-be or Benac, one-half of a section of land on the north side of the Elk-heart river, where the road from Chicago to fort Wayne first crosses the said river. . To Me-naw-che, a Pattiwatima woman, one-half of a section of land on the eastern bank of the St. Joseph, where the road from Detroit to Chicago first crosses the said river. To Theresa Chandler or To-e-ak-qui, a Pattiwatima woman, and to her daughter Betsey Fisher, one section of land on the south side of the Grand river, opposite to the Spruce Swamp. To Charles Beaubien and Medart Beaubien, sons of Man-na- ben-a-qua, each one-half of a section of land near the village of Ke-wi-go-shkeem, on the Washtenaw river. To Antoine Roland, son of I-gat-pat-a-wat-a-mie-qua, one half of a section of land adjoining and below the tract granted to Pierre Moran. To William Knaggs, or Was-es-kuk-son, son of Ches-qua, one- half of a section of land adjoining and below the tract granted to Antoine Roland. To Madeline Bertrand, wife of Joseph Bertrand, a Pattiwatima woman, one section of land at the Parc aux Vaches, on the north side of the river St. Joseph. To Joseph Bertrand, junior, Benjamin Bertrand, Laurent Ber- trand, Theresa Bertrand, and Amable Bertrand, children of the said Madeline Bertrand, each one-half of a section of land at the portage of the Kankakee river. To John Riley, son of Me-naw-cum-a-go-quoi, one section of land, at the mouth of the river Au Foin, on the Grand River, and extending up the said river. To Peter Riley, the son of Me-naw-cum-e-go-qua, one section of land, at the mouth of the river Au Foin, on the Grand River, and extending down the said river. To Jean B. Le Clerc, son of Moi-qua, one-half of a section of land, above and adjoining the tract granted to Pierre Le Clerc. To Joseph La Framboise, son of Shaw-we-no-qua, one section of land upon the south side of the river St. Joseph, and adjoining on the upper side the land ceded to the United States, which said section was also ceded to the United States. 300 OTTAWAS, CHIPPEWAS, ETC. The tracts of land herein stipulated to be granted, shall never be leased or conveyed by the grantees or their heirs to any persons whatever, without the permission of the President of the United States. And such tracts shall be located after the said cession is surveyed, and in conformity with such surveys as near as may be, and in such manner as the President may direct. ART. 4. In consideration of the cession aforesaid, the United States engage to pay to the Ottawa nation, one thousand dollars in specie, annually forever, and also to appropriate annually, for the term of ten years, the sum of fifteen hundred dollars, to be expended as the President may direct, in the support of a black- smith, of a teacher, and of a person to instruct the Ottawas in agriculture, and in the purchase of cattle and farming utensils. And the United States also engage to pay to the Pattiwatima nation five thousand dollars in specie, annually, for the term of twenty years, and also to appropriate annually, for the term of fifteen years, the sum of one thousand dollars, to be expended as the President may direct, in the support of a blacksmith and a teacher. And one mile square shall be selected, under the direc- tion of the President, on the north side of the Grand River, and one mile square on the south side of the St. Joseph, and within the Indian lands not ceded, upon which the blacksmiths and teachers employed for the said tribes, respectively, shall reside. ART. 5. The stipulation contained in the treaty of Greenville, relative to the right of the Indians to hunt upon the land ceded while it continues the property of the United States, shall apply to this treaty. ART. 6. The United States shall have the privilege of making and using a road through the Indian country, from Detroit and fort Wayne, respectively, to Chicago. ART. 7. This treaty shall take effect and be obligatory on the contracting parties, as soon as the same shall be ratified by the President of the United States, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate thereof. In testimony whereof, the said Lewis Cass and Solomon Sibley, commissioners as aforesaid, and the chiefs and warriors of the said Ottawa, Chippewa, and Pattiwatima nations, have hereunto set their hands, at Chicago aforesaid, this 29th day of August, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hun- dred and twenty-one. Lewis Cass, Solomon Sibley. OTTAWAS, Kewagoushcum, his x mark, Nokawjegaun, his x mark, Kee-o-to-aw-be, his x mark, Ket-che-me-chi-na-waw, his x mark, Ep-pe-san-se, his x mark, OTTAWAS, CHIPPEWAS, ETC. 301 CHIPPEWAS, PATTIWATIMAs, Kay-nee-wee, his x mark, Mo-a-put-to, his x mark, Mat-che-pee-na-che-wish, his x mark, Met-tay-waw, his x mark, Mich-el, his x mark, To-pen-ne-bee, his x mark, Mee-te-ay, his x mark, Chee-banse, his x mark, Loui-son, his x mark, Wee-saw, his x mark, Kee-po-taw, his x mark, Shay-auk-ke-bee, his x mark, Sho-mang, his x mark, Waw-we-uck-ke-meck, his x mark, Nay-ou-chee-mon, his x mark, Kon-gee, his x mark, Shee-shaw-gan, his x mark, Aysh-cam, his x mark, Meek-say-mank, his x mark, May-ten-way, his x mark, Shaw-wen-ne-me-tay, his x mark, Francois, his x mark, Mauk-see, his x mark, Way-me-go, his x mark, Man-daw-min, his x mark, Quay-guee, his x mark, Aa-pen-naw-bee, his x mark, Mat-cha-wee-yaas, his x mark, Mat-cha-pag-gish, his x mark, Mongaw, his x mark, Pug-gay-gaus, his x mark, Ses-cobe-mesh, his x mark, Chee-gwa-mack-gwa-go, his x mark, Waw-seb-baw, his x mark, Pee-chee-co, his x mark, Quoi-quoi-taw, his x mark, Pe-an-nish, his x mark, Wy-ne-naig, his x mark, Onuck-ke-meck, his x mark, Ka-way-sin, his x mark, A-meck-kose, his x mark, Os-see-meet, his x mark, Shaw-ko-to, his x mark, No-shay-we-quat, his x mark, Mee-gwun, his x mark, Mes-she-ke-ten-now, his x mark, Kee-no-to-go, his x mark, 302 GREAT AND LITTLE O SAGES. Wa-baw-nee-she, his x mark, Shaw-waw-nay-see, his x mark, Atch-wee-muck-quee, his x mark, Pish-she-baw-gay, his x mark, Waw-ba-saye, his x mark, Meg-ges-Seese, his x mark, Say-gaw-koo-nuck, his x mark, Shaw-way-no, his x mark, Shee-shaw-gun, his x mark, To-to-mee, his x mark, Ash-kee-wee, his x mark, Shay-auk-ke-bee, his x mark, Aw-be-tone, his x mark. - In presence of Alex. Wolcott, jr. Indian Agent, R. Montgomery, Jno. R. Williams, Adj't Gen. Jacob B. Varnum, U. S. Factor J.M. JMa. John B. Beaubien, G. Godfroy, Indian Agent, Conrad Ten Eyck, W. Knaggs, Indian Agent, J. Whipley, Jacob Visget, George Miles, jun. Henry I. Hunt, Henry Connor, A. Phillips, Paymaster U. S. James Barnerd, Army, John Kenzie, Sub-Agent. The tract reserved at the village of Match-e-be-nash-she-wish, at the head of the Ke-kal-i-ma-zoo river, was by agreement to be three miles square. The extent of the reservation was accidentally omitted. LEWIS CASS, SOLOMON SIBLEY. GREAT AND LITTLE O SAGES. I concLUDED AUGUST 31, 1822. I Articles of a treaty entered into and concluded at the United States factory, on the JM. De Cigue ſlugt, by and between Richard Graham, agent of Indian affairs, authorized on the part of the United States for that purpose, and the chiefs, warriors, and head men, of the tribes of Great and Little Osage Indians, for themselves and their respective tribes, of the other part. Whereas, by the second article of the treaty made and entered into between the United States and the Great and Little Osage nations of Indians, concluded and signed at fort Clark, on the Missouri, on the tenth day of November, one thousand eight hun- dred and eight, it is stipulated that the United States shall establish GREAT AND LITTI, E. O.S.A.G.E.S. 303. at that place, and permanently continue, at all seasons of the year, a well assorted store of goods for the purpose of bartering with them on moderate terms for their peltries and furs: now we, the said chiefs, warriors, and head men, in behalf of our said tribes, for and in consideration of two thousand three hundred and twenty- nine dollars and forty cents, to us now paid in merchandise, out of the United States factory, by said Richard Graham, on behalf of the United States, the receipt whereof is hereby acknowledged, do exonerate, release, and forever discharge, the United States from the obligation contained in the said second article above men- tioned; and the aforesaid second article is, from the date hereof, abrogated and of no effect. In witness whereof, the said Richard Graham and the chiefs, warriors, and head men, of the Great and Little Osage tribes, have hereunto set their hands and affixed their seals, this thirty-first day of August, in the year of our Lord one thou- sand eight hundred and twenty-two. R. Graham, Pahuska, his x mark, or White Hair, head chief, B. O. Neshumoiny, his x mark, or Walk in Rain, head chief L. O. Kahegewashinpisheh, his x mark, - Big Soldier, his x mark, Cothistwoshko, his x mark, Tocathingah, his x mark, Towakaheh, his x mark, chief of the Crosse Cotte V. Kahegetankgah, his x mark, Urattheheh, his x mark, Thinggahwassah, his x mark, Onnyago, his x mark, Wonopasheh, his x mark, Kehegethingah, his x mark, Weheseheh, his x mark, Thunkemono, his x mark, Ownakaheh, his x mark, Wahchewahheh, his x mark, Grenatheh, his x mark, Neocheninkeh, his x mark, Tanwanhehe, his x mark, Wasabewangoudake, his x mark, Wathinsabbeh, his x mark, In presence of Paul Baillio, C. De La Croix. Robert Dunlap, S - 304 SACS AND FOXES. SACS AND FOXES. [concLUDED sº PTEMBER 3, 1822. I Articles of a treaty entered into and concluded at fort Armstrong, by and between Thomas Forsyth, agent of Indian affairs, autho- rized on the part of the United States for that purpose, of the one part, and the chiefs, warriors, and head men, of the united Sac and For tribes, for themselves and their tribes, of the other part. Whereas, by the ninth article of the treaty made and entered into between the United States and the Sac and Fox tribes of Indians, concluded and signed at Saint Louis, in the district of Louisiana, on the third day of November, one thousand eight hundred and four, it is stipulated, in order to put a stop to the abuses and impositions which are practised upon the said tribes by the private traders, the United States will, at a convenient time, establish a trading house or factory, where the individuals of the said tribes can be supplied with goods at a more reasonable rate than they have been accustomed to procure them: Now, we, the said chiefs, warriors, and head men of the said tribes, for and in consideration of the sum of one thousand dollars to us, now paid in merchandise out of the United States factory, by said Thomas Forsyth, on behalf of the United States, the receipt whereof is hereby acknowledged, do exonerate, release, and forever discharge the United States from the obligation contained in the said ninth article above recited, and the aforesaid ninth article is, from the date hereof, abrogated and of no effect. In witness whereof, the said Thomas Forsyth, and the chiefs, warriors, and head men, of the Sac and Fox tribes, have hereunto set their hands, and affixed their seals, this third day of September, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and twenty-two. - Thomas Forsyth, United States Indian Agent, L Pushee Paho, his x mark, L Quash Quammee, his x mark, L Nesowakee, his x mark, L Keeocuck, his x mark, L. Wapulla, his x mark, L Themue, his x mark, L Mucathaanamickee, his x mark, L Nolo, his x mark, L -- --------- In the presence of S. Burbank, Major U. S. Army, George Davenport, P. Craig, Assistant Surgeon Samuel C. Muir, United States Army, John Connelly, J. M. Baxley, Lt. 5th Infantry, Louis Betelle, Interpreter. SENERA.S. 305 SENE KAS. I concLUDED september 3, 1823.] ºlt a treaty held under the authority of the United States at Mos- cow, in the county of Livingston, in the State of New York, be- tween the sachems, chiefs, and warriors of the Semeka nation of Indians in behalf of said nation, and John Greig and Henry B. Gibson of Canandaigua in the county of Ontario; in the presence ºf Charles Carroll, esquire, commissioner appointed by the United States for holding said treaty, and of JVathaniel Gorham, esquire, superintendent, in behalf of the State of Massachusetts. Know all men by these presents, that the said sachems, chiefs, and warriors, for and in consideration of the sum of fourthousand two hundred and eighty-six dollars, lawful money of the United States, to them in hand paid by the said John Greig and Henry B. Gibson, at or immediately before the ensealing and delivery of these presents, the receipt whereof is hereby acknowledged, have granted, bargained, sold, aliened, released, quit claimed and confirmed unto the said John Greig and Henry B. Gibson, and by these presents do grant, bargain, sell, alien, release, quit claim, and confirm, unto the said John Greig and Henry B. Gib- son, their heirs and assigns, forever, all that tract, piece or parcel of land commonly called and known by the name of the Gordeau reservation, situate, lying and being in the counties of Livingston and Genesee, in the State of New York, bounded as follows, that is to say: Beginning at the mouth of Steep Hill creek, thence due east, until it strikes the Old Path, thence south until a due west line will intersect with certain steep rocks on the west side of Genesee river, thence extending due west, due north, and due east, until it strikes the first mentioned bound, enclosing as much land on the west side as on the east side of the river, and contain- ing according to the survey and measurement made of the same by Augustus Porter, surveyor, seventeen thousand nine hundred and twenty-seven 137-160 acres, be the same more or less: ex- cepting nevertheless, and always reserving out of this grant and conveyance, twelve hundred and eighty acres of land, bounded as follows, that is to say; on the east by Genesee river, on the south by a line running due west from the centre of the Big Slide so called, on the north by a line parallel to the south line and two miles distant therefrom, and on the west by a line running due north and south, and at such a distance from the river as to in- clude the said quantity of twelve hundred and eighty acres and no more; which said twelve hundred and eighty acres are fully and clearly understood, to remain the property of the said parties 34 306 SENEKA.S. of the first part, and their nation, in as full and ample a manner, as if these presents had not been executed : together with all and singular the rights, privileges, hereditaments, and appurtenances, to the said hereby granted premises belonging or in anywise ap- pertaining, and all the estate, right, title, and interest, whatsoever, of them the said parties of the first part, and of their nation, of in, and to, the said tract of land above described, except as is above excepted. To have and to hold all and singular the above granted premises with the appurtenances, unto the said John Greig and Henry B. Gibson, their heirs and assigns, to the sole and only proper use, benefit, and behoof, of the said John Greig and Henry B. Gibson, their heirs and assigns forever. In testimony whereof, the parties to these presents have here. unto, and to three other instruments of the same tenor and date, one to remain with the United States, one to remain with the State of Massachusetts, one to remain with the Se- neka nation of Indians, and one to remain with the said John Greig and Henry B. Gibson, interchangeably set their hands and seals, the third day of September, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and twenty three. Saquiungarluchta, or Young King, his x mark, Karlundawana, or Pollard, his x mark, Sagouata, or Red Jacket, his x mark, Tishkaaga, or Little Billy, his x mark, Tywaneash, or Black Snake, his x mark, Kahalsta, or Strong, his x mark, Chequinduchgue, or Little Beard, his x mark, Tuyongo, or Seneka White, his x mark, Onondaki, or Destroy Town, his x mark, Lunuchshewa, or War Chief, his x mark, Genuchsckada, or Stevenson, his x mark, Mary Jamieson, her x mark, Talwinaha, or Little Johnson, his x mark, Atachsagu, or John Big Tree, his x mark, Teskaiy, or John Pierce, his x mark, Teaslaegee, or Charles Cornplanter, his x mark, Teoneukaweh, or Bob Stevens, his x mark, Cheeanadughtwo, or Little Beard, his x mark, Canada, his x mark, S Sealed and delivered in the presence of Nat. W. Howell, Jasper Parrish, Ch. Carroll, - Horatio Jones. Done at a treaty held with the sachems, chiefs, and warriors of the Seneka nation of Indians at Moscow, in the county of Livingston and State of New York, on the third day of Sep- FiORIDA. 307 tember, one thousand eight hundred and twenty-three, under the authority of the United States. In testimony whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and seal, the day and year afore- said, by virtue of a commission issued under the seal of the commonwealth of Massachusetts, bearing date the 31st day of August, A. D. 1815, pursuant to a resolution of the legis- lature of the said commonwealth, passed the eleventh day of March, one thousand seven hundred and ninety-one. N. GORHAM, Superintendent. I have attended a treaty of the Seneka nation of Indians held at Moscow in the county of Livingston and State of New York, on the third day of September, in the year of our Lord one thou- sand eight hundred and twenty-three, when the within instrument was duly executed in my presence, by the sachems, chiefs, and warriors of the said nation, being fairly and properly understood and transacted by all the parties of Indians concerned, and de- clared to be done to their full satisfaction. I do therefore certify and approve the same. CH. CARROLL, Commissioner. FLORIDA. [concLUDED SEPTEMBER 18, 1823; RATIFIED JANUARY 2, 1824. ºff treaty between the United States of America, and the Florida tribes of Indians, made and concluded on the eighteenth day of September, one thousand eight hundred and twenty-three, at camp, on JMoultrie creek, in the territory of Florida, by com- missioners on the part of the United States, and certain chiefs and warriors of the said tribes, on the part and in behalf of the said tribes; which treaty is in the words following, to wit: ART. 1. The undersigned chiefs and warriors, for themselves and their tribes, have appealed to the humanity, and thrown them- selves on, and have promised to continue under, the protection of the United States, and of no other nation, power, or sovereign; and, in consideration of the promises and stipulations hereinafter made, do cede and relinquish all claim or title which they may have to the whole territory of Florida, with the exception of such district of country as shall herein be allotted to them. ART, 2. The Florida tribes of Indians will hereafter be concen- trated and confined to the following metes and boundaries: com- mencing five miles north of Okehumke, running in a direct line to a point five miles west of Setarky’s settlement, on the waters of Amazura, (or Withlahuche river.) leaving said settlement two 308 FLORIDA. miles south of the line; from thence in a direct line, to the south end of the Big Hammock, to include Chickuhate; continuing in the same direction for five miles beyond the said Hammock– provided said point does not approach nearer than fifteen miles the sea coast of the Gulf of Mexico; if it does, the said line will terminate at that distance from the sea coast; thence south twelve miles; thence in a south 30 dg. east direction, until the same shall strike within five miles of the main branch of the Charlotte river; thence in a due east direction, to within twenty miles of the Atlantic coast; thence north fifteen west for fifty miles, and from this last to the beginning point. ART. 3. The United States will take the Florida Indians under their care and patronage, and will afford them protection against all persons whatsoever: provided they conform to the laws of the United States, and refrain from making war, or giving any insult to any foreign nation, without having first obtained the permission and consent of the United States: And, in consideration of the appeal and cession made in the first article of this treaty, by the aforesaid chiefs and warriors, the United States promise to distri- bute among the tribes, as soon as concentrated, under the direction of their agent, implements of husbandry, and stock of cattle and hogs, to the amount of six thousand dollars, and an annual sum of five thousand dollars a year, for twenty successive years, to be distributed as the President of the United States shall direct, through the Secretary of War, or his superintendents and agent of Indian affairs. ART 4. The United States promise to guarantee to the said tribes the peaceable possession of the district of country herein assigned them, reserving the right of opening through it such roads as may, from time to time, be deemed necessary; and to restrain and prevent all white persons from hunting, settling, or otherwise intruding upon it. But any citizen of the United States, being lawfully authorized for that purpose, shall be permitted to pass and repass through the said district, and to navigate the waters thereof, without any hindrance, toll, or exaction from said tribes. ART. 5. For the purpose of facilitating the removal of the said tribes to the district of country allotted them, and, as a compensa- tion for the losses sustained, or the inconveniences to which they may be exposed by said removal, the United States will furnish them with rations of corn, meat, and salt, for twelve months, com- mencing on the first day of February next; and they further agree to compensate those individuals who have been compelled to abandon improvements on lands, not embraced within the limits allotted, to the amount of four thousand five hundred dollars, to be distributed among the sufferers, in a ratio to each, proportional to the value of the improvements abandoned. The United States FLORIDA. 309 further agree to furnish a sum, not exceeding two thousand dollars, to be expended by their agent, to facilitate the transportation of the different tribes to the point of concentration designated. ART. 6. An agent, sub-agent, and interpreter, shall be appointed, to reside within the Indian boundary aforesaid, to watch over the interests of said tribes; and the United States further stipulate, as an evidence of their humane policy towards said tribes, who have appealed to their liberality, to allow for the establishment of a school at the agency, one thousand dollars per year for twenty successive years; and one thousand dollars per year, for the same period, for the support of a gun and blacksmith, with the expenses incidental to his shop. ART. 7. The chiefs and warriors aforesaid, for themselves and tribes, stipulate to be active and vigilant in the preventing the retreating to, or passing through, of the district of country assigned them, of any absconding slaves or fugitives from justice; and further agree to use all necessary exertions to apprehend and deliver the same to the agent, who shall receive orders to com- pensate them agreeably to the trouble and expenses incurred. ART. 8. A commissioner, or commissioners, with a surveyor, shall be appointed by the President of the United States, to run and mark, (blazing fore and aft the trees) the line as defined in the second article of this treaty, who shall be attended by a chief or warrior, to be designated by a council of their own tribe, and who shall receive, while so employed, a daily compensation of three dollars. ART. 9. The undersigned chiefs and warriors, for themselves and tribes, having objected to their concentration within the limits described in the second article of this treaty, under the impression that the said limits did not contain a sufficient quantity of good land to subsist them, and for no other reason: it is therefore expressly understood between the United States and the aforesaid chiefs and warriors, that should the country embraced in the said limits, upon examination by the Indian agent and the commis- sioner, or commissioners, to be appointed under the 8th article of this treaty, be by them considered insufficient for the support of the said Indian tribes; then the north line, as defined in the 2d article of this treaty, shall be removed so far north as to embrace a sufficient quantity of good tillable land. ART, 10. The undersigned chiefs and warriors, for themselves and tribes, have expressed to the commissioners their unlimited confidence in their agent, Col. Gad Humphreys, and their inter- preter, Stephen Richards, and, as an evidence of their gratitude for their services and humane treatment, and brotherly attentions to their wants, request that one mile square, embracing the im- provements of Enehe Mathla, at Tallahassee (said improvements to be considered as the centre) be conveyed, in fee simple, as a 3}{} FIS, ORFDAs, present to Col. Gad Humphreys. And they further request, that one mile square, at the Ochesee Bluffs, embracing Stephen Richards' field on said bluffs, be conveyed in fee simple, as a present to said Stephen Richards. The commissioners accord in sentiment with the undersigned chiefs and warriors, and recommend a compliance with their wishes to the President and Senate of the United States; but the disapproval, on the part of the said authorities, of this article, shall, in nowise, affect the other articles and stipulations concluded on in this treaty. In testimony whereof, the commissioners, William P. Duval, James Gadsden, and Bernard Segui, and the undersigned chiefs and warriors, have hereunto subscribed their names and affixed their seals. Done at camp, on Moultrie creek, in the territory of Florida, this eighteenth day of September, one thousand eight hundred and twenty-three, and of the inde- pendence of the United States the forty-eighth. William P. Duval, James Gadsden, Bernard Segui, Nea Mathla, his x mark, Tokose Mathla, his x mark, Ninnee Homata Tustenuky, his x mark, Miconope, his x mark, Nocosee Ahola, his x mark, John Blunt, his x mark, Otlemata, his x mark, Tuskeeneha, his x mark, Tuski Hajo, his x mark, Econchatimico, his x mark, Emoteley, his x mark, Mulatto King, his x mark, Chocholohano, his x mark, Ematlochee, his x mark, Wokse Holata, his x mark, Amathla Ho, his x mark, Holatefiscico, his x mark, Chefiscico Hajo, his x mark, Lathloa Mathla, his x mark, Senufky, his x mark, Alak Hajo, his x mark, L. S. Fahelustee Hajo, his x mark, L. S. Octahamico, his x mark, L. S. Tusteneck Hajo, his x mark, L. S. Okoskee Amathla, his x mark, L. - Oeheeny Tustenuky, his x mark, L. FLORIDA. 3.11 Phillip, his x mark, L. S. Charley Amathla, his x mark, L. S. John Hoponey, his x mark, L. S. Rat Head, his x mark, L. S. Holatta Amathia, his x mark, L. S. Foshatchimico, his x mark, L. S. Signed, sealed, and delivered, in the presence of George Murray, Secretary to the Harvey Brown, Lt. 4th Artil’y. Commission, C. D'Espinville, Lt. 4th Artil’y. G. Humphreys, Indian Agent, Jno. B. Scott, Lt. 4th Artillery, Stephen Richards, Interpreter, William Travers, Isaac N. Cox, Horatio S. Dexter. J. Erving, Capt. 4th Artillery, ADDITIONAL ARTICLE. Whereas, Nea Mathla, John Blunt, Tuski Hajo, Mulatto King, Emathlochee, and Econchatimico, six of the principal chiefs of the Florida Indians, and parties to the treaty to which this article has been annexed, have warmly appealed to the commissioners for permission to remain in the district of country now inhabited by them; and, in consideration of their friendly disposition and past services to the United States, it is therefore stipulated between the United States and the aforesaid chiefs, that the following reserva- tions shall be surveyed and marked by the commissioner, or com- missioners, to be appointed under the 8th article of this treaty: For the use of Nea Mathla and his connexions, two miles square, embracing the Tuphulga village, on the waters of Rocky Comfort creek. For Blunt and Tuski Hajo, a reservation commencing on the Apalachicola, one mile below Tuski Hajo’s improvements, running up said river four miles; thence west two miles; thence southerly, to a point two miles due west of the beginning; thence east to the beginning point. For Mulatto King and Emathlochee, a reservation commencing on the Apalachicola, at a point to include Yellow Hair’s improvements; thence up said river for four miles; thence west one mile; thence southerly, to a point one mile west of the beginning; and thence east to the beginning point. For Econchatimico, a reservation commencing on the Chatahoo- chie, one mile below Econchatimico’s house; thence up said river, for four miles; thence one mile west; thence southerly, to a point one mile west of the beginning; thence east to the beginning point. The United States promise to guarantee the peaceable possession of the said reservations, as defined, to the aforesaid chiefs and their descendants only, so long as they shall continue to occupy, improve, or cultivate, the same; but in the event of the abandonment of all, or either of the reservations, by the chief or 312 FLORIDA. chiefs, to whom they have been allotted, the reservation, or re- servations, so abandoned, shall revert to the United States, as included in the cession made in the first article of this treaty. It is further understood, that the names of the individuals remaining on the reservations aforesaid, shall be furnished by the chiefs in whose favor the reservations have been made, to the superintend- ent or agent of Indian affairs, in the territory of Florida; and that no other individuals shall be received or permitted to remain within said reservations without the previous consent of the superin- tendent or agent aforesaid. And, as the aforesaid chiefs are authorized to select the individuals remaining with them, so they shall each be separately held responsible for the peaceable conduct of their towns, or the individuals residing on the reservations allotted them. It is further understood between the parties, that this agreement is not intended to prohibit the voluntary removal, at any future period, of all or either of the aforesaid chiefs and their connexions, to the district of country south, allotted to the Florida Indians by the second article of this treaty, whenever either, or all may think proper to make such an election; the United States reserving the right of ordering, for any outrage or misconduct, the aforesaid chiefs, or either of them, with their connections, within the district of country south aforesaid. It is further stipulated by the United States, that of the six thousand dollars appropriated for implements of husbandry, stock, &c. in the third article of this treaty, eight hundred dollars shall be dis- tributed, in the same manner, among the aforesaid chiefs and their towns; and it is understood, that of the annual sum of five thou- sand dollars, to be distributed by the President of the United States, they will receive their proportion. It is further stipulated, that of the four thousand five hundred dollars, and two thousand dollars, provided for by the 5th article of this treaty, for the pay- ment for improvements and transportation, five hundred dollars shall be awarded to Nea Mathla, as a compensation for theim- provements abandoned by him, as well as to meet the expenses he will unavoidably be exposed to by his own removal, and that of his connections. In testimony whereof, the commissioners, William P. Duval, James Gadsden, and Bernard Segui, and the undersigned chiefs and warriors, have hereunto subscribed their names and affixed their seals. Done at camp, on Moultrie creek, in the territory of Florida, this eighteenth day of September, one thousand eight hundred and twenty-three, and of the independence of the United States the forty-eighth. Wm. P. Duval, his x mark, James Gadsden, Bernard Segui, SOCKS AND FOXES. 3.13 Nea Mathia, his x mark, John Blunt, his x mark, Tuski Hajo, his x mark, Mulatto King, his x mark, Emathlochee, his x mark, Econchatimico, his x mark, Signed, sealed, delivered, in presence of George Murray, Secretary to the G. Humphreys, Indian Agent, Commission, Stephen Richards, Interpreter. Ja, W. Ripley, The following statement shows the number of men retained by the chiefs who have reservations made them, at their respective villages: JWumber of men. Blount, - - - - - 43 Cochran, - - - - 45 Mulatto King, - - - 30 Emathlochee, - - - 28 Econchatimico, - - - 38 Nea Mathla, - - - 30 Total, 214 [Ratified, with the exception of the tenth article.] S O C K S A. N. D F O X E S. [concLUDED AUGUST 4, 1824. I To perpetuate peace and friendship between the United States and the Sock and For tribes or nations of Indians, and to remove all future cause of dissensions which may arise from undefined ter- ritorial boundaries, the President of the United States of ſºme- rica, by William Clark, superintendent of Indian affairs, and sole commissioner specially appointed for that purpose, of the one part, and the undersigned chiefs and head men of the Sock and For tribes or nations, fully deputised to act for and in behalf ºf their said nations, of the other part, have entered into the fol- lowing articles and conditions, viz: ART. 1. The Sock and Foxtribes or nations of Indians, by their deputations in council assembled, do hereby agree, in considera- tion of certain sums of money, etc., to be paid to the said Sock 314 SO CRS AND FOXES, and Fox tribes, by the government of the United States, as here: inafter stipulated, to cede and for ever quit claim, and do, in be: half of their said tribes or nations, hereby cede, relinquish, and for ever quit claim, unto the United States, all right, title, interest, and claim, to the lands which the said Sock and Fox tribes have, or claim, within the limits of the State of Missouri, which are situated, lying, and being, between the Mississippi and Missouri rivers, and a line running from the Missouri, at the entrance of Kansas river, north one hundred miles to the northwest corner of the State of Missouri, and from thence east to the Mississippi. It being understood, that the small tract of land lying between the rivers Desmoin and the Mississippi, and the section of the above line between the Mississippi and the Desmoin, is intended for the use of the half-breeds belonging to the Sock and Fox nations they holding it, however, by the same title, and in the same man- ner, that other Indian titles are held. ART. 2. The chiefs and head men who sign this convention, for themselves and in behalf of their tribes, do acknowledge the lands east and south of the lines described in the first article, so far as the Indians claimed the same, to belong to the United States, and that none of their tribes shall be permitted to settle or hunt upon any part of it, after the first day of January, 1826, without special permission from the superintendent of Indian Affairs. ART. 3. It is hereby stipulated and agreed, on the part of the United States, as a full consideration for the claims and lands ceded by the Sock and Fox tribes in the first article, there shall be paid to the Sock and Fox nations, within the present year, one thousand dollars in cash, or merchandise; and in addition to the annuities stipulated to be paid to the Sock and Fox tribes by a former treaty, the United States do agree to pay to the said Sock tribe, five hundred dollars, and to the Fox tribe five hundred dol- lars, annually, for the term of ten succeeding years; and, at the request of the chiefs of the said Sock and Fox nations, the com- missioner agrees to pay to Maurice Blondeau, a half Indian of the Fox tribe, the sum of five hundred dollars, it being a debt due by the said nation to the aforesaid Blondeau, for property taken from him during the late war. ART. 4. The United States engage to provide and support a blacksmith for the Sock and Fox nations, so long as the President of the United States may think proper, and to furnish the said nations with such farming utensils and cattle, and to employ such persons to aid them in their agriculture, as the President may deem expedient. ART. 5. The annuities stipulated to be paid by the 3d article, are to be paid either in money, merchandise, provisions, or domes- tic animals, at the option of the aforesaid tribes, and when the said annuities or part thereof is paid in merchandise, it is to be SOCKS AND FOXES. 315 delivered to them at the first cost of the goods at St. Louis, free from cost of transportation. ART. 6. This treaty shall take effect and be obligatory on the contracting parties so soon as the same shall be ratified by the President of the United States, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate thereof. In testimony whereof, the said William Clark, commissioner as aforesaid, and the chiefs and head men of the Sock and Fox tribes of Indians as aforesaid, have hereunto set their hands, at Washington City, this fourth day of August, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and twenty-four. William Clark, socks, Pah-sha-pa-ha, or Stubbs, his x mark, Kah-kee-kai-maik, or All Fish, his x mark, Wash-kee-chai, or Crouching Eagle, his x mark, Kee-o-kuck, or Watchful Fox, his x mark, Kah-kee-kai-maik, or All Fish, his x mark, Sah-col-o-quoit, or Rising Cloud, his x mark, FOXEs, Fai-mah, or the Bear, his x mark, Ka-pol-e-qua, or White Nosed Fox, his x mark, Pea-mash-ka, or the Fox winding his horn, his xmark, Kee-sheswa, or the Sun, his x mark, s Witnesses at signing : Thomas L. McKenney, Maurice Blondeau, Law. Taliaferro, Indian Agent at L. T. Honore, St. Peter’s, Jno. W. Johnson, G. W. Kennerly, Indian Agent, Meriwether Lewis Clark, A. Baronet Vasques, victing S. I. Noal Dashnay. ºl, and Ini. 316 IOWAYS. I O WAY S. [concLUDED AUGUST 4, 1824, 1 Articles of a treaty made and concluded at the city of Washington on the fourth day of August, one thousand eight hundred and twenty-four, between William Clark, superintendent of Indian affairs, being specially authorized by the President of the United States thereto, and the undersigned chiefs and head men, of the Ioway tribe or nation, duly authorized and empowered by the said mation. ART. 1. The Ioway tribe or nation of Indians, by their depu- ties, Mah-hos-kah, (or White Cloud,) and Mah-ne-hah-nah, (or Great Walker,) in council assembled, do hereby agree, in consi- deration of a certain sum of money, etc., to be paid to the said Ioway tribe, by the Government of the United States, as herein- after stipulated, to cede and forever quit claim, and do, in behalf of their said tribe, hereby cede, relinquish, and forever quit claim, unto the United States, all right, title, interest, and claim, to the lands which the said Ioway tribe have, or claim, within the State of Missouri, and situated between the Mississippi and Missouri rivers, and a line running from the Missouri, at the mouth or en- trance of Kanzas river, north one hundred miles, to the northwest corner of the limits of the State of Missouri, and, from thence, east to the Mississippi. ART. 2. It is hereby stipulated and agreed, on the part of the United States, as a full compensation for the claims and lands ceded by the Ioway tribe in the preceding article, there shall be paid to the said Ioway tribe, within the present year, in cash or merchandise, the amount of five hundred dollars; and the United States do further agree to pay to the Ioway tribe, five hundred dollars, annually, for the term of ten succeeding years. ART. 3. The chiefs and head men who sign this treaty, for themselves, and in behalf of their tribe, do acknowledge that the lands east and south of the lines described in the first article, (which has been run and marked by Colonel Sullivan,) so far as the Indians claimed the same, to belong to the United States, and that none of their tribe shall be permitted to settle or hunt upon any part of it, after 1st day of January, one thousand eight hun- dred and twenty-six, without special permission from the superin- tendent of Indian affairs. ART. 4. The undersigned chiefs, for themselves, and all parts of the Ioway tribe, do acknowledge themselves and the said Ioway tribe, to be under the protection of the United States of America, and of no other sovereign whatsoever; and they also stipulate, that the said Ioway tribe will not hold any treaty with any foreign powers, individual state, or with individuals of any state. QUAPAWS. 317 ART. 5. The United States engage to provide and support a blacksmith for the Ioway tribe, so long as the President of the United States may think proper, and to furnish the said tribe with such farming utensils and cattle, and to employ such persons to aid them in their agriculture, as the President may deem expedient. ART. 6. The annuities stipulated to be paid by the second ar- ticle, to be paid either in money, merchandise, provisions, or do- mestic animals, at the option of the aforesaid tribe; and when the said annuities, or any part thereof, is paid in merchandise, it is to be delivered to them at the first cost of the goods at St. Louis, free from cost of transportation. - ART. 7. This treaty shall take effect, and be obligatory on the contracting parties, so soon as the same shall be ratified by the President of the United States, by and with the advice and con- sent of the senate thereof. In testimony whereof, the said William Clark, commissioner as aforesaid, and the chiefs and head men of the Ioway tribe of Indians, as aforesaid, have hereunto set their hands the day and year first before written. Wm. Clark, Ma-hos-kah, (White Cloud,) his x mark, Mah-ne-hah-nah, (Great Walker,) his x mark. Witnesses present : Thos. L. McKenney, G. W. Kennerly, Indian Agent, Law. Taliaferro, Indian Agent at St. Peter’s, A. Baronet Vasques, vict. Sub. Agt, and Interpreter. Meriwether Lewis Clark, John W. Johnson, William P. Clark, William Radford. Q U A PA. W. S. I concLUDED Novº MBER 15, 1824.1 ſlrticles of a treaty between the United States of America and the Quapaw nation of Indians. ART. 1. The Quapaw nation of Indians cede to the United States of America, in consideration of the promises and stipula- tions hereinafter made, all claim or title which they may have to lands in the territory of Arkansas, comprised in the following boundaries, to wit: Beginning at a point on the Arkansas river, opposite to the Post of Arkansas, and running thence a due south- west course to the Ouachita river; and thence, up the same, to the Saline fork; and up the Saline fork, to a point from whence a due 318 QUAPAWS. northeast course will strike the Arkansas river at Little Rock; and thence down the right (or south bank) of the Arkansas river to the place of beginning. ART. 2. In consideration of the cession made in the first article of this treaty, by the aforesaid chiefs and warriors, the United States engage to pay to the four head chiefs of the Quapaw nation, the sum of five hundred dollars each, in consideration of the losses they will sustain by removing from their farms and improvements. The payment to be made at the time they receive their annuity for the year 1825. And, also, to the said nation, the sum of four thousand dollars, to be paid in goods, at the signing of this treaty. And the United States also engage to pay to the Quapaw nation, one thousand dollars in specie, annually, for the term of eleven years, in addition to their present annuity. ART. 3. The United States hereby guarantee to the said nation of Indians, the same right to hunt on the lands by them hereby ceded, as was guaranteed to them by a treaty concluded at St. Louis, on the 24th of August, 1818, between the said Quapaw nation of Indians and William Clark and Auguste Chouteau, com: missioners on the part of the United States. ART. 4. The Quapaw tribe of Indians will hereafter be con- centrated and confined to the district of country inhabited by the Caddo Indians, and form a part of said tribe. The said nation of Indians are to commence removing to the district allotted them, before the twentieth day of January, one thousand eight hundred and twenty-six. ART. 5. For the purpose of facilitating the removal of the said tribe, to the district of country allotted them, and as a compensa- tion for the losses sustained, and the inconveniences to which they may be exposed by said removal, the United States will furnish them with corn, meat, and salt, for six months, from the first day of January, one thousand eight hundred and twenty-six. The United States further agree to furnish a sum not exceeding one thousand dollars, to be expended by their agent, to facilitate the transportation of the said tribe to the district of country herein assigned them. An agent, sub-agent, or interpreter, shall be ap- pointed to accompany said tribe, and to reside among them. ART. 6. From the cession aforesaid, there shall be reserved to James Scull, in consideration of a debt of seven thousand five hundred dollars, due to him from the Quapaw nation, and recog- nized in open council, two sections of land commencing on the Arkansas river, opposite to Mrs. Embree's, and running up and back from said river for quantity. And the United States guar- antee to the Quapaw nation the payment of the said debt of seven thousand five hundred dollars, either by the ratification of the grant made in this article, or by the payment of said amount in money, exclusive of the amount stipulated to be paid to the said nation by this treaty, QUAPAWS. 319 ART. 7. There shall be granted by the United States, to the following persons, being Indians by descent, the following tracts of land: To Francois Imbeau, one quarter section of land, com- mencing at a point on the Arkansas river, opposite the upper end of Wright Daniel’s farm, and thence, up and back from said river for quantity. To Joseph Duchassin, one quarter section of land, commencing at the lower corner of the quarter section granted to Francois Imbeau, and running down and back from said river for quantity. To Saracen, a half-breed Quapaw, eighty acres of land, to be laid off so as to include his improvement, where he now re- sides, opposite Vaugine's. To Batiste Socie, eighty acres of land, lying above and adjoining Saracen's grant. To Joseph Bonne, eighty acres of land, lying above and adjoining Socie’s grant. To Baptiste Bonne, eighty acres of land, lying above and adjoining Joseph Bonne’s grant. To Lewis Bartelmi, eighty acres of land lying above and adjoining Baptiste Bonne’s grant. To Antoine Duchassin, eighty acres of land, lying above and adjoining Bar- telmi's grant. To Baptiste Imbeau, eighty acres of land, lying above and adjoining A. Duchassin's grant. To Francois Coupot, eighty acres of land, lying above and adjoining Baptiste Imbeau’s grant. To Joseph Valliere, eighty acres of land, lying above and adjoining Francois Coupot's grant. All the said tracts of land shall be laid off, so as to conform to the lines of the United States surveys, and binding on the Arkansas river. ART. 8. This treaty shall take effect, and be obligatory on the contracting parties, so soon as the same shall be ratified by the Senate of the United States. In testimony whereof, the commissioner on the part of the United States, Robert Crittenden, and the undersigned chiefs and warriors of the said nation, have hereunto subscribed their names and affixed their seals. Done at Harrington’s, in the territory of Arkansas, on the fifteenth day of November, A. D. one thousand eight hundred and twenty-four, and of the independence of the United States the forty-ninth. Robert Crittenden, L. Commissioner on the part of the United States. Hackehton, his x mark, Tononseka, his x mark, Kiahhacketady, his x mark, Sarazen, his x mark, Kakapah, his x mark, Hunkahkee, his x mark, Wahtonbeh, his x mark, Hunkatugonee, his x mark, Hepahdagonneh, his x mark, Wahehsonjekah, his x mark, Gratonjekah, his x mark, S. 320 CHOCTA.W. S. Watuhtezka, his x mark, Dohkuhnonjeshu, his x mark, Kahtahkonku, his x mark, Hahcrontenah, his x mark, Signed, sealed, and witnessed in presence of Thomas W. Newton, Secretary D. Barber, S. Agt, to the Osages. to the Commission, Gordon Neill, Robert C. Oden, Lieut. Col. 2d Edmund Hogan, Regt. Arkansas JMilitia, Thomas W. Johnston, F. Farrelly, Adjutant Gen. of Antoine Barrague, Arkansas JMilitia, Etienne Vanyine, Interpreter, B. Harrington, Joseph Duchassin, Interpreter. C HO C T A. W. S. | concLUDED JANUARY 20, 1825.1 Article of a convention made between John C. Calhoun, Secretary of War, being specially authorized therefor by the President of the United States, and the undersigned chiefs and head men of the Choctaw nation of Indians, duly authorized and empowered by said nation, at the city of Washington, on the twentieth day of January, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and twenty-five. Wheras, a treaty of friendship, and limits, and accommodation, having been entered into at Doake's Stand, on the eighteenth of October, in the year one thousand eight hundred and twenty, be- tween Andrew Jackson and Thomas Hinds, commissioners on the part of the United States, and the chiefs and warriors of the Choc- taw nation of Indians; and whereas, the second article of the treaty aforesaid provides for a cession of lands, west of the Mis- sissippi, to the Choctaw nation, in part satisfaction for lands ceded by said nation to the United States, according to the first article of said treaty : And whereas, it being ascertained that the cession aforesaid embraces a large number of settlers, citizens of the United States; and it being the desire of the President of the United States to obviate all difficulties resulting therefrom, and also, to adjust other matters in which both the United States and the Choc- taw nation are interested: the following articles have been agreed upon, and concluded, between John C. Calhoun, Secretary of War, specially authorized therefor by the President of the United States, on the one part, and the undersigned delegates of the Choc- tow nation, on the other part: ART. 1. The Choctaw nation do hereby cede to the United States all that portion of the land ceded to them by the second CHOCTA.W. S. 321 article of the treaty of Doake Stand, as aforesaid, lying east of a line beginning on the Arkansas, one hundred paces east of fort Smith, and running thence, due south, to Red river: it being understood that this line shall constitute, and remain, the perma- ment boundary between the United States and the Choctaws; and the United States agreeing to remove such citizens as may be settled on the west side, to the east side of said line, and prevent future settlements from being made on the west thereof. ART. 2. In consideration of the cession aforesaid, the United States do hereby agree to pay the said Choctaw nation the sum of six thousand dollars, annually, forever; it being agreed that the said sum of six thousand dollars shall be annually applied, for the term of twenty years, under the direction of the President of the United States, to the support of schools in said nation, and ex- tending to it the benefits of instruction in the mechanic and or- dinary arts of life; when, at the expiration of twenty years, it is agreed that the said annuity may be vested in stocks, or otherwise disposed of, or continued, at the option of the Choctaw nation. ART. 3. The eighth article of the treaty aforesaid having pro- vided that an appropriation of lands shall be made for the purpose of raising six thousand dollars a year for sixteen years, for the use of the Choctaw nation; and it being desirable to avoid the delay and expense attending the survey and sale of said land; the United States do hereby agree to pay the Choctaw nation, in lieu thereof, the sum of six thousand dollars, annually, for sixteen years, to commence with the present year. And the United States further stipulate and agree to take immediate measures to survey and bring into market, and sell, the fifty-four sections of land set apart by the seventh article of the treaty aforesaid, and apply the pro- ceeds in the manner provided by the said article. ART. 4. It is provided by the ninth section of the treaty afore- said, that all those of the Choctaw nation who have separate settlements, and fall within the limits of the land ceded by said nation to the United States, and desire to remain where they now reside, shall be secured in a tract or parcel of land, one mile square, to include their improvements. It is, therefore, hereby agreed, that all who have reservations in conformity to said stipu- lation, shall have power, with the consent of the President of the United States, to sell and convey the same in fee simple. It is further agreed, on the part of the United States, that those Choc- taws, not exceeding four in number, who applied for reservations, and received the recommendation of the commissioners, as per annexed copy of said recommendation, shall have the privilege, and the right is hereby given to them, to select, each of them, a portion of land, not exceeding a mile square, any where within the limits of the cession of 1820, when the land is not occupied or disposed of by the United States; and the right to sell and con- 35 322 CHOCTAWS. vey the same, with the consent of the President, in fee simple, is hereby granted. ART. 5. There being a debt due by individuals of the Choctaw nation to the late United States trading house on the Tombigby, the United States hereby agree to relinquish the same; the delega- tion, on the part of their nation, agreeing to relinquish their claim upon the United States, to send a factor with goods to supply the wants of the Choctaws west of the Mississippi, as provided for by the 6th article of the treaty aforesaid. ART. 6. The Choctaw nation having a claim upon the United States, for services rendered in the Pensacola campaign, and for which it is stipulated, in the 11th article of the treaty aforesaid, that payment shall be made, but which has been delayed for want of the proper vouchers, which it has been found, as yet, impossi- ble to obtain; the United States, to obviate the inconvenience of further delay, and to render justice to the Choctaw warriors for their services in that campaign, do hereby agree upon an equita- ble settlement of the same, and fix the sum at fourteen thousand nine hundred and seventy-two dollars, fifty cents; which, from the muster rolls, and other evidence in the possession of the third auditor, appears to be about the probable amount due, for the ser- vices aforesaid, and which surn shall be immediately paid to the delegation, to be distributed by them to the chiefs and warriors of their nation, who served in the campaign aforesaid, as may appear to them to be just. ART. 7. It is further agreed, that the fourth article of the treaty aforesaid, shall be so modified, as that the Congress of the United States shall not exercise the power of apportioning the lands, for the benefit of each family, or individual, of the Choctaw nation, and of bringing them under the laws of the United States, but with the consent of the Choctaw nation. ART. 8. It appearing that the Choctaws have various claims against the citizens of the United States, for spoliations of various kinds, but which they have not been able to support by the testi- mony of white men, as they were led to believe was necessary, the United States, in order to a final settlement of all such claims, do hereby agree to pay to the Choctaw delegation, the sum of two thousand dollars, to be distributed by them in such way, among the claimants, as they may deem equitable. It being understood that this provision is not to affect such claims as may be properly authenticated, according to the provision of the act of 1802. ART. 9. It is further agreed that, immediately upon the ratif- cation of this treaty, or as soon thereafter as may be, an agent shall be appointed for the Choctaws west of the Mississippi, and a blacksmith be settled among them, in conformity with the stipu: lation contained in the 6th article of the treaty of 1820. ART, 10. The chief, Puek-she-nubbee, one of the members of the delegation, having died on his journey to see the President, CREEKS. 323 and Robert Cole being recommended by the delegation as his suc- cessor, it is hereby agreed, that the said Robert Cole shall receive the medal which appertains to the office of chief, and, also, an annuity from the United States, of one hundred and fifty dollars a year, during his natural life, as was received by his predecessor. ART, 11. The friendship heretofore existing between the United States and the Choctaw nation, is hereby renewed and perpetuated. ART, 12. These articles shall take effect, and become obliga- tory on the contracting parties so soon as the same shall be ratified by the President, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate of the United States. In testimony whereof, the said John C. Calhoun, and the said delegates of the Choctaw nation, have hereunto set their hands, at the city of Washington, the twentieth day of Janu- ary, one thousand eight hundred and twenty-five. J. C. Calhoun, Red Fort, his x mark, Mooshulatubbee, his x mark, Nittuckachee, his x mark, Robert Cole, his x mark, David Folsom, his x mark, Daniel McCurtain, his x mark, J. L. McDonald. Talking Warrior, his x mark, In presence of Thos. L. McKenney, John Pitchlynn, U. S. Interpreter. Hezekiah Miller, C REE K.S. [concLUDED FEBRUARY 12, 1825–RATIFIED MARCH 7, 1825. Articles of a convention, entered into and concluded at the Indian Springs, between Duncan G. Campbell, and James JMeriwether, commissioners on the part of the United States of America, duly authorized, and the chiefs of the Creek nation, in council assem- bled. Whereas, the said commissioners, on the part of the United States, have represented to the said Creek nation, that it is the policy and earnest wish of the General Government, that the seve- ral Indian tribes within the limits of any of the States of the Union should remove to territory to be designated on the west side of the Mississippi river, as well for the better protection and security of said tribes, and their improvement in civilization, as for the pur- pose of enabling the United States, in this instance, to comply with the compact entered into with the State of Georgia, on the twenty-fourth day of April, in the year one thousand eight hundred and two: And the said commissioners having laid the late mes- 324 CREEKS. sage of the President of the United States, upon this subject, before a general council of said Creek nation, to the end that their removal might be effected upon terms advantageous to both parties: And whereas, the chiefs of the Creek towns have assented to the reasonableness of said proposition, and expressed a willingness to emigrate beyond the Mississippi, those of Tokaubatchee excepted: These presents therefore witness, that the contracting parties have this day entered into the following convention: ART. 1. The Creek nation cede to the United States all the lands lying within the boundaries of the State of Georgia, as defined by the compact hereinbefore cited, now occupied by said nation, or to which said nation have title or claim ; and also, all other lands which they now occupy, or to which they have title or claim, lying north and west of a line to be run from the first principal falls upon the Chatahoochie river, above Cowetau town, to Ockfuskee Old Town, upon the Tallapoosa, thence to the falls of the Coosaw river, at or near a place called the Hickory Ground. ART. 2. It is further agreed between the contracting parties, that the United States will give, in exchange for the lands hereby acquired, the like quantity, acre for acre, westward of the Missis- sippi, on the Arkansas river, commencing at the mouth of the Canadian Fork thereof, and running westward between said rivers Arkansas and Canadian Fork, for quantity. But whereas said Creek nation have considerable improvements within the limits of the territory hereby ceded, and will moreover have to incur ex- penses in their removal, it is further stipulated, that, for the pur- pose of rendering a fair equivalent for the losses and inconve- niences which said nation will sustain by removal, and to enable them to obtain supplies in their new settlement, the United States agree to pay to the nation emigrating from the lands herein ceded, the sum of four hundred thousand dollars, of which amount there shall be paid to said party of the second part, as soon as practica- ble after the ratification of this treaty, the sum of two hundred thousand dollars. And as soon as the said party of the second part shall notify the Government of the United States of their readiness to commence their removal, there shall be paid the fur- ther sum of one hundred thousand dollars. And the first year after said emigrating party shall have settled in their new country, they shall receive of the amount first above named, the further sum of twenty-five thousand dollars. And the second year, the sum of twenty-five thousand dollars. And annually, thereafter, the sum of five thousand dollars, until the whole is paid. ART. 3. And whereas, the Creek nation are now entitled to annuities of thirty thousand dollars, each, in consideration of ces. sions of territory heretofore made, it is further stipulated, that said last mentioned annuities are to be hereafter divided in a just proportion between the party emigrating and those that may remain. C3R.E.E.K.S. 325 ART. 4. It is further stipulated, that a deputation from the said parties of the second part, may be sent out to explore the territory herein offered them in exchange; and if the same be not accepta- ble to them, then they may select any other territory, west of the Mississippi, on Red, Canadian, Arkansas, or Missouri rivers—the territory occupied by the Cherokees and Choctaws excepted; and if the territory so to be selected shall be in the occupancy of other Indian tribes, then the United States will extinguish the title of such occupants for the benefit of said emigrants. ART. 5. It is further stipulated, at the particular request of the said parties of the second part, that the payment and disbursement of the first sum herein provided for, shall be made by the present commissioners negotiating this treaty. ART. 6. It is further stipulated, that the payments appointed to be made, the first and second years, after settlement in the west, shall be either in money, merchandise, or provisions, at the option of the emigrating party. ART. 7. The United States agree to provide and support a blacksmith and wheelwright for the said party of the second part, and give them instruction in agriculture, as long, and in such man- her as the President may think proper. ART. 8. Whereas, the said emigrating party cannot prepare for immediate removal, the United States stipulate for their protection against the encroachments, hostilities, and impositions of the whites, and of all others; but the period of removal shall not extend beyond the first day of September, in the year eighteen hundred and twenty-six. ART. 9. This treaty shall be obligatory on the contracting par- ties, so soon as the same shall be ratified by the President of the United States, by and with the consent of the Senate thereof. In testimony whereof, the commissioners aforesaid, and the chiefs and head men of the Creek nation, have hereunto set their hands and seals, this twelfth day of February, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and twenty- five. Duncan G. Campbell, Commissioners on the part L. James Meriwether, of the United States. L. William McIntosh, head chief of Cowetalus, L. Etommee Tustunnuggee, of Cowetau; his x mark, L. Holahtau, or Col. Blue, his x mark, Cowetau Tustunnuggee, his x mark, Artus Mico, or Roby McIntosh, his x mark, Chilly McIntosh, Joseph Marshall, Athlan Hajo, his x mark, Tuskenahah, his x mark, S. L - 326 CREEKS. Executed on the day as above written, in presence of Benjamin Marshall, - Coccus Hajo, his x mark, Forshatepu Mico, his x mark, - Oethlamata Tustunnuggee, his x mark, Tallasee Hajo, his x mark, Tuskegee Tustunnuggee, his x mark, Foshajee Tustunnuggee, his x mark, Emau Chuccolocana, his x mark, Abeco Tustunnuggee, his x mark, Hijo Hajo, his x mark, Thla Tho Hajo, his x mark, Tomico Holueto, his x mark, Yah Te Ko Hajo, his x mark, No cosee Emautla, his x mark, Col. Wm. Miller, Thleeatchca, his x mark, Abeco Tustunnuggee, his x mark, Hoethlepoga Tustunnuggee, his x mark, Hepocokee Emautla, his x mark, Samuel Miller, his x mark, Tomoc Mico, his x mark, Charles Miller, his x mark, Tallasee Hoja, or John Carr, his x mark, Otulga Emauta, his x mark, Ahalaco Yoholo, of Cusetau, his x mark, Walucco Hajo, of New Yauco, his x mark, Cohausee Ematla, do. his x mark, Nineomau Tochee, do. his x mark, Konope Emautla, Sand Town, his x mark, Chawacala Mico, do. his x mark, Foctalustee Emaułta, do. his x mark, Josiah Gray, from Hitchatee, his x mark, William Kannard, do. his x mark, Neha Thlucto Hatkee, do. his x mark, Halathia Fixico, from Big Shoal, his x mark, Alex. Lasley, from Talledega, his x mark, Espokoke Hajo, do. his x mark, Emauthla Hajo, do. his x mark, Nincomatachee, do. his x mark, Chuhah Hajo, do. his x mark, Efe Ematla, do. his x mark, Atausee Hopoie, do. his x mark, James Fife, do. his x mark, John Crowell, Agent for Indian Wm. Meriwether, Affairs, Wm. Hambly, U. S. Interpreter- Wm. F. Hay, Secretary, w CREE K.S. 327 Whereas, by a stipulation in the treaty of the Indian Springs, in 1821, there was a reserve of land made to include the said In- dian Springs for the use of general William McIntosh, be it there- fore known to all whom it may concern, that we, the undersigned chiefs and head men of the Creek nation, do hereby agree to relin- quish all the right, title, and control of the Creek nation, to the said reserve, unto him the said William McIntosh and his heirs, forever, in as full and ample a manner as we are authorized to do. Big B. W. Warrior, L. S Yoholo Micco, his x mark, L. S Little Prince, his x mark, L. S. Hopoie Hadjo, his x mark, L. S Tuskehenahau, his x mark, L. S. Oakefuska Yohola, his x mark, L. S. John Crowell, Agent for Indian Affairs, L. s. July 25, 1825. Whereas, the foregoing articles of convention have been con- cluded between the parties thereto : And, whereas, the Indian chief, general William McIntosh, claims title to the Indian Spring reservation (upon which there are very extensive buildings and improvements,) by virtue of a relinquishment to said McIntosh, signed in full council of the nation: And whereas the said general William McIntosh hath claim to another reservation of land on the Ocmulgee river, and by his lessee and tenant, is in possession thereof: Now these presents further witness, that the said general Wil- liam McIntosh, and also the chiefs of the Creek nation, in council assembled, do quit claim, convey, and cede to the United States, the reservations aforesaid, for, and in consideration of the sum of twenty-five thousand dollars, to be paid at the time and in the manner as stipulated, for the first instalment provided for in the preceding treaty. Upon the ratification of these articles, the pos- session of said reservations shall be considered as passing to the United States, and the accruing rents of the present year shall pass also. In testimony whereof, the said commissioners, on the part of the United States, and the said William McIntosh, and the chiefs of the Creek nation, have hereunto set their hands and seals, at the Indian Springs, this fourteenth day of February, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and twenty-five. Duncan G. Campbell, L. S. James Meriwether, L. S. U. S. Commissioners. 328 GREAT AND LITTLE O SAGES. William McIntosh, Eetommee Tustunnuggee, his x mark, Tuskegoh Tustunnuggee, his x mark, Cowetau Tustunnuggee, his x mark, Col. Wm. Miller, his x mark, Josiah Gray, his x mark, Nehathlucco Hatchee, his x mark, Alexander Lasley, his x mark, William Canard, his x mark, Witnesses at eacecution : Wm. F. Hay, Secretary, Wm. Hambly, United States Interpreter. GREAT AND LITTLE O S A GE S. [ concLUDED JUNE 2, 1825–RATIFIED DECEMBER 30, 1825.] Articles of a treaty, made and concluded at St. Louis, in the State of Missouri, between William Clark, superintendent of Indian affairs, commissioner on the part of the United States, and the undersigned chiefs, head men, and warriors, of the Great and Little Osage tribe of Indians, duly authorized and empowered by their respective tribes or nations. In order more effectually to extend to said tribes that protection of the Government so much desired by them, it is agreed as fol- lows: ART. 1. The Great and Little Osage tribes or nations do, here- by, cede and relinquish, to the United States, all their right, title, interest, and claim, to lands lying within the State of Missouri and territory of Arkansas, and to all lands lying west of the said State of Missouri and territory of Arkansas, north and west of the Red river, south of the Kansas river, and east of a line to be drawn from the head sources of the Kansas, southwardly through the Rock Saline, with such reservations, for such considerations, and and upon such terms, as are hereinafter specified, expressed, and provided for. ART. 2. Within the limits of the country, above ceded and re- linquished, there shall be reserved to, and for the Great and Little Osage tribes or nations, aforesaid, so long as they may choose to occupy the same, the following described tract of land: Beginning at a point due east of White Hair’s village, and twenty-five miles west of the western boundary line of the State of Missouri, fronting on a north and south line, so as to leave ten miles north, and forty miles south, of the point of said beginning, and extending west, with the width of fifty miles, to the western boundary of the lands hereby ceded and relinquished by said tribes or nations; which GREAT AND LITTLE O SAGE S. 329 said reservations shall be surveyed and marked, at the expense of the United States, and upon which, the agent for said tribes or nations, and all persons attached to said agency, as, also, such teachers and instructors, as the President may think proper to au- thorize and permit, shall reside, and shall occupy, and cultivate, without interruption or molestation, such lands as may be neces- sary for them. And the United States do, hereby, reserve to themselves, forever, the right of navigating, freely, all water courses and navigable streams, within, or running through, the tract of country above reserved to said tribes or nations. ART. 3. In consideration of the cession and relinquishment, aforesaid, the United States do, hereby, agree to pay to the said tribes or nations, yearly, and every year, for twenty years, from the date of these presents, the sum of seven thousand dollars, at their village, or at St. Louis, as the said tribes or nations may de- sire, either in money, merchandise, provisions, or domestic animals, at their option. And whenever the said annuity, or any part thereof, shall be paid in merchandise, the same is to be de- livered to them at the first cost of the goods at St. Louis, free of transportation. ART. 4. The United States shall, immediately upon the ratifi- cation of this convention, or as soon thereafter as may be, cause to be furnished to the tribes or nations, aforesaid, six hundred head of cattle, six hundred hogs, one thousand domestic fowls, ten yoke of oxen, and six carts, with such farming utensils as the superintendent of Indian affairs may think necessary, and shall employ such persons to aid them in their agricultural pursuits, as to the President of the United States may seem expedient, and shall, also, provide, furnish, and support for them, one blacksmith, that their farming utensils, tools, and arms, may be seasonably repaired; and shall build, for each of the four principal chiefs, at their re- spective villages, a comfortable and commodious dwelling house. ART. 5. From the above lands ceded and relinquished, the following reservations, for the use of the half-breeds, hereafter named, shall be made, to wit: One section, or six hundred and forty acres, for Augustus Clermont, to be located and laid off so as to include Joseph Rivar's residence, on the east side of the Neosho, a short distance above the Grand Saline, and not nearer than within one mile thereof; one section for each of the following half-breeds: James, Paul, Henry, Rosalie, Anthony, and Amelia, the daughter of She-me-hun-ga, and Amelia, the daughter of Mi-hun-ga, to be located two miles below the Grand Saline, and extending down the Neosho, on the east side thereof; and one section for Noel Mongrain, the son of Wa-taw-magres, and for each of his ten children, Baptiste, Noel, Francis, Joseph, Mont- grain, Louis, Victoria, Sophia, Julia, and Juliet: and the like quantity for each of the following named grand children of the said Noel Montgrain, to wit: Charles, Francis, Louisson, and 330 GREAT AND LITTLE O SAGES. Wash, to commence on the Marias des Cygnes, where the west- ern boundary line of the State of Missouri crosses it at the fork of Mine river, and to extend up Mine river for quantity: one section for Mary Williams, and one for Sarah Williams, to be located on the north side of the Marias des Cygnes, at the Double creek, above Harmony; one section, for Francis T. Chardon; one sec- tion, for Francis C. Tayon ; one section, for James G. Chouteau; one section, for Alexander Chouteau ; one section, for Pelagie Antaya; one section, for Celeste Antaya; one section, for Joseph Antaya; one section, for Baptiste St. Mitchelle, jr. ; one section, for Lewis St. Mitchelle; one section, for Victoria St. Mitchelle; one section, for Julia St. Mitchelle; one section, for Francis St. Mitchelle ; one section, for Joseph Perra; one section, for Susan Larine; one section, for Marguerite Reneau; one section, for Thomas L. Balio, and one section, for Terese, the daughter of Paul Louise; which said several tracts are to be located on the north side of the Marias des Cygnes, extending up the river, above the reservations in favor of Mary and Sarah Williams, in the order in which they are herein above named. - ART. 6. And also fifty-four other tracts, of a mile square each, to be laid off under the direction of the President of the United States, and sold, for the purpose of raising a fund to be applied to the support of schools, for the education of the Osage children, in such manner as the President may deem most advisable to the attainment of that end. ART. 7. Forasmuch as there is a debt due, from sundry indivi. duals of the Osage tribes or nations, to the United States trading houses, of the Missouri and Osage rivers, amounting, in the whole, to about the sum of four thousand one hundred and five dollars and eighty cents, which the United States do hereby agree to re- lease; in consideration thereof, the said tribes or nations, do, hereby, release and relinquish their claim upon the United States, for regular troops to be stationed, for their protection, in garrison, at fort Clark, and, also, for furnishing of a blacksmith at that place, and the delivery of merchandise, at Fire Prairie, as is pro- vided for in the first, third, and fifth, articles of the treaty, con- cluded on the tenth day of November, one thousand eight hundred and eight. ART. 8. It appearing that the Delaware nation have various claims against the Osages, which the latter have not had it in their power to adjust, and the United States being desirous to settle, finally and satisfactory, all demands and differences between the Delawares and Osages, do hereby agree to pay to the Delawares, in full satisfaction of all their claims and demands against the Osages, the sum of one thousand dollars. ART. 9. With a view to quiet the animosities, which at present exist between a portion of the citizens of Missouri and Arkansas and the Osage tribes, in consequence of the lawless depredations GREAT AND LITTLE GSAGES. 331 of the latter, the United States do, furthermore, agree to pay, to their own citizens, the full value of such property, as they can le- gally prove to have been stolen or destroyed by the Osages, since the year eighteen hundred and eight, and for which payment has not been made under former treaties : Provided the sum to be paid by the United States does not exceed the sum of five thousand dollars. ART, 10. It is furthermore agreed on, by and between the par- ties to these presents, that there shall be reserved two sections of land, to include the Harmony Missionary establishment, and the mill, on their Marias des Cygnes: and one section, to include the missionary establishment, above the Lick on the west side of Grand river, to be disposed of as the President of the United States shall direct, for the benefit of said missions, and to establish them at the principal villages of the Great and Little Osage nations, within the limits of the country reserved to them by this treaty, and to be kept up at said villages, so long as said missions shall be usefully employed in teaching, civilizing, and improving, the said nation. - ART. 11. To preserve and perpetuate the friendship now hap- pily subsisting between the United States and the said tribes or nations, it is hereby agreed, that the provisions contained in the ninth article of the treaty concluded and signed at fort Clark, on the tenth day of November, one thousand eight hundred and eight, between the United States and the said tribes or nations, shall, in every respect, be considered as in full force and applicable to the provisions of this treaty, and that the United States shall take and receive into their friendship and protection, the aforesaid tribes or nations, and shall guarantee to them, forever, the right to navigate, freely, all water-courses, or navigable streams, within the tract of country hereby ceded, upon such terms as the same are or may be navigated by the citizens of the United States. ART, 12. It is further agreed, that there shall be delivered, as soon as may be, after the execution of this treaty, at the Osage villages, merchandise to the amount of four thousand dollars, first cost, in St. Louis; and two thousand dollars in merchandise, be- fore their departure from this place; and horses and equipage, to the value of twenty-six hundred dollars; which, together with the sum of one hundred dollars, to be paid to Paul Louise, and the like sum to Baptiste Mongrain, in money, shall be in addition to the provisions and stipulations hereby above contained, in full satisfaction of the cession, herein before agreed on. ART, 13. Whereas, the Great and Little Osage tribes or nations are indebted to Augustus P. Chouteau, Paul Baillio, and William S. Williams, to a large amount, for credits given to them, which they are unable to pay, and have particularly requested to have paid, or provided for, in the present negotiation; it is, therefore, agreed on, by and between the parties to these presents, that the - 332 GREAT AND LITTLE OSAGES. United States shall pay to Augustus P. Chouteau, one thousand dollars; to Paul Baillio, two hundred and fifty dollars, and to William S. Williams, two hundred and fifty dollars, towards the liquidation of their respective debts due from the said tribes or nations. ART. 14. These articles shall take effect, and become obligatory on the contracting parties, so soon as the same shall be ratified by the President, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate of the United States. In testimony whereof, the said William Clark, commissioner as aforesaid, and the deputation, chiefs, and head men, and warriors, of the Great and Little Osage nations of Indians, as aforesaid, have hereunto set their hands and seals, this second day of June, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and twenty-five, and of the independence of the United States the forty-ninth. William Clark, Clairmont, his x mark, Pahusca, or White Hair, his x mark, Chingawasa, or Handsome Bird, his x mark, Wasabaistanga, or Big Bear, his x mark, Waharsachais, his x mark, Cochestawasca, or He that sees far, his x mark, Wanonpachais, or Hethat is notafraid, his X mark, Khigaischinga, or Little Chief, his x mark, Wataniga, or Fool, his x mark, Jean Lafond, his x mark, Wachinsabais, or Black Spirit, his x mark, Hurachais, the War Eagle, his x mark, Huralu, his x mark, Manchuhonga, his x mark, Chongaishonga, his x mark, Tawangahais, his x mark, Ponkchinga, his x mark, Nicohibran, his x mark, Panimonpachais, his x mark, Wasissegaistango, or Big Broom, his x mark, Chonjaishengais, his x mark, Wabachequand, his x mark, Wastiagais, his x mark, Ishtassca, his x mark, Manchehamani, his x mark, Hangaquechais, his x mark, Hanhanmani, his x mark, Walutacest, his x mark, Niha, his x mark, Wanansonjais, his x mark, L. S. L. GREAT AND LITTLE OSAGES. 333 Vagasidda, his x mark, Tawangahe, his x mark, Paigaismanie, or Big Soldier, his x mark, Tawagahais, or Town Maker, his x mark, Chongaismonnon, or Dog Thief, his x mark, Honiaigo, or Gentleman, his x mark, Hinchaacri, his x mark, Wakandaippahobi, his x mark, Saba, his x mark, Nasa, his x mark, Manchan, his x mark, Manchanginda, his x mark, LITTLE Nichumani, or Walking Rain, his x mark, oSAGES. Nihuchaisningaiswachinpichais, his x mark, Waruhagais, his x mark, Mangaischis, his x mark, Mances’tpogram, his x mark, Nonbaaheri, his x mark, Howasabais, his x mark, Nehuchaisningaischinga, his x mark, Aquidachinga, his x mark, Sanjaiskanha, his x mark, Manpumahi, his x mark, Manhinonba, his x mark, Khigaiswachinpichais, or Missouri chief, his x mark, L. S. Ostiehingais, his x mark, L. S. Hasachais, his x mark, L. S. Hanhanpac’est, his x mark, L. S. Manchaquida, his x mark, L. S. Tiessinjais, his x mark, L. S. Witnesses present: R. Wash, Secretary, L. T. Honorie, Interpreter, Edward Coles, Governor of Il- F. A. Chardon, linois, Antonie Leclaire, Interpreter, A. McNair, Osage Agent, James Coleman, Pr. Chouteau, - Paul Louise, his x mark, Inter- W. B. Alexander, Sub Indian preter, (Osages,) Agent, William Milburn, Theodore Hunt, Noel Dashnay, Interpreter, Cerre, Mauchaugachau, his x mark, P. L. Chouteau, Sub Agent, Thepogrenque, his x mark. 334 KANZAS. KA N Z A. S. I concLUDED JUNE 3, 1825–RATIFIED DECEMBER 30, 1825. I Järticles of a treaty, made and concluded at the city of St. Louis, in the State of Missouri, between William Clark, superintendent of Indian Affairs, commissioner on the part of the United States of America, and the undersigned chiefs, head men, and warriors of the Kanzas nation of Indians, duly authorized and empowered by said mation. ART. 1. The Kanzas do hereby cede to the United States all the lands lying within the State of Missouri, to which the said nation have title or claim ; and do further cede and relinquish, to the said United States, all other lands which they now occupy, or to which they have title or claim, lying west of the said State of Missouri, and within the following boundaries: Beginning at the entrance of the Kanzas river into the Missouri river; from thence north to the northwest corner of the State of Missouri; from thence west- wardly to the Nodewa river, thirty miles from its entrance into the Missouri; from thence to the entrance of the Big Nemahaw river into the Missouri, and with that river to its source; from thence to the source of the Kanzas river, leaving the old village of the Pania Republic to the west; from thence, on the ridge dividing the waters of the Kanzas river from those of the Arkansas, to the western boundary of the State line of Missouri, and with that line, thirty miles, to the place of beginning. ART. 2. From the cession aforesaid, the following reservation for the use of the Kanzas nation of Indians shall be made, of a tract of land, to begin twenty leagues up the Kanzas river, and to include their village on that river; extending west thirty miles in width, through the lands ceded in the first article, to be surveyed and marked under the direction of the President, and to such ex- tent as he may deem necessary, and at the expense of the United States. The agents for the Kanzas, and the persons attached to the agency, and such teachers and instructors as the President shall authorize to reside near the Kanzas, shall occupy, during his pleasure, such lands as may be necessary for them within this reservation. - - ART. 3. In consideration of the cession of land and relinquish- ments of claims, made in the first article, the United States agree to pay to the Kanzas nation of Indians, three thousand five hun- dred dollars per annum, for twenty successive years, at their vil- lages, or at the entrance of the Kanzas river, either in money, merchandise, provisions, or domestic animals, at the option of the aforesaid nation; and when the said annuities, or any part there- of, is paid in merchandise, it shall be delivered to them at the first cost of the goods in Saint Louis, free of transportation. ART. 4. The United States, immediately upon the ratification KANZA.S. 335 of this convention, or as soon thereafter as may be, shall cause to be furnished to the Kanzas nation, three hundred head of cattle, three hundred hogs, five hundred domestic fowls, three yoke of oxen, and two carts, with such implements of agriculture as the superintendent of Indian affairs may think necessary; and shall employ such persons to aid and instruct them in their agriculture, as the President of the United States may deem expedient; and shall provide and support a blacksmith for them. ART. 5. Out of the lands herein ceded by the Kanzas nation to the United States, the commissioner aforesaid, in behalf of the said United States, doth further covenant and agree, that thirty-six sections of good land, on the Big Blue river, shall be laid out un- der the direction of the President of the United States, and sold for the purpose of raising a fund, to be applied, under the direction of the President, to the support of schools for the education of the Kanzas children within their nation. ART. 6. From the lands above ceded to the United States, there shall be made the following reservations, of one mile square, for each of the half-breeds of the Kanzas nation, viz.: For Adel and Clement, the two children of Clement; for Josettee, Julie, Pelagie, and Victoire, the four children of Louis Gonvil; for Ma- tie and Lafleche, the two children of Baptiste Golvin; for Laven- ture, the son of Francis Laventure; for Elizabeth and Pierre Car- bonau, the children of Pierre Brisa; for Louis Joncas; for Bazil Joneas; for James Joncas; for Elizabeth Datcherute, daughter of Baptiste Datcherute; for Joseph Butler; for William Rodgers; for Joseph Cote; for the four children of Cicili Compare, each one mile square; and one for Joseph James, to be located on the north side of the Kanzas river, in the order above named, com- mencing at the line of the Kanzas reservation, and extending down the Kanzas river for quantity. ART. 7. With the view of quieting all animosities which may at present exist between a part of the white citizens of Missouri and the Kanzas nation, in consequence of the lawless depredations of the latter, the United States do further agree to pay to their own citizens, the full value of such property as they can legally prove to have been stolen or destroyed since the year 1815. Provided, the sum so to be paid by the United States shall not exceed the sum of three thousand dollars. ART. 8. And whereas, the Kanzas are indebted to Francis G. Choteau, for credits given them in trade, which they are unable to pay, and which they have particularly requested to have included and settled in the present treaty; it is, therefore, agreed on, by and between the parties to these presents, that the sum of five hundred dollars, towards the liquidation of said debt, shall be paid by the United States to the said Francis G. Choteau. ART. 9. There shall be selected at this place such merchandise as may be desired, amounting to two thousand dollars, to be deli- 336 KANZAS. - vered at the Kanzas river, with as little delay as possible; and there shall be paid to the deputation now here, two thousand dol- lars in merchandise and horses, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged; which, together with the amount agreed on in the 3d and 4th articles, and the provisions made in the other articles of the treaty, shall be considered as a full compensation for the cession herein made. ART, 10. Lest the friendship which is now established between the United States and the said Indian nation should be interrupted by the misconduct of individuals, it is hereby agreed, that for in- juries done by individuals, no private revenge or retaliation shall take place, but instead thereof, complaints shall be made by the party injured, to the other, by the said nation, to the superinten- dent, or other person appointed by the President, to the chiefs of said nation. And it shall be the duty of the said chiefs, upon complaints being made as aforesaid, to deliver up the person or persons against whom the complaint is made, to the end that he or they may be punished, agreeably to the laws of the state or territory where the offence may have been committed; and in like manner, if any robbery, violence, or murder, shall be committed on any In- dian or Indians belonging to said nation, the person or persons so offending shall be tried, and, if found guilty, shall be punished in like manner as if the injury had been done to a white man. And it is agreed, that the chiefs of the Kanzas shall, to the utmost of their power, exert themselves to recover horses or other property which may be stolen from any citizen or citizens of the United States, by any individual or individuals of the nation; and the pro- perty so recovered shall be forthwith delivered to the superintendent, or other person authorized to receive it, that it may be restored to its proper owner; and in cases where the exertions of the chiefs shall be ineffectual in recovering the property stolen as aforesaid, if sufficient proof can be adduced that such property was actually stolen by any Indian or Indians belonging to the said nation, the superintendent or other officer may deduct from the annuity of the said nation a sum, equal to the value of the property which has been stolen. And the United States hereby guarantee, to any Indian or Indians, a full indemnification for any horses or other property which may be stolen from them by any of their citizens: Provided, that the property so stolen cannot be recovered, and that sufficient proof is produced that it was actually stolen by a citizen of the United States. And the said nation of Kanzas engage, on the requisition or demand of the President of the United States, or of the superintendent, to deliver up any white man resident amongst them. - ART. 11. It is further agreed on, by and between the parties to these presents, that the United States shall forever enjoy the right to navigate freely all water-courses or navigable streams within the limits of the tract of country herein reserved to the Kanzas nation; KANZAS. 337 and that the said Kanzas nation shall never sell, relinquish, or in any manner dispose of the lands herein reserved, to any other nation, person or persons whatever, without the permission of the United States for that purpose first had and obtained. And shall ever remain under the protection of the United States, and in friendship with them. ART, 12. The treaty shall take effect, and be obligatory on the contracting parties, as soon as the same shall be ratified by the President, by and with the consent and, advice of the Senate of the United States In testimony whereof, the said William Clark, commissioner as aforesaid, and the deputation, chiefs, head men, and warriors of the Kanzas nation of Indians, as aforesaid, have hereunto set their hands and seals, this third day of June, in the year of our Lord eighteen hundred and twenty-five, and of the independence of the United States of America the forty-ninth year. William Clark, Nom-pa-wa-rah, or the White Plume, his x mark, Ky-he-ga-wa-ti-nin-ka, his x mark, or the Full Chief, Ky-he-ga-wa-che-he, his x mark, or the Chief of great valor, Ky-he-ga-shin-ga, his x mark, or the Little Chief, Ka-ba-ra-hu, his x mark, Me-chu-chin-ga, his x mark, or the Little White Bear, Hu-ru-ah-te, his x mark, or the Real Eagle, Ca-she-se-gra, his x mark, or the track that sees far, Wa-can-da-ga-tun-ga, his x mark, or the Great Doctor, 0-pa-she-ga, his x mark, or the Cooper, Cha-ho-nush, his x mark, Ma-he-ton-ga, his x mark, or the American, Witnesses present: R. Wash, Secretary, Jno. Simonds, Jr. W. B. Alexander, Sub Indian Sanderson Robert, Jigent, L. T. Honore, U. S. Int'pr. John F. A. Sanford, William Milburn, G. C. Sibley, United States Baptis Ducherut, Interpreter for Commissioner, Kanzas, Baronet Vasquez, United States Paul Louise, his x mark, Osage S. Agent, Interpreter, Russel Farnham, Noel Dashnay, Interpreter, Jno. K. Walker, Ant. Le Claire. 36 338 PON CARARS, PON CAR ARS. concluded June 9, 1825–RATIFIED FEB. 6, 1826.1 For the purpose of perpetuating the friendship which has heretofore existed, as also to remove all future cause of discussion or dis- sension, as it respects trade and friendship between the United States and their citizens, and the Poncar tribe of Indians, the President of the United States of America, by brigadier-general Henry Atkinson, of the United States army, and major Benjamin O'Fallon, Indian agent, with full powers and authority, specially appointed and commissioned for that purpose, of the one part, and the undersigned chiefs, head men, and warriors, of the Poncar tribe of Indians, on behalf of said tribe, of the other part, have made and entered into the following articles and condi- tions, which, when ratified by the President of the United States, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, shall be binding on both parties—to wit: ART. 1. It is admitted by the Poncar tribe of Indians, that they reside within the territorial limits of the United States, acknowledge their supremacy, and claim their protection. The said tribe also admit the right of the United States to regulate all trade and intercourse with them, ART. 2. The United States agree to receive the Poncar tribe of Indians into their friendship, and under their protection, and to extend to them, from time to time, such benefits and acts of kindness as may be convenient, and seem just and proper to the President of the United States. ART. 3. All trade and intercourse with the Poncar tribe shall be transacted at such place or places as may be designated and pointed out by the President of the United States, through his agents; and none but American citizens, duly authorized by the United States, shall be admitted to trade or hold intercourse with said tribe of Indians. ART. 4. That the Poncar tribe may be accommodated with such articles of merchandise, etc. as their necessities may demand, the United States agree to admit and license traders to hold inter- course with said tribe, under mild and equitable regulations: in consideration of which, the Poncartribe bind themselves to extend protection to the persons and the property of the traders, and the persons legally employed under them, whilst they remain within the limits of the Poncar district of country. And the said Poncar tribe further agree, that if any foreigner or other person, not legally authorized by the United States, shall come into their district of country, for the purposes of trade or other views, they will apprehend such person or persons, and deliver him or them to some United States superintendent, or agent of Indian affairs, PONCAR.A.R.S., 339. or to the commandant of the nearest military post, to be dealt with according to law. And they further agree to give safe con- duct to all persons who may be legally authorized by the United States to pass through their country; and to protect, in their persons and property, all agents or other persons sent by the United States to reside temporarily among them. ART. 5. That the friendship which is now established between the United States and the Poncar tribe should not be interrupted by the misconduct of individuals, it is hereby agreed, that for in- juries done by individuals, no private revenge or retaliation shall take place; but instead thereof, complaints shall be made, by the party injured, to the superintendent or agent of Indian affairs, or other person appointed by the President; and it shall be the duty of the said chiefs, upon complaint being made as aforesaid, to deliver up the person or persons against whom the complaint is made, to the end that he or they may be punished agreeably to the laws of the United States. And, in like manner, if any rob- bery, violence, or murder, shall be committed on any Indian or Indians belonging to said tribe, the person or persons so offend- ing shall be tried, and if found guilty, shall be punished in like manner as if the injury had been done to a white man, And it is agreed, that the chiefs of said Poncar tribe shall, to the utmost of their power, exert themselves to recover horses or other pro- perty, which may be stolen or taken from any citizen or citizens of the United States, by any individual or individuals of said tribe; and the property so recovered shall be forthwith delivered to the agents or other person authorized to receive it, that it may be restored to the proper owner. And the United States hereby guarantee to any Indian or Indians of said tribe, a full indemnific cation for any horses or other property which may be stolen from them by any of their citizens: provided, that the property so stolen cannot be recovered, and that sufficient proof is produced that it was actually stolen by a citizen of the United States. And the said Poncar tribe engage, on the requisition or demand of the President of the United States, or of the agents, to deliver up any white man resident among them. ART. 6. And the chiefs and warriors, as aforesaid, promise and engage, that their tribe will never, by sale, exchange, or as pre- sents, supply any nation or tribe of Indians, not in amity with the United States, with guns, ammunition, or other implements of war. Done at the Poncar Village, at the mouth of White Paint creek, the first below the Qui Carre river, this 9th day of June, A. D. 1825, and of the independence of the United States the forty-ninth. In testimony whereof, the said commissioners, Henry Atkinson and Benjamin O'Fallon, and the chiefs, head men, and war- riors, of the Poncar tribe, have hereunto set their hands and affixed their seals, 340 PON CARAIRS. H. Atkinson, Br. Gen. U. S. Army, Benj. O’Fallon, U. S. Agent Indian Affairs, Shu-de-gah-he, or He who makes Smoke, his x mark, Ish-ca-da-bee, or Child Chief, his x mark, Wah-ha-nee-che, or He who hides something, his x mark, Wah, or The Hoe, his x mark, O-nam-ba-haa, or Lightning, his x mark, Ti-e-kee-ree, or Big Head with tangled hair, his x mark, Wa-we-shu-shee, or The Brave, his x mark, Ou-de-cowee, or the one that has been wounded, his x mark, Ne-ou-gree, or Prairie apple, his x mark, Woh-ge-a-mussee, or The flying iron, his x mark, Pee-la-ga, or Buffalo, his x mark, - Wah-buc-kee, or The bull that leads, his x mark, Wah-ha-nega, or He that has no knife, his x mark, Mah-shar-harree, or He that walks on land, his x mark, Mach-Souch-kee-na-pabee, or He that fears no bears, his x mark, Ca-hee-tha-bee, or Black raven, his x mark, Gah-he-ga, or The relative of the Chiefs, his x mark, Na-hee-tapee, or He that stamps, his x mark, Na-ne-pa-shee, or One that knows, his x mark, WITNEssies: H. Leavenworth, Col. U. S. Army, S. W. Kearny, Br. JMaj. 1st Inf. D. Ketchum, Major U. S. Army, G. H. Kennerly, U. S. S. Ind. Jägt. - John Gale, Surgeon U. S. Army, J. Gantt, Capt. 6th Inf. Wm. Armstrong, Capt. 6th Regt. Inf. S. MacRee, Lieut. 1st Inf. J. Rogers, Lieut. 6th Inf. Thomas Noel, Lieut. 6th Inf S. Wragg, Adj. 1st Regt. Inf. R. Holmes, Lieut. 6th Inf. Thos. P. Gwynn, Lieut. 1st Inf Levi Nute, Lieut. 6th Inf Jas. W. Kingsbury, Lieut, 1st Regt. I. M. W. Batman, Lieut. 6th Inf Wm. L. Harris, 1st Inf R. M. Coleman, A. Surgeon U. S. A. Wm. Gordon, A. Langman, P. X. Promo, - A. L. Langham, Sec. to the Commission. TETONS, YANCTONS, ETC. 341 TET ON S, YA N C T ON S., ETC. I concLUDED JUNE 22, 1825–RATIFIED FEBRUARY 6, 1826. I For the purposes of perpetuating the friendship which has heretofore evisted, as also to remove all future cause of discussion or dis- sension, as it respects trade and friendship between the United States and their citizens, and the Teton, Yancton, and Yanctonies bands of the Sioua tribe of Indians, the President of the United States of America, by Brigadier-General Henry Atkinson, of the United States Army, and Major Benjamin O’Fallon, Indian agent, with full powers and authority, specially appointed and commissioned for that purpose, of the one part, and the under- signed chiefs, head men, and warriors of the Teton, Yancton, and Yanctonies bands of the Sioua tribe of Indians, on behalf of said bands or tribe, of the other part, have made and entered into the following articles and conditions, which, when ratified by the President of the United States, by and with the advice and con- sent of the Senate, shall be binding on both parties—to wit: ART. 1. It is admitted by the Teton, Yancton and Yanctonies bands of Sioux Indians, that they reside within the territorial limits of the United States, acknowledge their supremacy, and claim their protection. The said bands also admit the right of the United States to regulate all trade and intercourse with them. ART. 2. The United States agree to receive the said Teton, Yancton, and Yanctonies bands of Sioux Indians into their friend- ship, and under their protection, and to extend to them, from time to time, such benefits and acts of kindness as may be convenient, and seem just and proper to the President of the United States. ART. 3. All trade and intercourse with the Teton, Yancton, and Yanctonies bands shall be transacted at such place or places as may be designated and pointed out by the President of the United States, through his agents; and none but American citizens, duly authorized by the United States, shall be admitted to trade or hold intercourse with the said bands of Indians. ART. 4. That the Teton, Yancton, and Yactonies bands may be accommodated with such articles of merchandise, etc. as their ne- cessities may demand, the United States agree to admit and license traders to hold intercourse with said tribes or bands, under mild and equitable regulations: in consideration of which, the Teton, Yancton, and Yanctonies bands bind themselves to extend protec- tion to the persons and the property of the traders, and the persons legally employed under them, whilst they remain within the limits of their particular district of country. And the said Teton, Yanc- ton, and Yanctonies bands further agree, that if any foreigner or other person, not legally authorized by the United States, shall 342 TETONS, YANCTONS, ETC. come into their district of country, for the purposes of trade or other views, they will apprehend such person or persons, and de- liver him or them to some United States superintendent, or agent of Indian affairs, or to the nearest military post, to be dealt with according to law. And they further agree to give safe conduct to all persons who may be legally authorized by the United States to pass through their country; and to protect, in their persons and property, all agents or other persons sent by the United States to reside temporarily among them. ART. 5. That the friendship which is now established between the United States and the Teton, Yancton, and Yanctonies bands should not be interrupted by the misconduct of individuals, it is hereby agreed, that for injuries done by individuals, no private re- venge or retaliation shall take place, but instead thereof, complaints shall be made, by the party injured, to the Superintendent or agent of Indian affairs, or other person appointed by the President; and it shall be the duty of the said chiefs, upon complaint being made as aforesaid, to deliver up the person or persons against whom the complaint is made, to the end that he or they may be punished agreeably to the laws of the United States. And, in like manner, if any robbery, violence, or murder, shall be committed on any Indian or Indians belonging to said bands, the person or persons so offending shall be tried, and if found guilty shall be punished in like manner as if the injury had been done to a white man. And it is agreed, that the chiefs of the said Teton, Yancton, and Yanc- tonies bands shall, to the utmost of their power, exert themselves to recover horses or other property, which may be stolen or taken from any citizen or citizens of the United States, by any individ- ual or individuals of said bands: and the property so recovered shall be forthwith delivered to the agents or other person author- ized to receive it, that it may be restored to the proper owner. And the United States hereby guarantee to any Indian or Indians of said bands, a full indemnification for any horses or other pro- perty which may be stolen from them by any of their citizens: provided, that the property so stolen cannot be recovered, and that sufficient proof is produced that it was actually stolen by a citizen of the United States. And the said Teton, Yancton, and Yanc- tonies bands engage, on the requisition or demand of the President of the United States, or of the agents, to deliver up any white man resident among them. ART. 6. And the chiefs and warriors, as aforesaid, promise and engage, their band or tribe will never, by sale, exchange, or as presents, supply any nation, or tribe of Indians, not in amity with the United States, with guns, ammunition, or other implements of war. Done at fort Look-out, near the three rivers of the Sioux pass, this 22d day of June, A. D. 1825, and of the independence of the United States the forty-ninth. TETONS, YANCTONS, ETC. 343 tribe, have hereunto set their hands, and affixed their seals. YANCTONS, *ETONs, H. Atkinson, Br. Gen. U. S. Army, Benj. O’Fallon, U. S. Agt, Ind. Aff. Maw-too-sa-be-kia, the black bear, his x mark, Wacan-o-hi-gnan, the flying medicine, his x mark, - Wah-ha-ginga, the little dish, his x mark, Cha-pon-ka, the musqueto, his x mark, Eta-ke-nus-ke-an, the mad face, his x mark, To-ka-oo, the one that kills, his x mark, O-ga-tee, the fork, his x mark, You-ia-san, the warrior, his x mark, Wah-ta-ken-do, the one who comes from war, his x mark, To-qui-in-too, the little soldier, his x mark, Ha-sas-hah, the Ioway, his x mark, Ta-tan-ka-guenish-qui-gnan, the mad buffalo, his x mark, Mah-to-ken-do-ha-cha, the hollow bear, his x mark, E-gue-mon-wa-con-ta, the one that shoots at the tiger, his x mark, Jai-kan-kan-e, the child chief, his x mark, Shawa-non, or O-e-te-kah, the brave, his x mark, Man-to-dan-za, the running bear, his x mark, Wa-can-guela-sassa, the black lightning, his x mark, Wa-be-la-wa-con, the medicine war eagle, his x mark, - Cam-pes-cah-o-ran-co, the swift shell, his x mark, Eh-ra-ka-che-ka-la, the little elk, his x mark, Na-pe-a-mus-ka, the mad hand, his x mark, J-a-pee, the soldier, his x mark, Hoo-wa-gah-hak, the broken leg, his x mark, Ce-cha-he, or the burnt thigh, his x mark, O-caw-see-non-gea, or the spy, his x mark, Ta-tun-ca-see-ha-hue-ka, the buffalo with the long foot, his x mark, Ah-kee-che-ha-che-ga-la, the little soldier, his x mark, In testimony whereof the said commissioners, Henry Atkinson and Benjamin O’Fallon, and the chiefs, head men, and war- riors, of the Teton, Yancton, and Yanctonies bands, of Sioux L. L. S L. . L. L. i S - S. 344 SIOUNES AND OGALLALA S. In presence of A. L. Langham, Secretary to the Commission, H. Leavenworth, Col. Army, S. W. Kearney, Br. JMaj. 1st Inf. G. H. Kennerly, U. S. S. Ind. Agent, P. Wilson, U. S. S. Ind. Agent, Wm. Armstrong, Capt. 6th reg. Inf. R. B. Mason, Capt. 1st. Inf J. Gantt, Captain 6th Inf. S. Mac Ree, Lieut. and ſlid de Cºmp, Wm. S. Harney, Lieut. 1st Inf. Thomas Noel, Lieut. 6th Inf. U. S. B. Riley, Capt. 6th Inf. James W. Kingsbury, Lieut. Ist Regt. S. Wragg, Ajt. 1st Regt. G. C. Spencer, Capt. 1st Regt. A. S. Miller, Lieut. 1st Inf H. Swearingen, Lieut. 1st Inf, Thos. P. Gwynn, Lieut. 1st Inf. M. W. Batman, Lieut. 6th Inf. George C. Hutter, Lt. 6th Inf J. Rogers, Lieut. 6th Inf. Wm. Day, Lieut. 1st Inf. John Gale, Surgeon U. S. Army, D. Ketchum, Maj. U. S. Army, R. H. Stuart, Lieut. 1st Inf. Wm. Gordon, Jean Baptiste Dorion. S I O U N E S A. N. D. O. G. A. L. L. A. L. A. S. I conclude D JULY 5, 1825–RATIFIED FEBRUARY 6, 1826. I For the purpose of perpetuating the friendship which has heretofore existed, as also to remove all future cause of discussion or dis- sension, as it respects trade and friendship between the United States and their citizens, and the Sioune and Ogallala bands of the Sioua tribe of Indians, the President of the United States of America, by brigadier general Henry Atkinson, of the United States army, and major Benjamin O'Fallon, Indian agent, with full powers and authority, specially appointed and commissioned for that purpose, of the one part, and the undersigned chiefs, head men, and warriors, of the said Sioune and Ogallala bands of Sioua, Indians, on behalf of their bands, of the other part, have made and entered into the following articles and conditions, which, when ratified by the President of the United States, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, shall be binding on both parties, to wit: ART. 1. It is admitted by the Sioune and Ogallala bands of Sioux Indians, that they reside within the territorial limits of the United States, acknowledge their supremacy, and claim their pro- tection. The said bands also admit the right of the United States to regulate all trade and intercourse with them. - ART. 2. The United States agree to receive the Sioune and Ogallala bands of Sioux into their friendship, and under their pro- tection, and to extend to them, from time to time, such benefits SIOUNES AND OGALLALAS, 345 and acts of kindness as may be convenient, and seem just and proper to the President of the United States. ART, 3. All trade and intercourse with the Sioune and Ogallala bands shall be transacted at such place or places as may be de- signated and pointed out by the President of the United States, through his agents; and none but American citizens, duly author- ized by the United States, shall be admitted to trade or hold intercourse with said bands of Indians. ART. 4. That the Sioune and Ogallala bands may be accommo- dated with such articles of merchandise, etc. as their necessities may demand, the United States agree to admit and license traders to hold intercourse with said bands, under mild and equitable regulations: in consideration of which, the Sioune and Ogallala bands bind themselves to extend protection to the persons and the property of the traders, and the persons legally employed under them, whilst they remain within the limits of their particular dis- trict of country. And the said Sioune and Ogallala bands further agree, that if any foreigner or other person, not legally authorized by the United States, shall come into their district of country, for the purposes of trade or other views, they will apprehend such person or persons, and deliver him or them to some United States superintendent, or agent of Indian affairs, or to the commandant of the nearest military post, to be dealt with according to law. And they further agree to give safe conduct to all persons who may be legally authorized by the United States to pass through their country; and to protect, in their persons and property, all agents or other persons sent by the United States to reside temporarily among them; nor will they, whilst on their distant excursions, molest or interrupt any American citizen or citizens who may be passing from the United States to New Mexico, or returning from thence to the United States. ART. 5. That the friendship which is now established between the United States and the Sioune and Ogallala bands should not beinterrupted by the misconduct of individuals, it is hereby agreed, that for injuries done by individuals, no private revenge or retalia- tion shall take place; but instead thereof, complaints shall be made, by the injured party, to the superintendent or agent of Indian af- fairs, or other person appointed by the President; and it shall be the duty of said chiefs, upon complaint being made as aforesaid, to deliver up the person or persons against whom the complaint is made, to the end that he or they may be punished agreeably to the laws of the United States. And, in like manner, if any rob- bery, violence, or murder, shall be committed on any Indian or Indians belonging to the said bands, the person or persons so of fending shall be tried, and if found guilty, shall be punished in like manner as if the injury had been done to a white man. And it is agreed, that the chiefs of said Sioune and Ogallala bands shall, to the utmost of their power, exert themselves to recover horses or 346 SIOUNES AND OGALLALA S. other property, which may be stolen or taken from any citizen or citizens of the United States, by any individual or individuals of said bands; and the property so recovered shall be forthwith de- livered to the agents or other person authorized to receive it, that it may be restored to the proper owner. And the United States hereby guarantee to any Indian or Indians of said bands, a full in- demnification for any horses or other property which may be stolen from them by any of their citizens: provided, that the property stolen cannot be recovered, and that sufficient proof is produced that it was actually stolen by a citizen of the United States. And the said Sioune and Ogallala bands engage, on the requisition or demand of the President of the United States, or of the agents, to deliver up any white man resident among them. ART. 6. And the chiefs and warriors, as aforesaid, promise and engage, that their bands will never, by sale, exchange, or as pre- sents, supply any nation, tribe, or band of Indians, not in amity with the United States, with guns, ammunition, or other imple- ments of war. Done at the mouth of the Teton river, this 5th day of July, A. D. 1825, and of the independence of the United States the fiftieth. In testimony whereof, the said commissioners, Henry Atkinson and Benjamin O'Fallon, and the chiefs, head men, and war- riors, of the Sioune and Ogallala bands, have hereunto set their hands, and affixed their seals. H. Atkinson, Br. Gen. U. S. Army, L. S. Benj. O’Fallon, U. S. Jägt. Ind. Aff. L. S. stounes Wah-e-ne-ta, the Rushing Man, his x mark, L. S. CHIEFS, Cah-re-we-ca-ca, the Crow Feather, his x mark, L. s. Ma-ra-sea, the White Swan, his x mark, L. S. Chan-dee, the Tobacco, his x mark, L. S. O-ke-ma, the Chief, his x mark, L. S. Tow-cow-sa-no-pa, the Two Lance, his x mark, L. S. wARRIORs, Chan-ta-wah-nee-cha, the No Heart, his x mark, L. S. He-hum-pee, the one that has a voice in his neck, his x mark, L. S. Num-cah-pay, the one that knocks down two, his x mark, L. oGALLALA Ta-tun-ca-nash-sha, the Standing Buffalo, his x CHIEFS, mark, L. He-a-long-ga, the Shoulder, his x mark, L. Ma-to-weet-co, the Full White Bear, his x mark, L. Wa-na-re-wag-she-go, the Ghost Boy, his X mark, L. wARRIORs, Ek-hah-ka-sap-pa, the Black Elk, his x mark, L. Tah-tong-ish-nam-ma, the One Buffalo, his x mark, L. Mah-to-ta-tong-ca, the Buffalo White Bear, his x mark, L. S. Nah-ge-nish-ge-ah, the Mad Soul, his x mark, L. S. S SIOUNES AND OGALL.A.L.A.S. 347 Siounes of the Fire-hearts band, who sign at Camp Hidden Creek, on the 12th July, 1825. CHIEFs, Chan-ta-pa-ta, the Fire-heart, his x mark, L. S. Wah-con-ta-mon-ee, the one that shoots as he walks, his x mark, L. S. Ke-ah-ash-sha-pa, the one that makes a noise as he flies, his x mark, L. S. WARRIORs, Mato-co-kee-pa, the one that is afraid of the White Bear, his x mark, L. S. Ho-ton-co-kee-pa, the one that is afraid of his voice, his x mark, L. S. Wom-dish-ki-a-ta, the Spotted War Eagle, his x mark, L. S. Cha-lon-we-cha-ca-ta, the one that kills the buf- falo, his x mark, L. S. Ca-re-no-pa, the Two Crows, his x mark, L. S. Ca-re-a-tun-ca, the Crow that sits down, his x mark, L. S. To-ke-a-we-cha-ca-ta, the one that kills first, his x mark, L. S. In the presence of P. Wilson, U. S. S. Ind. Agent, R. M. Coleman, U. S. A. John Gale, Surgeon U. S. Army, W. L. Harris, Lieut. 1st Inf. D. Ketchum, Major U. S. A. H. Leavenworth, Col. U. S. Levi Nute, Lieut. U. S. A. Army, G. C. Spencer, Capt. 1st Inf. B. Riley, Capt. 6th Inf. M. W. Batman, Lieut. 6th Inf. S. Wragg, Adjt. 1st Regt. Inf Wm. Armstrong, Capt. 6th Regt. Wm. Day, Lieut. U. S. A. Inf. C. Pentland, Capt. 6th Inf. Jas. W. Kingsbury, Lieut. 1st G. H. Kennerly, U. S. S. Ind. Regt. I. Jägt. R. Holmes, Lieut. 6th Inf. Thos. P. Gwynn, Lieut. 1st Inf. Witnesses to the signatures of the Fire-hearts band, as executed on the 12th July, 1825. A. L. Langham, Sec. to the Com. P. Wilson, U. S. S. Ind. Agent, G. H. Kennerly, U. S. S. Ind. R. M. Coleman, U. S. A. Agt. Wm. Armstrong, Capt. 6th Regt. H. Leavenworth, Col. U. S. Inf. Army, J. Gantt, Capt. 6th Inf S. W. Kearny, Br. JMaj. 1st Inf. 348 CHAYENNE . CHAYE N N E S. I concLUDED JULY 6, 1825–RATIFIED FEB. 6, 1826. I For the purpose of perpetuating the friendship which has heretofore existed, as also to remove all future cause of discussion or dis- sension, as it respects trade and friendship between the United States and their citizens, and the Chayenne tribe of Indians, the President of the United States of America, by brigadier-general Henry Atkinson, of the United States army, and major Benjamin O'Fallon, Indian agent, with full powers and authority, specially appointed and commissioned for that purpose, of the one part, and the undersigned chiefs, head men, and warriors, of the Chay- enne tribe of Indians, on behalf of said tribe, of the other part, have made and entered into the following articles and con- ditions; which, when ratified by the President of the United States, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, shall be binding on both parties—to wit: ART. 1. It is admitted by the Chayenne tribe of Indians, that they reside within the territorial limits of the United States, ac- knowledge their supremacy, and claim their protection. The said tribe also admit the right of the United States to regulate all trade and intercourse with them. ART. 2. The United States agree to receive the Chayenne tribe of Indians into their friendship, and under their protection, and to extend to them, from time to time, such benefits and acts of kindness as may be convenient, and seem just and proper to the President of the United States. ART. 3. All trade and intercourse with the Chayenne tribe shall be transacted at such place or places, as may be designated and pointed out by the President of the United States, through his agents; and none but American citizens, duly authorized by the United States, shall be admitted to trade or hold intercourse with said tribe of Indians. ART. 4. That the Chayenne tribe may be accommodated with such articles of merchandise, etc. as their necessities may de- mand, the United States agree to admit and license traders to hold intercourse with said tribe, under mild and equitable regulations: in consideration of which, the Chayenne tribe bind themselves to extend protection to the persons and the property of the traders, and the persons legally employed under them, whilst they remain within the limits of their particular district of country. And the said Chayenne tribe further agree, that if any foreigner or other person, not legally authorized by the United States, shall come into their district of country, for the purposes of trade or other views, they will apprehend such person or persons, and deliver CHAYENNES. 349 him or them to some United States superintendent, or agent of Indian affairs, or to the commandant of the nearest military post, to be dealt with according to law. And they further agree to give safe conduct to all persons who may be legally authorized by the United States to pass through their country, and to protect in their persons and property all agents or other persons sent by the United States to reside temporarily among them ; nor will they, whilst on their distant excursions, molest or interrupt any American citizen or citizens, who may be passing from the United States to New Mexico, or returning from thence to the United States. ART. 5. That the friendship which is now established between the United States and the Chayenne tribe should not be interrupted by the misconduct of individuals, it is hereby agreed, that for in- juries done by individuals, no private revenge or retaliation shall take place, but instead thereof, complaints shall be made, by the party injured, to the superintendent or agent of Indian affairs, or other person appointed by the President; and it shall be the duty of said chiefs, upon complaint being made as aforesaid, to deliver up the person or persons against whom the complaint is made, to the end that he or they may be punished, agreeably to the laws of the United States. And, in like manner, if any robbery, violence, or murder, shall be committed on any Indian or Indians belong- ing to said tribe, the person or persons so offending shall be tried, and if found guilty, shall be punished in like manner as if the in- jury had been done to a white man. And it is agreed, that the chief of said Chayenne tribe, shall, to the utmost of their power, exert themselves to recover horses or other property, which may be stolen or taken from any citizen or citizens of the United States, by any individual or individuals of said tribe; and the property so recovered shall be forthwith delivered to the agents or other person authorized to receive it, that it may be restored to the proper owner. And the United States hereby guarantee to any Indian or Indians of said tribe, a full indemnification for any horses or other property which may be stolen from them by any of their citizens: provided, that the property so stolen cannot be recovered, and that sufficient proof is produced that it was actually stolen by a citizen of the United States. And the said Chayenne tribe en- gage, on the requisition or demand of the President of the United States, or of the agents, to deliver up any white man resident among them. ART. 6. And the chiefs and warriors, as aforesaid, promise and engage that their tribe will never, by sale, exchange, or as pre- sents, supply any nation, or tribe of Indians, not in amity with the United States, with guns, ammunition, or other implements of war. Done at the mouth of the Teton River, this sixth day of July, A. D. 1825, and of the independence of the United States the fiftieth. 350 CHAYENNES, In testimony whereof, the said commissioners, Henry Atkinson and Benjamin O’Fallon, and the chiefs, head men, and war- riors, of the Chayenne tribe, have hereunto set their hands and affixed their seals. * H. Atkinson, Br. Gen. U. S. army, L. S. Benj. O’Fallon, U. S. Jägt. Ind. Aff. L. S. CHIEFS, Sho-e-mow-e-to-chaw-ca-we-wah-ca-to-we, or the wolf with the high back, his x mark, L. s. We-che-gal-la, or the Little Moon, his x mark, Ta-ton-ca-pa, or the Buffalo Head, his x mark, . J-a-pu, or the one who walks against the others, his x mark, war RIORs, Ta-ke-che-sca, or the White Deer, his x mark, L. s. Chah-pac-pah-ha, or the one that raises the War Club, his x mark, Ta-ton-ca-hoo-oh-ca-la-eh-pa-ha, or the pile of Buffalo bones, his x mark, L. S. Ma-te-wash-e-na, or the Little White Bear, his x mark, Shong-ge-mon-e-to, or the Wolf, his x mark, L. L. S. S Shong-ge-mon-e-to-e-ah-ca, ortherunning Wolf, his x mark, L. Nah-pa-ton-ca, or the Big Hand, his x mark, L. Oh-kee-che-ta, or the Soldier, his x mark, L. Tah-hi-o-ta, or the Lousy Man, his x mark, L. In presence of G. H. Kennerly, U. S. S. Ind. Jas. W. Kingsbury, Lieut, 1st Agent, John Gale, Surgeon U. S. A. D. Ketchum, JMaj. U. S. A. B. Riley, Capt. 6th Infantry, John Gantt, Capt. 6th Inf. C. Pentland, Capt. 6th Inf. R. B. Mason, Capt. 1st Inf R. M. Coleman, U. S. A. G. C. Spencer, Capt. 1st Inf. R. Holmes, Lieut. 6th Inf. M. W. Batman, Lieut. 6th Inf. Levi Nute, Lieut. U. S. A. Wm. S. Harney, Lieut. 1st Inf. Reg. Inf. Wm. Armstrong, Capt. 6th Rºg. Inf. S. W. Kearny, Br. Maj. 1st Inf H. Leavenworth, Bt. Col. 6th Inf. J. V. Swearengen, Lieut. 1st Inf R. M. Coleman, U. S. A. C. Harris, Lieut. 1st Inf. Wm. Day, Lieut. U. S. 4. S. Wragg, Adj. 1st Reg. Inf Thos. P. Gwynn, Lieut. 1st Inf HUNKPAPAS. 351 H U N K P A P A S. I concluded JULY 16, 1825–RATIFED FEB. 6, 1826. For the purpose of perpetuating the friendship which has hereto- fore easisted, as also to remove all future cause of discussion or dissension, as it respects trade and friendship between the United States and their citizens, and the Hunkpapas band of the Sioua, tribe of Indians, the President of the United States of America, by brigadier-general Henry Atkinson, of the United States army, and major Benjamin O'Fallon, Indian agent, with full powers and authority, especially appointed and commissioned for that purpose, of the one part, and the undersigned chiefs, head men, and warriors of the said Hunkpapas band of Sioua, Indians, on behalf of their band, of the other part, have made and entered into the following articles and conditions; which, when ratified by the President of the United States, by and with the advice and con- sent of the Senate, shall be binding on both parties—to wit: ART. 1. It is admitted by the Hunkpapas band of Sioux In- dians, that they reside within the territorial limits of the United States, acknowledge their supremacy, and claim their protection. The said band also admit the right of the United States to regu- late all trade and intercourse with them. ART 2. The United States agree to receive the Hunkpapas band of Sioux into their friendship, and under their protection, and to extend to them, from time to time, such benefits and acts of kindness as may be convenient, and seem just and proper to the President of the United States. ART, 3. All trade and intercourse with the Hunkpapas band shall be transacted at such place or places as may be designated and pointed out by the President of the United States, through his agents; and none but American citizens, duly authorized by the United States, shall be admitted to trade or hold intercourse with said band of Indians. ART. 4. That the Hunkpapas band may be accommodated with such articles of merchandise, etc. as their necessities may demand, the United States agree to admit and license traders to hold inter- course with said band, under mild aud equitable regulations: in consideration of which, the Hunkpapas band bind themselves to extend protection to the persons and the property of the traders, and the persons legally employed under them, whilst they remain within the limits of their particular district of country. And the said Hunkpapas band further agree, that if any foreigner or other person, not legally authorized by the United States, shall come into 352 HUNKPAPAS. their district of country, for the purposes of trade or other views, they will apprehend such person or persons, and deliver him or them to some United States superintendent, or agent of Indian affairs, or to the commandant of the nearest military post, to be dealt with according to law. And they further agree to give safe conduct to all persons who may be legally authorized by the United States to pass through their country, and to protect in their per- sons and property all agents or other persons sent by the United States to reside temporarily among them. - ART. 5. That the friendship which is now established between the United States and the Hunkpapas band should not beinterrupt- ed by the misconduct of individuals, it is hereby agreed, that for injuries done by individuals, no private revenge or retaliation shall take place, but instead thereof, complaints shall be made, by the party injured, to the superintendent, or agent of Indian affairs, or other person appointed by the President; and it shall be the duty of said chiefs, upon complaint being made as aforesaid, to deliver up the person or persons against whom the complaint is made, to the end that he or they may be punished, agreeably to the laws of the United States. And, in like manner, if any robbery, violence, or murder, shall be committed on any Indian or Indians belonging to said band, the person or persons so offending shall be tried, and, if found guilty, shall be punished in like manner as if the º had been done to a white man. And it is agreed, that the chiefs of said Hunkpapas band shall, to the utmost of their power, exert themselves to recover horses or other property, which may be stolen or taken from any citizen or citizens of the United States, by any individual or individuals of said band; and the property so re- covered shall be forthwith delivered to the agents or other person authorized to receive it, that it may be restored to the proper owner. And the United States hereby guarantee to any Indian or Indians of said band, a full indemnification for any horses or other property which may be stolen from them by any of their citizens: provided, that the property stolen cannot be recovered, and that sufficient proof is produced that it was actually stolen by a citizen of the United States. And the said Hunkpapas band engage, on the requisition or demand of the President of the United States, or of the agents, to deliver up any white man re- sident among them. ART. 6. And the chiefs and warriors, as aforesaid, promise and engage that their band will never, by sale, exchange, or as pre- sents, supply any nation or tribe of Indians, not in amity with the United States, with guns, ammunition, or other implements of war. Done at the Auricara Village, this sixteenth day of July, A. D. 1825, and of the independence of the United States the fiftieth. In testimony whereof, the said commissioners, Henry Atkinson, and Benjamin O'Fallon, and the chiefs, head men, and war. RICARAS. 353 riors of the Hunkpapas tribe of Indians, have hereunto set their hands and affixed their seals. H. Atkinson, Br. Gen. U. S. Army, Benj. O'Fallon, U. S. Jägt. Ind. Aff. Mato-che-gal-lah, Little White Bear, his x mark, Cha-sa-wa-ne-che, the one that has no name, his x mark, Tah-hah-nee-ah, the one that scares the game, his x mark, Taw-ome-nee-o-tah, the Womb, his x mark, Mah-to-wee-tah, the White Bear's face, his x mark, Pah-sal-sa, the Auricara, his x mark, Ha-hah-kus-ka, the White Elk, his x mark, In presence of A. L. Langham, Sec. to the John Gantt, Capt. 6th Inf. Commission, J. Rogers, Lieut. 6th Inf. H. Leavenworth, Col. U. S. A. D. Ketchum, Major U. S. Army, P. Wilson, U. S. S. Ind. Agt. Jas. W. Kingsbury, Lieut. 1st G. H. Kennerly, U. S. S. Ind. Regt. I. Agt. Thomas Noel, Lieut. 6th Inf. G. C. Spencer, Capt. 1st Inf R. H. Stuart, Lieut. 1st Inf. John Gale, Surgeon U. S. Army, Levi Nute, Lieut. U. S. Army, R. M. Coleman, U. S. A. Colin Campbell. R. I. C. A. R. A. S. I concLUDED JULY 18, 1825–RATIFIED FEBRUARY 6, 1826. I To put an end to an unprovoked hostility on the part of the Ricara tribe of Indians against the United States, and to restore harmony between the parties, the President of the United States, by briga- dier general Henry Atkinson, of the United States army, and major Benjamin O’Fallon, Indian agent, commissioners duly ap- pointed and commissioned to treat with the Indian tribes beyond the Mississippi river, give peace to the said Ricara tribe; the chiefs and warriors thereof having first made suitable concessions for the offence. And for the purpose of removing all further or future cause of misunderstanding as respects trade and friendly intercourse between the parties, the above named commissioners on the part of the United States, and the undersigned chiefs and warriors of the Ricara tribe of Indians on the part of said tribe, have made and entered into the following articles and conditions, which, when ratified by the President of the United States, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, shall be binding on both parties—to wit: - ART. 1. Henceforth there shall be a firm and lasting peace be- tween the United States and the Ricara tribe of Indians; and a 37 354. RIC AIR.A.S. friendly intercourse shall immediately take place between the parties. ART. 2. It is admitted by the Ricara tribe of Indians, that they reside within the territorial limits of the United States, acknowledge their supremacy, and claim their protection. The said tribe also admit the right of the United States to regulate all trade and in- tercourse with them. ART. 3. The United States agree to receive the Ricara tribe of Indians into their friendship, and under their protection, and to extend to them, from time to time, such benefits and acts of kind- ness as may be convenient, and seem just and proper to the Pre- sident of the United States. ART. 4. All trade and intercourse with the Ricara tribe shall be transacted at such place or places as may be designated and pointed out by the President of the United States, through his agents; and none but American citizens, duly authorized by the United States, shall be admitted to trade or hold intercourse with said tribe of Indians. ART. 5. That the Ricara tribe may be accommodated with such articles of merchandise, etc. as their necessities may demand, the United States agree to admit and license traders to hold intercourse with said tribe, under mild and equitable regulations: in conside- ration of which, the Ricara tribe bind themselves to extend pro- tection to the persons and the property of the traders, and the persons legally employed under them, while they remain within the limits of their district of country. And the said Ricara tribe further agree, that if any foreigner or other person, not legally all- thorized by the United States, shall come into their district of country, for the purposes of trade or other views, they will appre- hend such person or persons, and deliver him or them to some United States superintendent or agent of Indian affairs, or to the commandant of the nearest military post, to be dealt with according to law. And they further agree to give safe conduct to all persons who may be legally authorized by the United States to pass through their country, and to protect in their persons and property all agents or other persons sent by the United States to reside tem- porarily among them. ART. 6. That the friendship which is now established between the United States and the Ricara tribe, shall not be interrupted by the misconduct of individuals, it is hereby agreed, that for injuries done by individuals, no private revenge or retaliation shall take place; but instead thereof, complaints shall be made, by the party injured, to the superintendent or agent of Indian affairs, or other person appointed by the President; and it shall be the duty of the said chiefs, upon complaint being made as aforesaid, to deliver up the person or persons against whom the complaint is made, to the end that he or they may be punished, agreeably to the laws of the R.I.C.A.R.A.S. 355 United States. And, in like manner, if any robbery, violence, or murder, shall be committed on any Indian or Indians belonging to said tribe, the person or persons so offending shall be tried, and if found guilty, shall be punished in like manner as if the injury had been done to a white man. And it is agreed, that the chiefs of the said Ricara tribe shall, to the utmost of their power, exert themselves to recover horses or other property, which may be stolen or taken from any citizen or citizens of the United States, by any individual or individuals of said tribe; and the property so recovered shall be forthwith delivered to the agents or other person authorized to receive it, that it may be restored to the proper owner. And the United States hereby guarantee to any Indian or Indians of said tribe, a full indemnification for any horses or other property which may be stolen from them by any of their citizens: provided, that the property so stolen cannot be recovered, and that sufficient proof is produced that it was actually stolen by a citizen of the United States. And the said Ricara tribe engage, on the requisi- tion or demand of the President of the United States, or of the agents, to deliver up any white man resident among them. ART. 7. And the chiefs and warriors, as aforesaid, promise and engage that their tribe will never, by sale, exchange, or as presents, supply any nation, tribe, or bands of Indians, not in amity with the United States, with guns, ammunition, or other implements of war. Done at the Ricara village, this eighteenth day of July, A. D. 1825, and of the independence of the United States the fiftieth. - In testimony whereof, the said commissioners, Henry Atkinson and Benjamin O’Fallon, and the chiefs, head men, and war- riors of the Ricara tribe of Indians, have hereunto set their hands and affixed their seals. H. Atkinson, Br. Gen. U. S. Army, L. S. Benj. O’Fallon, U. S. Jägt. Ind. Aff. L. S. CHIEFS. Stan-au-pat, the bloody hand, his x mark, L. S. Ca-car-we-ta, the little bear, his x mark, L. S. Scar-e-naus, the skunk, his x mark, L. S. Chan-son-nah, the fool chief, his x mark, L. S. Chan-no-te-ne-na, the chief that is afraid, his x mark, L. S. Coon-ca-ne-nos-see, the bad bear, his x mark, L. S. wARRIORs. En-hah-pe-tar, the two nights, his x mark, L. S. Ca-ca-ne-show, the crow chief, his x mark, L. S. Pah-can-wah, the old head, his x mark, L. S. Wah-ta-an, the light in the night, his x mark, L. S. 356 MANIDANS, Hon-eh-cooh, the buffalo that urinates and smells it, his x mark, Ta-hah-son, the lip of the old buffalo, his x mark, . Coo-wooh-war-e-scoon-hoon, the long haired bear, his x mark, Ne-sha-non-nack, the chief by himself, his x mark, Ah-ree-squish, the buffalo that has horns, his x mark, Ou-Cous-non-nair, the good buffalo, his x mark, Nack-sa-nou-wees, the dead heart, his x mark, Pah-too-car-rah, the man that strikes, his x mark, Toon-high-ouh, the man that runs, his x mark, Car-car-wee-as, the heart of the crow, his x mark, In the presence of A. L. Langham, Sec. to the Com- mission, H. Leavenworth, Col. U. S...A. S. W. Kearny, Bt. JMaj. 1st Inf. D. Ketchum, Maj. U. S. Army, Wm. Armstrong, Capt. 6th Reg. Inf. B. Riley, Capt. 6th Inf. John Gantt, Capt. 6th Inf. G. C. Spencer, Capt. 1st Inf. R. B. Mason, Capt. 1st Inf. W. S. Harney, Lt. 1st Inf. John Gale, Surg. U. S. A. R. M. Coleman, U. S. A. S. Wragg, Adjt. 1st Reg. Inſ: S. Mac Ree, Lieut. A. de Camp, R. Holmes, Lt. 6th Inf. R. H. Stuart, Lieut. 1st Inf Jas. W. Kingsbury, Lt. 1st Regt...I. Levi Nute, Lt. U. S. J1. W. L. Harris, Lieut. 1st Inf G. H. Kennerly, U. S. S. Ind. Jägt. P. Wilson, U. S. S. Ind. Jigt. Antoine Garreau, his x mark, Interpreter, Joseph Garreau, his x mark, In- terpreter, Pierre Garreau, his x mark. MAND ANS. [concluded JULY 30, 1825–RATIFIED FEBRUARY 6, 1826. I Whereas, acts of hostility have been committed by some restless men of the JMandan tribe of Indians, upon some of the citizens of the United States: therefore, to put a stop to any further outrages of the sort; and to establish a more friendly understanding be: tween the United States and the said JMandan tribe, the President of the United States, by Henry Atkinson, brigadier-general of the United States army, and major Benjamin O'Fallon, Indian agent, commissioners duly appointed and commissioned to treat with the Indian tribes beyond the Mississippi river, forgive the offences which have been committed; the chiefs and warriors have ing first made satisfactory ea planations touching the same. And for the purpose of removing all future cause of misunderstanding MANî, ANS. 357 as respects trade and friendly intercourse between the parties, the above named commissioners on the part of the United States, and the undersigned chiefs and warriors of the Mandan tribe of Indians on the part of said tribe, have made and entered into the following articles and conditions, which, when ratified by the President of the United States, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, shall be binding on both parties— to wit: ART. 1. Henceforth there shall be a firm and lasting peace be- tween the United States and the Mandan tribe of Indians; and a friendly intercourse shall immediately take place between the parties. ART. 2. It is admitted by the Mandan tribe of Indians, that they reside within the territorial limits of the United States, acknow- ledge their supremacy, and claim their protection. The said tribe also admit the right of the United States to regulate all trade and intercourse with them. ART, 3. The United States agree to receive the Mandan tribe of Indians into their friendship, and under their protection, and to extend to them, from time to time, such benefits and acts of kind- ness as may be convenient, and seem just and proper to the Pre- sident of the United States. ART. 4. All trade and intercourse with the Mandan tribe shall be transacted at such place or places as may be designated and pointed out by the President of the United States, through his agents; and none but American citizens, duly authorized by the United States, shall be admitted to trade or hold intercourse with said tribe of Indians. ART. 5. That the Mandan tribe may be accommodated with such articles of merchandise, etc. as their necessities may demand, the United States agree to admit and license traders to hold inter- course with said tribe, under mild and equitable regulations: in consideration of which, the Mandan tribe bind themselves to extend protection to the persons and the property of the traders, and the persons legally employed under them, whilst they remain within the limits of their district of country. And the said Mandan tribe further agree, that if any foreigner or other person, not legally authorized by the United states, shall come into their district of country, for the purposes of trade or other views, they will appre- hend such person or persons, and deliver him or them to some United States superintendent or agent of Indian affairs, or to the commandant of the nearest military post, to be dealt with accord- ing to law. And they further agree to give safe conduct to all persons who may be legally authorized by the United States to pass through their country, and to protect in their persons and property all agents or other persons sent by the United States to reside temporarily among them. 358 MANDANS. ART. 6. That the friendship which is now established between the United States and the Mandan tribe, shall not be interrupted by the misconduct of individuals, it is hereby agreed, that for in- juries done by individuals, no private revenge or retaliation shall take place, but instead thereof, complaint shall be made by the party injured, to the Superintendent or agent of Indian affairs or other person appointed by the President; and it shall be the duty of the said chiefs, upon complaint being made as aforesaid, to de- liver up the person or persons against whom the complaint is made, to the end that he or they may be punished, agreeably to the laws of the United States. And, in like manner, if any robbery, vio- lence, or murder, shall be committed on any Indian or Indians belonging to said tribe, the person or persons so offending shall be tried, and if found guilty, shall be punished in like manner as if the injury had been done to a white man. And it is agreed, that the chiefs of the said Mandan tribe shall, to the utmost of their power, exert themselves to recover horses or other property, which may be stolen or taken from any citizen or citizens of the United States, by any individual or individuals of said tribe; and the pro- perty so recovered shall be forthwith delivered to the agents or other person authorized to receive it, that it may be restored to the proper owner. And the United States hereby guaranty to any Indian or Indians of said tribe, a full indemnification for any horses or other property which may be stolen from them by any of their citizens: provided, that the property so stolen cannot be recovered, and that sufficient proof is produced that it was actually stolen by a citizen of the United States. And the said Mandan tribe engage, on the requisition or demand of the President of the United States, or of the agents, to deliver up any white man resident among them. ART. 7. And the chiefs and warriors, as aforesaid, promise and engage that their tribe will never, by sale, exchange, or as pre- sents, supply any nation, tribe, or band of Indians, not in amity with the United States, with guns, ammunition, or other imple- ments of war. Done at the Mandan Village, this thirtieth day of July, A. D. 1825, and of the independence of the United States the fiftieth. In testimony whereof, the commissioners, Henry Atkinson and Benjamin O’Fallon, and the chiefs and warriors of the Man- dan tribe of Indians, have hereunto set their hands and affixed their seals. H. Atkinson, Brig. Gen. U. S. Army, Benj. O'Fallon, U. S. Jägent Indian Affairs, - CHIEFS. Mat-sa-to-pas—lah-hah-pah, the chiefs of four men, his x mark, L. S. San-jah-mat-sa-eta, the wolf chiefs, his x mark, L. S. MANDAN Se 359 Ah-ra-na-shis, the one that has no arm, his x mark, L. S. Bot-sa-a-pa, the color of the wolf, his x mark, L. S. Con-ke-sheesse, the good child, his x mark, L. S. Lah-pa-see-ta-re-tah, the bear that does not walk, his x mark, L. s. Par-res-kah-cah-rush-ta, the little crow, his x mark, L. S. wARRIORs—1st Village. Obah-chash, the broken leg, his x mark, L. S. La-pet-see-to-a-pus, the four bears, his x mark, L. S. Sah-cou-ga-rah-lah-pet-see, the bird of the bears, his x mark, L. s. She-ca-aga-mat-sa-et-see, the little young man that is a chief, his x mark, L. S. Kee-re-pee-ah-pa-rush, the neck of the buffalo, his x mark, L. s. Bo-si-e-ree-bees, the little wolf that sleeps, his x mark, L. S. 2d Village. San-jah-ca-ho-ka, the wolf that lies, his x mark, L. S. Ede-shu-bee, the fat of the paunch, his x mark, L. S. Pa-res-ca-a-huss, the band of crows, his x mark, L. S. Ba-rah-rah-ca-tah, the broken pot, his x mark, L. S. Me-ra-pa-sha-po, the five beavers, his x mark, L. S. Bout-sa-ca-ho-ka, the crouching prairie wolf, his x mark, L. s. In the presence of A. L. Langham, Secretary to the S. Wragg, Adj. 1st Regt. Inf. Commission, M. W. Batman, Lieut. 6th Infº H. Leavenworth, Colonel U. S. Thomas P. Gwynne, Lieut. 1st ſłrmy, Infantry, S. W. Kearny, Bt. Maj. 1st Inf. George C. Hutter, Lieut. 6th D. Ketchum, Maj. U. S. Army, Infantry, B. Riley, Capt. 6th Inf. William Day, Lieut. 1st Inſ. P. Wilson, U. S. S. Ind. Agent, John Gale, Surg. U. S. ºff. S. Mac Ree, Lieut. A. Camp, R. M. Coleman, ºff. Surg. U. R. B. Mason, Capt. 1st Inf S. Jä. G. C. Spencer, Capt. 1st Inf. W. S. Harney, Lieut. 1st Inf. John Gantt, Capt. 6th Inf. J. C. Culbertson, Thomas Noel, Lieut. 6th Inf. G. H. Kennerly, U. S. S. Ind. R. Holmes, Lieut. 6th Inf. ºffgent, J. Rogers, Lieut. 6th Inf A. S. Miller, Lieut. 1st Inf. Jas, W. Kingsbury, Lieut. 1st Colin Campbell, Reg't I. Touissant Chaboneau, his x Levi Nute, Lieut. 6th Inf. mark, Interpreter. 360 BELANTSE-ETEAS, B E L A N T SE-E TE A, OR MIN NETA REE S. I concLUDED JULY 30, 1825–RATIFIED FEBRUARY 6, 1826.1 Whereas, acts of hostility have been committed, by some restless men of the Belantse-eted or Minnetaree tribe of Indians, upon some of the citizens of the United States: therefore, to put a stop to any further outrages of the sort, and to establish a more friendly understanding between the United States and the said Belanise- eted or Minnetaree tribe, the President of the United States, by Henry Atkinson, brigadier general of the United States army, and major Benjamin O’Fallon, Indian agent, commissioners duly appointed and commissioned to treat with the Indian tribes beyond the Mississippi river, forgive the offences which have been com- mitted, the chiefs and warriors having first made satisfactory eaplanations touching the same. And for the purpose of remov- ing all future cause of misunderstanding, as respects trade and friendly intercourse between the parties, the above named commis- sioners, on the part of the United States, and the undersigned chiefs and warriors of the Belantse-eted or JMinnetaree tribe of Indians, on the part of said tribe, have made and entered into the following articles and conditions; which, when ratified by the President of the United States, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, shall be binding on both parties— to wit: ART. 1. Henceforth there shall be a firm and lasting peace between the United States and the Belantse-etea or Minnetaree tribe of Indians; and a friendly intercourse shall immediately take place between the parties. ART. 2. It is admitted by the Belantse-etea or Minnetaree tribe of Indians, that they reside within the territorial limits of the United States, acknowledge their supremacy, and claim their pro- tection. The said tribe also admit the right of the United States to regulate all trade and intercourse with them. ART. 3. The United States agree to receive the Belantse-etea or Minnetaree tribe of Indians into their friendship, and under their protection, and to extend to them, from time to time, such benefits and acts of kindness as may be convenient, and seem just and proper to the President of the United States. ART. 4. All trade and intercourse with the Belantse-etea or Minnetaree tribe shall be transacted at such place or places as may be designated and pointed out by the President of the United States, through his agents; and none but American citizens, duly authorized by the United States, shall be admitted to trade or hold intercourse with said tribe of Indians. BELANTSE-ETEAS. 361 ART. 5. That the Belantse-etea or Minnetaree tribe may be accommodated with such articles of merchandise, etc. as their necessities may demand, the United States agree to admit and license traders to hold intercourse with said tribe, under mild and equitable regulations: in consideration of which, the Belantse-etea or Minnetaree tribe bind themselves to extend protection to the persons and the property of the traders, and the persons legally employed under them, whilst they remain within the limits of their district of country. And the said Belantse-etea or Minnetaree tribe further agree, that if any foreigner or other person, not legally authorized by the United States, shall come into their district of country, for the purposes of trade or other views, they will appre- hend such person or persons, and deliver him or them to some United States superintendent or agent of Indian affairs, or to the commandant of the nearest military post, to be dealt with according to law. And they further agree to give safe conduct to all persons who may be legally authorized by the United States to reside tem- porarily among them. ART. 6. That the friendship which is now established between the United States and the Belantse-etea or Minnetaree tribe, shall not be interrupted by the misconduct of individuals, it is hereby agreed, that for injuries done by individuals, no private revenge or retaliation shall take place, but instead thereof, complaints shall be made, by the party injured, to the superintendent or agent of In- dian affairs or other person appointed by the President; and it shall be the duty of the said chiefs, upon complaint being made as afore- said, to deliver up the person or persons against whom the com- plaint is made, to the end that he or they may be punished, agree- ably to the laws of the United States. And, in like manner, if any robbery, violence, or murder, shall be committed on any Indian or Indians belonging to said tribe, the person or persons so offending shall be tried, and if found guilty, shall be punished in like manner as if the injury had been done to a white man. And it is agreed, that the chiefs of the said Belantse-etea or Minnetaree tribe shall, to the utmost of their power, exert themselves to recover horses or other property, which may be stolen or taken from any citizen or citizens of the United States, by any individual or individuals of said tribe; and the property so recovered shall be forthwith deli- wered to the agents or other person authorized to receive it, that it may be restored to the proper owner. And the United States hereby guarantee to any Indian or Indians of said tribe, a full indemnification for any horses or other property which may be stolen from them by any of their citizens: Provided, that the property so stolen cannot be recovered, and that sufficient proof is produced that it was actually stolen by a citizen of the United States. And the said Belantse-etea or Minnetaree tribe engage, on the requisition or demand of the President of the United 362 BELANTSE-ETEAS. States, or of the agents, to deliver up any white man resident among them. ART. 7. And the chiefs and warriors, as aforesaid, promise and engage that their tribe will never, by sale, exchange, or as pre- sents, supply any nation, tribe, or band of Indians, not in amity with the United States, with guns, ammunition, or other imple: ments of war. Done at the Lower Mandan Village, this thirtieth day of July, A. D. 1825, and of the independence of the United States the fiftieth. In testimony whereof, the commissioners, Henry Atkinson and Benjamin O’Fallon, and the chiefs and warriors of the said Belantse-etea or Minnetaree tribe of Indians, have hereunto set their hands and affixed their seals. H. Atkinson, Br. Gen. U. S. Army, L. S. Benj. O’Fallon, U. S. Agent, Ind. Aff. L. S. CHIEFS. Shan-sa-bat-say-e-see, the wolf chief, his x mark, L. S E-re-ah-ree, the one that make the road, his x mark, L. S Pas-ca-ma-e-ke-ree, the crow that looks, his x mark, L. S E-tah-me-nah-ga-e-she, the guard of the red arrows, his x mark, Mah-shu-ca-lah-pah-see, the dog bear, his x mark, Oh-sha-lah-ska-a-tee, his x mark, Kah-re-pe-shu-pe-sha, the black buffalo, his x mark, Ah-too-pah-she-pe-sha, the black mocasins, his x mark, Mah-buk-sho-ok-oe-ah, the one that carries the snake, his x mark, L. S WARRIORS. At-ca-chis, the black lodges, his x mark, Nah-rah-ah-a-pa, the color of the hair, his x mark, Pa-ta-e-she-as, the wicked cow, his x mark, Kee-re-pee-ah-too, the buffalo head, his x mark, Lah-pa-ta-see-e-ta, the bear’s tail, his x mark, Pa-ta-lah-kee, the white cow, his x mark, Ah-sha-re-te-ah, the big thief, his x mark, Bo-sah-mah-a-me, the three wolves, his x mark, San-jah-oe-tee, the wolf that has no tail, his x mark, Sa-ga-e-ree-shus, the finger that stinks, his x mark, Me-a-cah-ho-ka, the woman that lies, his x mark, Ah-mah-a-ta, the missouri, his x mark, E-sha-kee-te-ah, the big fingers, his x mark, Mah-shu-kah-e-te-ah, the big dog, his x mark, C.R.O.W. S. 363 Be-ra-ka-ra-ah, the rotten wood, his x mark, L. E-ta-ro-sha-pa, the big brother, his x mark, L. S. S In the presence of: A. L. Langham, Secretary to the W. S. Harney, Lieut. 1st Inf. Commission, Levi Nute, Lieut. 6th Inf. H. Leavenworth, Col. U. S. A. B. Riley, Captain 6th Inf. G. H. Kennerly, U. S. Sub-In- R. M. Coleman, A. Surg. U. S. dian Agent, Army, John Gale, Surgeon, U. S. A. George C. Hutter, Lieut. 6th I. D. Ketchum, Major, U. S. A. Colin Campbell, John Gantt, Captain, 6th Inf. P. Wilson, U. S. Sub-Ind. Jigt. Wm. Day, Lieut. 1st Inf. Touissant Chaboneau, Interpre- R. B. Mason, Captain, 1st Inf. ter, his x mark, Jas. W. Kingbury, Lt. 1st R. Inf. S. W. Kearny, Bt. Maj. 1st Inf. R. Holmes, Lieut. 6th Inf. Wm. Armstrong, Capt. 6th Reg. J. Rogers, Lieut. 6th Inf, . Inf. C. R.O.W. S. [concLUDED AUGUST 4, 1825–RATIFIED FEBRUARY 6, 1826. I For the purpose of perpetuating the friendship which has hereto- fore cristed, as also to remove all future cause ºf discussion or dissension, as it respects trade and friendship between the United States and their citizens, and the Crow tribe of Indians, the President of the United States of America, by brigadier-general Henry Atkinson, of the United States army, and major Benjamin O'Fallon, Indian agent, with full powers and authority, specially appointed and commissioned for that purpose, of the one part, and the undersigned chiefs, head men and warriors of the Crow tribe of Indians, on behalf of their tribe, of the other part, have made and entered into the following articles and conditions; which, when ratified by the President of the United States, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, shall be binding on both parties—to wit: ART. 1. It is admitted by the Crow tribe of Indians that they reside within the territorial limits of the United States, acknow- ledge their supremacy, and claim their protection. The said tribe also admit the right of the United States to regulate all trade and intercourse with them. ART 2. The United States agree to receive the Crow tribe of Indians into their friendship, and under their protection, and to extend to them, from time to time, such benefits and acts of kind- 364 C.R.O.W. S. ness as may be convenient, and seem just and proper to the President of the United States. ART. 3. All trade and intercourse with the Crow tribe shall be transacted at such place or places as may be designated and pointed out by the President of the United States, through his agents; and none but American citizens, duly authorized by the United States, shall be admitted to trade or hold intercourse with said tribe of Indians. ART. 4. That the Crow tribe may be accommodated with such articles of merchandise, etc. as their necessities may demand, the United States agree to admit and license traders to hold inter- course with said tribe, under mild and equitable regulations: in consideration of which, the Crow tribe bind themselves to extend protection to the persons and the property of the traders, and the persons legally employed under them, whilst they remain within the limits of their district of country. And the said Crow tribe further agree, that if any foreigner or other person, not legally authorized by the United States, shall come into their district of country, for the purposes of trade or other views, they will appre- hend such person or persons, and deliver him or them to some United States superintendent or agent of Indian affairs, or to the commandant of the nearest military post, to be dealt with accord- ing to law. And they further agree to give safe conduct to all persons who may be legally authorized by the United States to pass through their country, and to protect in their persons and property all agents or other persons sent by the United States to reside temporarily among them ; and that they will not, whilst on their distant excursions, molest or interrupt any American citizen or citizens, who may be passing from the United States to New Mexico, or returning from thence to the United States. ART. 5. That the friendship which is now established between the United States and the Crow tribe, should not be interrupted by the misconduct of individuals, it is hereby agreed, that for injuries done by individuals, no private revenge or retaliation shall take place, but instead thereof, complaints shall be made by the party injured, to the superintendent or agent of Indian affairs, or other person appointed by the President; and it shall be the duty of said chiefs, upon complaint being made as aforesaid, to deliver up the person or persons against whom the complaint is made, to the end that he or they may be punished agreeably to the laws of the United States. And in like manner, if any robbery, violence, or murder, shall be committed on any Indian or Indians belonging to the said tribe, the person or persons so offending shall be tried, and if found guilty, shall be punished in like manner as if the injury had been done to a white man. And it is agreed, that the chiefs of said Crow tribe shall, to the utmost of their power, exert themselves to recover horses or other property, which may be CROWS. 365 stolen or taken from any citizen or citizens of the United States, by any individual or individuals of said tribe; and the property so recovered shall be forthwith delivered to the agents or other person authorized to receive it, that it may be restored to the proper owner. And the United States hereby guarantee to any Indian or Indians of said tribe, a full indemnification for any horses or other property which may be stolen from them by any of their citizens: provided, that the property stolen cannot be recovered, and that sufficient proof is produced that it was actually stolen by a citizen of the United States. And the said Crow tribe engage, on the requisition or demand of the President of the United States, or of the agents, to deliver up any white man resident among them. ART. 6. And the chiefs and warriors as aforesaid promise and engage that their tribe will never, by sale, exchange, or as presents, supply any nation, tribe, or band of Indians, not in amity with the United States, with guns, ammunition, or other implements of War. Done at the Mandan Village, this fourth day of August, A. D. 1825, and of the independence of the United States the fiftieth. In testimony whereof, the said commissioners, Henry Atkinson and Benjamin O'Fallon, and the chiefs and warriors of the said tribe, have hereunto set their hands and affixed their seals. H. Atkinson, Br. Gen. U. S. Army, L. S. Benj. O'Fallon, U. S. Jägt. Ind. Aff. º L. S. CHIEFS. E-she-huns-ka, or the long hair, his x mark, L. S. She-wo-cub-bish, one that sings bad, his x mark, L. S. Har-rar-shash, one that rains, his x mark, L. S. Chay-ta-pah-ha, wolf’s paunch, his x mark, L. S. Huch-che-rach, little black dog, his x mark, L. S. Mah-pitch, bare shoulder, his x mark, L. S. Esh-ca-ca-mah-hoo, the standing lance, his x mark, L. S. Che-rep-con-nes-ta-chea, the little white bull, his x mark, L. s. Ah-mah-shay-she-ra, the yellow big belly, his x mark, L. S. Co-tah-bah-sah, the one that runs, his x mark, L. S. Bah-cha-na-mach, the one that sits in the pine, his x mark, L. s. He-ran-dah-pah, the one that ties his hair before, his x mark, L. s. Bes-ca-bar-ru-sha, the dog that eats, his x mark, L. S. Nah-puch-kia, the little one that holds the stick in his mouth, his x mark, L. S. Bah-da-ah-chan-dah, the one that jumps over every person, his x mark, L. S Mash-pah-hash, the one that is not right, L. S. 366 GREAT AND LITTLE O SAGE S. In presence of A. L. Langham, Secretary to the Commission, H. Leavenworth, Col. U. S. ſirmy, S. W. Kearny, Br. JMajor 1st Infantry, D. Ketchum, Major U. S. Army, R. B. Mason, Capt. 1st Inf. G. C. Spencer, Capt. 1st Inf. John Gantt, Capt. 6th Inf. Thos. P. Gwynne, Lt. 1st Inf. S. MacRee, Lt. and Aid-de- Camp, Thomas Noel, Lieut. 6th Inf. J. V. Swearingen, Lt. 1st Inf R. Holmes, Lieut. 6th Inf. M. W. Batman, Lt. 6th Inf R. M. Coleman, U. S. A. J. Rogers, Lieut. 6th Inf. Wm. Day, Lieut. 1st Inf. G. H. Kennerly, U. S. Indian Agent, B. Riley, Capt. 6th Inf Wm. S. Harney, Lieut. 1st Inf James W. Kingsbury, Lieut. 1st Regiment, Inf. George C. Hutter, Lt. 6th Inf Wm. Armstrong, Captain 6th Regiment Infantry. William L. Harris, 1st Inf. John Gale, Surg. U. S. A. GREAT AND LITTLE O SAGE S. [concLUDED AUGUST 10, 1825–RATIFIED MAy 3, 1826. I Whereas, the Congress of the United States of America being anti- ows to promote a direct commercial and friendly intercourse be- tween the citizens of the United States and those of the Merican Republic, and, to afford protection to the same, did, at their last session, pass an act, which was approved the 3d March, 1825, “to authorize the President of the United States to cause a road to be marked out from the western frontier of Missouri to the confines of JNew JMexico,” and which authorizes the President of the United States to appoint commissioners to carry said act of Congress into effect, and enjoins on the commissioners, so to be appointed, that they first obtain the consent of the intervening tribes of Indians, by treaty, to the marking of said road, and to the unmolested use thereof to the citizens of the United States and of the Mexican Republic; and Benjamin H. Reeves, Geo. C. Sibley, and Thomas JMather, commissioners duly appointed as aforesaid, being duly and fully authorized, have this day met the chiefs and head men of the Great and Little Osage nations, who being all duly authorized to meet and negotiate with the said commissioners upon the premises, and being specially met for that purpose, by the invitation of said commissioners, at the place called the Council Grove, on the river JVee-o-zho, one hundred and sixty miles southwest from Fort Osage; have, after due deliberation GREAT AND LITTLE O SAGE S. 367 and consultation, agreed to the following treaty, which is to be considered binding on the said Great and Little Osages, from and after this day: ART. 1. The chiefs and head men of the Great and Little Osages, for themselves and their nations, respectively, do consent and agree that the commissioners of the United States shall and may survey and mark out a road, in such manner as they may think proper, through any of the territory owned or claimed by the said Great and Little Osage nations. ART, 2. The chiefs and head men as aforesaid, do further agree that the road authorized in article 1, shall, when marked, befor- ever free for the use of the citizens of the United States and of the Mexican Republic, who shall at all times pass and repass thereon, without any hindrance or molestation on the part of the said Great and Little Osages. ART, 3. The chiefs and head men aforesaid, in consideration of the friendly relations existing between them and the United States, do further promise, for themselves and their people, that they will, on all fit occasions, render such friendly aid and assistance as may be in their power, to any of the citizens of the United States, or of the Mexican Republic, as they may at any time happen to meet or fall in with on the road aforesaid. ART. 4. The chiefs and head men as aforesaid, do further con- sent and agree that the road aforesaid shall be considered as ex- tending to a reasonable distance on either side, so that travellers thereon may, at any time, leave the marked track, for the purpose of finding subsistence and proper camping places. ART. 5. In consideration of the privileges granted by the chiefs of the Great and Little Osages in the three preceding articles, the said commissioners on the part of the United States, have agreed to pay to them, the said chiefs, for themselves and their people, the sum of five hundred dollars; which sum is to be paid them as soon as may be, in money or merchandise, at their option, at such place as they may desire. ART. 6. And the said chiefs and head men as aforesaid, acknow- ledge to have received from the commissioners, aforesaid, at and before the signing of this treaty, articles of merchandise to the value of three hundred dollars; which sum of three hundred dol- lars, and the payment stipulated to be made to the said Osages in article 5, shall be considered, and are so considered by said chiefs, as full and complete compensation for every privilege herein granted by said chiefs. In testimony whereof, the said Benjamin H. Reeves, George C. Sibley, and Thomas Mather, commissioners as aforesaid, and the chiefs and head men of the Great and Little Osage tribes of Indians, have hereunto set their hands and seals, at Coun- 368 GREAT AND LITTLE O SAGES. cil Grove, this tenth day of August, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and twenty-five. B. H. Reeves, L. G. C. Sibley, L. Thomas Mather, L. Pa-hu-sha, (white hair,) head chief of the G. O., his x mark, L. Ca-he-ga-wa-tonega, (foolish chief,) head chief of the L. O., his x mark, L. Shin-gawassa, (handsome bird,) chief of the G. O., his x mark, L. Ta-ha-mo-nee, (swift walker,) chief L. O., his x mark, Ca-he-ga-wash-im-pee-she, (bad chief,) chief G. O., his x mark, - Wee-ho-je-ne-fare, (without ears,) chief L. O., his x mark, Ca-he-ga-shinga, (little chief,) chief G. O., his x mark, Waw-bur-cou, warrior Little Osages, his x mark, Maw-sho-hun-ga, warrior Great Osages, his x mark, Waw-lo-gah, (Owl,) warrior Little Osages, his x mark, Maw-she-to-mo-nee, warrior Great Osages, his x mark, Che-he-kaw, warrior Little Osages, his x mark, Ne-ha-wa-she-tun-ga, warrior Great Osages, his x mark, Ho-no-posse, warrior Little Osages, his x mark, Waw-kun-chee, warrior Little Osages, his x mark, Pwa-ne-no-push-re, warrior Little Osages, his x mark, S L. In the presence of Archibald Gamble, Secretary, Singleton Vaughn, Jos. C. Brown, Surveyor, Benjamin Jones, W. S. Williams, Int. Bradford Barbie, Stephen Cooper, Hendley Cooper, Samuel Givens, John M. Walker, Richard Brannan, Joseph Davis, Garrison Patrick, George West, Daniel J. Bahan, Thomas Adams, I. R. Walker, James Brotherton. KANZAS, 369 K. A. N.Z. A S. { concLUDED AUGUST 16, 1825–RATIFIED MAY 3, 1826.] Whereas, the Congress of the United States of America, being anari- ous to promote a direct commercial and friendly intercourse be- tween the citizens of the United States and those of the JMearican Republic, and, to afford protection to the same, did, at their last session, pass an act, which was approved the 3d of JMarch, 1825, “to authorize the President of the United States to cause a road to be marked out from the Western frontier of Missouri to the confines of New JMearico,” and which authorizes the President of the United States to appoint commissioners to carry said act of Congress into effect, and enjoins on the commissioners, so to be appointed, that they first obtain the consent of the intervening tribes of Indians, by treaty, to the marking of said road, and to the unmolested use thereof to the citizens of the United States and of the Merican Republic ; and Benjamin H. Reeves, Geo. C. Sibley, and Thomas Mather, being duly appointed commissioners as afore- said, and being duly and fully authorized, have this day met the chiefs and head men of the Kanzas tribe of Indians, who, being all duly authorized to meet and negotiate with the said commissioners upon the premises, and being specially met for that purpose, by the invitation of said commissioners, on the Sora Kanzas Creek, two hundred and thirty miles southwestwardly from Fort Osage; have, after due deliberation and consultation, agreed to the following treaty, which is to be considered binding on the said Kanzas In- dians, from and after this day: ART. 1. The chiefs and head men of the Kanzas nation, or tribe of Indians, for themselves and their nation, do consent and agree that the commissioners of the United States shall, and may, survey and mark out, a road, in such manner as they may think proper, through any of the territory owned or claimed by the said Kanzas tribe or nation of Indians. ART. 2. The chiefs and head men, as aforesaid, do further agree that the road authorized in article 1, shall, when marked, befor- ever free for the use of the citizens of the United States and of the Mexican Republic, who shall at all times pass and repass thereon, without any hindrance or molestation on the part of the said Kan- zas Indians. ART, 3. The chiefs and head men as aforesaid, in consideration of the friendly relations existing between them and the United States, do further promise, for themselves and their people, that they will, on all fit occasions, render such friendly aid and assist- ance as may be in their power, to any of the citizens of the United States, or of the Mexican Republic, as they may at anytime hap- pen to meet or fall in with on the road aforesaid. 370 KANZA.S. ART. 4. The chiefs and head men as aforesaid, do further con- sent and agree that the road aforesaid shall be considered as extend- ing to a reasonable distance on either side, so that travellers thereon may, at any time, leave the marked track for the purpose of find- ing subsistence and proper camping places. ART. 5. In consideration of the privileges granted by the chiefs of Kanzas tribe in the three preceding articles, the said commissioners, on the part of the United States, have agreed to pay to them, the said chiefs, for themselves and their people, the sum of five hun- dred dollars; which sum is to be paid them as soon as may be, in money or merchandise, at their option, at such place as they may desire. ART. 6. And the said chiefs and head men, as aforesaid, acknow- ledge to have received from the commissioners aforesaid, at and before the signing of this treaty, articles of merchandise to the value of three hundred dollars; which sum of three hundred dol. lars, and the payment stipulated to be made to the said Kanzas in article 5, shall be considered, and are so considered by said chiefs, as full and complete compensation for every privilege herein granted by said chiefs. In testimony whereof, the said Benjamin H. Reeves, George C. Sibley, and Thomas Mather, commissioners as aforesaid, and the chiefs and head men of the Kanzas tribe or nation of Indians, have hereunto set their hands and seals, on the Sora Kanzas Creek aforesaid, this sixteenth day of August, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and twenty- five. B. H. Reeves, L., S. G. C. Sibley, L. S. Thomas Mather, L. S. Shone-gee-ne-gare—the great chief of the Kanzas nation— his x mark, L., S. Ke-hea-bash-ee-eldest son of the great chief, (a warrior and leader,) his x mark, L. S. Hu-ra-soo-gee, (the red eagle,) a chief and warrior, his x mark, L. S. Opa-she-ga, (the unready,) a warrior, his x mark, L. S. Nun-gee-saggy, (the hard heart,) a warrior and counsellor, his x mark, L. S. Nee-a-ke-shall—a chief, brother of the great chief, his x mark, - L. S. Ee-be-seen-gee—a warrior, his x mark, L. S. Wa-rig-ni-ne-gare—a warrior, his x mark, L. S. Hah-ee-see-she (white plume's deputy,) warrior, his x mark, L. . Nee-ha-wash-in-tun-ga (the passionate,) warrior, his x mark, " Has-ska-mo-nee (white horns that walk,) warrior, his x mark, SIOUX, CHIPPEWAS, ETC. 371 To-ka-mee-ra (the scalper,) warrior, his x mark, L. Mee-ra-ta-mo-nee (the midway walker,) warrior, his x mark, L. Mo-nee-ra-ta (he who walks off,) chief, his x mark, L. Mo-she-ha-mo-nee (the ridge walker,) warrior, his x mark, L. Saw-nee-wah-ree (the striker of three,) warrior, his x mark, L. i In presence of Archibald Gamble, Secretary, Andrew Broaddies, Jos. G. Brown, Surveyor, Benjamin Jones, W. S. Williams, Interpreter, Hendley Cooper, Stephen Cooper, James Wells, Daniel T. Bahan, Joseph R. Walker, Benjamin Robertson, Samuel Givens, David Murphy, James Brotherton, Singleton Vaughn, Harvy Clark. John M. Walker, SIOUX, CHIPPEWAS, ETC. [concLUDED AUGUST 19, 1825–RATIFIED FEBRUARY 6, 1826. I The United States of America have seen with much regret, that wars have for many years been carried on between the Sioua and the Chippewas, and more recently between the confederated tribes of Sacs and Fores, and the Sioua: ; and also between the Ioways and Sioua: ; which, if not terminated, may eatend to the other tribes, and involve the Indians upon the Missouri, the Mississippi, and the Lakes, in general hostilities. In order, therefore, to pro- mote peace among these tribes, and to establish boundaries among them and the other tribes who live in their vicinity, and thereby to remove all causes of future difficulty, the United States have invited the Chippewa, Sac and Foz, Menominie, Ioway, Sioua, Winne- bago, and a portion of the Ottawa, Chippewa, and Potawatomie tribes of Indians living upon the Illinois, to assemble together, and in a spirit of mutual conciliation to accomplish these objects; and to aid therein, have appointed William Clark and Lewis Cass, commissioners on their part, who have met the chiefs, warriors, and representatives of the said tribes, and portion of tribes, at Prairie des Chiens, in the territory of Michigan, and after full deliberation, the said tribes, and portion of tribes, have agreed with the United States, and with one another, upon the following articles: - ART. 1. There shall be a firm and perpetual peace between the Sioux and Chippewas; between the Sioux and the confed- erated tribes of Sacs and Foxes; and between the Ioways and , the Sioux. 372 SHOUX, CHIPPEWAS, ETC. ART. 2. It is agreed between the confederated tribes of the Sacs and Foxes, and the Sioux, that the line between their re- spective countries shall be as follows: Commencing at the mouth of the Upper Ioway river, on the west bank of the Mississippi, and ascending the said Ioway river, to its left fork; thence up that fork to its source; thence crossing the fork of Red Cedar river, in a direct line to the second or upper fork of the Desmoines river; and thence in a direct line to the lower fork of the Calumet river; and down that river to its juncture with the Missouri river. But the Yancton band of the Sioux tribe, being principally inter- ested in the establishment of the line from the forks of the Des- moines to the Missouri, and not being sufficiently represented to render the definitive establishment of that line proper, it is expressly declared that the line from the forks of the Desmoines to the forks of the Calumet river, and down that river to the Missouri, is not to be considered as settled until the assent of the Yancton band shall be given thereto. And if the said band should refuse their assent, the arrangement of that portion of the boundary line shall be void, and the rights of the parties to the country bounded thereby, shall be the same as if no provision had been made for the extension of the line west of the forks of the Des- moines. And the Sacs and Foxes relinquish to the tribes in- terested therein, all their claim to land on the east side of the Mississippi river. ART. 3. The Ioways accede to the arrangement between the Sacs and Foxes, and the Sioux; but it is agreed between the Ioways and the confederated tribes of the Sacs and Foxes, that the Ioways have a just claim to a portion of the country between the boundary line described in the next preceding article, and the Missouri and Mississippi; and that the said Ioways, and Sacs and Foxes, shall peaceably occupy the same, until some satisfactory arrangement can be made between them for a division of their respective claims to country. ART. 4. The Ottoes not being represented at this council, and the commissioners for the United States being anxious that jus: tice should be done to all parties, and having reason to believe that the Ottoes have a just claim to a portion of the country upon the Missouri, east and south of the boundary line dividing the Sacs and Foxes and the Ioways, from the Sioux, it is agreed between the parties interested therein, and the United States, that the claim of the Ottoes shall not be affected by anything herein contained; but the same shall remain as valid as if this treaty had not been formed. - ART. 5. It is agreed between the Sioux and the Chippewas, that the line dividing their respective countries shall commence at the Chippewa river, half a day’s march below the falls; and from thence it shall run to Red Ceder river, immediately below the falls; from thence to the St. Croix river, which it strikes at a SIOUX, CHIPPEWAS, ETC. 373 place called the Standing Cedar, about a day’s paddle in a canoe, above the lake at the mouth of that river; thence passing between two lakes called by the Chippewas “Green Lakes,” and by the Sioux “the lakes they bury the Eagles in,” and from thence to the Standing Cedar, that “the Sioux Split;” thence to Rum river, crossing it at the mouth of a small creek called Choaking creek, a long day's march from the Mississippi; thence to a point of woods that projects into the prairie, half a day’s march from the Mississippi; thence in a straight line to the mouth of the first river which enters the Mississippi on its west side above the mouth of Sac river; thence ascending the said river (above the mouth of Sac river) to a small lake at its source; thence in a direct line to a lake at the head of Prairie river, which is supposed to enter the Crow-wing river on its south side; thence to Otter-tail lake Portage; thence to said Otter-tail lake, and down through the middle thereof to its outlet; thence in a direct line, so as to strike Buffalo river half way from its source to its mouth, and down the said river to Red river, thence descending Red river to the mouth of Outard or Goose creek: The eastern boundary of the Sioux commences opposite the mouth of Ioway river, on the Mississippi, runs back two or three miles to the bluffs, follows the bluffs, crossing Bad Axe river, to the mouth of Black river, and from Black river to half a day’s march below the falls of the Chippewa river. ART. 6. It is agreed between the Chippewas and Winnebagoes, so far as they are mutually interested therein, that the southern boundary line of the Chippewa country shall commence on the Chippewa river aforesaid, half a day’s march below the falls of that river, and run thence to the source of Clear Water river, a branch of the Chippewa: thence south to Black river; thence to a point where the woods project into the meadows, and thence to the Plover Portage of the Ouisconsin. ART. 7. It is agreed between the Winnebagoes and the Sioux, Sacs and Foxes, Chippewas and Ottawas, Chippewas and Pota- watomies of the Illinois, that the Winnebago country shall be bounded as follows: South easterly by Rock river, from its source near the Winnebago lake, to the Winnebago village, about forty miles above its mouth ; westerly by the east line of the tract, lying upon the Mississippi, herein secured to the Ottawa, Chip- pewa and Potawatomie Indians of the Illinois; and also by the high bluff, described in the Sioux boundary, and running north to Black river; from this point the Winnebagoes claim up Black river, to a point due west from the source of the left fork of the Ouisconsin; thence to the source of the said fork, and down the same to the Ouisconsin; thence down the Ouisconsin to the por- tage, and across the portage to Fox river; thence down Fox river to the Winnebago lake, and to the grand Kan Kanlin, in- cluding in their claim the whole of Winnebago lake; but, for the 374 sIoux, CHIPPEwAs, ETC. causes stated in the next article, this line from Black river must for the present be left indeterminate. ART. 8. The representatives of the Menominies, not being sufficiently acquainted with their proper boundaries to settle the same definitively, and some uncertainty existing in consequence of the cession made by that tribe upon Fox river and Green Bay, to the New York Indians, it is agreed between the said Menominie tribe, and the Sioux, Chippewas, Winnebagoes, Ottawa, Chip- pewa and Potawatomie Indians of the Illinois, that the claim of the Menominies to any portion of the land within the boundaries allotted to either of the said tribes, shall not be barred by any stipulation herein; but the same shall remain as valid as if this treaty had not been concluded. It is, however, understood that the general claim of the Menominies is bounded on the north by the Chippewa country, on the east by Green Bay and lake Michigan, extending as far south as Millawaukee river, and on the west they claim to Black river. - ART. 9. The country secured to the Ottawa, Chippewa and Potawatomie tribes of the Illinois, is bounded as follows: Be- ginning at the Winnebago village, on Rock river, forty miles from its mouth, and running thence down the Rock river to a line which runs from lake Michigan to the Mississippi, and with that line to the Mississippi, opposite to Rock Island; thence up that river to the United States reservation, at the mouth of the Ouisconsin; thence with the south and east lines of the said reservation to the Ouisconsin; thence, southerly, passing the heads of the small streams emptying into the Missis- sippi, to the Rock river at the Winnebago village. The Illinois Indians have also a just claim to a portion of the country bounded south by the Indian boundary line aforesaid, running from the southern extreme of lake Michigan, east by lake Michigan, north by the Menominie country, and north-west by Rock river. This claim is recognised in the treaty concluded with the said Illinois tribes at St. Louis, August 24, 1816, but as the Milla- waukee and Manetoowalk bands are not represented at this council, it cannot be now definitively adjusted. ART, 10. All the tribes aforesaid acknowledge the general controlling power of the United States, and disclaim all depen- dence upon, and connection with, any other power. And the United States agree to, and recognise, the preceding boundaries, subject to the limitations and restrictions before provided. It being, however, well understood that the reservations at Fever river, at the Ouisconsin, and St. Peters, and the ancient settle- ments at Prairie des Chiens and Green Bay, and the land properly thereto belonging, and the reservations made upon the Missis. sippi, for the use of the half breeds, in the treaty concluded with the Sacs and Foxes, August 24, 1824, are not claimed by either of the said tribes. SIOUX, CHIPPEWAS, ETC, 375 ART, 11. The United States agree, whenever the President may think it necessary and proper, to convene such of the tribes, either separately or together, as are interested in the lines left unset- tled herein, and to recommend to them an amicable and final adjustment of their respective claims, so that the work, now happily begun, may be consummated. It is agreed, however, that a council shall be held with the Yancton band of the Sioux, during the year 1826, to explain to them the stipulations of this treaty, and to procure their assent thereto, should they be disposed to give it, and also with the Ottoes, to settle and adjust their title to any of the country claimed by the Sacs, Foxes, and Ioways. ART, 12. The Chippewa tribe being dispersed over a great extent of country, and the chiefs of that tribe having requested that such portion of them as may be thought proper, by the go- vernment of the United States, may be assembled in 1826, upon some part of lake Superior, that the objects and advantages of this treaty may be fully explained to them, so that the stipulations thereof may be observed by the warriors, the commissioners of the United States assent thereto, and it is therefore agreed that a council shall accordingly be held for these purposes. ART. 13. It is understood by all the tribes, parties hereto, that no tribe shall hunt within the acknowledged limits of any other without their assent; but it being the sole object of this arrange- ment to perpetuate a peace among them, and amicable relations being now restored, the chiefs of all the tribes have expressed a determination cheerfully to allow a reciprocal right of hunting on the lands of one another, permission being first asked and obtained, as before provided for. ART. 14. Should any causes of difficulty hereafter unhappily arise between any of the tribes, parties hereunto, it is agreed that the other tribes shall interpose their good offices to remove such difficulties; and also that the government of the United States may take such measures as they may deem proper, to effect the same object. - ART. 15. This treaty shall be obligatory on the tribes, parties hereto, from and after the date hereof, and on the United States, from and after its ratification by the government thereof. Done, and signed, and sealed, at Prairie des Chiens, in the terri- tory of Michigan, this nineteenth day of August, one thousand eight hundred and twenty-five, and of the independence of the United States the fiftieth. William Clark, L. S. Lewis Cass, L. S. SIOUX, Wa-ba-sha, x or the leaf, L. S. Pe-tet-tex Corbeau, little crow, L. S. The Little x of the Wappitong tribe, L. S. Tartunka-nasiah x. Sussitong, L. S. 376 SIOUX, CHIPPEWAS, ETC. WINNEBAGOES; MENOMINEES, Sleepy Eyes, x Sossitong, Two faces x do French Crow x Wappacoota, Kee-jee x do Tar-se-ga x do Wa-ma-de-tun-ka x black dog, Wan-na-tax Yancton, or he that charges on his enemies, Red Wing x Ko-ko-ma-ko x Sha-co-pe x the Sixth, Pe-ni-si-on x Eta-see-pax Wabasha's band, Wa-ka-u-hee, x Sioux band, rising thunder, The Little Crow, x Sussetong, Po-e-ha-pax Me-da-we-con-tong, or eagle head, Ta-ke-wa-pa x Wappitong, or medicine blanket, Tench-ze-part, x his bow, Masc-pu-lo-chas-tosh, x the white man, Te-te-kar-munch, x the buffalo man, Wa-sa-o-tax Sussetong, or a great of hail, Oeyah-ko-ca, x the crackling tract, Mak-to-wah-ke-ark, x the bear, Les quatres jambes, x Carimine, x the turtle that walks, De-ca-ri, x Wan-ca-ha-ga, x or snake’s skin, Sa-sa-ma-ni, x Wa-non-che-qua, x the merchant, Chon-que-pa, x or dog's head, Cha-rat-chon, x the smoker, Ca-ri-ca-si-ca, x he that kills the crow, Watch-kat-o-que, x the grand canoe, Ho-wa-mick-a, x the little elk, Ma-can-me-ta, x medicine bear, Chau-wee-nou-mi-tai, x medicine south wind, Char-o-nee, x Ma-wesh-a, x the little wolf, A-ya-pas-mis-ai, x the thunder that turns, Cha-ne-pau, x the riband, La-me-quon, x the spoon, En-im-e-tas, x the barking wolf, Pape-at, x the one just arrived, 0-que-men-ce, x the little chief, L. L. S - S º SIOUX, CHIPPEWAS, ETC. 377 CHIPPEWAS, Shinguaba X W’Ossin, 1st chief of the Chippewa nation, Sault St. Marie, L. Gitspee x Jiauba, 2d chief, L. Gitspee X Waskee, or le boeuf of la pointe lake Superior, L. Nain-a-boozhu, x of la pointe lake Su- perior, Monga, x Zid or loon’s foot of Fond du Lac, Weescoup, x or sucre of Fond du Lac, Mush-Koas, x or the elk of Fond du Lac, Nau-bun x Aqeezhik, of Fond du Lac, Kau-ta-waubeta, x or broken tooth of Sandy lake, Pugisaingegen, x or broken arm of Sandy ake, L. Kwee-weezaishish, x or gross guelle of Sandy lake, L. Ba-ba-see-kundade, x or curling hair of Sandy lake, Paashineep, x or man shooting at the mark of Sandy lake, Pu-ga-a-gik, x the little beef, Leech lake, Pee-see-ker, x or buffalo, St. Croix band, Nau-din, x or the wind, St. Croix band, Nau-quan-a-bee, x of Mille lac, Tu-kau-bis-hoo, x or crouching lynx of Lac Courte Oreille, The Red Devil, x of Lac Courte Oreille, The Track, x of Lac Courte Oreille, Ne-bo-na-bee, x the mermaid Lac Courte Oreille, L. Pi-a-gick, x the single man St. Croix, L. Pu-in-a-ne-gi, x, or the hole in the day, Sandy lake, L. Moose-o-mon-e, x plenty of elk, St. Croix band, L. Nees-o-pe-na, x or two birds of Upper Red Cedar lake, L. Shaata, x the pelican of Leech lake, L. Che-on-o-quet, x the great cloud of Leech lake, L. I-au-ben-see, x the little buck of Red lake, L. Kia-wa-tas, x the tarrier of Leech lake, L. Mau-ge-ga-bo, x the leader of Leech lake, L. Nan-go-tuck, x the flame of Leech lake, L. L. L. º L. : - S 378 SIOUX, CHIPPEWAS, ETC. OTTAWAS, POTAWATOMIES, SACS, FOXEs, Nee-si-day-sish, x the sky of Red lake, Pee-chan-a-nim, xstriped feather of Sandy lake, White Devil, x of Leech lake, Ka-ha-ka, x the sparrow, Lac Courte Oreille, I-au-be-ence, x little buck of Rice lake, Ca-ba-ma-bee, x the assembly of St Croix, Nau-gau-nosh, x the forward man lake Flambeau, Caw-win-dow, x he that gathers berries of Sandy Lake, - On-que-ess, the mink, lake Superior, Ke-we-ta-ke-pe, x all round the sky, The-sees, x Chaboner, x or Chambly, Shaw-fau-wick, x the mink, Ignace, x Ke-o-kuk, x - Che-chan-quose, x the little crane, Taw-wa-na-nee, x the trader, Na-o-tuk, x the stabbing chief, Pish-ken-au-nee, x all fish, Po-ko-nau-qua, x or broken arm, Wau-kau-che, x eagle nose, Quash-kaume, X jumping fish, Ochaach, x the fisher, Ke-o-kuck, x the watchful fox, Skin-gwin-ee-see, the x ratler, Was-ar-wis-ke-no, x the yellow bird, Pau-ko-tuk, x the open sky, Au-kaak-wan-e-suk, x he that vaults on the earth, Mu-ku-taak-wan-wet, x Mis-ke-bee, x the standing hair, Wan-ba-law, x the playing fox, Ti-a-mah, x the bear that makes the rocks shake, Pee-ar-maski, x the jumping sturgeon, Shagwa-na-tekwishu, x the thunder that is heard all over the world, Mis-o-win, x moose deer horn, No-ko-wot, x the down of the fur, Nau-sa-wa-quot, x the bear that sleeps on the forks, - Shin-quin-is, x the ratler, L . L. I. L. . Sº S . S. S. SIOUX, CHIPPEwAs, ETC. 379 IOWAYS, Thomas Biddle, Secretary, O-lo-pee-aau, x or Mache-paho-ta, the bear, Keesis, x the sun, No-wank, x he that gives too little, Kan-ka-mote, x Neek-waa, x Ka-tuck-e-kan-ka, x the fox with a spotted breast, Mock-to-back-sa-gum, x black tobacco, Wes-kesa, x the bear family, Ma-hos-ka, x the white cloud, Pumpkin, x Wa-ca-nee, x the painted medicine, Tar-no-mun., x a great many deer, Wa-hoo-ga, x the owl, Ta-ca-mo-nee, x the lightning, Wa-push-a, x the man killer, To-nup-he-non-e, x the flea, Mon-da-tonga, x Cho-wa-row-a, x WITNESSES : Marvien Blondau, R. A. McCabe, Capt. 5th Inf. David Bailey, James M*Ilvaine, Lieut. U. S. N. Boilvin, U. S. Ind. Agt. Army, R. A. Forsyth, C. C. Trowbridge, Sub Ind. ºffgºt Upper JMississippi, Hºn. Schoolcraft, U.S. ind, John Holiday, Wigt. B. F. Harney, Surg. U. S. A. William Dickson, W. B. Alexander, Sub Ind. J. A. Lewis, Agent, William Holiday, Thomas Forsyth, Agent Indian Dunable Denejlevy, Affairs, Bela Chapman. s Law. Taliaferro, Ind. Agent for S. Campbell, U. S. Interpreter, 380 OTTOES AND MIS SOURIS. OT TO E S AND MII SS O U R I S. [concLUDED SEPTEMBER 26, 1825–RATIFIED FEBRUARY 6, 1826. I For the purpose of perpetuating the friendship which has heretofore existed, as also to remove all future cause of discussion or dis- sension, as it respects trade and friendship between the United States and their citizens, and the Ottoe and Missouri tribe of Indians, the President of the United States of America, by bri- gadier general Henry Atkinson, of the United States army, and major Benjamin O’Fallon, Indian agent, with full powers and authority, specially appointed and commissioned for that purpose, of the one part, and the undersigned chiefs, head men, and war- riors, of the said Ottoe and Missouri tribe of Indians, on behalf of their tribe, of the other part, have made and entered into the following articles and conditions, which, when ratified by the President of the United States, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, shall be binding on both parties—to wit: ART. 1. It is admitted by the Ottoe and Missouri tribe of In- dians, that they reside within the territorial limits of the United States, acknowledge their supremacy, and claim their protection. The said tribe also admit the right of the United States to regulate all trade and intercourse with them. ART. 2. The United States agree to receive the Ottoe and Mis- souri tribe of Indians into their friendship, and under their protec- tion, and to extend to them, from time to time, such benefits and acts of kindness as may be convenient, and seem just and proper to the President of the United States. ART. 3. All trade and intercourse with the Ottoe and Missouri tribe shall be transacted at such place or places as may be desig- nated and pointed out by the President of the United States, through his agents; and none but American citizens, duly autho- rized by the United States, shall be admitted to trade or hold inter- course with said tribe of Indians. ART. 4. That the Ottoe and Missouri tribe may be accommo- dated with such articles of merchandise, etc. as their necessities may demand, the United States agree to admit and license traders to hold intercourse with said tribe, under mild and equitable regula- tions: in consideration of which, the said Ottoe and Missouri tribe bind themselves to extend protection to the persons and the pro- perty of the traders, and the persons legally employed under them, whilst they remain within the limits of their particular district of country. And the said Ottoe and Missouri tribe further agree, that if any foreigner or other person, not legally authorized by the United States, shall come into their district of country, for the pur- poses of trade or other views, they will apprehend such person or persons, and deliver him or them to some United States superin- OTTOES AND MIS SOURIS. 381 tendent, or agent of Indian affairs, or to the commandant of the nearest military post, to be dealt with according to law. And they further agree to give safe conduct to all persons who may be legally authorized by the United States to pass through their country; and to protect, in their persons and property, all agents or other persons sent by the United States to reside temporarily among them; nor will they, whilst on their distant excursions, molest or interrupt any American citizen or citizens who may be passing from the United States to New Mexico, or returning from thence to the United States. ART. 5. That the friendship which is now established between the United States and the Ottoe and Missouri tribe should not be interrupted by the misconduct of individuals, it is hereby agreed, that for injuries done by individuals, no private revenge or retalia- tion shall take place, but instead thereof, complaints shall be made, by the party injured, to the superintendent or agent of Indian affairs, or other person appointed by the President; and it shall be the duty of said chiefs, upon complaint being made as aforesaid, to deliver up the person or persons against whom the complaint is made, to the end that he or they may be punished agreeably to the laws of the United States. And, in like manner, if any robbery, violence, or murder, shall be committed on any Indian or Indians belonging to said tribe, the person or persons so offending shall be tried, and if found guilty shall be punished in like manner as if the injury had been done to a white man. And it is agreed, that the chiefs of said Ottoe and Missouri tribe shall, to the utmost of their power, exert themselves to recover horses or other property, which may be stolen or taken from any citizen or citizens of the United States, by any individual or individuals of said tribe; and the pro- perty so recovered shall be forthwith delivered to the agents or other person authorized to receive it, that it may be restored to the pro- per owner. And the United States hereby guarantee to any Indian or Indians of said tribe, a full indemnification for any horses or other property which may be stolen from them by any of their citi- zens: provided, that the property stolen cannot be recovered, and that sufficient proof is produced that it was actually stolen by a citizen of the United States. And the said Ottoe and Missouri tribe engage, on the requisition or demand of the President of the United States, or of the agents, to deliver up any white man resi- dent among them. ART. 6. And the chiefs and warriors as aforesaid, promise and engage, that their tribe will never, by sale, exchange, or as pre- sents, supply any nation, tribe, or band of Indians, not in amity with the United States, with guns, ammunition, or other imple- ments of war. Done at Fort Atkinson, Council Bluffs, this 26th day of Sep- tember, A. D. 1825, and of the independence of the United States the fiftieth. 382 OTTOES AND MISSOURIS. In testimony whereof, the said commissioners, Henry Atkinson and Benjamin O’Fallon, and the chiefs, head men, and war- riors, of the Ottoe and Missouri tribe, have hereunto set their hands, and affixed their seals. H. Atkinson, Br. Gen. U. S. Army, Benj. O’Fallon, U. S. Agent Ind. Aff. Ish-na-wong-ge-ge-he, the only chief, his x mark, Me-ha-hun-jah, the big female, his x mark, Shunk-co-pe, his x mark, Sho-mon-e-ka-sa, the prairie wolf, his x mark, Wong-ge-ge-he, the chief, his x mark, Waw-zob-e-ing-ge, the little black bear, his x mark, Eho-che-nung-a, the mad man, his x mark, E-ke-shaw-mon-ne, the walking bear, his x mark, Waw-ne-sung-e, the one who bears down, his x mark, Waw-ro-ne-sa, the bullet, his x mark, Wa-do-ke-ga, his x mark, - Waw-paw-si-ae, his x mark, Taw-ing-ee, the little deer, his x mark, Gray-tan-in-ca, the sparrow hawk, his x mark, Raw-no-way-braw, the broken pipe, his x mark, Non-jah-ning-e, the no heart, his x mark, Mon-to-ing-ge, the little white bear, his x mark, Mosk-ca-gaw-ha, his x mark, - In presence of A. L. Langham, Secretary to the Levi Nute, Lieut. 6th Inf Commission, M. W. Batman, Lieut. 6th Inf A. R. Woolley, Lieut. Col. U. A. Richardson, Lieut. 6th Inf S. A. J. Nichols, Lieut. 6th Inf B. Riley, Capt. 6th Inf. G. H. Crosman, Lieut. 6th Inf J. Gantt, Capt. 6th Inf. G. H. Kennerly, U. S. S. Ind John Gale, Surgeon U. S. Army, Jägent, Wm. N. Wickliffe, Lieut. U. W. W. Eaton, Lieut. 6th Inf S.A. Michael Burdeau, his x mark, G. W. Folger, Lieut. 6th U. S. Maha Interpreter. Inf. William Rogers. J. Rogers, Lieut. 6th Inf. PAWNEES. 383 PAWN E E S. I concLUDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1825–RATIFIED FEBRUARY 6, 1826. I For the purpose of perpetuating the friendship which has hereto- fore easisted, as also to remove all future cause of discussion or dissension, as it respects trade and friendship between the United States and their citizens, and the Pawnee tribe of Indians, the President of the United States of America, by brigadier-general Henry Atkinson, of the United States army, and major Benja- min O’Fallon, Indian agent, with full powers and authority, specially appointed and commissioned for that purpose, of the one part, and the undersigned chiefs, head men and warriors of said Pawnee tribe of Indians, on behalf of their tribe, of the other part, have made and entered into the following articles and conditions; which, when ratified by the President of the United States, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, shall be binding on both parties—to wit: ART. 1. It is admitted by the Pawnee tribe of Indians, that they reside within the territorial limits of the United States, acknowledge their supremacy, and claim their protection. The said tribe also admit the right of the United States to regulate all trade and intercourse with them. ART. 2. The United States agree to receive the Pawnee tribe of Indians into their friendship, and under their protection, and to extend to them, from time to time, such benefits and acts of kindness as may be convenient, and seem just and proper to the President of the United States. ART. 3. All trade and intercourse with the Pawnee tribe shall be transacted at such place or places as may be designated and pointed out by the President of the United States, through his agents; and none but American citizens, duly authorized by the United States, shall be admitted to trade or hold intercourse with said tribe of Indians. ART. 4. That the Pawnee tribe may be accommodated with such articles of merchandize, etc. as their necessities may de- mand, the United States agree to admit and license traders to hold intercourse with said tribe, under mild and equitable regula- tions: in consideration of which, the said Pawnee tribe bind themselves to extend protection to the persons and the property of the traders, and the persons legally employed under them, whilst they remain within the limits of their particular district of country. And the said Pawnee tribe further agree, that if any foreigner or other person, not legally authorized by the United States, shall come into their district of country, for the purposes of trade or other views, they will apprehend such person or per- 384 PAWNEES. sons, and deliver him or them to some United States superinten- dent or agent of Indian affairs, or to the commandant of the nearest military post, to be dealt with according to law. And they further agree to give safe conduct to all persons who may be legally authorized by the United States to pass through their country, and to protect in their persons and property all agents or other persons sent by the United States to reside temporarily among them; nor will they, whilst on their distant excursions, molest or interrupt any American citizen or citizens, who may be passing from the United States to New Mexico, or returning from thence to the United States. ART. 5. That the friendship which is now established between the United States and the Pawnee tribe, shall not be interrupted by the misconduct of individuals, it is hereby agreed, that for in- juries done by individuals, no private revenge or retaliation shall take place, but instead thereof, complaints shall be made, by the party injured, to the superintendent or agent of Indian affairs, or other person appointed by the President; and it shall be the duty of said chiefs, upon complaint being made as aforesaid, to deliver up the person or persons against whom the complaint is made, to the end that he or they may be punished, agreeably to the laws of the United States. And in like manner, if any robbery, vio- lence, or murder, shall be committed on any Indian or Indians belonging to said tribe, the person or persons so offending shall be tried, and, if found guilty, shall be punished in like manner as if the injury had been done to a white man. And it is agreed, that the chiefs of said Pawnee tribe shall, to the utmost of their power, exert themselves to recover horses or other property, which may be stolen or taken from any citizen or citizens of the United States, by any individual or individuals of said tribe; and the pro- perty so recovered shall be forthwith delivered to the agents or other person authorized to receive it, that it may be restored to the proper owner. And the United States hereby guarantee to any Indian or Indians of said tribe, a full indemnification for any horses or other property which may be stolen from them by any of their citizens: provided, that the property stolen cannot be recovered, and that sufficient proof is produced that it was actually stolen by a citizen of the United States. And the said Pawnee tribe engage, on the requisition or demand of the Presi- dent of the United States, or of the agents, to deliver up any white man resident among them. ART. 6. And the chiefs and warriors, as aforesaid, promise and engage that their tribe will never, by sale, exchange, or as pre- sents, supply any nation, tribe, or band of Indians, not in amity with the United States, with guns, ammunition, or other imple- ments of war. Done at fort Atkinson, Council Bluffs, this thirtieth day of Sep- tember, A. D. 1825, and of the independence of the United States the fiftieth. PAW NEES. 385 In testimony whereof, the said commissioners, Henry Atkinson and Benjamin O’Fallon, and the chiefs, head men, and war- riors, of the Pawnee tribe, have hereunto set their hands and affixed their seals. H. Atkinson, Br. Gen. U. S. Army, Benj. O’Fallon, U. S. Agt. Ind. Affairs, Esh-ca-tar-pa, the bad chief, his x mark, Shar-co-ro-la-shar, the sun chief, his x mark, La-cota-ve-co-cho-la-shar, the eagle chief, his x mark, La-tah-carts-la-shar, the war eagle chief, his x mark, La-ta-le-shar, the knife chief, his x mark, Scar-lar-la-shar, the man chief, his x mark, La-ke-tar-la-shar, the partizan chief, his x mark, Lark-tar-ho-ra-la-shar, the pipe chief, his x mark, Esh-ca-tar-pa, the bad chief, republican band, his x mark, Co-rouch-la-shar, the bear chief, his x mark, Ah-sha-o-ah-lah-co, the dog chief, his x mark, La-ho-rah-sha-rete, the man who strikes men, his x mark, Tah-rah-re-tah-coh-sha, the singing crow, his x mark, Lah-to-wah-go, the hill chief, his x mark, Ta-rah-re-tah-nash, the big horse stealer, his x mark, La-shar-pah-he, the tranquil chief, his x mark, Ah-re-cah-rah-co-chu, the mad elk, his x mark, Ta-lah-re-ta-ret, the partizan that strikes and carries his bird on his back, his x mark, Ta-lah-re-we-tail, the crow that strikes, his x mark, Lo-lah-re-wah, the horse stealer who suffers his prize to be retaken, his x mark, Ta-hah-lah-re-esh-lah, the handsome bird, his x mark, Ah-sho-cole, the rotten foot, his x mark, Ah-shar-o-ca-tah-co, the poor man, his x mark, Cha-nuck-cah-lah, the partizan that strikes, his x mark, Ta-lah-we-cah-wah-re, the man that is always at war, his x mark, In presence of A. L. Langham, Sec. to the Com. R. Holmes, Lieut. 6th Inf * . A. R. Woolley, Lt. Col. U. S. A. M. W. Batman, Lieut. 6th Inf. John Gale, Surg. U. S. A. J. Nichols, Lieut. 6th Inf. John Gantt, Capt. 6th Inf. W. W. Eaton, Lieut. 6th Inf. S. MacRee, A. de Camp. G. H. Kennerly, U.S. S.Ind. Agi. Thomas Noel, Adj. 6th Reg. A. L. Papin, J. Rogers, Lieut. 6th Inf William Rodgers. 39 386 MAHAS. MA. H.A. S. I concluded octop ºr 6, 1825–RATIFIED FEBRUARY 6, 1826.1 For the purpose of perpetuating the friendship which has hereto- fore easisted, as also to remove all future cause of discussion of dissension, as it respects trade and friendship between the United States and their citizens, and the JMaha tribe of Indians, the President of the United States of America, by brigadier-general Henry Atkinson, of the United States army, and major Benjamin O'Fallon, Indian agent, with full powers and authority, spe- cially appointed and commissioned for that purpose, of the one part, and the undersigned chiefs, head men, and warriors, of the said Maha tribe of Indians, on behalf of their tribe, of the other part, have made and entered into the following articles and conditions, which, when ratified by the President of the United States, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, shall be binding on both parties—to wit: ART. 1. It is admitted by the Maha tribe of Indians, that they reside within the territorial limits of the United States, acknow- ledge their supremacy, and claim their protection. The said tribe also admit the right of the United States to regulate all trade and intercourse with them. ART. 2. The United States agree to receive the Maha tribe of Indians into their friendship, and under their protection, and to extend to them, from time to time, such benefits and acts of kind. ness as may be convenient, and seem just and proper to the Pre- sident of the United States. ART. 3. All trade and intercourse with the Maha tribe shall be transacted at such place or places as may be designated and pointed out by the President of the United States, through his agents; and none but American citizens, duly authorized by the United States, shall be admitted to trade or hold intercourse with said tribe of Indians. ART. 4. That the Maha tribe may be accommodated with such articles of merchandise, etc. as their necessities may demand, the United States agree to admit and license traders to hold intercourse with the said tribe, under mild and equitable regulations: in con- sideration of which, the Maha tribe bind themselves to extend protection to the persons and the property of the traders, and the persons legally employed under them, whilst they remain within the limits of their particular district of country. And the said Maha tribe further agree, that if any foreigner or other person, not legally authorized by the United States, shallcome into their district of country, for the purposes of trade or other views, they will apprehend such person or persons, and deliver him or them to some United States superintendent, or agent of Indian affairs, or MAHAS- 387 to the commandant of the nearest military post, to be dealt with according to law. And they further agree to give safe conduct to all persons who may be legally authorized by the United States to pass through their country; and to protect, in their persons and property, all agents or other persons sent by the United States to reside temporarily among them ; nor will they, whilst on their distant excursions, molest or interrupt any American citizen or citizens who may be passing from the United States to New Mexico, or returning from thence to the United States. ART. 5. That the friendship which is now established between the United States and the Maha tribe should not be interrupted by the misconduct of individuals, it is hereby agreed, that for injuries done by individuals, no private revenge or retaliation shall take place, but instead thereof, complaints shall be made, by the party injured, to the superintendent or agent of Indian affairs, or other person appointed by the President; and it shall be the duty of said chiefs, upon complaint being made as aforesaid, to deliver up the person or persons against whom the complaint is made, to the end that he or they may be punished agreeably to the laws of the United States. And, in like manner, if any robbery, violence or murder, shall be committed on any Indian or Indians belonging to said tribe, the person or persons so offending shall be tried, and if found guilty shall be punished in like manner as if the injury had been done to a white man. And it is agreed, that the chiefs of said Maha tribe shall, to the utmost of their power, exert them- selves to recover horses or other property, which may be stolen or taken from any citizen or citizens of the United States, by any individual or individuals of said tribe; and the property so re- covered shall be forthwith delivered to the agents or other person authorized to receive it, that it may be restored to the proper owner. And the United States hereby guarantee to any Indian or Indians of said tribe, a full indemnification for any horses or other property which may be stolen from them by any of their citizens: provided, that the property stolen cannot be recovered, and that sufficient proof is produced that it was actually stolen by a citizen of the United States. And the said Maha tribe engage, on the requisition or demand of the President of the United States, or of the agents, to deliver up any white man resident among them. ART. 6. And the chiefs and warriors, as aforesaid, promise and engage, that their tribe will never, by sale, exchange, or as pre- sents, supply any nation, tribe, or band of Indians, not in amity with the United States, with guns, ammunition, or other imple- ments of war. Done at fort Atkinson, Council Bluffs, this 6th day of October, A. D. 1825, and of the independence of the United States the fiftieth. 388 S.H.A.W.A.N.E.E.S. In testimony whereof, the said commissioners, Henry Atkinson and Benjamin O’Fallon, and the chiefs, head men, and war- riors of the Maha tribe, have hereunto set their hands, and affixed their seals. H. Atkinson, Br. Gen. U. S. Army, L. S. Benj. O’Fallon, U. S. Agt. Ind. Aff. Opa-ton-ga, the big elk, his x mark, Oho-shin-ga, the man that cooks little in a small kettle, his x mark, Wash-ca-ma-nee, the fast walker, his x mark, Shon-gis-cah, the white horse, his x mark, We-du-gue-noh, the deliberator, his x mark, Wa-shing-ga-sabba, the black bird, his x mark, Ta-noh-ga, the buffaloe bull, his x mark, Esh-sta-ra-ba, , his x mark, Ta-reet-tee, the side of a buffaloe, his x mark, Sa-da-ma-ne, he that arrives, his x mark, Mo-pe-ma-nee, the walking cloud, his x mark, Momee-shee, he who lays on the arrows from the number that pierce him, his x mark, Ma-sha-ke-ta, the soldier, his x mark, Te-sha-va-gran, the door of the lodge, his x mark, . --- In presence of A. L. Langham, Secretary to M. W. Batman, Lieut. 6th Inf the Commission, G. H. Kennerly, U. S. S. Ind. A. R. Woolley, Lt. Col. U. S. A. Jägt. J. Gantt, Capt. 6th Inf. Michael Burdeau, his x mark, John Gale, Surgeon U. S. Army, Interpreter, George C. Hutter, Lieut. 6th Inf. William Rodgers. S H.A.W A NEES. I concluded Novemſ EER 7, 1825–RATIFIED DECEMBER 30, 1825, 1 Articles of a convention made between William Clark, superinter- dent of Indian affairs, and the undersigned chiefs and head men of the Shawanee nation of Indians, residing within the State of JMissouri, duly authorized and empowered by said mation, at the city of St. Louis, on the seventh day of November, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and twenty-five. Whereas, the Shawanee Indians were in possession of a tract of land near Cape Geredeau, in the State of Missouri, settled under a permission from the Spanish government, given to the said SHAWANEES. 389 Shawanees and Delawares by the Baron De Carondelet, on the 4th day of January, 1793, and recorded in the office of Recorder of Land Titles at St. Louis, containing about (25) twenty-five miles square, which said tract of land was abandoned by the De- lawares, in the year 1815; and from which the said Shawanees, under an assurance of receiving other lands in exchange, did re- move, after having made valuable and lasting improvements on the same, which were taken possession of by the citizens of the United States: And it being the desire of the United States fully to indemnify said tribe for all losses and injuries sustained by them by reason of such removal: the following articles have been agreed upon, between William Clark, superintendent of In- dian affairs, specially authorized on the one part, and the under- signed delegates of the Shawanee tribe, residing within the State of Missouri, on the other part: ART. 1. The Shawanee tribe do, hereby, cede and relinquish to the United States all their claim, interest, and title, to the lands on which they settled, near Cape Geredeau, under an authority of the Spanish Government, as aforesaid, situate, lying, and being, between the river St. Come and Cape Geredeau, and bounded on the east by the Mississippi, and westwardly by White Water. ART 2. It is further agreed by the contracting parties, that in consideration of the cession aforesaid, the United States do, hereby, agree to give to the Shawanee tribe of Indians, within the State of Missouri, for themselves, and for those of the same nation, now residing in Ohio, who may hereafter emigrate to the west of the Mississippi, a tract of land equal to fifty (50) miles square, situ- ated west of the State of Missouri, and within the purchase lately made from the Osages, by treaty bearing date the second day of June, 1825; and within the following boundaries: Commencing at a point (2) two miles north-west of the south-west corner of the State of Missouri; from thence, north, (25) twenty-five miles; thence, west, (100) one hundred miles ; thence, south, (25) twenty-five miles; thence, east, (100) one hundred miles, to the place of beginning. But, whereas, the said Shawanee tribe had Valuable and lasting improvements within the tract of land hereby ceded, and moreover will have to incur expenses in their removal, it is further stipulated, that, for the purpose of rendering a fair equivalent for the losses and inconveniences which said tribe will sustain by removal, and to enable them to obtain supplies in their new settlements, the United States agree to pay to the tribe emi- grating from the lands herein ceded, the sum of fourteen thousand dollars, which amount shall be paid to said party of the second part, as soon as practicable after the ratification of this treaty; five thousand dollars of which amount shall be furnished in domestic animals, implements of husbandry, and provisions, as soon as the said tribe remove upon the lands assigned them. ART. 3. It is further stipulated, that a deputation of the said 390 SHAWANEES. parties of the second part may be sent to explore the lands as- signed to them in the preceding article; and if the same be not acceptable to them, upon an examination of the same, which shall be had, and made known to the superintendent of Indian af. fairs at St. Louis, on or before April next, who shall, in lieu thereof, assign to them an equal quantity of land, to be selected on the Kansas river, and laid off either south or north of that river, and west of the boundary of Missouri, not reserved or ceded to any other tribe. ART. 4. It appearing that the Shawanee Indians have various claims against the citizens of the United States to a large amount, for spoliations of various kinds, but which they have not been able to support by the testimony of white men; the United States, in order to a final settlement of all such claims, do hereby agree to pay to the Shawanee nation, the sum of (11,000) eleven thou- sand dollars, to be distributed by them in such way as may be deemed equitable; and to support and keep a blacksmith for their use, on the lands hereby assigned, for the term of five years, or as long as the President may deem advisable; and it is further sti- pulated, that the United States shall furnish for the use of the Shawanees, the tools necessary for the blacksmith's shop, and (300) three hundred pounds of iron annually, to be furnished at the expense of the United States. ART. 5. The friendship heretofore existing between the United States and the Shawanee nation, is hereby renewed and perpetu- ated. ART. 6. These articles shall take effect, and become obligatory on the contracting parties, so soon as the same shall be ratified by the President, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate of the United States. In testimony whereof, the said William Clark, and the said de- legates of the Shawanee nation, have hereunto set their hands, at the city of St. Louis, the seventh day of November, one thousand eight hundred and twenty-five. William Clark, Wawelainni, his x mark, Kishkalwa, his x mark, Maywathekeha, his x mark, Capt. Reed, or Pathecoussa, his x mark, Nelawachika, his x mark, Waquiwais, his x mark, Napawita, his x mark, Pepamousse, his x mark, Pemitacamchika, his x mark, Peter Cornstalk, or Wyawimon, interp. his x mark. Quamapea, his x mark, Pelmetachemo, his x mark. CREEKS. 391 Witnesses present : A. McNair, U. S. Indian Agent, L. Valle, R. Graham, U. S. Indian Agent, John B. Saipy, Pierre Menard, Sub Ind. Agent, Quatwapea, or Col. Lewis, his John Campbell, Sub Ind. Agent, x mark, W. B. Alexander, Sub Ind. Agt. Wysaosheka, his x mark. John F. A. Sandford, C. R. E. E. K. S. [concLUDED JANUARY 24, 1826–RATIFIED APRIL 22, 1826. I frticles of a treaty made at the city of Washington, this twenty- fourth day of January, one thousand eight hundred and twenty- sir, between James Barbour, Secretary of War, thereto specially authorized by the President of the United States, and the under- signed chiefs and head men of the Creek nation of Indians, who have received full power from the said nation, to conclude and arrange all the matter herein provided for. Whereas, a treaty was concluded at the Indian Springs, on the twelfth day of February last, between commissioners on the part of the United States, and a portion of the Creek nation, by which an extensive district of country was ceded to the United States: And whereas, a great majority of the chiefs and warriors of the said nation have protested against the execution of the said treaty, and have represented that the same was signed on their part by persons having no sufficient authority to form treaties or to make cessions, and that the stipulations in the said treaty are, therefore, wholly void : And whereas, the United States are unwilling that difficulties should exist in the said nation, which may eventually lead to an intestine war, and are still more unwilling that any cessions of land should be made to them, unless with the fair understanding and full assent of the tribe making such cession, and for a just and adequate consideration, it being the policy of the United States, in all their intercourse with the Indians, to treat them justly and liberally, as becomes the relative situation of the parties: Now, therefore, in order to remove the difficulties which have thus arisen, to satisfy the great body of the Creek nation, and to reconcile the contending parties into which it is unhappily divided, the following articles have been agreed upon and concluded, be- tween James Barbour, Secretary of War, specially authorized as aforesaid, and the said chiefs and head men representing the Creek nation of Indians: ART. 1. The treaty concluded at the Indian Springs, on the twelfth day of February, one thousand eight hundred and twenty- 392 CREEKS- five, between commissioners on the part of the United States and the said Creek nation of Indians, and ratified by the United States on the seventh day of March, one thousand eight hundred and twenty-five, is hereby declared to be null and void, to every intent and purpose whatsoever; and every right and claim arising from the same is hereby cancelled and surrendered. ART. 2. The Creek nation of Indians cede to the United States all the land belonging to the said nation in the State of Georgia, and lying on the east side of the middle of the Chata- hoochy river. And, also, another tract of land lying within the said State, and bounded as follows: Beginning at a point on the western bank of the said river, forty-seven miles below the point where the boundary line between the Creeks and Cherokees strikes the Chatahoochy river, near the Buzzard’s Roost, measuring the said distance in a direct line, and not following the meanders of the said river; and from the point of beginning, running in a direct line to a point in the boundary line between the said Creeks and the Cherokees, thirty miles west of the said Buzzard’s Roost, thence to the Buzzard’s Roost, and thence with the middle of the said river to the place of beginning. ART. 3. Immediately after the ratification of this treaty, the United States agree to pay to the chiefs of the said nation, the sum of two hundred and seventeen thousand six hundred dollars, to be divided among the chiefs and warriors of the said nation. ART. 4. The United States agree to pay to the said nation an additional perpetual annuity of twenty thousand dollars. ART. 5. The difficulties which have arisen in the said nation, in consequence of the treaty of the Indian Springs, shall be ami- cably adjusted, and that portion of the Creek nation who signed that treaty shall be admitted to all their privileges, as members of the Creek nation, it being the earnest wish of the United States, without undertaking to decide upon the complaints of the respec- tive parties, that all causes of dissatisfaction should be removed. ART. 6. That portion of the Creek nation, known as the friends and followers of the late General William McIntosh, having int- mated to the Government of the United States their wish to re- move west of the Mississippi, it is hereby agreed, with their assent, that a deputation of five persons shall be sent by them, at the ex- pense of the United States, immediately after the ratification of this treaty, to examine the Indian country west of the Mississippi, not within either of the States or territories, and not possessed by the Choctaws or Cherokees. And the United States agree to pur- chase for them, if the same can be conveniently done upon reasona- ble terms, wherever they may select, a country, whose extent shall, in the opinion of the President, be proportioned to their num- bers. And if such purchase cannot be thus made, it is then agreed that the selection shall be made where the President may think proper, just reference being had to the wishes of the emigrating party. CREEKS, - 393 ART. 7. The emigrating party shall remove within twenty-four months, and the expense of their removal shall be defrayed by the United States. And such subsistence shall also be furnished them, for a term not exceeding twelve months after their arrival at their new residence, as, in the opinion of the President, their numbers and circumstances may require. ART. 8. An agent, or sub-agent, and interpreter, shall be ap- pointed to accompany and reside with them. And a blacksmith and wheelwright shall be furnished by the United States. Such assistance shall also be rendered to them in their agricultural operations, as the President may think proper. ART. 9. In consideration of the exertions used by the friends and followers of Gen. McIntosh to procure a cession at the In- dian Springs, and of their past difficulties and contemplated re- moval, the United States agree to present to the chiefs of the party, to be divided among the chiefs and warriors, the sum of one hundred thousand dollars, if such party shall amount to three thousand persons, and in that proportion for any smaller number. Fifteen thousand dollars of this sum to be paid immediately after the ratification of this treaty, and the residue upon their arrival in the country west of the Mississippi. ART, 10. It is agreed by the Creek nation, that an agent shall be appointed by the President, to ascertain the damages sustained by the friends and followers of the late General McIntosh, in con- sequence of the difficulties growing out of the treaty of the In- dian Springs, as set forth in an agreement entered into with Gene- ral Gaines, at the Broken Arrow, and which have been done con- trary to the laws of the Creek nation; and such damages shall be repaired by the said nation, or the amount paid out of the annuity due to them. ART. 11. All the improvements, which add real value to any part of the land herein ceded, shall be appraised by commission- ers, to be appointed by the President; and the amount thus ascer- tained shall be paid to the parties owning such improvements. ART, 12. Possession of the country herein ceded shall be yielded by the Creeks on or before the first day of January next. ART. 13. The United States agree to guarantee to the Creeks all the country, not herein ceded, to which they have a just claim, and to make good to them any losses they may incur in conse- quence of the illegal conduct of any citizen of the United States within the Creek country. ART, 14. The President of the United States shall have au- thority to select, in some part of the Creek country, a tract of land, not exceeding two sections, where the necessary public buildings may be erected, and the persons attached to the agency may reside. ART. 15. Wherever any stream, over which it may be neces- sary to establish ferries, forms the boundary of the Creek country, the Creek Indians shall have the right of ferriage from their own 394 CREEKS. land, and the citizens of the United States from the land to which the Indian title is extinguished. ART. 16. The Creek chiefs may appoint three commissioners from their own people who shall be allowed to attend the run- ning of the lines west of the Chatahoochy river, and whose ex- penses while engaged in this duty, shall be defrayed by the United States. ART. 17. This treaty, after the same has been ratified by the President and Senate, shall be obligatory on the United States and on the Creek nation. In testimony whereof, the said James Barbour, Secretary of War, authorized as aforesaid, and the chiefs of the said Creek nation of Indians, have hereunto set their hands, at the City of Washington, the day and year aforesaid. James Barbour, Apauly Tustunnuggee, his x O-poth-le. Yoholo, his x mark, mark, John Stidham, his x mark, Coosa Tustunnuggee, his X Mad Wolf, his x mark, mark, Menawee, his x mark, Nahetluc Hopie, his x mark, Tuskeekee Tustunnuggee, his x Selocta, his x mark, mark, - Ledagi, his x mark, Charles Cornells, his x mark, Yoholo Micco, his x mark. Timpoochy Barnard, his x mark, In presence of Thomas L. McKenney, John Ridge, Secretary Creek Lewis Cass, Delegation, John Crowell, Agent for I. A. David Wann. Hezekiah Miller, SUPPLEMENTARY ARTICLE To the Creek treaty of twenty-fourth January, 1826. Whereas, a stipulation in the second article of the treaty of the twenty-fourth day of January, 1826, between the undersigned, parties to said treaty, provides for the running of a line “be- ginning at a point on the western bank of the Chatahoochy river, forty-seven miles below the point where the boundary line between the Creeks and Cherokees strikes the said river, near the Buzzard's Roost, measuring the said distance in a direct line, and not follow- ing the meanders of the said river, and from the point of begin- ning, running in a direct line to a point in the boundary line be- tween the said Creeks and the Cherokees, thirty miles west of the said Buzzard’s Roost, thence to the Buzzard’s Roost, and thence with the middle of said river to the place of beginning:” And whereas, it having been represented to the party to the said treaty in behalf of the Creek nation, that a certain extension of said lines might embrace in the cession all the lands which will befound CREEKS. 395 to lie within the chartered limits of Georgia, and which are owned by the Creeks, the undersigned do hereby agree to the following extension of said lines, viz: In the place of “forty-seven miles,” as stipulated in the second article of the treaty aforesaid, as the point of beginning, the undersigned agree that it shall be fifty miles, in a direct line below the point designated in the second article of said treaty; thence running in a direct line to a point in the boundary line between the Creeks and Cherokees, forty- five miles west of said Buzzard’s Roost, in the place of “thirty miles,” as stipulated in said treaty ; thence to the Buzzard’s Roost, and thence to the place of beginning—it being understood that these lines are to stop at their intersection with the boundary line between Georgia and Alabama, wherever that may be, if that line shall cross them in the direction of the Buzzard’s Roost, at a shorter distance than it is provided they shall run; and provided, also, that if the said dividing line between Georgia and Alabama, shall not be reached by the extension of the two lines aforesaid, the one three, and the other fifteen miles, they are to run and ter- minate as defined in this supplemental article to the treaty afore- said. It is hereby agreed, in consideration of the extension of said lines, on the part of the other party to the treaty aforesaid, in be- half of the United States, to pay to the Creek nation, immediately º the ratification of said treaty, the sum of thirty thousand ollars. In witness whereof, the parties aforesaid have hereunto set their hands and seals, this thirty-first day of March, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred twenty-six. James Barbour, L. S. Opothle Yoholo, his x mark, L. S. John Stidham, his x mark, L. S. Mad Wolf, his x mark, L. S. Tuskeekee Tustunnuggee, his x mark, L. S. Yoholo Micco, his x mark, L. S. Menawee, his x mark, L. S. Charles Cornells, his x mark, L. S. Apauly Tustunnuggee, his x mark, L. S. Coosa Tustunnuggee, his x mark, I. S. Nahetluc Hopie, his x mark, L. S. Selocta, his x mark, L. S. Timpoochy Barnard, his x mark, L. S. Ledagi, his x mark, L. S. In presence of Thomas L. McKenney, David Vann, John Crowell, Agent for I. vi. Wm. Hambly. John Ridge, Secretary, 396 CHIPPE.W.A.S. C HIPPE WA S. [ concLUDED AUGUST 5, 1826–RATIFIED". FEBRUARY 7, 1827.] Jºrticles of a treaty made and concluded at the Fond du Lac of lake Superior, this fifth day of August, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and twenty-sia, between Lewis Cass and Thomas L. McKenney, commissioners on the part of the United States, and the Chippewa tribe of Indians. Whereas, a treaty was concluded at Prairie du Chien in August last, by which the war, which has been so long carried on, to their mutual distress, between the Chippewas and Sioux, was happily terminated by the intervention of the United States; and whereas, owing to the remote and dispersed situation of the Chippewas, full deputations of their different bands did not attend at Prairie du Chien, which circumstance, from the loose nature of the Indian government, would render the treaty of doubtful obli- gation, with respect to the bands not represented; and whereas, at the request of the Chippewa chiefs, a stipulation was inserted in the treaty of Prairie du Chien, by which the United States agreed to assemble the Chippewa tribe upon lake Superior during the present year, in order to give full effect to the said treaty, to ex- plain its stipulations, and to call upon the whole Chippewa tribe, assembled at their general council fire, to give their formal assent thereto, that the peace which has been concluded may be rendered permanent, therefore— ART. 1. The chiefs and warriors of the Chippewa tribe of indi- ans hereby fully assent to the treaty concluded in August last at Prairie du Chien, and engage to observe and fulfil the stipulations thereof. ART. 2. A deputation shall be sent by the Chippewas to the treaty to be held in 1827, at Green Bay, with full power to ar- range and fix the boundary line between the Chippewas and the Winnebagoes and Menomonees, which was left incomplete by the treaty of Prairie du Chien, in consequence of the non-attendance of some of the principal Menomonee chiefs. ART. 3. The Chippewa tribe grant to the Government of the United States the right to search for, and carry away, any metals or minerals from any part of their country. But this grant is not to affect the title of the land, nor the existing jurisdiction over it. ART. 4. It being deemedimportant that the half-breeds, scattered through this extensive country, should be stimulated to exertion and improvement by the possession of permanent property and fixed residences, the Chippewa tribe, in consideration of the affec- tion they bear to these persons, and of the interest which they feel in their welfare, grant to each of the persons described in the * With the exception of the 4th and 5th articles. CHIPPE WAS. 397 schedule hereunto annexed, being half-breeds and Chippewas, by descent, and it being understood that the schedule includes all of this description who are attached to the Government of the United States, six hundred and forty acres of land, to be located, under the direction of the President of the United States, upon the islands and shore of the St. Mary’s river, wherever good land enough for this purpose can be found ; and as soon as such loca- tions are made, the jurisdiction and soil thereof are hereby ceded. It is the intention of the parties, that, where circumstances will permit, the grants be surveyed in the ancient French manner, bounding not less than six arpens, nor more than ten, upon the river, and running back for quantity; and that where this cannot be done, such grants be surveyed in any manner the President may direct. The locations for Oshauguscoday wayqua and her descendants shall be adjoining the lower part of the military reser- vation, and upon the head of Sugar Island. The persons to whom grants are made shall not have the privilege of con- veying the same, without the permission of the President. ART. 5. In consideration of the poverty of the Chippewas, and of the sterile nature of the country they inhabit, unfit for cultiva- tion, and almost destitute of game, and as a proof of regard on the part of the United States, it is agreed that an annuity of two thousand dollars, in money or goods, as the President may direct, shall be paid to the tribe, at the Sault St. Marie. But this an- nuity shall continue only during the pleasure of the Congress of the United States. ART. 6. With a view to the improvement of the Indian youths, it is also agreed, that an annual sum of one thousand dollars shall be appropriated to the support of an establishment for their educa- tion, to be located upon some part of the St. Mary’s river, and the money to be expended under the direction of the President; and for the accommodation of such school, a section of land is hereby granted. But the payment of the one thousand dollars stipulated for in this article, is subject to the limitation described in the preceding article. ART. 7. The necessity for the stipulations in the fourth, fifth and sixth articles of this treaty could be fully apparent, only from personal observation of the condition, prospects, and wishes of the Chippewas, and the commissioners were therefore not specifi- cally instructed upon the subjects therein referred to ; but seeing the extreme poverty of these wretched people, finding them almost naked and starving, and ascertaining that many perished during the last winter, from hunger and cold, they were induced to insert these articles. But it is expressly understsod and agreed, that the fourth, fifth, and sixth articles, or either of them, may be re- jected by the President and Senate, without affecting the validity of the other articles of the treaty. 398 CHIPPEWAS, ART. 8. The Chippewa tribe of Indians fully acknowledge the authority and jurisdiction of the United States, and disclaim all connection with any foreign power, solemnly promising to reject any messages, speeches, or councils, incompatible with the interests of the United States, and to communicate information thereof to the proper agent, should any such be delivered or sent to them. ART. 9. This treaty, after the same shall be ratified by the President and Senate of the United States, shall be obligatory on the contracting parties. Done at the Fond du Lac of lake Superior, in the territory of Michigan, the day and year above written, and of the inde- pendence of the United States the fifty-first. Lewis Cass, Thos. L. McKenney, sT, MARY’s, Shingauba Wassin, his x mark, Shewaubeketoan, his x mark, Wayishkee, his x mark, Sheegud, his x mark. River st. CRoix, Peezhickee, his x mark, Noden, his x mark, Nagwunabee, his x mark, Kaubemappa, his x mark, Chaucopee, his x mark, Jaubeance, his x mark, Ultauwau, his x mark, Myeengunsheens, his x mark, Moasomonee, his x mark, Muckuday peenaas, his x mark, Sheeweetaugun, his x mark. LA POINTE, Peexhickee, his x mark, Keemeewun, his x mark, Kaubuzoway, his x mark, Wyauweenind, his x mark, Peekwaukwotoansekay, his x mark. OTTOWAY L.; Paybaumikoway, his x mark. LAC IDE FLAM- Gitshee Waubeeshaans, his x mark, BEAU, Moazonee, his x mark, Gitshee Migeezee, his x mark, Mizhauquot, his x mark. ONTONAGON, Keeshkeetowug, his x mark, Peenaysee, his x mark, Mautaugumee, his x mark, Kwee weezaisish, his x mark. vºſilion LAKE, Attickoans, his x mark, Gyutsheeininee, his x mark, Jaukway, his x mark, CHIPPEWAS. 399 ONTONAGON, SNAKE RIVER, LAC DE FLAMBEAU, RAINY LAKE, SANDY LAKE, FOND DU LAC, ONTONAGON, RIVER DE CORBEAU, Madwagkunageezhigwaab, his x mark, Jaukogeezhigwaishkun, his x mark, Neezboday, his x mark, Nundocheeais, his x mark, Ogeemaugeegid, his x mark, Anneemeekees, his x mark. Kauwaishkung, his x mark, Mautaugumee, his x mark. Waymittegoash, his x mark, Iskguagwunaabee, his x mark, Meegwunaus, his x mark. Pamoossay, his x mark, Maytaukooseegay, his x mark. Aanubkumigishkunk, his x mark. Osaumemikee, his x mark, Gitshee Waymirteegooast, his x mark, Paashuninleel, his x mark, Wauzhuskokok, his x mark, Nitumogaubowee, his x mark, Wattap, his x mark. Shingoop, his x mark, Monetogeezisoans, his x mark, Mongazid, his x mark, Manetogeezhig, his x mark, Ojauneemauson, his x mark, Miskwautais, his x mark, Naubunaygerzhig, his x mark, Unnauwaubundaun, his x mark, Pautaubay, his x mark, Migeesee, his x mark. Waubishkeepeenaas, his x mark, Tweeshtweeshkeeway, his x mark, Kundekund, his x mark, Oguhbayaunuhquotwaybee, his x mark, Paybaumausing, his x mark, Keeshkeemun, his x mark. Maugugaubowie, his x mark, Pudud, his x mark, Naugdunosh, his x mark, Ozhuskuckoen, his x mark, Waubogee, his x mark, Sawbanosh, his x mark, Keewayden, his x mark, Gitsheemeewininee, his x mark, Wynunee, his x mark, Obumaugeezhig, his x mark, 400 CHIPPEWAS, RIVER DE coBBEAU, Payboumidgeewung, his x mark, Maugeegaubou, his x mark, Paybaumogeezhig, his x mark, Kaubemappa, his x mark, Waymittegoazhu, his x mark, Oujupenaas, his x mark, Madwayossin, his x mark. - In presence of: A. Edwards, Secretary to the E. A. Brush, Commission, Daniel Dingley, E. Boardman, Capt. command- A. Morrison, ing Detachment, B. Champman, Henry R. Schoolcraft, U. States Henry Connor, Indian Agent, W. A. Levake, Z. Pitcher, Assistant Surgeon, J. O. Lewis. J. B. Kingsbury, Lieut. 2d Inf. SUPPLEMENTARY ARTICLE. As the Chippewas who committed the murder upon four Ameri- can citizens, in June, 1824, upon the shores of Lake Pepin, are not present at this council, but are far in the interior of the coun- try, so that they cannot be apprehended and delivered to the pro- per authority before the commencement of next summer; and, as the commissioners have been specially instructed to demand the surrender of these persons, and to state to the Chippewa tribe the consequence of suffering such a flagitious outrage to go unpunished, it is agreed, that the persons guilty of the beforementioned murder shall be brought in, either to the Sault St. Marie, or Green Bay, as early next summer as practicable, and surrendered to the pro- per authority; and that, in the mean time, all further measures on the part of the United States, in relation to this subject, shall be suspended. Lewis Cass, Thomas L. McKenney. Representing the bands to whom Gitshee Meegeesee, his x mark, the persons guilty of the mur- Metaukoosegay, his x mark, der belong, for themselves and ſ Ouskunzheema, his x mark, the Chippewa tribe. J. Keenesteno, his x mark. Witnesses: A. Edwards, Secretary to the Henry R. Schoolcraft, U. States Commission, Indian Agent, E. Boardman, Capt. command- Henry Connor, Interpreter. ing detachment, CHIPPEWAS. 401 Schedule referred to in the preceding Treaty: To Oshauguscoday waggua, wife of John Johnson, esq., to each of her children, and to each of her grand children, one section. To Saugemauqua, widow of the late John Baptiste Cadotte, and to her children, Louisa, Sophia, Archangel, Edward, and Polly, one section each. - To Keneesequa, wife of Samuel Ashman, and to each of her children, one section. To Teegaushau, wife of Charles H. Oakes, and to each of her children, one section, To Thomas Shaw, son of Obimetunoqua, and to his wife Mary, being also of Indian descent, each one section. To Fanny Levake, daughter of Meeshwauqua, and to each of her children, one section. Obayshaunoquotoqua, wife of Francis Goolay, Jun., one section. To Omuckackeenee, wife of John Holiday, and to each of her children, one section. To Obimegeezhigoqua, wife of Joseph Du Chene, Jun., and to each of her children, one section. To Monedoqua, wife of Charles Cloutier, one section. To Susan Yarus, daughter of Odambitogeezhigoqua, one section. To Henry Sayer and John Sayer, sons of Obermau-unoqua, each one section. To each of the children of John Tanner, being of Chippewa descent, one section. To Wassidjeewunoqua, and to each of her children, by George Johnston, one section. To Michael Cadotte, senior, son of Equawaice, one section. To Equaysay way, wife of Michael Cadotte, senior, and to each of her children living within the United States, one section. To each of the children of Charlotte Warren, widow of the lat Truman A. Warren, one section. -- To Mary Chapman, daughter of Equameeg, and wife of Bela Chapman, and to each of her children, one section. To Saganoshequa, wife of John H. Fairbanks, and to each of her children, one section. To Shaughunomonee, wife of William Morrison, and to each of her children, one section. To each of the children of the late Ingwaysuh, wife of Joseph Cote, one section. To each of the children of Angelique Cote, late wife of Pierre Cote, one section. To Pazhikwutoqua, wife of William Aitken, and to each of her children, one section. To Susan Davenport, grand-daughter of Misquabunoqua, and wife of Ambrose Davenport, and to each of her children, one section. To Waubunequa, wife of Augustin Belanger, and to each of her children, one section. - 40 402 CHIPPE WAS. To Charlotte Louisa Morrison, wife of Allan Morrison, and daughter of Manitowidjewung, and to each of her children, one section. To each of the children of Eustace Roussain, by Shauwunaubu- noqua, Wauwaussumoqua, and Payshaubunoqua, one section. To Isabella Dingley, wife of Daniel Dingley, and daughter of Pimegeezhigoqua, and to each of her children, one section. To George Birkhead, being a Chippewa by descent, one section. To Susan Conner, wife of Thomas Conner, and daughter of Pimegeeshigoqua, and to each of her children, one section. To the children of George Ermatinger, being of Shawanee ex- traction, two sections collectively. To Ossinahjeeunoqua, wife of Michael Cadotte, junior, and to each of her children, one section. To Minedemoeyah, wife of Pierre Duvernay, one section. To Ogeemaugeezhigoqua, wife of Basil Boileau, one section. To Wauneaussequa, wife of Paul Boileau, one section. To Kaukaubesheequa, wife of John Baptiste Corbeau, one section. To John Baptiste Du Chene, son of Pimegeizhigoqua, one section. To each of the children of Ugwudaushee, by the late Truman A. Warren, one section. To William Warren, son of Lyman M. Warren, and Mary Cadotte, one section. To Antoine, Joseph, Louis, Chalot, and Margaret Charette, children of Equameeg, one section. To the children of Francois Butcher, by Waussequa, each one section. To Angelique Brabent, daughter of Waussegundum, and wife of Alexis Brabent, one section. - To Odishqua, of Sault St. Marie, a Chippewa, of unmixed blood, one section. To Pamidjeewung, of Sault St. Marie, a Chippewa, of unmixed blood, one section. To Waybossinoqua, and John J. Wayishkee, children of Way- ishkee, one section. LEWIS CASS, THOS. L. McKENNEY. POTAWATAMIES, 403 POTA. W. A TAMIES. [concLUDED october 16, 1826–RATIFIED FEBRUARY 7, 1827. I Articles of a treaty made and concluded near the mouth of the Mississinowa, upon the Wabash, in the State of Indiana, this sirteenth day of October, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and twenty-sia, between Lewis Cass, James B. Ray, and John Tipton, Commissioners on the part of the United States, and the chiefs and warriors of the Potawatamie tribe of Indians. ART. 1. The Potawatamie tribe of Indians cede to the United States their right to all the land within the following limits: Be- ginning on the Tippecanoe river, where the northern boundary of the tract ceded by the Potawatamies to the United States by the treaty of St. Mary’s, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and eighteen, intersects the same; thence in a direct line, to a point on Eel river, half way between the mouth of the said river and Pierish’s village; thence up Eel river, to Seek’s village, near the head thereof; thence in a direct line, to the mouth of a creek emptying into the St. Joseph’s of the Miami, near Metea’s village; thence up the St. Joseph’s, to the boundary line between the States of Indiana and Ohio; thence south to the Miami; thence up the same, to the reservation at fort Wayne; thence with the lines of the said reservation, to the boundary established by the treaty with the Miamies, in one thousand eight hundred and eighteen; thence with the said line, to the Wabash river; thence with the same river, to the mouth of the Tippecanoe river; and thence with the said Tippecanoe river, to the place of beginning. And the said tribe also cede to the United States, all their right to land within the following limits: Beginning at a point upon lake Michigan, ten miles due north of the southern extreme thereof; running thence due east, to the land ceded by the Indians to the United States by the treaty of Chicago; thence south with the boundary thereof, ten miles; thence west to the southern extreme of lake Michigan; thence with the shore thereof, to the place of beginning. - ARt. 2. As an evidence of the attachment which the Potawata- mie tribe feels towards the American people, and particularly to the soil of Indiana, and with a view to demonstrate their liberality, and benefit themselves by creating facilities for travelling and increasing the value of their remaining country, the said tribe do hereby cede to the United States, a strip of land commencing at lake Michigan, and running thence on the Wabash river, one hundred feet wide for a road, and also one section of good land contiguous to the said road, for each mile of the same, and also 404 POTAWATAMIES. for each mile of a road from the termination thereof, through Indianapolis to the Ohio river, for the purpose of making a road aforesaid from lake Michigan, by the way of Indianapolis, to some convenient point on the Ohio river. And the general assembly of the State of Indiana shall have a right to locate the said road, and to apply the said sections, or the proceeds thereof, to the making of the same, or any part thereof; and the said grant shall be at their sole disposal. ART. 3. In consideration of the cessions in the first article, the United States agree to pay to the Potawatamie tribe, an annuity of two thousand dollars in silver, for the term of twenty-two years, and also to provide and support a blacksmith for them at some convenient point; to appropriate, for the purposes of education, the annual sum of two thousand dollars, as long as the Congress of the United States may think proper, to be expended as the President may direct; and also to build for them a mill sufficient to grind corn, on the Tippecanoe river, and to provide and support a miller; and to pay them annually one hundred and sixty bushes of salt; all of which annuities herein specified shall be paid by the Indian agent at fort Wayne. ART. 4. The commissioners of the United States have caused to be delivered to the Potawatamie tribe, goods to the value of thirty thousand five hundred and forty-seven dollars and seventy- one cents in goods, in consideration of the cessions in the first article of this treaty. Now, therefore, it is agreed that if this treaty should be ratified by the President and Senate of the United States, the United States shall pay to the persons named in the schedule this day transmitted to the War Department, and signed by the commissioners, the sums affixed to their names respectively, for goods furnished by them, and amounting to the said sum of thirty thousand five hundred and forty-seven dollars and seventy-one cents, and also to the persons who may furnish the said further sum, the amount of nine hundred dollars thus furnished. And it is also agreed that payment for all these goods shall be made by the Potawatamie tribe out of their annuity, if this treaty should not be ratified by the United States. ART. 5. The Potawatamie tribe being anxious to pay certain claims existing against them, it is agreed, as a part of the consi- deration for the cessions in the first article, that these claims which are stated in a schedule this day signed by the commissioners, and transmitted to the War Department, and amounting to the sum of nine thousand five hundred and seventy-three dollars—[shall be paid by the United States.] ART. 6. The United States agree to grant to each of the persons named in the schedule hereunto annexed, the quantity of land therein stipulated to be granted; but the land so granted shall never be conveyed by either of the said persons, or their heirs, without the consent of the President of the United States; and it is also POTAWATAMIES. 405 understood that any of these grants may be expunged from the schedule by the President or Senate of the United States, without affecting any other part of the treaty. ART. 7. The Potawatamie Indians shall enjoy the right of hunt- ing upon any part of the land hereby ceded, as long as the same shall remain the property of the United States. ART. 8. The President and Senate of the United States may reject any article of this treaty, except those which relate to the consideration to be paid for the cessions of the land; and such rejection shall not affect any other part of the treaty. ART. 9. This treaty, after the same shall be ratified by the President and Senate, shall be binding upon the United States. In testimony whereof, the said Lewis Cass, James B. Ray, and John Tipton, commissioners as aforesaid, and the chiefs and warriors of the said Potawatamie tribe have hereunto set their hands, at the Wabash, on the sixteenth day of October, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and twenty-six, and of the independence of the United States the fifty-first. Lewis Cass, J. Brown Ray, Topenibe, his x mark, Gebaus, his x mark, Toisoe, his x mark, Metea, his x mark, Aubenaube, his x mark, Ashkom, his x mark, Penashshees, his x mark, Pecheco, his x mark, Waupaukeeno, his x mark, Pashpo, his x mark, Kasha, his x mark, Pierish, his x mark, Penamo, his x mark, Nasawauka, his x mark, Mauxa, his x mark, Makose, his x mark, Shaupatee, his x mark, Noshaweka, his x mark, Menauquet, his x mark, Wimeko, his x mark, Saukena, his x mark, Kepeaugun, his x mark, Menomonie, his x mark, Shokto, his x mark, Shapeness, his x mark, Motiel, his x mark, John Tipton. CHIEFS. Jekose, his x mark, Nequoquet, his x mark, Waubonsa, his x mark, Wasaushuck, his x mark, Shaauquebe, his x mark, Psakauwa, his x mark, Kaukaamake, his x mark, Shekomak, his x mark, Makasess, his x mark, No-ne, his x mark, Shepshauwano, his x mark, Mesheketeno, his x mark, Squawbuk, his x mark, Maunis, his x mark, Jequaumkogo, his x mark, Kewaune, his x mark, Ahnowawausa, his x mark, Louison, his x mark, Washedne, his x mark, Shakauwasee, his x mark, Paskauwesa, his x mark, Nauksee, his x mark, Mukkose, his x mark, Chechaukkose, his x mark, Louison, his x mark, Meshekaunau, his x mark, 406 POTAWATAMIES. Kauk, his x mark, Menno, his x mark, Ackkushewa, his x mark, Showaukau, his x mark, Mukkose, his x mark, Kaukaukshee, his x mark, Shaquinon, his x mark, Pashshepowo, his x mark, Waupsee, his x mark, Mowekatso, his x mark. - Dome in presence of William Marshall, Secretary to D. G. Jones, the Commisssion, Samuel Hanna, Member of the J. M. Ray, Missist’nt Secretary Legislature, to the Commission, Martin M. Ray, Member of the Jno. Ewing, Senator, State of Legislature, Indiana, James Conner, Interpreter, Benj. B. Kercheval, Sub-agent, James Foster, William Conner, Interpreter, James Gregory, Senator, of Ind. Joseph Barron, Interpreter, O. L. Clark, Henry Conner, Interpreter, C. W. Ewing, Josiah F. Polk, J. D. Dorsey, Felix Hinchman, Lewis G. Thompson. Isaac McCoy, Schedule of grants referred to in the foregoing Treaty. To Abraham Burnett, three sections of land; one to be located at and to include Wynemac's village, the centre of the line on the Wabash to be opposite that village, and running up and down the river one mile in a direct line, and back for quantity; the two other sections, commencing at the upper end of the Prairie, opposite the mouth of the Passeanong creek, and running down two miles in a direct line, and back, for quantity. To Nancy Burnett, Rebecca Burnett, James Burnett, and Wil. liam Burnett, each one section of land, to be located under the di- rection of the President of the United States; which said Abraham, Nancy, Rebecca and James, are the children, and the said William is the grand-child of Kaukeama, the sister of Topenibe, the prin- cipal chief of the Potawatamie tribe of Indians. To Eliza C. Kercheval, one section on the Miami river, com- mencing at the first place where the road from fort Wayne to De- fiance strikes the Miami on the north side thereof, about five miles below fort Wayne, and from that point running half a mile down the river, and half a mile up the river, and back for quantity. To James Knaggs, son of the sister of Okeos, chief of the river Huron Potawatamies, one-half section of land upon the Miami, where the boundary line between Indiana and Ohio crosses the same. To the children of Joseph Barron, a relation of Richardville, principal chief of the Miamies, three sections of land, beginning at the mouth of Eel river, running three miles down the Wabash in a direct line, thence back for quantity. To Zachariah Cicott, who is married to an Indian woman, one POTAWATAMIES. 407 section of land, below and adjoining Abraham Burnett’s land, and to be located in the same way. To Baptiste Cicott, Sophi Cicott, and Emelia Cicott, children of Zachariah Cicott, and an Indian woman, one-half section each, adjoining and below the section granted to Zachariah Cicott. To St. Luke Bertrand and Julia Ann Bertrand, children of Mad- eline Bertrand, a Potawatamie woman, one section of land, to be located under the direction of the President of the United States. To the children of Stephen Johnson, killed by the Potawatamie Indians, one-half section of land, to be located under the direction of the President of the United States. To each of the following persons, Indians by birth, and who are now, or have been, scholars in the Carey Mission School, on the St. Joseph’s, under the direction of the Rev. Isaac McCoy, one quarter section of land, to be located under the direction of the President of the United States; that is to say: Joseph Bourissa, Noaquett, John Jones, Nuko, Soswa, Manotuk, Betsey Ash, Charles Dick, Susanna Isaacs, Harriet Isaacs, Betsey Plummer, Angelina Isaacs, Jemima Isaacs, Jacob Corbly, Konkapot, Celicia Nimham, Mark Bourissa, Jude Bourissa, Annowussau, Topenibe, Terrez, Sheshko, Louis Wilmett, Mitchel Wilmett, Lezett Wil- mett, Esther Baily, Roseann Bailey, Eleanor Bailey, Quehkna, William Turner, Chaukenozwoh, Lazarus Bourissa, Achan Bou- tissa, Achemukquee, Wesauwau, Peter Moose, Ann Sharp, Joseph Wolf, Misnoqua, Pomoqua, Wymego, Cheekeh, Wauwossemoqua, Meeksumau, Kakautmo, Richard Clements, Louis M’Neff, Shosh- qua, Nscotenama, Chikawketeh, Minsheewoh, Saugana, Msonk- qua, Mnitoqua, Okutcheek, Naumi G. Browning, Antoine, St. Antoine, Mary; being in all fifty-eight. To Jane Martin and Betsey Martin, of Indian descent, each one section of land, to be located under the direction of the President of the United States. To Mary St. Combe, of Indian descent, one quarter section of land, to be located under the direction of the President of the United States. To Francois Dequindre, of Indian descent, one section of land, to belocated under the direction of the President of the United States. To Baptiste Jutreace, of Indian descent, one-half section of land, to belocated under the direction of the President of the United States. To John B. Bourie, of Indian descent, one section of land, to be located on the Miami river, adjoining the old boundary line below fort Wayne. To Joseph Parks, an Indian, one section of land, to be located at the point where the boundary line strikes the St. Joseph’s, near Metea’s village. To George Cicott, a chief of the Potawatamies, three sections and a half of land; two sections and a half of which to be located on the Wabash, above the mouth of Crooked creek, running two 408 - MIAMIS. miles and a half up the river, and back for quantity, and the remaining section at the falls of Eel river, on both sides thereof. To James Conner, one section of land; to Henry Conner, one section, and to William Conner, one section; beginning opposite the upper end of the Big island, and running three miles in a direct line down the Wabash, and back for quantity. To Hyacinth Lassel, two sections of land, to be located under the direction of the President of the United States. To Louison, a half Potawatamie, two sections of land, to be located under the direction of the President of the United States. - LEWIS CASS, J. BROWN RAY, October 16,1826. JOHN TIPTON. [Ratified with the exception of the following words, in the second article: “And the General Assembly of the State of Indiana shall have a right to locate the said road, and to apply the said sections, or the proceeds thereof, to the making of the same, or any part thereof; and the said grant shall be at their sole disposal;” and with the understanding that the meaning of the fifth article is, that the money therein mentioned shall be paid by the United States to the individuals named in the schedule therein referred to...] MII A MII S. I concLUDED octopic R 23, 1826–RATIFIED JANUARY 24, 1827. I Articles of a treaty made and concluded, near the mouth of the Mis- sissinewa, upon the Wabash, in the State of Indiana, this twenty- third day of October, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and twenty-sia, between Lewis Cass, James B. Ray, and John Tipton, commissioners on the part of the United States, and the chiefs and warriors of the Miami tribe ºf Indians. ART. 1. The Miami tribe of Indians cede to the United States all their claim to land in the State of Indiana, north and west of the Wabash and Miami rivers, and of the cession made by the said tribe to the United States, by the treaty concluded at St. Mary's, October 6, 1818. ART. 2. From the cession aforesaid, the following reservations, for the use of the said tribe, shall be made: Fourteen sections of land at Seek’s village; Five sections for the Beaver, below and adjoining the preceding reservation; Thirty-six sections at Flat Belly’s village; Five sections for Little Charley, above the old village, on the north side of Eel river; One section for Laventure's daughter, opposite the islands, about fifteen miles below fort Wayne; MIAMIS. 409 One section for Chapine, above, and adjoining Seek’s village; Ten sections at the White Racoon’s village; Ten sections at the mouth of Mud creek, on Eel river, at the old village; Ten sections at the forks of the Wabash; One reservation commencing two miles and a half below the mouth of the Mississinewa, and running up the Wabash five miles, with the bank thereof, and from these points running due north to Eel river. And it is agreed, that the State of Indiana may lay out a canal or a road through any of the reservations; and for the use of a canal, six chains along the same are hereby appropriated. ART. 3. There shall be granted to each of the persons named in the schedule hereunto annexed, and to their heirs, the tracts of land therein designated; but the land so granted shall never be conveyed without the consent of the President of the United States. ART, 4. The commissioners of the United States have caused to be delivered to the Miami tribe goods to the value of $31,040 53, in part consideration for the cession herein made; and it is agreed, that if this treaty shall be ratified by the President and Senate of the United States, the United States shall pay to the persons, named in the schedule this day signed by the commissioners, and transmitted to the War Department, the sums affixed to their names respectively, for goods furnished by them, and amounting to the sum of $31,040 53. And it is further agreed, that payment for these goods shall be made by the Miami tribe out of their annuity, if this treaty be not ratified by the United States. And the United States further engage to deliver to the said tribe, in the course of the next summer, the additional sum of $26,259 47 in goods. And it is also agreed, that an annuity of thirty-five thousand dol- lars, ten thousand of which shall be in goods, shall be paid to the said tribe in the year one thousand eight hundred and twenty- seven; and thirty thousand dollars, five thousand of which shall be in goods, in the year one thousand eight hundred and twenty- eight; after which time, a permanent annuity of twenty-five thou- sand dollars shall be paid to them, as long as they exist together as a tribe; which several sums are to include the annuities due by preceding treaties to the said tribe. And the United States further engage to furnish a wagon and one yoke of oxen for each of the following persons, namely: Joseph Richardville, Black Racoon, Flat Belly, White Racoon, Francois Godfroy, Little Beaver, Mettosanea, Seek, and Little Huron; and one wagon and a yoke of oxen for the band living at the forks of the Wabash. And also to cause to be built a house, not exceeding the value of six hundred dollars, for each of the following persons, namely: Joseph Richardville, Francois Godfroy, Louison Godfroy, Francis 410 MIAMIS, Lafontaine, White Racoon, La Gros, Jean B. Richardville, Flat Belly, and Wau-we-as-see. And also to furnish the said tribe with two hundred head of cattle, from four to six years old, and two hundred head of hogs; and to cause to be annually delivered to them, two thousand pounds of iron, one thousand pounds of steel, and one thousand pounds of tobacco. And to provide five laborers to work three months in the year, for the small villages, and three laborers to work three months in the year, for the Mississinewa band. ART. 5. The Miami tribe being anxious to pay certain claims existing against them, it is agreed, as a part of the consideration for the cession in the first article, that these claims, amounting to $7,727 47, and which are stated in a schedule this day signed by the commissioners, and transmitted to the War Department, shall be paid by the United States. ART. 6. The United States agree to appropriate the sum of two thousand dollars annually, as long as Congress may think proper, for the support of poor infirm persons of the Miami tribe, and for the education of the youth of the said tribe; which sum shall be expended under the direction of the President of the United States. ART. 7. It is agreed, that the United States shall purchase of the persons, named in the schedule hereunto annexed, the land therein mentioned, which was granted to them by the treaty of St. Mary’s, and shall pay the price affixed to their names respectively; the payments to be made when the title to the lands is conveyed to the United States. ART. 8. The Miami tribe shall enjoy the right of hunting upon the land herein conveyed, so long as the same shall be the pro- perty of the United States. ART. 9. This treaty, after the same shall be ratified by the Pre- sident and Senate, shall be binding upon the United States. In testimony whereof, the said Lewis Cass, James B. Ray, and John Tipton, commissioners as aforesaid, and the chiefs and warriors of the said Miami tribe, have hereunto set their hands, at the Wabash, on the twenty-third day of October, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and twenty-six, and of the independence of the United States the fifty-first. Lewis Cass, Seek, his x mark, J. Brown Ray, Mee-se-qua, his x mark, John Tipton. Nota-wen-sa’s Son, his x mark, CHIEFS. La-from-broise, his x mark, Wau-wa-aus-see, his x mark, Nego-ta-kaup-wa, his x mark, Flat Belly, his x mark, Osage, his x mark, La Gros, his x mark, Metto-sa-nea, his x mark, White Racoon, his x mark, Little Beaver, his x mark, Black Loon, his x mark, Black Racoon, his x mark, - MIAMIS, 411 Chin-quin-sa, his x mark, Jamas Abbot, his x mark, Lon-gwa, his x mark, Little Wolf, his x mark, Pun-ge-she-nau, his x mark, Wonse-pe-au, his x mark, Francois Godfroy, his x mark, Joseph Richardville, his x mark, Francis Lafontaine, Wau-no-sa, his x mark, White Skin’s Son, or the Popu- lar, his x mark, Cha-pine, his x mark, Pe-che-wau, or Jean B. Rich- ardville, his x mark, Chin-go-me-shau, his x mark, Little Sun, his x mark, W. Shin-gan-leau, his x mark, Louis Godfroy, his x mark, Ou-sane-de-au, his x mark, Me-chane-qua, his x mark, Un-e-cea-sa, his x mark, She-qua-hau, his x mark, Chin-qua-keau, his x mark, Charley’s Son, his x mark. Dome in presence of William Marshall, Secretary to the Commission, J. M. Ray, Assistant Secretary to the Commission, Ben. B. Kercheval, Sub-Agent, Wm. Conner, Interpreter, Joseph Barron, C. W. Ewing, J. B. Boure, Interpreter, James Foster, John Ewing, Senator, State of Indiana, James Gregory, Senator, State of Indiana, Martin M. Ray, Representative, Indiana, Sam. Hanna, Representative, In- diana, George Hunt, O. L. Clark. Schedule of grants referred to in the foregoing treaty, Article 3d. To John B. Richardville, one section of land, between the mouth of Pipe creek and the mouth of Eel river, on the north side of the Wabash, and one section on the northwest side of the St. Joseph, adjoining the old boundary line; also, one-half section on the east side of the St. Joseph’s, below Cha-po-tee’s village. To John B. Boure, one section on the north side of the St. Jo- seph, including Chop-patee village. To the wife and children of Charley, a Miami chief, one section where they live. To Ann Hackley and Jack Hackley, one section each, between the Maumee and the St. Joseph’s rivers. To the children of Maria Christiana De Rome, a half blood Miami, one section between the Maumee and the St. Joseph’s. To Ann Turner, alias Hackley, Rebecca Hackley, and Jane S. Wells, each one-half section of land, to be located under the direc- tion of the President of the United States. To John B. Richardville, one section of land upon the north side of the Wabash, to include a large spring nearly opposite the mouth of Pipe creek. To Francois Godfroy, one section above and adjoining said last grant to J. B. Richardville. 412 CHIPPEWAYS, MENOMONIES, ETC. To Louison Godfroy, one section above and adjoining the grant to Francois Godfroy. To Francis Lafontaine, one section above and adjoining the grant to Louison Godfroy. To John B. Richardville, junior, one section on the Wabash, below and adjoining the reservation running from the Wabash to Eel river. To Joseph Richardville, one section above and adjoining the reservation running from the Wabash to Eel river. To La Gros, three sections, where he now lives, and one section adjoining the Cranberry in the Portage prairie. A quarter section of land to each of the following persons, namely: Charles Gouin, Purri Gouin, and Therese Gouin, to be located under the direction of the President of the United States. Two sections of land at the old town on Eel river, to be reserved for the use of the Metchinequa. LEWIS CASS, J. BROWN RAY, October 23d, 1826. JOHN TIPTON. CHIPPEWAYS, MENOMONIES, AND WINNEBAGOES, I concLUDED AUGUST 11, 1827–RATIFIED FEBRUARY 3, 1829. Articles of a treaty made and concluded at the Butte des Morts, on For river, in the Territory of Michigan, between Lewis Cass and Thomas L. McKenney, commissioners on the part of the United States, and the Chippeway, Menomonie, and Winnebago tribes of Indians. ART. 1. Whereas, the southern boundary of the Chippeway country, from the Plover Portage of the Ouisconsin easterly, was left undefined by the treaty concluded at Prairie du Chien, August 19, 1825, in consequence of the non-attendance of some of the principal Menomonie chiefs; and, whereas, it was provided by the said treaty, that, whenever the President of the United States might think proper, such of the tribes, parties to the said treaty, as might be interested in any particular line, should be convened, in order to agree upon its establishment: Therefore, in pursuance of the said provision, it is agreed between the Chippeways, Menomonies, and Winnebagoes, that the southern boundary of the Chippeway country shall run as fol. lows, namely: From the Plover Portage of the Ouisconsin, on a northeasterly course, to a point on Wolf river, equidistant from the Ashawano and Post lakes of said river; thence, to the falls of the Pashaytig river of Green Bay; thence, to the junction of the Neesau Kootag or Burnt-wood river, with the Menomonie; thence, to the big island of the Shoskinaubic or Smooth Rock river; CHIPPEWAYS, MENOMONIES, ETC. 413 thence, following the channel of the said river to Green Bay, which it strikes between the little and the great Bay de Noguet. ART. 2. Much difficulty having arisen from the negotiations between the Menomonie and Winnebago tribes and the various tribes and portions of tribes of Indians of the State of New York, and the claims of the respective parties being much contested, as well with relation to the tenure and boundaries of the two tracts, claimed by the said New York Indians, west of lake Michigan, as to the authority of the persons who signed the agreement on the part of the Menomonies, and the whole subject having been fully examined at the council this day concluded, and the allegations, proofs, and statements, of the respective parties having been entered upon the journal of the commissioners, so that the same can be decided by the President of the United States; it is agreed by the Menomonies and Winnebagoes, that so far as respects their interest in the premises, the whole matter shall be referred to the President of the United States, whose decision shall be final. And the President is authorized, on their parts, to establish such boundaries between them and the New York Indians as he may consider equitable and just. ART. 3. It being important to the settlement of Green Bay, that definitive boundaries should be established between the tract claimed by the former French and British governments, and the lands of the Indians, as well to avoid future disputes as to settle the question of jurisdiction. It is therefore agreed between the Menomonie tribe and the United States, that the boundaries of the said tracts, the jurisdiction and title of which are hereby acknow- ledged to be in the United States, shall be as follows, namely:- Beginning on the shore of Green Bay, six miles due north from the parallel of the mouth of Fox river, and running thence in a straightline, but with the general course of the said river, and six miles therefrom to the intersection of the continuation of the west- erly boundary of the tract at the Grand Kaukaulin, claimed by Augustin Grignion; thence, on a line with the said boundary to the same; thence, with the same to Fox river; thence, on the same course, six miles; thence, in a direct line to the southwestern boundary of the tract, marked on the plan of the claims at Green Bay, as the settlement at the bottom of the bay; thence, with the southerly boundary of the said tract to the southeasterly corner thereof; and thence with the easterly boundary of the said tract to Green Bay. Provided, that if the President of the United States should be of opinion that the boundaries thus established interfere with any just claims of the New York Indians, the President may then change the said boundaries in any manner he may think proper, so that the quantity of land contained in the said tract be not greater than by the boundaries herein defined. And provided also, That nothing herein contained shall be con- 414 CHIPPEWAYS, MENOMONIES, ETC. strued to have any effect upon the land claims at Green Bay; but the same shall remain as though this treaty had not been formed. ART. 4. In consideration of the liberal establishment of the boundaries as herein provided for, the commissioners of the United States have this day caused to be distributed among the Indians, goods to the amount of fifteen thousand six hundred and eighty- two dollars, payment for which shall be made by the United States. ART. 5. The sum of one thousand dollars shall be annually appropriated for the term of three years; and the sum of fifteen hundred dollars shall be annually thereafter appropriated as long as Congress think proper, for the education of the children of the tribes, parties hereto, and of the New York Indians, to be expended under the direction of the President of the United States. ART. 6. The United States shall be at liberty, notwithstanding the Winnebagoes are parties to this treaty, to pursue such measures as they may think proper for the punishment of the perpetrators of the recent outrages at Prairie du Chien, and upon the Mississippi, and for the prevention of such acts hereafter. ART. 7. This treaty shall be obligatory after its ratification by the President and the Senate of the United States. Done at the Butte des Morts, on Fox river, in the Territory of Michigan, this eleventh day of August, 1827. Lewis Cass, - Thomas L. McKenney. cHIPPEwAys, Shinguaba Wossin, his x mark, Wayishkee, his x mark, Sheewanbeketoan, his x mark, Mozobodo, his x mark, Gitshee Waubezhaas, his x mark, Moazoninee, his x mark, Mishaukewett, his x mark, Monominee Cashee, his x mark, Attikumaag, his x mark, Umbwaygeezhig, his x mark, Moneeto Penaysee, his x mark, Akkeewaysee, his x mark, Sheegad, his x mark, Wauwaunishkau, his x mark, Anamikee Waba, his x mark, Ockewazee, his x mark. MENoMoMEs, Oskashe, his x mark, Josette Caron, his x mark, Kominikey, jun, his x mark, Kimiown, his x mark, Kominikey, sen. his x mark, Keshiminey, his x mark, POTTAWATAMIES. 4.15 MENOMONIES, Woiniss-atte, his x mark, Powolysnoit, his x mark, Manbasseaux, his x mark, Myanmechetnabewat, his x mark, Pemabeme, his x mark, Kegisse, his x mark, L’Espagnol, his x mark, Kichiaemtort, his x mark, Hoo Tshoop, (or four legs,) his x mark, Tshayro-tshoan Kaw, his x mark, Karry-Man-nee, (walking turtle,) his x mark, Sau-say-man-nee, his x mark, Maunk-hay-raith, (tatood breast,) his x mark, Shoank Skaw, (white dog,) his x mark, Shoank-tshunksiap, (black wolf,) his x mark, Kaw-Kaw-say-kaw, his x mark, Wheank-Kaw, (big duck,) his x mark, Shoank-ay-paw-kaw, (dog head,) his x mark, Sar-ray-num-nee, (walking mat,) his x mark, Waunk-tshay-hee-sootsh, (red devil,) his x mark, Wau-kaun-hoa-noa-nick, (little snake,) his x mark, Kaw-nee-shaw, (white crow,) his x mark. Witnesses : Philip B. Key, Secretary, R. A. Forsyth, E. Boardman, Captain 24 U. S. S. Conant, Infantry, E. A. Brush, Henry R. Schoolcraft, U. States Jn. Bpt. Feois Fauvel, Clergy- Indian Agent, ºnan, Henry B. Brevoort, U. S. I. Agt. Jesse Miner, Thomas Rowland, Henry Conner, Interpreter, D. G. Jones, John Kinzie, Jun. Note—The above treaty was ratified with the proviso, “That the said treaty shall not impair or affect any right or claim which the New York Indians, or any of them, have to the lands, or any of the lands, mentioned in the said treaty.” POTT AWAT AMIE S. [concLUDED sºptember 19, 1827–RATIFIED FEBRUARY 23, 1829. I ºff treaty between the United States and the Pottawatamie tribe of Indians. In order to consolidate some of the dispersed bands of the Pot- tawatamie tribe in the territory of Michigan at a point removed from the road leading from Detroit to Chicago, and as far as prac- ticable from the settlements of the whites, it is agreed that the following tracts of land, heretofore reserved for the use of the said tribe, shall be, and they are hereby, ceded to the United States: Two sections of land on the river Rouge at Seginsairn's village. 416 POTTAWATAMIES. Two sections of land at Tonguish’s village, near the river Rouge. That part of the reservation at Macon on the river Raisin, which yet belongs to the said tribe, containing six sections, excepting therefrom one-half of a section where the Pottawatamie chief Mo- ran resides, which shall be reserved for his use. One tract at Mang-ach-qua village, on the river Peble, of six miles square. One tract at Micesawbe, of six miles square. One tract at the village of Prairie Ronde, of three miles square, One tract at the village of Match-e-be-nash-she-wish, at the head of the Kekalamazoo river, of three miles square; which tracts contain in the whole ninety-nine sections and one-half section of land. - And, in consideration of the preceding cession, there shall be re- served for the use of the said tribe, to be held upon the same terms on which Indian reservations are usually held, the following tracts of land: Sections numbered five, six, seven and eight, in the fifth town- ship, south of the base line, and in the ninth range west of the principal meridian in the territory of Michigan. The whole of the fifth township, south, in the tenth range, west, not already included in the Nottawa Sape reservation. Sections numbered one, two, eleven, twelve, thirteen, fourteen, twenty-three, twenty-four, twenty-five, twenty-six, thirty-five, and thirty-six, in the fifth township, south, and eleventh range, west. The whole of the fourth township, south, in the ninth range, West. Sections numbered eight, seventeen, eighteen, nineteen, twenty, twenty-nine, thirty, thirty-one, and thirty-two, in the fourth town- ship, south, and ninth range, west. Sections numbered one, two, eleven, twelve, thirteen, fourteen, twenty-three, twenty-four, twenty-five, twenty-six, thirty-five and thirty-six, in the fourth township, south, and eleventh range west. Which tracts of land will form a continuous reservation, and contain ninety-nine sections. After this treaty shall be ratified by the President and Senate, the same shall be obligatory on the United States and the said tribe of Indians. In testimony whereof, Lewis Cass, commissioner on the part of the United States, and the chiefs and warriors of the said tribe, have hereunto set their hands at St. Joseph, in the ter- ritory of Michigan, this nineteenth day of September, A. D. one thousand eight hundred and twenty-seven. Lewis Cass, Mixs-a-bee, his x mark, CREEKS.. 417 Shee-ko-maig, or marsh fish, his x mark, Pee-nai-sheish, or little bird, his x mark, Kne-o-suck-o-wah, his x mark, Mais-ko-see, his x mark, A-bee-ta-que-zic, or half day, his x mark, Ko-jai-waince, his x mark, Sa-kee-maus, his x mark, Mitch-e-pe-main-she-wish, or bad bird, his x mark, Ma-tsai-bat-to, his x mark, Ne-kee-quin-nish-ka, his x mark, Wa-kai-she-maus, his x mark, Peerish Moran, his x mark, Mee-she-pe-she-wa-non, his x mark, O-tuck-quen, his x mark, Que-quan, his x mark, Wai-sai-gau, his x mark, O-kee-yau, his x mark, Me-shai-wais, his x mark. In presence of John L. Leib, G. W. Silliman, R. A. Forsyth, James J. Godfroy, Benj. B. Kercheval, Joseph Bertrand, Isaac McCoy, T. T. Smith. C. R. E. E. K. S. I concluded Novemſ. BER 15, 1827—RATIFIED MARCH 4, 1828. I ºffrticles of agreement made and concluded at the Creek agency, on the fifteenth day of JVovember, one thousand eight hundred and twenty-seven, between Thomas L. JMcKenney and John Crowell, in behalf of the United States, of the one part, and Little Prince and others, chief and head men of the Creek nation, of the other part. - Whereas, a treaty of cession was concluded at Washington city in the District of Columbia, by James Barbour, Secretary of War, of the one part, and Opothleoholo, John Stidham, and others, of the other part, and which treaty bears date the twenty- fourth day of January, one thousand eight hundred and twenty- six; and whereas, the object of said treaty being to embrace a cession by the Creek nation, of all the lands owned by them within the chartered limits of Georgia, and it having been the opinion of the parties, at the time when said treaty was concluded, that all, or nearly all, of said lands were embraced in said cession, and by the lines as defined in said treaty, and the supplemental article thereto; and whereas it having been since ascertained that the 41 418 CREEECS, said lines in said treaty, and the supplement thereto, do not em- brace all the lands owned by the Creek nation within the chartered limits of Georgia, and the President of the United States having urged the Creek nation further to extend the limits as defined in the treaty aforesaid, and the chiefs and head men of the Creek nation being desirous of complying with the wish of the President of the United States, therefore, they, the chiefs and head men aforesaid, agree to cede, and they do hereby cede to the United States, all the remaining lands now owned or claimed by the Creek nation, not heretofore ceded, and which, on actual survey, may be found to lie within the chartered limits of the State of Georgia. In consideration whereof, and in full compensation for the above cession, the undersigned, Thomas L. McKenney, and John Cro- well, in behalf of the United States, do hereby agree to pay to the chiefs and head men of the Creek nation aforesaid as soon as may be after the approval and ratification of this agreement, in the usual forms, by the President and Senate of the United States, and its sanction by a council of the Creek nation, to be imme- diately convened for the purpose, or by the subscription of such names, in addition to those subscribed to this instrument, of chiefs and head men of the nation, as shall constitute in the act of the Creek nation—the sum of twenty-seven thousand four hundred and ninety-one dollars. It is further agreed by the parties hereto, in behalf of the United States, to allow, on account of the cession herein made the addi- tional sum of fifteen thousand dollars, it being the understanding of both the parties, that five thousand dollars of this sum shall be applied, under the direction of the President of the United States, towards the education and support of Creek children at the school in Kentucky, known by the title of the “Choctaw Academy,” and under the existing regulations; also, one thousand dollars towards the support of the Withington, and one thousand dollars towards the support of the Asbury stations, so called, both being schools in the Creek nation, and under regulations of the Department of War; two thousand dollars for the erection of four horse mills, to be suitably located under the direction of the President of the United States; one thousand dollars to be applied to the purchase of cards and wheels, for the use of the Creeks, and the remaining five thousand dollars, it is agreed, shall be paid in blankets and other necessary and useful goods, immediately after the signing and delivery of these presents. In witness whereof, the parties have hereunto set their hands and seals, this fifteenth day of November, one thousand eight hundred and twenty-seven. Thomas L. McKenney, L. S. John Crowell, L. S. CREEKS. 419 Little Prince, his x mark, Epau-emathla, his x mark, Timpouchoe Burnard, his x mark, Hathlan Haujo, his x mark, Oke-juoke Yau-holo, his x mark, Cassetaw Micco, his x mark, - In presence of Luther Blake, Secretary, Whitman C. Hill, Andrew Hamill, Thomas Crowell. Whereas, the above articles of agreement and cession were entered into at the Creek agency on the day and date therein mentioned, between the Little Prince, the head man of the nation, and five other chiefs, and Thomas L. McKenney and John Cro- well, commissioners on the part of the United States, for the cession of all the lands owned or claimed by the Creek nation, and not heretofore ceded, and which, on actual survey, may be found to lie within the chartered limits of the State of Georgia, and which said agreement was made subject to the approval and rati- fication by the President and Senate of the United States, and the approval and sanction of the Creek nation, in general council of the said nation. Now, these presents witnesseth, that we, the undersigned, chiefs and head men of the Creek nation in general council con- vened, at Wetumph, the third day of January, one thousand eight hundred and twenty-eight, have agreed and stipulated with John Crowell, commissioner on the part of the United States, for and in consideration of the additional sum of five thousand dollars, to be paid to us in blankets, and other necessary articles of clothing, immediately after the signing and sealing of these presents, to sanction, and by these presents do hereby approve, sanction, and ratify, the abovementioned and foregoing articles of agreement and session. In witness whereof, the parties have hereunto set their hands and seals, the day and date above mentioned. John Crowell, L. s. Arthlau Hayre, his x mark, L. s. BRokº,N ARRow Town. Cowetaw Micco, his x Little Prince, his x mark, L. s. mark, T L. S. Tuskugu, his x mark, * * Halat º º Cotche Hayre, his x mark, L. s. * ta Tustinuggu, his x mark, L. S. CUSETAU Town. Octiatchu Emartla, his x Tukchenaw, his x mark, L. s. mark, L. S. Epi Emartla, his x mark, L. S. Charles Emartla, his x Oakpushu Yoholo, his x mark, L. s. mark, L. S. UCHEE Town. Coweſt Au Town. Timpoeche Barned, his x Neah Thleuco, his x mark, L. s. mark, L. S. 420 CREEKS, Uchee Tustinuggu, his x TUCKABATCHU Town. mark, - L. S. Tustmuggu Thlucco, by William Barnard, his x proº/, L. S. mark, L. S. Micco Paccah, his x mark, L. s. HITCHETEE Town. Neah Emartla, his x mark, L. s. Hitchelu Emarda, his x mark, L. S. Car Emartla, his x mark, L. s. CHE-ANHUN Town. Tuskehemau, his x mark, L. s. Oabe Tustinuggu, his x mark, L. S. Liteff Hargo, his x mark, L. s. TAL LAWA THLucco Town. Micco, his x mark, L. S. Ementla Thlucco, his x mark, L. S. Neah Thlucco, his xmark, L. s. SUoculo Town. John Stedham, his x mark, L. s. Neah Micco, his x mark, L. s. Neah Thlucco Yoholo, his x mark, L. S. UFALA Town. Tushatche Emartla, his x mark, L. S. Tustinuggu Harge, his x mark, L. S. Capitche Tustinuggu, his x mark, L. S. OAKETE-Ac-stuff. Town. Tuskeheneau, his x mark, L. s. HALCHUCHUBB Town. Coosa Micco, his x mark, L. s. Tuskahatche Hayre, his x mark, L. S. WE-Kiwa Town. Charlo Hargo, his x mark, L. s. Hallatta Tustinuggu, his X mark, L. S. Tuckahatche Micco, his x mark, Arcliu Oacne Ementla, his x mark, L. S. L. S. CLEwALLA Town. Tustinuggu Ementla, his x mark, Tuskabachu Fixico, his x mark, L. S. Latla Micco, his x mark, L. S. UPPER EUFALLA Town. Tustinik Cochocone, his x mark, Holatta Fixico, his x mark, L. S. L. S. L. S. OAKPUSKEE Town. Tuskugu Hayo, his x mark, Ementla, his x mark, L. S- L. S. TAL LASEE Town. Chosh Harge, his x mark, L. S. ARCHIEco Town. Hapaie Fixico, his x mark, L. S. Cametau Tuskehenau, his x mark, L. S. TALLESEE HATCHU Town. Oakpuske Yoholo, his x mark, L. S. Latta Hayre, his x mark, L. S. QUAAs ADA Town. Tustinuggu Chopco, his x mark, L. S. Nocosu Ementla, his x mark, L. S. Micco Hayre, his x mark, L. S. TUsixugu Town. Oza Hayo, his x mark, L. s. Osaw Hayo, his x mark, L. - EEL RIVERS. 421 ToMASA Town. CHAw Accol A HATCHU Town. * ~ 1: - Coe E. Hayo, his x mark, L. s. Colitchu Ementla, his x Powas Yohai, his, maſk, L. S. mark, * S. Ema Hayre, his x mark, L. s. In presence of Luther Blake, Secretary, Benjamin Marshall, Intp’rs Andrew Hamill, Paddy Carr, pºrs. Enoch Johnson, Joseph Marshall, Thomas Crowell, John Winslett. E E L R IV E. R. S. [concLUDED FEBRUARY 11, 1828–RATIFIED MAy 7, 1828.] frticles of a treaty made and concluded at the Wyandot village, near the Wabash in the State of Indiana, between John Tipton, com- missioner for that purpose, on the part of the United States, and the chiefs, head men and warriors, of the Eel river, or Thornton party of Miami Indians. ART. 1. The chiefs, head men, and warriors of the Eel river or Thornton party of Miami Indians, agree to cede, and by these pre- sents do cede, and relinquish to the United States all their right, title, and claim to a reservation of land about ten miles square, at their village on Sugartree creek in Indiana, which was reserved to said party by the second article of a treaty between commissioners of the United States and the Miami nation of Indians, made and entered into at St. Mary’s in the State of Ohio, on the sixth day of October, one thousand eight hundred and eighteen. It is understood and agreed on by said Indians, that they will not burn or destroy the houses or fences on said reservation, and that they will leave them in as good condition as they now are; and remove to the five mile reservation on Eel river by the fifteenth day of October next. ART. 2. The commissioner of the United States has delivered to said party of Indians, goods to the value of two thousand dol- lars, in part consideration for the cession herein made; and it is agreed that in case this treaty should be ratified by the President and Senate of the United States, that the United States shall pay said party an additional sum of eight thousand dollars in goods next summer, build twelve log-houses, ten on the five mile reser- vation, and two on the Wabash; clear and fence forty acres of land on the five mile reservation; furnish them one wagon and two yoke of oxen; furnish two hands to work three months in each year for two years; five hundred dollars worth of provisions delivered on the Wabash; furnish them five horses, five saddles, and five bridles. Provided, however, that if this treaty should not be ratified by the President and Senate of the United States, that said party agree 422 EEL RIVERS. to pay for the goods this day received, two thousand dollars, to be deducted from their annuity for this present year. ART. 3. At the request of the Indians, and in part consideration for the cession aforesaid, the United States agree to pay to Peter Langlois, one thousand dollars in silver, and three thousand dol. lars in goods next summer, for provisions and goods heretofore delivered to said party. ART. 4. The United States agree to appropriate one thousand dollars per year for five years, and longer if Congress think proper, to be applied under the direction of the President, to the education of the youths of the Miami nation. ART. 5. It is distinctly understood and agreed on by and between the contracting parties, that the President and Senate may, if they think proper, modify or expunge from this treaty, the fourth article, without affecting any other of its provisions. ART. 6. This treaty, after the same shall be ratified by the Pre- sident and Senate of the United States, shall be binding on the contracting parties. In testimony whereof, the said John Tipton, commissioner as aforesaid on the part of the United States, and the chiefs, head men, and warriors, of said party, have hereunto set their hand and seals at the Wyandot village, near the Wabash, this ele. venth day of February, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and twenty-eight. John Tipton, Commissioner. Ne go ta kaup wa; his x mark, Shaw po to seaw, his x mark, Ntah koke aw, his x mark, Aw wavy no zaw, his x mark, Kaw koaw ma kau to aw, his x mark, Aw sawn zaw gaw, his x mark, Shin go aw Zaw, his x mark, Oh zau ke at tau, his x mark, Waw paw ko seaw, his x mark, Mack kon zaw, his x mark, Manje ne kiah, his x mark, Naw wavy pawm awn daw, his x mark, Neah law naun daw, his x mark, Ke pah naw mo aw, his x mark, Ke we kau law, his x mark, Pierrish Constant, his x mark, Aw wavn saw peau, his x mark, ATTEST: Walter Wilson, Secre- Saml. Hanna, tary to the Commissioner, Allen Hamilton, J. B. Duret, Jordan Vigus, Joseph Barron, Pierre Langly, J. B. Boure, ! Interpreters, Joseph Holman. Calvin Fletcher, CHEROKEES, 423 CHE ROKE ES. I concLUDED MAY 6, 1828–RATIFIED MAY 28, 1828. 1 ſlrticles of a convention concluded at the city of Washington this sirth day of May, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and twenty-eight, between James Barbour, Secretary of War, being especially authorized therefor by the President of the United States, and the undersigned chiefs and head men of the Cherokee nation of Indians, west of the JMississippi, they being duly authorized and empowered by their nation. Whereas, it being the anxious desire of the government of the United States to secure to the Cherokee nation of Indians, as well those now living within the limits of the territory of Arkansas, as those of their friends and brothers who reside in States east of the Mississippi, and who may wish to join their brothers of the west, a permanent home, and which shall, under the most solemn guaran- tee of the United States, be and remain theirs forever—a home that shall never, in all future time, be embarrassed by having ex- tended around it the lines, or placed over it the jurisdiction of a territory or State, nor be pressed upon by the extension, in any way, of any of the limits of any existing territory or State; and, whereas, the present location of the Cherokees in Arkansas being unfavorable to their present repose, and tending, as the past demonstrates, to their future degradation and misery; and the Cherokees being anxious to avoid such consequences, and yet not questioning their right to their lands in Arkansas, as secured to them by treaty, and resting also upon the pledges given them by the President of the United States, and the Secretary of War, of March, 1818, and 8th October, 1821, in regard to the outlet to the west, and as may be seen on referring to the records of the War Department, still being anxious to secure a permanent home, and to free themselves and their posterity from an embarrassing connexion with the territory of Arkansas, and guard themselves from such connexions in future; and, whereas, it being important not to the Cherokees only, but also to the Choctaws, and in regard also to the question which may be agitated in the future respecting the location of the latter, as well as the former, within the limits of the territory or State of Arkansas, as the case may be, and their removal therefrom ; and to avoid the cost which may attend nego- tiations to rid the territory or State of Arkansas whenever it may become a State, of either, or both of those tribes, the parties hereto do hereby conclude the following articles, viz: ART. 1. The western boundary of Arkansas shall be, and the same is hereby defined, viz: A line shall be run, commencing on 424 CHEROKE ES. Red river, at the point where the eastern Choctaw line strikes said river, and run due north with said line to the river Arkansas, thence in a direct line to the southwest corner of Missouri. ART. 2. The United States agree to possess the Cherokees, and to guarantee it to them forever, and that guarantee is hereby so- lemnly pledged, of seven millions of acres of land, to be bounded as follows, viz: Commencing at that point on Arkansas river, where the eastern Choctaw boundary line strikes said river, and running thence with the western line of Arkansas, as defined in the foregoing article, to the southwest corner of Missouri, and thence with the western boundary line of Missouri till it crosses the waters of Neasho, generally called Grand river, thence due west to a point from which a due south course will strike the pre- sent northwest corner of Arkansas territory, thence continuing due south, on and with the present western boundary line of the terri- tory to the main branch of Arkansas river, thence down said river to its junction with the Canadian river, and thence up and between the said rivers Arkansas and Canadian, to a point at which a line running north and south from river to river, will give the aforesaid seven millions of acres. In addition to the seven millions of acres thus provided for and bounded, the United States further guarantee to the Cherokee nation a perpetual outlet, west, and a free and unmolested use of all the country lying west of the western boundary of the above described limits, and as far west as the sovereignty of the United States, and their right of soil extend. ART. 3. The United States agree to have the lines of the above cession run without delay, say not later than the first of October next, and to remove immediately after the running of the eastern line from the Arkansas river to the southwest corner of Missouri, all white persons from the west to the east of said line, and also all others, should there be any there, who may be unacceptable to the Cherokees, so that no obstacles arising out of the presence of a white population, or a population of any other sort, shall exist to annoy the Cherokees—and also to keep all such from the west of said line in future. ART. 4. The United States moreover agree to appoint suitable persons whose duty it shall be, in conjunction with the agent, to value all such improvements as the Cherokees may abandon in their removal from their present homes to the district of country as ceded in the second article of this agreement, and to pay for the same immediately after the assessment is made, and the amount ascertained. It is further agreed that the property and improve- ments connected with the agency, shall be sold under the direction of the agent, and the proceeds of the same applied to aid in the erection, in the country to which the Cherokees are going, of a grist and saw mill for their use. The aforesaid property and improvements are thus defined: Commence at the Arkansas river opposite William Stinnett’s, and run due north one mile, thence CHEROREES. 425 due east to a point from which a due south line to the Arkansas river would include the Chalybeate, or Mineral Spring, attached to or near the present residence of the agent, and thence up said river (Arkansas) to the place of beginning. ART. 5. It is further agreed that the United States, in conside- ration of the inconvenience and trouble attending the removal, and on account of the reduced value of a great portion of the lands herein ceded to the Cherokees, as compared with that of those in Arkansas which were made theirs by the treaty of 1817, and con- vention of 1819, will pay to the Cherokees, immediately after their removal, which shall be within fourteen months of the date of this agreement, the sum of fifty thousand dollars; also an annuity for three years, of two thousand dollars, towards defraying the cost and trouble which may attend upon going after and recovering their stock which may stray into the territory in quest of the pastures from which they may be driven—also, eight thousand seven hun- dred and sixty dollars, for spoliations committed on them, (the Cherokees,) which sum will be in full of all demands of the kind up this date, as well those against the Osages, as those against citizens of the United States; this being the amount of the claims for said spoliations, as rendered by the Cherokees, and which are believed to be correctly and fairly stated. Also, one thousand two hundred dollars for the use of Thomas Graves, a Cherokee chief, for losses sustained in his property, and for personal suffer- ing endured by him when confined as a prisoner, on a criminal, but false accusation; also, five hundred dollars for the use of George Guess, another Cherokee, for the great benefits he has conferred upon the Cherokee people, in the beneficial results which they are now experiencing from the use of the alphabet discovered by him, to whom also in consideration of his relinquishing a valua- ble saline, the privilege is hereby given to locate and occupy another saline on Lee's creek. It is further agreed by the United States, to pay two thousand dollars annually to the Cherokees for ten years, to be expended under the direction of the President of the United States in the education of their children, in their own country, in letters and the mechanic arts; also, one thousand dollars towards the purchase of a printing press and types to aid the Cherokees in the progress of education, and to benefit and enlighten them as a people, in their own and our language. It is agreed further, that the expense incurred other than that paid by the United States in the erection of the buildings and improve- ments, so far as that may have been paid by the benevolent society who have been, and yet are, engaged in instructing the Cherokee children, shall be paid to the society, it being the understanding that the amount shall be expended in the erection of other buildings and improvements for like purposes, in the country herein ceded to the Cherokees. The United States relinquish their claim due 426 CHEROKEES. by the Cherokees to the late United States factory, provided the same does not exceed three thousand five hundred dollars. ART. 6. It is moreover agreed, by the United States, whenever the Cherokees may desire it, to give them a set of plain laws, suited to their condition—also, when they may wish to lay of their lands, and own them individually, a surveyor shall be sent to make the surveys at the cost of the United States. ART. 7. The chiefs and head men of the Cherokee nation afore- said, for and in consideration of the foregoing stipulations and provisions, do hereby agree, in the name and behalf of their nation, to give up, and they do hereby surrender, to the United States, and agree to leave the same within fourteen months, as hereinbefore stipulated, all the lands to which they are entitled in Arkansas, and which were secured to them by the treaty of 8th January, 1817, and the convention of the 27th February, 1819. ART. 8. The Cherokee nation, west of the Mississippi, having, by this agreement, freed themselves from the harassing and ruinous effects consequent upon a location amidst a white population, and secured to themselves and their posterity, under the solemn sanc- tion of the guarantee of the United States as contained in this agreement, a large extent of unembarrassed country; and that their brothers yet remaining in the States may be induced to join them and enjoy the repose and blessings of such a state in the future, it is further agreed, on the part of the United States, that to each head of a Cherokee family now residing within the char- tered limits of Georgia, or of either of the States, east of the Mississippi, who may desire to remove west, shall be given, on enrolling himself for emigration, a good rifle, a blanket, and kettle, and five pounds of tobacco; (and to each member of his family one blanket,) also, a just compensation for the property he may abandon, to be assessed by persons to be appointed by the President of the United States. The cost of the emigration of all such shall also be borne by the United States, and good and suitable ways opened, and provisions procured for their comfort, accommodation, and support, by the way, and provisions for twelve months after their arrival at the agency; and to each person, or head of a family, if he take along with him four persons, shall be paid immediately on his arriving at the agency and reporting himself and his family, or followers, as emigrants and permanent settlers, in addition to the above, provided he and they shall have emigrated from within the chartered limits of the State of Georgia, the sum of fifty dollars, and this sum in proportion to any greater or less number that may accompany him from within the aforesaid char- tered limits of the State of Georgia. ART. 9. It is understood and agreed by the parties to this con- vention, that a tract of land, two miles wide and six miles long, shall be, and the same is hereby, reserved for the use and benefit of the United States, for the accommodation of the military force CHEROKEES. 427 which is now, or which may hereafter be, stationed at fort Gibson, on the Neasho, or Grand river, to commence on said river half a mile below the aforesaid fort, and to run thence due east two miles, thence northwardly six miles, to a point which shall be two miles distant from the river aforesaid, thence due west to the said river, and down it to the place of beginning. And the Cherokees agree that the United States shall have and possess the right of estab- lishing a road through their country for the purpose of having a free and unmolested way to and from said fort. ART, 10. It is agreed that Captain James Rogers, in considera- tion of his having lost a horse in the service of the United States, and for services rendered by him to the United States, shall be paid, in full for the above, and all other claims for losses and ser- vices, the sum of five hundred dollars. ART, 11. This treaty to be binding on the contracting parties so soon as it is ratified by the President of the United States, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate. Done at the place, and on the day and year above written. James Barbour, L. S. CHIEFS OF THE DE LEGATION : Black Fox, his x mark, Thomas Graves, his x mark, George Guess" Thomas Maw,” George Marvis,” John Looney,” John Rogers, J. W. Flawey, Counsellor of Del. WITNESSES : Thos. L. McKenney, D. Brown, Secretary Cherokee James Rogers, Interpreter, Delegation, D. Kurtz, Pierye Pierya, H. Miller, E. W. Duval, U. S. Jägent, &c. Thomas Murray, Ratified with the following proviso: “Provided, nevertheless, that the said convention shall not be so construed as to extend the northern boundary of the “perpetual outlet west,” provided for and guaranteed in the second article of said convention, north of the thirty-sixth degree of north latitude, or so as to interfere with the lands assigned, or to be assigned, west of the Mississippi river, to the Creek Indians who have emigrated, or may emigrate, from the States of Georgia and Alabama, under the provisions of any treaty or treaties heretofore *Written by the signers in their language, and in the characters now in use among them, as discovered by George Guess. 428 CHEROKEES. concluded between the United States and the Creek tribe of In- dians; and provided further, That nothing in the said convention shall be construed to cede or assign to the Cherokees any lands heretofore ceded or assigned to any tribe or tribes of Indians, by any treaty now existing and in force, with any such tribe or tribes.” DEPARTMENT of WAR, 31st May, 1828. To the Hon. HENRy CLAy, Secretary of State : SIR: I have the honor to transmit, here with, the acceptance of the terms, by the Cherokees, upon which the recent convention with them was ratified. You will have the goodness to cause the same to be attached to the treaty, and published with it. I have the honor to be, very resectfully, your obedient servant, SAM’L. L. SOUTHARD. Council. Roomſ, WILLIAMson’s HoTEL, Washington, May 31st, 1828. To the SECRETARY or WAR, Washington City: SIR. The undersigned, chiefs of the Cherokee nation, west of the Mississippi, for and in behalf of said nation, hereby agree to, and accept of, the terms upon which the Senate of the United States ratified the convention, concluded at Washington on the sixth day of May, 1828, between the United States and said nation. In testimony whereof, they hereunto subscribe their names and affix their seals. Thomas Graves, his x mark, George Maw, his x mark, George Guess, his x mark, Thomas Marvis, his x mark, John Rogers, Signed and sealed in the presence of Thomas Murray, E. W. Duval, U. S. Jägent, &c. James Rogers, Interpreter, WINNEBAGOES, POTAWATAMIES, ETC. 429 WIN N E B A G O ES, POTA. W. A. T A M IES, ETC. [concLUDED AUGUST 25, 1828–RATIFIED JANUARY 7, 1829.] The Government of the United States having appointed Com- missioners to treat with the Sac, Fox, Winnebago, Potawatamie, Ottawa, and Chippewa tribes of Indians, for the purpose of ex- tinguishing their title to land within the State of Illinois, and the Territory of Michigan, situated between the Illinois river and the lead mines on Fever river, and in the vicinity of said lead mines, and for other purposes; and it having been found impracticable, in consequence of the lateness of the period when the instructions, were issued, the extent of the country occupied by the Indians, and their dispersed situation, to convene them in sufficient numbers to justify a cession of land on their part; and the chiefs of the Win- nebago tribe, and of the united tribes of the Potawatamies, Chip- pewas, and Ottawas, assembled at Green bay, having declined at this time to make the desired cession, the following temporary ar- rangement, subject to the ratification of the President and Senate of the United States, has this day been made, between Lewis Cass and Pierre Menard, Commissioners of the United States, and the said Winnebago tribe, and the united tribes of Potawatamie, Chip- pewa, and Ottawa, Indians, in order to remove the difficulties which have arisen in consequence of the occupation, by white persons, of that part of the mining country which has not been heretofore ceded to the United States. ART. 1. It is agreed that the following shall be the provisional boundary between the lands of the United States and those of the said Indians: The Ouisconsin river, from its mouth to its nearest approach to the Blue Mounds; thence southerly, passing east of the said mounds, to the head of that branch of the Pocatolaka Creek which runs near the Spotted Arm’s village; thence with the said branch to the main forks of Pocatolaka creek; thence south- easterly, to the ridge dividing the Winnebago country from that of the Potawatamie, Chippewa, and Ottawa tribes; thence southerly, with the said ridge, to the line running from Chicago to the Mis- sissippi, near Rock island. And it is fully understood, that the United States may freely occupy the country between these boun- daries and the Mississippi river, until a treaty shall be held with the Indians for its cession; which treaty, it is presumed, will be held in the year 1829. But it is expressly understood and agreed, that if any white persons shall cross the line herein described, and pass into the Indian country, for the purpose of mining, or for any other purpose whatever, the Indians shall not interfere with nor molest such persons, but that the proper measures for their removal shall be referred to the President of the United States. In the mean time, however, it is agreed, that any just compensation to 430 WINNEBAGOES, POTAWATAMIES, ETC. which the Indians may be entitled for any injuries committed by white persons on the Indian side of the said line, shall be paid to the said Indians at the time such treaty may be held. It is also agreed by the Indians that a ferry may be established over the Rock river, where the fort Clark road crosses the same ; and, also, a ferry over the same river at the crossing of the Lewiston road. ART. 2. The United States agree to pay to the Winnebago, Potawatamie, Chippewa, and Ottawa Indians, the sum of twenty thousand dollars, in goods, at the time and place when and where the said treaty may be held; which said sum shall be equitably divided between the said tribes, and shall be in full compensation for all the injuries and damages sustained by them, in consequence of the occupation of any part of the mining country by white per- sons, from the commencement of such occupation until the said treaty shall be held. Excepting, however, such compensation as the Indians may be entitled to, for any injuries hereafter committed on their side of the line hereby established. In testimony whereof, the said commissioners and the chiefs of the said tribes have hereunto set their hands at Green bay, in the territory of Michigan, this 25th day of August, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and twenty-eight. Lewis Cass, Pierre Menard. WINNEBAGOES. Nan-kaw, or wood, his x mark, Hoan-kaw, or chief, his x mark, Hoo-waun-ee-kaw, or little elk, his x mark, Tshay-ro-tshoan-kaw, or smoker, his x mark, Haump-ee-man-ne-kaw, or he who walks by day, his x mark, Hoo-tshoap-kaw, or four legs, his x mark, Morah-tshay-kaw, or little priest, his x mark, Kau-ree-kau-saw-kaw, or white crow, his x mark, Wau-kaun-haw-kaw, or snake skin, his x mark, Man-ah-kee-tshump-kaw, or spotted arm, his x mark, Wee-no-she-kaw, his x mark, Tshaw-wan-shap-shootsh-kaw, his x mark, Hoo-tshoap-kaw, or four legs, (senior) his x mark, Nau-soo-ray-risk-kaw, his x mark, Shoank-tshunsk-kaw, or black wolf, his x mark, Wau-tshe-roo-kun-ah-kaw, or he who is master of the lodge, his x mark, Kay-rah-tsho-kaw, or clear weather, his x mark, Hay-ro-kaw-kaw, or he without horns, his x mark, Wau-kaum-kam, or snake, his x mark, Kan-kaw-saw-kaw, his x mark, Man-kay-ray-kau, or spotted earth, his x mark, Thaun-wan-kaw, or wild cat, his x mark, POTAWATAMIES. 431 Span-you-kaw, or Spaniard, his x mark, Shoank-skaw-kaw, or white dog, his x mark, Nee-hoo-kaw, or whirlpool, his x mark, Nath-kay-saw-kaw, or fierce heart, his x mark, Wheank-kaw, or duck, his x mark, Saw-waugh-kee-wau, or he that leaves the yellow track, his x mark, Sin-a-gee-wen, or ripple, his x mark, Shush-que-nau, his x mark, Sa-gin-nai-nee-pee, his x mark, Nun-que-wee-bee, or thunder sitting, his x mark, 0-bwa-gunn, or thunder turn back, his x mark, Tusk-que-gun, or last feather, his x mark, Maun-gee-zik, or big foot, his x mark, Way-meek-see-goo, orwampum, his x mark, Meeks-zoo, his x mark, Pay-mau-bee-mee, or him that looks over, his x mark. Witnesses present: W. B. Lee, Secretary, C. Chouteau, H. J. B. Brevoort, U. S. Indian Peter Menard, jun., Indian Sub- ſigent, Jägent, R. A. Forsyth, Henry Gratiot, Jno. H. Kinzie, Pierre Paquet, Winnebago In- John Marsh, terpreter, E. A. Brush, J. Ogee, Potawatamie Interpre- G. W. Silliman, ter. POT AWAT AMIES. [concLUDED sº PTEMBER 20, 1828–RATIFIED JANUARY 7, 1829. I ſlrticles of a treaty made and concluded at the Missionary estab- lishment upon the St. Joseph, of Lake Michigan, in the Territory ºf Michigan, this 20th day of September, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and twenty-eight, between Lewis Cass and Pierre Menard, commissioners on the part of the United States and the Potawatamie tribe of Indians. ART. 1. The Potawatamie tribe of Indians cede to the United States the tract of land included within the following boundaries: 1st. Beginning at the mouth of the St. Joseph, of lake Michigan, and thence running up the said river to a point on the same river, halfway between La-vache-qui-pisse and Macousin village; thence in a direct line, to the nineteenth mile tree, on the northern boun- dary line of the State of Indiana; thence with the same west to lake Michigan; and thence with the shore of the said lake, to the place of beginning. 432 POTAWATAMIES, 2d. Beginning at a point on the line run in 1817, due east from the southern extreme of lake Michigan, which point is due south from the head of the most easterly branch of the Kankekee river, and from that point running south ten miles; thence in a direct line, to the northeast corner of Flatbelly’s reservation; thence to the northwest corner of the reservation at Seek’s village; thence with the lines of the said reservation and of former cessions, to the line between the States of Indiana and Ohio; thence with the same to the former described line, running due east from the southern extreme of lake Michigan; and thence with the said line, to the place of beginning. ART. 2. In consideration of the cessions aforesaid, there shall be paid to the said tribe an additional permanent annuity of two thou- sand dollars; and also an additional annuity of one thousand dollars for the term of twenty years; goods to the value of thirty thousand dollars shall be given to the said tribe, either imme- diately after signing this treaty, or as soon thereafter as they can be procured; an additional sum of ten thousand dollars in goods, and another of five thousand dollars in specie shall be paid to them in the year 1829. The sum of seven thousand five hundred dollars shall be ex- pended for the said tribe, under the direction of the President of the United States, in clearing and fencing land, erecting houses, purchasing domestic animals and farming utensils, and in the support of laborers to work for them. Two thousand pounds of tobacco, fifteen hundred weight of iron, and three hundred and fifty pounds of steel, shall be annually delivered to them. One thousand dollars per annum shall be applied for the pur- poses of education, as long as Congress may think the appropria- tion may be useful. One hundred dollars in goods shall be annually paid to To- pen-i-be, the principal chief of the said tribe, during his natural life. The blacksmith, stipulated by the treaty of Chicago to be provided for the term of fifteen years, shall be permanently sup- ported by the United States. - Three laborers shall be provided during four months of the year, for ten years, to work for the band living upon the reservation south of the St. Joseph. ART. 3. There shall be granted to the following persons, all of whom are Indians by descent, the tracts of land hereafter men- tioned, which shall be located upon the second cession above described, where the President of the United States may direct, after the country may be surveyed, and to correspond with the surveys, provided that no location shall be made upon the Elk- heart prairie, nor within five miles of the same; nor shall the tracts there granted be conveyed by the grantees, without the consent of the President of the United States. POTAWATAMIES. 433 To Sah-ne-mo-quay, wife of Jean B. Dutrist, one half section of land. To Way-pe-nah-te-mo-quay, wife of Thomas Robb, one half section of land. - To Me-no-ka-mick-quay, wife of Edward McCarty, one half section of land. To Ship-pe-shick-quay, wife of James Wyman, one half section of land. - To Assapo, wife of Antoine Gamlin, one half section of land. To Moahquay, wife of Richard Chabert, one half section of land. l To Me-shaw-ke-to-quay, wife of George Cicot, two sections of land. To Mary Prejean, wife of Louis St. Combe, one section of land. | To To-pe-naw-koung, wife of Peter Langlois, one section of and. To Au-bee-man-bee, a Potawatamie chief, two sections of land. To Me-che-hee, wife of Charles Minie, a half section of land. To Louison, a Potawatamie, a reservation of one section, to in- clude his house and cornfield. l To Kes-he-wa-quay, wife of Pierre F. Navarre, one section of and. To Benac, a Potawatamie, one section of land. To Pe-pene-way, a chief, one section of land. To Pierre Le Clair, one section of land. To Joseph Barron, a white man who has long lived with the Indians, and to whom they are much attached, two sections of land; but the rejection of this grant is not to affect any other part of the treaty. - To Betsey Ducharme, one half section of land. The section of land granted by the treaty of Chicago to Nancy Burnett, now Nancy Davis, shall be purchased by the United States, if the same can be done for the sum of one thousand dollars. To Madeleine Bertrand, wife of Joseph Bertrand, one section of land. - ART. 4. The sum of ten thousand eight hundred and ninety-five dollars shall be applied to the payments of certain claims against the Indians, agreeably to a schedule of the said claims hereunto annexed. ART. 5. Circumstances rendering it probable that the missionary establishment now located upon the St. Joseph, may be compelled to remove west of the Mississippi, it is agreed that when they remove, the value of their buildings and other improvements shall be estimated, and the amount paid by the United States. But, as the location is upon the Indian reservation, the commissioners are unwilling to assume the responsibility of making this provision absolute, and therefore its rejection is not to affect any other part of the treaty. ART. 6. This treaty shall be obligatory, after the same has been ratified by the President and Senate of the United States. 42 434 POTAWATAMIES. In testimony whereof, the commissioners, and the chiefs and warriors of the said tribe have hereunto set their hands, at the place and upon the day aforesaid. Lewis Cass, Pierre Menard, To-pen-e-bee, his x mark, A-bee-na-bee, his x mark, Po-ka-gon, his x mark, Ship-she-wa-non, his x mark, Quai-quai-ta, his x mark, Mixs-a-be, his x mark, Mo-sack, his x mark, Wa-ban-see, his x mark, Pe-man-shies, his x mark, Mish-ko-see, his x mark, Moran, his x mark, Shaw-wa-nam-see, his x mark, Mank-see, his x mark, Shee-qua, his x mark, Ash-kum, his x mark, Louison, his x mark, Che-chalk-koos, his x mark, Pee-pee-nai-wa, his x mark, Moc-conse, his x mark, Kaush-quaw, his x mark, Sko-mans, his x mark, Au-tiss, his x mark, Me-non-quet, his x mark, Sack-a-mans, his x mark, Kin-ne-kose, his x mark, No-shai-e-quon, his x mark, Pe-tee-nans, his x mark, Jo-saih, his x mark, Mo-teille, his x mark, Wa-pee-kai-non, his x mark, Pack-quin, his x mark, Pash-po-oo, his x mark, Mans-kee-os, his x mark, Wash-e-on-ause, his x mark, Pee-shee-wai, his x mark, O-kee-au, his x mark, Nau-kee-o-nuck, his x mark, Me-she-ken-ho, his x mark, Non-ai, his x mark, Wa-shais-skuck, his x mark, Pai-que-sha-bai, his x mark, Mix-a-mans, his x mark, Me-tai-was, his x mark, Mis-qua-buck, his x mark, A-bee-tu-que-zuck, his x mark, Kee-ai-so-qua, his x mark, A-bee-tai-que-zuck, his x mark, Wau-shus-kee-zuck, his xmark, Kee-kee-wee-nus-ka,his xmark, Nichee-poo-sick, his x mark, Wa-Sai-ka, his x mark, Mee-quen, his x mark, Num-quai-twa, his x mark, Mee-kee-sis, his x mark, Sans-gen-ai, his x mark, Wish-kai, his x mark, She-she-gon, his x mark, Pee-pee-au, his x mark, O-tuck-quin, his x mark, Moo-koos, his x mark, Louison, his x mark, Pchee-koo, his x mark, Sha-wai-no-kuck, his x mark, Zo-zai, his x mark, Wai-za-we-shuck, his x mark, Me-chee-pee-nai-she-insh, his x mark, Com-o-zoo, his x mark, Je-bause, his x mark, Le Boeuf, his x mark. After the signature of the treaty, and at the request of the Indians, it was agreed, that of the ten thousand dollars stipulated to be delivered in goods, in 1829, three thousand dollars shall be delivered immediately, leaving seven thousand dollars in goods to be delivered in 1829. The reservation of Pe. Langlois’ wife to be located upon the north side of Eel river, between Peerish village and Louison's reservation. CHIPPEWAS, OTTAWAS, ETC. 435 The reservation of Betsey Ducharme to be located at Louison’s run. Lewis Cass, Pierre Menard. Ratified, with the exception of the following paragraph in the third article: “To Joseph Barron, a white man, who has long lived with the Indians, and to whom they are much attached, two sections of land; but the rejection of this grant is not to affect any other part of the treaty.” Signed in the presence of Alex, Wolcott, Indian Agent, D. G. Jones, John Tipton, Indian Agent, Walter Wilson, Major General Charles Noble, Sec, to Com’rs. Indiana Militia, A. Edwards, President of the Calvin Britain, Legislative Council, E. Reed. R. A. Forsyth, CHIPPEWAS, OTTAWAS, AND POTAWATAMIES. [concLUDED JULY 29, 1829–RATIFIED JANUARY 2, 1830. I ºlrticles of a treaty made and concluded at Prairie du Chien, in the territory of Michigan, between the United States of America, by their commissioners, general John McNeil, colonel Pierre Menard, and Caleb Atwater, Esq., and the united nations of Chippewa, Ottawa, and Potawatamie Indians, of the waters of the Illinois, Milwaukee, and Manitoouck rivers. ART. 1. The aforesaid nations of Chippewa, Ottawa, and Pota- watamie Indians, do hereby cede to the United States aforesaid, all the lands comprehended within the following limits, to wit: Beginning at the Winnebago village, on Rock river, forty miles from its mouth, and running thence down the Rock river, to a line which runs due west from the most southern bend of lake Michi- gan to the Mississippi river, and with that line to the Mississippi river opposite to Rock Island; thence up that river, to the United States reservation at the mouth of the Ouisconsin; thence with the south and east lines of said reservation, to the Guisconsin river; thence southerly, passing the heads of the small streams emptying into the Mississippi, to the Rock river aforesaid, at the Winne- bago village, the place of beginning. And also, one other tract of land, described as follows, to wit: Beginning on the western shore of lake Michigan, at the northeast corner of the field of An- toine Ouitmette, who lives near Gross Pointe, about twelve miles north of Chicago; thence running due west, to the Rock river aforesaid; thence down the said river, to where a line drawn due west from the most southern bend of lake Michigan crosses said river; thence east along said line, to the Fox river of the Illinois; 436 CHIPPEWAS, OTTAWAS, ETC. thence along the northwestern boundary line of the cession of 1816, to lake Michigan; thence northwardly along the western shore of said lake, to the place of beginning. ART. 2. In consideration of the aforesaid cessions of land, the United States aforesaid agree to pay to the aforesaid nations of Indians the sum of sixteen thousand dollars annually, forever, in specie: said sum to be paid at Chicago. And the said United States further agree to cause to be delivered to said nations of Indians, in the month of October next, twelve thousand dollars' worth of goods as a present. And it is further agreed to deliver to said Indians at Chicago, fifty barrels of salt annually, forever; and further, the United States agree to make permanent, for the use of the said Indians, the blacksmith’s establishment at Chicago. ART. 3. From the cessions aforesaid there shall be reserved for the use of the undernamed chiefs and their bands, the following tracts of land, viz: For Wau-pon-eh-see, five sections of land at the Grand Bois, on Fox river of the Illinois, where Shaylee’s village now stands. For Shab-eh-nay, two sections at his village, near the Paw-paw grove. For Awm-kote, four sections at the village of Saw-meh- maug, on the Fox river of the Illinois. ART. 4. There shall be granted by the United States to each of the following persons, (being descendants from Indians,) the following tracts of land, viz: To Claude Laframboise, one section of land on the riviere aux Pleins, adjoining the line of the purchase of 1816. To François Bourbonné, Jr., one section at the missionary establishment, on the Fox river of the Illinois. To Alexander Robinson, for himself and children, two sections on the riviere aux Pleins, above and adjoining the tract herein granted to Claude Laframboise. To Pierre Leclerc, one section at the village of the As-sim-in-eh-Kon, or Paw-paw grove. To Waish-kee-Shaw, a Potawatamie woman, wife of David Laughton, and to her child, one and a half sections at the old village of Nay-ou-Say, at or near the source of the riviere aux Sables of the Illinois. To Billy Cald. well, two and a half sections on the Chicago river, above and adjoining the line of the purchase of 1816. To Victoire Pothier, one half section on the Chicago river, above and adjoining the tract of land herein granted to Billy Caldwell. To Jane Miranda, one quarter section on the Chicago river, above and adjoining the tract herein granted to Victoire Pothier. To Madeline, a Pota. watamie woman, wife of Joseph Ogee, one section west of and adjoining the tract herein granted to Pierre Leclerc, at the Paw- paw grove. To Archange Ouilmette, a Potawatamie woman, wife of Antoine Ouilmette, two sections for herself and her chil. dren, on lake Michigan, south of and adjoining the northern boundary of the cession herein made by the Indians aforesaid to the United States. To Antoine and Frangois Leclerc, one section CHIPPEWAS, OTTAWAS, ETC. 437 each, lying on the Mississippi river, north of and adjoining the line drawn due west from the most southern bend of lake Michigan, where said line strikes the Mississippi river. To Mo-ah-way, one quarter section on the north side of and adjoining the tract herein granted to Waish-kee-Shaw. The tracts of land herein stipu- lated to be granted, shall never be leased or conveyed by the grantees, or their heirs, to any person whatever, without the per- mission of the President of the United States. ART. 5. The United States, at the request of the Indians afore- said, further agree to pay to the persons named in the schedule annexed to this treaty, the sum of eleven thousand six hundred and one dollars; which sum is in full satisfaction of the claims brought by said persons against said Indians, and by them ac- knowledged to be justly due. ART. 6. And it is further agreed, that the United States shall, at their own expense, cause to be surveyed, the northern boundary line of the cession herein made, from lake Michigan to the Rock river, as soon as practicable after the ratification of this treaty, and shall also cause good and sufficient marks and mounds to be estab- lished on said line. ART. 7. The right to hunt on the lands herein ceded, so long as the same shall remain the property of the United States, is hereby secured to the nations who are parties to this treaty. ART. 8. This treaty shall take effect and be obligatory on the contracting parties, as soon as the same shall be ratified by the President of the United States, by and with the advice and con- sent of the Senate thereof. In testimony whereof, the said John McNiel, Pierre Menard, and Caleb Atwater, commissioners as aforesaid, and the chiefs and warriors of the said Chippewa, Ottawa, and Potawa- tamie nations, have hereunto set their hands and seals, at Prairie du Chein, as aforesaid, this twenty-ninth day of July, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and twen- ty-nine. John McNiel, Pierre Menard, Comm’rs. Caleb Atwater, Sin-eh-pay-nim, his x mark, Kawb-suk-we, his x mark, Wau-pon-eh-see, his x mark, Naw-geh-say, his x mark, Shaw-a-nay-see, his x mark, Naw-geh-to-nuk, his x mark, Meek-say-mauk, his x mark, Kaw-gaw-gay-shee, his x mark, Maw-geh-set, his x mark, Meck-eh-so, his x mark, Awn-kote, his x mark, 4.38 CHIPPEWAS OTTAWAS, ETC Shuk-eh-nay-buk, his x mark, Sho-men, his x mark, Nay-a-mush, his x mark, Pat-eh-ko-zuk, his x mark, Mash-kak-suk, his x mark, Pooh-kin-eh-naw, his x mark, Waw-kay-zo, his x mark, Sou-ka-mock, his x mark, Chee-chee-pin-quay, his x mark, Man-eh-bo-zo, his x mark, Shah-way-ne-be-nay, his x mark, Kaw-kee, his x mark, To-rum, his x mark, Nah-yah-to-shuk, his x mark, Mee-chee kee-wis, his x mark, ES-kaw-bey-wis, his x mark, Wau-pay-kay, his x mark, Michel, his x mark, Nee-kon-gum, his x mark, Mes-quaw-be-no-quay, her x mark, Pe-i-tum, her x mark, Kay-wau, her x mark, Wau-kaw-ou-say, her x mark, Shem-naw, her x mark. In presence of Charles Hempstead, Sec. to the Com. Alex. Wolcott, Indian Agent, Jos. M. Street, Indian Jägent, Thomas Forsyth, Indian Agent, Z. Taylor, Lt. Col. U. S. Army, John H. Kinzie, Sub. Agent In- dian Affairs, R. B. Mason, Capt. 1st. Inf. John Garland, Maj. U. S. Army, H. Dodge, A. Hill, Henry Gratiot, Richard Gentry, John Messersmith, Wm. P. Smith, C. Chouteau, James Turney, Jesse Benton, Jr., J. L. Bogardus, Antoine Le Claire, End. Interp- Jon. W. B. Mette, Ind. Interp- Sogee, John W. Johnson. WINNEBA GOES. 439 W IN N E B A G O E S. [concluded AUGUST 1, 1829–RATIFIED" JANUARY 2, 1830. ºffrticles of a treaty made and concluded at the village of Prairie du Chien, JMichigan Territory, on this first day of August, in the year one thousand eight hundred and twenty-nine, between the United States of America, by their commissioners, General John M’Neil, Colonel Pierre Menard, and Caleb Atwater, Esq., for and on behalf of said States, of the one part, and the nation of Winnebago Indians of the other part. º ART. 1. The said Winnebago nation hereby forever cede and relinquish to the said United States all their right, title, and claim, to the lands and country contained in the following limits and boundaries, to wit: beginning on Rock river, at the mouth of the Pee-kee-tau-no or Pee-kee-tol-a-ka, a branch thereof; thence, up the Pee-kee-tol-a-ka, to the mouth of Sugar creek; thence, up the said creek, to the source of the eastern branch thereof; thence, by a line running due north, to the road leading from the eastern blue mound, by the most northern of the four lakes, to the portage of the Wisconsin and Fox rivers; thence, along the said road, to the crossing of Duck creek; thence, by a line running in a direct course to the most southeasterly bend of lake Puck-a-way, on Fox river; thence, up said lake and Fox river, to the portage of the Wiscon- sin; thence, across said portage, to the Wisconsin river; thence, down said river, to the eastern line of the United States reserva- tion at the mouth of said river, on the south side thereof, as des- cribed in the second article of the treaty made at St. Louis, on the twenty-fourth day of August, in the year eighteen hundred and sixteen, with the Chippewas, Ottawas, and Potawatamies; thence, with the lines of a tract of country on the Mississippi river, (se- cured to the Chippewas, Ottawas, and Potawatamies, of the Illi- nois, by the ninth article of the treaty made at Prairie du Chien, on the nineteenth day of August, in the year eighteen hundred and twenty-five,) running southwardly, passing the heads of the small streams emptying into the Mississippi to the Rock river, at the Winnebago village, forty miles above its mouth; thence, up Rock river, to the mouth of the Pee-kee-to-a-ka river, the place of beginning. ART 2. In consideration of the above cession, it is hereby st- pulated, that the said United States shall pay to the said Winnebago nation of Indians the sum of eighteen thousand dollars in specie, annually, for the period of thirty years; which said sum is to be paid to said Indians at Prairie du Chien and Fort Winnebago, in proportion to the numbers residing within the most convenient dis- * With the exception of the sixth article. 440 WINNEBAGOES, tance of each place, respectively; and it is also agreed, that the said United States shall deliver immediately to said Indians, as a present, thirty thousand dollars in goods; and it is further agreed, that three thousand pounds of tobacco, and fifty barrels of salt, shall be annually delivered to the said Indians by the United States, for the period of thirty years; half of which articles shall be de- livered at the agency at Prairie du Chien, and the other half at the agency of fort Winnebago. ART. 3. And it is further agreed between the parties, that the said United States shall provide and support three blacksmiths' shops, with the necessary tools, iron, and steel, for the use of the said Indians, for the term of thirty years; one at Prairie du Chien, one at Fort Winnebago, and one on the waters of Rock river; and furthermore, the said United States engage to furnish, for the use of the said Indians, two yoke of oxen, one cart, and the services of a man at the portage of the Wisconsin and Fox rivers, to con- tinue at the pleasure of the agent at that place, the term not to exceed thirty years. ART. 4. The United States (at the request of the Indians afore- said) further agree to pay to the persons named in the schedule annexed to this treaty, (and which forms part and parcel thereof) the several sums as therein specified, amounting, in all, to the sum of twenty-three thousand five hundred and thirty-two dollars and twenty-eight cents; which sum is in full satisfaction of the claims brought by said persons against said Indians, and by them acknowledged to be justly due. ART. 5. And it is further agreed, that, from the land herein: before ceded, there shall be granted by the United States to the persons herein named, (being descendants of said Indians,)the quantity of land as follows, to be located without the mineral country, under the direction of the President of the United States, that is to say: to Catharine Myott, one section; to Michel St. Cyſ, son of Kee-no-kau, (a Winnebago woman,) one section; to Mary, Ellen and Brigitte, daughters of said Kee-no-kau, each one section; to Catharine and Olivier, children of Olivier Amelle, each one section; to François, Therese, and Joseph, children of Joseph Thi- bault, each one section; to Sophia, daughter of Joshua Palen, one section; to Pierre Pacquette, two sections; and to his two chil- dren, Therese and Moses, each one section; to Pierre Grignon L’Avoine, Amable, Margaret, Genevieve, and Mariette, children of said Pierre, each one section; to Mauh-mah-tee-see, (a Winne- bago woman,) one section; and to her eight children, viz: The- rese, Benjamin, James, Simeon, and Phelise Leciiyer, Julia and Antoine Grignon, and Alexis Peyet, each one section; to John Baptiste Pascal, Margaret, Angelique, Domitille, Therese and Li- sette, children of the late John Baptiste Paquette, each one section; to Madeline Brisbois, daughter of the late Michel Brisbois, jr., one section; to Therese Gagnier and her two children, François and WINNEBAGOES. 441 Louise, two sections; to Mary, daughter of Luther Gleason, one section; and to Theodore Lupen, one section; all which aforesaid grants are not to be leased or sold by said grantees to any person or persons whatever, without the permission of the President of the United States; and it is further agreed, that the said United States shall pay to Therese Gagnier the sum of fifty dollars per annum for fifteen years, to be deducted from the annuity to said Indians. ART. 6. The said United States hereby agree (by the request of the said Indians) to appoint a sub-agent for them, to reside on the waters of Rock river, and also to continue the present sub-agency at fort Winnebago. But it is understood that the rejection of this article, by the Senate, is not to affect the validity of this treaty. ART. 7. This treaty, after the same shall be ratified by the Pre- sident of the United States, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate thereof, shall be obligatory on the contracting parties. In testimony whereof, the said John McNiel, Pierre Menard, and Caleb Atwater, commissioners as aforesaid, and the chiefs and warriors of the said Winnebago nation of Indians, have hereunto set their hands and seals, at the time and place first herein above written. John McNiel, Pierre Menard, Commissioners, Caleb Atwater, Hay-ray-tshon-sarp, black hawk, his x mark, Tshay-o-skaw-tsho-kaw, who plays with the ox, his x mark, Woank-shik-rootsh-kay, man eater, his x mark, Kau-rah-kaw-see-kan, crow killer, his x mark, Maunk-shaw-ka, white breast, his x mark, Hah-pau-koo-see-kaw, his x mark, Maun-kaw-kaw, earth, his x mark, Ah-sheesh-kaw, broken arm, his x mark, Waw-kaun-kaw, rattle snake, his x mark, Chey-skaw-kaw, white ox, his x mark, Nautch-kay-suck, the quick heart, his x mark, Wau-kaun-tshaw-way-kee-wen-kaw, whirling thunder, his x mark, Thoap-nuzh-ee-kaw, four who stand, his x mark, Hay-nah-ah-ratsh-kay, left handed, his x mark, Woan-knaw-hoap-ee-ne-kaw, big medicineman, his x mark Pey-tshun-kaw, the crane, his x mark, Jarot, or Jarrot, his x mark, Thay-hoo-kau-kaw, his x mark, Kov-se-ray-kaw, his x mark, Nau-kaw-kary-maunie, wood, his x mark, - Hee-tshah-wau-shaip-soots-kau, red war eagle, his x mark, L. Hee-tsha-wau-sharp-skaw-kau, white war eagle, his x mark, L. Tshu-o-nuzh-ee-kau, he who stands in the house, his x mark, L. - 2 442 WINNEBA GOES. Wau-kaun-hah-kaw, snake skin, his x mark, Hoo-wau-noo-kaw, little elk, his x mark, Shoank-tshunk-saip-kau, black wolf, his x mark, Kay-rah-tsho-kau, clear sky, his x mark, Hee-tshaum-wau-kaw, wild cat, his x mark, Hoo-tshoap-kau, four legs, Jr., his x mark, Maunk-kay-ray-kau, crooked tail, his x mark, Wau-kaum-kaw, rattle snake, his x mark, Wau-tshee-roo-kun-o-kau, master of the lodge, his x mark, Menne-kam, the bear who scratches, his x mark, Waun-kaun-tshaw-zee-kau, yellow thunder, his x mark, Kay-ray-mau-nee, walking turtle, his x mark, Kaish-kee-pay-kau, his x mark, - Ni-si-wau-roosh-kun, the bear, his x mark, Kau-kau-saw-kaw, his x mark, Maun-tsha-nig-ee-nig, little white bear, his x mark, Wau-kaun-tsha-nee-kau, deaf thunder, his x mark, Chah-wau-Saip-kau, black eagle, his x mark, Saun-tshah-mau-nee, his x mark, Maunee hat-a-kau, big walker, his x mark, Kaish-kee-pay-kau, his x mark. In presence of Charles S. Hempstead, Sec. to Charles Chouteau, the Com. John Messersmith, Joseph M. Street, Ind. Agent, John L. Chastain, Thomas Forsyth, Ind. Agent, Wm. D. Smith, Alex. Wolcott, Ind. Jägent, Charles K. Henshaw, John H. Kenzie, Sub. Agt, Ind. James B. Estis, Affairs, Jesse Benton, Jr., Z. Taylor, Lt. Col. U. S. Army, Jacob Hambleton, H. Dodge, John Quaill, A. Hill, - John Garland, Henry Gratiot, Henry Crossle, Wm. Beaumont, Sur. U. S. A. J. L. Bogardus, G. W. Garey, B. B. Kercheval, Richard Gentry, Luther Gleason, - James Turner, Pierre Paquet, his x mark, Wºº Richard H. Bell, nebago interpreter, John W. Johnson, J. Palen, Wm. M. Read, Jacques Mette, G. H. Kennerly, Antoine Le Claire, R. Holmes, U. S. Army, Joge, John Dallam, M. Brisbois. J. R. B. Gardenier, Lt. U. S. Inf DELAWARES. 443 DE LAWARE S. [concLUDED AUGUST 3, 1829–RATIFIED JANUARY 2, 1830. 1 ſlrticles of agreement made between John McElwain, thereto especi- ally authorized by the President of the United States, and the band of Delaware Indians, upon the Sandusky river, in the State ºf Ohio, for the cession of a certain reservation of land in the said State. ART. 1. The said band of Delaware Indians cede to the United States the tract of three miles square, adjoining the Wyandot re- servation upon the Sandusky river, reserved for their use by the treaty of the Rapids of the Maumee, concluded between the United States and the Wyandots, Seneca, Delaware, Shawanees, Pota- watamies, Ottawas, and Chippewa tribes of Indians, on the twenty- ninth day of September, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and seventeen, and the said tribe of Delawares en- gage tº remove to and join their nation on the west side of the Mis- sissippi, on the land allotted to them, on or before the first day of January next, at which time peaceable possession of said reserva- tion is to be given to the United States. ART. 2. In consideration of the stipulations aforesaid, it is agreed, that the United States shall pay to the said band the sum of three thousand dollars: two thousand dollars in hand, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged by the undersigned chiefs of said tribe, and the remaining balance of one thousand dollars to be appropriated to the purchase of horses, clothing, provisions, and other useful articles, to aid them on their journey so soon as they are prepared to remove. In witness whereof, the said John McElwain, and the chiefs of the said band, have hereunto set their hands and seals at Lit- tle Sandusky, in the State of Ohio, this third day of August, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and twenty-nine. John McElwain, L. S. Captain Pipe, his x mark, L. S. º William Matacur, his x mark, L. S. Captain Wolf, his x mark, L. S. Eli Pipe, his x mark, - L. S. Solomon Joneycake, his x mark, L. S. Joseph Armstrong, his x mark, L. S. George Williams, his x mark, L. S. In presence of Nathaniel McLean, H. Barrett. Cornelius Wilson, 444 DE LAWARES. DE LAW A. R. E. S. [concLUDED SEPTEMBER 24, 1829–RATIFIED MARCH 24, 1831. ) SUPPLEMENTARY ARTICLE To the Delaware treaty, concluded at St. JMary’s, in the State ºf Ohio, on the 3d of October, 1818. Whereas the foregoing treaty stipulates that the United States shall provide for the Delaware nation, a country to reside in, west of the Mississippi, as the permanent residence of their nation; and whereas the said Delaware nation, are now willing to remove, on the following conditions, from the country on James's fork of White river in the State of Missouri, to the country selected in the fork of the Kansas and Missouri river, as recommended by the government, for the permanent residence of the whole Dela- ware nation; it is hereby agreed upon by the parties, that the country in the fork of the Kansas and Missouri rivers, extending up the Kansas river, to the Kansas line, and up the Missouri river to Camp Leavenworth, and thence by a line drawn westwardly, leaving a space ten miles wide, north of the Kansas boundary line, for an outlet; shall be conveyed and forever secured by the United States, to the said Delaware nation, as their permanent resi- dence: And the United States hereby pledges the faith of the government to guarantee to the said Delaware nation forever, the quiet and peaceable possession and undisturbed enjoyment of the same, against the claims and assaults of all and every other people whatever. And the United States hereby agrees to furnish the Delaware nation with forty horses, to be given to their poor and destitute people, and the use of six wagons and ox-teams, to assist the nation in removing their heavy articles to their permanent home; and to supply them with all necessary farming utensils and tools necessary for building houses, &c.; and to supply them with pro- visions on their journey, and with one year’s provisions after they get to their permanent residence; and to have a grist and saw mill erected for their use, within two years after their complete removal. And it is hereby expressly stipulated and agreed upon by the parties, that for and in consideration of the full and entire relin- quishment by the Delaware nation of all claim whatever to the country now occupied by them in the State of Missouri, the United States shall pay to the said Delaware nation, an additional permanent annuity of one thousand dollars. And it is further stipulated that thirty-six sections of the best land within the limits hereby relinquished, shall be selected under DELAWARES. , 445 the direction of the President of the United States, and sold for the purpose of raising a fund, to be applied under the direction of the President, to the support of schools for the education of Delaware children. It is agreed upon by the parties that this supplementary article shall be concluded in part only, at this time, and that a deputation of a chief, or warrior, from each town with their interpreter shall proceed with the agent to explore the country more fully, and if they approve of said country, to sign their names under ours, which shall be considered as finally concluded on our part; and after the same shall be ratified by the President and Senate of the United States, shall be binding on the contracting parties. In testimony whereof the United States Indian agent, and the chiefs and warriors of the Delaware nation of Indians, have hereunto set their hands at Council camp, on James’s fork of White river, in the State of Missouri, this 24th day of Sep- tember, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and twenty-nine. Geo. Vashon, U. S. Indian Agent, Wm. Anderson, principal chief, his x mark, Capt. Paterson, 2nd chief, his x mark, Pooshies, or the cat, his x mark, Capt. Suwaunock, whiteman, his x mark, Jonny Quick, his x mark, John Gray, his x mark, George Guirty, his x mark, Capt. Beaver, his x mark, Naunotetauxien, his x mark, Little Jack, his x mark, Capt. Pipe, his x mark, Big Island, his x mark. Signed in presence of James Connor, Delaware Inter- Anth’y Shane, Shawanee Inter- preter, preter. These last six chiefs and warriors having been deputed to examine the country, have approved of it, and signed their names at Council camp in the fork of the Kansas and Missouri river, on the 19th October, 1829. Nauochecaupauc, his x mark, Nungailautone, his x mark, James Gray, his x mark, Sam Street, his x mark, Aupaneek, his x mark, Outhteekawshaweat, his x mark. 446 SACS AND FOXES, ETC. In presence of Anth’y Shane, Interpreter, Baptiste Peoria, Interpreter, James Conner, Interpreter, I hereby certify the above to be a true copy from the original in my possession, Geo. Vashon, U. S. Indian Agent. INDIAN AGENCY, near Kansas river, 24th October, 1829. SA C S AND FOX ES, ETC. I concLUDED JULY 15, 1830–RATIFIED FEBRUARY 24, 1831.] ºffrticles of a treaty made and concluded by William Clark, super- intendent of Indian Affairs, and Willoughby Morgan, colonel ºf the United States 1st regiment infantry, commissioners on behalf of the United States, on the one part, and the undersigned depu- tations of the confederated tribes of the Sacs and Fores; the JMedawah-Kanton, Wahpacoota, Wahpeton, and Sissetong bands or tribes of Sioua: ; the Omahas, Ioways, Ottoes, and JMissourias, on the other part. The said tribes being anxious to remove all causes which may hereafter create any unfriendly feeling between them, and being also anxious to provide other sources for supplying their wants besides those of hunting, which they are sensible must soon entirely fail them ; agree with the United States on the following articles: ART. 1. The said tribes cede and relinquish to the United States forever all their right and title to the lands lying within the following boundaries, to wit: Beginning at the upper fork of the Desmoines river, and passing the sources of the Little Sioux, and Floyds rivers, to the fork of the first creek which falls into the Big Sioux or Calumet on the east side; thence, down said creek, and Calumet river to the Missouri river; thence, down said Mis- souri river to the Missouri State line, above the Kansas; thence, along said line to the northwest corner of the said State; thence, to the high lands between the waters falling into the Missouri and Desmoines, passing on said high lands along the dividing ridge between the forks of the Grand river; thence, along said high lands or ridge separating the waters of the Missouri from those of the Desmoines, to a point opposite the source of Boyer river; and thence, in a directline to the upper fork of the Desmoines, the place of beginning. But it is understood that the lands ceded and relinquished by this treaty, are to be assigned and allotted under the direction of the President of the United States, to the tribes now living thereon, or to such other tribes as the President may locate thereon for hunting, and other purposes. SACS AND FOXES, ETC. 447 ART. 2. The confederated tribes of the Sacs and Foxes, cede and relinquish to the United States forever, a tract of country twenty miles in width, from the Mississippi to the Desmoines; situate south, and adjoining the line between the said confederated tribes of Sacs and Foxes, and the Sioux; as established by the second article of the treaty of Prairie du Chien of the nineteenth of August, one thousand eight hundred and twenty-five. ART. 3. The Medawah-Kanton, Wah-pa-coota, Wahpeton, and Sisseton bands of the Sioux, cede and relinquish to the United States forever, a tract of country twenty miles in width, from the Mississippi to the Desmoines river, situate north, and adjoining the line mentioned in the preceding article. ART. 4. In consideration of the cessions and relinquishments made in the first, second, and third articles of this treaty, the United States agree to pay to the Sacs, three thousand dollars; and to the Foxes, three thousand dollars; to the Sioux of the Mississippi, two thousand dollars; to the Yancton and Santie bands of Sioux, three thousand dollars; to the Omahas, two thou- sand five hundred dollars; to the Ioways, two thousand five hun- dred dollars; to the Ottoes and Missourias, two thousand five hundred dollars; and to the Sacs of the Missouri river, five hun- dred dollars; to be paid annually for ten successive years, at such place or places on the Mississippi or Missouri, as may be most convenient to said tribes, either in money, merchandise, or domes- tic animals, at their option; and when said annuities or any por- tion of them shall be paid in merchandise, the same is to be deli- wered to them at the first cost of the goods at St. Louis, free of transportation. And the United States further agree to make to the said tribes and bands, the following allowances for the period often years, and as long thereafter as the President of the United States may think necessary and proper, in addition to the sums herein before stipulated to be paid them; that is to say: To the bands of the Sioux mentioned in the third article, one blacksmith, at the expense of the United States, and the necessary tools; also, instruments for agricultural purposes, and iron and steel to the amount of seven hundred dollars; to the Yancton and Santie bands of Sioux, one blacksmith, at the expense of the United States, and the necessary tools; also, instruments for agricultural purposes, to the amount of four hundred dollars; to the Omahas, one blacksmith, at the expense of the United States, and the neces- sary tools; also, instruments for agricultural purposes, to the amount of five hundred dollars; to the Ioways an assistant black- smith, at the expense of the United States; also, instruments for agricultural purposes, to the amount of six hundred dollars; to the Ottoes and Missourias, one blacksmith, at the expense of the United States, and the necessary tools; also, instruments for agri- cultural purposes, to the amount of five hundred dollars; and to the Sacs of the Missouri river, one blacksmith, at the expense of 448 SACS AND FOXES, ETC. the United States, and the necessary tools; also, instruments for agricultural purposes, to the amount of two hundred dollars. ART. 5. And the United States further agree, to set apart three thousand dollars annually, for ten successive years, to be applied in the discretion of the President of the United States, to the education of the children of the said tribes and bands, parties hereto. ART. 6. The Yancton and Santie bands of the Sioux not being fully represented, it is agreed, that if they shall sign this treaty, they shall be considered as parties thereto, and bound by all its stipulations. ART. 7. It is agreed between the parties hereto, that the lines shall be run, and marked as soon as the President of the United States may deem it expedient. ART. 8. The United States agree to distribute between the several tribes, parties hereto, five thousand one hundred and thirty- two dollars’ worth of merchandise, the receipt whereof, the said tribes hereby acknowledge; which, together with the amounts agreed to be paid, and the allowances in the fourth and fifth arti- cles of this treaty, shall be considered as a full compensation for the cession and relinquishments herein made. ART. 9. The Sioux bands in council having earnestly solicited that they might have permission to bestow upon the half breeds of their nation, the tract of land within the following limits, to wit: Beginning at a place called the barn, below and near the village of the Red Wing Chief, and running back fifteen miles; thence in a parallel line with Lake Pepin and the Mississippi, about thirty-two miles to a point opposite Beef or O-Boeuf river; thence fifteen miles to the grand encampment opposite the river aforesaid: The United States agree to suffer said half breeds to occupy said tract of country; they holding by the same title, and in the same manner that other Indian titles are held. ART. 10. The Omahas, Ioways and Ottoes, for themselves, and in behalf of the Yancton and Santie bands of the Sioux, having earnestly requested that they might be permitted to make some provision for their half breeds, and particularly that they might bestow upon them the tract of country within the following limits, to wit: Beginning at the mouth of the Little Ne-mohaw river, and running up the main channel of said river to a point which will be ten miles from its mouth in a direct line; from thence in a direct line, to strike the Grand Ne-mohaw ten miles above its mouth, in a direct line (the distance between the two Ne-mohaws being about twenty miles)—thence down said river to its mouth; thence up, and with the meanders of the Missouri river to the point of beginning, it is agreed that the half breeds of said tribes and bands may be suffered to occupy said tract of land; holding it in the same manner, and by the same title that other Indian titles are held: but the President of the United States may hereafter SACS AND FOXEs, ETC. 449 assign to any of the said half breeds, to be held by him or them in fee simple, any portion of said tract not exceeding a section, of six hundred and forty acres to each individual. And this provi- sion shall extend to the cession made by the Sioux in the preceding article. ART, 11. The reservation of land mentioned in the preceding article having belonged to the Ottoes, and having been exclusive- ly ceded by them; it is agreed that the Omahas, the Ioways and the Yancton and Santie bands of Sioux shall pay out of their an- nuities to the said Ottoe tribe, for the period of ten years, three hundred dollars annually; of which sum the Omahas shall pay one hundred dollars, the Ioways one hundred dollars, and the Yancton and Santie bands one hundred dollars. ART, 12. It is agreed that nothing contained in the foregoing article shall be so construed as to affect any claim, or right in common, which has heretofore been held by any tribes, parties to this treaty, to any lands not embraced in the cession herein made; but that the same shall be occupied and held by them as heretofore. ART. 13. This treaty, or any part thereof, shall take effect, and be obligatory upon the contracting parties, so soon as the same shall be ratified by the President of the United States, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate thereof. Done, and signed, and sealed at Prairie du Chien, in the Ter- ritory of Michigan, this fifteenth day of July, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and thirty, and of the independence of the United States, the fifty-fifth. Wm. Clark, Sup. Ind. Affairs, I. S. Willoughby Morgan, Col. 1st & Commissioners, Inf. U. S. A. | L. S. SACS. Mash-que-tai-paw, or red head, his x mark, L. S. Sheco-Calaw.ko, or turtle shell, his x mark, L. S. Kee-o-cuck, the watchful fox, his x mark, L. S. Poi-o-tahit, one that has no heart, his x mark, L. S. 0s-hays-kee, ridge, his x mark, L. S. She-shee-quanince, little gourd, his x mark, L. S. 0-saw-wish-canoe, yellow bird, his x mark, L. S. I-onin, his x mark, L. S. Am-oway, his x mark, L. S. Niniwow-qua-saut, he that fears mankind, his x mark, L. S. Chaukee Manitou, the little spirit, his x mark L. S. Moso-inn, the scalp, his x mark, L. S. Wapaw-chicanmuck, fish of the white marsh, his x mark, L. S. Mesico, jic, his x mark, L. S. FOXES. - Wapalaw, the prince, his x mark, Le S- 43 450 SACS AND FOXES, ETC. Taweemin, strawberry, his x mark, Pasha-sakay, son of Piemanschie, his x mark, Keewausette, he who climbs every where, his x mark, Naw-mee, his x mark, Appenioce, or the grand child, his x mark, Waytee-mins, his x mark, Nawayaw-cosi, his x mark, Manquo-pwam, the bear’s hip, (Morgan,) his x mark, Kaw-Kaw-Kee, the crow, his x mark, Mawcawtay-ee-quoiquenake, black neck, his x mark, Watu-pawnonsh, his x mark, Meshaw-nuaw-peetay, the large teeth, his x mark, Cawkee-Kamack, always fish, his x mark, Mussaw-wavguott, his x mark. SIOUX OF THE MISSISSIPPI, MEDAWAKANTON BAND. Wabishaw, or red leaf, his x mark, Tchataqua Manie, or little crow, his x mark, Waumunde-tunkar, the great calumet eagle, his x mark, Taco-coqui-pishnee, he that fears nothing, his x mark, Wah-coo-ta, that shoots arrows, his x mark, Pay-taw-whar, the fire owner, his x mark, Kaugh-Mohr, the floating log, his x mark, Etarz-e-pah, the bow, his x mark, Teeah-coota, one that fires at the yellow, his x mark, Toh-kiah-taw-kaw, he who bites the enemy, his x mark, Nasiumpah, or the early riser, his x mark, Am-pa-ta-tah-wah, his day, his x mark, Wah-kee-ah-tunkar, big thunder, his x mark, Tauchaw-cadoota, the red road, his x mark, Tchaws-kesky, the elder, his x mark, Mauzau-hautau, the grey iron, his x mark, Wazee-o-monie, the walking pine, his x mark, Tachaw-cooash-tay, the good road, his x mark, Kie-ank-kaw, the mountain, his x mark, Mah-peau-mansaw, iron cloud, his x mark, E-taych-o-caw, half face, his x mark, Anoug-genaje, one that stands on both sides, his x mark, Hough-appaw, the eagle head, his x mark, Hooka-mooza, the iron limb, his x mark, Hoatch-ah-cadoota, the red voice, his x mark, Wat-chu-da, the dancer. WAH-PAH-COOTA BAND. Wiarh-hoh-ha, french crow, his x mark, Shans-konar, moving shadow, his x mark, Ah-pe-hatar, the grey mane, his x mark, - . L. L. L. L. L. L. L. L. L. L. L. L. L. L. S. S. S. S. S. S. S. S. S. S. S. S. S. S. S § - SACS AND FOXES, ETC. 451 Wahmedecaw-cahn-bohr, one that prays for the land, his x mark, Wah-con-de-kah-har, the one that makes the lightning, his x mark, Mazo-manie, or the iron that walks, his x mark, Mah-kah-ke-a-munch, one that flies on the land, his x mark, Mauzau-haut-amundee, the walking bell, his x mark. Kah-hih, the Menominie, his x mark. SUSSITON BAND. Ete-tahken-bah, the sleeping eyes, his x mark, Ho-toh-monie, groans when he walks, his x mark. OMAHAHS. Opau-tauga, or the big elk, his x mark, Chonques-kaw, the white horse, his x mark, Tessan, the white crow, his x mark, Ishtan-mauzay, iron-eye, chief’s son, his x mark, Waw-shin-ga-sau-bais, black bird, his x mark, Waugh-pay-shan, the one who scalps but a small part from the crown of the head, his x mark, Au-gum-an, the chief, his x mark, Age-en-gaw, the wing, his x mark, Non-bau-manie, the one that walks double, his x mark, Way-cosh-ton, the frequent feast giver, his x mark, Eh-que-naus-hus-kay, the second, his x mark, Iosey, (the son of Kawsay,) his x mark. IOWAYS. Wassau-nie, or the medicine club, his x mark, Mauhoos Kan, white cloud, his x mark, Wo-hoompee, the broth, his x mark, Tah-roh-na, a good many deer, his x mark, Wa-nau-quash-coonie, without fear, his x mark, Pah-a-manie, one who walks on the snow, his x mark, Pie-kan-ha-igne, the little star, his x mark, Niayoo Manie, walking rain, his x mark, Nautah-hoo, burnt-wood, his x mark, Pai-tansa, the white crane, his x mark. OTTOES. I-atan, or Shaumanie-Cassan, or prairie wolf, his x mark, Mehah-hun-jee, second daughter, his x mark, Wawronesan, the encircler, his x mark, Kansa-tauga, the big Kansas, his x mark, Noe-kee-sa-kay, strikes two, his x mark, Tchai-au-grai, the shield, his x mark, Mantoigne, the little bow, his x mark, L. i . S S. i 452. SACS AND FOXES, ETC. Thee-rai-tchai-neehgrai, wolf-tail at the heel, his x mark, Oh-haw-kee-wano, that runs on the hills, his x mark, Rai-grai-a, speckled turtle, his x mark, Tchai-wah-tehee-ray, going by, his x mark, Krai-taunica, the hawk, his x mark, Mauto-a Kee-pah, that meets the bear, his x mark, Kai-wan-igne, little turtle, his x mark. MISSOUR.I.A.S. Eh-shaw-manie, or the one who walks laughing, his x mark, Ohaw-tehee-ke-sakay, one who strikes the Little Osages, his x mark, L. Wamshe-katou-nat, the great man, his x mark, L. Shoug-resh-kay, the horse fly, his x mark, I. Tahmegrai-Soo-igne, little deer’s dung, his x mark. L. MISSOURI SACS. Sau-kis-quoi-pee, his x mark, She-she-quene, the gourd, his x mark, Nochewai-tasay, his x mark, Nawai-yak-oosee, his x mark, Wee-tay-main, one that goes with the rest, his x mark. I, L L. Mash-quaw-siais, his x mark, L. L L L. . S. The assent of the Yancton and Santie Bands of Sioux, to the foregoing treaty is given. In testimony whereof, the chiefs, braves, and principal men of said bands have hereunto signed their names and acknowledge the same, at St. Louis, this 13th October, 1830. YANCTON AND SANTIE BAND'S OF SIOUXS. Matto-Sa-Becha, the black bear, his x mark, Pa-con-okra, his x mark, Citta-eutapishna, he who dont eat buffalo, his x mark, To-ki-e-ton, the stone with horns, his x mark, Cha-pon-ka, or musquitoe, his x mark, To-ki-mar-ne, he that walks ahead, his x mark, Wock-ta-ken-dee, kills and comes back, his x mark, Ha Sazza, his x mark, Chigga Wah-shu-she, little brave, his x mark, Wah-gho-num-pa, cotton wood on the neck, his x mark, Zuyesaw, warrior, his x mark, Tokun Ohomenee, revolving stone, his x mark, Eta-ga-nush-kica, mad face, his x mark, Womendee Dooter, red war eagle, his x mark, Muchea A-har-ka, cloud elk, his x mark, To-ka-oh, wounds the enemy, his x mark, Pd-ta-sun eta womper, white buffalo with two faces, his x mark, I - - L. s - - SACS AND FOXEs, ETC. 453 Cha-tun-kia, sparrow hawk, his x mark, Ke-un-chun-ko, swift flyer, his x mark, Ti-ha-uhar, he that carries his horn, his x mark, Sin-ta-nomper, two tails, his x mark, Wo-con Cashtaka, the whipt spirit, his x mark, Ta Shena Pater, fiery blanket, his x mark. : In presence of Jno. Ruland, Secretary to the Commission, Jon. L. Bean, S. Jägt. Law Taliaferro, Ind. Agent at St. Peters, R. B. Mason, Capt. 1st Inf. G. Loomis, Capt. 1st Inf James Peterson, Lt. & Adjt. H. B. M. 33d. Regt. N. S. Harris, Lt. & Adjt. Regt. U. S. Inf. Henry Bainbridge, Lt. U. S. ſlrmy, John Gale, Surg. U. S. Army, J. Archer, Lt. U. S. Army, J. Dougherty, Ind. Agent, Thos. A. Davies, Lt. Inf. Wm. S. Williamson, Sub Ind. ſigent, And. S. Hughes, Sub Ind. Agt. A. G. Baldwin, Lt. 3d Inf. David D. Mitchell, H. L. Donsman, Wynkoop Warner, Geo. Davenport, Wm. Hempstead, Benjamin Mills, Wm. H. Warfield, Lt. 3d Inf Sam. R. Throokmoor, John Connelly, Amos Farror, Antoine Le Claire, Inter of Sacs and Fores, Stephen Julian, U. S. Interp, Jacques Mette, Int. Michel Berda, his x mark, Mo- how Inter. S. Campbell, U. S. Interpreter. Witnesses to the signatures of the Yancton and Santie bands of Sioua, at Fort Tecumseh, Upper Missouri, on the fourth day of September, 1830. Wm. Gordon, James Archdale Hamilton, David D. Mitchell, Wm. Saidlau, Jacob Halsey. Witnesses present at the signing and acknowledgment of the Yangton and Santie Deputations. Jno. Ruland, Sec. to Comm’rs. Jon, L. Bean, Sub. Ind. Agt. for Upper Missouri, Felix F. Wain, Ind. Agt, for Sacs and Fores, John F. A. Sanford, U. S. Ind. Agt. William C. Heyward, U. S. A. D. J. Royster, U. S. Inf Samuel Kinney, U. S. A. Merewether Lewis Clark, 6th Regt. Inf. Jacques Mette. 454. CHOCTAWS; CHO CT AWS . [ conclude D sept EMBER 27, 28, 1830–RATIFIED". FEBRUARY 24, 1831. ºf treaty of perpetual friendship, cession and limits entered into by John H. Eaton and John Coffee, for and in behalf of the Govern- ment of the United States, and the mingoes, chiefs, captains, and warriors of the Choctaw nation, begun and held at Dancing Rabbit creek, on the fifteenth of September, in the year eighteen hundred and thirty. Whereas, the General Assembly of the State of Mississippi has extended the laws of said State to persons and property within the chartered limits of the same, and the President of the United States has said that he cannot protect the Choctaw people from the operation of these laws: Now, therefore, that the Choctaws may live under their own laws in peace with the United States and the State of Mississippi, they have determined to sell their lands east of the Mississippi, and have accordingly agreed to the following articles of treaty : ART. 1. Perpetual peace and friendship is pledged and agreed upon by and between the United States and the mingoes, chiefs, and warriors of the Choctaw nation of red people; and that this may be considered the treaty existing between the parties, all other treaties heretofore existing and inconsistent with the provi- sions of this are hereby declared null and void. ART. 2. The United States under a grant specially to be made by the President of the U.S. shall cause to be conveyed to the Choctaw nation a tract of country west of the Mississippi river, in fee simple to them and their descendants, to inure to them while they shall exist as a nation and live on it: Beginning near fort Smith where the Arkansas boundary crosses the Arkansas river, running thence to the source of the Canadian fork, if in the limits of the United States, or to those limits; thence due south to Red river, and down Red river to the west boundary of the territory of Arkansas; thence north along that line to the beginning. The boundary of the same to be agreeably to the treaty made and concluded at Washington City, in the year 1825. The grant to be executed so soon as the present treaty shall be ratified. ART. 3. In consideration of the provisions contained in the several articles of this treaty, the Choctaw nation of Indians con- sent and hereby cede to the United States, the entire country they own and possess, east of the Mississippi river; and they agree to remove beyond the Mississippi river, early as practicable, and will so arrange their removal, that as many as possible of their people, not exceeding one half of the whole number, shall depart during the falls of 1831 and 1832; the residue to follow * “With the exception of the preamble.” CHOCTAWS. 455 during the succeeding fall of 1833; a better opportunity in this manner will be afforded the Government, to extend to them the facilities and comforts which it is desirable should be extended in conveying them to their new homes. ART. 4. The Government and people of the United States are hereby obliged to secure to the said Choctaw nation of red people the jurisdiction and government of all the persons and property that may be within their limits west, so that no Territory or State shall ever have a right to pass laws for the government of the Choc- taw nation of red people and their descendants; and that no part of the land granted them shall ever be embraced in any territory or State; but the United States shall forever secure said Choctaw nation from, and against, all laws except such as from time to time may be enacted in their own national councils, not inconsis- tent with the constitution, treaties, and laws of the United States; and except such as may, and which have been enacted by Con- gress, to the extent that Congress under the constitution are re- quired to exercise a legislation over Indian affairs. But the Choc- taws, should this treaty be ratified, express a wish that Congress may grant to the Choctaws the right of punishing by their own laws, any white man that shall come into their nation, and in- finge any of their national regulations. ART. 5. The United States are obliged to protect the Choctaws from domestic strife and from foreign enemies on the same princi- ples that the citizens of the United States are protected, so that whatever would be a legal demand upon the United States, for defence or for wrongs committed by an enemy on a citizen of the United States, shall be equally binding in favor of the Choctaws; and in all cases where the Choctaws shall be called upon by a legally authorized officer of the United States, to fight an enemy, such Choctaw shall receive the pay and other emoluments which citizens of the United States receive in such cases: provided, no warshall be undertaken or prosecuted by said Choctaw nation but by declaration made in full council, and to be approved by the United States, unless it be in self defence against an open rebellion or against an enemy marching into their country, in which cases they shall defend, until the United States shall be advised thereof. ART. 6. Should a Choctaw, or any party of Choctaws commit acts of violence upon the person or property of a citizen of the United States, or join any war party against any neighboring tribe of Indians, without the authority in the preceding article; and except to oppose an actual or threatened invasion or rebellion, such person so offending shall be delivered up to an officer of the United States, if in the power of the Choctaw nation, that such offender may be punished as may be provided in such cases, by the laws of the United States; but if such offender is not within the control of the Choctaw nation, then said Choctaw nation shall not be held responsible for the injury done by said offender. 456 CHOCTAWS.g. ART. 7. All acts of violence committed upon persons and pro- perty of the people of the Choctaw nation either by citizens of the United States, or neighboring tribes of red people, shall be re- ferred to some authorized agent, by him to be referred to the Pre- sident of the United States, who shall examine into such cases and see that every possible degree of justice is done to said Indian party of the Choctaw nation. ART. 8. Offenders against the laws of the United States, or any individual State, shall be apprehended and delivered to any duly authorized person, where such offender may be found in the Choc- taw country, having fled from any part of the United States; but in all such cases application must be made to the agent or chiefs, and the expense of his apprehension and delivery provided for and paid by the United States. ART. 9. Any citizen of the United States who may be ordered from the nation by the agent and constituted authorities of the nation, and refusing to obey, or return into the nation without the consent of the aforesaid persons, shall be subject to such pains and penalties as may be provided by the laws of the United States in such cases. Citizens of the United States travelling peaceably under the authority of the laws of the United States shall be under the care and protection of the nation. ART. 10. No person shall expose goods or other article for sale as a trader, without a written permit from the constituted authori- ties of the nation, or authority of the laws of the Congress of the United States, under penalty of forfeiting the articles ; and the con- stituted authorities of the nation shall grant no license except to such persons as reside in the nation and are answerable to the laws of the nation. The United States shall be particularly obliged to assist to prevent ardent spirits from being introduced into the nation. ART. 11. Navigable streams shall be free to the Choctaws who shall pay no higher toll or duty than citizens of the United States. It is agreed further that the United States shall establish one of more post offices in said nation, and may establish such military post roads, and posts, as they may consider necessary. ART. 12. All intruders shall be removed from the Choctaw nation and kept without it. Private property to be always re- spected, and on no occasion taken for public purposes without just compensation being made therefor to the rightful owner. If an Indian unlawfully take or steal any property from a white man, a citizen of the United States, the offender shall be punished. And if a white man unlawfully take or steal anything from an Indian, the property shall be restored and the offender punished. It is further agreed that when a Choctaw shall be given up to be tried for any offence against the laws of the United States, if unable to employ counsel to defend him, the United States will do it, that his trial may be fair and impartial. CHOCTAWS. 457 - ART. 13. It is consented that a qualified agent shall be ap- pointed for the Choctaws every four years, unless sooner removed by the President; and he shall be removed on petition of the con- stituted authorities of the nation, the President being satisfied there is sufficient cause shown. The agent shall fix his residence con- venient to the great body of the people; and in the selection of an agent immediately after the ratification of this treaty, the wishes of the Choctaw nation on the subject shall be entitled to great respect. - ART. 14. Each Choctaw head of a family, being desirous to remain and become a citizen of the States, shall be permitted to do so, by signifying his intention to the agent within six months from the ratification of this treaty, and he or she shall thereupon be entitled to a reservation of one section of six hundred and forty acres of land, to be bounded by sectional lines of survey; in like manner shall be entitled to one half that quantity for each unmar- tied child which is living with him over ten years of age; and a quarter section to such child as may be under ten years of age, to adjoin the location of the parent. If they reside upon said lands, intending to become citizens of the States for five years after the ratification of this treaty in that case a grant in fee simple shall issue; said reservation shall include the present improvement of the head of the family, or a portion of it. Persons who claim under this article shall not lose the privilege of a Choctaw citizen, but if they ever remove are not to be entitled to any portion of the Choc- taw annuity. ART. 15. To each of the chiefs in the Choctaw nation (to wit) Greenwood Leflore, Nutackachie, and Mushulatubbe, there is granted a reservation of four sections of land, two of which shall include and adjoin their present improvement, and the other two located where they please, but on unoccupied, unimproved lands, such sections shall be bounded by sectional lines, and with the consent of the President they may sell the same. Also to the three principal chiefs and to their successors in office there shall be paid two hundred and fifty dollars annually while they shall continue in their respective offices, except to Mushulatubbe, who, as he has an annuity of one hundred and fifty dollars for life under a former treaty, shall receive only the additional sum of one hundred dol- lars, while he shall continue in office as chief; and if in addition to this the nation shall think proper to elect an additional principal chief of the whole to superintend and govern upon republican principles, he shall receive annually for his services five hundred dollars, which allowance to the chiefs and their successors in office, shall continue for twenty years. At any time when in military service, and while in service by authority of the United States, the district chiefs under and by selection of the President shall be entitled to the pay of majors; the other chief under the same circumstances shall have the pay of a lieutenant colonel. 458 CHOCTAWS. The Speakers of the three districts shall receive twenty-five dollars a year for four years each; and the three secretaries, one to each of the chiefs, fifty dollars each for four years. Each captain of the nation, the number not to exceed ninety-nine, thirty-three from each district, shall be furnished upon removing to the west, with each a good suit of clothes and a broad sword as an outfit, and for four years commencing with the first of their removal, shall each receive fifty dollars a year, for the trouble of keeping their people at order in settling ; and whenever they shall be in military service by authority of the United States shall receive the pay of a captain. ART. 16. In wagons and with steamboats, as may be found necessary, the United States agree to remove the Indians to their new homes at their expense and under the care of discreet and careful persons, who will be kind and brotherly to them. They agree to furnish them with ample corn and beef, or pork, for themselves and families for twelve months after reaching their new homes, It is agreed further that the United States will take all their cat- tle, at the valuation of some discreet person to be appointed by the President, and the same shall be paid for in money after their ar. rival at their new homes; or other cattle such as may be desired shall be furnished them, notice being given through their agent of their wishes upon this subject before their removal that time to supply the demand may be afforded. ART. 17. The several annuities and sums secured under former treaties to the Choctaw nation and people, shall continue as though this treaty had never been made. And it is further agreed that the United States in addition will pay the sum of twenty thousand dollars for twenty years, commencing after their removal to the west, of which, in the first year after their removal, ten thousand dollars shall be divided and arranged to such as may not receive reservations under this treaty. ART. 18. The United States shall cause the lands hereby ceded to be surveyed; and surveyors may enter the Choctaw country for that purpose, conducting themselves properly and disturbing or in- terrupting none of the Choctaw people. But no person is to be permitted to settle within the nation, or the lands to be sold before the Choctaws shall remove. And for the payment of the several amounts secured in this treaty, the lands hereby ceded are to re- main a fund pledged to that purpose, until the debt shall be pro- vided for and arranged. And further it is agreed, that in the construction of this treaty wherever well founded doubt shall arise, it shall be construed most favorably towards the Choctaws. ART. 19. The following reservations of land are hereby admit- ted. To Colonel David Folsom four sections, of which two shall include his presentimprovement, and two may belocated elsewhere, on unoccupied, unimproved land. CHOCTA.W. S. 459 To I. Garland, Colonel Robert Cole, Tuppanahomer, John Pitchlynn, Charles Juzan, Johokebetubbe, Eaychahobia, Ofehoma, two sections, each to include their improvements, and to be bounded by sectional lines, and the same may be disposed of and sold with the consent of the President. And that others not provided for, may be provided for, there shall be reserved as follows: First. One section to each head of a family not exceeding forty in number, who during the present year, may have had in actual cultivation, with a dwelling-house thereon, fifty acres or more. Second. Three quarter sections after the manner aforesaid to each head of a family, not exceeding four hundred and sixty, as shall have cultivated thirty acres and less than fifty, to be bounded by quartersection lines of survey, and to be contiguous and adjoining. Third. One half section as aforesaid to those who shall have cultivated from twenty to thirty acres, the number not to exceed four hundred. Fourth. A quarter section as aforesaid to such as shall have cultivated from twelve to twenty acres, the number not to exceed three hundred and fifty, and one half that quantity to such as shall have cultivated from two to twelve acres, the number also not to exceed three hundred and fifty persons. Each of said class of cases shall be subject to the limitations contained in the first class, and shall be so located as to include that part of the improvement which contains the dwelling-house. If a greater number shall be found to be entitled to reservations under the several classes of this arti- cle, than is stipulated for under the limitation prescribed, then and in that case the chiefs separately, or together, shall determine the persons who shall be excluded in the respective districts. Fifth. Any captain, the number not exceeding ninety persons, who, under the provisions of this article, shall receive less than a section, he shall be entitled to an additional quantity of half a sec- tion adjoining to his other reservation. The several reservations secured under this article, may be sold with the consent of the President of the United States; but should any prefer it, or omit to take a reservation for the quantity he may be entitled to, the United States will on his removing pay fifty cents an acre, after reaching their new homes, provided, that before the first of January next they shall adduce to the agent, or some other authorized person to be appointed, proof of his claim and the quantity of it. Sixth. Likewise children of the Choctaw nation residing in the nation, who have neither father nor mother, a list of which, with satisfactory proof of parentage and orphanage being filed with agent in six months, to be forwarded to the War Department, shall be entitled to a quarter section of land, to be located under the di- rection of the President, and with his consent the same may be sold and the proceeds applied to some beneficial purpose for the benefit of said orphans. ART. 20. The United States agree and stipulate as follows: that º 460 CHOCTAWS. for the benefit and advantage of the Choctaw people, and to im: prove their condition, there shall be educated, under the direction of the President and at the expense of the United States, forty Choctaw youths for twenty years. This number shall be kept at school, and as they finish their education others, to supply their places, shall be received for the period stated. The United States agree also to erect a council-house for the nation at some conve- nient central point, after their people shall be settled; and a house for each chief, also a church for each of the three districts, to be used also as school-houses, until the nation may conclude to build others; and for these purposes ten thousand dollars shall be appro- priated; also, fifty thousand dollars, (viz.) twenty-five hundred dollars annually shall be given for the support of three teachers of schools for twenty years. Likewise there shall be furnished to the nation three blacksmiths, one for each district for sixteen years, and a qualified millwright for five years; also, there shall be fur- nished the following articles: twenty-one hundred blankets; to each warrior who emigrates, a rifle, moulds, wipers and ammuni- tion. One thousand axes, ploughs, hoes, wheels and cards, each; and four hundred looms. There shall also be furnished one ton of iron and two hundred weight of steel annually to each district, for sixteen years. ART. 21. A few Choctaw warriors yet survive who marched and fought in the army with General Wayne, the whole number stated not to exceed twenty. These it is agreed shall hereafter, while they live, receive twenty-five dollars a year; a list of them to be, early as practicable and within six months, made out, and presented to the agent to be forwarded to the War Department. ART. 22. The chiefs of the Choctaws have suggested that their people are in a state of rapid advancement in education and refine- ment, and have expressed a solicitude that they might have the privilege of a delegate on the floor of the House of Representatives extended to them. The commissioners do not feel that they can, under a treaty stipulation, accede to the request; but at their de- sire present it in the treaty, that Congress may consider of and decide the application. Done, and signed, and executed by the commissioners of the United States, and the chiefs, captains, and head men of the Choctaw nation, at Dancing Rabbit creek, this 27th day of September, eighteen hundred and thirty. Jno. H. Eaton, L. s. Eyarhocuttubbee, his x Jno. Coffee, L. S. mark, L. S. Greenwood Leflore, L. s. Iyacherhopia, his x mark, L. s. Musholatubbee, his x Offahoomah, his x mark, L. S. mark, L. s. Archalater, his x mark, L. S. Nittucachee, his x mark, L. s. Onnahubbee, his x mark, L. S. CHOCTA. W. S. 461 Holarterhoomah, his x mark, L. Hopiaunchahubbee, his x mark, L. Zishomingo, his x mark, L. Captainthalke, his x mark, L. James Shield, his x mark, L. Pistiyubbee, his x mark, L. Yobalarunehahubbee, his x mark, L. Holubbee, his x mark, L. S. Robert Cole, his x mark, L. s Mokelareharhopin, his x mark, L. S. Lewis Perry, his x mark, L. s. Artonamarstubbe, his x mark, L. S Hopeatubbee, his x mark, L. Hoshahoomah, his x mark, L. Chuallahoomah, his x mark, L. Joseph Kincaide, his x mark, L. Artooklubbetushpar, his x mark, L. Metubbee, his x mark, L. Arsarkatubbee, his x mark, L. Issaterhoomah, his x mark, L. Chohtahmatahah, his x mark, L. Tunnuppashubbee, his x mark, L. Okocharyer, his x mark, L. Hoshhopia, his x mark, L. Warsharshahopia, his x mark, L. Maarshunchahubbee, his x mark, L. Misharyubbee, his x mark, L. Daniel McCurtain, his x mark, L. Tushkerharcho, his x mark, L. Hoktoontubbee, his x mark, L. Nuknacrahookmarhee, his x mark, L. Mingohoomah, hiskmark, L. Pisinhocuttubbee, his x mark, L. Tullarhacher, his x mark, L. Little leader, his x mark, L. Maanhutter, his x mark, L. Cowehoomah, his x mark, L. Tillamoer, his x mark, L. Imnullacha, his x mark, L. Artopilachubbee, his x mark, L. Shupherunchahubbee, his x mark, L. Nitterhoomah, his x mark, L. Oaklaryubbee, his x mark, L. Pukumna, his x mark, L. Arpalar, his x mark, L. Holber, his x mark, L. Hoparmingo, his x mark, L. Isparhoomah, his x mark, L. Tieberhoomah, his x mark, L. Tishoholarter, his x mark, L. Mahayarchubbee, his x mark, L. Arlartar, his x mark, L. Nittahubbee, his x mark, L. Tishonouan, his x mark, L. Warsharchahoomah, his x mark, L. Isaac James, his x mark, L. Hopiaintushker, his x mark, L. Aryoshkermer, his x mark, L. Shemotar, his x mark, L. Hopiaisketina, his x mark, L. Thomas Leflore, his x mark, L. Arnokechatubbee, his x mark, L. Shokoperlukna, his x mark, L. Posherhoomah, his x mark, L. Robert Folsom, his x mark, L. Arharyotubbee, his x mark, L Kushonolarter, his x mark, L. James Vaughan, his x mark, L. S - S. 8. S- S. S. S. S. S. S. S. S. S. S. S. S. 462 CHOCTAWS. James Karnes, his x mark, L. s. Tishohakubbee, his x mark, L. Narlanalar, his x mark, L. Pennasha, his x mark, L. Inharyarker, his x mark, L. Motubbee, his x mark, L. Narharyubbee, his x mark, L. Ishmaryubbee, his x mark, L. James McKing, L. Lewis Wilson, his x mark, L. Istomarkerharcho, his x mark, L. Hohinshamartarher, his x L. mark, L. Kinsulachubbee, his x mark, L. Emarhinstubbee, his x mark, L. Gysalndalra, bm. his x mark, L. Thomas Wall, L. Sam. S. Worcester, L. Jacob Folsom, L. William Foster, L. Ontioerharcho, his x mark, L. Hugh A. Foster, L. Pierre Juzan, L. Jno. Pitchlynn, jr. L. David Folsom, L. Sholohommastube, his x mark, L. Tesho, his x mark, L. Lauwechubee, his x mark, L. Hoshehammo, his x mark, L. Ofenowo, his x mark, L. Ahekoche, his x mark, L. Kaloshoube, his x mark, L. Atoko, his x mark, L. Ishtemeleche, his x mark, L. Emthtohabe, his x mark, L. Silas D. Fisher, his x mark, L. Isaac Folsom, his x mark, L. Hekatube, his x mark, L. Hakseche, his x mark, L. Jerry Carney, his x mark, L. John Washington, his x mark, L. S S Phiplip, his x mark, Meshameye, his x mark, Ishteheka, his x mark, Heshohomme, his x mark, John McKolbery, his x mark, Benjm. James, his x mark, Tikbachahambe, his x mark, Aholiktube, his x mark, Walking Wolf, his x mark, John Waide, his x mark, Big Axe, his x mark, Bob, his x mark, Tushkochaubbee, his x mark, Ittabe, his x mark, Tishowakayo, his x mark, Folehommo, his x mark, John Garland, his x mark, Koshona, his x mark, Ishleyohamube, his x mark, Oklanowa, his x mark, Neto, his x mark, James Fletcher, his x mark, Silas D. Pitchlynn, William Trahorn, his x mark, Toshkahemmitto, his x mark, Tethetayo, his x mark, Emokloshahopie, his x mark, Tishoimita, his x mark, Thomas W. Foster, his x mark, Zadoc Brashears, his x mark, Levi Perkins, his x mark, Isaac Perry, his x mark, Ishlonocka Hoomah, his x mark, Hiram King, his x mark, Ogla Enlah, his x mark, Nultlahtubbee, his x mark, Tuska Hollattuh, his x mark, L. L. L. L. L. L. L. I , L. L. L. L. L. L. L. L. L. L. L. L. L. L. L. L. L. L. L. L. L. L. L. S L. L. L. L. L. L. S S C F OCTAWS. 463 Panshastubbee, his x mark, L. s. Kothoantchahubbee, his x P. P. Pitchlynn, his x mark, L. S. mark, L. S. Eyarpulubbee, his x mark, L. s. Joel H. Nail, his x mark, L. S. Okentahubbe, his x mark, L. s. Hopia Stonakey, his x Living War Club, his x mark, L. S. mark, L. S. Kocohomma, his x mark, L. S. John Jones, his x mark, L. s. William Wade, his x Charles Jones, his x mark, L. s. mark, L. S. Isaac Jones, his x mark, L. s. Panshstickubbee, his x Hocklucha, his x mark, L. s. mark, L. s. Muscogee, his x mark, L. s. Holittankchahubbee, his x Eden Nelson, his x mark, L. s. mark, L. S. In presence of E. Breathitt, Sec'ry to the Com- R. P. Currin, mission, Luke Howard, William Ward, Jägt. for Choc- Sam. S. Worcester, taws Jno. N. Byrn, John Pichlyn, U. S. Interpreter, John Bell, M. Mackey, U. S. Interpreter, Jno. Bond. Geo. S. Gaines, of Alabama, Various Choctaw persons have been presented by the chiefs of the nation with a desire that they might be provided for, being particularly deserving, an earnestness has been manifested that provision might be made for them. It is, therefore, by the under- signed commissioners here assented to, with the understanding that they are to have no interest in the reservations which are di- rected and provided for under the general treaty to which this is a supplement. As evidence of the liberal and kind feelings of the President and Government of the United States, the commissioners agree to the request as follows, (to wit,) Pierre Juzan, Peter Pitchlynn, G. W. Harkins, Jack Pitchlynn, Israel Fulsom, Louis Leflore, Benjamin James, Joel H. Nail, Hopoynjahubbee, Onorkubbee, Benjamin Leflore, Michael Leflore, and Allen Yates and wife, shall be enti- tled to a reservation of two sections of land each, to include their improvement where they at present reside, with the exception of the three first named persons and Benjamin Leflore, who are au- thorized to locate one of their sections on any other unimproved and unoccupied land, within their respective districts. ART. 2. And to each of the following persons there is allowed a reservation of a section and a half of land, (to wit,) James L. McDonald, Robert Jones, Noah Wall, James Campbell, G. Nel- son, Vaughn Brashears, R. Harris, Little Leader, S. Foster, J. 464 CHO CTAWS. Vaughn, L. Durans, Samuel Long, T. Magagha, Thos. Everge, Giles Thompson, Tomas Garland, John Bond, William Leflore, and Turner Brashears; the two first named persons may locate one section each, and one section jointly on any unimproved and un- occupied land, these not residing in the nation; the others are to include their present residence and improvement. Also, one section is allowed to the following persons, (to wit,) Middleton Mackey, Wesley Train, Choclehomo, Moses Foster, D. W. Wall, Charles Scott, Molly Nail, Susan Colbert, who was for: merly Susan James, Samuel Garland, Silas Fisher, D. McCurtain, Oaklahoma, and Polly Fillecuthey, to be located in entire sections to include their present residence and improvement, with the ex- ception of Molly Nail and Susan Colbert, who are authorized to locate theirs on any unimproved, unoccupied land. John Pitchlynn has long and faithfully served the nation in character of United States interpreter; he has acted as such for forty years; in consideration it is agreed, in addition to what has been done for him, there shall be granted to two of his children, (to wit,) Silas Pitchlynn and Thomas Pitchlynn, one section of land each, to adjoin the location of their father; likewise to James Madison and Peter, sons of Mushulatubbee, one section of land each, to include the old house and improvement where their father formerly lived, on the old military road adjoining a large prairie. And to Henry Groves, son of the chief Natticache, there is one section of land given to adjoin his father’s land. - And to each of the following persons half a section of land is granted on any unoccupied and unimproved lands in the districts where they respectively live, (to wit,) William Harkins, James D. Hamilton, William Juzan, Tobias Leflore, Jo Doke, Jacob Ful- som, P. Hays, Samuel Worcester, George Hunter, William Train, Robert Nail, and Alexander McKee. And there is given a quarter section of land each to Delila and her five fatherless children, she being a Choctaw woman residing out of the nation; also, the same quantity to Peggy Trihan, another Indian woman residing out of the nation, and her two fatherless children; and to the widows of Pushmilaha and Pucktshenubbee, who were formerly distinguished chiefs of the nation, and for their children, four quarter sections of land each, in trust for themselves and their children. All of said last mentioned reservations are to be located under and by direction of the President of the United States. ART. 3. The Choctaw people, now that they have ceded their lands, are solicitous to get to their new homes early as possible, and accordingly they wish that a party may be permitted to pro- ceed this fall to ascertain whereabouts will be most advantageous for their people to be located. It is therefore agreed that three or four persons, (from each of the three districts,) under the gui- dance of some discreet and well qualified person or persons, may CHOCTA.W. S. 465 proceed during this fall to the west upon an examination of the country. For their time and expenses the United States agree to allow the said twelve persons two dollars a day each, not to ex- ceed one hundred days, which is deemed to be ample time to make an examination. If necessary, pilots acquainted with the country will be furnished when they arrive in the west. - - ART. 4. John Donly, of Alabama, who has several Choctaw grand children, and who for twenty years has carried the mail through the Choctaw nation, a desire by the chiefs is expressed that he may have a section of land, it is accordingly granted, to be located in one entire section, on any unimproved and unoccupied land. Allen Glover and George S. Gaines, licensed traders in the Choctaw nation, have accounts amounting to upwards of nine thousand dollars against the Indians, who are unable to pay their said debts without distressing their families: a desire is expressed by the chiefs that two sections of land be set apart to be sold, and the proceeds thereof to be applied toward the payment of the afore- said debts. It is agreed that two sections of any unimproved and unoccupied land be granted to George S. Gaines, who will sell the same for the best price he can obtain, and apply the proceeds thereof to the credit of the Indians, on their accounts due to the beforementioned Glover and Gaines; and shall make the application to the poorest Indian first. At the earnest and particular request of the chief, Greenwood Leflore, there is granted to David Haley one half section of land, to be located in a half section on any un- occupied and unimproved land, as a compensation for a journey to Washington City with despatches to the Government, and returning with others to the Choctaw nation. The foregoing is entered into, as supplemental to the treaty concluded yesterday. Done at Dancing Rabbit creek the 28th day of September, 1830, Jno. H. Eaton, L. s. Robert Cole, his x mark, L, s, Jno. Coffee, L. s. Hopiaunchahubbee, his x Greenwood Leflore, L. S. mark, L. S., Nittucachee, his x mark, L. s. David Folsom, L. S. Mushulatubbee, his xmark, L. s. John Garland, his x mark, L. s. Offahoomah, his x mark, L. s. Hopiahoomah, his x mark, L. s. Eyarhoeuttubbee, his x Captain Thalko, his xmark, L. s. mark, L. s. Pierre Juzan, L. S. lyaeherhopia, his x mark, L. s. Immarstarher, his x mark, L. s. Holubbee, his x mark, L. s. Hoshimhamartar, his x Onarhubbee, his x mark, L. s. mark, L. S. In presence of E. Breathitt, Sec'y. to Coms. R. P. Currin, W. Ward, Agt, for Choctaws, Jno. W. Byrn, M. Mackey, U. S. Intr. Geo. S. Gaines. - John Pitchlynn, U. S. Intr 44 466 MENOMON.E.E.S. M E N O M O N E E S. I concLUDED FEBRUARY 8, 1831—RATIFIED JULY 9, 1832.] Articles of agreement made and concluded at the city of Washing. tom, this eighth day of February, one thousand eight hundred and thirty-one, between John H. Eaton, Secretary of War, and Su- muel C. Stambaugh, Indian Agent at Green Bay, specially authorized by the President of the United States, and the under- signed chiefs and head men of the JMenomonee nation of Indians, fully authorized and empowered by the said nation, to conclude and settle all matters provided for by this agreement. The Menomonee tribe of Indians, by their delegates in council, this day, define the boundaries of their country as follows, to wit: On the east side of Green Bay, Fox river, and Winnebago lake: Beginning at the south end of Winnebago lake; thence, south- eastwardly to the Milwauky or Manawauky river; thence, down said river to its mouth at lake Michigan; thence, north, along the shore of lake Michigan, to the mouth of Green Bay; thence, up Green Bay, Fox river, and Winnebago lake, to the place of begin- ning. And on the west side of Fox river, as follows: Beginning at the mouth of Fox river, thence down the east shore of Green Bay, and across its mouth, so as to include all the islands of the “Grand Traverse;” thence, westerly, on the highlands between the lake Superior and Green Bay, to the upper forks of the Meno- monee river; thence, to the Plover portage of the Wisconsin river; thence, up the Wisconsin river, to the Soft Maple river; thence, to the source of the Soft Maple river; thence, west to the Plume river, which falls into the Chippeway river; thence, down said Plume river to its mouth; thence, down the Chippeway river thirty miles; thence, easterly to the forks of the Monoy river, which falls into the Wisconsin river; thence, down the said Monoy river to its mouth; thence, down the Wisconsin river to the Wisconsin portage; thence, across the said portage to the Fox river; thence, down Fox river to its mouth at Green Bay, or the place of beginning. The country described within the above boundaries, the Meno. monees claim as the exclusive property of their tribe. Not yet having disposed of any of their lands, they receive no annuities from the United States: whereas their brothers the Potowato- mies on the south, and the Winnebagoes on the west, have sold a great portion of their country, receive large annuities, and are now encroaching upon the lands of the Menomonees. For the pur. poses, therefore, of establishing the boundaries of their country, and of ceding certain portions of their lands to the United States, MENOMIONEES, 467 in order to secure great and lasting benefits to themselves and posterity, as well as for the purpose of settling the long existing dispute between themselves and the several tribes of the New York Indians, who claim to have purchased a portion of their lands, the undersigned, chiefs and headmen of the Menomonee tribe, stipulate and agree with the United States, as follows: First. The Menomonee tribe of Indians declare themselves the friends and allies of the United States, under whose parental care and protection they desire to continue; and although always pro- testing that they are under no obligation to recognise any claim of the New York Indians to any portion of their country; that they neither sold, nor received any value, for the land claimed by these tribes; yet, at the solicitation of their Great Father, the President of the United States, and as an evidence of their love and venera- tion for him, they agree that such part of the land described, being within the following boundaries, as he may direct, may be set apart as a home to the several tribes of the New York Indians, who may remove to, and settle upon the same, within three years from the date of this agreement, viz.: Beginning on the west side of Fox river, near the “Little Kackalin,” at a point known as the “Old Mill Dam;” thence, northwest forty miles; thence, north- east to the Oconto creek, falling into Green Bay; thence, down said Oconto creek to Green Bay; thence, up along Green Bay and Fox river to the place of beginning; excluding therefrom all private land claims confirmed, and also the following reservation for military purposes: Beginning on the Fox river, at the mouth of the first creek above Fort Howard; thence, north sixty-four degrees west to Duck creek; thence, down said Duck creek to its mouth; thence, up and along Green Bay and Fox river to the place of beginning. The Menomonee Indians also reserve, for the use of the United States, from the country herein designated for the New York Indians, timber and firewood for the United States garrison, and as much land as may be deemed necessary for public highways, to be located by the direction, and at the discretion of the President of the United States. The country hereby ceded to the United States, for the benefit of the New York Indians, contains by estimation about five hundred thousand acres, and includes all their improvements on the west side of Fox river. As it is intended for a home for the several tribes of the New York Indians, who may be residing upon the lands at the expiration of three years from this date, and for none others, the President of the United States is hereby empowered to apportion the lands among the actual occupants at that time, so as not to assign to any tribe a greater number of acres than may be equal to one hun- dred for each soul actually settled upon the lands, and if, at the time of such apportionment, any lands shall remain unoccupied by any tribe of the New York Indians, such portion as would have 468 MENOMEONEES. belonged to said Indians, had it been occupied, shall revert to the United States. That portion, if any, so reverting, to be laid of by the President of the United States. It is distinctly under- stood, that the lands hereby ceded to the United States for the New York Indians, are to be held by those tribes, under such te- nure as the Menomonee Indians now hold their lands, subject to such regulations and alteration of tenure, as Congress and the Pre- sident of the United States shall, from time to time, think proper to adopt. Second. For the above cession to the United States, for the benefit of the New York Indians, the United States consent to pay the Menomonee Indians, twenty thousand dollars; five thousand to be paid on the first day of August next, and five thousand an- nually thereafter; which sums shall be applied to the use of the Menomonees, after such manner as the President of the United States may direct. Third. The Menomonee tribe of Indians, in consideration of the kindness and protection of the Government of the United States, and for the purpose of securing to themselves and posterity, a comfortable home, hereby cede and forever relinquish to the United States, all their country on the southeast side of Winne- bago lake, Fox river, and Green Bay, which they describe in the following boundaries, to wit: Beginning at the south end of Win- nebago lake, and running in a southeast direction to Milwaukyo Manawauky river; thence, down said river to its mouth; thence, north, along the shore of lake Michigan, to the entrance of Green Bay; thence, up and along Green Bay, Fox river, and Winnebago lake, to the place of beginning; excluding all private land claims which the United States have heretofore confirmed and sanctioned. It is also agreed, that all the islands which lie in Fox river and Green Bay, are likewise ceded; the whole comprising by estima- tion, two million five hundred thousand acres. - Fourth. The following described tract of land, at present owned and occupied by the Menomonee Indians, shall be set apart, and designated for their future homes, upon which their improvements as an agricultural people are to be made: Beginning on the west side of Fox river, at the “Old Mill Dam,” near the “Little Kackalin,” and running up and along said river, to the Winnebago lake; thence, along said lake to the mouth of Fox river; thence, up Fox river to the Wolf river; thence, up Wolf river to a point southwest of the west corner of the tract herein designated for the New York Indians; thence, northeast to said west corner; thence, southeast to the place of beginning. The above reservation being made to the Menomonee Indians for the purpose of weaning them from their wandering habits, by attaching them to comfortable homes, the President of the United States, as a mark of affection for his children of the Menomonee tribe, will cause to be employed MENOMONEEs. 469 five farmers of established character for capacity, industry, and moral habits, for ten successive years, whose duty it shall be to assist the Menomonee Indians in the cultivation of their farms, and to instruct their children in the business and occupation of farming. Also, five females shall be employed, of like good character, for the purpose of teaching young Menomonee women, in the business of useful housewifery, during a period of ten years. The annual compensation allowed to the farmers, shall not exceed five hundred dollars, and that of the females three hundred dollars. And the United States will cause to be erected, houses suited to their con- dition, on said lands, as soon as the Indians agree to occupy them, for which ten thousand dollars shall be appropriated; also, houses for the farmers, for which three thousand dollars shall be appro- priated; to be expended under the direction of the Secretary of War. Whenever the Menomonees thus settle their lands, they shall be supplied with useful household articles, horses, cows, hogs, and sheep, farming utensils, and other articles of husbandry neces- sary to their comfort, to the value of six thousand dollars; and they desire that some suitable device may be stamped upon such articles, to preserve them from sale or barter, to evil disposed white persons: none of which, nor any other articles with which the United States may at any time furnish them, shall be liable to sale, or be disposed of, or bargained, without permission of the agent. The whole to be under the immediate care of the farmers employed to remain among said Indians, but subject to the general control of the United States Indian agent at Green Bay, acting under the Secretary of War. The United States will erect a grist and saw mill on Fox river, for the benefit of the Menomonee Indians, and employ a good miller, subject to the direction of the agent, whose business it shall be to grind the grain, required for the use of the Menomonee Indians, and saw the lumber necessary for building on their lands, as also to instruct such young men of the Menomo- mee nation, as desire to, and conveniently can, be instructed in the trade of a miller. The expenses of erecting such mills, and a house for the miller to reside in, shall not exceed six thousand dol- lars, and the annual compensation of the miller shall be six hun- dred dollars, to continue for ten years. And if the mills so erected by the United States can saw more lumber, or grind more grain, than is required for the proper use of said Menomonee Indians, the proceeds of such milling shall be applied to the payment of other expenses occurring in the Green Bay agency, under the direction of the Secretary of War. In addition to the above provision made for the Menomonee In- dians, the President of the United States will cause articles of clothing to be distributed among their tribe at Green Bay, within six months from the date of this agreement, to the amount of eight thousand dollars; and flour and wholesome provisions, to the 470 Miº NoMo'NEES. º --- amount of one thousand dollars—one thousand dollars to be paid in specie. The cost of the transportation of the clothing and pro- visions to be included in the sum expended. There shall also be allowed annually thereafter, for the space of twelve successive years, to the Menomonee tribe, in such manner and form as the President of the United States shall deem most beneficial and ad- vantageous to the Indians, the sum of six thousand dollars. As a matter of great importance to the Menomonees, there shall be one or more gun and blacksmith shops erected, to be supplied with a necessary quantity of iron and steel, which, with a shop at Green Bay, shall be kept up for the use of the tribe, and continued at the discretion of the President of the United States. There shall also be a house for an interpreter to reside in, erected at Green Bay, the expenses not to exceed five hundred dollars. * Fifth. In the treaty of Butte des Morts, concluded in August, 1827, an article is contained, appropriating one thousand five hun- dred dollars annually, for the support of schools in the Menomo- nee country. And the representatives of the Menomonee nation, who are parties hereto, require, and it is agreed to, that said appro- priation shall be increased five hundred dollars, and continued for ten years from this date, to be placed in the hands of the Secretary at War, in trust for the exclusive use and benefit of the Menomo: nee tribe of Indians, and to be applied by him to the education of the children of the Menomonee Indians, in such manner as he may deem most advisable. Sixth. The Menomonee tribe of Indians shall be at liberty to hunt and fish on the lands they have now ceded to the United States, on the east side of Fox river and Green Bay, with the same privileges they at present enjoy, until it be surveyed and offered for sale by the President; they conducting themselves peaceably and orderly. The chiefs and warriors of the Menomonee nation, acting under the authority and on behalf of their tribe, solemnly pledge themselves to preserve peace and harmony between their people and the Government of the United States forever. They neither acknowledge the power nor protection of any other State or people. A departure from this pledge by any portion of their tribe, shall be a forfeiture of the protection of the United States Government, and their annuities will cease. In thus declaring their friendship for the United States, however, the Menomonee tribe of Indians, having the most implicit confidence in their Great Father, the President of the United States, desire that he will, as a kind and faithful guardian of their welfare, direct the provisions of this compact to be carried into immediate effect. The Meno- monee chiefs request that such part of it as relates to the New York Indians, be immediately submitted to the representatives of their tribes. And if they refuse to accept the provision made for their benefit, and to remove upon the lands set apart for them, on MENOMON.E.E.S. 471 º the west side of Fox river, that he will direct their immediate removal from the Menomonee country; but if they agree to accept of the liberal offer made to them by the parties to this compact, then the Menomonee tribe as dutiful children of their Great Father, the President, will take them by the hand as brothers, and settle down with them in peace and friendship. The boundary, as stated and defined in this agreement, of the Menomonee country, with the exception of the cessions hereinbe- fore made to the United States, the Menomonees claim as their country; that part of it adjoining the farming country, on the west side of Fox river, will remain to them as heretofore, for a hunting ground, until the President of the United States, shall deem it expedient to extinguish their title. In that case, the Menomonee tribe promise to surrender it immediately, upon being notified of the desire of Government to possess it. The additional annuity then to be paid to the Menomonee tribe, to be fixed by the Presi- dent of the United States. It is conceded to the United States that they may enjoy the right of making such roads, and of esta- blishing such military posts, in any part of the country now occu- pied by the Menomonee nation, as the President at any time may think proper. As a further earnest of the good feeling on the part of their Great Father, it is agreed that the expenses of the Menomonee delegation to the city of Washington, and of returning, will be paid, and that a comfortable suit of clothes will be provided for each; also, that the United States will cause four thousand dollars to be expended in procuring fowling guns, and ammunition for them; and likewise, in lieu of any garrison rations, hereafter allowed or received by them, there shall be procured and given to said tribe one thousand dollars worth of good and wholesome provisions an- nually, for four years, by which time it is hoped their hunting habits may cease, and their attention be turned to the pursuits of agriculture. In testimony whereof, the respective parties to this agreement have severally signed the same, this 8th February, 1831. John H. Eaton, L. S. S. C. Stambaugh, L. S. Kaush-kau-no-naive, grizzly bear, his x mark, L. S. A-ya-mah-taw, fish spawn, his x mark, L. s. Ko-ma-ni-kin, big wave, his x mark, L. S. Ko-ma-ni-kee-no-shah, little wave, his x mark, L. S. 0-ho-pa-shah, little whoop, his x mark, L. S. Ah-ke-ne-pa-weh, earth standing, his x mark, L. S. Shaw-wan-noh, the south, his x mark, L. S. Mash-ke-wet, his x mark, L. S. Pah-she-nah-sheu, his x mark, L. S. 472 MENOMONEES. Chi-mi-na-na-quet, great cloud, his x mark, L., S. A-na-quet-to-a-peh, setting in a cloud, his x mark, L. s. Sha-ka-cho-ka-mo, great chief, his x mark. L. S. Signed, sealed, and delivered in presence of R. A. Forsyth, Interpreters William Wilkins, of Pennsylva- C. A. Grignon, p 2 nia, A. G. Ellis, Samuel Swartwout, of N. York, Richard Pricket, U. S. Interpre- John T. Mason, Michigan, ter, his x mark, Rh. M. Johnson, Kentucky. SUPPLEMENTARY ARTICLES. Whereas, certain articles of agreement were entered into and concluded at the city of Washington, on the 8th day of February, instant, between the undersigned, commissioners on behalf of the United States, and the chiefs and warriors, representing the Meno- monee tribe of Indians, whereby a portion of the Menomonee country, on the northwest side of Fox river and Green Bay, was ceded to the United States, for the benefit of the New York In- dians, upon certain conditions and restrictions therein expressed: And whereas, it has been represented to the parties to that agree- ment, who are parties hereto, that it would be more desirable and satisfactory to some of those interested, that one or two immaterial changes be made in the first and sixth articles, so as not to limit the number of acres to one hundred for each soul who may be set- tled upon the land when the President apportions it, as also to make unlimited the time of removal and settlement upon these lands by the New York Indians, but to leave both these matters discretionary with the President of the United States: Now, therefore, as a proof of the sincerity of the professions made by the Menomonee Indians, when they declared themselves anxious to terminate, in an amicable manner, their disputes with the New York Indians, and also as a further proof of their love and veneration for their great father, the President of the United States, the undersigned, representatives of the Menomonee tribe of Indians, unite and agree with the commissioners aforesaid, in making and acknowledging the following supplementary articles a part of the former aforesaid agreement: First. It is agreed between the undersigned, commissioners on behalf of the United States, and the chiefs and warriors represent- ing the Menomonee tribe of Indians, that, for the reasons above expressed, such parts of the first article of the agreement, entered into between the parties hereto, on the eighth instant, as limits the removal and settlement of the New York Indians upon the lands therein provided for their future homes to three years, shall be altered and amended, so as to read as follows: That the President of the United States shall prescribe the time for the removal and settlement of the New York Indians upon the lands thus provided MENOMON.E.E.S. 478 for them; and, at the expiration of such reasonable time, he shall apportion the land among the actual settlers, in such manner as he shall deem equitable and just. And if within such reasonable time, as the President of the United States shall prescribe for that pur- pose, the New York Indians shall refuse to accept the provisions made for their benefit, or having agreed, shall neglect or refuse to remove from New York, and settle on the saidlands within the time prescribed for that purpose, that then, and in either of these events, the lands aforesaid shall be and remain the property of the United States, according to said first article, excepting so much thereof as the President shall deem justly due to such of the New York Indians as shall actually have removed to and settled on the said lands. Second. It is further agreed that the part of the sixth article of the agreement aforesaid, which requires the removal of those of the New York Indians, who may not be settled on the lands at the end of three years, shall be so amended as to leave such removal dis- cretionary with the President of the United States. The Meno- monee Indians having full confidence that in making his decision, he will take into consideration the welfare and prosperity of their nation. Done and signed at Washington, this 17th of February, 1831. John H. Eaton, L. S. S. C. Stambaugh, Kaush-kau-no-naive, his x mark, A-ya-mah-taw, his x mark, Ko-ma-ni-kin, his x mark, Ko-ma-ni-kee-no-shah, his x mark, O-ho-pa-shah, his x mark, Ah-ke-ne-pa-weh, his x mark, Shaw-wan-noh, his x mark, Mash-ke-wet, his x mark, Pah-she-nah-sheu, his x mark, Chi-mi-na-na-quet, his x mark, A-na-quet-to-a-peh, his x mark, Sha-ka-cho-ka-mo, his x mark, S Signed in presence of R. A. Forsyth, John T. Mason, C. A. Grignon, P. G. Randolph, Law. L. V. Kleeck, A. G. Ellis. Ratified upon the conditions expressed in the proviso, contained in the resolution of the Senate, as follows: “Provided, That for the purpose of establishing the rights of the New York Indians on a permanent and just footing, the said treaty shall be ratified with the express understanding that two townships of land on the east side of the Winnebago lake, equal to 474 SENECAS. forty-six thousand and eighty acres shall be laid off, (to commence at some point to be agreed on,) for the use of the Stockbridge and Munsee tribes; and that the improvements made on the lands now in the possession of the said tribes, on the east side of the Fox river, which said lands are to be relinquished, shall, after being valued by a commissioner to be appointed by the President of the United States, be paid for by the government: Provided, however, that the valuation of such improvements shall not exceed the sum of twenty-five thousand dollars: and that there shall be one township of land adjoining the foregoing, equal to twenty-three thousand and forty acres, laid off and granted for the use of the Brothertown Indians, who are to be paid by the government the sum of one thou- sand six hundred dollars for the improvements on the lands now in their possession, on the east side of Fox river, and which lands are to be relinquished by said Indians: Also, that a new line shall be run parallel to the southwestern boundary line, or course of the tract of five hundred thousand acres described in the first article of this treaty, and set apart for the New York Indians, to commence at a point on the west side of the Fox river, and one mile above the Grand Shute on Fox river, and at a sufficient distance from the said boundary line as established by the said first article, as shall comprehend the additional quantity of two hundred thousand acres of land, on and along the west side of Fox river, without including any of the confirmed private land claims on the Fox river, and which two hundred thousand acres shall be a part of the five hun- dred thousand acres intended to be set apart for the Six Nations of the New York Indians and the St. Regis tribe; and that an equal quantity to that which is added to the southwestern side shall be taken off from the northeastern side of the said tract, de- scribed in that article, on the Oconto creek, to be determined by a commissioner to be appointed by the President of the United States; so that the whole number of acres to be granted to the Six Nations, and St. Registribe of Indians, shall not exceed the quan- tity originally stipulated by the treaty.” SENE CA. S. [concluded F.E.B. 28, 1831—RATIFIED MARCH 24, 1831. I *Articles of agreement and convention, made and concluded at the city of Washington, on the twenty-eighth day of February, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and thirty-one, by and between James B. Gardiner, specially appointed commissioner on the part of the United States, of the one part, and the under- signed, principal chiefs and warriors of the Seneca tribe of In- SENECAS. 473 dians, residing on the Sandusky river in the State of Ohio, on the part of said tribe, of the other part ; for the cession of the lands now owned and occupied by the said tribe of Indians, lying on the waters of the Sandusky river, and situate within the terri- torial limits of the organized counties of Seneca and Sandusky, in said State of Ohio. Whereas, the tribe of Seneca Indians, residing on Sandusky river, in the State of Ohio, have earnestly solicited the President of the United States to negotiate with them, for an exchange of the lands, now owned and occupied by them, for lands of the United States, west of the river Mississippi, and for the removal and permanent settlement of said tribe: Therefore, in order to carry into effect the aforesaid objects, the following articles have been agreed upon : ART. 1. The Seneca tribe of Indians, in consideration of the stipulations herein made on the part of the United States, do for- ever cede, release and quit claim to the United States, the lands granted to them, by patent, in fee simple, by the sixth section of the treaty, made at the foot of the Rapids of the Miami river of lake Erie, on the twenty-ninth day of September, in the year 1817, containing thirty thousand acres, and described as follows: “Beginning on the Sandusky river at the lower corner of the sec- tion granted to William Spicer; thence down the river on the east side, with the meanders thereof at high water mark, to a point east of the mouth of Wolf creek; thence, and from the begin- ning, east, so far that a north line will include the quantity of thirty thousand acres.” And said tribe also cede, as aforesaid, one other tract of land, reserved for the use of the said Senecas, by the second article of the treaty, made at St. Mary’s, in the State of Ohio, on the seventeenth day of September, in the year 1818, which tract is described in said treaty as follows: “Ten thousand acres of land, to be laid off on the east side of the San- dusky river, adjoining the south side of their reservation of thirty thousand acres, which begins on the Sandusky river, at the lower corner of William Spicer’s section, and excluding therefrom the said William Spicer's section:” making in the whole of this cession, forty thousand acres. ART. 2. In consideration of the cessions stipulated in the fore- going article, the United States agree to cause the said tribe of Senecas, consisting of about four hundred souls, to be removed in a convenient and suitable manner, to the western side of the Missis- sippi river; and will grant them, by patent, in fee simple, as long as they shall exist as a nation and remain on the same, a tract of land, situate on, and adjacent to, the northern boundary of the lands heretofore granted to the Cherokee nation of Indians, and adjoining the boundary of the State of Missouri; which tract shall extend fifteen miles from east to west, and seven miles from north 476 SENECAS. to south, containing about sixty-seven thousand acres, be the same more or less; for which the President of the United States shall cause letters patent to be issued, in due form of law, agreeably to the act of the last session of Congress. ART. 3. The United States will defray the expenses of the removal of the said Senecas and will moreover supply them with a sufficiency of wholesome provisions, to support them for one year, after their arrival at their new residence. ART. 4. Out of the first sales, to be made of the lands herein ceded by the Senecas, the United States will cause a grist mill, a saw mill, and a blacksmith shop to be erected on the lands herein granted to the Senecas, with all necessary tools, to be supported and kept in operation, at the expense of the United States, for the sole benefit of the said Senecas; and for these purposes, the United States, will employ a miller and a blacksmith, for such term as the President of the United States, in his discretion, may think proper. ART. 5. As the Seneca Indians, on their removal, will standin need of funds to make farms and erect houses; it is agreed that the United States will advance them six thousand dollars, in lieu of the improvements which they have made on the lands herein ceded to the United States; which sum shall be reimbursed from the sales of the lands ceded. An equitable distribution of this sum shall be made by the chiefs, with the consent of the tribe, in general council assembled, to such individuals of the tribe, as, having left improvements, may be properly entitled to receive the Same. ART. 6. The live stock, farming utensils, and other chattel pro- perty, which the Senecas now own, and may not be able to take with them, shall be sold by some agent, to be appointed by the President; and the proceeds paid to the owners of such property, respectively. ART. 7. The expenses of the chiefs, in coming to and remaining at Washington, and returning to Ohio, as well as the expenses and per diem pay of the native interpreter accompanying them, shall be paid by the United States. ART. 8. The United States will expose to public sale, to the highest bidders, at such time and in such manner as the President ºnay direct, the tracts of land herein ceded by the Seneca Indians: And, after deducting from the proceeds of such sale, the minimum price of the public lands; the cost of building the saw and grist mills and blacksmith shop for the Senecas; the cost of surveying the lands; and the sum of six thousand dollars, to be advanced in lieu of their present improvements: it is agreed that any balance which may remain, of the avails of the lands after sale as afore- said, shall constitute a fund for the future exigencies of the tribe, on which the Government of the United States consent and agree SENECAS. 477 to pay to the chiefs of the nation, for the use and general benefit of the nation, annually, five per cent. on said balance, as an an- nuity: And if, at any time hereafter, the Seneca chiefs, by and with the advice and consent of their tribe in general council as- sembled, shall make known to the President, their desire that the fund, thus to be created, should be dissolved and given to the tribe; the President shall cause the same to be paid over to them, in such manner as he may direct; provided he shall become satisfied of the propriety of so doing. ART. 9. It is agreed that any annuity, accruing to the Senecas, by former treaties, shall be paid to them at their intended resi- dence, west of the Mississippi, under the direction of the Presi- dent. - ART, 10. The United States hereby agree to give to the Senecas, as presents, one hundred rifles, as soon as practicable, and four hundred blankets, for the use of the tribe, to be delivered to them at such time and place as may be directed by the Secretary of War. Also fifty ploughs, fifty hoes and fifty axes, will be given to the tribe, as aforesaid, to assist them in commencing farming. ART. 11. The chiefs of the Senecas, being impressed with gratitude towards Henry C. Brish, their sub-agent, for his private advances of money and provisions, and numerous other acts of kindness towards them, as well as his extra services in coming with them to Washington; and having expressed a wish that a quarter section of a hundred and sixty acres of the lands ceded by them, should be granted to him, in consideration thereof; the same is hereby granted to him and his heirs to be located under the direction of the President of the United States. ART. 12. The lands granted by this agreement and convention to the Seneca tribe of Indians shall not be sold or ceded by them, except to the United States. ART. 13. It is communicated by the chiefs here, that, in coun- cil, before they left home, it was agreed by the tribe, that, for their services in coming to the city of Washington, each should receive one hundred dollars, to be paid by said tribe: At the request of said chiefs, it is agreed that the United States will advance the amount, to wit: five hundred dollars, to be hereafter reimbursed from the sale of their lands in Ohio. In testimony whereof, the parties respectively have this twenty- eighth of February signed the same and affixed their seals. James B. Gardiner, L. S. Comstick, his x mark, L. S. Small Cloud Spicer, his x mark, L. S. Seneca Steel, his x mark, L. S. Hard Hickory, his x mark, i. s. Capt. Good Hunter, his x mark. L. 8, 478 SENECAS AND SHAWNEES. Signed in presence of Henry C. Brish, Sub-agent, Henry Toland, George Herron, Interpreter, P. G. Randolph. W. B. Lewis, SENE CAS AND SHAWNEES. I concLUDED JULY 20, 1831—RATIFIED APRIL 6, 1832, J Articles of agreement and convention made and concluded at Lewis- town, in the county of Logan, and State of Ohio, on the twentieth day of July, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and thirty-one, by and between James B. Gardiner, specially appointed commissioner on the part of the United States, and John McElvain, Indian agent for the Wyandots, Senecas and Shawnees, on the one part, and the undersigned principal chiefs and warriors of the miced band of Senecas and Shawnee Indians residing at and around the said Lewistown, of the other part; for the cession of the lands now owned and occupied by said band, lying on the waters of the Great Miami river, and within the territorial limits of the organized county of Logan, in said State of Ohio. Whereas, the President of the United States, under the autho- rity of the act of Congress, approved May 28th, 1830, has ap- pointed a special commissioner to confer with the different Indian tribes residing within the constitutional limits of the State of Ohio, and to offer for their acceptance the provisions contained in the before recited act: And whereas, the mixed band or tribes of Seneca and Shawnee Indians, residing at and around Lewistown, in said State, have expressed their perfect assent to the conditions of said act, and their willingness and anxiety to remove west of the Mississippi river, in order to obtain a more permanent and advantageous home for themselves and their prosperity: There- fore, in order to carry into effect the aforesaid objects, the follow- ing articles have been agreed upon by the aforesaid contracting parties; which, when approved by the President and ratified by the Senate of the United States, shall be mutually binding upon the United States and the said Seneca and Shawnee Indians. ART. 1. The Seneca and Shawnee Indians, residing at and around Lewistown, in the State of Ohio, in consideration of the stipulations herein made on the part of the United States, do for- ever cede, release and quit claim to the United States, the lands granted to them by patent infee simple by the sixth article of the SENECAS AND SHAWNEES. 479 treaty made at the foot of the rapids of the Miami river of lake Erie, on the twenty-ninth day of September, in the year 1817, containing forty-eight square miles, and described in said treaty as follows: “Beginning at the intersection of the line run by Charles Roberts in the year one thousand eight hundred and twelve, from the source of the Little Miami river, to the source of the Scioto river, in pursuance of instructions from the commissioners ap- pointed on the part of the United States, to establish the western boundary of the Virginia military reservation, with the Indian boundary line established by the treaty of Greenville, in one thou- sand seven hundred and ninety-five, from the crossings above Fort Lawrence to Loramie's store, and to run from such intersection, northerly, with the first mentioned line, so as to include the quan- tity as nearly in a square form as practicable, after excluding the section of land granted to Nancy Stewart.” And the said Senecas and Shawnees also cede to the United States, in manner aforesaid, one other tract of land reserved for them by the second article of the treaty made at St. Mary’s, in Ohio, on the seventeenth of September, in the year 1818, which tract is described in said treaty as follows: “Eight thousand nine hundred and sixty acres, to be laid off adjoining the west line of the reserve of forty-eight square miles at Lewiston.” ART. 2. In consideration of the cessions stipulated in the fore- going article, the United States agree to cause the said band of Senecas and Shawnees, consisting of about three hundred souls, to be removed in a convenient and suitable manner to the western side of the Mississippi river, and will grant by patent in fee simple to them and their heirs forever, as long as they shall exist as a nation and remain on the same, a tract of land to contain sixty thousand acres, to be located under the direction of the President of the United States, contiguous to the lands granted to the Senecas of Sandusky by the treaty made with them at the city of Washington, on the 28th of February, 1831, and the Cherokee set- tlements; the east line of said tract shall be within two miles of the west line of the lands granted to the Senecas of Sandusky, and the south line shall be within two miles of the north line of the lands held by the Cherokees; and said two miles between the aforesaid lines, shall serve as a common pass-way between the beforementioned tribes to prevent them from intruding upon the lands of each other. ART. 3. The United States will defray the expense of the re- moval of the said Senecas and Shawnees, and will moreover supply them with a sufficiency of good and wholesome provisions to sup- port them for one year after their arrival at their new residence. ART. 4. Out of the first sales to be made of the lands herein ceded by the said Senecas and Shawnees, the United States will cause a saw mill and a blacksmith shop to be erected on the lands 480 sºng CAs AND SHAwNEEs. granted to the said Indians west of the Mississippi, with all neces- sary machinery and tools, to be supported and kept in operation at the expense of the United States, for the mutual and sole benefit of the said Senecas and the Shawnees; and the United States will employ a blacksmith to execute the necessary work for the said Indians for such time as the President of the United States, in his discretion, may think proper. ART. 5. In lieu of the improvements which have been made on the lands herein ceded, it is agreed that the United States shall advance to the said Senecas and Shawnees the sum of six thou- sand dollars, to be reimbursed from the sales of lands herein ceded by them to the United States. A fair and equitable distribution of this sum shall be made by the chiefs of the said Senecas and Shawnees, with the consent of their tribes in general council as- sembled, to such individuals of the tribes as, having left improve- ments, may be properly entitled to the same. ART. 6. The live stock, farming utensils, and other chattel property which the said Senecas and Shawnees now own, and may not be able to carry with them, shall be sold under the super- intendence of some suitable person appointed by the Secretary of War, and the proceeds paid over to owners of such property respectively. ART. 7. The said Senecas and Shawnees shall be removed to their new residence under the care and protection of some compe- tent and proper person, friendly to them and acquainted with their habits, manners, and customs; and the chiefs of the said tribes shall have the privilege of nominating such person to the Presi- dent, who, if approved of by him, shall have charge of their con- Veyance. ART. 8. The United States will expose to public sale to the highest bidders, in the manner of selling the public lands, the tracts of land herein ceded by the Senecas and Shawnees; and after deducting from the proceeds of such sale the sum of seventy cents per acre, exclusive of the cost of surveying the lands, the cost of the saw mill and blacksmith shop, and the sum of six thousand dollars to be advanced in lieu of the improvements on the ceded lands; it is agreed that any balance which may remain of the lands after sale as aforesaid, shall constitute a fund for the future necessities of said tribes, on which the Government of the United States agree and consent to pay to the chiefs for the use and general benefit of the said tribes annually, five per cent. on the amount of the said balance as an annuity. Said fund to be continued during the pleasure of Congress, unless the chiefs of the said tribes, by and with the consent of the whole of their people in general council assembled, should desire that the fund thus to be created, should be dissolved and paid over to them, in which case the President shall cause the same to be paid over, if SENECAS AND SHAWNEES. 481 in his discretion he shall think the happiness and prosperity of said tribes would be promoted thereby. ART. 9. It is agreed that any annuities accruing to the said Senecas and Shawnees by former treaties shall be paid to them at their intended residence west of the Mississippi under the direc- tion of the President. ART. 10. In consideration of the former good conduct and friendly disposition of the aforesaid band of Senecas and Shaw- nees towards the American Government, and as an earnest of the kind feelings, and good wishes of their great father for the future welfare and happiness of themselves and their posterity, it is agreed that the United States will give them as presents, the fol- lowing articles, to wit: one hundred blankets, twenty ploughs, one hundred hoes, fifty axes, ten rifles, twenty sets of horse gears, and Russia sheeting sufficient to make forty tents; the whole to be delivered to them as soon as practicable after their arrival at their new residence, except the blankets and the Russia sheeting for the tents, which shall be given at the time of their setting out on their journey; all of said articles to be distributed by the chiefs according to the just claims and necessities of their people. ART. 11. The lands granted by this agreement and convention to the said band of Senecas and Shawnees, shall not be sold or ceded by them except to the United States. And the United States guarantee that said lands shall never be within the bounds of any State or Territory, nor subject to the laws thereof; and further, that the President of the United States will cause said tribes to be protected at their new residence against all interrup- tion or disturbance from any other tribe or nation of Indians, or from any other person or persons whatever; and he shall have the same care and superintendence over them in the country to which they design to remove, that he has heretofore had over them at their present place of residence. ART, 12. At the request of the chiefs of the Senecas and Shaw- nees, there is granted to James McPherson, one half section of land to contain three hundred and twenty acres, to be laid off in such part of the lands here ceded as he may select, so that the said half section shall adjoin the land heretofore donated to him near the southeast corner of that part of the lands herein ceded which was assigned to the Shawnees by the second article of the treaty made at St. Mary’s, on the 17th of September, 1818. And this grant is made in consideration of the sincere attachment of the said chiefs and their people for the said James McPherson, who has lived among them and near them for forty years, and from whom they have received numerous and valuable services and benefits; and also in consideration of the able and candid manner in which he has explained to the Indians the policy of the United States in regard to the future welfare and permanent settlement of the Indian tribes. 45 482. SENECAS AND SHAWNEES. ART. 13. At the request of the aforesaid chiefs, there is hereby granted to Henry H. McPherson, an adopted son of their nation, a half section of land, to contain three hundred and twenty acres, to be added to a half section of land granted to him by the said chiefs on the 20th day of March, 1821, and approved by the President of the United States, which is to be so laid off as to enlarge the last mentioned grant to a square section. ART, 14. At the special request of the aforesaid chiefs, one quarter section of land, to contain one hundred and sixty acres, is hereby granted to Martin Lane their interpreter, who married a quarter blood Indian woman, and has lived a long time among the Senecas. The said quarter section is to be located under the direction of the President of the United States. ART. 15. It is understood and agreed by the present con- tracting parties, that the words, “the lands heretofore donated to him.” in the twelfth section of this treaty, have direct and sole reference to a verbal donation heretofore made by the said Senecas and Shawnees to the said McPherson, and that the intention is that this treaty should confirm the former as well as the latter grant, so that the said McPherson is entitled to one whole section to be located in the southeast corner of the Shawnee part of the lands herein ceded as aforesaid. In testimony hereof, the present contracting parties respectively have signed their hands, and affixed their seals, the day and year aforesaid, at Pleasant Plains, near Lewistown, in the State of Ohio. James B. Gardiner, John McElvain, Methomea, or Civil John, his x mark, Skilleway, or Robbin, his x mark, Totala Chief, or John Young, his x mark, Pewyache, his x mark, Mingo Carpenter, his x mark, John Jackson, his x mark, Quashacaugh, or Little Lewis, his x mark, James McDonnell, his x mark, Honede, or Civil John’s Son, his x mark, Run Fast, his x mark, Yankee Bill, his x mark, Cold Water, his x mark, John Sky, his x mark, S. S. Signed, sealed, and delivered in presence of us, David Robb, Sub-Agent, Joseph Parks, his x mark, U. S. James McPherson, U. S. Inter- Interpreter, preter, N. Z. McCulloch, S.H.A.W.NEES. 483 H. E. Spencer, D. M. Workman, Wm. Rianhard, R. Patterson, John Shelby, A. O. Spencer, Alexander Thomson, Jas. Stewart, H. B. Strother, - Stephen Giffin. Benj. S. Brown, I do hereby certify that each and every article of the foregoing convention and agreement, was carefully explained and fully in- terpreted by me to the chiefs, head men and warriors who have signed the same. Martin Lane, U. S. Interpreter. L. S. - S.H.A.W.N.E.E.S. [concluded August 8, 1831–narrºred APRIL 6, 1832.1 Articles of agreement and convention, made and concluded at Wapaghkonnetta, in the county of Allen, and State of Ohio, on the eighth day of August in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and thirty-one, by and between James B. Gardiner specially appointed commissioner on the part of the United States, and John McElvain, Indian agent for the Wyandois, Sénecas, and Shawnees residing in the State of Ohio, on the one part, and the undersigned, principal chiefs, headmen, and warriors, of the tribe of Shawnee Indians residing at Wapaghkonnetta and Hog creek, within the territorial limits of the organized county ºf Allen, in the State of Ohio. Whereas, the President of the United States under the authority of the act of Congress, approved May 28, 1830, has appointed a special commissioner to confer with the different Indian tribes residing within the constitutional limits of the State of Ohio, and to offer for their acceptance the provisions of the before recited act; And whereas, the said tribe or band of Shawnee Indians, residing at Wapaghkonnetta and on Hog creek in the said State, have expressed their perfect assent to the conditions of the said act, and their willingness and anxiety to remove west of the Mis- sissippi river, in order to obtain a more permanent and advanta- geous home for themselves and their posterity: Therefore, in order to carry into effect the aforesaid objects, the following arti- cles of convention have been agreed upon by the aforesaid con- tracting parties, which, when ratified by the President of the United States, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate thereof, shall be mutually binding upon the United States and the said Shawnee Indians. - 484 SHAWNEES. ART. 1. The tribe or band of Shawnee Indians residing at Wapaghkonnetta and on Hog creek in the State of Ohio, in con- sideration of the stipulations herein made, on the part of the United States, do forever cede, release, and quit claim, to the United States the lands granted to them by patent in fee simple by the sixth section of the treaty made at the foot of the rapids of the Miami river of lake Erie, on the 29th day of September, in the year of our Lord 1817, containing one hundred and twenty-five sections or square miles, and granted in two reservations, and described in the said sixth section of the aforesaid treaty as follows:– “A tract of land ten miles square, the centre of which shall be the council house at Wapaghkonnetta,” and “a tract of land containing twenty-five square miles, which is to join the tract granted at Wapaghkonnetta, and to include the Shawnee settlement on Hog creek, and to be laid off as nearly as possible in a square form;” which said two tracts or reservations of land were granted as aforesaid to the said Shawnee Indians by the patents signed by the Commissioner of the General Land Office, and certified by the Secretary of War, dated the 20th day of April, 1821. Also, one other tract of land, granted to the said Shawnees by the second article of the treaty made at St. Mary’s in the State of Ohio, on the 17th day of September in the year 1818, and described therein as follows: “Twelve thousand eight hundred acres of land to be laid off, adjoining the east line of their reserve of ten miles square at Wapaghkonnetta;” making in the whole of the aforesaid ces- sions to the United States by the aforesaid Shawnees, one hun- dred and forty-five sections or square miles, which includes all the land now owned or claimed by the said band or tribe of Shawnees in the State of Ohio. ART. 2. In consideration of the cessions stipulated in the fore- going article, the United States agree to cause the said tribe or band of Shawnees, consisting of about four hundred souls, to be removed in a convenient and suitable manner to the Western side of the Mississippi river, and will grant by patent in fee simple to them and their heirs forever, as long as they shall exist as a nation and remain upon the same, a tract of land to contain one hundred thousand acres, to be located under the direction of the President of the United States, within the tract of land equal to fifty miles square, which was granted to the Shawnee Indians of the State of Missouri, by the second article of a treaty made at the city of Saint Louis in said State, with the said Shawnees of Missouri, by Wil- liam Clark, Superintendent of Indian Affairs, on the 7th day of November in the year 1825; and in which it is provided that the grant aforesaid shall be for the Shawnee tribe of Indians within the State of Missouri, “and for those of the same nation now resid: ing in Ohio, who may hereafter emigrate to the west of the Mis: sissippi;” but if there should not be a sufficiency of good land SHAWNEES. 485 unoccupied by the Shawnee Indians who have already settled on the tract granted as aforesaid by the said treaty of Saint Louis, then the tract of one hundred thousand acres, hereby granted to the said Shawnees of Ohio, parties to this compact, shall be loca- ted under the direction of the President of the United States on lands contiguous to the said Shawnees of Missouri, or on any other unappropriated lands within the district of country designed for the emigrating Indians of the United States. ART. 3. The United States will defray the expenses of the re- moval of the said band or tribe of Shawnees, and will moreover supply them with a sufficiency of good and wholesome provisions, to support them for one year after their arrival at their new residence. ART. 4. Out of the first sales to be made of the lands herein ceded by the said Shawnees, the United States will cause a good and substantial saw mill, and a grist mill, built in the best manner, and to contain two pair of stones and a good bolting cloth, to be erected on the lands granted to the said Shawnees, west of the Mississippi; and said mills shall be solely for their use and benefit. The United States will, out of the sales of ceded lands, as afore- said, cause a blacksmith shop, (to contain all the necessary tools,) to be built for the said Shawnees, at their intended residence, and a blacksmith shall be employed by the United States, as long as the President thereof may deem proper, to execute all necessary and useful work for said Indians. ART. 5. In lieu of the improvements which have been made on the lands herein ceded, it is agreed that the United States shall advance to the said Shawnees (for the purpose of enabling them to erect houses and open farms at their intended residence) the sum of thirteen thousand dollars, to be reimbursed from the sales of the lands herein ceded by them to the United States. A fair and equi- table distribution of this sum shall be made by the chiefs of the said Shawnees, with the consent of the people, in general council as- sembled, to such individuals of their tribes who have made improve- ments on the lands herein ceded, and may be properly entitled to the same. ART. 6. The farming utensils, live stock and other chattel pro- perty, which the said Shawnees now own, and may not be able to carry with them, shall be sold, under the superintendence of some suitable person, appointed by the Secretary of War for that pur- pose, and the proceeds paid over to the owners of such property respectively. ART. 7. The United States will expose to public sale to the highest bidder, in the manner of selling the public lands, the tracts of land herein ceded by the said Shawnees. And after deducting from the proceeds of such sales the sum of seventy cents per acre, exclusive of the cost of surveying, the cost of the grist mill, saw 486 a S.H.A.W.NEES. mill and blacksmith shop, and the aforesaid sum of thirteen thousand dollars, to be advanced in lieu of improvements; it is agreed that any balance, which may remain of the avails of the lands, after sale as aforesaid, shall constitute a fund for the future necessities of said tribe, parties to this compact, on which the United States agree to pay to the chiefs, for the use and general benefit of their people, annually, five per centum on the amount of said balance, as an annuity. Said fund to be continued during the pleasure of Congress, unless the chiefs of the said tribe, or band, by and with the consent of their people, in general council assembled, should desire that the fund thus to be created, should be dissolved and paid over to them; in which case the President shall cause the same to be so paid, if, in his discretion, he shall believe the hap- piness and prosperity of said tribe would be promoted thereby, ART. 8. It is agreed that any annuities, accruing to the said band or tribe of Shawnees, by former treaties, shall be paid to them at their intended residence west of the Mississippi, under the direction of the President. - ART. 9. In consideration of the good conduct and friendly dis- position of the said band of Shawnees towards the American Government, and as an earnest of the kind feelings and good wishes of the people of the United States, for the future welfare and happiness of the said Shawnees, it is agreed that the United States will give them, as presents, the following articles, to be fairly divided by the chiefs, among their people, according to their several neeessities, to wit: two hundred blankets, forty ploughs, forty set of horse gears, one hundred and fifty hoes, fifty axes, and Russia sheeting sufficient for fifty tents: the whole to be delivered to them, as soon as practicable, after their arrival at their new residence, except the blankets and Russia sheeting, which shall be given previously to their removal. ART, 10. The lands granted by this agreement and convention to the said band or tribe of Shawnees, shall not be sold nor ceded by them, except to the United States. And the United States guarantee that said lands shall never be within the bounds of any State or territory, nor subject to the laws thereof; and further, that the President of the United States will cause said tribe to be pro- tected at their intended residence, against all interruption or dis- turbance from any other tribe or nation of Indians, or from any other person or persons whatever, and he shall have the same care and superintendence over them, in the country to which they are to remove, that he has heretofore had over them at their present place of residence. ART. 11. It is understood by the present contracting parties, that any claim which Francis Duchouquet may have, under former treaties, to a section or any quantity of the lands herein ceded to the United States, are not to be prejudiced by the present compact; but to remain as valid as before. • - 'SHAWNEES. 487 ART, 12. In addition to the presents given in the ninth article of this convention, it is agreed that there shall also be given to the said Shawnees, twenty-five rifle guns, to be distributed in the manner provided in the said ninth article. ART. 13. At the request of the chiefs, there is granted to Jo- seph Parks, a quarter blooded Shawnee, one section of land, to contain six hundred and forty acres, and to include his presentim- provements at the old town near Wapaghkonnetta, in considera- tion of his constant friendship and many charitable and valuable services towards the said Shawnees: and at the request of the chiefs, it is also stipulated that the price of an average section of the lands herein ceded, shall be reserved in the hands of the Go- vernment, to be paid to their friends, the Shawnees, who now reside on the river Huron in the territory of Michigan, for the purpose of bearing their expenses, should they ever wish to follow the Shawnees of Wapaghkonnetta and Hog creek to their new resi- dence west of the Mississippi. ART. 14. At the request of the chiefs it is agreed that they shall be furnished with two cross-cut saws for the use of their tribe; and also that they shall receive four grindstones annually, for the use of their people, to be charged upon the surplus fund, and they shall further receive, as presents, ten hand saws, ten drawing knives, twenty files, fifty gimblets, twenty augers of differentsizes, ten planes of different sizes, two braces and bits, four hewing axes, two dozen scythes, five frows, and five grubbing hoes. In testimony whereof, the said James B. Gardiner, specially appointed commissioner on the part of the United States, and John McElvain, Indian agent as aforesaid, and the said chiefs, warriors and head men of the said Shawnees of Wa- paghkonnetta and Hog creek, have hereunto set their hands and seals at Wapaghkonnetta, this eighth day of August, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and thirty- One. - James B. Gardiner, John McElwain, Lauloway, or John Perry, his x mark, Nolesimo, or Henry Clay, his x mark, Peaghtucker, or McNear, his x mark, P. H. Tha, his x mark, Wiwelipea, his x mark, Quarky, his x mark, Letho, his x mark, Naecimo, or little fox, his x mark, Pamothaway, or George Williams, his x mark, Squecawpowee, or Geo. McDougall, his x mark, Lawathtucker, or John Wolf, his x mark, 488 OTTOWAYS. Thothweillew, or bright horn, his x mark, P. H. Thawtaw, or Peter Cornstock, his x mark, Saucothcaw, or spy buck, his x mark, Chawwee, or , his x mark, Thawquotsaway, or big man, his x mark, Jakescaw, or Cap. Tom, his x mark, Quelenee, his x mark, Chissecaw, his x mark, Chupehecaw, or old big knife, his x mark, Be dee dee, or Big Jim, his x mark, Signed and sealed in presence of us, Wm. Walker, Sec. to the Com- Warpole, a Wyandot chief, his missioners, x mark, - David Robb, Sub. Agent, Tashnewau, Ottoway chief, his John McLaughlin, x mark, Alexander Thompson, Francis Johnston, Henry Harvey, John Gunn, John Elliott, James S. Chewers, Amos Kenworthy, A. D. Kinnard, John Armstrong, Pay ton quot, Ottoway chieſ, Jeremiah A. Dooley, his x mark, I hereby certify that the several articles in the foregoing treaty have been fairly interpreted and fully explained to the chiefs, head men and warriors of the Shawnee band or tribe, who have signed the same. Joseph Parks, his x mark, U. S. Interpreter. OTTOWAYS. I concLUDED August 30, 1831—RATIFIED APRIL 6, 1832. I Järticles of agreement and convention, made and concluded this thirtieth day of August, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and thirty-one, by and between James B. Gardiner, specially appointed commissioner on the part of the United States, on the one part, and the chiefs, head men, and warriors, of the band of the Ottoway Indians residing within the State of Ohio, on the other part, for a cession of the several tracts of land now held and occupied by said Indians within said State, by reservº- tions made under the treaty concluded at Detroit on the 17th day of November, 1807, and the treaty made at the foot of the ru- pids of the Miami river of Lake Erie, on the 29th of September, 1817. Whereas, the President of the United States, under the author rity of the act of Congress, approved May 28, 1830, has appointed OTTOWAYS, 489 a special commissioner to confer with the different Indian tribes residing within the constitutional limits of the State of Ohio, and to offer for their acceptance the provisions of the before mentioned act: And whereas, the band of Ottoways residing on Blanchard’s fork of the Great Auglaize river, and on the Little Auglaize river at Oguanoxa’s village, have expressed their consent to the condi- tions of said act, and their willingness to remove west of the Mis- sissippi, in order to obtain a more permanent and advantageous home for themselves and their posterity: Therefore, in order to carry into effect the aforesaid objects, the following articles of convention have been agreed upon, by the aforesaid contracting parties, which, when ratified by the Presi- dent of the United States, by and with the consent of the Senate thereof, shall be mutually binding upon the United States and the aforesaid band of Ottoway Indians. ART. 1. The band of Ottoway Indians, residing on Blanchard’s fork of the Great Auglaize river, and at Oquanoxa’s village on the Little Auglaize river, in consideration of the stipulations herein made on the part of the United States, do forever cede, release, and quit claim, to the United States, the lands reserved to them by the last clause of the sixth article of the treaty made at the foot of the rapids of the Miami of the lake, on the 29th of September, 1817; which clause is in the following words: “There shall be reserved for the use of the Ottoway Indians, but not granted to them, a tract of land on Blanchard’s fork of the Great Auglaize river, to contain five miles square, the centre of which tract is to be where the old trace crosses the said fork; and one other tract, to contain three miles square on the Little Auglaize river, to include Oguanoxa’s village,” making in said cession twenty-one thousand seven hundred and sixty acres. ART. 2. The chiefs, head men, and warriors, of the band of Ot- toway Indians, residing at and near the places called Roche de Baºuf and Wolfrapids, on the Miami river of lake Erie, and within the State of Ohio, wishing to become parties to this convention, and not being willing, at this time, to stipulate for their removal west of the Mississippi, do hereby agree, in consideration of the stipulations herein made for them on the part of the United States, to cede, release, and forever quit claim, to the United States the following tracts of land, reserved to them by the treaty made at Detroit, on the 17th day of November, 1807, to wit: the tract of six miles square above Roche de Bºuf, to include the village where Tondagonie (or Dog) formerly lived; and also three miles square at the Wolf rapids aforesaid, which was substituted for the three miles square granted by the said treaty of Detroit to the said Ottoways, “to include Presque Isle,” but which could not be granted as stipulated in said treaty of Detroit, in consequence of its collision with the grant of twelve miles square to the United States by the treaty of Greenville; making, in the whole cession made by 490 OTTOWAYS. this article, twenty-eight thousand one hundred and fifty-seven acres, which is exclusive of a grant made to Yellow Hair, or Peter Minor, by the eighth article of the treaty at the foot of the rapids of Miami, on the 28th of September, 1817, and for which said Minor holds a patent from the General Land Office for 643 acres. ART. 3. In consideration of the cessions made in the first article of this convention, the United States agree to cause the band of Ottoways residing on Blanchard’s fork, and at Oquanoxa’s village, as aforesaid, consisting of about two hundred souls, to be removed, in a convenient and suitable manner, to the western side of the Mississippi river; and will grant, by patent in fee simple, to them and their heirs forever, as long as they shall exist as a nation, and remain upon the same, a tract of land to contain thirty-four thou- sand acres, to be located adjoining the south or west line of the reservation, equal to fifty miles square, granted to the Shawnees of Missouri and Ohio on the Kanzas river and its branches, by the treaty made at St. Louis, November 7th, 1825. ART. 4. The United States will defray the expense of the re- moval of the said band of Ottoways, and will moreover supply them with a sufficiency of good and wholesome provisions to sup- port them for one year after their arrival at their new residence. ART. 5. In lieu of the improvements which have been made on the lands ceded by the first article of this convention, it is agreed that the United States shall advance to the Otto ways of Blan- chard’s fork and Oquanoxa’s village, the sum of two thousand dollars, to be reimbursed from the sales of the lands ceded by the said first article. And it is expressly understood that this sum is not to be paid until the said Otto ways arrive at their new residence, and that it is for the purpose of enabling them to erect houses and open farms for their accommodation and subsistence in their new country. A fair and equitable distribution of this sum shall be made by the chiefs of the said Otto ways, with the consent of their people, in general council assembled, to such individuals of their band as may have made improvements on the lands ceded by the first article of this convention, and may be properly entitled to the Same. ART. 6. The farming utensils, live stock, and other chattel pro- perty, which the said Ottoways of Blanchard’s fork and Oquanoxa’s village now own, shall be sold, under the superintendence of some suitable person appointed by the Secretary of War; and the pro- ceeds paid to the owners of such property respectively. ART. 7. The United States will expose to sale to the highest bidder, in the manner of selling the public lands, the tracts ceded by the first article of this convention, and after deducting from the proceeds of such sales the sum of seventy cents per acre, ex- clusive of the cost of surveying, and the sum of two thousand dol- lars advanced in lieu of improvements; it is agreed that the balance, or so much thereof as may be necessary, shall be hereby guaranted OTTOWAYS, 491 for the payment of the debts, which the said Ottoways of Blan- chard's fork and Oquanoxa’s village may owe in the State of Ohio and the territory of Michigan, and agree to be due by them, as provided in the sixteenth article of this convention; and any surplus of the proceeds of saidlands, which may still remain, shall be vested by the President in Government stock, and five per cent. thereon shall be paid to the said Otto ways of Blanchard’s fork and Oquanoxa’s village, as an annuity during the pleasure of Congress. ART. 8. It is agreed that the said band of Otto ways of Blan- chard’s fork and Oquanoxa’s village shall receive, at their new residence, a fair proportion of the annuities due to their nation by former treaties, which shall be apportioned under the direction of the Secretary of War, according to their actual numbers. ART. 9. The lands granted by this agreement and convention to the said band of Ottoways, residing at Blanchard’s fork and 0quanoxa’s village, shall not be sold nor ceded by them, except to the United States. And the United States guarantee that said lands shall never be within the bounds of any State or territory, nor subject to the laws thereof; and further, that the President of the United States will cause said band to be protected at their new residence, against all interruption or disturbance from any other tribe or nation of Indians, and from any other person or persons whatever: and he shall have the same care and superintendence over them in the country to which they design to remove, that he now has at their present residence. ART, 10. As an evidence of the good will and kind feelings of the people of the United States towards the said band of Otto ways of Blanchard’s fork and Oquanoxa’s village, it is agreed that the following articles shall be given them, as presents, to wit: eighty blankets, twenty-five rifle guns, thirty-five axes, twelve ploughs, twenty sets of horse gears, and Russian sheeting sufficient for tents for their whole band; the whole to be delivered according to the discretion of the Secretary of War. ART, 11. In consideration of the cessions made in the second article of this convention by the chiefs, head men, and warriors, of the band of Ottoways residing at Roche de Boeuf and Wolf rapids, it is agreed that the United States will grant to said band by patent in fee simple, forty thousand acres of land, west of the Mississippi, adjoining the lands assigned to the Ottoways of Blanchard’s fork and Oquanoxa’s village, or in such other situation as they may select, on the unappropriated lands in the district of country de- signed for the emigrating Indians of the United States. And whenever the said band may think proper to accept of the above grant, and remove west of the Mississippi, the United States agree that they shall be removed and subsisted by the Government in the same manner as is provided in this convention for their brethren of Blanchard’s fork and Oquanoxa’s village, and they 492 OTTOWAYS. shall receive like presents, in proportion to their actual numbers, under the direction of the Secretary of War. It is also understood and agreed that the said band, when they shall agree to remove west of the Mississippi, shall receive their proportion of the annui- ties due their nation by former treaties, and be entitled in every respect to the same privileges, advantages and protection, which are herein extended to their brethren and the other emigrating Indians of the State of Ohio. ART. 12. The lands ceded by the second article of this conven- tion shall be sold by the United States to the highest bidder, in the manner of selling the public lands, and after deducting from the avails thereof seventy cents per acre, exclusive of the cost of sur- veying, the balance is hereby granted to discharge such debts of the Ottoways residing on the river and bay of the Miami of lake Erie, as they may herein acknowledge to be due, and wish to be paid. And whatever overplus may remain of the avails of said lands, after discharging their debts as aforesaid, shall be paid to them in money, provided they shall refuse to remove west of the Mississippi, and wish to seek some other home among their breth- ren in the territory of Michigan. But should the said band agree to remove west of the Mississippi, then any overplus which may remain to them, after paying their debts, shall be invested by the President, and five per centum paid to them as an annuity, as is provided for their brethren by this convention. ART. 13. At the request of the chiefs residing at Roche de Bºuf and Wolf rapids, it is agreed that there shall be reserved for the use of Wau-be-ga-kake (one of the chiefs) for three years only, from the signing of this convention, a section of land below and adjoining the section granted to and occupied by Yellow Hair, or Peter Minor; and also there is reserved in like manner and for the term of three years, and no longer, for the use of Muck-qui-on-a, or Bearskin, one section and a half, below Wolf rapids, and to in- clude his present residence and improvements. And it is also agreed that the said Bearskin shall have the occupancy of a cer. tain small island in the Maumee river, opposite his residence, where he now raises corn, which island belongs to the United States, and is now unsold; but the term of this occupancy is not guaranteed for three years; but only so long as the President shall think proper to reserve the same from sale. And it is further un- derstood, that any of the temporary reservations made by this article, may be surveyed and sold by the United States, subject to the occupancy of three years, hereby granted to the aforesaid Indians. ART. 14. At the request of the chiefs of Roche de Bºuf and Wolf rapids, there is hereby granted to Hiram Thebeault (a half blooded Ottoway,) a quarter section of land, to contain one hun- dred and sixty acres, and to include his present improvements at the Bear rapids of the Miami of the lake. Also, one quarter sec- OTTOWAYS. 493 tion of land, to contain like quantity, to William McNabb, (a half blooded Ottoway,) to adjoin the quarter section granted to Hiram Thebeault. In surveying the above reservations, no greater front is to be given on the river, that would properly belong to said quarter sections, in the common manner of surveying the public lands. ART. 15. At the request of the chiefs of Roche de Baºuf and Wolf rapids, there is granted to the children of Yellow Hair, or Peter Minor, one half section of land, to contain three hundred and twenty acres, to adjoin the north line of the section of land now held by said Peter Minor, under patent from the President of the United States, bearing date the 24th of November, 1827, and the lines are not to approach nearer than one mile to the Miami river of the lake. ART. 16. It is agreed by the chiefs of Blanchard’s fork and Oguanoxa’s village, and the chiefs of Roche de Bºuf and Wolf rapids, jointly, that they are to pay out of the surplus proceeds of the several tracts herein ceded by them, equal proportions of the claims against them by John E. Hunt, John Hollister, Robert A. Forsyth, Payne C. Parker, Peter Minor, Theodore E. Phelps, Collister Haskins, and S. and P. Carlan. The chiefs aforesaid acknowledge the claim of John E. Hunt to the amount of five thousand six hundred dollars; the claim of Robert A. Forsyth to the amount of seven thousand five hundred and twenty-four dol- lars, in which is included the claims assigned to said Forsyth by Isaac Hull, Samuel Vance, A. Peltier, Oscar White, and Antoine Lepoint. They also allow the claim of Payne C. Parker to the amount of five hundred dollars; the claim of Peter Minor to the amount of one thousand dollars; the claim of Theodore E. Phelps to the amount of three hundred dollars; the claim of Collister Haskins to the amount of fifty dollars, but the said Haskins claims fifty dol- lars more as his proper demand: and the claim of S. and P. Car- lan to the amount of three hundred and ninety-eight dollars and twenty-five cents. The aforesaid chiefs also allow the claim of Joseph Laronger to the amount of two hundred dollars, and the claim of Daniel Lakin to the amount of seventy dollars. Notwith- standing the above acknowledgments and allowances, it is ex- pressly understood and agreed by the respective parties to this compact, that the several claims in this article, and the items which compose the same, shall be submitted to the strictest scrutiny and examination of the Secretary of War, and the accounting officers of the Treasury Department, and such amount only shall be allowed as may be found just and true. ART. 17. On the ratification of this convention, the privileges of every description, granted to the Ottoway nation within the State of Ohio, by the treaties under which they hold the reserva- tions of land herein ceded, shall forever cease and determine. ART, 18. Whenever the deficiency of five hundred and eighty 494 OTTOWAYS. dollars, which accrued in the annuities of the Ottoways for 1830, shall be paid, the parties to this convention, residing on Blanchard's fork and Oquanoxa’s village, shall receive their fair and equitable portion of the same, either at their present or intended residence. ART. 19. The chiefs signing this convention, also agree, in addition to the claims allowed in the sixteenth article thereof, that they owe John Anderson two hundred dollars; and Francis Lavoy two hundred dollars. ART. 20. It is agreed that there shall be allowed to Nau-on- quai-que-zhick, one hundred dollars, out of the surplus fund accru- ing from the sales of the lands herein ceded, in consequence of his not owing any debts, and having his land sold, to pay the debts of his brethren. - In testimony whereof, the aforesaid parties to this convention, have hereunto set their hands and seals at the Indian reserve on the Miami bay of lake Erie, the day and year above written. James B. Gardiner, S. Ar-taish-nai-wau, his x mark, O-quai naas-a, his x mark, Os-cha-no, or Charlo, his x mark, Quacint, his x mark, Waw-ba-ga-cake, his x mark, Che-cauk, his x mark, Peton-o-quet, his x mark, Oshaw-wa-non, his x mark, Pe-nais–we, his x mark, Nau-qua-ga-sheek, his x mark, Pe-nais-won-quet, his x mark, Pe-she-keinee, his x mark, Cum-chaw, (Blanchard’s fork,) his x mark, Cum-chaw, (Wolf rapids,) his x mark, Sus-sain, his x mark, Ca-ba-yaw, his x mark, O-sho-quene, his x mark, Muc-co-tai-pee-mai-see, his x mark, O-sage, his x mark, Pan-tee, his x mark, Me-sau-kee, his x mark, O-mus-se-nau, his x mark, Non-dai-wau, his x mark, E-au-vaince, his x mark, S - - Signed and sealed in presence of Wm. Walker, Secy, to Commis- Henry Conner, Sub-Agent, siomer, John Anderson, R. A. Forsyth, Sub, Agt, of Ind. John McDouell, ºff. Dan. B. Miller, WY AND OTS. 495 Levi S. Humphrey, Lambert Cauchois, James H. Forsyth, Geo. B. Knaggs, William Wilson, J. J. Godfroy. I do hereby certify that each article of the foregoing convention was fairly interpreted and fully explained by me to the chiefs, head men, and warriors, who have signed the same. Henry Conner, Interpreter. WY AND OT S. I concLUDED JANUARY 19, 1832–RATIFIED APRIL 6, 1832. Articles of agreement and convention, made and concluded at Mc- Cutcheonsville, Crawford county, Ohio, on the nineteenth day of January, 1832, by and between James B. Gardiner, specially ap- pointed commissioner on the part of the United States, and the chiefs, head men, and warriors, of the band of Wyandots, residing at the Big Spring, in said county of Crawford, and owning a reservation of sixteen thousand acres at that place. Whereas, the said band of Wyandots have become fully con- Vinced that, whilst they remain in their present situation in the State of Ohio, in the vicinity of a white population, which is con- tinually increasing and crowding around them, they cannot pros- per and be happy, and the morals of many of their people will be daily becoming more and more vitiated; and understanding that the Government of the United States is willing to purchase the reservation of land on which they reside, and for that purpose have deputed the said James B. Gardiner as a special commissioner to treat for a cession of the same; therefore, to effect the aforesaid objects, the said chiefs, head men, and warriors, and the said James B. Gardiner, have this day entered into and agreed upon the following articles of convention. - ART. 1. The band of Wyandots, residing at the Big Spring in the county of Crawford, in the State of Ohio, do hereby forever cede and relinquish to the United States, the reservation of six- teen thousand acres of land, granted to them by the second article of the treaty made at St. Mary’s, on the seventeenth day of Sep- tember, eighteen hundred and eighteen, which grant is in the following words, to wit: “There shall be reserved for the use of the Wyandots, residing at Solomon’s town and on Blanchard’s fork, sixteenthousand acres of land, to be laid offin a square form, on the head of Blanchard’s fork, the centre of which shall be at the Big Spring, on the road leading from Upper Sandusky to Fort Findlay.” 496 WYAND OTS. ART. 2. The United States stipulate with the said band of Wyandots, that, as soon as practicable after the ratification of this treaty, the aforesaid tract of sixteen thousand acres shall be sur- veyed into sections and put into market and sold in the ordinary manner of selling the public lands of the United States ; and when the same shall be sold, or as soon as any part thereof shall be dis- posed of, (be the price received therefor more or less,) there shall be paid to the chiefs, head men, and warriors, signing this treaty, for the benefit of all the said band of Wyandots, the sum of one dollar and twenty-five cents per acre for each and every acre so sold or for sale. The said price shall be paid in silver, and in the current coin of the United States. ART. 3. For the improvements now made upon the said reser- vation, the United States agree to pay a fair valuation in money, according to the appraisement of Joseph McCutcheon, Esq., (or such person as the Secretary of War may depute for that purpose,) and an appraiser to be chosen by the said band of Wyandots, And in case the said appraisers shall not be able to agree upon any of their valuations, they shall call to their assistance some competent citizen of the county of Crawford. ART. 4. There shall be reserved for Roe-nu-nas, one of the oldest chiefs of said band, one-half section, to contain three hun- dred and twenty acres, and to include the improvements where he now lives. ART. 5. It is expressly understood between the present com: tracting parties, that the said band of Wyandots may, as they think proper, remove to Canada, or to the river Huron in Michigan, where they own a reservation of land, or to any place they may obtain a right or privilege from other Indians to go. ART. 6." It was expressly agreed before the signing of this treaty, that that part of the fifth article relating to the granting to the said band of Wyandots lands west of the Mississippi, and every other article in relation thereto, is wholly null and void, and of no effect. ART. 7. Inasmuch as the band of Wyandots, herein treating, have separated themselves from the Wyandots at Upper Sandusky and on the Sandusky plains, they ask of the General Government that there may be a special sub-agent and protector appointed for them whilst they remain in the State of Ohio, and they respect- fully recommend Joseph McCutcheon, Esq., of the county of Craw- ford, as a fit and proper person to act in such capacity; and that he may have the power to employ such interpreter as he may think proper in his intercourse with said band. The aforesaid articles of agreement shall be mutually binding upon the present contracting parties, when ratified by the Presi- dent of the United States, by and with the consent of the Senate, thereof. - - * After signing, it was mutually agreed to expunge this article. CREEKS, 497 J. B. Gardiner, L. S. John McLean, his x mark, Roe-nu-nas, his x mark, Matthew Grey Eyes, his x mark, Bear-skin, his x mark, Isaac Driver, his x mark, Shi-a-wa, or John Solomon, his John D. Brown, x mark, Alex. Clarke. Dome in presence of C. Clarke, Secretary to the Com- John C. Dewit, missioner, Richard Reynolds, Joseph McCutcheon, J. P. in G. W. Sampson. the county of Crawford, Ohio, EXPLANATION. In the first draft of this treaty, provision was made for the re- moval of the band west of the Mississippi, but they refused to accept of a grant of land, or to remove there, and the articles having relation thereto were accordingly omitted. It was there- fore necessary to omit the sixth article; and circumstances did not admit of time to remodel and copy the whole treaty. J. B. GARDINER, Special Commissioner, etc. C. R. E. E. K. S. I concluded MARCH 24, 1832–RATIFIED APRIL 4, 1832. Articles of a treaty, made at the city of Washington, between Lewis Cass, thereto specially authorized by the President of the United States, and the Creek tribe of Indians. ART. 1. The Creek tribe of Indians cede to the United States all their land, east of the Mississippi river. ART. 2. The United States engage to survey the said land as soon as the same can be conveniently done, after the ratification of this treaty, and when the same is surveyed to allow ninety prin- cipal chiefs of the Creek tribe to select one section each, and every other head of a Creek family to select one half section each, which tracts shall be reserved from sale for their use for the term of five years, unless sooner disposed of by them. A census of these per- sons shall be taken under the direction of the President, and the selections shall be made so as to include the improvements of each person within his selection, if the same can be so made, and if not, then all the persons belonging to the same town, entitled to selections, and who cannot make the same, so as to include their improvements, shall take them in one body in a proper form. And twenty sections shall be selected, under the direction of the Pre- sident for the orphan children of the Creeks, and divided and retained or sold for their benefit as the President may direct. Pro- 46 498 CREEKS, vided, however, that no selections or locations under this treaty shall be so made as to include the agency reserve. ART. 3. These tracts may be conveyed by the persons selecting the same, to any other persons for a fair consideration, in such man- ner as the President may direct. The contract shall be certified by some person appointed for that purpose by the President, but shall not be valid till the President approves the same. A title shall be given by the United States on the completion of the payment. ART. 4. At the end of five years, all the Creeks entitled to these selections, and desirous of remaining, shall receive patents therefor in fee simple, from the United States. ART. 5. All intruders upon the country hereby ceded shall be removed therefrom in the same manner as intruders may be removed by law from other public land until the country is surveyed, and the selections made; excepting, however, from this provision, those white persons who have made their own improvements, and not expelled the Creeks from theirs. Such persons may remain till their crops are gathered. After the country is surveyed and the selections made, this article shall not operate upon that part of it not included in such selections. But intruders shall, in the manner before described, be removed from these selections for the term of five years from the ratification of this treaty, or until the same are conveyed to white persons. ART. 6. Twenty-nine sections in addition to the foregoing may be located, and patents for the same shall then issue to those per- sons, being Creeks, to whom the same may be assigned by the Creek tribe. But whenever the grantees of these tracts possess improvements, such tracts shall be so located as to include the improvements, and as near as may be in the centre. And there shall also be granted by patent to Benjamin Marshall, one section of land, to include his improvements on the Chatahoochee river, to be bounded for one mile in a direct line along the said river, and to run back for quantity. There shall also be granted to Joseph Bruner, a colored man, one half section of land, for his services as an interpreter. ART. 7. All the locations authorized by this treaty, with the exception of that of Benjamin Marshall, shall be made in con- formity with the lines of the surveys; and the Creeks relinquish all claim for improvements. ART. 8. An additional annuity of twelve thousand dollars shall be paid to the Creeks for the term of five years, and thereafter the said annuity shall be reduced to ten thousand dollars, and shall be paid for the term of fifteen years. All the annuities due to the Creeks shall be paid in such manner as the tribe may direct. ART. 9. For the purpose of paying certain debts due by the Creeks, and to relieve them in their present distressed condition, the sum of one hundred thousand dollars shall be paid to the Creek tribe, as soon as may be after the ratification hereof, to be applied CREEKS, 499 to the payment of their just debts, and then to their own relief, and to be distributed as they may direct, and which shall be in full consideration of all improvements. ART, 10. The sum of sixteen thousand dollars shall be allowed as a compensation to the delegation sent to this place, and for the payment of their expenses, and of the claims against them. ART, 11. The following claims shall be paid by the United States: For ferries, bridges, and causeways, three thousand dollars, provided that the same shall become the property of the United States. For the payment of certain judgments obtained against the chiefs, eight thousand five hundred and seventy dollars. For losses for which they suppose the United States responsible, seven thousand seven hundred and ten dollars. For the payment of improvements under the treaty of 1826, one thousand dollars. The three following annuities shall be paid for life: To Tuske-hew-haw–Cusetaw, two hundred dollars. To the Blind Uchu King, one hundred dollars. To Neah Micco, one hundred dollars. There shall be paid the sum of fifteen dollars, for each person who has emigrated without expense to the United States, but the whole sum allowed under this provision, shall not exceed fourteen hundred dollars. There shall be divided among the persons, who suffered in con- .* of being prevented from emigrating, three thousand ollars. The land hereby ceded shall remain as a fund from which all the foregoing payments, except those in the ninth and tenth articles, shall be paid. ART. 12. The United States are desirous that the Creeks should remove to the country west of the Mississippi, and join their countrymen there; and for this purpose it is agreed, that as fast as the Creeks are prepared to emigrate, they shall be removed at the expense of the United States, and shall receive subsistence while upon the journey, and for one year after their arrival at their new homes: Provided, however, that this article shall not be con- strued so as to compel any Creek Indian to emigrate, but they shall be free to go or stay, as they please. - ART. 13. There shall also be given to each emigrating warrior, a rifle, moulds, wiper, and ammunition, and to each family one blanket. Three thousand dollars, to be expended as the President may direct, shall be allowed for the term of twenty years, for teaching their children. As soon as half their people emigrate, one blacksmith shall be allowed them, and another when two- thirds emigrate, together with one ton of iron, and two hundred 500 SEM.INOLES, weight of steel annually, for each blacksmith. These blacksmiths shall be supported for twenty years. ART. 14. The Creek country west of the Mississippi shall be solemnly guarantied to the Creek Indians, nor shall any State or territory ever have a right to pass laws for the government of such Indians, but they shall be allowed to govern themselves, so far as may be compatible with the general jurisdiction which Congress may think proper to exercise over them. And the United States will also defend them from the unjust hostilities of other Indians; and will also as soon as the boundaries of the Creek country west of the Mississippi are ascertained, cause a patent or grant to be executed to the Creek tribe, agreeably to the third section of the act of Congress of May 2d, 1830, entitled “An act to provide for an exchange of lands with the Indians, residing in any of the States, or territories, and for their removal west of the Missis- sippi.” ART. 15. This treaty shall be obligatory on the contracting parties, as soon as the same shall be ratified by the United States. In testimony whereof, the said Lewis Cass, and the undersigned chiefs of the said tribe, have hereunto set their hands at the city of Washington, this 24th day of March, A. D. 1832. - Lewis Cass, Opothleholo, his x mark, Tuchebatcheehadgo, his x mark, Efiematla, his x mark, Tuchebatche Micco, his x mark, Tomack Micco, his x mark, William McGilvery, his x mark, Benjamin Marshall. In the presence of Samuel Bell, Samuel W. Mardis, William R. King, J. C. Isacks, John Tipton, John Crowell, I. A. William Wilkins, Benjamin Marshall, Interm. C. C. Clay, Thomas Carr, º J. Speight, John H. Brodnax, €7°S. SE MINO L E S. I concLUDED MAY 9, 1832–RATIFIED APRIL 12, 1834. I The Seminole Indians, regarding with just respect the solici- tude manifested by the President of the United States for the improvement of their condition, by recommending a removal to a country more suitable to their habits and wants than the one they at present occupy in the territory of Florida, are willing that their SEM.INOLES. 501 confidential chiefs, Jumper, Fuch-a-lus-ti-hadjo, Charley Emartla, Coi-had-jo, Holati-Emartla, Ya-ha-hadjo, Sam Jones, accompa- nied by their agent, major Phagan, and their faithful interpreter, Abraham, should be sent at the expense of the United States, as early as convenient, to examine the country assigned to the Creeks west of the Mississippi river; and should they be satisfied with the character of that country, and of the favorable disposition of the Creeks to reunite with the Seminoles as one people; the articles of the compact and agreement, herein stipulated at Payne's land- ing on the Ochlawaha river, this ninth day of May, one thousand eight hundred and thirty-two, between James Gadsden, for and in behalf of the government of the United States, and the undersigned chiefs and head men, for and in behalf of the Seminole Indians, shall be binding on the respective parties. ART. 1. The Seminole Indians relinquish to the United States all claim to the land they at present occupy in the territory of Florida, and agree to emigrate to the country assigned to the Creeks west of the Mississippi river; it being understood that an additional extent of territory, proportioned to their numbers, will be added to the Creek country, and that the Seminoles will be received as a constituent part of the Creek nation, and be re- admitted to all the privileges as a member of the same. ART. 2. For and in consideration of the relinquishment of claim in the first article of this agreement, and in full compensation for all the improvements which may have been made on the lands thereby ceded, the United States stipulate to pay to the Seminole Indians, fifteen thousand four hundred (15,400) dollars, to be divided among the chiefs and warriors of the several towns, in a ratio, proportioned to their population, the respective proportions of each to be paid on their arrival in the country they consent to remove to ; it being understood that their faithful interpreters, Abraham and Cudjo, shall receive two hundred dollars each of the above sum, in full remuneration for the improvements to be aban- doned on the lands now cultivated by them. ART. 3. The United States agree to distribute as they arrive at their new homes in the Creek territory, west of the Mississippi river, a blanket and a homespun frock to each of the warriors, women, and children, of the Seminole tribe of Indians. ART. 4. The United States agree to extend the annuity for the support of a blacksmith, provided for in the sixth article of the treaty at Camp Moultrie for ten (10) years beyond the period therein stipulated; and in addition to the other annuities secured under that treaty, the United States agree to pay the sum of three thousand (3,000) dollars a year for fifteen (15) years, commencing after the removal of the whole tribe; these sums to be added to the Creek annuities, and the whole amount to be so divided, that the chiefs and warriors of the Seminole Indians may receive their 502 SEMINOLEs. equitable proportion of the same as members of the Creek con- federation. ART. 5. The United States will take the cattle belonging to the Seminoles at the valuation of some discreet person to be appointed by the President, and the same shall be paid for in money to the respective owners, after their arrival at their new homes; or other cattle such as may be desired will be furnished them, notice being given through their agent of their wishes upon this subject before their removal, that time may be afforded to supply the demand. ART. 6. The Seminoles being anxious to be relieved from re- peated vexatious demands for slaves and other property, alleged to have been stolen and destroyed by them, so that they may remove unembarrassed to their new homes; the United States stipulate to have the same property investigated, and to liquidate such as may be satisfactorily established, provided the amount does not exceed seven thousand (7,000) dollars. ART. 7. The Seminole Indians will remove within three (3) years after the ratification of this agreement, and the expenses of their removal shall be defrayed by the United States; and such subsistence shall also be furnished them, for a term not exceed- ing twelve (12) months after their arrival at their new resi- dence, as in the opinion of the President their numbers and circumstances may require; the emigration to commence as early as practicable in the year eighteen hundred and thirty-three, (1833,) and with those Indians at present occupying the Big swamp, and other parts of the country beyond the limits as defined in the second article of the treaty concluded at Camp Moultrie creek, so that the whole of that proportion of the Seminoles may be removed within the year aforesaid, and the remainder of the tribe in about equal proportions, during the subsequent years of eighteen hundred and thirty-four and five, (1834 and 1335.) In testimony whereof, the commissioner, James Gadsden, and the undersigned chiefs and head men of the Seminole Indians, have hereunto subscribed their names and affixed their seals. Done at camp at Payne’s landing, on the Ocklawaha river in the territory of Florida, on this ninth day of May, one thou- sand eight hundred and thirty-two, and of the independence of the United States of America the fifty-sixth. James Gadsden, Holati Emartla, his x mark, Jumper, his x mark, Fuch-ta-lus-ta-Hadjo, his x mark, Charley Emartla, his x mark, Coa Hadjo, his x mark, Ar-pi-uck-i, or Sam Jones, his x mark, Ya-ha Hadjo, his x mark, Mico-Noha, his x mark, WINNEBAGOES. 503. Tokose-Emartla, or Jno. Hicks, his x mark, L. Cat-sha-Tusta-nuck-i, his x mark, Hola-at-a-Mico, his x mark, Hitch-it-i-Mico, his x mark, E-ne-hah, his x mark, Ya-ha-emartla Chup-ko, his x mark, Moke-his-she-lar-ni, his x mark, Witnesses: Douglas Vass, Sec. to Com’r. Cudjo, Interp’r. his x mark, John Phagan, Agent, Erastus Rogers, Stephen Richards, Interpreter, B. Joscan. Abraham, Interp’r, his x mark, WIN N E B A G O E. S. I concLUDED SEPTEMBER 15, 1832–RATIFIED FEBRUARY 13, 1833.] ſlrticles of a treaty, made and concluded at Fort Armstrong, Rock Island, Illinois, between the United States of America, by their commissioners, major general Winfield Scott, of the United States army, and his excellency John Reynolds, governor of the State of Illinois, and the Winnebago nation of Indians, repre- sented in general council by the undersigned chiefs, headmen, and QU(17°7'107°S. ART. 1. The Winnebago nation hereby cede to the United States, forever, all the lands, to which said nation have title or claim, lying to the south and east of the Wisconsin river, and the Fox river of Green Bay; bounded as follows, viz.: Beginning at the mouth of Pee-kee-tol-a-ka river; thence, up Rock river to its source; thence, with a line dividing the Winnebago nation from other Indians east of the Winnebago lake, to the Grande Chute; thence, up Fox river to the Winnebago lake, and with the northwestern shore of said lake, to the inlet of Fox river; thence, up said river to lake Puckaway, and with the eastern shore of the same to its most southeasterly bend; thence, with the line of a purchase made of the Winnebago nation, by the treaty at Prairie du Chien, the first day of August, one thousand eight hundred and twenty-nine, to the place of beginning. ART. 2. In part consideration of the above cession, it is hereby stipulated and agreed, that the United States grant to the Winne- bago nation, to be held as other Indian lands are held, that part of the tract of country on the west side of the Mississippi, known, at present, as the Neutral Ground, embraced within the following limits, viz.: Beginning on the west bank of the Mississippi river, twenty miles above the mouth of the Upper Ioway river, where 504 WINNEBAGOES. the line of the lands purchased of the Sioux Indians, as described in the third article of the treaty of Prairie du Chien, of the fifteenth day of July one thousand eight hundred and thirty, begins; thence, with said line, as surveyed and marked, to the eastern branch of the Red Cedar creek; thence, down said creek, forty miles, in a straight line, but following its windings, to the line of a purchase, made of the Sac and Fox tribes of Indians, as designated in the second article of the before recited treaty; and thence, along the southern line of said last mentioned purchase, to the Mississippi, at the point marked by the surveyor, appointed by the President of the United States, on the margin of said river; and thence, up said river, to the place of beginning. The exchange of the two tracts of country to take place on or before the first day of June next; that is to say, on or before that day, all the Winnebagoes now residing within the country ceded by them, as above, shall leave the said country, when, and not before, they shall be al- lowed to enter upon the country granted by the United States, in exchange. ART. 3. But, as the country hereby ceded by the Winnebago nation is more extensive and valuable than that given by the United States in exchange; it is furtherstipulated and agreed, that the United States pay to the Winnebago nation, annually, for twenty-seven successive years, the first payment to be made in September of the next year, the sum of ten thousand dollars, in specie; which sum shall be paid to the said nation at Prairie du Chien, and Fort Win- nebago, in sums proportional to the numbers residing most conve- niently to those places respectively. ART. 4. It is further stipulated and agreed, that the United States shall erect a suitable building, or buildings, with a garden, and a field attached, somewhere near Fort Crawford, or Prairie du Chien, and establish and maintain therein, for the term of twenty- seven years, a school for the education, including clothing, board, and lodging, of such Winnebago children as may be voluntarily sent to it: the school to be conducted by two or more teachers, male and female, and the said children to be taught reading, writ- ing, arithmetic, gardening, agriculture, carding, spinning, weaving, and sewing, according to their ages and sexes, and such other branches of useful knowledge as the President of the United States may prescribe: Provided, That the annual cost of the school shall not exceed the sum of three thousand dollars. And, in order that the said school may be productive of the greatest benefit to the Winnebago nation, it is hereby subjected to the visits and inspec- tions of his excellency the governor of the State of Illinois for the time being; the United States general superintendents of Indian affairs; of the United States agents who may be appointed to re- side among the Winnebago Indians, and of any officer of the United States army, who may be of, or above, the rank of major: Provided, That the commanding officer of Fort Crawford shall WINNEBA GOES. 505 make such visits and inspections frequently, although of an infe- rior rank. ART. 5. And the United States further agree to make to the said nation of Winnebago Indians the following allowances, for the period of twenty-seven years, in addition to the considerations hereinbefore stipulated; that is to say: for the support of six agriculturists, and the purchase of twelve yokes of oxen, ploughs, and other agricultural implements, a sum not exceeding two thou- sand five hundred dollars per annum; to the Rock river band of Winnebagoes, one thousand five hundred pounds of tobacco, per annum; for the services and attendance of a physician at Prairie du Chien, and of one at Fort Winnebago, each, two hundred dollars per annum. ART. 6. It is further agreed, that the United States remove and maintain, within the limits prescribed in this treaty, for the occu- pation of the Winnebagoes, the blacksmith’s shop, with the neces- sary tools, iron, and steel, heretofore allowed to the Winnebagoes, on the waters of the Rock river, by the third article of the treaty made with the Winnebago nation, at Prairie du Chien, on the first day of August, one thousand eight hundred and twenty-nine. ART. 7. And it is further stipulated and agreed by the United States, that there shall be allowed and issued to the Winnebagoes, required by the terms of this treaty to remove within their new limits, soldiers’ rations of bread and meat, for thirty days: Pro- vided, That the whole number of such rations shall not exceed sixty thousand. ART. 8. The United States, at the request of the Winnebago nation of Indians, aforesaid, further agree to pay, to the following named persons, the sums set opposite their names respectively, VIZ : To Joseph Ogee, two hundred and two dollars and fifty cents; To William Wallace, four hundred dollars; and To John Dougherty, four hundred and eighty dollars; amount- ing, in all, to one thousand and eighty-two dollars and fifty cents, which sum is in full satisfaction of the claims brought by said per- . against said Indians, and by them acknowledged to be justly Ule. - ART. 9. On demand of the United States commissioners, it is expressly stipulated and agreed, that the Winnebago nation shall promptly seize and deliver up to the commanding officer of some United States military post, to be dealt with according to law, the following individual Winnebagoes, viz.: Koo-zee-ray-Kaw, Moy- che-nun-Kaw, Tshik-o-ke-maw-kaw, Ah-hun-see-kaw, and Waw- Zee-tee-kay-hee-wee-kaw, who are accused of murdering, or of being concerned in the murdering of certain American citizens, at or near the Blue mounds, in the territory of Michigan; Nau-saw- nah-he-kaw, and Toag-ra-maw-koo-ray-see-ray-kaw, who are ac- cused of murdering, or of being concerned in murdering, one or 506 WINNEBAGOES. more American citizens, at or near Kellogg’s Grove, in the State of Illinois; and also Waw-kee-aun-shaw and his son, who wounded, in attempting to kill, an American soldier, at or near lake Kosh-ke-nong, in the said territory; all of which offences were committed in the course of the past spring and summer. And till these several stipulations are faithfully complied with by the Winnebago nation, it is further agreed, that the payment of the annuity of ten thousand dollars, secured by this treaty, shall be suspended. ART. 10. At the special request of the Winnebago nation, the United States agree to grant, by patent, in fee simple, to the fol- lowing named persons, all of whom are Winnebagoes by blood, lands as follows: To Pierre Paquette, three sections; to Pierre Paquette, junior, one section; to Therese Paquette, one section; and to Caroline Harney, one section. The lands to be designated under the direction of the President of the United States, within the country herein ceded by the Winnebago nation. ART. 11. In order to prevent misapprehensions that might dis- turb peace and friendship between the parties to this treaty, it is expressly understood that no band or party of Winnebagoes shall reside, plant, fish, or hunt, after the first day of June next, on any portion of the country herein ceded to the United States. ART. 12. This treaty shall be obligatory on the contracting par- ties, after it shall be ratified by the President and Senate of the United States. Done at Fort Armstrong, Rock Island, Illinois, this fifteenth day of September, one thousand eight hundred and thirty- two. Winfield Scott, John Reynolds. PRAIRIE DU CHIEN DEPUTATION. Tshee-o-nuzh-ee-kaw, war chief, (Kar-ray-mau-nee,) his x mark, Wau-kaun-hah-kaw, or snake skin, (Day-kan-ray,) his x mark, Khay-rah-tshoan-saip-kaw, or black hawk, his x mark, Wau-kaun-kaw, or snake, his x mark, Sau-sau-mau-nee-kaw, or he who walks naked, his x mark, Hoantsh-skaw-skaw, or white bear, his x mark, Hoo-tshoap-kaw, or four legs, his x mark, Mau-hee-her-kar-rah, or flying cloud, son of dog head, his x mark, Tshah-shee-rah-wau-kaw, or he who takes the leg of a deer in his mouth, his x mark, Mau-kee-wuk-kaw, or cloudy, his x mark, Ho-rah-paw-kaw, or eagle head, his x mark, Pash-kay-ray-kaw, or fire holder, his x mark, Eezhook-hat-tay-kaw, or big gun, his x mark, Mau-wau-ruck, or the muddy, his x mark, Mau-shoatsh-kaw, or blue earth, his x mark, WINNEBAGOES. 507 Wee-tshah-un-kuk, or forked tail, his x mark, Ko-ro-'ko-ro-hee-kaw, or bell, his x mark, Haun-heigh-kee-paw-kaw, or the night that meets, his x mark. - FORT WINNEBA GO DEPUTATION. Hee-tshah-wau-Saip-skaw-skaw, or white war eagle, De-kaw-ray, Sr., his x mark, Hoo-wau-nee-kaw, or little elk, (orator,) one of the Kay-ra-men- nees, his x mark, Wau-kaun-tshah-hay-ree-kaw, or roaring thunder, four legs ne- phew, his x mark, Mau-nah-pey-kaw, or soldier, (black wolf’s son,) his x mark, Wau-kaun-tshah-ween-kaw, or whirling thunder, his x mark, Wau-nee-ho-no-nik, or little walker, son of firebrand, his x mark, To-shun-uk-ho-no-nik, or little otter, son of sweet corn, his x mark, Tshah-ishun-hat-tay-kaw, or big wave, son of clear sky, his x mark. ROCK RIVER DEPUTATION. Kau-ree-kaw-see-kaw, white crow, (the blind,) his x mark, Wau-kaun-ween-kaw, or whirling thunder, his x mark, Mo-rah-tshay-kaw, or little priest, his x mark, Mau-mah-pey-kaw, or soldier, his x mark, Ho-rah-hoank-kaw, or war eagle, his x mark, Nautsh-kay-peen-kaw, or good heart, his x mark, Keesh-koo-kaw, his x mark, Wee-tshun-kaw, or goose, his x mark, Wau-kaun-nig-ee-nik, or little snake, his x mark, Hoo-way-skaw, or white elk, his x mark, Hay-noamp-kaw, or two horns, his x mark, Hauk-kay-kaw, or screamer, his x mark, Ee-nee-wonk-shik-kaw, or stone man, his x mark. Signed in presence of R. Bache, Capt. Ord., Secretary John Marsh, to the Commission, Pierre Paquette, Interpreter, his John H. Kinzie, Sub-Agt Indian x mark, ºffairs, P. H. Galt, Assistant Adjutant Abrm. Eustis, General, H. Dodge, Major U. S. Rangers, S. W. Wilson, Alexr. R. Thompson, JMajor U. Benj. F. Pike, S. Army, J. B. F. Russell, Capt. 5th Inf. William S. Harney, Capt. 1st In- S. Johnson, Captain 20 Infantry, fantry, John Clitz, Adj. 2d Infantry, E. Kirby, Paymaster U. States Jno. Pickell, Lieutenant 4thºr- Army, - tillery, Albion T. Crow, A. Drane, A. Q. U. S. A., 508 SACS AND FOXES. J. R. Smith, 1st Lieutenant 26 J. H. Prentiss, Lieutenant 1st Infantry, Artillery, H. Day, Lieutenant 2d Infantry, E. Rose, Lieutenant 3d.Artillery, William Maynadier, Lieutenant L. J. Beall, Lieutenant 1st In- and A. D. C. fantry, P. G. Hambaugh, Antoine Le Claire. S. Burbank, Lieut. 1st Inf. S A C S A N D F O X E S. [concLUDED sepTEMBER. 21, 1832–RATIFIED FEBRUARY 13, 1833.] Articles of a treaty of peace, friendship, and cession, concluded at Fort Armstrong, Rock Island, Illinois, between the United States of America, by their commissioners, major general Winfield Scott, of the United States army, and his excellency John Rey- molds, governor of the State of Illinois, and the confederated tribes of Sac and Foa Indians, represented in general council, by the undersigned chiefs, head men, and warriors. Whereas, under certain lawless and desperate leaders, a for- midable band, constituting a large portion of the Sac and Fox nation, left their country in April last, and, in violation of treaties, commenced an unprovoked war upon unsuspecting and defence- less citizens of the United States, sparing neither age nor sex; and whereas, the United States, at a great expense of treasure, have subdued the said hostile band, killing or capturing all its principal chiefs and warriors; the said States, partly as indemnity for the expenses incurred, and partly to secure the future safety and tran: quillity of the invaded frontier, demand of the said tribes, to the use of the United States, a cession of a tract of the Sac and Fox country, bordering on said frontier, more than proportional to the numbers of the hostile band who have been so conquered and subdued. ART. 1. Accordingly, the confederated tribes of Sacs and Foxes hereby cede to the United States forever, all the lands to which the said tribes have title or claim, (with the exception of the re- servation hereinafter made,) included within the following bounds, to wit: “Beginning on the Mississippi river, at the point where the Sac and Fox northern boundary line, as established by the second article of the treaty of Prairie du Chien, of the fifteenth of July, one thousand eight hundred and thirty, strikes said river; thence, up said boundary line to a point fifty miles from the Mis- sissippi, measured on said line; thence, in a right line to the nearest point on the Red Cedar of the Ioway, forty miles from the Mississippi river; thence, in a right line to a point in the northern boundary line of the State of Missouri, fifty miles, mea- SACS AND FOXE S. 509 sured on said boundary, from the Mississippi river; thence, by the last mentioned boundary to the Mississippi river, and by the western shore of said river to the place of beginning. And the said confederated tribes of Sacs and Foxes hereby stipulate and agree to remove from the lands herein ceded to the United States, on or before the first day of June next; and, in order to prevent any future misunderstanding, it is expressly understood, that no band or party of the Sac or Fox tribe shall reside, plant, fish, or hunt, on any portion of the ceded country after the period just mentioned. ART. 2. Out of the cession made in the preceding article, the United States agree to a reservation for the use of the said con- federated tribes, of a tract of land containing four hundred square miles, to be laid off under the direction of the President of the United States, from the boundary line crossing the Ioway river, in such manner that nearly an equal portion of the reservation may be on both sides of said river, and extending downwards, so as to include Ke-o-kuck’s principal village on its right bank, which village is about twelve miles from the Mississippi river. ART. 3. In consideration of the great extent of the foregoing cession, the United States stipulate and agree to pay to the said confederated tribes, annually, for thirty successive years, the first payment to be made in September of the next year, the sum of twenty thousand dollars in specie. ART. 4. It is further agreed that the United States shall estab- lish and maintain within the limits, and for the use and benefit of the Sacs and Foxes, for the period of thirty years, one additional black and gunsmith shop, with the necessary tools, iron, and steel; and finally make a yearly allowance for the same period, to the said tribes, of forty kegs of tobacco, and forty barrels of salt, to be delivered at the mouth of the Ioway river. ART. 5. The United States, at the earnest request of the said confederated tribes, further agree to pay to Farnham and Daven- port, Indian traders at Rock Island, the sum of forty thousand dollars without interest, which sum will be in full satisfaction of the claims of the said traders against the said tribes; and by the lat- ter, was, on the tenth day of July, one thousand eight hundred and thirty-one, acknowledged to be justly due, for articles of necessity, furnished in the course of the seven preceding years, in an instru- ment of writing of said date, duly signed by the chiefs and head men of said tribes, and certified by the late Felix St. Vrain, United States agent, and Antoine Le Claire, United States inter- preter, both for the said tribes. ART. 6. At the special request of the said confederated tribes, the United States agree to grant, by patent, in fee simple, to Antoine Le Claire, interpreter, a part Indian, one section of land opposite Rock Island, and one section at the head of the first 510 SACS AND FOXES. rapids above said island, within the country herein ceded by the Sacs and Foxes. - ART. 7. Trusting to the good faith of the neutral bands of Sacs and Foxes, the United States have already delivered up to those bands the great mass of prisoners made in the course of the war by the United States, and promise to use their influence to procure the delivery of other Sacs and Foxes, who may still be prisoners in the hands of a band of Sioux Indians, the friends of the United States; but the following named prisoners of war, now in con: finement, who were chiefs and head men, shall be held as hostages for the future good conduct of the late hostile bands, during the pleasure of the President of the United States, viz: Muk-ka-ta- mish-a-ka-kaik (or Black Hawk) and his two sons; Wau-ba-kee- shik (the Prophet) his brother and two sons; Napope, We-sheet Io: way, Pamaho, and Cha-kee-pa-shi-pa-ho (the little stabbing chief.) ART. 8. And it is further stipulated and agreed between the parties to this treaty, that there shall never be allowed in the con- federated Sac and Fox nation, any separate band or village, under any chief or warrior of the late hostile bands; but that the rem- nant of the said hostile bands shall be divided among the neutral bands of the said tribes according to blood—the Sacs among the Sacs, and the Foxes among the Foxes. ART. 9. In consideration of the premises, peace and friendship are declared, and shall be perpetually maintained between the United States and the whole confederated Sac and Fox nation, excepting from the latter the hostages before mentioned. ART. 10. The United States, besides the presents, delivered at the signing of this treaty, wishing to give a striking evidence of their mercy and liberality, will immediately cause to be issued to the said confederated tribes, principally for the use of the Sac and Fox women and children, whose husbands, fathers, and brothers, have been killed in the late war, and generally for the use of the whole confederated tribes, articles of subsistence, as follows: thirty-five beef cattle; twelve bushels of salt; thirty barrels of pork, and fifty barrels of flour; and cause to be delivered for the same purposes, in the month of April next, at the mouth of the lower Ioway, six thousand bushels of maize or Indian corn. ART. 11. At the request of the said confederated tribes, it is agreed that a suitable present shall be made to them on their pointing out to any United States agent, authorized for the pur- pose, the position or positions of one or more mines, supposed by the said tribes to be of a metal more valuable than lead or iron. ART, 12. This treaty shall take effect and be obligatory on the contracting parties, as soon as the same shall be ratified by the President of the United States, by and with the advice and con- sent of the Senate thereof. Done at Fort Armstrong, Rock Island, Illinois, this twenty- first day of September, in the year of our Lord one thousand SACS AND FOXES. 511 eight hundred and thirty-two, and of the independence of the United States the fifty-seventh. Winfield Scott, John Reynolds. SACS. Kee-o-kuck, or he who has been every where, his x mark, Pa-she-pa-ho, or the stabber, his x mark, Pia-tshe-noay, or the noise maker, his x mark, Wawk-kum-mee, or clear water, his x mark, 0-sow-wish-kan-no, or yellow bird, his x mark, Pa-ca-tokee, or wounded lip, his x mark, Winne-wun-quai-saat, or the terror of man, his x mark, Mau-noa-tuck, or he who controls many, his x mark, Wau-we-au-tun, or the curling wave, his x mark, FOXES. Wau-pel-la, or he who is painted white, his x mark, Tay-wee-mau, or medicine man, (strawberry,) his x mark, Pow-sheek, or the roused bear, his x mark, An-nau-mee, or the running fox, his x mark, Ma-tow-e-qua, or the jealous woman, his x mark, Me-shee-wau-quaw, or the dried tree, his x mark, May-kee-sa-mau-ker, or the warmpum fish, his x mark, Chaw-co-saut, or the prowler, his x mark, Kaw-kaw-kee, or the crow, his x mark, Mau-que-tee, or the bald eagle, his x mark, Ma-she-na, or cross man, his x mark, Kaw-kaw-ke-monte, or the pouch, (running bear,) his x mark, Wee-she-kaw-k-a-skuck, or he who steps firmly, his x mark, Wee-ca-ma, or good fish, his x mark, Paw-qua-nuey, or the runner, his x mark, Ma-hua-wai-be, or the wolf skin, his x mark, Mis-see-quaw-kaw, or hairy neck, his x mark, Waw-pee-shaw-kaw, or white skin, his x mark, Mash-shen-waw-pee-tch, or broken tooth, his x mark, Nau-nah-que-kee-shee-ko, or between two days, his x mark, Paw-puck-ka-kaw, or stealing fox, his x mark, Tay-e-sheek, or the falling bear, his x mark, Wau-pee-maw-ker, or the white loon, his x mark, Wau-co-see-nee-me, or fox man, his x mark. In presence of R. Bache, Cap. Ord. Sec. to the B. Riley, Maj. U. S. Army, Commission, H. Dodge, JMajor, Abrm. Eustis, W. Campbell, - Alex, Cummings, Lt. Col. 2d Hy. Wilson, Maj. 4th U. S. Infantry, Inf. Alex. R. Thompson, JMajor U. Donald Ward, S. Järmy, Thos. Black Wolf, 512 APPALACHICOLAS. Sexton G. Frazer, Horatio A. Wilson, Lt. 4th P. H. Galt, Ast. Adj. Gen. Jłrty. Benj. F. Pike, H. Day, Lt. 2d Infy. Wm. Henry, Jas. W. Penrose, Lt. 2d Infy, James Craig, J. E. Johnston, Lt. 4th ſlrty. John Aukeney, S. Burbank, Lt. 1st Infy. J. B. F. Russell, J. H. Prentiss, Lt. 1st Arty. Isaac Chambers, L. J. Beall, Lt. 1st Infy. John Clitz, Adj. Inf. Addison Philleo, John Pickell, Lieut. 4th Arty. Thomas L. Alexander, Lt. 6th A. G. Miller, Lt. 1st. Inf. Infy. Geo. Davenport, Asst. Q. Mas. Horace Beale, Actg. Surg. U. Gen. Ill. JMil. S. Army, A. Drane, Oliver W. Kellogg, AEneas Mackay, Capt. U. S. Jona Leighton, Actg. Surg. U. Army, S. Army, J. R. Smith, 1st Lt. 2d Inf. Robt. C. Buchanan, Lt. 4th Wm. Maynadier, Lt. and A. Infy. D. C. Jas. S. Williams, Lt. 6th Inf, J. S. Gallagher, 1st Lt.A. C. S. John W. Spencer, N. B. Bennett, Lt. 3d Arty. Antoine Le Claire, Interpreter, A PPALA CHICO L.A. S. I concLUDED octop ER 11, 1832–RATIFIED FEBRUARY 13, 1833. ] The undersigned chiefs, for and in behalf of themselves and warriors, surrender to the United States, all their right, title and interest to a reservation of land made for their benefit, in the ad- ditional article of the treaty, concluded at camp Moultrie, in the territory of Florida, on the 18th of September, eighteen hundred and twenty-three, and which is described in said article, “as com- mencing on the Appalachicola, one mile below Tuski Hajo's im- provements, running up said river four miles, thence west two miles, thence southerly to a point due west of the beginning, thence east to the beginning point,” and agree to remove with their warriors and families, now occupying said reservation, and amounting in all to (256) two hundred and fifty-six souls, to the west of the Mississippi river, beyond the limits of the States and territories of the United States of America. ART. 2. For, and in consideration of said surrender, and to meet the charges of a party to explore immediately the country west in search of a home more suitable to their habits than the one at present occupied, and in full compensation for all the expenses of emigration and subsistence for themselves and party: The United States agree to pay to the undersigned chiefs, and their warriors, thirteen thousand dollars; three thousand dollars in cash, the re- CHICKA SAWS. 513 ceipt of which is here with acknowledged, and ten thousand dollars whenever they have completed their arrangements, and have com- menced the removal of their whole party. ART. 3. The undersigned chiefs, with their warriors and fami- lies, will evacuate the reservation of land surrendered by the first article of this agreement, on or before the first of November, eigh- teen hundred and thirty-three; but should unavoidable circum- stances prevent the conclusion of the necessary preparatory arrange- ments by that time, it is expected that the indulgence of the Government of the United States will be reasonably extended for a term, not to exceed however another year. ART. 4. The United States further stipulate to continue to Blunt and Davy (formerly Tuski Hajo deceased) the chiefs of the towns now consenting to emigrate, their proportion of the annuity of five thousand dollars which they at present draw, and to which they are entitled under the treaty of camp Moultrie, so long as they remain in the territory of Florida, and to advance their propor- tional amount of the said annuity for the balance of the term stipulated for its payment in the treaty aforesaid, whenever they remove in compliance of the terms of this agreement. In testimony whereof, the commissioner, James Gadsden, in behalf of the United States, and the undersigned chiefs and warriors have hereunto subscribed their names and affixed their seals. Done at Tallahasse, in the territory of Florida, this eleventh day of October one thousand eight hundred and thirty-two, and of the Independence of the United States the fifty-seventh. James Gadsden, Commissioner, &c. L. S. John Blunt, his x mark, L. S. O Saa-Hajo, or Davy, his x mark, L. S Co-ha-thlock-co, or Cockrane, his x mark, L. s Witnesses : Wm. P. Duval, Supt. R. Lewis, Stephen Richards, Interpreter, Tho. Brown, Robt. W. Williams, James D. Westcott, Jr. C H I C K A. S. A. W. S. I concLUDED october 20, 1832–RATIFIED MARCH 1, 1833. ſirticles of a treaty made and entered into between Gen. John Cºffee, being duly authorized thereto by the President of the United States, and the whole Chickasaw nation, in general council assembled, at the council house on Pontitock creek, on the twen- tieth day of October, 1832. The Chickasaw nation find themselves oppressed in their pre- sent situation, by being made subject to the laws of the States 47 - 514 CHICKA SAWS. in which they reside. Being ignorant of the language and laws of the white man, they cannot understand or obey them. Rather than submit to this great evil, they prefer to seek a home in the west, where they may live and be governed by their own laws. And believing that they can procure for themselves a home, in a country suited to their wants and condition, provided they had the means to contract and pay for the same, they have determined to sell their country and hunt a new home. The President has heard the complaints of the Chickasaws, and like them believes they cannot be happy and prosper as a nation in their present situation and condition, and being desirous to relieve them from the great calamity that seems to await them, if they remain as they are, he has sent his commissioner Gen. John Coffee, who has met the whole Chickasaw nation in council, and after mature de- liberation, they have entered into the following articles, which shall be binding on both parties, when the same shall be ratified by the President of the United States, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate. ART. 1. For the consideration hereinafter expressed, the Chick- asaw nation do hereby cede, to the United States, all the land which they own on the east side of the Mississippi river, including all the country where they at present live and occupy. ART. 2. The United States agree to have the whole country thus ceded, surveyed, as soon as it can be conveniently done, in the same manner that the public lands of the United States are surveyed in the States of Mississippi and Alabama, and as soon thereafter as may be practicable, to have the same prepared for sale. The President of the United States will then offer the land for sale at public auction, in the same manner and on the same terms and conditions as the other public lands, and such of the land as may not sell at the public sales shall be offered at private sale, in the same manner that other private sales are made of the United States lands. ART 3. As a full compensation to the Chickasaw nation, for the country thus ceded, the United States agree to pay over to the Chickasaw nation, all the money arising from the sale of the land which may be received from time to time, after deducting therefrom the whole cost and expenses of surveying and selling the land, including every expense attending the same. ART. 4. The President being determined that the Chickasaw people shall not deprive themselves of a comfortable home, in the country where they now are, until they shall have provided a country in the west to remove to, and settle on, with fair pros- pects of future comfort and happiness—It is therefore agreed to, by the Chickasaw nation, that they will endeavor, as soon as it may be in their power after the ratification of this treaty, to hunt out and procure a home for their people, west of the Mississippi river, suited to their wants and condition; and they will continue CHICKA SAWS. 515 to do so during the progress of the survey of their present country, as is provided for in the second article of this treaty. But should they fail to procure such a country to remove to and settle on, previous to the first public sale of their country here, then and in that event, they are to select out of the surveys a comfortable settlement for every family in the Chickasaw nation, to include their present improvements, if the land is good for cultivation, and if not, they may take it in any other place in the nation which is unoccupied by any other person. Such settlement must be taken by sections. And there shall be allotted to each family as follows, (to wit): To a single man who is twenty-one years of age, one section—to each family of five and under that number two sections—to each family of six and not exceeding ten, three sections, and to each family over ten in number, four sections— and to families who own slaves, there shall be allowed, one sec- tion to those who own ten or upwards, and such as own under ten, there shall be allowed half a section. If any person shall now oc- cupy two places and wish to retain both they may do so, by taking a part at one place, and a part at the other, and where two or more persons are now living on the same section, the oldest occu- pant will be entitled to remain, and the others must move off to some other place, if so required by the oldest occupant. All of which tracts of land, so selected and retained, shall be held and occupied by the Chickasaw people, uninterrupted, until they shall find and obtain a country suited to their wants and condition. And the United States will guaranty to the Chickasaw nation the quiet possession and uninterrupted use of the said reserved tracts of land, so long as they may live on and occupy the same. And when they shall determine to remove from said tracts of land, the Chickasaw nation will notify the President of the United States of their determination to remove, and thereupon, as soon as the Chickasaw people shall remove, the President will proclaim the said reserved tracts of land for sale at public auction and at pri- wate sale, on the same terms and conditions as is provided for in the second article of this treaty, to sell the same, and the nett proceeds thereof to be paid to the Chickasaw nation, as is pro- vided for in the third article of this treaty. ART. 5. If any of the Chickasaw families shall have made valuable improvements on the places where they lived and re- moved from, on the reservation tracts, the same shall be valued by some discreet person, to be appointed by the President, who shall assess the real cash value of all such improvements, and also the real cash value of all the land within their improvements, which they may have cleared and actually cultivated at least one year in good farming order and condition. And such valuation of the improvements and the value of the cultivated lands as before mentioned, shall be paid to the person who shall have made the same. To be paid out of the proceeds of the sales of 616 CHIC KASA-W-S. the ceded lands. The person who shall value such land and improvements, shall give to the owner thereof a certificate of the valuation, which shall be a good voucher for them to draw the money on, from the proper person, who shall be appointed to pay the same, and the money shall be paid, as soon as may be con- venient, after the valuation, to enable the owner thereof to pro- vide for their families on their journey to their new homes. The provisions of this article are intended to encourage industry, and to enable the Chickasaws to move comfortably. But least the good intended may be abused by designing persons, by hiring hands and clearing more land, than they otherwise would do for the benefit of their families—it is determined that no payment shall be made for improved lands, over and above one-eighth part of the tract allowed and reserved for such person to live on and OCCupy. ART. 6. The Chickasaw nation cannot receive any part of the payment for their land until it shall be surveyed and sold, there- fore in order to the greater facility in surveying and preparing the land for sale, and for keeping the business of the nation separate and apart from the business and accounts of the United States, it is proposed by the Chickasaws, and agreed to, that a surveyor general be appointed by the President, to superintend alone the surveying of this ceded country, or so much thereof as the Presi- dent may direct, who shall appoint a sufficient number of deputy surveyors, as may be necessary to complete the survey, in as short a time as may be reasonable and expedient. That the said sur- veyor general be allowed one good clerk, and one good draughts. man, to aid and assist him in the business of his office, in preparing the lands for sale. It is also agreed that one land office be estab- lished for the sale of the lands, to have one register and one re- ceiver of moneys, to be appointed by the President, and each register and receiver to have one good clerk to aid and assist them in the duties of their office. The surveyor’s office, and the office of the register and receiver of money, shall be kept somewhere central in the nation, at such place as the President of the United States may direct. As the beforementioned officers, and clerks, are to be employed entirely in business of the nation, appertaining to preparing and selling the land, they will of course be paid out of the proceeds of the sales of the ceded lands. That the Chick- asaws may now understand as near as may be, the expenses that will be incurred in the transacting of this business—It is pro- posed and agreed to, that the salary of the surveyor general be fifteen hundred dollars a year, and that the register and receiver of moneys be allowed twelve hundred dollars a year each, as a full compensation for their services, and all expenses, except stationery, and postages on their official business, and that each of the clerks and draughtsman be allowed seven hundred and fifty dollars a year, for their services and all expenses. CHIC KAS.A.W. S. 517 ART. 7. It is expressly agreed that the United States shall not grant any right of preference to any person, or right of occupancy in any manner whatsoever, but in all cases of either public or pri- vate sale, they are to sell the land to the highest bidder; and also, that none of the lands be sold in smaller tracts than quarter sections or fractional sections, of the same size, as near as may be, until the Chickasaw nation may require the President to sell in smaller tracts. The chiefs of the nation have heard that at some of the sales of the United States lands, the people there present entered into combinations, and united in purchasing much of the land, at reduced prices, for their own benefit, to the great prejudice of the Government, and they express fears that attempts will be made to cheat them in the same manner, when their lands shall be offered at public auction. It is therefore agreed that the President will use his best endeavors to prevent such combinations, or any other plan or state of things which may tend to prevent the land selling for its full value. ART. 8. As the Chickasaws have determined to sell their country, it is desirable that the nation realize the greatest possible sum for their lands which can be obtained. It is therefore proposed and agreed to, that after the President shall have offered their lands for sale, and shall have sold all that will sell for the Government price, then the price shall be reduced, so as to induce purchasers to buy, who would not take the land at the Government minimum price; and it is believed, that five years from and after the date of the first sale, will dispose of all the lands that will sell at the Government price. If, then, at the expiration of five years, as before mentioned, the Chickasaw nation may request the President to sell at such reduced price as the nation may then propose, it shall be the duty of the President to comply with their request, by first offering it at public, and afterwards at private sale, as in all other cases of selling public lands. - - ART. 9. The Chickasaw nation express their ignorance, and in- capacity to live and be happy under the State laws; they cannot read and understand them, and therefore they will always need a friend to advise and direct them. And fearing at some day the Government of the United States may withdraw from them the agent under whose instructions they have lived so long and happy, they therefore request that the agent may be continued with them, while here, and wherever they may remove to and settle. It is the earnest wish of the United States Government to see the Chickasaw nation prosper and be happy, and so far as is consistent they will contribute all in their power to render them so—therefore their re- quest is granted. There shall be an agent kept with the Chicka- saws as heretofore, so long as they live within the jurisdiction of the United States as a nation, either within the limits of the States where they now reside, or at any other place. And whenever the office of agent shall be vacant, and an agent to be appointed, the 518 CHICKA SAW. S. President will pay due respect to the wishes of the nation in se- lecting a man in all respects qualified to discharge the responsible duties of that office. - ART. 10. Whenever the Chickasaw nation shall determine to remove from, and leave their present country, they will give the President of the United States timely notice of such intention, and the President will furnish them the necessary funds and means for their transportation and journey, and for one year’s provisions, after they reach their new homes, in such quantity as the nation may require; and the full amount of such funds, transportation, and provisions, is to be paid for out of the proceeds of the sales of the ceded lands. And should the Chickasaw nation remove from their present country before they receive money from the sale of the lands hereby ceded, then and in that case the United States shall furnish them any reasonable sum of money for national purposes, which may be deemed proper by the President of the United States; which sum shall also be refunded out of the sales of the ceded lands. ART. 11. The Chickasaw nation have determined to create a perpetual fund for the use of the nation forever, out of the proceeds of the country now ceded away; and for that purpose they propose to invest a large proportion of the money arising from the sale of the land in some safe and valuable stocks, which will bring them in an annual interest or dividend, to be used for all national pur- poses, leaving the principal untouched, intending to use the inter- est alone. It is therefore proposed by the Chickasaws, and agreed to, that the sum to be laid out in stocks as above mentioned shall be left with the Government of the United States, until it can be laid out under the direction of the President of the United States, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, in such safe and valuable stock as he may approve of, for the use and benefit of the Chickasaw nation. The sum thus to be invested shall be equal to at least three-fourths of the whole nett proceeds of the sales of the lands; and as much more as the nation may determine, if there shall be a surplus after supplying all the national wants. But it is hereby provided, that if the reasonable wants of the nation shall require more than one-fourth of the proceeds of the sales of the land, then they may, by the consent of the President and Senate, draw from the Government such sum as may be thought reasona- ble, for valuable national purposes, out of the three-fourths reserved to be laid out in stocks. But if any of the moneys shall be thus drawn out of the sum first proposed, to be laid out on interest, the sum shall be replaced out of the first moneys of the nation which may come into the possession of the United States Government from the sale of the ceded lands, over and above the reasonable wants of the nation. At the expiration of fifty years from this date, if the Chickasaw nation shall have improved in education and ci- vilization, and become so enlightened as to be capable of managing CHICKA S.A.W.S. 519 so large a sum of money to advantage and with safety, for the be- nefit of the nation, and the President of the United States, with the Senate, shall be satisfied thereof, at that time, and shall give their consent thereto, the Chickasaw nation may then withdraw the whole, or any part of the fund now set apart, to be laid out in stocks, or at interest, and dispose of the same, in any manner that they may think proper at that time, for the use and benefit of the whole nation; but no part of said fund shall ever be used for any other purpose than the benefit of the whole Chickasaw nation. In order to facilitate the survey and sale of the lands now ceded, and to raise the money therefrom as soon as possible for the foregoing purpose, the President of the United States is authorized to com- mence the survey of the land as soon as may be practicable, after the ratification of this treaty. ART. 12. The Chickasaws feel grateful to their old chiefs for their long and faithful services, in attending to the business of the nation. They believe it a duty to keep them from want in their old and declining age; with those feelings they have looked upon their old and beloved chief Tish-o-mingo, who is now grown old, and is poor and not able to live in that comfort which his valuable life and great merit deserve. It is therefore determined to give him, out of the national funds, one hundred dollars a year during the balance of his life, and the nation request him to receive it as a token of their kind feelings for him, on account of his long and valuable services. Our old and beloved Queen, Puc-caun-la, is now very old and very poor. Justice says the nation ought not to let her suffer in her old age; it is therefore determined to give her out of the na- tional funds fifty dollars a year during her life, the money to be put in the hands of the agent to be laid out for her support, under his direction, with the advice of the chiefs. ART. 13. The boundary line between the lands of the Chicka- saws and Choctaws has never been run or properly defined; and as the Choctaws have sold their country to the United States, they now have no interest in the decision of that question. It is there- fore agreed to call on the old Choctaw chiefs, to determine the line to be run between the Chickasaws and their former country. The Chickasaws, by a treaty made with the United States at Franklin, in Tennessee, in August, 1830, declared their line to run as fol- lows, to wit: Beginning at the mouth of Oak-tibby-haw and run- ning up said stream to a point, being a marked tree, on the old Natches road, one mile southwardly from Wall's old place. Thence with the Choctaw boundary, and along it, westwardly through the Tunichaold fields, to a point on the Mississippi river about twenty- eight miles by water, below where the St. Francis river enters said stream on the west side. It is now agreed that the surveys of the Choctaw country which are now in progress, shall not cross the line until the true line shall be decided and determined; which 520 CHICKASAWS. shall be done as follows: the agent of the Choctaws on the west side of the Mississippi shall call on the old and intelligent chiefs of that nation, and lay before them the line as claimed by the Chick- asaws at the Franklin treaty; and if the Choctaws shall determine that line to be correct, then it shall be established and made the permanent line; but if the Choctaws say the line strikes the Mis- sissippi river higher up said stream, then the best evidence which can be had from both nations, shall be taken by the agents of both nations, and submitted to the President of the United States for his decision; and on such evidence, the President will determine the true line on principles of strict justice. ART. 14. As soon as the surveys are made, it shall be the duty of the chiefs, with the advice and assistance of the agent, to cause a correct list to be made out of all and every tract of land which shall be reserved for the use and benefit of the Chickasaw people, for their residence, as is provided for in the fourth article of this treaty; which list will designate the sections of land which are set apart for each family or individual in the nation, showing the pre- cise tracts which shall belong to each and every one of them; which list shall be returned to the register of the land office, and he shall make a record of the same, in his office, to prevent him from offering any of said tracts of land for sale, and also as evi- dence of each person’s lands. All the residue of the lands will be offered by the President for sale. ART. 15. The Chickasaws request that no persons be permitted to move in and settle on their country before the land is sold. It is therefore agreed, that no person whatsoever, who is not Chick- asaw, or connected with the Chickasaws by marriage, shall be per- mitted to come into the country and settle on any part of the ceded lands until they shall be offered for sale, and then there shall not be any person permitted to settle on any of the land which has not been sold at the time of such settlement; and in all cases of a per- son settling on any of the ceded lands contrary to this express un- derstanding, they will be intruders, and must be treated as such, and put off of the lands of the nation. In witness of all and everything herein determined, between the United States and the whole Chickasaw nation in general council assembled, the parties have hereunto set their hands and seals, at the council-house, on Pontitock creek, in the Chickasaw nation, on the twentieth day of October, one thousand eight hundred and thirty-two. John Coffee, Ish-te-ho-to-pa, [king, his x mark, Tish-o-min-go, his x mark, Levi Colbert, his x mark, George Colbert, his x mark, William M'Gilvery, his x mark, Samuel Sely, his x mark, S - CHICKAS AWS. 5 2 1 To-pul-kah, his x mark, Isaac Albertson, his x mark, Em-ub-by, his x mark, Pis-tah-lah-tubbe, his x mark, Ish-tim-o-lut-ka, his x mark, James Brown, his x mark, Im-mah-hoo-lo-tubbe, his x mark, Ish-ta-ha-chah, his x mark, Lah-fin-hubbe, his x mark, Shop-pow-me, his x mark, Nin-uck-ah-umba, his x mark, Im-mah-hoo-la-tubbe, his x mark, Illup-pah-umba, his x mark, Pitman Colbert, Con-mush-ka-ish-kah, his x mark, James Wolfe, Bah-ha-kah-tubbe, his x mark, E. Bah-kah-tubbe, his x mark, Captain Thompson, his x mark, New-berry, his x mark, Bah-ma-hah-tubbe, his x mark, John Lewis, his x mark, I-yah-hou-tubbe, his x mark, Tok-holth-la-chah, his x mark, Oke-lah-nah-nubbe, his x mark, Im-me-tubbe, his x mark, In-kah-yea, his x mark, Ah-sha-cubbe, his x mark, Im-mah-ho-bah, his x mark, Fit-chah-pla, his x mark, Unte-mi-ah-tubbe, his x mark, Oke-lah-hin-lubbe, his x mark, John Glover, his x mark, Bah-me-hubbe, his x mark, Hush-tah-tah-ubbe, his x mark, Un-ti-ha-kah-tubbe, his x mark, Yum-mo-tubbe, his x mark, Oh-ha-cubbe, his x mark, Ah-fah-mah, his x mark, Ah-ta-kin-tubbe, his x mark, Ah-to-ko-wah, his x mark, Tah-ha-cubbe, his x mark, Kin-hoi-cha, his x mark, Ish-te-ah-tubbe, his x mark, Chick-ah-shah-nan-ubbe, his x mark, Che-wut-ta-ha, his x mark, Fo-lut-ta-chah, his x mark, No-wo-ko, his x mark, 522 CHIC KASAWS. Win-in-a-pa, his x mark, Oke-Iah-shah-cubbe, his x mark, Ish-ta-ki-yu-ka-tubbe, his x mark, Mah-te-ko-shubbe, his x mark, Tom-chick-ah, his x mark, Ei-o-che-tubbe, his x mark, Nuck-sho-pubbe, his x mark, Fah-lah-mo-tubbe, his x mark, Co-chub-be, his x mark, Thomas Sely, his x mark, Oke-lah-sha-pi-a, his x mark, Signed and sealed in the presence of Ben. Reynolds, Indian Agent, George Wightman, of Miss. John L. Allen, Sub-agent, John Donley, Tenn. Nath. Anderson, Sec. to the D. S. Parrish, Tennessee, Commr. S. Daggett, Miss. Benj. Love, U. S. Interpreter, Wm. A. Clurm, Robert Gordon, Miss. G. W. Long. ſlrticles supplementary to, and explanatory of, a treaty which was entered into on the 20th instant, between general John Coffee, on the part of the United States, and the whole Chickasaw nation in general council assembled. The fourth article of the treaty to which this is a supplement, provides that each Chickasaw family shall have a tract of land re- served for the use of the family, to live on and occupy, so long as the nation resides in the country where they now are. And the fifth article of the treaty provides that each family or individual shall be paid for their improvements and the value of their cleared lands, when the nation shall determine to remove and leave the said reserved tracts of land. It is now proposed and agreed to, that no family or person of the Chickasaw nation, who shall or may have tracts of land reserved for their residence while here, shall ever be permitted to lease any of said land to any person whatsoever, nor shall they be permitted to rent any of said land to any person, either white, red, or black, or mixed blood of either. As the great object of the nation is to preserve the land and tim- ber for the benefit of posterity, provided the nation shall continue to live here, and if they shall at any time determine to remove and sell the land, it will be more valuable, and will sell for more money, for the benefit of the nation, if the land and timber be preserved. It is also expressly declared by the nation, that whenever the nation shall determine to remove from their present country, that every tract of land so reserved in the nation, shall be given up and CHICKA SAW. S. 523 sold for the benefit of the nation. And no individual or family shall have any right to retain any of such reserved tracts of land for their own use, any longer than the nation may remain in the country where they now are. As the reserve tracts of land above alluded to will be the first choice of land in the nation, it is determined that the minimum price of all the reserved tracts shall be three dollars an acre, until the nation may determine to reduce the price, and then they will notify the President of their wishes, and the price to which they desire to reduce it. The chiefs still express fears that combinations may be formed at the public sales, where their reserved tracts of land shall be of. fered for sale, and that they may not be sold so high as they might be sold by judicious agents at private sale. They therefore sug- gest the propriety of the President determining on some judicious mode of selling the reserves at private sale. - It is therefore agreed that the suggestion be submitted to the President, and if he and the chiefs can agree on a plan of a sale, different from the one proposed in the treaty to which this is a sup- plement, and which shall be approved of by both parties, then they may enter into such agreement, and the President shall then be governed by the same, in the sale of the reserved tracts of land, whenever they may be offered for sale. In the provisions of the fourth article of the treaty to which this is a supplement, for reserves to young men who have no families, it expresses that each young man who is twenty-one years of age, shall have a reserve. But as the Indians mature earlier than white men, and generally marry younger, it is determined to extend a reserve to each young man who is seventeen years of age. And as there are some orphan girls in the nation, or whose families do not provide for them, and also some widows in the same situation, it is determined to allow to each of them a reservation of one sec- tion, on the same terms and conditions, in all respects, with the other reservations for the nation generally, and to be allowed to the same ages, as to young men. Colbert Moore and family have always lived in the Chickasaw nation, and he requests the liberty to continue with the nation. The chiefs and nation agree to his request, and they also agree to allow him and his family a reserve tract of land to live on and occupy in the same manner, and on the same terms and conditions as is provided for the Chickasaw families, in the nation generally, during his good behavior. The chiefs of the nation represent that they in behalf of the nation gave a bond to James Colbert for a debt due to him, of eighteen hundred and eleven dollars ninety-three and three-fourths cents principal, that James Colbert transferred said note to Robert Gordon, and that said note and the interest thereon is yet due and unpaid, and the said Robert Gordon has proposed to take a section 524 CHIC KAS AWS. of land for said note and interest up to this date. It is therefore agreed by the nation to grant him a section of land, to be taken any where in the nation, so as not to interfere with any reserve which has been provided as a residence for the Chickasaws, which shall be in full for said note and interest. The treaty to which this is a supplement provides that there shall be offices kept somewhere central in the nation, at such place as the President shall determine, for transacting the business of the nation in selling their lands, &c. It is now agreed to by the nation, that the President may select a section of land, or four quarter sections adjoining, at such place as he may determine agreeably to that provision of the treaty, to establish the said offices on, and for all the necessary uses thereto attached, and he is permitted to improve the said tract of land in any manner what- soever, but when it shall cease to be used for the purposes for which it is set apart—for offices, &c.–then the same shall be sold under the direction of the President, and the proceeds thereof shall be paid to the Chickasaw nation, after deducting therefrom the value of all the improvements on the land, which value shall be assessed by the President, and in no case shall it exceed one-half the sale of the land. The Chickasaw nation request the government to grant them a cross mail route through the nation as follows, one to pass from Tuscumbia in Alabama, by the agency, and by the place to be selected for the offices to be kept, and to Rankin in Mississippi, on horse back, once a week each day. The other to run from Mem- phis in Tennessee, by the offices and to the Cotton Gin in Mississippi—to pass once a week each way. They conceive these mails would be useful to the nation, and indispensable to the car- rying on the business of the nation when the offices are established, but they would respectfully solicit the mails to be started as soon as possible, to open the avenues of information into their country. John Donley has long been known in this nation as a mail car- rier, he rode on the mails through our nation when a boy, and for many years after he was grown; we think he understands that busi- ness as well if not better than any other man—and we should prefer him to carry our mails to any other person—and if he is given the contract the nation will set apart a section of land for his use while we remain here in this country, which section he may select with the advice of the chiefs any where that suits him best, so as not to interfere with any of the reserves, and he may use it in any manner to live on, or make such improvements as may be necessary for keeping his horses, or to raise forage for them. But when the nation shall move away and leave this country this tract of land must be sold for the benefit of the nation, in the same manner that the reserve tracts are sold, &c., and he is not to claim of the nation any pay for improving said tract of land. - [The lease which was given to William B. Lewis, under the CHIC KASAWS. 525 provisions of the treaty of the 19th October, 1818, was altered and renewed in a treaty which was signed at Franklin, in Tennessee, in August, 1830—at which time Robert P. Currin, of Franklin, had become a partner with William B. Lewis. In said treaty at Franklin the said Lewis and Currin (having failed to obtain salt) agreed to pay the nation a sum of money as therein expressed, for the use of the land during the term of the lease, and also a small quantity of salt, as is also expressed—a part of the money was then paid to the nation in hand, with their obligation to pay the whole balance by instalments. But Mr. Currin, who seems now to be the sole owner of that contract, says he cannot pay us, because the government refuses to admit his title under the lease. Thus the nation is kept out of the money for the lease. Mr. Currin has addressed a line to Levi Colbert and James Brown, the agents for the Chickasaws in that business, and also one to Gen. Coffee, the United States commissioner, asking them to place his claim in a situation that he may have the use of the land, or that the government take the land and pay him for it at the government minimum price. The Chickasaw nation feel desirous to have the matter settled amicably, and they have no wish to violate their last contract—but as Robert P. Currin represents to the nation, that he is willing and desirous to settle it by the nation ceding the land to the government of the United States, upon the condition that they pay him for the land at the rate of one dollar and twenty-five cents an acre, to be paid in one year after the ratification of this treaty—We, the Chickasaw nation, do hereby cede the said re- serve tract of four miles square to the United States on the follow- ing terms and conditions—they shall pay for the land one dollar and twenty-five cents an acre, three-fourths of the amount to be paid to Robert P. Currin, which shall be in full for all his right and claim to said lands—and one-fourth to the Chickasaw nation, for their interest in changing the lease to a final sale forever. If this agreement is not approved of by Mr. Currin and ratified by the President and Senate, its rejection shall not affect the balance of this treaty.] In witness of all and everything herein determined between the United States and the whole Chickasaw nation, in general council assembled, the parties have hereunto set their hands and seals at the council house, on Pontitock creek, in the Chickasaw nation, on this twenty-second day of October one thousand eight hundred and thirty-two. Jno. Coffee, L. S. Ish-te-ho-to-pa, his x mark, 3. S. Tish-o-min-go, his x mark, J. S. Levi Colbert, his x mark, H. S. George Colbert, his x mark, L. S. William McGilvery, his x mark, L. S. 526 CHICRA.S.A.W. S. Samuel Sely, his x mark, To-pul-kah, his x mark, Isaac Albertson, his x mark, Im-mubbe, his x mark, Pis-ta-la-tubbe, his x mark, Ish-tim-o-jut-ka, his x mark, James Brown, his x mark, Im-ma-hoo-lo-tubbe, his x mark, Ish-ta-ha-cha, his x mark, Lah-fin-hubbe, his x mark, Shop-pow-we, his x mark, Nin-uck-ah-umba, his x mark, Im-mah-hoo-lo-tubbe, his x mark, Il-lup-pah-umba, his x mark, Pitman Colbert, Con-nush-koish-kah, his x mark, James Wolf, Bah-ha-kah-tubbe, his x mark, E-bah-kah-tubbe, his x mark, Captain Thompson, his x mark, New-berry, his x mark, Bah-me-hah-tubbe, his x mark, John Lewis, his x mark, I-yah-hou-tubbe, his x mark, Tok-holth-la-chah, his x mark, Oke-lah-nah-nubbe, his x mark, Im-me-tubbe, his x mark, in-kah-yea, his x mark, Ah-shah-cubbe, his x mark, Im-mah-ho-bah, his x mark, Fit-chah-ple, his x mark, Unte-mi-ah-tubbe, his x mark, Oke-lah-hin-lubbe, his x mark, John Glover, his x mark, Bah-me-hubbe, his x mark, Ah-to-ko-wah, his x mark, Hush-tah-tah-hubbe, his x mark, Un-ti-ha-kah-tubbe, his x mark, Yum-me-tubbe, his x mark, Oh-ha-cubbe, his x mark, Ah-fah-mah, his x mark, Ah-take-in-tubbe, his x mark, Tah-ha-cubbe, his x mark, Kin-hoi-cha, his x mark, Ish-te-ah-tubbe, his x mark, Chick-ah-shah-nam-ubbe, his x mark, Chee-wut-ta-ha, his x mark, Fo-lut-ta-chah, his x mark, POTAWATAMIES. 527 No-wo-ko, his x mark, Win-in-a-pa, his x mark, Oke-lah-shah-cubbe, his x mark, Ish-ta-ki-yu-ka-tubbe, his x mark, Mah-ta-ko-shubbe, his x mark, Tom-ah-chich-ah, his x mark, Ehi-o-che-tubbe, his x mark, Nuck-sho-pubbe, his x mark, Fah-lah-mo-tubbe, his x mark, Co-chub-be, his x mark, Thomas Sely, his x mark, Oke-lah-sha-pi-a, his x mark, . Signed and sealed in presence of Ben. Reynolds, Indian Agent, D. S. Parrish, John L. Allen, Sub-agent, S. Daggett, of JMississippi, Nath. Anderson, Sec. to Com’r. Wm. A. Clurm, do. Benjamin Love, U. S. Interp. G. W. Long, Robt. Gordon, of JMississippi, W. D. King, George Wightman, John H. McKennie. John Donley, - Ratified, with the exception of that portion of the supplementary and explanatory articles commencing with the words “the lease which was given,” and ending with the words “its rejection shall not affect the balance of this treaty.” And provided, that the sixth article be amended by inserting after “President,” where that word occurs the first and third times, the words “by and with the advice and consent of the Senate.” POTA. W. A. T A MII E. S. I concLUDED october 20, 1832–RATIFIED JANUARy 21, 1833. ] Articles of a treaty made and concluded at Camp Tippecanoe, in the State of Indiana, this twentieth day of October, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and thirty-two, between Jonatham Jennings, John W. Davis, and JMarks Crume, commis- sioners on the part of the United States of the one part, and the chiefs and head men of the Potawatamie tribe of Indians of the Prairie and Kankakee, of the other part. ART. 1. The said Potawatamie tribe of Indians cede to the United States the tract of land included within the following boundary, viz: Beginning at a point on lake Michigan, ten miles southward of the mouth of Chicago river; thence in a direct line, to a point on the Kankakee river, ten miles above its mouth; thence with said river and the Illinois river, to the mouth of Fox river, being the 528 POTAWATAMIES. boundary of a cession made by them in 1816; thence with the southern boundary of the Indian territory, to the State line between Illinois and Indiana; thence north with said line, to lake Michi- gan; thence with the shore of lake Michigan, to the place of beginning. ART. 2. From the cession aforesaid the following tracts shall be reserved, to wit: Five sections for Shaw-wav-nas-see, to include Little Rock village. For Min-e-maung, one section, to include his village. For Joseph Laughton, son of Wais-ke-shaw, one section, and for Ce-na-ge-wine, one section, both to be located at Twelve Mile grove, or Na-be-na-qui-nong. For Claude Laframbroise, one section, on Thorn creek. For Maw-te-no, daughter of Francois Burbonnois, jun., one section, at Soldiers’ village. For Catish, wife of Francis Burbonnois, sen., one section, at Soldiers’ village. For the children of Wais-ke-shaw, two sections, to include the small grove of timber on the river above Rock village. For Jean B. Chevallier, one section, near Rock village; and for his two sisters, Angelique and Josette, one half section each, joining his. For Me-she-ke-ten-o, two sections, to include his village. For Francis Le Via, one section, joining Me-she-ke-ten-o. For the five daughters of Mo-nee, by her last husband, Joseph Bailey, two sections. For Me-saw-ke-qua and her children, two sections, at Wais- us-kuck’s village. For Sho-bon-ier, two sections, at his village. For Josette Beaubier and her children, two sections, to be lo- cated on Hickory creek. For Therese, wife of Joseph Laframbroise, one section; and for Archange Pettier, one section, both at Skunk grove. For Mau-i-to-qua and son, one half section each ; for the chil- dren of Joseph Laframbroise, one section, at Skunk grove. For Washington Burbonnois, one section, joining his mother's reservation (Calish Burbonnois.) For Ah-be-te-kezhick, one section, below the State line on the Kaukakee river. For Nancy, Sally, and Betsy Countreman, children of En-do- ga, one section, joining the reserves near Rock village. For Jacque Jonveau, one section, near the reservation of Me- she-ke-ten-o. For Wah-pon-seh and Qua-qui-to, five sections each, in the Prairie near Rock village. The persons to whom the foregoing reservations are made, are all Indians and of Indian descent. POTAWATAMIES. 529 ART. 3. In consideration of the cession in the first article, the United States agree to pay to the aforesaid Potawatamie Indians an annuity of fifteen thousand dollars for the term of twenty years. Six hundred dollars shall be paid annually to Billy Caldwell, two hundred dollars to Alexander Robinson, and two hundred dollars to Pierre Le Clerc, during their natural lives. ART. 4. The sum of twenty-eight thousand seven hundred and forty-six dollars shall be applied to the payment of certain claims against the Indians, agreeably to a schedule of the said claims hereunto annexed. - The United States further agree, to deliver to the said Indians forty-five thousand dollars in merchandise immediately after sign- ing this treaty ; and also the further sum of thirty thousand dollars in merchandise is hereby stipulated to be paid to them at Chicago in the year 1833. There shall be paid by the United States the sum of one thou- sand four hundred dollars to the following named Indians, for horses stolen from them during the late war, as follows, to wit: To Pe-quou-no, for two horses, eighty dollars, $80 To Pa-ca-cha-be, for two ditto, eighty dollars, 80 To Shaw-wa-nas-see, for one ditto, forty dollars, 40 To Francis Sho-bon-nier, for three ditto, one hundred and twenty dollars, 120 To Sho-bon-ier, or Cheval-ier, for one ditto, forty dollars, 40 To Naw-o-kee, for one ditto, forty dollars, 40 To Me-she-ke-ten-o, for one ditto, forty dollars, 40 To Aun-take, for two ditto, eighty dollars, 80 To Che-chalk-ose, for one ditto, forty dollars, 40 To Naa-a-gue, for two ditto, eighty dollars, 80 To Pe-she-ka-of-le-bequf, one ditto, forty dollars, 40 To Naw-ca-a-sho, for four ditto, one hundred and sixty dollars, 160 To Nox-sey, for one ditto, forty dollars, 40 To Ma-che-we-tah, for three ditto, one hundred and twenty dollars, 120 To Masco, for one ditto, forty dollars, 40 To Wah-pou-seh, for one ditto, forty dollars, 40 To Waub-e-sai, for three ditto, one hundred and twenty dollars, 120 To Chi-cag, for one ditto, forty dollars, 40 To Mo-swah-en-wah, one ditto, forty dollars, 40 To She-bon-e-go, one ditto, forty dollars, 40 To Saw-saw-wais-kuk, for two ditto, eighty dollars, 80 The said tribe having been the faithful allies of the United States during the late contest with the Sacs and Foxes, in con- sideration thereof, the United States agree to permit them to hunt and fish on the lands ceded, as also on the lands of the Govern- 48 530 POTAWATAMIES. ment on Wabash and Saugamore rivers, so long as the same shall remain the property of the United States. In testimony whereof, the commissioners, and the chiefs, head men, and warriors of the said tribe, have hereunto set their hands, at the place and on the day aforesaid. Jonathan Jennings, John W. Davis, Marks Crume, Ah-be-te-ke-zhic, his x mark, Shaw-wa-nas-See, his x mark, Wah-pon-seh, his x mark, Caw-we-saut, his x mark, Shab-e-neai, his x mark, Pat-e-go-shuc, his x mark, Aun-take, his x mark, Me-she-ke-ten-o, his x mark, Shay-tee, his x mark, Ce-na-je-wine, his x mark, Ne-swa-bay-o-sity, his x mark, Ke-wah-ca-to, his x mark, Wai-saw-o-ke-ah, his x mark, Chi-cag, his x mark, Te-ca-cau-co, his x mark, Chah-wee, his x mark, Mas-co, his x mark, Sho-min, his x mark, Car-bon-ca, his x mark, 0-gouse, his x mark, Ash-ke-wee, his x mark, Ka-qui-tah, his x mark, She-mar-gar, his x mark, Nar-ga-to-nuc, his x mark, Puc-won, his x mark, Ne-be-gous, his x mark, E-to-wan-a-cote, his x mark, Quis-e-wen, his x mark, Wi-saw, his x mark, Pierish, his x mark, Cho-van-in, his x mark, Wash-is-kuck, his x mark, Ma-sha-wah, his x mark, Capt. Heeld, his x mark, Man-itoo, his x mark, Ke-me-gu-bee, his x mark, Pe-shuc-kee, his x mark, No-nee, his x mark, No-che-ke-se-qua-bee, his x mark, She-bon-ego, his x mark, Mix-e-maung, his x mark, Mah-che-wish-a-wa, his xmark, Mac-a-ta-be-na, his x mark, Ma-che-we-tah, his x mark, Me-gis, his x mark, Mo-swa-en-wah, his x mark, Ka-che-na-bee, his x mark, Wah-be-no-say, his x mark, Mash-ca-shuc, his x mark, A-bee-shah, his x mark, Me-chi-ke-kar-ba, his x mark, Nor-or-ka-kee, his x mark, Pe-na-o-cart, his x mark, Quar-cha-mar, his x mark, Francois Cho-van-ier, his x mark, Ge-toc-quar, his x mark, Me-gwun, his x mark, Ma-sha-ware, his x mark, Che-co, his x mark, So-wat-so, his x mark, Wah-be-min, his x mark. Signed in the presence of John Tipton, Th. Jo. Owen, U. S. Indian Agent, J. B. Beaubien, B. H. Laughton, Interpreter, G. S. Hubbard, Int. William Conner, Int. Thomas Hartzell, Meadore B. Beaubien, James Conner, Henry B. Hoffman. After the signing of this treaty, and at the request of the In: dians, three thousand dollars was applied to the purchasing ºf POTAWATAMIES. 531 horses; which were purchased and delivered to the Indians by our direction, leaving the balance to be paid in merchandise at this time, forty-two thousand dollars. Jonathan Jennings, J. W. Davis, Commissioners. Marks Crume, | It is agreed on the part of the United States, that the following claims shall be allowed, agreeably to the fourth article of the fore- going treaty, viz: To Gurdon S. Hubbard, five thousand five hundred and seventy- three dollars. Samuel Miller, seven hundred and ninety dollars. John Bt. Bobea, three thousand dollars. Robert A. Kinzie, four hundred dollars. Jacque Jombeaux, one hundred and fifty dollars. Jacque Jombeaux, senior, fifteen hundred dollars. Medad B. Bobeaux, five hundred and fifty dollars. Noel Vasier, eighteen hundred dollars. - Joseph Balies, twelve hundred and fifty dollars. Joseph Shawnier, one hundred and fifty dollars. Thomas Hartzell, three thousand dollars. Barnardus H. Lawton, three thousand five hundred dollars. George Walker, seven hundred dollars. Stephen J. Scott, one hundred dollars. Cole Weeks, thirty-eight dollars. Timothy B. Clark, one hundred dollars. George Pettijohn, fifty dollars. Thomas Forsyth, five hundred dollars. Antoine Le Clerc, fifty-five dollars. James B. Campbell, fifty-three dollars. John W. Blackstone, sixty dollars. Alexander Robinson, ninety-one dollars. Francis Bulbona, jr., one thousand dollars. John Bt. Chevalier, six hundred and sixty dollars. Joseph La Frombois, four hundred and forty-one dollars. Leon Bourasau, eight hundred dollars. - Peter Menard, jr., thirty-seven dollars. Joseph Shoemaker, eighteen dollars. Tunis S. Wendell, one thousand dollars. F. H. Countraman, forty dollars. Samuel Morris, one hundred and forty dollars. William Conner, two thousand dollars. John B. Bourie, twelve hundred dollars. Jonathan Jennings, J. W. Davis, Commissioners. Marks Crume, - 532 KICKAPCOS.- KICKAPO O. S. I concLUDED octop ER 24, 1832–RATIFIED FEBRUARY 13, 1833. ] Articles of a treaty made and entered into at Castor Hill, in the county of St. Louis, in the State of Missouri, this twenty-fourth day of October, one thousand eight hundred and thirty-two, be- tween William Clark, Frank J. Allen, and JYatham Kouns, com- missioners on the part of the United States, of the one part, and the chiefs, warriors, and counsellors of the Kickapoo tribe of In- dians, on behalf of said tribe, of the other part. ART. 1. The Kickapoo tribe of Indians, in consideration of the stipulations hereinafter made, do hereby cede to the United States the lands assigned to them by the treaty of Edwardsville, and concluded at St. Louis, the nineteenth day of July, eighteen hun- dred and twenty-two, and all other claims to lands within the State of Missouri. ART. 2. The United States will provide for the Kickapoo tribe a country to reside in, southwest of the Missouri river, as their permanent place of residence as long as they remain a tribe. And whereas, the said Kickapoo tribe are willing to remove on the following conditions, from the country ceded on Osage river, in the State of Missouri, to the country selected on the Missouri river, north of lands which have been assigned the Delawares; it is hereby agreed, that the country within the following boundaries shall be assigned, conveyed, and forever secured, and is hereby so assigned, conveyed, and secured by the United States to the said Kickapoo tribe, as their permanent residence, viz.: Beginning on the Delaware line, six miles westwardly of fort Leavenworth, thence with the Delaware line westwardly sixty miles, thence north twenty miles, thence in a direct line to the west bank of the Missouri, at a point twenty-six miles north of fort Leavenworth, thence down the west bank of the Missouri river, to a point six miles nearly northwest of fort Leavenworth, and thence to the beginning. ART, 3. In consideration of the cession contained in the first article, the United States agree to pay to the Kickapoo tribe, within one year after the ratification of this treaty, an annuity for one year of eighteen thousand dollars; twelve thousand dollars of which, at the urgent request of said Indians, shall be placed in the hands of the superintendent of Indian affairs at St. Louis, and be by him applied to the payment of the debts of the said tribe, agreeably to a schedule to be furnished by them to the said superintendent, stating, as far as practicable, for what contracted, and to whom due; and the said superintendent shall, as soon as possible, after the said money comes into his hands, pay it over in a just appor- KICKAPOOS. 533 tionment, agreeably to their respective claims, to the creditors of the said tribe, as specified in the schedule furnished him. And should any balance remain in his hands after said apportionment and payment, it shall be by him paid over to the said Kickapoo tribe, for their use and benefit. ART, 4. The United States further agree to pay to the Kickapoo tribe, an annuity of five thousand dollars per annum, in merchan- dise, at its cost at St. Louis, or in money, at their option, for nine- teen successive years, commencing with the second year after the ratification of this treaty. - ART. 5. The United States will pay one thousand dollars an- nually for five successive years, for the support of a blacksmith and strikers, purchase of iron, steel, tools, &c., for the benefit of said tribe, on the lands hereby assigned them. - ART. 6. The United States agree to pay thirty-seven hundred dollars for the erection of a mill and a church for the use of said tribe, on the aforesaid lands. ART. 7. The United States will pay five hundred dollars per annum, for ten successive years, for the support of a school, pur- chase of books, &c., for the benefit of said Kickapoo tribe, on the lands herein ceded to them. ART. 8. The United States agree to pay three thousand dollars for farming utensils, when such utensils may be required by said tribe, on their land. ART. 9. The United States will pay four thousand dollars for labor and improvements on the lands herein ceded said Kickapoos. ART, 10. The United States agree to pay four thousand dollars in cattle, hogs, and such other stock as may be required by the said tribe; to be also delivered on their land. º ART. 11. There shall be paid in merchandise and cash, to the Kickapoos now present, for the use and benefit of their tribe, six thousand dollars, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged; which amount, together with the several stipulations contained in the preceding articles, shall be considered as a full compensation for the cession herein made by said Kickapoo tribe. The United States will furnish said Indians with some assistance when remov- ing to the lands hereby assigned them, and supply them with one year's provisions after their arrival on said lands. ART, 12. The United States agree to run and mark out the boundary lines of the lands hereby ceded to the said tribe, within three years from the date of the ratification of this treaty. ART. 13. The said Indians agree to remove with as little delay as possible, to the land hereby ceded to them. ART. 14. The United States agree, at the particular request of the Kickapoos, that a deputation of their tribe shall be sent, with one or two of the commissioners, to view the lands hereby ceded to them, which deputation and commissioners jointly agreeing, shall have power to alter the boundary lines so as to make a se- 534 KICKAPOOS- lection of a body of land not exceeding twelve hundred square miles, adjoining to, and lying between the Big Nemaha river and the Delaware lands, and of changing the lines of the land hereby ceded in the second article of this treaty, not exceeding half the front on the Missouri between the mouth of Big Nemaha and fort Leavenworth, so as to include a suitable site for a mill seat, should it be desired by said tribe and appear necessary to the commis- sioners. And it is understood, that if the commissioners, on viewing the land ceded in the second article of this treaty, shall find it of good quality, and sufficient for said tribe, then the afore- said second article to be as binding on the contracting parties, as if this article had not been inserted. ART. 15. This treaty to be binding when ratified by the Presi- dent and Senate of the United States. In testimony whereof, the commissioners aforesaid, and the un- dersigned chiefs, warriors and counsellors aforesaid, have hereunto subscribed their hands and affixed their seals, this twenty-fourth day of October, in the year of our Lord eighteen hundred and thirty-two, and of the independence of the United States, the fifty-seventh. Wm. Clark, Frank J. Allen, Nathan Kouns, Pa-sha-cha-hah, jumping fish, his x mark, Ka-ana-kuck, the prophet, his x mark, Pemo-quoi-ga, rolling thunder, his x mark, Pa-ana-wah-ha, elk shedding his hair, his x mark, Kick-a-poo-hor, Kickapoo, his x mark, Ma-she-mah, elk, his x mark, Ma-cuta-we-she-kah, black fisher, his x mark, Wah-co-haw, grey fox, his x mark, Pah-ta-kah-quoi, striking woman, his x mark, Kitch-e-mah-quoi, big bear, his x mark, Ata-noi-tucka, gobling turkey, his x mark, Kish-coe, guardian to Indians, his x mark, Ka-te-wah, bald eagle, his x mark, Na-poi-teck, son of prophet, his x mark, Na-na-co-wah, the bear, his x mark, Pe-sha-ka-nah, the bear, his x mark, Ah-nuck-quet-ta, the cloud, or black thunder, his x mark, Note-ta-noi, wind, his x mark, Ma-cutta-mah-qui, black loon, his x mark. Signed in presence of James Kemmly, Secretary, A. Shane, U. S. Interpreter, Meriwether Lewis Clark, Lieut. William Marshall, 6th Infantry, Jacques Mette, U. S. Interp. Geo. Maguire, Indian Dept. Pierre Cadue, Inſp. his x mark. POTTA.W.A.TIMIES. 535 Supplemental article to the treaty with the Kickapoo tribe of In- dians, of the twenty-fourth October, one thousand eight hundred and thirty-two. The undersigned, commissioners on the part of the United States, and a deputation of Kickapoos, on the part of the Kicka- poo tribe of Indians, having visited the lands assigned to the said tribe by the second article of a treaty with the said tribe, con- cluded at Castor Hill, in the county of Saint Louis and State of Missouri, on the twenty-fourth day of October, one thousand eight hundred and thirty-two, and by authority of the powers wested in the said commissioners, and the said deputation, by the fourteenth article of the aforesaid treaty, have agreed that the boundary lines of the lands assigned to the Kickapoos, shall begin on the Dela- ware line, where said line crosses the left branch of Salt creek, thence down said creek to the Missouri river, thence up the Mis- souri river thirty miles when measured on a straight line, thence westwardly to a point twenty miles from the Delaware line, so as to include in the lands assigned the Kickapoos, at least twelve hundred square miles. Done at fort Leavenworth, this twenty-sixth day of November, one thousand eight hundred and thirty-two. Nathan Kouns, L. S. Frank J. Allen, L. S. Nam-a-co-wa-ha, the bear, his x mark, L. S. Pe-sha-ka-mah, the bear, his x mark, L. S. Na-poi-haw, the man asleep, his x mark, L. S. Pam-a-saw, or walker, his x mark, L. S. Signed and sealed in presence of James Kemmly, Secretary, Winslow Turner, Wm. N. Wickliffe, Cap. 6th Inf. And. L. Hughes, U. S. Indian J. Freeman, Lt. 6th. Infantry, Agent. P OT TA W A TIMIES. I concluded october 26, 1832–RATIFIED JANUARy 21, 1833. ] frticles of a treaty, made and concluded on Tippecanoe river, in the State of Indiana, between Jonathan Jennings, John W. Davis, and Mark's Crume, commissioners on the part of the United States, and the chiefs, head men, and warriors of the Pottawa- timie Indians, this twenty-sixth day of October, in the year eighteen hundred and thirty-two. ART. 1. The chiefs, head men, and warriors, aforesaid, agree to cede to the United States their title and interest to lands in the 536 POTTAWATIMIES. State of Indiana, to wit: beginning at a point on Lake Michigan, where the line dividing the States of Indiana and Illinois inter- sects the same; thence with the margin of said lake, to the in- tersection of the southern boundary of a cession made by the Pottawatimies, at the treaty of the Wabash, of eighteen hundred and twenty-six; thence east, to the northwest corner of the ces- sion made by the treaty of St. Joseph’s, in eighteen hundred and twenty-eight; thence south ten miles; thence with the Indian boundary line to the Michigan road; thence south with said road to the northern boundary line, as designated in the treaty of eighteen hundred and twenty-six, with the Pottawatimies; thence west with the Indian boundary line to the river Tippecanoe; thence with the Indian boundary line, as established by the treaty of eighteen hundred and eighteen, at St. Mary’s, to the line divid- ing the States of Indiana and Illinois; and thence north, with the line dividing the said States, to the place of beginning. ART. 2. From the cession aforesaid, the following reservations are made, to wit: For the band of Aub-be-naub-bee, thirty-six sections, to in- clude his village. For the bands of Men-o-mi-nee, No-taw-kah, Muck-kah-tah- mo-way, and Pee-pin-oh-waw, twenty-two sections. For the bands of 0-kaw-wause, Kee-waw-nay, and Nee-bosh, eight sections. For J. B. Shadernah, one section of land in the Door Prairie, where he now lives. For the band of Com-o-za, two sections. For the band of Mah-che-saw, two sections. For the band of Mau-ke-kose, six sections. For the bands of Nees-waugh-gee, and Quash-qua, three sec- tions. ART. 3. In consideration of the cession aforesaid, the United States agree to pay to the Pottawatimie Indians, an annuity for the term of twenty years, of twenty thousand dollars; and will deliver to them goods to the value of one hundred thousand dol. lars, so soon after the signing of this treaty as they can be pro- cured; and a further sum of thirty thousand dollars, in goods, shall be paid to them in the year eighteen hundred and thirty- three, by the Indian agent at Eel river. ART. 4. The United States agree to pay the debts due by the Pottawatimies, agreeably to a schedule hereunto annexed; amount- ing to sixty-two thousand four hundred and twelve dollars. ART. 5. The United States agree to provide for the Pottawati- mies, if they shall at any time hereafter wish to change their residence, an amount, either in goods, farming utensils, and such other articles as shall be required and necessary, in good faith, and to an extent equal to what has been furnished any other In- POTTAWATIMIES. 537 dian tribe or tribes emigrating, and in just proportion to their numbers. ART. 6. The United States agree to erect a saw mill on their lands, under the direction of the President of the United States. In testimony whereof, the said Jonathan Jennings, John W. Davis, and Marks Crume, commissioners as aforesaid, and the chiefs, head men, and warriors of the Pottawatimies, have hereunto set their hands at Tippecanoe river, on the twenty- sixth day of October, in the year eighteen hundred and thirty-two. Jonathan Jennings, John W. Davis, Marks Crume. Witness: Geo. B. Walker. Louison, his x mark, Mo-tie-ah, his x mark, Che-chaw-cose, his x mark, Muck-ka-tah-mo-way, his x Banack, his x mark, mark, Man-o-quett, his x mark, Mah-quaw-shee, his x mark, Kin-kosh, his x mark, O-sheh-weh, his x mark, Pee-shee-waw-no, his x mark, Mah-zick, his x mark, Min-o-min-ee, his x mark, Queh-kah-pah, his x mark, Mis-sah-kaw-way, his x mark, Quash-quaw, his x mark, Kee-waw-nay, his x mark, Louisor Perish, his x mark, Sen-bo-go, his x mark, Pam-bo-go, his x mark, Che-quaw-ma-caw-co, his x Bee-yaw-yo, his x mark, mark, Pah-ciss, his x mark, Muak-kose, his x mark, Mauck-co-paw-wav, his x Ah-you-way, his x mark, mark, Po-kah-kause, his x mark, Mis-sah-qua, his x mark, So-po-tie, his x mark, Kawk, his x mark, Che-man, his x mark, Miee-kiss, his x mark, No-taw-kah, his x mark, Shaw-bo, his x mark, Nas-wav-kee, his x mark, Aub-be-naub-bee, his x mark, Pec-pin-a-waw, his x mark, Mau-maut-wah, his x mark, Ma-che-saw, his x mark, O-ka-mause, his x mark, 0-kitch-chee, his x mark, Pash-ee-po, his x mark, Pee-pish-kah, his x mark, We-wiss-lah, his x mark, Com-mo-yo, his x mark, Ash-kum, his x mark, Chick-kose, his x mark, Waw-zee-o-nes, his x mark. Mis-qua-buck, his x mark, witnesses : William Marshall, Ind. Agent, J. B. Bourie, Interpreter, Henry Hoover, Secretary, J. B. Jutra, Sint. Interpreter, H. Lasselle, Interpreter, Edward McCartney, Interpreter, E. W. Cicott, Sint. Interpreter, Luther Rice, Interpreter. After the signing this treaty, and at the request of the Indians, five thousand one hundred and thirty-five dollars were applied to 538 POTTAWATIMIES. the purchase of horses, which were purchased and delivered to them, under our direction, leaving ninety-four thousand eight hun- dred and sixty-five dollars to be paid in merchandise. Jonathan Jennings, John W. Davis, Marks Crume. It is agreed, that the United States will satisfy the claims men- tioned in the following schedule, as provided for in the fourth article of the foregoing treaty, viz: To Andrew Waymire, forty dollars. Zachariah Cicott, nine hundred and fifty dollars. H. Lasselle, senior, four thousand dollars. Silas Atchinson, two hundred and twenty dollars. Alexander McAllister, two hundred and twenty dollars. Walker and Davis, fifteen hundred dollars. Walker, Carter, & Co., five thousand six hundred dollars. Edward McCartney, one thousand dollars. - F. R. Kintner, six hundred and twenty dollars. Joseph Trucky, one hundred dollars. J. Vigus & C. Taber, eight hundred and fifty dollars. James Burnit, six hundred dollars. Samuel Hanna, executor of Abraham Burnet, three hundred and fifty dollars. James Hickman, sixty dollars. William Scott, two hundred and fifty dollars. M. Harse, seventy dollars. Emmerson and Huntington, assignees of Willis Fellows, four thousand five hundred dollars. W. G. and G. W. Ewing, one thousand dollars. Peter Barron, seventeen hundred and sixty-six dollars. Hamilton & Taber, seven hundred and thirty-seven dollars. Skelton & Scott, six hundred and fifty dollars. Cyrus Taber, three hundred and fifty dollars. G. S. Hubbard, one thousand dollars. Moses Rice, one hundred dollars. John E. Hunt, three thousand two hundred and sixteen dollars. John Baldwin, one thousand dollars. Louis Drouillard, sixty-eight dollars. George Crawford, eighty dollars. Thomas Hall, forty dollars. John B. Duret, four hundred dollars. Anthony Gambin, three hundred dollars. Joseph Barron, seven hundred and ninety-six dollars. James H. Kintner, three hundred and fifty-seven dollars. John B. Bourie, five hundred dollars. Henry Ossum, nine hundred dollars. S.H.A.W.A.N.O.ES AND DELAWARES. 539 To Samuel Hanna, fifteen hundred dollars. Barnet & Hanna, three thousand five hundred dollars. Todd & Vigus, six thousand five hundred and thirteen dol- lars. Allen Hamilton, seven hundred dollars. W. G. and G. W. Ewing, three thousand dollars. George F. Turner, two hundred dollars. Peter Longlois, two thousand five hundred dollars. Thomas Robb, eight hundred and forty dollars. The estate of George Cicott, deceased, fifteen hundred dollars. George C. Spencer, one hundred and fifty-seven dollars. John T. Douglass, one hundred dollars. W. G. and G. W. Ewing, seven hundred and sixteen dollars. H. B. McKeen, six hundred dollars. Joseph Bertrand, senior, fifteen hundred dollars. George C. Spencer, three hundred dollars. Jesse Buzann, three hundred and sixteen dollars. Joseph Douglass, four hundred and fifty dollars. John Smith, four hundred and eighty dollars. Moses Barnett, eight hundred and forty-five dollars. Harrison Barnett, two hundred and sixty-seven dollars. Lot Bozarth, ninety dollars. Silas Atchison, two hundred and forty-four dollars. Harrison Barnett & Co., one hundred and seventy-eight dollars. James Elliott, one hundred and nineteen dollars. Alexander Smith, one hundred dollars. Walker, Carter, & Co., four hundred and four dollars. John Forsyth, amr. &c. of Thomas Forsyth, four hundred and seventy-three dollars. John Forsyth, six hundred dollars. S.H.A.W A NOES AND DE LAW A. R.E.S. I concLUDED october 26, 1832–RATIFIED FEBRUARY 12, 1833. ] Articles of a treaty, made and entered into at Castor Hill, in the county of St. Louis, in the State of JMissouri, this twenty-sixth day of October, one thousand eight hundred and thirty-two, between William Clark, Frank J. Allen, and JVathan Kouns, commissioners on the part of the United States, of the one part, and the chiefs, warriors, and counsellors of the Shawanoes and Delawares, late of Cape Girardeau, in behalf of their respec- tive bands, of the other part. Whereas, parts of the Shawanoe and Delaware nation of In- dians did settle on lands near the town of Cape Girardeau, under 540 SHAWANOES AND DELAWARES. a permission from the Spanish Government, given to said Shawa- noes and Delawares by the Baron de Carondelet, dated the fourth day of January one thousand seven hundred and ninety-three, on which lands the Delawares resided until the year one thousand eight hundred and fifteen, at which period, from various causes, it became necessary for them to remove, leaving their fields and improve- ments: And whereas, lands have been assigned to the said tribes by treaties, viz: with the Shawanoes of the seventh November one thousand eight hundred and twenty-five, and with the Dela- wares of the twenty-fourth September one thousand eight hundred and twenty-nine, in which last named treaty no compensation was made to the Delawares late of Cape Girardeau, for their improve- ments or for their loss of stock, &c., and it being the desire of the United States to indemnify the said Delawares for all losses and injuries by them sustained in consequence of such removal, the fol- lowing articles have been agreed upon by the contracting parties. ART. 1. The Delawares and Shawanoes late of Cape Girardeau, hereby cede and relinquish to the United States all their lands within the State of Missouri, and also all claims which they may have against the United States for loss of property and for im- provements which they have made up to the present time. ART. 2. In consideration of the foregoing cession and relin- quishment, the United States agree to the following stipulations: There shall be paid and delivered to said Delawares as soon as possible after the ratification of this treaty, horned cattle, hogs, and other stock, to the amount of two thousand dollars. For assistance in breaking up ground, and enclosing the same, one thousand dollars. For pay of a person to attend their mill for five years, and for repairs of the same during the said period, two thousand five hundred dollars. For support of a school for three years, one thousand five hun- dred dollars. - ART. 3. There shall be paid to the said Delawares on their lands in merchandise suited to their wants, at the St. Louis cost prices, after the ratification of this treaty, the sum of five thou- sand dollars. There shall also be paid them the further sum of twelve thousand dollars, to be placed, at the request of said In- dians, in the hands of the superintendent of Indian affairs at St. Louis, to be by him applied to the payment of debts which the said Delawares have acknowledged to be due by their nation, agreeably to a schedule presented in council, and which sum they wish paid to Menard & Vallé of St. Genevieve, for the benefit of William Gillis and William Marshall. The sum of one thousand dollars is also paid them in merchandise and cash, the receipt of which latter sum (of one thousand dollars) is hereby acknowledged. ART. 4. To enable the Shawanoes who are parties to this SHAWANOES AND DELAWARES. 541 treaty, to remove immediately all the bands of their tribe who are settled in the territory of Arkansas, to the lands assigned their nation on the Kansas river, the United States will pay them on the signing of this treaty, eight hundred dollars in cash, and four hundred dollars in clothing and horses, the receipt of which sums, amounting to twelve hundred dollars, is hereby acknowledged. And when they shall have removed to their lands, the further sum of five hundred dollars shall be paid them towards the expenses of said removal. The United States will moreover furnish the said Shawanoes with provisions on their land for one year after their removal, which, together with the preceding stipulations, will be considered in full of all their claims and demands against the United States, of whatever nature. ART. 5. This treaty to be obligatory on the contracting parties when ratified by the President and Senate of the United States. In testimony whereof, the commissioners aforesaid, and the undersigned chiefs, warriors, and counsellors aforesaid have hereunto subscribed their names and affixed their seals, at Castor Hill, in the county of St. Louis aforesaid, the date first above written. William Clark, Frank J. Allen, Nathan Kouns, - Meh-shay-quo-wha, his x mark, Nah-ko-min, his x mark, Ta-whe-la-len, his x mark, Capt. Ketchum, his x mark, Nonon-da-qomon, his x mark, S.H.A.W.A.N.O.E.S., Wah-wai-lainue, his x mark, La-lah-ow-che-ka, his x mark, Ki-ah-quah, his x mark, Pee-tah-lah-wah, his x mark, Shot Pouch, his x mark, i i In presence of Jas. Kemmly, Sec'y. Pem-saw-taw, Capt. Perry, his Meriwether Lewis Clark, Lieut. x mark, - 6th Inf. A. Shane, U. S. Interp. Geo. Maguire, Indian Dept. Jacques Mette, U. S. Interp’r. Sam. L. McKenny, Geo. Catlin, Pierre Menard, Pierre Cadue, his x mark, In- Alex’r. Charles, terp’r. for Kickapoos and Pot- tawatamies. 542 POTOWATOMIES. Castor Hill, St. Louis county, JM0. October 31st, 1832. By an understanding had between the undersigned commis. sioners on the part of the United States and certain chiefs of the Delaware nation hereinafter named, and which was agreed to after the signing of the treaty with said tribe, it was stipulated by the said chiefs, and agreed to by the commissioners, that an annuity for life to Meshe Kowhay, or Patterson, first chief of the Dela- wares, Tah-whee-lalen, or Ketchum, captain of a band; and Natcoming, also captain of a band, should be paid to each of them by the United States, of one hundred dollars. In testimony whereof, we have hereunto set our hands at Castor Hill, the date aforesaid. William Clark, Nathan Kouns, Frank J. Allen. PO TOW A T O M I E S. I concLUDED october 27, 1832–RATIFIED JANUARy 21, 1833. ] Järticles of a treaty, made and concluded on the Tippecanoe river, in the State of Indiana, on the twenty-seventh day of October, in the year of our Lord eighteen hundred and thirty-two, between Jonathan Jennings, John W. Davis, and JMarks Crume, commis- sioners on the part of the United States, and the chiefs and war- riors of the Potowatomies, of the State of Indiana and Michigan Territory. ART. 1. The chiefs and warriors aforesaid cede to the United States their title and interest to lands in the States of Indiana and Illinois, and in the Territory of Michigan south of Grand river. ART. 2. From the cession aforesaid, the following reservations are made, to wit: The reservation at Po-ca-gan’s village for his band, and a reservation for such of the Potowatomies as are resi- dent at the village of Notta-we-sipa, agreeably to the treaties of the nineteenth of September, eighteen hundred and twenty-seven, and twentieth of September, 1828. For the band of Kin-Kash, four sections: For O-ca-chee, one section: For the band Mes-qua-buck, four sections, to include his vil- lage: For the band of Che-kase, four sections, to include his village: For the band of Che-Chaw-kose, ten sections, to include his village: For the Potowatomies, two sections, to include their mills on Tippecanoe river: POTOWATOMIES. 543 For the band of To-i-sas brother Me-mot-way, and Che-quam- ma-ko, ten sections, to include their village: For the band of Ma-sac, four sections: For the band of Ash-kum and Wee-si-o-nas, sixteen sections, to include their village: For the band of Wee-sau, five sections of land, including one section granted to him by the treaty of eighteen hundred and twenty-eight, and to include his present residence. For the bands of Mo-ta and Men-o-quet, four sections each, to include their villages: For Be-si-ah, four sections. ART. 3. The United States agree to grant to each of the fol- lowing persons, the quantity of land annexed to their names, which lands shall be conveyed to them by patent: For Mon-i-taw-quah, daughter of Swa-gaw, one section, to in- clude Wi-me-gos village: For Wee-saw, three sections: For Po-quia, the sister of Jose, one section: For Ben-ack, eight sections: For Ursule Du-quin-dre, one section: For Ge-neir, one section: To To-pen-ne-bee, principal chief, one section: To Poch-a-gan, second chief, one section: To Pet-chi-co, two sections: To Sau-gana, one section: To Louis Barnett, one section: To Mam-qua, daughter of Sau-ga-na, one section: To Mish-a-wa, adopted daughter of Pit-e-chew, one section: To Kesis Chadana, one section: To Louis Chadana, one half section: To Charles Chadana, one half section: To John B. Chadana, one section: To Pierre Navarre's wife, one section: To John B. Ducharm, one section: To Mie-saw-bee, one quarter section: To Baptiste L. Clare, one half section: To Mary Lacomb’s children, one half section: To Joseph Bertrand’s, junior, children, one half section jointly: To Francis Page, junior, one half section: To Alexander Rollane, a half blood, one half section: To Re-re-mo-sau, alias Panish, one section and one half sec- tion, on the McCou, on the river Raisin, in the Michigan Terri- tory, which was reserved to his use at St. Joseph’s treaty, of eigh- teen hundred and twenty-eight: To Mary Nedeau, one quarter section: To Saw-grets, son of Pier Moran, one half section: To Isadore Mo-mence and Wa-be-ga, sons of Pier Morans, one quarter section each : - 544 POTOWATOMIES. To Poch-a-gan's wife, one section: To Pet-qua and Kee-see, sons of Ma-kee-sa-be, one half sec- tion: To Pe-nem-chis, one half section: To Neu-a-tau-naut, one half section: To Francis de Jean, one section: To Mary Ann Ben-ack, wife of Edward McCartney, three sec- tions of land, to be located on the south side of the Turkey creek prairie: For Francis Besion, one half section: For Miss-no-qui, a chieftess, four sections: For Luther Rice, one quarter section: For Med-lin Aucharm, one quarter section : For Sheaupo Truckey, one section: For Ju-be Actrois, one section: For Ash-kum, two sections: For Pee-pees-kah, one section: For Po-ka-kause, one half section: For Nas-wau-kee, one section: For Man-me-nass, one half section: For Paul Langlois, one half section: For Peter Langlois, junior, one half section: For Shaw-bo-wah-tuck, one quarter section: For Betsey Rousau, one quarter section: For John Davis, one half section: For Nancy Cicott, one quarter section: For Amelia Cicott, one quarter section: For Lazette Allen, one quarter section: For Polly Griffith, daughter of Ne-bosh, two sections: For Chop-y-tuck, or John Payne, one section: For Joe Borisau, one quarter section: For Quash-mau, one quarter section: For Mas-co, one quarter section: For Mis-sink-qu-quah, six sections: For Aub-e-naub-bee, ten sections: For Nee-kaw Dizzardee, one quarter section: For Mog-see, one half section: To Kaubee, one half section: To old Ann Mac-i-to, one half section: To old Wee-saw, one half section: To Pe-te-no-on, one half section: To Tou-se-qua, the wife of Joe Baily, one section: To Au-taw-co-num, daughter of the crane, one section: To Sen-niss-quah, and her daughter Nancy, two sections: To James Burnett, one section: To To-gah, a Potowatomie woman, one quarter section: To Mary Ann Bruner, one quarter section. The foregoing reservations shall be selected, under the direction POTOWATOMIES. 545 of the President of the United States, after the lands shall have been surveyed, and the boundaries to correspond with the public SurveyS. A. 4. In consideration of the aforesaid cession, the United States will pay fifteen thousand dollars annually for twelve years; thirty-two thousand dollars, in goods, will be paid as soon after the signing of these articles, as they can be procured, and ten thousand dollars, in goods, will be paid next spring, at Notta-wa- si-pa, and to be paid to that band, and pay their just debts, agree- ably to a schedule hereunto annexed, amounting to twenty thou- sand seven hundred and twenty-one dollars. The section of land granted by the treaty of St. Joseph to To- pe-nau-koung, wife of Peter Langlois, shall be purchased by the United States, if the same can be done for the sum of eight hun- dred dollars. The United States agree to appropriate, for the purposes of educating Indian youths, the annual sum of two thousand dollars, as long as the Congress of the United States may think proper, to be expended as the President may direct. This treaty shall take effect and be obligatory on the contracting parties, as soon as the same shall have been ratified by the Presi- dent of the United States, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate. In testimony whereof, the said Jonathan Jennings, John W. Davis, and Marks Crume, commissioners as aforesaid, and the chiefs, head men, and warriors of the Potowatomies, have hereunto set their hands at Tippecanoe, on the twenty-seventh day of October, in the year eighteen hundred and thirty-two. Jonathan Jennings, Marks Crume. J. W. Davis, To-pe-ne-be, his x mark, Mo-nis, his x mark, Po-ka-gou, his x mark, O-go-maw-be-tuk, his x mark, Sa-ga-mah, his x mark, Kaw-kaw-ke-moke, his x mark, Pe-che-co, his x mark, Ke-swah-bay, his x mark, We-is-saw, his x mark, Win-keese, his x mark, Che-shaw-gun, his x mark, To-posh, his x mark, Ghe-bause, his x mark, Kawk-moc-a-sin, his x mark, 0-saw-o-wah-co-ne-ah, his x Sa-maw-cah, his x mark, mark, Ko-mack, his x mark, Mah-gah-guk, his x mark, O-guon-cote, his x mark, Sa-gue-na-nah, his x mark, Quis-sin, his x mark, Louison Burnet, his x mark, Chou-a-ma-see, his x mark, Shaw-wah-nuk-wuk, hiskmark, Pat-e-ca-sha, his x mark, Mix-sau-bah, his x mark, Pe-nah-seh, his x mark, Ne-wah-ko-to, his x mark, Mix-e-nee, his x mark, Che-bah, his x mark, Pe-na-shee, his x mark, Wah-cose, his x mark, So-wah-quen, his x mark, 49 546. POTOWATOMIES. Ship-she-wa-no, his x mark, Gib-e-nash-wish, his x mark, Kaw-kaw-bee, his x mark, Louison, his x mark, O-ge-mah-caw-so, his x mark, Che-chaw-cose, his x mark, Mash-kee, his x mark, Bee-zaw-yo, his x mark, Saw-ge-maw, his x mark, O-shah-yaw, his x mark, Nah-che-ke-zhie, his x mark, Ash-kam, his x mark, Mis-ke-qua-tah, his x mark, O-ketch-chee, his x mark, Now-o-le-naw, his x mark, Weh-zee-oness, his x mark, Tuck-e-now, his x mark, Aub-bee-noub-bee, his x mark. Witness : H. Hoover, Secretary, G. A. Everts, Th. J. W. Owen, U. S. Indian Robert Simerwell, Jägent, L. M. Taylor, Marius Willet, Francis Comparret, J. Stewart, Sub-Agent, E. N. Cicott, Sint. J. Bt. Chandonnais, J. B. Baure, Sint. J. E. Aunt, H. Lasselle, Peter Godfroy, Henry Ossem. After the signing of this treaty, and at the request of the In- dians, two thousand seven hundred dollars were applied to the purchasing of horses, which were purchased and delivered to the Indians under our direction, leaving the sum to be paid in mer. chandise, at this time, twenty-nine thousand three hundred dollars. Jonathan Jennings, J. W. Davis, Commissioners. Marks Crume, It is agreed, on the part of the United States, that the following claims shall be allowed, agreeably to the fourth article of the fore- going treaty, viz: To Erasmus Winslow, three hundred dollars, Squire Thompson, one hundred dollars, L. Johnson, three hundred and seventy-five dollars, Francis Comperret, two thousand four hundred and fifty dollars, Ica Rice, fifteen hundred dollars, T. P. and J. J. Godfroy, two hundred and fifty dollars, Joseph Smith, twenty-six dollars, James Aveline, ninety-eight dollars, Edward Smith, forty-seven dollars, Gustavus A. Everts, two hundred dollars, Alexis Coquillard, five thousand one hundred dollars, Lathrop M. Taylor, two thousand two hundred and eighty dollars, - Peter and J. J. Godfroy, three thousand five hundred dollars, R. A. Forsyth, eighteen hundred dollars, Louis Dupuis, forty dollars, - Timothy S. Smith, three hundred and ninety dollars, º - - --- KASKASKIAS AND PEORIAS. 547 William Huff, one hundred dollars, Thomas Jones, two hundred and seventy-five dollars, Michael Cadieux, four hundred and ninety dollars, Arthur Patterson, nine hundred dollars, Samuel McGeorge, three hundred and fifty dollars, D. H. Colerick, one hundred and fifty dollars, James Connor, one thousand dollars. Jonathan Jennings, J. W. Davis, Commissioners, Marks Crume, KAS KAS KIAS AND PEO RIA S. [concLUDED october 27, 1832–RATIFIED FEBRUARY 12, 1833 || Articles of a treaty made and entered into at Castor Hill, in the county of St. Louis, in the State of JMissouri, this twenty-seventh day of October, one thousand eight hundred and thirty-two, between William Clark, Frank J. Allen and JWathan Kouns, commissioners on the part of the United States, on the one part; and the Kaskaskia and Peoria tribes, which, with the Michigamia, Cahokia, and Tamarois bands, now united with the two first named tribes, formerly composed the Illinois nation of Indians, of the other part. Whereas, the Kaskaskia tribe of Indians, and the bands afore- said united there with, are desirous of uniting with the Peorias, (composed as aforesaid) on lands west of the State of Missouri, they have therefore for that purpose agreed with the commis- sioners aforesaid, upon the following stipulations: ART. 1. The Kaskaskia tribe of Indians and the several bands united with them as aforesaid, in consideration of the stipulations herein made on the part of the United States, do forever cede and release to the United States the lands granted to them forever by the first section of the treaty of Vincennes, of the 13th August, 1803, reserving however to Ellen Decoigne, the daughter of their late chief, who has married a white man, the tract of land of about three hundred and fifty acres near the town of Kaskaskia, which was secured to the said tribe by the act of Congress of 3d March, 1793. ART. 2. The Kaskaskia tribe further relinquishes to the United States the permanent annuity of one thousand dollars which they receive under the 3d article of the aforesaid treaty, and their salt annuity due by treaty of Fort Wayne of 7th June, 1803. ART. 3. The Peoria tribe and the bands aforesaid, united there- with, cede and relinquish to the United States, all their claims to 548 KASKASIKIAS AND PEORIA S. land heretofore reserved by, or assigned to them in former treaties, either in the State of Illinois or Missouri. ART. 4. The United States cede to the combined tribes of Kas- kaskias and Peorias, and the band aforesaid United with them, one hundred and fifty sections of land forever, or as long as they live upon it as a tribe, to include the present Peoria village west of the State of Missouri, on the waters of Osage river, to be bounded as follows, to wit: north by the lands assigned to the Shawanoes; west, by the western line of the reservation made for the Piankeshaws, Weas, and Peorias; and east by lands as- signed the Piankeshaws and Weas. ART. 5. In consideration of the foregoing cessions and relin- quishments, the United States agree to pay to the said united Kaskaskia and Peoria tribes (composed as aforesaid) an annuity of three thousand dollars for ten successive years, to be paid on the lands assigned them in common, either in money, merchan- dise, or domestic stock, at their option; if in merchandise, to be delivered to them free of transportation. ART. 6. And whereas, the said Peoria tribe, and the bands united with them as aforesaid, assert in council, that they never understood the 5th article of the treaty of Edwardsville, of 25th September, 1825, as ceding to the United States their claims to lands in Missouri, on which they had been settled for a length of time previous to that treaty, and of which they had had posses- sion for more than sixty years, and now demand an equivaleut for those claims. The commissioners, with a view of quieting forever the said claims, and all demands of whatever nature which said Peoria tribe and the several bands united there with as afore- said, have against the government or citizens of the United States, agree to pay, viz.:-To the Peorias in common with the Kaskas- kias, the sum of sixteen hundred dollars, to the Kaskaskias for seven horses lost by them, and for salt annuities due to them by the treaty of Fort Wayne aforesaid, three hundred and fifty dollars; to the Peorias alone, for improvements on the lands they moved from, two hundred and fifty dollars; to the united Peorias and Kaskaskias, there shall be paid and delivered on their land as soon as practicable after the ratification of this treaty, cows and calves, and other stock, to the amount of four hundred dollars, three iron bound carts, three yoke of oxen, and six ploughs. There shall also be built for said tribes, four log houses; for breaking up ground and fencing the same, three hundred dollars; for agricultural implements, iron, and steel, fifty dollars per annum for four years. There shall also be paid to the said united tribes, on the signing of this treaty, eight hun- dred dollars in goods suited to their wants. Assistance shall also be given the Kaskaskias in moving to their lands, and provisions for one year after their removal, to the amount of one thousand dollars. It is understood that any stipulations in this or the pre- - MIENOMINEES. 549 ceding articles, for the benefit of the Peorias or Kaskaskias sepa- rately, or united, shall embrace, in either case, the bands before mentioned, united with either, or both tribes, as the case may be. ART. 7. In consideration of the stipulations contained in the preceding articles, the Peoria and Kaskaskia tribes and the bands of Michigamia, Cahokia and Tamarois Indians united with them, hereby forever cede and relinquish to the United States, their claims to lands within the States of Illinois and Missouri, and all other claims of whatsoever nature which they have had or preferred against the United States or the citizens thereof, up to the signing of this treaty. ART. 8. This treaty, after the same shall be ratified by the Pre- sident and Senate of the United States, shall be obligatory on the contracting parties. Done at Castor Hill, in the county of St. Louis in the State of Missouri, the day and year above written, and of the inde- pendence of the United States the fifty-seventh. Wm. Clark, Frank J. Allen, Nathan Kouns. PEOR.I.A.S. Wah-pe-sha-ka-na, white skin, his x mark, Ken-mah-re-ne-ah, his x mark, Pa-kee-sha-ma, cutter, his x mark, Pa-me-kaw-wa-ta, man’s track, his x mark, Al-le-ne-pe-sh-en-sha, his x mark. KASKA SKIAS. Ke-mon-sah, little chief, his x mark, Wah-kah-pe-se-wah, round flyer, Wa-pe-sae, white, his x mark, Pe-me-ka-wai, man’s track, his x mark. In presence of James Kemmly, Secretary, Pierre Menard, A. Shane, U. S. Interpreter, Wm. Radford, U. S. Navy, Jacques Mette, U. S. Inter- G. S. Rousseau, U. S. 4. preter, Meriwether Lewis Clark, Lieut. Jesse Oliver, 6th Inf. MENOMINIEES. I concLUDED october 27, 1832–RATIFIED MARCH 13, 1833. ] Whereas, articles of agreement between the United States of America, and the Menominee Indians, were made and concluded 550 MENOMINEES. at the city of Washington, on the eighth day of February, A. D. one thousand eight hundred and thirty-one, by John H. Eaton and Samuel C. Stambaugh, commissioners on the part of the United States, and certain chiefs and head men of the Menominee nation, on the part of said nation; to which articles, an addition or supplemental article was afterwards made, on the seventeenth day of February in the same year, by which the said Menominee nation agree to cede to the United States certain parts of their land; and that a tract of country therein defined shall be set apart for the New York Indians. All which, with the many other stipu- lations therein contained, will more fully appear by reference to the same. Which said agreements thus forming a treaty, were laid before the Senate of the United States during their then ses- sion, but were not at said session acted on by that body. Where- upon, a further agreement was on the fifteenth day of March, in the same year, entered into for the purpose of preserving the provi- sions of the treaty, made as aforesaid; by which it was stipulated that the said articles of agreement, concluded as aforesaid, should be laid before the next Senate of the United States, at their en- suing session; and if sanctioned and confirmed by them, that each and every article thereof should be as binding and obligatory upon the parties respectively, as if they had been sanctioned at the previous session. And whereas, the Senate of the United States, by their resolution of the twenty-fifth day of June, one thousand eight hundred and thirty-two, did advise and consent to accept, ratify and confirm the same, and every clause and article thereof upon the conditions expressed in the proviso, contained in their said resolution, which proviso is as follows: “Provided that, for the purpose of establishing the rights of the New York Indians, on a permanent and just footing, the said treaty shall be ratified, with the express understanding that two townships of land on the east side of Winnebago lake, equal to forty-six thousand and eighty acres, shall be laid off (to commence at some point to be agreed on) for the use of the Stockbridge and Munsee tribes; and that the improvements made on the lands now in the possession of the said tribes on the east side of the Fox river, which said lands are to be relinquished, shall, after being valued by a commissioner to be appointed by the President of the United States, be paid for by the Government: Provided, however, that the valuation of such improvements shall not exceed the sum of twenty-five thousand dollars. And that there shall be one township of land adjoining the foregoing, equal to twenty-three thousand and forty acres, laid off and granted for the use of the Brothertown Indians, who are to be paid by the Government the sum of one thousand six hundred dol- lars for the improvements on the lands now in their possession, on the east side of Fox river, and which lands are to be relinquished by said Indians: also that a new line shall be run, parallel to the southwestern boundary line or course of the tract of five hundred MENOMINEES. 551 thousand acres, described in the first article of this treaty, and set apart for the New York Indians, to commence at a point on the west side of the Fox river, and one mile above the Grand Shute, on Fox river, and at a sufficient distance from the said boundary line as established by the said first article, as shall comprehend the additional quantity of two hundred thousand acres of land on and along the west side of Fox river, without including any of the confirmed private land claims on the Fox river; and which two hundred thousand acres shall be a part of the five hundred thou- sand acres intended to be set apart for the Six Nations of the New York Indians and the St. Regis tribe; and that an equal quantity to that which is added to the southwestern side shall be taken off from the northeastern side of the said tract described in that article, on the Oconto creek, to be determined by a commis- sioner to be appointed by the President of the United States; so that the whole number of acres to be granted to the Six Nations, and St. Registribe of Indians, shall not exceed the quantity origi- mally stipulated by the treaty.” And whereas, before the treaty aforesaid, conditionally º, according to the proviso to the resolution of the Senate, above recited, could be obligatory upon the said Menominee nation, their assent to the same must be had and obtained. - And whereas, the honorable Lewis Cass, Secretary of the De- partment of War, by his letter of instructions of the eleventh day of September, A. D. 1832, did authorize and request George B. Porter, Governor of the Territory of Michigan, to proceed to Green Bay, and endeavor to procure the assent of the Menominees to the change proposed by the Senate, as above set forth, urging the necessity of directing his first efforts to an attempt to procure the unconditional assent of the Menominees to the said treaty, as rati- fied by the Senate. But should he fail in this object, that he would then endeavor to procure their assent to the best practicable terms, short of those proposed by the Senate, giving them to understand that he merely received such proposition as they might make, with a view to transmit it for the consideration of the President and the Senate of the United States. And if this course became neces- sary, that it would be very desirable that the New York Indians should also signify their acceptance of the modifications required by the Menominees. And whereas, in pursuance of the said instructions the said George B. Porter proceeded to Green Bay, and having assembled all the chiefs and head men of the Menominee nation, in council, submitted to them, on the twenty-second day of October, A. D. one thousand eight hundred and thirty-two, the said proviso an- nexed to the resolution aforesaid of the Senate of the United States, for the ratification of the said treaty: and advised and urged on them the propriety of giving their assent to the same. And the said chiefs and head men having taken time to deliberate and reflect on 552 MENOMINEES. the proposition so submitted to them, and which they had been urged to assent to, did, in the most positive and decided manner, refuse to give their assent to the same. (The many reasons as- signed for this determination by them being reported in the jour- nal of the said commissioner, which will be transmitted with this agreement.) And whereas, after failing in the object last stated, the said George B. Porter endeavored to procure the assent of the said chiefs and head men of the Menominee nation to the best practicable terms short of those proposed by the Senate of the United States; and after much labor and pains, entreaty and persuasion, the said Menominees consented to the following, as the modifications which they would make, and which are reduced to writing, in the form of an agreement, as the best practicable terms which could be obtain- ed from them, short of those proposed by the Senate of the United States, which they had previously positively refused to accede to. And as the modifications so made and described, have been ac- ceded to by the New York Indians, with a request that the treaty thus modified might be ratified and approved by the President and the Senate of the United States, it is the anxious desire of the Me- nominees also, that the treaty, with these alterations, may be rati. fied and approved without delay, that they may receive the benefits and advantage secured to them by the several stipulations of the said treaty, of which they have so long been deprived. The following is the article of agreement made between the said George B. Porter, commissioner on the part of the United States, specially appointed as aforesaid, and the said JMenominee nation, through their chiefs and head men, on the part of their nation. ART. 1. The said chiefs and head men of the Menominee na- tion of Indians do not object to any of the matters contained in the proviso annexed to the resolution of the Senate of the United States, so far as the same relate to the granting of three townships of land on the east side of Winnebago lake, to the Stockbridge, Munsee, and Brothertown tribes; to the valuation and payment for their improvements, etc. (ending with the words “and which lands are to be relinquished by said Indians.”) They therefore assent to the same. - ART. 2. The said chiefs and head men of the Menominee nation of Indians, objecting to all the matters contained in the said proviso annexed to the resolution of the Senate of the United States, so far as the same relate to the running of a new line parallel to the southwestern boundary line or course of the tract of five hundred thousand acres, described in the first article of the treaty, and set apart for the New York Indians, to commence at a point on the southwestern side of Fox river, and one mile above the Grand Shute, on Fox river, and at a sufficient distance from the said boundary line, as established by the said first article, as shall com: MENOMINEES, 553 prehend the additional quantity of two hundred thousand acres of land, on and along the west side of the Fox river, without includ- ing any of the confirmed private land claims, on the Fox river, to compose a part of the five hundred thousand acres intended to be set apart for the Six Nations of the New York Indians and St. Registribe, agree in lieu of this proposition, to set off a like quan- tity of two hundred thousand acres as follows: The said Menomi- nee nation hereby agree to cede for the benefit of the New York Indians along the southwestern boundary line of the present five hundred thousand acres described in the first article of the treaty as set apart for the New York Indians, a tract of land, bounded as follows: Beginning on the said treaty line, at the old mill dam on Fox river, and thence extending up along Fox river to the little Rapid Croche : from thence running a northwest course three miles; thence on a line running parallel with the several courses of Fox river, and three miles distant from the river, until it will intersect a line running on the northwest course, commencing at a point one mile above the Grand Shute; thence on a line running northwest, so far as will be necessary to include, between the said last line and the line described as the southwestern boundary line of the five hundred thousand acres in the treaty aforesaid, the quan- tity of two hundred thousand acres; and thence running northeast until it will intersect the line forming the southwestern boundary line aforesaid; and from thence along the said line to the old mill dam, or place of beginning, containing two hundred thousand acres. Excepting and reserving therefrom the privilege of Charles A. Grignon, for erecting a mill on Apple creek, etc., as approved by the Department of War on the twenty-second day of April, one thousand eight hundred and thirty-one, and all confirmed private land claims on the Fox river. The lines of the said tract of land so granted to be run, marked, and laid off without delay, by a com- missioner to be appointed by the President of the United States. And that in exchange for the above, a quantity of land equal to that which is added to the southwestern side shall be taken off from the northeastern side of the said tract, described in that arti- cle, on the Oconto creek, to be run, marked, and determined by the commissioner to be appointed by the President of the United States, as aforesaid, so that the whole number of acres to be granted to the Six Nations and St. Registribe of Indians, shall not exceed the quantity of five hundred thousand acres. ART. 3. The said chiefs and head men of the Menominee na- tion agree, that in case the said original treaty, made as aforesaid, and the supplemental articles thereto, be ratified and confirmed at the ensuing session of the Senate of the United States, with the modifications contained in this agreement, that each and every article thereof shall be as binding and obligatory upon the parties respectively, as if they had been sanctioned at the times originally agreed upon. 554 MENOMINEES. In consideration of the above voluntary sacrifices of their inte- rest made by the said Menominee nation, and as evidence of the good feeling of their great father, the President of the United States, the said George B. Porter, commissioner as aforesaid, has delivered to the said chiefs, head men, and the people of the said Menominee nation here assembled, presents in clothing to the amount of one thousand dollars: five hundred bushels of corn, ten barrels of pork, and ten barrels of flour, etc. etc. In witness whereof, we have hereunto set our hands and seals, at the Agency House, at Green Bay, this twenty-seventh day of October, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and thirty-two. - G. B. Porter, Commissioner of the U. S. Kausk-kan-no-naive, grizzly bear, his x mark, Osh-rosh, the brave, (by his brother fully empowered to act,) Osh-ke-e-na-neur, the young man, his x mark, A-ya-mah-ta, fish spawn, his x mark, Pe-wait-enaw, rain, his x mark, - Che-na-po-mee, one that is looked at, his x mark, Ko-ma-ni-kin, big wave, his x mark, Ke-shee-a-quo-teur, the flying cloud, his x mark, Wain-e-saut, one who arranges the circle, (by his son, Wa- kee-che-on-a-peur,) his x mark, Ke-shoh, the sun, (by his son, A-pa-ma-chao, shifting cloud,) his x mark, - Ma-concee-wa-be-no-chee, bear’s child, his x mark, Wa-bose, the rabbit, his x mark, Shaw-e-no-ge-shick, south sky, his x mark, Ac-camut, the prophet, his x mark, Mas-ka-ma-gee, his x mark, Sho-ne-on, silver, his x mark, Maw-baw-so, pale color, his x mark, Paw-a ko-neur, big soldier, (by his representative, Che-kaw- mah-kee-shen,) his x mark, L. S S Sealed and delivered, in the presence of George Boyd, U. S. Ind. Agent, Henry S. Baird, Charles A. Grignon, Interpreter, R. A. Forsyth, Paymaster U. Samuel Abbott, S. A. Joshua Boyer, Secretary, B. B. Kercheval, James M. Boyd, Ebenezer Childs. Richard Pricket, his x mark, Interpreter, MENOMINEES. 555 AIPPENDIX. To all to whom these presents shall come, the undersigned, chiefs and head men of the sundry tribes of JWew York Indians, (as set forth in the specifications annexed to their signatures,) send greeting: Whereas, a tedious, perplexing, and harrassing dispute and con- troversy have long existed between the Menominee nation of In- dians and the New York Indians, more particularly known as the Stockbridge, Munsee, and Brothertown tribes, the Six Nations and St. Regis tribe. The treaty made between the said Menominee nation, and the United States, and the conditional ratification thereof by the Senate of the United States, being stated and set forth in the within agreement, entered into between the chiefs and head men of the said Menominees, and George B. Porter, Gover- nor of Michigan, commissioner especially appointed, with instruc- tions referred to in the said agreement. And whereas, the under- signed are satisfied, and believe that the best efforts of the said commissioner were directed and used to procure, if practicable, the unconditional assent of the said Menominees to the change proposed by the Senate of the United States in the ratification of the said treaty, but without success. And whereas, the under- signed further believe that the terms stated in the within agreement are the best practicable terms, short of those proposed by the Sen- ate of the United States, which could be obtained from the said Menominees; and being asked to signify our acceptance of the modifications proposed as aforesaid by the Menominees, we are compelled, by a sense of duty and propriety to say that we do hereby accept of the same. So far as the tirbes to which we be- long are concerned, we are perfectly satisfied, that the treaty should be ratified on the terms proposed by the Menominees. We further believe that the tract of land which the Menominees in the within agreement, are willing to cede, in exchange for an equal quantity on the northeast side of the tract of five hundred thousand acres, contains a sufficient quantity of good land, favorably and advantageously situated, to answer all the wants of the New York Indians and St. Regis tribe. For the purpose, then, of putting an end to strife, and that we may all sit down in peace and har- mony, we thus signify our acceptance of the modifications proposed by the Menominees; and we most respectfully request that the treaty, as now modified by the agreement this day entered into with the Menominees, may be ratified and approved by the Presi- dent and Senate of the United States. In witness whereof, we have hereunto set our hands and seals, at the Agency House at Green Bay, this twenty-seventh day of October, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hun- dred and thirty-two. 556 PIANIKE SHAWS AND WEAS. G. B. Porter, Commissioner on behalf of the U. S. For, and on behalf of, the Stockbridges and JMunsees. John Metoxen, John W. Quinny, Austin Quinny, Jacob Chicks, Robert Konkopa, his x mark, Thos. J. Hendrick, Benjamin Palmer, his x mark, Sampson Medyard, Capt. Porter, his x mark, For, and on behalf of the Brothertowns. L. S William Dick, L. S. Daniel Dick, L. S. Elcanah Dick, his x mark, L. S. For, and on behalf of, the Sia JVations and St. Regis tribe. Daniel Bread, John Anthony Brant, his x mark, Henry Powles, his x mark, Nathaniel Neddy, his x mark, Cornelius Stevens, his x mark, Thomas Neddy, his x mark, Sealed, and delivered, in the presence of George Boyd, U. S. Indian Eben. Childs, Agent, Henry S. Baird, R. A. Forsyth, Paymaster U. Peter B. Grignon, S. A. Hanson Johnson, Charles A. Grignon, Interpreter, James M. Boyd, Samuel Abbott, Richard Pricket, his x mark, Joshua Boyer, Secretary, Interpreter. B. B. Kercheval, - PIAN KE SHAW S AND WEA S. [concLUDED october 29, 1832–RATIFIED FEBRUARY 12, 1833. ] Articles of a treaty made and concluded at Castor Hill, in the coul- ty of St. Louis, and State of Missouri, between William Clark, Frank J. Allen, and Mathan Kouns, commissioners on the part of the United States, of the one part, and the undersigned chiefs, warriors, and counsellors, of the Piankeshaw and Wea tribes of Indians, in behalf of their said tribes, of the other part. ART. 1. The undersigned chiefs, warriors, and considerate men, for themselves and their said tribes, for and in consideration of the PIAN KE SHAWS AND WEAS. 557 stipulations hereinafter made, do hereby cede and relinquish to the United States forever, all their right, title, and interest to and in lands within the States of Missouri and Illinois—hereby confirm- ing all treaties heretofore made between their respective tribes and the United States, and relinquishing to them all claim to every portion of their lands which may have been ceded by any portion of their said tribes. ART, 2. The United States cede to the Piankeshaw and Wea tribes, for their permanent residence, two hundred and fifty sections of land within the limits of the survey of the lands set apart for the Piankeshaws, Weas, and Peorias, bounded east by the western boundary line of the State of Missouri for fifteen miles; north by the southern boundary of the lands assigned to the Shawanoes; west by the lands assigned to the Peorias and Kaskaskias, and south by the southern line of the original tract surveyed for the Piankeshaws, Weas, and Peorias, said tract being intended to include the present villages of the said Piankeshaws and Weas. ART. 3. As a full equivalent to the said Piankeshaw tribe for their claim for salt annuities, for improvements on the lands they moved from within the State of Missouri, and for horses lost when moving, the United States agree to pay them after the ratification of this treaty, cattle, hogs, and such farming utensils as may be required by said tribe on their land, to the amount of five hundred dollars annually, for five years;–the sum of seven hundred and fifty dollars will also be expended in assistance to said tribe in agriculture, and improvements on the land hereby ceded to them, together with the sum of two hundred dollars in merchandise and cash paid at the signing of this treaty, the receipt whereof is here- by acknowledged by said tribe. ART. 4. As a full equivalent to the Wea tribe, for the improve- ments made by them on the lands of the United States which they removed from, for horses lost in consequence of such removal, and for all other claims which they have preferred, the United States agree to pay them after the ratification of this treaty, cattle, hogs, and farming utensils on their land to the amount of five hun- dred dollars, together with two hundred dollars this day paid them in cash and merchandise, the receipt of which is hereby acknow- ledged. The United States will also afford some assistance to that part of the Wea tribe now residing in the State of Indiana, to enable them to join the rest of their tribe on the lands hereby assigned them, and will also furnish said portion of the tribe with provisions for one year after their arrival. ART. 5. The United States will also support a blacksmith’s shop for five years at a convenient place between the lands hereby ceded the said Piankeshaws and Weas, and the lands assigned to the Kaskaskias and Peorias; which shop is to be for the benefit of the said tribes of Piankeshaws, Weas, Peorias, and Kaskaskias, in common. - - - 558 SENECAS AND SHAWNEES. ART. 6. This treaty to be obligatory on the contracting parties, when ratified by the President and Senate of the United States. Done at Castor Hill, in the county of St. Louis, in the State of Missouri, this twenty-ninth day of October, in the year of our Lord eighteen hundred and thirty-two, and of the indepen- dence of the United States the fifty-seventh. Wm. Clark, Frank J. Allen, Nathan Kouns. WEAS. Wa-pon-ke-ah, swan, his x mark, Shin-ga-rea, diving duck, his x mark, Go-te-goh-pa, stands by himself, his x mark. PIANKESHAWS. Mah-son-shau, thunder, his x mark, Nah-he-comma, to do right, his x mark. Signed in presence of James Kemmly, Secretary, Pierre Menard, A. Shane, U. S. Interpreter, William Radford, U. S. Navy, Jacques Mette, U. S. Interpreter, G. S. Rousseau, U. S. A. Jesse Elder, Meriwether Lewis Clark, Lieut. Joseph Guion, 6th Infantry. Baptiste Peoria, his x mark, In- terpreter, S E N E C A S A N D S H A WIN E E S. I concLUDED DEcEMBER 29, 1832—RATIFIED MARCH 22, 1883. ] Articles of agreement, made and concluded at the Seneca agency, on the head waters of the Cowskin river, this 29th day of Decem- ber, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and thirty-two, by and between Henry L. Ellsworth and John F. Schermerhorn, commissioners on behalf of the United States, and the chiefs and head men of the “United JVation * of the Senecas and Shawnee Indians, on behalf of said tribe or nation. Whereas, certain articles of agreement and convention were con- cluded at Lewistown, Ohio, on the 20th day of July, A. D. 1831, by and between the United States and the chiefs and warriors of the mixed band of the Senecas and Shawnee Indians, residing at or near Lewistown, in the State of Ohio: And whereas, by the 2d article of said agreement, the United States stipulated and agreed, with said tribe, in the words following, to wit: “to grant SENECAS AND SHAWNEES. 559 by patent, in fee sumple, to them, and their heirs forever, as long as they shall exist as a nation and remain on the same, a tract of land, to contain sixty thousand acres, to be located under the direction of the President of the United States, contiguous to the lands granted to the Senecas and Sandusky, by the treaty made with them at the City of Washington, on the 28th of February, 1831, and the Cherokee settlements—the east line of said tract shall be within two miles of the west line of the lands granted to the Senecas of Sandusky; and the south line shall be within two miles of the north line of the lands held by the Cherokees—and said two miles between the aforesaid lines, shall serve as a com- mon pass-way between the beforementioned tribes, to prevent them from intruding upon the lands of each other.” And the treaty aforesaid was ratified and confirmed by the President and Senate of the United States, on the 6th day of April, A. D. 1832: And whereas, the said mixed band of Senecas and Shawnees removed from their homes in Ohio to settle upon the lands assigned them west of the Mississippi, in pursuance of the provisions and stipu- lations of the treaty aforesaid: And whereas, the said Senecas from Sandusky, and the mixed band of Senecas and Shawnees, have lately formed a confederacy, and have expressed their anxiety to unite as one tribe or nation, to be called the “United Nation of Senecas and Shawnees,” to occupy their land as tenants in common; and have the whole of the country provided for them by the United States located on the east side of Ne-o-sho or Grand river, which runs through and now divides the same: For the pur- pose of affording a more convenient and satisfactory location to said United Nation, the parties aforesaid do, therefore, hereby stipulate and agree as follows: ART. 1. The United Tribe of Senecas and Shawnee Indians do hereby cede, relinquish, and forever quit claim to the United States, all the land granted to them on the west side of Ne-o-sho or Grand river, by treaties made respectively with the Senecas of Sandusky, and the mixed band of Senecas and Shawnees of Lewistown, Ohio, on the 20th day of July, 1831, and on the 28th day of February, 1831. ART. 2. In consideration of said lands, described and ceded as aforesaid, the United States will grant, by letters patent, to the tribe or nation of Indians aforesaid, in manner as hereinafter men- tioned, the following tract of land lying on the east side of Ne-o- sho or Grand river, viz: Bounded on the east by the west line of the State of Missouri; south, by the present established line of the Cherokee Indians; west, by Ne-o-sho or Grand river; and north, by a line running parallel with said south line, and extending sofar from the present north line of the Seneca Indians from San- dusky, as to contain sixty thousand acres, exclusive of the land now owned by said Seneca Indians, which said boundaries include, however, all the land heretofore granted said Senecas of Sandusky, 560 SENECAS AND SHAWNEES. on the east side of Grand river. And the United States will grant said tract of land, by two letters patent; the north half, in quan- tity, to be granted to the mixed band of the Senecas and Shaw- nees of Ohio, and the south half to the Senecas from Sandusky, aforesaid: the whole to be occupied in common, so long as the said tribes or bands shall desire the same. The said patents shall be granted in fee simple; but the lands shall not be sold or ceded without the consent of the United States. ART. 3. The United States, at the request of said “United Nation,” agree to erect immediately a grist mill, a saw mill, and a blacksmith's shop, and furnish the necessary tools and machinery in anticipation of a re-imbursement from sales of land, ceded to the United States by the treaties aforesaid, of 28th of February, 1831, and July 20th, 1831, and so far in fulfilment of the same. ART. 4. The United Nation of Senecas and Shawnees having presented a claim for money advanced by them for forage while removing to their new homes in the west, and for horses and other property lost on the journey, the United States, in order to a final settlement of such claim, agree to pay one thousand dollars, as follows, viz.: six hundred dollars to the Seneca tribe of Indians from Sandusky; and the sum of four hundred dollars to the Sene- cas and Shawnees from Lewistown, Ohio, to be distributed by their respective tribes among the claimants, as they may deem just and equitable; and to be received by them in full payment and satisfaction of all the claims aforesaid. ART. 5. Nothing in these articles of agreement shall be con- strued to affect the respective rights of the Seneca tribe of In- dians from Sandusky, and the Senecas and Shawnees from Lewis- town, Ohio, as secured by existing treaties, except so far as said treaties are inconsistent with the provisions of the articles afore- said. ART. 6. This agreement or treaty shall be binding and obliga- tory upon the contracting parties from and after its ratification by the President and Senate of the United States. In testimony whereof, the said Henry L. Ellsworth and John F. Schermerhorn, commissioners, and the chiefs and head men of the United Nation of Seneca and Shawnee Indians, have here- unto signed their names and affixed their seals, on the day and year above written. Henry L. Ellsworth, John F. Schermerhorn, sENECA Comstick, (first chief Seneca nation,) his x mark, cHIEFs, Seneca Steel, his x mark, Small Cloud Spicer, his x mark, George Curly Hair, his x mark, Tall Chief, his x mark, Captain Good Hunter, his x mark, CHEROKEES. 561 Hard Hickory, his x mark, Wiping Stick, his x mark, Seneca John, his x mark, John Johnson, his x mark, John Sky, his x mark, Isaac White, his x mark, Joseph Smith, his x mark, Captain Smith, his x mark, CHIEFs of Me-tho-mea, or Civil John, (first chief Senecas MIXED BAND, and Shawnees,) his x mark, Pe-wy-a-che, his x mark, Skilleway or Robbin, his x mark, John Jackson, his x mark, Quash-acaugh or Little Lewis, his x mark, To-ta-la or John Young, his x mark, Mingo Carpenter, his x mark, Jemmy McDaniel, his x mark, Civil John’s son, his x mark, Yankee Bill, his x mark, Big Ash, his x mark, Civil John's young son, his x mark, Signed, sealed, and delivered in the presence of us : S. C. Stambaugh, Secretary to George Herron, Seneca Inter- Commissioners, preter, - St. John F. Sane, Indian Agent, Baptiste Peoria, Shawnee Inter- Augt. A. Chouteau, - preter. - - Wm. Young, C H E R O KE. E. S. I concLUDED FEBRUARY 14, 1833–RATIFIED APRIL 12, 1834. I Virticles of agreement and convention made and concluded at fort Gibson, on the Jirkansas river on the 14th day of February, one thousand eight hundred and thirty-three, by and between Mont- fort Stokes, Henry L. Ellsworth, and John F. Schermerhorn, duly appointed commissioners on the part of the United States and the undersigned chiefs and head men of the Cherokee nation of In- dians west of the Mississippi, they being duly authorized and empowered by their nation. Whereas, articles of convention were concluded at the city of Washington, on the sixth day of May one thousand eight hundred and twenty-eight, between James Barbour, Secretary of War, be- ing specially authorized therefor by the President of the United States, and the chiefs and head men of the Cherokee nation of 50 562 CHEROIKEES. Indians west of the Mississippi, which articles of convention were duly ratified. And whereas, it was agreed by the second article of said convention as follows: “That the United States agree to possess the Cherokees, and to guaranty it to them forever, and that guarantee is solemnly pledged, of seven millions of acres of land, said land to be bounded as follows, viz.: commencing at a point on Arkansas river, where the eastern Choctaw boundary line strikes said river, and running thence with the western line of Arkansas territory to the southwest corner of Missouri, and thence with the western boundary line of Missouritill it crosses the waters of Nea- sho, generally called Grand river, thence due west, to a point from which a due south course will strike the present northwest corner of Arkansas territory, thence continuing due south on and with the present boundary line on the west of said territory, to the main branch of Arkansas river, thence down said river to its junction with the Canadian, and thence up, and between said rivers, Ar- kansas and Canadian, to a point at which a line running north and south, from river to river, will give the aforesaid seven millions of acres, thus provided for and bounded. The United States fur- ther guaranty to the Cherokee nation a perpetual outlet west, and a free and unmolested use of all the country lying west of the west- ern boundary of the above described limits; and as far west as the sovereignty of the United States and their right of soil extend. And whereas, there was to said articles of convention and agree- ment, the following proviso, viz.: “Provided nevertheless, that said convention shall not be so construed as to extend the north- ern boundary of said perpetual outlet west, provided for and guar- antied in the second article of said convention, north of the thirty- sixth degree of north latitude, or so as to interfere with the lands assigned, or to be assigned, west of the Mississippi river, to the Creek Indians who have emigrated, or may emigrate, from the States of Georgia and Alabama, under the provision of any treaty, or treaties, heretofore concluded between the United States and the Creek tribe of Indians—and provided further, that nothing in said convention shall be construed to cede, or assign, to the Cherokees any lands heretofore ceded, or assigned, to any tribe or tribes of Indians, by any treaty now existing and in force, with any such tribe or tribes.” And whereas, it appears from the Creek treaty, made with the United States, by the Creek nation, dated twenty-fourth day of January, eighteen hundred and twenty- six, at the city of Washington; that they had the right to select, and did select, a part of the country described within the bounda- ries mentioned above in said Cherokee articles of agreement—and whereas, both the Cherokee and Creek nations of Indians west of the Mississippi, anxious to have their boundaries settled in an amicable manner, have met each other in council, and, after full deliberation, mutually agreed upon the boundary lines between them—Now, therefore, the United States on one part, and the CHEROKEES. 563 chiefs and head men of the Cherokee nation of Indians west of the Mississippi on the other part, agree as follows: - ART. 1. The United States agree to possess the Cherokees, and to guaranty it to them forever, and that guarantee is hereby pledged, of seven millions of acres of land, to be bounded as follows, viz: Beginning at a point on the old western territorial line of Arkansas territory, being twenty-five miles north from the point, where the territorial lines crosses Arkansas river—thence running from said north point, south, on the said territorial line, to the place where said territorial line crosses the Verdigris river—thence down said Verdigris river, to the Arkansas river—thence down said Arkan- sas to a point, where a stone is placed opposite to the east or lower bank of Grand river at its junction with the Arkansas–thence running south, forty-four degrees west, one mile–thence in a straight line to a point four miles northerly from the mouth of the north fork of the Canadian—thence along the said four miles line to the Canadian—thence down the Canadian to the Arkansas– thence down the Arkansas, to that point on the Arkansas, where the eastern Choctaw boundary strikes said river; and running thence with the western line of Arkansas territory as now defined, to the southwest corner of Missouri—thence along the western Missouri line, to the land assigned the Senecas; thence, on the south line of the Senecas to Grand river; thence, up said Grand river, as far as the south line of the Osage reservation, extended if necessary—thence up and between said south Osage line, ex- tended west if necessary, and a line drawn due west from the point of beginning, to a certain distance west, at which, a line running north and south, from said Osage line, to said due west line, will make seven millions of acres within the whole described bounda- ries. In addition to the seven millions of acres of land, thus pro- vided for, and bounded, the United States further guaranty to the Cherokee nation, a perpetual outlet west and a free and unmolested use of all the country lying west, of the western boundary of said seven millions of acres, as far west as the sovereignty of the United States and their right of soil extend—Provided, however, that if the saline, or salt plain, on the great western prairie, shall fall within said limits prescribed for said outlet, the right is reserved to the United States to permit other tribes of red men to get salt on said plain in common with the Cherokees—and letters patent shall be issued by the United States as soon as practicable for the land hereby guarantied. ART 2. The Cherokee nation hereby relinquish and quit claim to the United States all the right, interest, and title which the Cherokees have, or claim to have in and to all the land ceded, or claimed to have been ceded to said Cherokee nation by said treaty of sixth of May, one thousand eight hundred and twenty-eight, and not embraced within the limits or boundaries fixed in this 564 CHERO KEES. present supplementary treaty or articles of convention and agree- ment. ART. 3. The Cherokee nation, having particularly requested the United States to annul and cancel the sixth article of said treaty of sixth May, one thousand eight hundred and twenty-eight, the United States agree to cancel the same, and the same is hereby annulled. Said sixth article referred to is in the following words: “It is moreover agreed by the United States, when the Cherokees may desire it, to give them a plain set of laws, suited to their con- dition—also, when they may wish to lay off their lands and own them individually, a surveyor shall be sent to survey them at the expense of the United States. ART. 4. In consideration of the establishment of new bounda- ries in part, for the lands ceded to said Cherokee nation, and in view of the improvement of said nation, the United States will cause to be erected, on land now guarantied to the said nation, four blacksmith shops, one wagon-maker shop, one wheelwright shop, and necessary tools and implements furnished for the same; together with one ton of iron, and two hundred and fifty pounds of steel, for each of said blacksmith shops, to be worked up for the benefit of the poorer class of red men belonging to the Cherokee nation—and the United States will employ four blacksmiths, one wagon-maker, and one wheelwright, to work in said shops respec- tively, for the benefit of said Cherokee nation; and said materials shall be furnished annually, and said services continued, so long as the President may deem proper—and said United States will cause to be erected on said lands, for the benefit of said Chero- kees, eight patent railway corn mills, in lieu of the mills to be erected according to the stipulation of the fourth article of said treaty of sixth of May, one thousand eight hundred and twenty- eight, from the avails of the sale of the old agency. ART. 5. These articles of agreement and convention are to be considered supplementary to the treaty before mentioned between the United States and the Cherokee nation west of the Missis- sippi, dated sixth of May, one thousand eight hundred and twenty- eight, and not to vary the rights of the parties to said treaty, any further than said treaty is inconsistent with the provisions of this treaty, now concluded, or these articles of convention and agree- ment. ART. 6. It is further agreed by the Cherokee nation, that one mile square shall be reserved and set apart from the lands hereby guarantied, for the accommodation of the Cherokee agency; and the location of the same shall be designated by the Cherokee na- tion, in conjunction with the agent of the Government of the United States. ART. 7. This treaty, or articles of convention, after the same have been ratified by the President and Senate, shall be obligatory on the United States and said Cherokee nation. CREEKS. 565 In testimony whereof, the said Montfort Stokes, Henry L. Ells- worth, and John F. Schermerhorn, commissioners as afore- said, and the chiefs and head men of the Cherokee nation aforesaid, have hereunto set their hands, at Fort Gibson on the Arkansas river, on the 14th day of February, one thousand eight hundred and thirty-three. Montfort Stokes, John Jolly, his x mark, Henry L. Ellsworth, Black Coat, his x mark, J. F. Schermerhorn, Walter Weller. PRINCIPAL CHIEFS. John Rogers, Pres’t Com. Glass, Pres’t Council. Signed, sealed, and delivered in our presence : S. C. Stambaugh, Sect’y Com- Wilson Nesbitt, missioners, Peter A. Carns, M. Arbuckle, Col. 7th Inf. N. Young, Major U. S. Army, Geo. Vashon, Jigent Cherokees W. Seawell, Lieut. 7th Inf. west. Wm. Thornton, Clk. Committee, Jno. Campbell, Agent Creeks, Charles Webber, Clk. Council. Alexander Brown, his x mark, Jno. Hambly, ! Interpreters. C. R. E. E. K. S. [concLUDED FEBRUARY 14, 1833–RATIFIED APRIL 12, 1834.] ºffrticles of agreement and convention, made and concluded at fort Gibson, between Montfort Stokes, Henry L. Ellsworth, and John F. Schermerhorn, commissioners on the part of the United States, and the undersigned chiefs and head men of the Muskogee or Creek nation of Indians, this 14th day of February, 1833. Whereas, certain articles of a treaty were concluded at the city of Washington, on the 24th day of January one thousand eight hundred and twenty-six, by and between James Barbour, Secre- tary of War, on behalf of the United States, and the chiefs and head men of the Creek nation of Indians; by which it is agreed that the said Indians shall remove to a country west of the Mis- sissippi river; and, whereas, the sixth article of said treaty pro- vides as follows: “that a deputation of five persons shall be sent by them, (the Creek nation,) at the expense of the United States, immediately after the ratification of the treaty, to examine the country west of the Mississippi, not within the limits of the States or territories, and not possessed by the Choctaws or Cherokees. And the United States agree to purchase for them, if the same can conveniently be done upon reasonable terms, wherever they may select, a country, whose extent shall, in the opinion of the Presi. 566 CREEKS. dent, be proportioned to their numbers. And if such purchase cannot be thus made, it is then agreed that the selection shall be made where the President may think proper, just deference being had to the wishes of the emigrating party.” And whereas, the Creek Indians aforesaid, did send five persons as delegates to explore the country pointed out to them by their treaty, which delegates selected a country west of the Territory of Arkansas, lying and being along and between the Verdigris, Arkansas, and Canadian rivers; and to the country thus selected, a party of the Creek Indians emigrated the following year. And whereas cer- tain articles of treaty or convention, were concluded at the city of Washington on the 6th day of May, A. D. one thousand eight hundred and twenty-eight, by and between James Barbour, Secre- tary of War, on behalf of the United States, and certain chiefs and head men of the Cherokee nation of Indians, by the second article of which convention, a country was assigned to the Chero- kee Indians aforesaid, including within its boundaries some of the lands previously selected and claimed by the Creek Indians, under their treaty aforesaid. And whereas, the President and Senate of the United States, for the purpose of protecting the rights se- cured to the Creek Indians by their treaty stipulations, and with a view to prevent collision and misunderstanding between the two nations, ratified and confirmed the Cherokee treaty, on the 28th day of May, 1828, with the following proviso, viz.: Provided, nevertheless, that the said convention shall not be so construed as to extend the northern boundary of the perpetual outlet “west, provided for and guarantied in the second article of said conven- tion, north of the 36th deg. of north latitude, or so as to interfere with the lands assigned, or to be assigned, west of the Mississippi river to the Creek Indians, who have emigrated or may emigrate from the States of Georgia and Alabama, under the provisions of any treaty or treaties heretofore concluded between the United States and the Creek tribe of Indians. And provided further, that nothing in the said convention shall be construed to cede or assign to the Cherokees any lands heretofore ceded or assigned to any tribe or tribes of Indians, by any treaty now existing or in force, with any such tribe or tribes.” And whereas the said proviso and ratification of the Cherokee treaty was accepted by the delegates of the nation, then at the city of Washington, as satisfactory to them, as is shown in and by their certain instrument in writing, bearing date the 31st day of May, 1828, appended to and pub- lished with their treaty aforesaid. But, afterwards, the Cherokees of Arkansas, and many of those residing east of the Mississippi at the time that treaty was concluded, removed to the country described in the second article of their treaty, and settled upon a certain portion of the land claimed by the Creek Indians under their treaty provisions and stipulations. And whereas difficulties and dissensions thus arose between the Cherokees and Creek CREERs. 567 tribes about their boundary lines, which occasioned an appeal to the President of the United States for his interposition and final settlement of the question, which they were unable to settle be- tween themselves. And whereas the commissioners of the United States, whose names are signed hereto, in pursuance of the power and authority vested in them by the President of the United States, met the chiefs and head men of the Cherokee and Creek nations of Indians in council, on the 29th ultimo; and after a full and patient hearing, and careful examination of all the claims, set up and brought forward by both the contending parties, they have this day effected an adjustment of all their difficulties, and have succeeded in defining and establishing boundary lines to their country west of the Mississippi, which have been acknow- ledged in open council, this day, to be mutually satisfactory to both nations. Now, therefore, for the purpose of securing the great objects contemplated by an amicable settlement of the difficulties hereto- fore existing between the Cherokee and Muskogee or Creek In- dians, so injurious to both parties; and in order to establish boundary lines which will secure a country and permanent home to the whole Creek nation of Indians, including the Seminole nation, who are anxious to join them, the undersigned commis- sioners, duly authorized to act on behalf of the United States, and the chiefs and head men of the said Muskogee or Creek In- dians, having full power and authority to act for their people west of the Mississippi, hereby agree to the following articles: ART. 1. The Muskogee or Creek nation of Indians, west of the Mississippi, declare themselves to be the friends and allies of the United States, under whose parental care and protection they desire to continue; and that they are anxious to live in peace and friendship, not only with their near neighbors and brothers, the Cherokees, but with all the surrounding tribes of Indians. ART 2. The United States hereby agree, by and with the con- sent of the Creek and Cherokee delegates, this day obtained, that the Muskogee or Creek country west of the Mississippi, shall be embraced within the following boundaries, viz.: Beginning at the mouth of the north fork of the Canadian river, and run northerly four miles; thence running a straight line so as to meet a line drawn from the south bank of the Arkansas river opposite to the east or lower bank of Grand river, at its junction with the Ar- kansas, and which runs a course south, 44 deg. west, one mile, to a post placed in the ground; thence along said line to the Arkan- sas, and up the same and the Verdigris river, to where the old territorial line crosses it; thence along said line north to a point twenty-five miles from the Arkansas river where the old territorial line crosses the same; thence running a line at right angles with the territorial line aforesaid, or west to the Mexico line; thence along the saidline southerly to the Canadian river or to the boundary 568 CREEKS. of the Choctaw country; thence down said river to the place of beginning. The lines, hereby defining the country of the Musko- gee Indians on the north and east, bound the country of the Chero- kees along these courses, as settled by the treaty concluded this day between the United States and that tribe. ART. 3. The United States will grant a patent, in fee-simple, to the Creek nation of Indians for the land assigned said nation by this treaty or convention, whenever the same shall have been ratified by the President and Senate of the United States; and the right thus guarantied by the United States shall be continued to said tribe of Indians, so long as they shall exist as a nation, and continue to occupy the country hereby assigned them. ART. 4. It is hereby mutually understood and agreed between the parties to this treaty, that the land assigned to the Muskogee Indians, by the second article thereof, shall be taken and con- sidered as the property of the whole Muskogee or Creek nation, as well of those now residing upon the land, as the great body of said nation who still remain on the east side of the Mississippi; and it is also understood and agreed that the Seminole Indians of Florida, whose removal to this country is provided for by their treaty with the United States, dated May 9th, 1832, shall also have a permanent and comfortable home on the lands hereby set apart as the country of the Creek nation; and they (the Seminoles) will hereafter be considered a constituent part of said nation, but are to be located on some part of the Creek country by themselves; which location will be selected for them by the commissioners who have signed these articles of agreement or convention. ART. 5. As an evidence of the kind feelings of the United States towards the Muskogee Indians, and as a testimonial of the gratification with the present amicable and satisfactory adjustment of their difficulties with the Cherokees, experienced by the com- missioners, they agree, on behalf of the United States, to furnish to the Creek Indians west of the Mississippi, one blacksmith and one wheelwright or wagon-maker, as soon as they may be required by the nation, in addition to those already employed; also to erect shops and furnish tools for the same, and supply the Smith shops with one ton of iron, and two hundred and fifty pounds of steel each; and allow the said Creek Indians, annually, for education purposes, the sum of one thousand dollars, to be expended under the direction of the President of the United States; the whole of the above grants to be continued so long as the President may consider them conducive to the interest and welfare of the Creek Indians; and the United States will also cause to be erected, as soon as conveniently can be done, four patent railway mills for grinding corn, and will immediately purchase for them, twenty- four cross-cut saws. It being distinctly understood, however, that the grants thus made to the Creek Indians by this article, are CREEKS. 569 intended solely for the use and benefit of that portion of the Creek nation, who are now settled west of the Mississippi. ART. 6. The United States agree that the improvements which the Creek Indians may be required to leave, in consequence of the boundary lines this day settled between their people and the Chero- kees, shall be valued with as little delay as possible, and a fair and reasonable price paid for the same by the United States. ART. 7. It is hereby agreed by the Creek nation, parties hereto, that if the saline or salt plains on the great western prairies, should come within the boundaries defined by this agreement, as the country of the Creek nation, then, and in that case the Presi- dent of the United States shall have the power to permit other friend- ly Indian tribes to visit said salt plains, and procure thereon, and carry away, salt sufficient for their subsistence, without hindrance or molestation from the said Creek Indians. ART. 8. It is agreed by the parties to this convention, that the country hereby provided for the Creek Indians shall be taken in lieu of, and considered to be the country provided or intended to be provided, by the treaty made between the United States and the Creek nation on the 24th day of January, 1826, under which they removed to this country. ART. 9. This agreement shall be binding and obligatory upon the contracting parties, as soon as the same shall be ratified and confirmed by the President and Senate of the United States. Done in open council, at fort Gibson, this 14th day of Feb- ruary, A. D. one thousand eight hundred and thirty-three. Montfort Stokes, L. Henry L. Ellsworth, J. F. Schermerhorn, Roly McIntosh, his x mark, Fuss-hatchie Micoe, his x mark, Benj. Perryman, his x mark, Hospottock Harjoe, his x mark, Cowo-coogee, Maltha, his x mark, Holthimotty Tustonnucky, his x mark, Toatkah Haussie, his x mark, Istauchoggo Harjoe, his x mark, Chocoatie Tustonnucky, his x mark, Chiefs of Creek nation. Signed, sealed, and delivered in our presence: S. C. Stambaugh, Sect’y to Wilson Nesbitt, Comms. W. Seawell, Lieut. 7th Inf. M. Arbuckle, Colo. 7th Infy. Peter A. Carns, Jno. Campbell, Jägt. Creeks, Jno. Hambly, Interpreter, Geo. Vashon, Agt, Cher, west, Alex. Brown, his x mark, Cher. N. Young, Major U. S. Järmy, Interpr. - 570 OTTA.W.A.S. O TT A. W. A. S. I concLUDED FEBRUARY 18, 1833–RATIFIED MARCH 22, 1833. ] Articles of a treaty made at JMaumee, in the State of Ohio, on the eighteenth day of February, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and thirty-three, between George B. Porter, com- missioner on the part of the United States, of the one part, and the undersigned chiefs and head men of the band of Ottawa In- dians, residing on the Indian reserves, on the JMiami of lake Erie, and in the vicinity thereof, representing the whole of said lands, of the other part. Whereas, by the twentieth article of the treaty concluded at the foot of the rapids of the Miami of lake Erie, on the twenty-ninth day of September, A. D. 1817, it is provided as follows: “The United States also agree to grant, by patent, to the chiefs of the Ottawa tribe of Indians for the use of the said tribe, a tract of land, to contain thirty-four square miles, to be laid out as nearly in a square form as practicable, not interfering with the lines of the tracts reserved by the treaty of Greenville, on the south side of the Miami river of lake Erie, and to include Tush-que-gan, or McCarty's vil- lage; which tracts, thus granted, shall be held by the said tribe, upon the usual conditions of Indian reservations, as though no patent were issued.” And whereas, by the sixth article of the treaty concluded at Detroit, on the seventeenth day of November, A. D. 1807, it is provided, for the accommodation of the Indians named in the treaty, that certain tracts of land, within the cession then made, should be reserved to the said Indian nations, among which is a reservation described as follows: “Four miles square on the Miami bay, including the villages where Meskeman and Waugan now live;” which reservation was expressly made for the Ottawa tribe. By virtue of which stipulations and reservations the said band of Ottawas are now in the occupancy and enjoyment of the two tracts of land therein described; and for the consideration hereinafter stated, have agreed to cede the same to the United States, and bind themselves to each and all of the articles and conditions which follow : ART. 1. The said Ottawa band cede to the United States all their land on each or either side of Miami river of lake Erie, or on the Miami bay, being all the lands mentioned, or intended to be included in the two reservations aforesaid, or to which they have any claim. No claim to be made for improvements. ART. 2. It is agreed that out of the lands hereby ceded, the fol- lowing reservations shall be made; and that patents for each tract shall be granted by the United States to the individuals respective- ly, and their heirs, for the quantity hereby assigned to each, that OTTA.W.A.S. 57.1 is to say: A tract of fifteen hundred and twenty acres shall be laid off at the mouth of the river, on the south side thereof, and to be so surveyed as to accommodate the following persons, for whose use, respectively, each tract hereinafter described is reserved: viz. Three hundred and twenty acres for Au-to-kee, a chief, at the mouth of the river, to include Presque isle; eight hundred acres for Jac- ques, Robert, Peter, Antoine, Francis and Alexis Navarre, to in- clude their present improvements; one hundred and sixty acres for Wa-say-on, the son of Tush-qua-guan, to include his father’s old cabin: the remaining two hundred and forty acres to be set off in the rear of these two sections; eighty acres thereof for Pe-tau, and if practicable, to include her cabin and field; eighty acres more thereof for Che-no, a chief, above, or higher up the little creek; and the other eighty acres thereof for Joseph le Cavalier Ranjard, in trust for himself and the legal representatives of Albert Ranjard, deceased. Also, the following tracts on the north side of said river: one hundred and sixty acres for Wau-sa-on-o-quet, a chief, to include the improvement where he now lives on Pike creek, and to front on the bay; eighty acres for Leon Guoin and his children, adjoining the last and on the south side thereof; one hundred and sixty acres for Aush-cush and Ke-tuck-kee, chiefs, to be laid off on the north side of Ottawa creek, fronting on the same, and above the place where the said Aush-cush now lives; one hundred and sixty acres for Robert A. Forsyth, of Maumee, to be laid off on each side of the turnpike road where half-way creek crosses the same; and one hundred and sixty acres, fronting on the Maumee river, to include the place where Ke-ne-wau-ba formerly resided; one hundred and sixty acres for John E. Hunt, fronting on the said river, immediately above and adjoining the last; and also one hundred and sixty acres, to adjoin the former tract, on the turnpike road. The said tracts to be surveyed and set off under the di- rection of the President of the United States. The said Au-to-kee, Wa-say-on, Pe-tau-che-no, Wau-sa-on-o- quet, Aush-cush, and Ke-tuck-kee, being Indians, the lands hereby reserved for them are not to be alienated, without the approbation of the President of the United States. The said Leon Guoin has resided for a long time among these Indians, has subsisted them when they would otherwise have suf- fered, and they are greatly attached to him. They request that the grant be to him and his present wife, during their joint lives, and the life of the survivor, and to their children in fee. The said Jacques, Robert, Peter, Antoine, Francis and Alexis Navarre, have long resided among these Indians, intermarried with them, and been valuable friends. The said Albert Ranjard, deceased, had purchased land of them previous to the late war, upon which, before he died, he had paid them three hundred dollars, for which his family have never received any equivalent. 572 OTT AWA S. The reservations to the said Robert A. Forsyth and John E. Hunt, being at the especial request of the said band, in considera- tion of their long residence among them, and the many acts of kindness they have extended to them. ART. 3. In consideration of which, it is agreed that the United States shall pay to the said band of Indians the sum of twenty-nine thousand four hundred and forty dollars, to be, by direction of the said band, applied in extinguishment of their debts, in manner fol- lowing, that is to say; to John Hollister and Company, seven thousand three hundred and sixty-five dollars, which includes other claims, directed by the said Indians to be by him paid, amounting to thirteen hundred and ninety-five dollars, as per schedule A, here- with ; to John E. Hunt, nine thousand nine hundred and twenty- nine dollars, which includes other claims, directed by the said In- dians to be by him paid, amounting to two thousand six hundred and seventy-five dollars and sixty-three cents, as per schedule B, here with : to Robert A. Forsyth, of Maumee, ten thousand eight hundred and ninety dollars, which includes other claims directed by the said Indians to be by him paid, amounting to fourthousand four hundred and ten dollars, as per schedule C, here with: to Louis Beaufait, seven hundred dollars; to Pierre Menard, four hundred dollars; to John King, one hundred dollars; to Louis King, fifty- six dollars. Within six months after payment by the United States of the said consideration money, the said Indians agree to remove from all the lands herein ceded. And it is expressly understood, that in the meantime no interruption shall be offered to the survey of the same by the United States. And whereas, the said band have represented to the said com- missioner, that under the treaty, as interpreted to them, entered into with John B. Gardiner, commissioner on the part of the United States, on the 30th day of August, 1831, for the cession of a part of their lands, there is due to them, jointly with that portion of the tribe that has emigrated, eighteen thousand dollars, and for which they have made claim. Whenever this deficiency shall be paid, it is agreed that out of said fund there shall be paid to Joseph Le- ronger, in full satisfaction of all his claim, four hundred dollars; and to Pierre Menard, in like satisfaction, sixteen hundred dollars; to Gabriel Godfroy, junior, in like satisfaction, two hundred dol- lars; to Waubee’s daughter, Nau-quesh-kum-o-qua, fifty dollars; to Charles Leway or Nau-way-nes, fifty dollars; to Dr. Horatio Conant, two hundred dollars, in full satisfaction of all his claim; to Joseph F. Marsac, fifty dollars. This treaty, after the same shall have been ratified by the Pre- sident and Senate of the United States, shall be binding on the contracting parties. In testimony whereof, the said George B. Porter, and the under- SEMINOLES. 573 signed chiefs and head men of the said band, have hereunto set their hands, at Maumee, the said day and year. G. B. Porter, Nau-qua-gai-shik, his x mark, Wau-see-on-o-quet, his x mark, O-sage, his x mark, An-to-kee, his x mark, Me-sau-kee, his x mark, She-no, his x mark, Kin-je-way-no, his x mark, Wau-be-gai-kek, his x mark, An-ne-qua-to, his x mark, Shaw-wa-no, his x mark, Meesh-quet, his x mark, Kee-tuk-kee, his x mark, Sa-see-go-wa, his x mark, Aush-cush, his x mark, Pe-ton-o-quet, his x mark, No-ten-o, his x mark, Saw-ga-nosh, his x mark, Way-say-on, his x mark, Enne-me-kee, his x mark, Sas-sain, his x mark, Aish-qua-bee, his x mark. In presence of E. A. Brush, Sec'y. Chs. C. P. Hunt, Kintzing Pritchette, G. B. Knaggs, Henry Conner, John Hollister, Louis Beaufait, James H. Forsyth, James Jackson, Sub-agent, J. D. Beaugrand. John E. Hunt, SE MINOLES. [conclude:D MARCH 28, 1833–RATIFIED APRIL 12, 1834.1 Whereas, the Seminole Indians of Florida entered into certain articles of agreement with James Gadson, [Gadsden, commis- sioner on behalf of the United States, at Payne's landing, on the 9th day of May, 1832: the first article of which treaty or agree- ment provides as follows: “The Seminole Indians relinquish to the United States all claim to the land they at present occupy in the territory of Florida, and agree to emigrate to the country as- signed to the Creeks, west of the Mississippi river; it being under- stood that an additional extent of territory proportioned to their number will be added to the Creek country, and that the Seminoles will be received as a constituent part of the Creek nation, and be re-admitted to all the privileges as members of the same.” And whereas, the said agreement also stipulates and provides, that a delegation of Seminoles should be sent, at the expense of the United States, to examine the country to be allotted them among the Creeks, and should this delegation be satisfied with the cha- racter of the country, and of the favorable disposition of the Creeks to unite with them as one people, then the aforementioned treaty would be considered binding and obligatory upon the parties. And whereas, a treaty was made between the United States and the Creek Indians west of the Mississippi, at fort Gibson, on the 14th day of February, 1836, by which a country was provided for 574 SEM.INOLES. the Seminoles in pursuance of the existing arrangements between the United States and that tribe. And whereas, the special dele- gation, appointed by the Seminoles on the 9th day of May, 1832, have since examined the land designated for them by the under- signed commissioners on behalf of the United States, and have expressed themselves satisfied with the same, in and by their letter, dated March, 1833, addressed to the undersigned commissioners. Now, therefore, the commissioners aforesaid, by virtue of the power and authority vested in them by the treaty made with the Creek Indians on the 14th of February, 1833, as above stated, hereby designate and assign to the Seminole tribe of Indians, for their separate future residence, forever, a tract of country lying between the Canadian river and the north fork thereof, and extend- ing west to where a line running north and south between the main Canadian and north branch, will strike the forks of Little river, provided said west line does not extend more than twenty- five miles west from the mouth of said Little river. And the undersigned Seminole chiefs, delegated as aforesaid, on behalf of their nation, hereby declare themselves well satisfied with the loca- tion provided for them by the commissioners, and agree that their nation shall commence the removal to their new home, as soon as the government will make arrangements for their emigration satis. factory to the Seminole nation. And whereas, the said Seminoles have expressed high confi- dence in the friendship and ability of their present agent, Major Phagan, and desire that he may be permitted to remove them to their new homes west of the Mississippi, the commissioners have considered their request, and cheerfully recommend Major Phagan as a suitable person to be employed to remove the Seminoles as aforesaid, and trust his appointment will be made, not only to gratify the wishes of the Indians, but as conducive to the public welfare. In testimony whereof, the commissioners on behalf of the United States, and the delegates of the Seminole nation, have hereunto signed their names, this 28th day of March, A. D. 1833, at fort Gibson. Montfort Stokes, Henry L. Ellsworth, John F. Schermerhorn. Seminole Delegates: John Hick, representing Sam Jones, his x mark. Holata Emartta, his x mark. Jumper, his x mark. Coi Hadgo, his x mark. Charley Emartta, his x mark. Ya-ha-hadge, his x mark. Ne-ha-tho-clo, representing Fuch-a-lusti-hadgo, his x mark. On behalf of the Seminole nation: QUAPAWS. 575 Read, and signed in our presence: S. C. Stambaugh, Sec. Comºrs. A. P. Chouteau, John Phagan, Agent, Enoch Steer, P. L. Chouteau, U. S. Indian Abraham, Seminole Interp. Agent for Osages, QUA PA. W.S. I concLUDED MAY 13, 1833–RATIFIED APRIL 12, 1834. I Articles of agreement, or a treaty between the United States and the Quapaw Indians, entered into by John F. Schermerhorn, com- missioner of Indian affairs west, on the part of the United States, and the chiefs and warriors of the Quapaw Indians. Whereas, by the treaty between the United States and the Qua- paw Indians, concluded November 15th, 1824, they ceded to the United States all their lands in the Territory of Arkansas, and ac- cording to which they were “to be concentrated and confined to a district of country inhabited by the Caddo Indians, and form a part of said tribe.” And whereas, they did remove according to the stipulations of said treaty, and settled on the Bayou Treache, on the south side of Red river, on a tract of land given them by the Caddo Indians, but which was found subject to frequent inunda- tions on account of the raft on Red river, and where their crops were destroyed by the water, year after year, and which also proved to be a very sickly country, and where in a short time, nearly one- fourth of their people died: And whereas, they could obtain no other situation from the Caddoes, and they refused to incorporate them and receive them as a constituent part of their tribe as con- templated by their treaty with the United States, and as they saw no alternative but to perish if they continued there, or to return to their old residence on the Arkansas, they therefore chose the lat- ter: And whereas, they now find themselves very unhappily situ- ated, in consequence of having their little improvements taken from them by the settlers of the country; and being anxious to secure a permanent and peaceable home, the following articles or treaty are agreed upon between the United States and the Quapaw Indians, by John F. Schermerhorn, commissioner of Indian affairs west, and the chiefs and warriors of said Quapaw Indians, this (13th) thirteenth day of May, 1833. ART. 1. The Quapaw Indians hereby relinquish and convey to the United States, all their right and title to the lands given them by the Caddo Indians, on the Bayou Treache of Red river. ART. 2. The United States hereby agree to convey to the Qua- paw Indians, one hundred and fifty sections of land, west of the State line of Missouri, and between the lands of the Senecas and 576 QUAPAWS. Shawnees, not heretofore assigned to any other tribe of Indians, the same to be selected and assigned by the commissioners of Indian affairs west, and which is expressly designed to be lieu of their location on Red river, and to carry into effect the treaty of 1824, in order to provide a permanent home for their nation; the United States agree to convey the same by patent, to them and their descendants as long as they shall exist as a nation, or con- tinue to reside thereon, and they also agree to protect them in their new residence, against all interruption or disturbance from any other tribe or nation of Indians, or from any other person or per- sons whatever. ART. 3. Whereas, it is the policy of the United States in all their intercourse with the Indians, to treat them liberally as well as justly, and to endeavor to promote their civilization and prosperi- ty, it is further agreed, that in consideration of the important and extensive cessions of lands made by the Quapaws to the United States, and in view of their present impoverished and wretched condition, they shall be removed to their new homes at the ex- pense of the United States, and that they will supply them with one year's provision from the time of their removal, which shall be as soon as they receive notice of the ratification of this treaty by the President and Senate of the United States. The United States will also furnish and deliver to them, after their arrival at their new homes, one hundred cows, one hundred breeding hogs, one hundred sheep, ten yokes of working cattle, twenty-five ploughs, one hundred axes, one hundred hoes, four ox carts, and one wa- gon, with all their necessary rigging, twenty iron hand corn-mills, tools of different descriptions, to the amount of two hundred dol- lars; also, looms, wheels, reels, and wool cards, to the amount of two hundred dollars, one hundred blankets, fifty rifles, and five shot guns, all with flint locks, ten kegs of powder, and six hun- dred pounds of lead : The United States agree to provide a farmer to reside with them, and to aid and instruct them in their agricul- tural pursuits, and a blacksmith to do their necessary work, with a shop and tools, and iron, and steel, not exceeding one ton per year. The United States also agree to appropriate one thousand dollars per year, for education purposes, to be expended under the direction of the President of the United States; the farmer and blacksmith, and the above appropriation for education purposes to be continued only as long as the President of the United States deems necessary for the best interests of the Indians. ART. 4. It is hereby mutually agreed upon between the parties respectively to this treaty, that in lieu of, and in full consideration of their present annuities, perpetual and limited, the United States will pay the debts of the Quapaw Indians, according to the an- nexed schedule, to the amount of four thousand one hundred and eighty dollars, provided they can be discharged in full for that amount. They will also expend to the amount of one thousand QUAPAWS. 57.7 dollars, in hiring suitable laborers to build and aid them in erect- ing comfortable cabins and houses to live in ; and also that they will pay them annually two thousand dollars, for twenty years from the ratification of this treaty, and that out of said annuity there shall be allowed to their four principal chiefs, Hackatton, Sarras- san, Tonnonjinka, and Kaheketteda, and to their successors, each, in addition to their distributive share of said annuity, the sum of fifty dollars per year. - ART. 5. It is hereby agreed and expressly understood, that this treaty is only supplementary to the treaty of 1824, and designed to carry into effect the views of the United States, in providing a permanent and comfortable home for the Quapaw Indians; and also, that all the stock and articles furnished the Indians by the United States, as expressed in the fourth article, shall be under the care and direction of the agent and farmer of said tribe, to see that the same is not squandered or sold, or any of the stock slain by the Indians, until such time as the natural increase of the stock will warrant the same to be done without destroying the whole, and thus defeating the benevolent views of the Government in making this provision for them. ART. 6. The United States also agrees to employ an interpreter to accompany them on their removal, and the same to continue with them during the pleasure of the President of the United States, The above treaty shall be binding on the United States whenever ratified and approved by the President and Senate of the United States. John F. Schermerhorn, Hackatton chief, his x mark, Sarrasin chief, his x mark, Taunoujinka chief, his x mark, Kaheketteda chief, his x mark, Monehunka, his x mark, Kunkadaquene, his x mark, Wattekiane, his x mark, Hadaskamonene, his x mark, Hummonene, his x mark, Hikaguedotton, his x mark, Moussockane, his x mark. The above treaty was signed in open council, in the presence of Richard M. Hannum, S. A. Frederick Saugrain, Antoine Barraque, John D. Shaw, James W. Walker, Joseph Duchasin, Interpreter. 51 578 APPALACHICOLAS, The amount due from the Quapaw tribe of Indians to the following named persons: Frederick Notrabe - - - $567 00 Joseph Dardene - - - - 300 00 Ignace Bogy - - - - 170 00 Alexander Dickerson - - - 28 00 William Montgomery - - - 350 00 Joseph Bonne - - - - 30 00 Joseph Duchasin - - - 30 00 Baptiste Bonne - - - - 20 00 Antoine Barraque - - - 2,235 00 George B. Boyer - - - 50 00 Weylon King - - " - - 400 00 $4,180 00 A. P. P. A. L. A. C. H. I. C. O L.A. S. I concLUDED JUNE 18, 1833–RATIFIED APRIL 12, 1834, 1 The undersigned chiefs, for and in behalf of themselves and warriors, voluntarily relinquish all the privileges to which they are entitled as parties to a treaty, concluded at Camp Moultrie, on the 18th of September, 1823, and surrender to the United States all their right, title, and interest to a reservation of land, made for their benefit in the additional article of the said treaty, and which is described in the said article, as commencing “on the Appa- lachicola, at a point to include Yellow Hare’s improvements; thence, up said river four miles; thence, west one mile; thence, southerly to a point one mile west of the beginning; and thence, east, to the beginning point.” ART. 2. For, and in consideration of said cession, the United States agree to grant, and to convey in three [3] years by patent to Mulatto King or Vacapasacy; and to Tustenuggy Hajo, head chiefs of Ematlochees town, for the benefit of themselves, sub- chiefs, and warriors, a section and a half of land to each; or con- tiguous quarter and fractional sections, containing a like quantity of acres; to be laid off hereafter under the direction of the Presi- dent of the United States, so as to embrace the said chiefs' fields and improvements, after the lands shall have been surveyed, and the boundaries to correspond with the public surveys; it being understood, that the aforesaid chiefs may, with the consent, and under the advisement of the Executive of the territory of Florida, at any time previous to the expiration of the above three years, dispose of the said sections of land, and migrate to a country of their choice; but that should they remain on their lands, the United States will, so soon as Blunt’s band, and the Seminoles APPALACHICOLAS. 579 generally, have migrated, under the stipulations of the treaties con- cluded with them, withdraw the immediate protection hitherto extended to the aforesaid chiefs and warriors, and that they there- after become subject to the government and laws of the territory of Florida. ART. 3. The United States stipulate to continue to Mulatto King and Tustenuggy Hadjo, their sub-chiefs and warriors, their proportion of the annuity of [$5,000] five thousand dollars, to which they are entitled under the treaty of Camp Moultrie, so long as the Seminoles remain in the territory, and to advance their proportional amount of the said annuity for the balance of the term stipulated for its payment in the treaty aforesaid, whenever the Seminoles finally remove, incompliance with the terms of the treaty concluded at Payne's Landing, on 9th May, 1832. - ART. 4. If at any time hereafter, the chiefs and warriors, parties to this agreement, should feel disposed to migrate from the terri- tory of Florida, to the country allotted to the Creeks and Seminoles in Arkansas, should they elect to sell their grants of land as pro- vided for in the first article of the treaty, they must defray from the proceeds of the sales of said land, or from their private resources, all the expenses of their migration, subsistence, etc.; but if they prefer, they may, by surrendering to the United States all the rights and privileges acquired under the provisions of this agree- ment, become parties to the obligations, provisions, and stipula- tions of the treaty concluded at Payne's Landing, with the Semi- moles on the 9th of May, 1832, as a constituent part of said tribe, and re-unite with said tribe in their new abode on the Arkansas. The United States, in that event, agreeing to pay [3,000] three thousand dollars for the reservation relinquished in the first article of this treaty, in addition to the rights and annuities the parties may acquire under the aforesaid treaty at Payne's Landing. In testimony whereof, the commissioner, James Gadsden, in behalf of the United States, and the undersigned chiefs and warriors, have hereunto subscribed their names, and affixed their seals. Done at Pope's, Fayette county, in the territory of Florida, this eighteenth day of June, one thousand eight hundred and thirty-three, and of the independence of the United States, the fifty-eighth. James Gadsden, L. S. Mulatto King, or Vacapachacy, his x mark, L. s. Tustenuggy Hajo, his x mark, L. S. Yellow Hare, his x mark, L., S. John Walker, his x mark, L. S. Yeo-lo-hajo, his x mark, L. s. Cath-a-hajo, his x mark, L. s. Lath-la-yahola, his x mark, L. S. 580 APPALACHICOLAS. Pa-hosta Tustenuckey, his x mark, L. S Tuse-caia-hajo, his x mark, Witnesses : Wm. S. Pope, Sub-Agent, Joe Miller, Interp’r, his x mark, Robert Larance, Jim Walker, Inter. his x mark. The undersigned chiefs, for and in behalf of themselves and warriors, voluntarily relinquish all the privileges to which they are entitled as parties to a treaty concluded at Camp Moultrie, on the 18th of September, 1823, and surrender to the United States all their right, title, and interest to a reservation of land, made for their benefit in the additional article of the said treaty, and which is described in said article as “commencing on the Chattahoochie, one mile below Econchatimico’s house; thence, up said river four miles; thence, one mile west; thence, southerly to a point one mile west of the beginning; thence, east to the beginning oint.” p ART. 2. For, and in consideration of said cession, the United States agree to grant, and to convey in three [3] years, by patent, to Econchatimico, for the benefit of himself, sub-chiefs, and war- riors, three sections of land; (or contiguous quarter and fractional sections, containing a like quantity of acres;) to be laid off here. after under the direction of the President of the United States, so as to embrace the said chief's fields, improvements, etc., after the lands shall have been surveyed, and the boundaries to correspond with the public surveys; it being understood, that the aforesaid chief may, with the consent and under the advisement of the Exe- cutive of the territory of Florida, at any time previous to the ex- piration of the above three years, dispose of the said sections of land, and migrate to a country of their choice; but that, should they remain on their lands, the United States will, so soon as Blunt’s band, and the Seminoles generally, have migrated under the stipulations of the treaty concluded with them, withdraw the immediate protection hitherto extended to the aforesaid chief, his sub-chiefs, and warriors, and that they thereafter become subject to the government and laws of the territory of Florida. ART. 3. The United States stipulate to continue to Econchati- mico, his sub-chiefs, and warriors, their proportion of the annuity of [5,000] five thousand dollars, to which they are entitled under the treaty of Camp Moultrie, so long as the Seminoles remain in the territory, and to advance their proportional amount of said an- nuity, for the balance of the term stipulated for its payment in the treaty aforesaid, whenever the Seminoles finally remove, in com- pliance with the terms of the treaty concluded at Payne's Land- ing on 9th May, 1832. APPALACHICOLAS. 581 ART. 4. If, at any time hereafter, the chiefs and warriors, par- ties to this agreement, should feel disposed to migrate from the territory of Florida to the country allotted to the Creeks and Se- minoles in Arkansas; should they elect to sell their grants of land, as provided for in the first article of this treaty, they must defray from the proceeds of the sales of said land, or from their private resources, all the expenses of their migration, subsistence, etc.; but if they prefer, they may, by surrendering to the United States, all the rights and privileges acquired under the provisions of this agreement, become parties to the obligations, provisions, and stipulations of the treaty, concluded at Payne's Landing with the Seminoles, on the 9th May, 1832, as a constituent part of said tribe, and re-unite with said tribe in their new abode on the Ar- kansas, the United States, in that event, agreeing to pay [3,000] three thousand dollars for the reservation relinquished in the first article of this treaty; in addition to the rights and immunities the parties may acquire under the aforesaid treaty at Payne's Landing. In testimony whereof, the commissioner, James Gadsden, in behalf of the United States, and the undersigned chiefs and warriors, have hereunto subscribed their names and affixed their seals. Done at Pope's, Fayette county, in the territory of Florida, this eighteenth day of June, one thousand eight hundred and thirty-three, and of the independence of the United States, the fifty-eighth. James Gadsden, L. S. Econ-chati-mico, his x mark, L. S. Billy Humpkin, his x mark, L. S. Kaley Senehah, his x mark, L. S. Elapy Tustenuckey, his x mark, L. S. Vauxey Hajo, his x mark, L. S. Fose-e-mathla, his x mark, L. S. Lath-la-fi-cicio, his x mark, L. S. Witnesses: Wm. S. Pope, Sub-Agent, Joe Miller, his x mark, Interpr’r, Robert Larance, Jim Walker, his x mark, Interpr’r. 582 OTOES AND MISSOUR.I.A.S. O TO ES AND MISS O'D RIA S. I concLUDED sept EMBER. 21, 1833–RATIFIED APRIL 12, 1834. I Articles of agreement and convention, made at the Otoe village on the river Platte, between Henry L. Ellsworth, commissioner, in behalf the United States, and the united bands of Otoes and JMissourias, dwelling on the said Platte, this 21st day of Sep- tember, A. D. 1833. ART. 1. The said Otoes and Missourias, cede and relinquish to the United States all their right and title to the lands lying south of the following line, viz.: Beginning, on the Little Nemahaw river, at the northwest corner of the land reserved by treaty at Prairie du Chien, on the 15th July, 1830, in favor of certain half- breeds, of the Omahas, Ioways, Otoes, Yaneton, and Santie bands of Sioux, and running westerly with said Little Nemahaw, to the head branches of the same ; and thence running in a due west line as far west as said Otoes and Missourias have, or pretend to have, any claim. ART. 2. The United States agree to continue the present annuity of twenty-five hundred dollars, granted by said treaty of Prairie du Chien, to said Otoes and Missourias, ten years from the expiration of the same, viz: ten years from 15th July, 1840. ART. 3. The United States agree to continue for ten years from said 15th July, 1840, the annuity of five hundred dollars, granted for instruments for agricultural purposes. ART. 4. The United States agree to allow annually five hun- dred dollars, for five years, for purposes of education, which sum shall be expended under the direction of the President, and con- tinued longer if he deems proper. The schools, however, shall be kept within the limit of said tribe or nation. ART. 5. The United States agree to erect a horse-mill for grinding corn, and to provide two farmers to reside in the nation, to instruct and assist said tribe, for the term of five years, and longer, if the President thinks proper. ART. 6. The United States agree to deliver to said Otoes and Missourias, one thousand dollars value in stock, which shall be placed in the care of the agent or farmer, until the President thinks the same can safely be intrusted to the Indians. ART. 7. It is expressly agreed and understood, that the stipula- tions contained in the 3d, 4th, 5th, and 6th articles, are not to be fulfilled by the United States, until the Otoes and Missou- rias shall locate themselves in such convenient agricultural dis- tricts as the President may think proper; nor shall the payments be continued, if the Otoes and Missourias shall abandon such OTOES AND MISSOURIAS. 583 location as the President shall think best for their agricultural interests. ART. 7. The Otoes and Missourias declare their entire willing- ness to abandon the chase for the agricultural life; their desire for peace with all other tribes; and therefore agree not to make war against any tribe with whom they now are, or shall be, at peace; but should any difficulty arise between them and any other tribe, they agree to refer the matter in dispute to some arbiter whom the President shall appoint to adjust the same. ART. 9. The United States agree to deliver the said Otoes and Missourias the value of four hundred dollars in goods and mer- chandise; which said Otoes and Missourias hereby acknowledge to have received. ART, 10. This convention or agreement, to be obligatory, when ratified by the President and Senate of the United States. In testimony whereof, the commissioners aforesaid, and the undersigned chiefs and warriors have hereunto subscribed their names, and affixed their seals, at the Otoe village on the said Platte river, the date first above written. Henry L. Ellsworth, Jaton, his x mark, Big Kaw, his x mark, The Thief, his x mark, Wah-ro-ne-saw, his x mark, Rah-no-way-wah-ha-rah, his x mark, Gra-tah-ni-kah, his x mark, Mah-skahgah-ha, his x mark, Nan-cha-si-zay, his x mark, A-Sha-bah-hoo, his x mark, Kah-he-ga, his x mark, Wah-ne-min-nah, his x mark, Cha-wa-che-ra, his x mark, Pa-che-ga-he, his x mark, Wah-tcha-shing-a, his x mark, Mon-to-ni-a, his x mark, Gra-da-nia, his x mark, Mock-shiga-tona, his x mark, Wah-nah-sha, his x mark, Wash-kah-money, his x mark, Cha-ah-gra, his x mark, To-he, his x mark O-rah-kah-pe, his x mark, Wah-a-ge-hi-ru-ga-rah, his x mark, O-ha-ah-che-gi-sug-a, his x mark, Ish-kah-tap-a, his x mark, Meh-say-way, his x mark, I. - S - L - 584 CHiPPEWAs, OTTOWAS, ETC. In presence of Edward A. Ellsworth, Sec. pro John T. Irving, jr. tem. J. D. Blanchard, Jno. Dougherty, Ind. Jägt. Charlo Mobrien, his x mark, Ward S. May, J.M. D. Oloe, Interpreter. John Dunlop, CHIPPEWAS, OTTOWAS, AND POTAWATAMIES. [concLUDED SEPTEMBER 26, 1833–RATIFIED FEBRUARY 21, 1835.1 Articles of a treaty made at Chicago, in the State of Illinois, on the twenty-sixth day of September, in the year of our Lord one thou- sand eight hundred and thirty-three, between George B. Porter, Thomas J. V. Owen, and William Weatherford, commissioners on the part of the United States, on the one part, and the United Na- tion of Chippewa, Ottowa and Potawatamie Indians, of the other part, being fully represented by the chiefs and head men whose names are hereunto subscribed; which treaty is in the following words, to wit: ART. 1. The said United Nation of Chippewa, Ottowa, and Po- tawatamie Indians, cede to the United States all their land along the western shore of lake Michigan, and between this lake and the land ceded to the United States by the Winnebago nation, at the treaty of fort Armstrong, made on the 15th September, 1832; bounded on the north by the country lately ceded by the Menomi- nees, and on the south by the country ceded at the treaty of Prairie du Chien, made on the 29th July, 1829, supposed to contain about five millions of acres. ART. 2. In part consideration of the above cession, it is hereby agreed that the United States shall grant to the said United Nation of Indians, to be held as other Indian lands are held which have lately been assigned to emigrating Indians, a tract of country west of the Mississippi river, to be assigned to them by the President of the United States, to be not less in quantity than five millions of acres, and to be located as follows: Beginning at the mouth of Boyer’s river, on the east side of the Missouri river; thence, down the said river to the mouth of Naudoway river; thence, due east to the west line of the State of Missouri; thence, along the said State line to the northwest corner of the State; thence, east along the said State line to the point where it is intersected by the western boundary line of the Sacs and Foxes; thence, north along the said line of the Sacs and Foxes, so far as that when a straightline shall be run therefrom to the mouth of Boyer’s river, (the place of be- ginning,) it shall include five millions of acres. And as it is the wish of the Government of the United States that the said nation CHIPPEWAS, OTTOWAS, ETC. 585 of Indians should remove to the country thus assigned to them as soon as conveniently can be done; and it is deemed advisable on the part of their chiefs and head men that a deputation should visit the said country west of the Mississippi, and thus be assured that full justice has been done, it is hereby stipulated that the United States will defray the expenses of such deputation, to consist of not more than fifty persons, to be accompanied by not more than five individuals, to be nominated by themselves, and the whole to be under the general direction of such officer of the United States Government as has been or shall be designated for the purpose. And it is further agreed, that as fast as the said Indians shall be prepared to emigrate, they shall be removed at the expense of the United States, and shall receive subsistence while upon the journey, and for one year after their arrival at their new homes. It being understood, that the said Indians are to remove from all that part of the land now ceded, which is within the State of Illinois, im- mediately on the ratification of this treaty, but to be permitted to retain possession of the country north of the boundary line of the said State, for the term of three years, without molestation or inter- ruption, and under the protection of the laws of the United States. ART. 3. And in further consideration of the above cession, it is agreed, that there shall be paid by the United States the sums of money hereinafter mentioned, to wit: One hundred thousand dol- lars, to satisfy sundry individuals in behalf of whom reservations were asked, which the commissioners refused to grant; and also, to indemnify the Chippewa tribe who are parties to this treaty for certain lands along the shore of lake Michigan, to which they make claim, which have been ceded to the United States by the Me- nominee Indians: the manner in which the same is to be paid is set forth in schedule “A,” hereunto annexed; one hundred and fifty thousand dollars to satisfy the claims made against the said United Nation, which they have here admitted to be justly due, and directed to be paid, according to schedule “B,” hereunto an- nexed; one hundred thousand dollars to be paid in goods and pro- visions, a part to be delivered on the signing of this treaty, and the residue during the ensuing year; two hundred and eighty thousand dollars to be paid in annuities of fourteen thousand dollars a year, for twenty years; one hundred and fifty thousand dollars to be ap- plied to the erection of mills, farm-houses, Indian houses, and blacksmiths’ shops, to agricultural improvements, to the purchase of agricultural implements and stock, and for the support of such physicians, millers, farmers, blacksmiths and other mechanics, as the President of the United States shall think proper to appoint; seventy thousand dollars for purposes of education and the encour- agement of the domestic arts, to be applied in such manner as the President of the United States may direct. [The wish of the In- dians being expressed to the commissioners as follows: The United Nation of Chippewa, Ottowa, and Potawatamie Indians, being de- 586 CHIPPEWAS, OTTOWAS, ETC. sirous to create a perpetual fund for the purposes of education and the encouragement of the domestic arts, wish to invest the sum of seventy thousand dollars in some safe stock, the interest of which only is to be applied as may be necessary for the above purposes; they therefore request the President of the United States to make such investment for the nation as he may think best. If, however, at any time hereafter, the said nation shall have made such ad- vancement in civilization, and have become so enlightened as, in the opinion of the President and Senate of the United States, they shall be capable of managing so large a fund with safety, they may withdraw the whole or any part of it...] Four hundred dollars a year to be paid to Billy Caldwell, and three hundred dollars a year to be paid to Alexander Robinson, for life, in addition to the an- nuities already granted them; two hundred dollars a year to be paid to Joseph Lafromboise, and two hundred dollars a year to be paid to Shabehnay, for life; two thousand dollars to be paid to Wau-pon-eh-see and his band, and fifteen hundred dollars to Awn- kote and his band, as the consideration for nine sections of land, granted to them by the 3d article of the treaty of Prairie du Chien, of the 29th of July, 1829, which are hereby assigned and surren- dered to the United States. ART. 4. A just proportion of the annuity money, secured as well by former treaties as the present, shall be paid west of the Mississippi to such portion of the nation as shall have removed thither during the ensuing three years. After which time, the whole amount of the annuities shall be paid at their location west of the Mississippi. ART. 5. The reservation of two sections of land to Shab-eh-may by the second clause of the third article of the treaty of Prairie du Chien, of the 29th July, 1829, shall be a grant in fee simple to him, his heirs and assigns forever, and all the individual reserva: tions of lands in the treaty concluded at Camp Tippecanoe, dated 20th October, 1832, shall be considered as grants in fee simple to the persons to whom they are made, their heirs and assigns for: ever, and that the reservations in the said last mentioned treaty of one section of land, to be located at Twelve Mile Grove, or Na- be-na-qui-nong, “for Joseph Laughton, son of Waiske-shaw,” and of two sections of land to include the small grove of timber, on the river above Rock village, “for the children of Waiske- shaw,” shall be considered as grants in fee simple to their father, David Laughton, his heirs and assigns forever. That the reser- vation in said treaty of one section of land to be located at Sol- diers’ village, for Maw-te-no, daughter of Francis Burbonnois, jun., shall be considered as a grant in fee simple to her father, the said Francis Burbonnois, jun., his heirs and assigns forever: and that the reservation in said treaty of one section of land to be located at Skunk Grove, for the children of Joseph La Framboise shall be considered as a grant in fee simple to the said Joseph La CHIPPEWAS, OTTOWAS, ETC. 587 Framboise, his heirs and assigns forever. Provided that no sale of any of the said reservations shall be valid unless approved by the President of the United States. The fifth article has been inserted at the request of the said chiefs, who allege that the provisions therein contained were agreed to at the time of the making of the said treaties, but were omitted to be inserted, or erroneously put down. It is however distinctly understood that the rejection of said article by the Pre- sident and Senate of the United States shall not vitiate this treaty. This treaty, after the same shall have been ratified by the Presi- dent and Senate of the United States, shall be binding on the con- tracting parties. In testimony whereof, the said George B. Porter, Thomas J. V. Owen, and William Weatherford, and the undersigned chiefs and head men of the said nation of Indians, have hereunto set their hands at Chicago, the said day and year. G. B. Porter, Th. J. V. Owen, William Weatherford, To-pen-e-bee, his x mark, Sau-ko-noek, Che-che-bin-quay, his x mark, Joseph, his x mark, Wah-mix-i-co, his x mark, Ob-wa-qua-unk, his x mark, N-saw-way-quet, his x mark, Puk-quech-a-min-nee, his x mark, Nah-che-wine, his x mark, Ke-wase, his x mark, Wah-bou-seh, his x mark, Mang-e-sett, his x mark, Caw-we-saut, his x mark, Ah-be-te-ke-zhic, his x mark, Pat-e-go-shuc, his x mark, E-to-wow-cote, his x mark, Shim-e-nah, his x mark, 0-chee-pwaise, his x mark, Ce-nah-ge-win, his x mark, Shaw-waw-mas-see, his x mark, Shab-eh-nay, his x mark, Mac-a-ta-o-shic, his x mark, Squah-ke-zic, his x mark, Mah-che-o-tah-way, his x mark, Cha-ke-te-ah, his x mark, Me-am-ese, his x mark, Shay-tee, his x mark, Chis-in-ke-bah, his x mark, Mix-e-maung, his x mark, Nah-bwait, his x mark, Sen-e-bau-um, his x mark, Puk-won, his x mark, Wa-be-no-say, his x mark, Mon-tou-ish, his x mark, No-nee, his x mark, Mas-quat, his x mark, Sho-min, his x mark, Ah-take, his x mark, He-me-nah-wah, his x mark, Che-pec-co-quah, his x mark, Mis-quab-o-no-quah, his x mark, Wah-be-Kai, his x mark, Ma-ca-ta-ke-shic, his x mark, Sho-min, (2d.) his x mark, She-mah-gah, his x mark, O’Ke-mah-wah-ba-see, his x mark, Na-mash, his x mark, Shab-y-a-tuk, his x mark, Ah-cah-o-mah, his x mark, Quah-quah, tah, his x mark, Ah-sag-a-mish-cum, his x mark, Pa-mob-a-mee, his x mark, Nay-o-say, his x mark, Ce-tah-quah, his x mark, Ce-ku-tay, his x mark, Sauk-ee, his x mark, 588 CHIPPEWAS, OTTOWAS, ETC. Kee-new, his x mark, Ah-quee-wee, his x mark, Ne-bay-moc-scum, his x mark, Ta-cau-ko, his x mark, Naw-bay-caw, his x mark, Me-shim-e-nah, his x mark, O’Kee-mase, his x mark, Wah-sus-kuk, his x mark, Saw-o-tup, his x mark, Pe-nay-o-cat, his x mark, Me-tai-way, his x mark, Pay-maw-suc, his x mark, Na-ma-ta-way-shuc, his x mark, Pe-she-ka, his x mark, Shaw-waw-nuk-wuk, his x Shaw-we-mon-e-tay, his x mark, mark, Nah-che-wah, his x mark, Ah-be-nab, his x mark, Sho-bon-nier, his x mark, Sau-sau-quas-see, his x mark. Me-nuk-quet, his x mark, In presence of Wm. Lee D. Ewing, Secretary Daniel Jackson, of JWew York, to Commission, Jno. H. Kinzie, E. A. Brush, Robt. A. Kinzie, Luther Rice, Interpreter, G. S. Hubbard, James Conner, Interpreter, J. C. Schwarz, Adjt. Gen. M. John T. Schermerhorn, Com- JM. missioner, etc. west. Jn. B. Beaubrier, A. C. Pepper, S. A. R. P. James Kinzie, Gho. Kercheval, Sub-agent, Jacob Beeson, Geo. Bender, JMajor 5th Regt. Saml. Humes Porter, Inf. Andw. Porter, D. Wilcox, Capt. 5th Regt. Gabriel Godfroy, J. M. Baxley, Capt. 5th Inf. A. H. Arndt, R. A. Forsyth, U. S. A. Laurie Marsh, L. T. Jamison, Lieut. U. S. A. Joseph Chaunier, E. K. Smith, Lieut. 5th Inf. John Watkins, P. Maxwell, Asst. Surgeon, B. B. Kercheval, J. Allen, Lieut. 5th Inf. Jas. W. Berry, I. P. Simonton, Lieut. U. S. A. Wm. French, George F. Turner, Asst. Sur- Thomas Forsyth, geon U. S. Army, Pierre Menard, Fils, Richd. J. Hamilton, Edma. Roberts, Robert Stuart, Geo. Hunt, Jona. McCarty, Isaac Nash. SCHEDULE A. (Referred to in the treaty containing the sums payable to indi: viduals in lieu of reservations.) Jesse Walker, - - - - $1500 Henry Cleavland, - - - - 800 Rachel Hall, - - - - 600 CHIPPEWAS, OTTOWAS, ETC. 589 Sylvia Hall, - - - Joseph Laframboise and children, - Victoire Porthier and her children, - Jean Bt. Miranda, | Jane Miranda, For each of whom John Rosetta Miranda, H. Kinzie is trustee, Thomas Miranda, Alexander Muller, Gholson Kercheval, trustee, Paschal Muller, do do Margaret Muller, - - - Socra Muller - - - Angelique Chevallier, - - Josette Chevallier, - - - Fanny Leclare, (Captain David Hunter, trustee,) Daniel Bourassa’s children, - - Nancy Contraman, For each of whom J. B. ! Sally Contraman - Betsey Contraman, Campbell is trustee, Alexis Laframbois, - - - Alexis Laframbois’ children, - - Mrs. Mann’s children, - - Mrs. Mann, (daughter of Antoine Ouilmet.) Geo. Turkey’s children, (Fourtier,) Th. J. V. Owen, Jacques Chapeau’s children, do do - Antonie Roscum’s children, - - Francois Burbonnais’ sen. children, - Francois Burbonnais' jun, children, - - $600 - 1,000 - 700 - 300 - 200 - 300 - 400 - 800 - 800 - 200 - 200 - 200 - 200 - 400 - 600 - 600 - 1,800 - 200 - 600 - 400 trustee, 500 - 600 - 750 - 400 - 300 John Bt. Cloutier's children, (Robert A. Kinzie, trustee,) 600 Claude Laframboise's children, - - Antoine Ouilmet's children, - - Josette Ouilmet, (John H. Kinzie, trustee,) Mrs. Welsh, (daughter of Antoine Ouilmet,) Alexander Robinson’s children, - Billy Caldwell’s children, - - Mo-ah-way, - - * - Medare B. Beaubien, - - Charles H. Beaubien, - John K. Clark’s Indian children, (Richard J. Hamilton, trustee,) Josette Juno and her children, - - Angelique Juno, - - - Josette Beaubiens’ children, - - Ma-go-que’s child, (James Kinzie, trustee,) Esther, Rosene and Eleanor Bailly, - Sophia, Hortense and Therese Bailly, - Rosa and Mary, children of Hoo-mo-ni-gah, wife of Ste- phen Mack, Jean Bt. Rabbu’s children, - - - 300 - 300 - 200 - 200 - 400 - 600 - 200 - 300 300 400 - 1,000 300 - 1,000 - 300 - 500 - 1,000 - 400 590 CHIPPEWAS, OTTOWAS, ETC. Francis Chevallier’s children, - - Mrs. Nancy Jamison and child, - Co-pah, son of Archange, - - Martha Burnet, (Rt. Forsyth, trustee,) - Isadore Chabert’s child, (G. S. Hubbard, trustee,) Chee-bee-quai, or Mrs. Allen, Luther Rice and children, - - John Jones, - - - Pierre Corbonno’s children, - Pierre Chalipeaux’s children, Phoebe Treat and children, - - Robert Forsyth, of St. Louis, Mo. - - - Alexander Robinson, - - Billy Caldwell, - - - Joseph Leframboise, - - Nis noan see, (B. B. Kercheval, trustee,) - Margaret Hall, - - - - James, William, David and Sarah, children of Margaret Hall, - - - - - - Margaret Ellen Miller, Mont- ) For each of whom gomery Miller, and Filly | Richard J. Hamil- Miller, grand-children of ſ ton, of Chicago, is Margaret Hall, trustee, Jean Letendre’s children, - - - Bernard Grignon, - - - - Josette Polier, - - - - Joseph Vieux, Jacques Vieux, Louis Vieux, Josette Vieux, each $100, - - - - Angelique Hardwick’s children, - Joseph Bourassa and Mark Bourassa, Jude Bourassa and Therese Bourassa, Stephen Bourassa and Gabriel Bourassa, Alexander Bourassa and James Bourassa, Elai Bourassa and Jerome Bourassa, M. D. Bourassa, - - - - Ann Rice, and her son, William M. Rice, and nephew, John Leib, - - - - Agate Biddle and her children, - - Magdaline Laframbois and her son, - - Therese Schandler, - - - - - Joseph Dailly’s son and daughter, Robert and Therese, Therese Lawe and George Lawe, - - David Lawe and Rachel Lawe, Rebecca Law and Maria Lawe, Polly Lawe and Jane Lawe, - Appotone Lawe, - - Angelique Vieux and Amable Vieux, Andre Vieux and Nicholas Vieux, -- -- ----`-- $800 800 250 1,000 400 500 2,500 1,000 800 1,000 1,000 500 10,000 10,000 300 200 1,000 200 2 800 200 100 100 100 1,800 200 200 200 200 200 100 1,000 900 400 200 500 200 200 200 200 100 200 200 CHIPPEWAS, OTTOWAS, ETC. 591 Pierre Vieux and Maria Vieux, - - $200 Madaline Thibeault, - - - - 100 Paul Vieux and Joseph Vieux, - - - 200 Susanne Vieux, - - - - 100 Louis Grignon and his son Paul, - - - 200 Paul Grignon, sen, and Amable Grignon, - 200 Perish and Robert Grignon, - - - 200 Catist Grignon and Elizabeth Grignon, - - 200 Ursul Grignon and Charlotte Grignon, - - 200 Louise Grignon and Rachel Grignon, - - 200 Agate Porlier and George Grignon, - - 200 Amable Grignon and Emily Grignon, - - 200 Therese Grignon and Simon Grignon, - - 200 William Burnett, (B. B. Kercheval, trustee,) - 1,000 Shan-na-nees, - - 400 Josette Beaubien, - - - - 500 For the Chippewa, Ottawa, and Potawatamie students at the Choctaw Academy. The Hon. R. M. Johnson to be the trustee, - - - - 5,000 James and Richard J. Conner, - - - 700 Pierre Duverney and children, - - - 300 Joshua Boyd’s children, (Geo. Boyd, Esq. to be trustee,) 500 Joseph Baily, - - - - 4,000 R. A. Forsyth, - - - - 3,000 Gabriel Godfroy, - - - - 2,420 Thomas R. Covill, - - - - 1,300 George Hunt, - - - - 750 James Kinzie, - - - - 5,000 Joseph Chaunier, - - - - 550 John and Mark Noble, - - - 180 Alexis Provansalle, - - - - 100 One hundred thousand dollars, $100,000 SCHEDULE B. (Referred to in the treaty containing the sums payable to indi. viduals on claims admitted to be justly due, and directed to be paid.) Brewster, Hogan & Co. $343 Oliver Emmell, $300 John S. C. Hogan, 50 George Hollenbeck, 100 Frederick H. Contraman, 200 Martha Gray, 78 Brookfield & Bertrand, 100 Charles Taylor, 187 R. E. Heacock, 100 Joseph Naper, 71 George W. McClure, U. John Mann, 200 S. A. 125 James Walker, 200 David McKee, 180 John Blackston, 100 592 CHIPPEWAS, OTTOWAS, ETC. Harris & McCord, $175 George W. Dole, 133 George Haverhill, 60 Wm. Whistler, U. S. A. 1,000 Squire Thompson, 100 C. C. Trowbridge, 2,000 Louis Druillard, 350 Abraham Francis, 25 D. R. Bearss & Co. 250 Dr. E. Winslow, 150 Nicholas Klinger, 77 Joseph Porthier, 200 Clark Hollenback, 50 Henry Enslen, 75 Robert A. Kinzie, 1,216 Joseph Ogie, 200 Thomas Hartzell, 400 Calvin Britin, 46 Benjamin Fry, 400 Pierre F. Navarre, 100 C. H. Chapman, 30 James Kinzie, 300 G. S. Hubbard, 125 Jacque Jenveaux, 150 John B. Du Charme, 55 John Wright, 15 James Galloway, 200 William Marquis, 150 Louis Chevalier, admºr of J. B. Chevalier, decºd, 112 Solomon McCullough, 100 Joseph Curtis, 50 Edward E. Hunter, 90 Rachel Legg, 25 Peter Lamseet, 100 Robert Beresford, 200 G. W. & W. Laird, 150 M. B. Beaubien, 440 Jeduthan Smith, 60 Edmund Weed, 100 Philip Maxwell, U. S. A. 35 Henry Gratiot, 116 Tyler K. Blodgett, 50 Nehemiah King, 125 S. P. Brady, 188 James Harrington, 68 Samuel Ellice, 50 Peter Menard, (Maumee,) 500 John W. Anderson, $350 David Bailey, 50 Wm. G. Knaggs, 100 John Hively, 150 John B. Bertrand, sen. 50 Robert A. Forsyth, 3,000 Maria Kercheval, 3,000 Alice Hunt, 3,000 Jane C. Forsyth, 3,000 John H. Kinzie, 5,000 Ellen M. Wolcott, 5,000 Maria Hunter, 5,000 Robert A. Kinzie, 5,000 Samuel Godfroy, 120 John E. Schwarz, 4,800 Joseph Loranger, 5,008 H. B. and C. W. Hoffman 350 Phelps & Wendell, 660 Henry Johns, 270 Benjamin C. Hoyt, 20 John H. Kinzie, in trust for the heirs of Jos. Mi- randa, dec’d. 250 Francis Burbonnais, senr. 500 Francis Burbonnais, junr. 200 R. A. Forsyth, intrust for Catherine McKenzie, 1,000 James Laird, 50 Montgomery Evans, 250 Joseph Bertrand, jr. 300 George Hunt, 900 Benjamin Sherman, 150 W. and F. Brewster, as- signees of Joseph Ber- trand, senr. 700 John Forsyth, in trust for the heirs of Charles Pel- tier, dec'd, 900 William Hazard, 30 James Shirby, 126 Jacob Platter, 26 John B. Bourie, 2,500 B. B. Kercheval, 1,500 Charles Lucier, 75 Mark Beaubien, 500 Catharine Stewart, 82 Francis Mouton, 200 Dr. William Brown, 40 CHIPPEWAS, OTTOWAS, ETC. B. A. Forsyth, in trust for heirs of Charles Guion, $200 Joseph Bertrand, senr. 652 Moses Rice, 800 James Conner, 2,250 John B. Du Charme, 250 Coquillard & Comparet, 5,000 Richard J. Hamilton, 500 Adolphus Chapin, 80 John Dixon, 140 Wm. Huff, 81 Stephen Mack, in trust for the heirs of Stephen Mack, dec’d. 500 Thomas Forsyth, 1,500 Felix Fontaine, 200 Jacques Mette, 200 Francis Boucher, 250 Margaret Helm, 2,000 0. P. Lacy, 1,000 Henry and Richard G. Connor, 1,500 James W. Craig, 500 R.A.Forsyth, (Maumee,) 1,300 Antoine Peltier, do. 200 R. A. Forsyth, intrust for Mau-se-on-o-quet, 300 John E. Hunt, 1,450 Payne C. Parker, 70 Isaac Hull, 1,000 Foreman Evans, 32 Horatio N. Curtis, 300 Ica Rice, 250 Thomas P. Quick, 35 George B. Woodcox, 60 John Woodcox, 40 George B. Knaggs, 1,400 Ebenezer Read, 100 George Pomeroy, 150 Thomas K. Green, 70 William Mieure, in trust for Willis Fellows, 500 Z. Cicott, 1,800 John Johnson, 100 Antoine Antilla, 100 John Baldwin, 500 Isaac G. Baily, 100 James Cowen, 35 Joseph D. Lane, $50 J. L. Phelps, 250 Edmund Roberts, 50 Augustus Bona, 60 E. C. Winter & Co. 1,850 Charles W. Ewing, 200 Antoine Ouilmet, 800 John Bt. Chandonai, (one thousand dollars of this sum to be paid to Rob- ert Stuart, agent of American Fur Com- pany, by the particular request of Jno. B. Chan- donai,) 2,500 Lawrin Marsh, 3,290 P. &. J. Godfroy, 2,000 David Hull, 500 Andrew Drouillard, 500 Jacob Beeson & Co. 220 Jacob Beeson, 900 John Anderson, 600 John Green, 100 James B. Campbell, 600 Pierre Menard, jun., in right of G. W. Camp- bell, 250 George E. Walker, 1,000 Joseph Thebault, 50 Gideon Lowe, U. S. A. 160 Pierre Menard, jun. 2,000 John Tharp, 45 Pierre Menard, jun., in trust for Marie Trem- ble, 500 Henry B Stilman, 300 John Hamblin, 500 Francois Page, 100 George Brooks, 20 Franklin McMillan, 100 Lorance Shellhouse, 30 Martin G. Shellhouse, 35 Peter Belair, 150 Joseph Morass, 200 John I. Wendell, 2,000 A. T. Hatch, 300 Stephen Downing, 100 100 Samuel Miller, 52 594 CHIPPEWAS, OTTOWAS, ETC. Moses Hardwick, $75 James Abbott, agent of Margaret May, 400 the American Fur Com- Frances Felix, 1,100 pany, $2,300 John B. Bourie, 500 Robert Stewart, agent of Harriet Ewing, 500 the American Fur Com- Nancy Hedges, 500 pany, 17,000 David Bourie, 500 Solomon Ieauneau, 2,100 Caroline Ferry, 500 John Bt. Beaubien 250 Bowrie & Minie, 500 Stephen Mack, junr. 350 Charles Minie, 600 John Lawe, 3,000 Francis Minie, 700 Alexis Larose, 1,000 David Bourie, 150 Daniel Whitney, 1,350 Henry Ossum Read, 200 P. & A. Grignon, 650 Francoise Bezion, 2,500 Louis Grignon, 2,000 Dominique Rousseau, 500 Jacques Vieux, 2,000 Hanna & Taylor, 1,570 Laframboise & Bourassa, 1,300 John P. Hedges, 1,000 Heirs of N. Boilvin, de- Francois Chobare, 1,000 ceased, 1,000 Isadore Chobare, 600 John K. Clark, 400 Jacob Leephart, 700 William G. & G. W. Ew- Amos Amsden, 400 ing, 5,000 Nicholas Boilvin, 350 Rufus Hitchcock, 400 Archibald Clyburn, 200 Reed and Coons, 200 William Conner, (Michi- B. H. Laughton, 1,000 gan,) 70 Rufus Downing, 500 Tunis S. Wendall, 500 Charles Reed, 200 Noel Vassuer, 800 -- - $175,000 The above claims have been admitted and directed to be paid, only in case they be accepted in full of all claims and demands up to the present date. G. B. Porter, Th. J. V. Owen, William Weatherford. Agreeably to the stipulations contained in the third article of the treaty, there have been purchased and delivered at the request of the Indians, goods, provisions, and horses, to the amount of sixty- five thousand dollars, (leaving the balance to be supplied in the year one thousand eight hundred and thirty-four, thirty-five thou- sand dollars.) As evidence of the purchase and delivery as aforesaid, under the direction of the said commissioners, and that the whole of the same have been received by the said Indians, the said George B. Porter, Thomas J. V. Owen, and William Weatherford, and the undersigned chiefs and head men, on behalf of the said united nation of Indians, have hereunto set their hands, the twenty-seventh CHIPPEWAS, OTTOWAS, ETC. 595 day of September, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and thirty-three. G. B. Porter, Tshee-T'shee-chin-be-quay, his Th. J. V. Owen, x mark, William Weatherford, Joseph, his x mark, Jo-pen-e-bee, his x mark, Shab-e-nai, his x mark, We-saw, his x mark, Ah-be-te-ke-zhic, his x mark, Ne-kaw-nosh-kee, his x mark, E-to-won-cote, his x mark, Wai-saw-o-ke-ne-aw, his x Shab-y-a-tuk, his x mark, mark, Me-am-ese, his x mark, Ne-see-waw-bee-tuck, his x Wah-be-me-mee, his x mark, mark, Shim-e-nah, his x mark, Kai-kaw-tai-mon, his x mark, We-in-co, his x mark. Saw-ko-nosh, In presence of Wm. Lee D. Ewing, Secr’y. to Joseph Bertrand, jumr. the Commission, - Jno. H. Kinzie, R. A. Forsyth, U. S. A. James Conner, Interpreter, Madn. F. Abbott, J. E. Schwarz, Adjt. Gen. Saml. Humes Porter, J.M. J.M. Andw. Porter, -- Articles supplementary to the treaty made at Chicago, in the State of Illinois, on the 26th day of September, one thousand eight hun- dred and thirty-three, between George B. Porter, Thomas J. V. Owen, and William Weatherford, commissioners on the part of the United States, of the one part, and the United JVation of Chip- pewa, Ottowa, and Potawatamie Indians, of the other part, con- cluded at the same place, on the twenty-seventh day of September, one thousand eight hundred and thirty-three, between the said commissioners, on the part of the United States, of the one part, and the chiefs and head men of the said United Nation of Indians, residing upon the reservations of land situated in the territory of Michigan, south of Grand river, of the other part. ART. 1. The said chiefs and head men cede to the United States, all their land situate in the territory of Michigan, south of Grand river, being the reservation at Notawasepe, of 4 miles square con- tained in the 3d clause of the 2d article of the treaty made at Chica- go, on the 29th day of August, 1821, and the ninety-nine sections of land contained in the treaty made at St. Joseph, on the 19th day of September, 1827; and also the tract of land on St. Joseph river, opposite the town of Niles, and extending to the line of the State of Indiana, on which the villages of To-pe-ne-bee and Po- kagon are situated, supposed to contain about forty-nine sections. 596 CHIPPEWAS, OTTOWAS, ETC. ART. 2. In consideration of the above cession, it is hereby agreed that the said chiefs and head men and their immediate tribes, shall be considered as parties to the said treaty to which this is supple- mentary, and be entitled to participate in all the provisions therein contained, as a part of the United Nation; and further, that there shall be paid by the United States the sum of one hundred thousand dollars, to be applied as follows: Ten thousand dollars, in addition to the general fund of one hundred thousand dollars contained in the said treaty, to satisfy sundry individuals in behalf of whom reservations were asked, which the commissioner refused to grant. The manner in which the same is to be paid being set forth in the schedule “A,” here- unto annexed. Twenty-five thousand dollars, in addition to the sum of one hundred and fifty thousand dollars contained in the said treaty, to satisfy the claims made against all composing the United Nation of Indians, which they have admitted to be justly due, and directed to be paid according to schedule “B,” to the treaty annexed. Twenty-five thousand dollars to be paid in goods, provisions, and horses, in addition to the one hundred thousand dollars con- tained in the treaty. And forty thousand dollars to be paid in annuities of two thou- sand dollars a year for twenty years, in addition to the two hundred and eighty thousand dollars inserted in the treaty, and divided into payments of fourteen thousand dollars a year. ART. 3. All the Indians residing on the said reservations in Michigan, shall remove therefrom within three years from this date, during which time they shall not be disturbed in their possession, nor in hunting upon the lands as heretofore. In the mean time, no interruption shall be offered to the survey and sale of the same by the United States. In case, however, the said Indians shall sooner remove, the Government may take immediate possession thereof. ART. 4. By the last clause of the 3d article of the treaty of St. Joseph, made on the 27th day of September, 1828, there is granted to Madeline Bertrand, wife of Joseph Bertrand, one section of land; and as the same has not been located, it is requested by the said chiefs and head men that it shall be purchased by the United States. It is therefore agreed that the same shall be purchased by the United States, if it can be done, for the sum of eight hundred dollars; also, the reservation in the treaty, concluded at camp Tippecanoe, dated the 20th of October, 1832, to Me-saw-ke-qua and her children, of two sections of land at Waw-us-kuk’s village, shall be considered as a grant in fee simple to the said Me-saw-ke-qua, her heirs and assigns forever; provided that no sale of the same shall be valid, unless approved by the President of the United States. The 4th article has been inserted at the request of the said chiefs; and as the individuals named are desirous of accompanying their friends on their removal to the west, it has been assented to by the CHIPPEWAS, OTTOWAS, ETC. 597 commissioners, with the express understanding that the rejection of this article by the President and Senate of the United States, shall not vitiate the treaty. These supplementary articles, after the same shall have been ratified by the President and Senate of the United States, shall be binding on the contracting parties. In testimony whereof, the said George B. Porter, Thomas J. V. Owen, and William Weatherford, and the undersigned chiefs and head men of the said United Nation of Indians, have hereunto set their hands at Chicago, the said day and year. G. B. Porter, Th. J. W. Owen, William Weatherford, To-pen-e-bee, his x mark, We-saw, his x mark, Ne-kaw-nosh-kee, his x mark, Wai-saw-o-ko-ne-aw, his x mark, Po-ka-gon, his x mark, Kai-kaw-tai-mon, his x mark, Pe-pe-ah, his x mark, Ne-see-waw-bee-tuck, his x mark, Kitchee-bau, his x mark, Pee-chee-ko, his x mark, Nai-gaw-geucke, his x mark, Wag-maw-kan-so, his x mark, Mai-go-sai, his x mark, Nai-chee-wai, his x mark, Aks-puck-sick, his x mark, Kaw-kai-mai, his x mark, Mans-kai-sick, his x mark, Pam-ko-wuck, his x mark, No-taw-gai, his x mark, Kauk-muck-kisin, his x mark, Wee-see-mon, his x mark, Mo-so-ben-net, his x mark, Kee-o-kum, his x mark, Maatch-kee, his x mark, Kaw-bai-me-sai, his x mark, Wees-ke-qua-tap, his x mark, Ship-she-wuh-no, his x mark, Wah-co-mah-o-pe-tuk, his x mark, Ne-so-wah-quet, his x mark, Shay-o-no, his x mark, Ash-o-nees, his x mark, Mix-i-nee, his x mark, Ne-wah-ox-sec, his x mark, Sauk-e-mau, his x mark, Shaw-wav-nuk-wuk, his x mark, Mo-rah, his x mark, Suk-see, his x mark, Quesh-a-wase, his x mark, Pat-e-go-to, his x mark, Mash-ke-oh-see, his x mark, Mo-nase, his x mark, Wab-e-kaie, his x mark, Shay-oh-new, his x mark, Mo-gua-go, his x mark, Pe-qua-shuc, his x mark, A-muwa-noc-sey, his x mark, Kau-ke-che-ke-to, his x mark, Shaw-wav-nuk-wuk, his x mark. In presence of Wm. Lee D. Ewing, Sec. to the Commission, *E. A. Brush, Luther Rice, Intr. James Conner, Interpreter, Joseph Bertrand, jr. Interpreter, Gho. Kercheval, Sub Ind. Agi. Geo. Bender, Major 5th Regt. Infy. D. Wilcox, Capt. 5th Regt. J. M. Baxley, Capt. 5th Infy. R. A. Forsyth, U. S. A. L. T. Jamison, Lt. U. S. A. E. K. Smith, Lt. 5th Infy. 598. CHIPPEWAS, OTTOWAS, ETC. J. L. Thompson, Lt. 5th Inf. L. M. Taylor, J. Allen, Lt. 5th Inf. Pierre Menard, fils, P. Maxwell, Asst. Surgeon U.S. Jacob Beeson, S. A. Samuel Humes Porter, Geo. F. Turner, Asst. Sur. U. Edmd. Roberts, S. Army, Jno. H. Kinzie, B. B. Kercheval, Jas. W. Berry, Thomas Forsyth, Daniel Jackson, of JVew York, Geo. Hunt, J. E. Schwarz, Adjut. Gen. A. H. Arndt, Gabriel Godfroy, jr. J.M. J.M. Andw. Porter, Robt. A. Kinzie, Isaac Nash, G. S. Hubbard, Richard J. Hamilton. scIIEDULE “A.” Referred to in the article supplementary to the treaty, containing the sums payable to individuals, in lieu of reservations of land. Po-ka-gon, - - - - - Rebecca Burnett, Mary Burnett, Martha Burnett, (R. A. Forsyth, trustee,) - Madaline Bertrand, - - - Joseph Bertrand, junr. - - - Luke Bertrand, junr. - - - - Benjamin Bertrand, - - - - Lawrence Bertrand, Theresa Bertrand, - - - - Amable Bertrand, -- - - - Julianne Bertrand, Joseph H. Bertrand, - - - - Mary M. Bertrand, - - - - M. L. Bertrand, - - - - John B. Du Charme, - - - - Elizabeth Du Charme, (R. A. Forsyth, trustee, George Henderson, - - - Mary Nado and children, - - - John Bt. Chandonai, - - - Charles Chandonai, ). For each of whom R. A Mary Chandonai, ! syth is trustee,) Mary St. Comb and children, - - Sa-gen-nais' daughter, - - - Me-chain, daughter of Pe-che-Co, - - Alexis Rolan, - - - - Polly Neighbush, - - - - - - - - ! Edward Brooks, trustee for each, ... For- } $2,000 500 250 250 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 100 100 100 200 800 400 400 1,000 400 400 300 200 200 200 200 CHIPPEwAs, OTTowAs, ETC. 599 Francois Page's wife and daughter, - - - $200 Pierre F. Navarre's children, - - - 100 Jarmont (half breed,) - - - - 100 Ten thousand dollars, $10,000 Agreeably to the stipulations contained in the articles supple- mentary to the treaty, there have been purchased and delivered at the request of the Indians, goods, provisions, and horses, to the amount of fifteen thousand dollars (leaving the balance to be supplied hereafter ten thousand dollars.) As evidence of the purchase and delivery as aforesaid, under the direction of the said commissioners, and that the whole of the same been received by the said Indians, and the said George B. Porter, Thomas J. V. Owen, and William Weatherford, and the undersigned chiefs and head men on behalf of the said United Nation of Indians, have hereunto set their hands the twenty- seventh day of September, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and thirty-three. G. B. Porter, Th. J. V. Owen, William Weatherford, To-pen-e-bee, his x mark, Wee-saw, his x mark, Ne-kaw-nosh-kee, his x mark, Wai-saw-o-ko-ne-aw, his x mark, Ne-see-waw-be-tuk, his x mark, Kai-kaw-tai-mon, his x mark, Saw-Ka-Nosh, his x mark, Tshee-tshee-chin-ke-bequay, his x mark, Joseph, his x mark, Shab-e-nai, his x mark, Ah-be-to-ke-Zhic, his x mark, E-to-wau-coto, his x mark, Shab-y-a-tuk, his x mark, Me-am-ese, his x mark, Wah-be-me-mee, his x mark, Shim-e-nah, his x mark, We-in-co, his x mark. - In presence of Wm. Lee D. Ewing, Secretary Joseph Bertrand, junr. to the Commission, R. A. Forsyth, U. S. A. John H. Kinzie, Madn. F. Abbott, Saml. Humes Porter, Andw. Porter, J. E. Schwarz, Adj. Genl. JM. J.M. James Conner, Interpri. On behalf of the chiefs and head men of the United Nation of Indians who signed the treaty to which these articles are supple- mentary, we hereby, in evidence of our concurrence therein, become parties thereto. And, as since the signing of the treaty a part of the band re- 600 CHIPPEWAS, OTTOWAS, ETC. siding on the reservations in the territory of Michigan, have requested, on account of their religious creed, permission to remove to the northern part of the peninsula of Michigan, it is agreed that in case of such removal the just proportion of all annuities payable to them under former treaties, and that arising from the sale of the reservation on which they now reside, shall be paid to them at L'arbre Croche. Witness our hands, the said day and year. Saw-ka-nosh, his x mark, O-cheep-pwaise, his x mark, Che-ohe-bin-quay, his x mark, Maug-e-sett, his x mark, Ah-be-te-ke-zhic, his x mark, Shim-e-nah, his x mark, Shab-e-nay, his x mark, Ke-me-nah-wah, his x mark, - In the presence of Wm. Lee D. Ewing, Secretary R. A. Forsyth, U. S. A. to the Commission, Saml. Humes Porter, Jno. H. Kinzie, J. E. Schwarz, Adjt. Genl. M. Richd. J. Hamilton, JM. Robert Stuart, James Conner, Interpr. The commissioners certify that when these supplementary arti- cles were ready for signature, the original paper, of which the annexed is a copy, was presented by Messrs. Peter and James J. Godfroy, and the due execution of it was made satisfactorily appear to the commissioners, the subscribing witnesses, R. A. For- syth and Robert A. Kinzie, being present. The chiefs and head men present recognizing this as a reservation, it was agreed that it shall be considered in the same light as though the purport of the instrument had been inserted in the body of the treaty: with the understanding that the rejection of it by the President and Senate of the United States shall not affect the validity of the treaty. G. B. Porter, Th. J. W. Owen, William Weatherford. (Copy of the instrument referred to in the above certificate.) Know all men by these presents, that we, the undersigned chiefs and young men, of the Potawatamie tribe of Indians, living at Na-to-wa-se-pe, in the territory of Michigan, for and in considera- tion of the friendship and sundry services rendered to us by Peter and James J. Godfroy, we do hereby, by these presents, give, grant, alien, transfer, and convey unto the said Godfroys their heirs and assigns forever, one entire section of land, situate, lying, and being, on our reserve of Na-to-wa-se-pe, in the territory afore- said, to be located by said Godfroys wherever on said reserve they shall think it more to their advantage and benefit. It is moreover the wishes of the undersigned chiefs and young CHIPPEWAS, OTTOWAS, ETC. 601 men as aforesaid, that so soon as there shall be a treaty held between the United States and our said tribe of Pottawattamies, that our great father the President confirm and make good this our grant to them, and the said Godfroys, by issuing a patent therefor to them and to their heirs forever. In so doing our great father will accomplish the wishes of his children. Done at De- troit, this eighteenth day of May, A. D. one thousand eight hun- dred and thirty. In witness whereof, we have hereunto signed, sealed, and set our hands and seals, the day and year last above written. Penenchese, his x mark, L. s. Na-wa-po-to, his x mark, L. s. Pit-goit-ke-se, his x mark, L. To-ta-gas, his x mark, L. s. Nah-o-te-nan, his x mark, L. Pierre Morin, alias Perish, his Ke-a-sac-wa, his x mark, L. x mark, L. S. Sko-paw-ka, his x mark, L. We-say-gah, his x mark, L. s. Ce-ce-baw, his x mark, L. s. Signed, sealed, and delivered in the presence of us : º º, Witnesses to the signatures of Pierre Morin, G. Godfroy, alias Perish, and Wa-say-gah. Richard Godfroy, Francis Mouton. CHICAGo, ILLINois, Oct. 1, 1834. THo. J. V. Owen, Esq., U. S. Indian Agent. FATHER: Feeling a disposition to comply with the resolution of Senate of the United States, and the views of the Govern- ment in relation to an alteration in the boundaries of the country ceded to the United Nation of Chippewa, Ottowa, and Pattawa- tamie Indians at the treaty at Chicago, in the State of Illinois, concluded on the 26th and 27th days of September, 1833; we therefore propose, as the chiefs of the said United Nation, and for and on their behalf, that we will accept of the following alteration in the boundaries of the said tract of country, viz.:-Beginning at the mouth of Boyer’s river; thence down the Missouri river, to a point thereon; from which a due east line would strike the northwest corner of the State of Missouri; thence along the said east line, to the northwest corner of said State; thence along the northern boundary line of the said State of Missouri, till it strikes the line of the lands of the Sac and Fox Indians : thence north- wardly along the said line to a point from which a west line would strike the sources of the Little Sioux river; thence along said west line, till it strikes the said sources of said river; thence downthe said river to its mouth; thence down the Missouri river, to the place 602 CHIPPEWAS, OTTOWAS, ETC. of beginning : Provided, the said boundary shall contain five mil- lion of acres; but should it contain more, then said boundaries are to be reduced so as to contain the said five millions of acres. And, in consideration of the alteration of said boundary we ask that ten thousand dollars should be paid to such commis- sioner, as shall be designated by us to receive the same west of Mississippi river, at such place on the tract of country ceded to the said United Nation as we may designate, and to be applied, as we may direct, for the use and benefit of the said nation. And the further sum of two thousand dollars to be paid to Gholson Kercheval, of Chicago, Ill., for services rendered the said United Nation of Indians during the late war between the U. S. Govern- ment and the Sacs and Foxes; and the further sum of one thou- sand dollars to George E. Walker, for services rendered the said United Nation, in bringing Indian prisoners from west of the Mis- sissippi river to Ottowa, Lasselle county, Ill. for whose appearance at the circuit court of said county, said nation was bound. The foregoing propositions are made with the expectation, that with the exception of the alteration in the proposed boundary, and the indemnity herein demanded as an equivalent for said exchange, the whole of the treaty made and concluded at this place on the 26th and 27th days of September, 1833, be ratified as made and concluded at that time, within the space of five months from the present date; otherwise it is our wish that the whole of the said treaty should be considered as cancelled. In witness whereof, we, the undersigned chiefs of the said United Nation of Chippewa, Ottowa, and Pattawatamie In- dians, being specially delegated with power and authority to effect this negotiation, have hereto set our hands and seals, at Chicago, in the State of Illinois, on the first day of Oc- tober, A. D. 1834. R. Caldwell, Kee-tshee-zhing-ee-beh, his x mark, Tshee-tshee-beeng-guay, his x mark, Joseph, his x mark, Ob-ee-tah-kee-zhik, his x mark, Wau-bon-see, his x mark, Kay-kot-ee-mo, his x mark, In presence of Richd. J. Hamilton, J. Grant, jr. Jno. H. Kinzie, E. M. Owen, Dr. P. Maxwell, U. S. Army, J. M. Baxley, Capt., 5th Inf Ratified upon the conditions expressed in the resolutions of the Senate, passed May 22, 1834, and February 11, 1832, which conditions as contained in the first named resolution are as follows: * That the Senate do advise and consent to the ratification of CHIPPEWAS, OTTOWAS, ETC. 603 the treaty made on the 26th day of September, 1833, at Chicago, by George B. Porter, and others, commissioners on the part of the United States, and the United Nation of Chippewas, Otto- was, and Pottawatamies Indians, and the supplementary articles thereto, dated on the 27th day of September, 1833, with the fol- lowing amendments and provisions, to wit: 1st, amend the third article in schedule A, by striking out the word “ten’ and insert- ing the word five as to each of the sums to be paid to Billy Cald- well and Alexander Robinson; so that the sum of five thousand dollars only will be paid to each of them, and the sum of ten thou- sand dollars, thus deducted, to be paid to the Indians. 2d. All the debts mentioned in schedule B, in the same article, and which are specified in exhibit E, to the report of the committee, to be examined by a commissioner to be appointed by the President, with the advice and consent of the Senate, and the individuals to be paid only the sums found by said commissioner, to have been justly due; in no instance increasing the sum agreed to be paid; and whatever sum is saved by deduction or disallowance of the debts in exhibit E, to be paid to the Indians, and the residue to the claimants respectively. 3d. Strike out article 5th in the treaty, 4th. Strike out article 4th in the supplementary articles: and provided, that the lands given to the said Indians, in exchange, in place of being bounded in the manner described in the treaty be so changed, that the first line shall begin at the mouth of Boyer’s river, and run down the river Missouri to a point thereon, from which a line running due east will strike the northwestern corner of the State of Missouri; from that point due east, till it strikes said northwestern corner; then, along the northern boun- dary line of said State, till it strikes the line of the lands belonging to the Fox and Sac Indians; thence northwardly, so far as to make to the Indians full compensation for the quantity of land which will be thus taken from them on the southwestern part of the tract allowed them by the boundaries as at present described in the treaty; and provided, further, that this alteration of boun- daries can be effected with the consent of the Indians. Also the said commissioner shall examine whether three thousand dollars, a part of the sum of seventeen thousand dollars, directed to be paid to Robert Stuart, agent of the American Fur Company, was to be paid and received in full discharge of all claims and demands which said company had against Gurdon S. Hubbard and James Kinzie; and if he finds it was to be so paid, that then the sum of fourteen thousand dollars, only, be paid, until said agent of said company give a receipt of all debts due, and demands which said company had against said Hubbard and Kenzie; and, upon giving such receipt, that then the said sum of three thousand dollars be likewise paid to said agent.” And those contained in the second named resolution are as follows: 604 PAWNEES. “That the Senate do advise and consent to the alteration pro- posed by the chiefs of the United Nation of Chippewa, Ottawa, and Pottawattamie Indians, concluded at Chicago, in the State of Illinois, on the first day of October, 1834, to the treaty concluded between the commissioners on the part of the United States and the chiefs of the said United Nation on the 26th of September, 1833:—it being expressly understood by the Senate that no other of the provisions of the resolution of the Senate of the 22d day of May, 1834, ratifying the said treaty, shall be affected, or in any manner changed, by the said proposed alteration of 1st October, 1834, excepting the proposed alteration in the boundaries therein mentioned, and the sums of money therein stipulated to be paid.” PAWN E E S. I concLUDED october 9, 1833–RATIFIED APRIL 12, 1834. I Articles of agreement and convention made this ninth day of Octo- ber, A. D. 1833, at the Grand Pawnee village, on the Platte river, between Henry L. Ellsworth, commissioner in behalf of the United States, and the chiefs and head men of the four con- federated bands of Pawnees, viz: Grand Pawnees, Pawnee Loups, Pawnee Republicans, and Pawnee Tappaye, residing on the Platte and the Loup fork. ART. 1. The confederated bands of Pawnees aforesaid hereby cede and relinquish to the United States, all their right, interest, and title, in and to all the land lying south of the Platte river. ART. 2. The land ceded and relinquished hereby, so far as the same is not, and shall not be assigned to any tribe or tribes, shall remain a common hunting ground during the pleasure of the Pre- sident for the Pawnees and other friendly Indians, who shall be permitted by the President to hunt on the same. ART. 3. The United States, in consideration of said cession and for the purpose of advancing the welfare of the said Pawnees, agree to pay to said bands annually, for the term of twelve years, the sum of forty-six hundred dollars in goods, at not exceeding St. Louis prices, as follows, to the Grand Pawnees and Republi- can villages, each thirteen hundred dollars, and to the Pawnee Loups and Tappaye Pawnee villages, each one thousand dollars; and said annuity to said Grand Pawnees, is in full remuneration for removal from the south to the north side of the Platte, and building again. ART. 4. The United States agree to pay to each of said four bands, for five years, the sum of five hundred dollars in agricul- tural implements; and to be continued longer if the President thinks proper. ART. 5. The United States agree to allow one thousand dollars PAWNEES. 605 a year for ten years, for schools to be established for the benefit of said four bands, at the discretion of the President. ART. 6. The United States agree to furnish two blacksmiths and two strikers, with shop, tools and iron, for ten years, for said four bands, at an expense not exceeding two thousand dollars in the whole, annually. ART. 7. The United States agree to furnish each of said four tribes with a farmer for five years, and deliver to said farmers for the benefit of said nation, one thousand dollars value in oxen and other stock; but said stock is not to be delivered into the hands of the said Pawnees, until the President thinks the same can be done with propriety and safety. ART. 8. The United States agree to erect for each of said four bands a horse-mill for grinding corn. ART. 9. The Pawnee nation renew their assurance of friendship for the white men, their fidelity to the United States, and their desire for peace with all neighboring tribes of red men. The Paw- nee nation therefore agree not to molest or injure the person or property of any white citizen of the United States wherever found, nor to make war upon any tribe, with whom said Pawnee nation now are, or may be at peace, but should any difficulty arise between said nation, and any other tribe, they agree to refer the matter in dispute to such arbiter as the President shall appoint to settle the Saiſle. ART, 10. It is agreed and understood that the United States shall not be bound to fulfil the stipulations contained in the fifth, seventh, and eighth articles, until said tribes shall locate them- selves in convenient agricultural districts, and remain in these districts the whole year, so as to give protection to the teachers, the farmers, stock and mill. ART. 11. The United States, desirous to show the Pawnees the advantages of agriculture, engage, in case the Pawnees cannot agree to remain to protect their domestic interest, to break up for each village, a piece of land suitable for corn and potatoes for one season, and should either village, at any time, agree to give the protection required, said village shall be entitled to the benefits conferred in said fifth, seventh, and eighth articles. ART, 12. In case the Pawnee nation will remain at home during the year, and give the protection specified, the United States agree to place twenty-five guns, with suitable ammunition, in the hands of the farmers of each village, to be used in case of an attack from hostile bands. ART. 13. The United States agree to deliver to said four bands collectively, on the execution of this treaty, the amount of sixteen hundred dollars in goods and merchandise, and the receipt of the same is hereby acknowledged by said bands. ART. 14. These articles of agreement and convention shall be 606 PAWNEES. obligatory and binding when ratified by the President and Senate of the United States. In testimony whereof the said Henry L. Ellsworth, commis- sioner, and the chiefs and head men of the four confederated bands of the Grand Pawnees, Pawnee Loups, Pawnee Re- publicans, and Tappaye Pawnees, have hereunto signed their names and affixed their seals on the day and year above Written. Henry L. Ellsworth. GRAND PAWNEES. Shah-re-tah-riche, his x mark, L. S Shon-gah-kah-he-gah, his x mark, L. S Pe-tah-lay-shah-rho, his x mark, L. S Ah-sha-kah-tah-kho, his x mark, L. S PAWNEE REPUBLIC A.N.S. Blue Coat, his x mark, L. S. Lay-shah-rho-lah-re-ho-rho, his x mark, I. S. Ah-shah-lay-kah-sah-hah, his x mark, L. S. Lay-shah-ke-re-pahs-kay, his x mark, L. S. TAPPAYE PAWNEES. Little Chief, his x mark, L. S Lah-ho-pah-go-lah-lay-shah-rho, his x mark, L. S Ah-ke-tah-we-he-kah-he-gay, his x mark, L. S Skah-lah-lay-shah-rho, his x mark, L., S PAWNEE LOUIPS. Big Axe, his x mark, Middle Chief, his x mark, Spotted Horse, his x mark, Big Soldier, his x mark, Signed, sealed, and delivered in the presence of Edward A. Ellsworth, Sec. pro Ware S. May, M. D. tem, John Dunlop, Jno. Dougherty, Indian Agent, John T. Irving, jr. A. L. Papin, Lewis La Chapelle, Interpreter. CHICI&A, SAW. S. 607 CHIC KAS AWS. I concLUDED MAY 24, 1834—RATIFIED" JULY 1, 1834.] Articles of convention and agreement proposed by the commissioners on the part of the United States, in pursuance of the request made, by the delegation representing the Chickasaw nation of Indians, and which have been agreed to. ART. 1. It is agreed that perpetual amity, peace, and friendship, shall exist between the United States and the Chickasaw nation of Indians. ART. 2. The Chickasaws are about to abandon their homes, which they have long cherished and loved; and though hitherto unsuccessful, they still hope to find a country, adequate to the wants and support of their people, somewhere west of the Missis- sippi, and within the territorial limits of the United States; should they do so, the Government of the United States hereby consent to protect and defend them against the inroads of any other tribe of Indians; and from the whites; and agree to keep them without the limits of any State or territory. The Chickasaws pledge themselves never to make war upon any Indian people, or upon the whites, unless they are so authorized by the United States. But if war be made upon them, they will be permitted to defend themselves, until assistance be given to them by the United States, as shall be the case. ART. 3. The Chickasaws are not acquainted with the laws of the whites, which are extended over them; and the many intruders which break into their country, interrupting their rights and disturbing their repose, leave no alternative whereby restraint can be afforded, other than an appeal to the military force of the country, which they are unwilling to ask for, or see resorted to ; and therefore they agree to forbear such a request, for the preven- tion of this great evil, with the understanding, which is admitted, that the agent of the United States, upon the application of the chiefs of the nation, will resort to every legal civil remedy, (at the expense of the United States,) to prevent intrusions upon the ceded country; and to restrain and remove trespassers from any selected reservations, upon application of the owner of the same. And it is also agreed, that the United States will continue some discreet person as agent, such as they now have, to whom they can look for redress of wrongs and injuries which may be attempted against them ; and it is consented, that if any of their property be taken by persons of the United States, covertly or forcibly, the agent, on satisfactory and just complaint being made, shall pursue all lawful civil means, which the laws of the State * With the exception of the third article, in the supplementary articles. 608 CHICKA.S.A.W. S. permit, in which the wrong is done, to regain the same, or to obtain a just remuneration; and on failure or inability to procure redress, for the offended, against the offending party, payment for the loss sustained, on production of the record, and certificate of the facts, by the agent, shall be made by the United States; but in all such cases, satisfactory proof, for the establishing of the claim, shall be offered. ART. 4. The Chickasaws desire to have within their own direction and control, the means of taking care of themselves. Many of their people are quite competent to manage their affairs, though some are not capable, and might be imposed upon by designing persons; it is therefore agreed that the reservations hereinafter admitted, shall not be permitted to be sold, leased, or disposed of, unless it appear by the certificate of at least two of the following persons, to wit: Ish-ta-ho-ta-pa the King, Levi Colbert, George Colbert, Martin Colbert, Isaac Alberson, Henry Love, and Benj. Love, of which five have affixed their names to this treaty, that the party owning or claiming the same is capable to manage, and to take care of his or her affairs; which fact, to the best of his knowledge and information, shall be certified by the agent; and furthermore, that a fair consideration has been paid; and thereupon the deed of conveyance shall be valid, pro- vided the President of the United States, or such other person as he may designate, shall approve of the same, and endorse it on the deed; which said deed and approval shall be registered at the place, and within the time, required by the laws of the State in which the land may be situated ; otherwise to be void. And where such certificate is not obtained, upon the recommendation of a majority of the delegation, and the approval of the agent, at the discretion of the President of the United States, the same may be sold; but the consideration thereof shall remain as part of the general Chickasaw fund in the hands of the Government, until such time as the chiefs in council shall think it advisable to pay it to the claimant, or to those who may rightfully claim under said claimant, and shall so recommend it. And as the King, Levi Colbert, and the delegation, who have signed this agree- ment, and to whom certain important aud interesting duties per- taining to the nation are assigned, may die, resign, or remove, so that their people may be without the benefit of their services, it is stipulated, that as often as any vacancy happens, by death, resig- nation, or otherwise, the chiefs shall select some discreet person of their nation, to fill the occurring vacancy, who, upon a certifi- cate of qualification, discretion, and capability, by the agent, shall be appointed by the Secretary of War; whereupon he shall possess all the authority granted to those who are here named, and the nation will make to the person so appointed, such rea- sonable compensation, as they, with the assent of the agent and CHICKA SAW. S. 609 Secretary of the War may think right, proper, and reasonable to be allowed. - ART. 5. It is agreed that the fourth article of the “treaty of Pontitock” be so changed, that the following reservations be granted in fee : To heads of families, being Indians, or having Indian families, consisting of ten persons and upwards, four sec- tions of land are reserved. To those who have five, and less than ten, persons, three sections. Those who have less than five, two sections. Also those who own more than ten slaves, shall be entitled to one additional section; and those owning ten and less than ten, to a half section. These reservations shall be con- fined to the sections or fractional sections on which the party claiming lives, or to such as are contiguous or adjoining to the sections resided upon, subject to the following restrictions and conditions: Firstly. In cases where there are interferences arising, the oldest occupant or settler shall have the preference, or, Secondly. Where the land is adjudged unfit for cultivation by the agent, and three of the seven persons named in the fourth article above, the party entitled shall be, and is hereby, authorized to locate his claim upon other lands, which may be unappro- priated, and not subject to any other claim; and where two or more persons insist upon the entry of the same unappropriated section or fractional section, the priority of right shall be deter- mined by lot; and where a fractional section is taken, leaving a balance greater or less than the surveyed subdivision of a section, then the deficiency shall be made up, by connecting all the defi- ciencies so arising: and the register and receiver thereupon shall locate full or fractional sections, fit for cultivation, in the names respectively of the different persons claiming, which shall be held by them as tenants in common, according to the respective inte- rests of those who are concerned; and the proceeds, when sold by the parties claiming, shall be divided according to the interests which each may have in said section or fractional section so located, or the same may be divided agreeably to quality or quan- tity. ART. 6. Also reservations of a section to each, shall be granted to persons, male and female, not being heads of families, who are of the age of twenty-one years and upwards, a list of whom, within a reasonable time, shall be made out by the seven persons herein before mentioned, and filed with the agent, upon whose certificate of its believed accuracy, the register and receiver shall cause said reservations to be located upon lands fit for cultivation, but not to interfere with the settlement rights of others. The persons thus entitled are to be excluded from the estimated num- bers contained in any family enumeration, as is provided for in the fifth article preceding; and as to the sale, lease, or disposition of their reserves, they are to be subject to the conditions and 610 CHICKA S.A.W. S. restrictions set forth in the fourth article. In these and in all other reserves where the party owning or entitled shall die, the interest in the same shall belong to his wife, or the wife and chil- dren, or to the husband, or to the husband and children, if there be any; and in cases of death, where there is neither husband, wife, nor children left, the same shall be disposed of for the gene- ral benefit, and the proceeds go into the general Chickasaw fund. But where the estate, as is prescribed in this article, comes to the children, and having so come, either of them die, the survivor or survivors of them shall be entitled to the same. But this rule shall not endure longer than for five years, nor beyond the period when the Chickasaws may leave their present for a new home. ART. 7. Where any white man, before the date hereof, has married an Indian woman, the reservation he may be entitled to under this treaty, she being alive, shall be in her name, and no right of alienation of the same shall pertain to the husband, unless he divest her of the title, after the mode and manner that femes covertes usually divest themselves of title to real estate, that is, by the acknowledgments of the wife, which may be taken before the agent, and certified by him that she consents to the sale freely, and without compulsion from her husband, who shall at the same time certify that the head of such family is prudent, and compe- tent to take care of and manage his affairs; otherwise the proceeds of said sale shall be subject to the provisions and restrictions con- tained in the fourth article of this agreement. Rights to reserva- tions as are herein, and in other articles of this agreement, secured, will pertain to those who have heretofore intermarried with the Chickasaws, and are residents of the nation. ART. 8. Males and females below the age of twenty-one years, whose father being dead, the mother again has married, or who have neither father nor mother, shall each be entitled to half a sec- tion of land, but shall not be computed as parts of families under the fifth article, the same to be located under the direction of the agent, and under the supervision of the Secretary of War, so as not to interfere with any settlement right. These lands may be sold upon a recommendation of a majority of the seven persons, heretofore named in this agreement, setting forth that it will prove advantageous to the parties interested; subject, however, to the approval of the President, or such other person as he shall desig- nate. If sold, the funds arising shall be retained in the possession of the Government, or if the President deem it adviseable, they shall be invested in stocks for the benefit of the parties interested, if there be a sufficient sum to be invested, (and it can be invested,) until such persons marry or come of age, when the amount shall be paid over to those who are entitled to receive it, provided a majority of the seven persons, with the agent, shall certify, that in their opinion, it will be to their interest and advantage; then, and CHICKA S.A.W. S. 611 in that case, the proceeds shall be paid over to the party or par- ties entitled to receive them. ART. 9. But in running the sectional lines, in some cases it will happen, that the spring and the dwelling house; or the spring and the cleared land, or the cleared land and the dwelling house of settlers, may be separated by sectional lines, whereby manifest in- convenience and injury will be occasioned; it is agreed, that when any of these occurrences arise, the party shall be entitled as parts and portions of his reservations, to the adjoining section or frac- tion, as the case may be, unless there be some older occupant, claiming a preference; and in that event, the right of the party shall extend no farther than to give to the person, thus affected and injured, so much of his separated property, as will secure the spring; also, where a sectional line shall separate any improve- ment, dwelling house, kitchen or stable, so much of the section which contains them, shall be added into the occupied section, as will secure them to their original owner; and then, and in that case, the older occupant being deprived of preference, shall have his deficiency thus occasioned, made up to him by some fractional section, or after the mode pointed out in the latter part of the fifth article of this treaty. ART, 10. Reservations are admitted to the following persons, in addition to those which may be claimed under the fifth article of this treaty, to wit: Four sections to their beloved and faithful old chief Levi Colbert; to George Colbert, Martin Colbert, Isaac Alberson, Henry Love, and Benj. Love, in consideration of the trouble they have had in coming to Washington, and of the fur- ther trouble hereafter to be encountered in taking care of the inte- rests of their people, under the provisions of this treaty, one sec- tion of land to each. Also, there is a fractional section, between the residence of George Colbert and the Tennessee river, upon which he has a ferry; it is therefore consented, that said George Colbert shall own and have so much of said fraction, as may be contained in the following lines, to wit: Beginning near Smith's ferry, at the point where the base meridian line and the Tennessee river come in contact, thence south so far as to pass the dwell- ing house, (and sixty yards beyond it,) within which is interred the body of his wife; thence east to the river and down the same to the point of beginning. Also, there shall be reserved to him an island in said river, nearly opposite to this fraction, commonly called Colbert’s Island. A reservation also of two sections is ad- mitted to Ish-ta-ho-ta-pa, the King of the Chickasaw nation. And to Min-ta-ho-yea, the mother of Charles Colbert, one section of land. Also one section, each, to the following persons: Im-mub- bee, Ish-tim-o-lut-ka, Ah-to-ho-woh, Pis-tah-lah-tubbe, Capt. Samuel Seley, and William McGilvery. To Col. Benj. Reynolds, their long tried and faithful agent, who has guarded their interests, and twice travelled with their people far west, beyond the Missis- 612 CHICKASAWS. sippi, to aid them is seeking and finding a home, there is granted two sections of land. Jointly to William Cooper and James Davis, lawyers of Mississippi, who have been faithful to the Indians, in giving them professional advice and legal assistance, and who are to continue to do so, within the States of Tennessee, Alabama, and Mississippi, while the Chickasaw people remain in said States, one section is granted. To Mrs. Marg’t. Allen, wife of the sub- agent, in her own right, half a section. These reservations to Benj. Reynolds, William Cooper, James Davis, and Marg’t. Allen, are to be located so as not to interfere with the Indian reserva- tions. ART, 11. After the reservations are taken and located, which shall be the case as speedily as may be after the surveys are com- pleted, of which the Register and Receiver shall give notice, the residue of the Chickasaw country shall be sold as public lands of the United States are sold, with this difference: the lands as sur- veyed shall be offered at public sale, at a price not less than one dollar and a quarter per acre; and thereafter for one year, those which are unsold, and which shall have been previously offered at public sale, shall be liable to private entry and sale at that price; thereafter, and for one year longer, they shall be subject to entry and private sale, at one dollar per acre; thereafter, and during the third year, they shall be subject to sale and entry, at fifty cents per acre; thereafter, and during the fourth year, at twenty-five cents per acre; and afterwards at twelve and a half cents per acre. But as it may happen, in the fourth and after years, that the expenses may prove greater than the receipts, it is agreed, that at any time after the third year, the Chickasaws may declare the residue of their lands abandoned to the United States, and if so, they shall be thenceforth acquitted of all and every expense on account of the sale of the same. And that they may be advised of these matters, it is stipulated that the Government of the United States, within six months after any public sale takes place, shall advise them of the receipts and expenditures, and of balances in their favor; and also at regular intervals of six months, after the first report is made, will afford them information of the proceeds of all entries and sales. The funds thence resulting, after the necessary expenses of sur- veying and selling, and other advances which may be made, are repaid to the United States, shall from time to time be invested in some secure stocks, redeemable within a period of not more than twenty years; and the United States will cause the interest, aris- ing therefrom, annually to be paid to the Chickasaws. ART. 12. When any portion of the country is fully surveyed, the President may order the same to be sold, but will allow six months, from the date of the first sale; and three months’ notice of any subsequent intended public sale, within which periods of time, those who can claim reservations, in the offered ranges of CHICKASAWS. 613 country, shall file their applications and entries with the Register and Receiver; that the name of the owner or claimant of the same, may be entered and marked on the general plat, at the office, whereby mistakes in the sales may be avoided, and injuries be prevented. ART. 13. If the Chickasaws shall be so fortunate as to procure a home, within the limits of the United States, it is agreed, that with the consent of the President and Senate, so much of their invested stocks, as may be necessary to the purchase of a country for them to settle in, shall be permitted to them to be sold, or the United States will advance the necessary amount, upon a guaran- tee and pledge of an equal amount of their stocks; also, as much of them may be sold, with the consent of the President and Senate, as shall be adjudged necessary for establishing schools, mills, blacksmiths’ shops; and for the education of their children; and for any other needful purpose, which their situation and condition may make, and by the President and Senate be considered, neces- sary; and on the happening of such a contingency, and informa- tion thereof being given of an intention of the whole or any portion of the nation to remove, the United States will furnish competent persons, safely to conduct them to their future destination, and also supplies necessary to the same, and for one year after their arrival at the west, provided the Indians shall desire supplies, to be furnished for so long a period; the supplies so afforded, to be chargeable to the general Chickasaw account, provided the funds of said nation shall be found adequate to the expenses, which, under this and other articles of this agreement may be required. ART. 14. It is understood and agreed, that articles twelve and thirteen of the “treaty of Pontitock,” of the twentieth day of October, one thousand eight hundred and thirty-two, and which was concluded with Gen. John Coffee, shall be retained; all the other articles of said treaty, inconsistent in any respect with the provisions of this, are declared to be revoked. Also so much of the supplemental treaty as relates to Colbert Moore; to the bond of James Colbert transferred to Robert Gordon; to the central posi- tion of the Land Office; to the establishment of mail routes through the Chickasaw country; and as it respects the privilege given to John Donely, be, and the same are declared to be in full force. ART. 15. By the sixth article of a treaty made with the Chicka- saw nation, by Andrew Jackson and Isaac Shelby, on the nine- teenth day of October, one thousand eight hundred and eighteen, it was provided that a commissioner should be appointed, to mark the southern boundary of said cession; now it is agreed that the line which was run and marked by the commissioner on the part of the United States, in pursuance of said treaty, shall be consi- dered the true line to the extent that the rights and interests of the Chickasaws are concerned, and no farther. 614 CHICKASAWS. ART. 16. The United States agree that the appropriation made by Congress, in the year one thousand eight hundred and thirty- three, for carrying into effect “the treaty with the Chickasaws” shall be applicable to this, to be reimbursed by them ; and their agent may receive and be charged with the same, from time to time, as, in the opinion of the Secretary of War, any portion may be wanted for national purposes by the Chickasaws; of which na- ture and character shall be considered their present visit to Wash- ington city. Done at the city of Washington, on the 24th day of May, one thousand eight hundred and thirty-four. Jn. H. Eaton, Commissioner on the part of the U. S. George Colbert, his x mark, Isaac Albertson, his x mark, Martin Colbert, L. S Henry Love, L. S Benjamin Love, L. S Witnesses : Charles F. Little, Secretary to Thomas S. Smith, Commissioner, Saml. Swartwout, Ben. Reynolds, Ind. Agent, Wm. Gordon, G. W. Long, - F. W. Armstrong, C. Agent, James Standefer, John M. Millard. The undersigned, appointed by the Chickasaw nation of Indians in the two-fold capacity of a delegate and interpreter, hereby de- clares that in all that is set forth in the above articles of conven- tion and agreement, have been by him fully and accurately inter- preted and explained, and that the same has been approved by the entire delegation. JMay 24, 1834. BENJAMIN LOVE, Delegate and Interpreter. Charles F. Little, Secretary to Commissioner, Ben. Reynolds, Ind. Agent. - Järticles supplementary to those concluded and signed by the United States commissioner, and the Chickasaw delegation, on the 24th day of May, one thousand eight hundred and thirty-four, which being agreed to by the President and Senate of the United States, are to stand as part of said treaty. ART. 1. It is represented that the old chiefs Levi Colbert and Isaac Albertson, who have rendered many and valuable services to their nation, desire on account of their health, to visit some water- ing place, during the present year, for recovery and restoration; CHICKA SAWS. 615 it is agreed that there be paid to the agent for these purposes, and to discharge some debts which are due and owing from the nation, the sum of three thousand dollars, out of the appropriation of one thousand eight hundred and thirty-three, for carrying into effect the “treaty of Pontitock,” which said sum so far as used is to be hereafter reimbursed to the nation, by said Levi Colbert and Isaac Albertson, and by the nation to the United States, as other ad- vances are to be reimbursed from the sale of their lands. ART. 2. The Chickasaw people express a desire that the Go- vernment shall, at the expense of the United States, educate some of their children, and they urge the justice of their application, on the ground that they have ever been faithful and friendly to the people of this country; that they have never raised the tomahawk to shed the blood of an American, and have given up heretofore to their white brothers extensive and valuable portions of their country, at a price wholly inconsiderable and inadequate; and from which the United States have derived great wealth and im- portant advantages; therefore with the advice and consent of the President and Senate of the United States, it is consented, that three thousand dollars for fifteen years, be appropriated and ap- plied under the direction of the Secretary of War, for the educa- tion and instruction within the United States, of such children, male and female, or either, as the seven persons named in the treaty to which this is a supplement, and their successors, with the ap- proval of the agent, from time to time, may select and recommend. ART. 3. The Chickasaw nation desire to close finally, all the business they have on the east side of the Mississippi, that their great father may be no more troubled with their complaints, and to this end, they ask the Government to receive from them a tract of land, of four miles square, heretofore reserved under the fourth article of their “treaty of 1818,” and to pay them within three months from the date of this arrangement, the Government price of one dollar and a quarter per acre, for said reserve; and accord- ingly the same is agreed to, provided a satisfactory relinquishment of title from the parties interested, be filed with the Secretary of War, previous to said payment being made. ART. 4. Benj. Reynolds, agent at the time of paying their last annuity, had stolen from him, by a negro slave of the Chickasaws, a box containing one thousand dollars; the chiefs of the Chicka- saw people satisfied of the fact, and hence unwilling to receive the last amount from their agent, ask, and it is agreed, that the sum so stolen and lost, shall be passed to the credit of their nation, by the United States, to be drawn on hereafter for their national purposes. ART. 5. The Chickasaw people are aware that one clerk is in- sufficient to the bringing of their lands early into the market; and rather than encounter the delay which must ensue, they prefer the increased expense of an additional one. It is therefore stipulated 616 POTA. WATTIMIES. that the President shall appoint another clerk, at the same annual compensation, agreed upon by the “treaty of Pontitock,” who shall be paid after the manner prescribed therein. But whenever the President shall be of opinion that the services of any officer employed under this treaty, for the sale of lands, can be dispensed with, he will in justice to the Chickasaws, and to save them from unnecessary expenses, discontinue the whole, or such as can be dispensed with. Signed the 24th of May, 1834. Jn. H. Eaton, Commissioner on the part of the U. S. George Colbert, his x mark, Isaac Albertson, his x mark, Martin Colbert, L. S Henry Love, L. S Benjamin Love, L. S Witnesses : Charles F. Little, Sec. to Com- Thomas S. Smith, missioner, Saml. Swartwout, Ben. Reynolds, Ind. Agent, Wm. Gordon, G. W. Long, F. W. Armstrong, C. Agent, James Standefer, John M. Millard. POT AWAT TIMIES. I concLUDED DECEMBER 4, 1834–RATIFIED MARCH 16, 1835. 1 Articles of a treaty, made and concluded at a camp on lake Maa’- ee-nie-ſcue-kee, in the State of Indiana, between William Mar- shall, commissioner on the part of the United States, and Com- o-za, a chief of the Potawattimie tribe of Indians and his band, on the fourth day of December, in the year eighteen hundred and thirty-four. ART. 1. The above named chief and his band hereby cede to the United States, the two sections of land reserved for them by the second article of the treaty between the United States and the Potawattimie Indians, on Tippecanoe river, on the 26th day of October, in the year eighteen hundred and thirty-two. ART 2. The above named chief and his band agree to yield peaceable possession of said sections within three years from the date of the ratification of said treaty of eighteen hundred and thirty-two. ART. 3. In consideration of the cession aforesaid, the United States stipulate to pay the above named chief and his band the sum of four hundred dollars, in goods, at the signing of this treaty, and an annuity of four hundred dollars for one year, the receipt of POTAWATTAMIES. 617 which former sum of four hundred dollars in goods is hereby ac- knowledged. ART. 4. This treaty shall be binding upon both parties from the date of its ratification by the President and Senate of the United States. In testimony whereof, the said William Marshall, commissioner, on the part of the United States, and the above named chief and head men, for themselves and their band, have hereunto subscribed their names, the day and year above written. William Marshall, - Nee-so-aw-quet, his x mark, Com-o-za, his x mark, Paw-pee, his x mark. Ah-ke-pah-am-sa, his x mark, Witnesses : J. B. Duret, Sec. to Com. Joseph Barron, Interpreter. Cyrus Taber, POT AWAT TAMIES. I concLUDED DECEMBER 10, 1834–RATIFIED MARCH 16, 1835. I flrticles of a treaty, made and concluded at a camp on Tippecanoe river, in the State of Indiana, between William JMarshall, com- missioner on the part of the United States, and JMuck Rose, a chief of the Potawattamie tribe of Indians, and his band, on the tenth day of December, in the year eighteen hundred and thirty- four. - ART. 1. The above named chief and his band hereby cede to the United States, six sections of land reserved for them by the second article of the treaty between the United States and the Potawattamie Indians on Tippecanoe river, on the twenty-sixth day of October, in the year eighteen hundred and thirty-two. ART. 2. The above named chief and his band agree to yield peaceable possession of the said sections of land to the United States within three years from the date of the ratification of said treaty of eighteen hundred and thirty-two. ART, 3. In consideration of the cession aforesaid the United States stipulate to pay to the above named chief and his band, four hundred dollars in goods at the signing of this treaty, and an annuity of one thousand dollars for two years, the receipt of which former sum of four hundred dollars in goods is hereby acknow- ledged. A 4. This treaty shall be binding upon both parties from the date of its ratification by the President and Senate of the United States. 618 POTAWATAMIES. In testimony whereof, the said William Marshall, commissioner on the part of the United States, and the above named chief and his band, have hereunto subscribed their names the day and year above written. William Marshall, Sis-See-yaw, his x mark, Muck Rose, his x mark, Wau-pish-shaw, his x mark, Paw-tisse, his x mark, Koo-tah-waun-nay, his x mark. Witnesses : J. B. Duret, Secretary, John B. Intrais, Cyrus Taber, Joseph Barron, Principal Intp, Henry Ossem, Interpreter, Jesse Vermilya. J. B. Boure, Interpreter, POT AWAT A MII E S. I concLUDED DECEMBER 16, 1834—RATIFIED MARCH 16, 1835. I Articles of a treaty, made and concluded at the Potawatamie mills, in the State of Indiana, on the sixteenth day of December, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and thirty- four, between William Marshall, commissioner on the part of the United States, and the chiefs, and head men, and warriors of the Potawatamie Indians. ART. 1. The chiefs, head men, and warriors aforesaid, agree to cede to the United States their title and interest to a reserva- tion made to them at the treaty on the Tippecanoe river, on the 27th day of October, 1832, of two sections of land, to include their mills on said river. ART. 2. In consideration of the cession aforesaid, the United States agree to pay the Potawatamie Indians, at the payment of their annuities in 1835, the sum of seven hundred dollars in cash, and pay their just debts agreeably to a schedule hereunto annexed, amounting to nine hundred dollars. ART. 3. The miller provided for by the 3d article of the treaty with the Potawatamie tribe of Indians, on the sixteenth day of October, in the year eighteen hundred and twenty-six, is not to be supported by the United States, and to cease, from and after the signing of this treaty. ART. 4. This treaty shall be binding upon both parties, from the day of its ratification by the President and Senate of the United States. In testimony whereof, the said William Marshall, commissioner on the part of the United States, and the chiefs, head men, and warriors of the Potawatamie tribe of Indians, have here- unto subscribed their names, the day and year above written. POTAWATAMIES. 619 William Marshall, Ash-kum, his x mark, Ku-waw-nay, his x mark, Pash-po-ho, his x mark, Che-quawm-a-kaw-ko, his x mark, Nas-wav-kay, his x mark, Quaush-quaw, his x mark, Meno-quet, his x mark, Kin-koash, his x mark, No-law-kah, his x mark, Me-no-mi-nee, his x mark, Mas-kah-tah-mo-ah, his x mark, Pee-pis-kah, his x mark, Pam-bo-go, his x mark, Kaw-kawk-kay, his x mark, Wi-aw-koos-say, his x mark, Te-kam-a-say, his x mark, Sea-Coas, his x mark, Waw-paw-kue, his x mark, Mi-shaw-bo, his x mark, Te-quaw-kit, his x mark, Waw-pe-no-quah, his x mark, We-wus-sah, his x mark, O-kah-maul, his x mark, I-you-way, his x mark, Mat-chis-saw, his mark. Witnesses: J. B. Duret, Secretary, Joseph Barron, Principal Inter- Cyrus Taber, preter. J. B. Boure, Interpreter, It is agreed, that the United States will satisfy the claims men- tioned in the following schedule as provided for in the second article of the following treaty, viz: To J. B. Duret, four hundred dollars. To Cyrus Taber, one hundred dollars. To Ewing Walker and Co., three hundred dollars. To Cyrus Vigus, one hundred dollars. 620 POTAWATAMIES. P OT A. W. A. T A MII E. S. [concLUDED DECEMBER 17, 1834–RATIFIED MARCH 16, 1835. I Articles of a treaty, made and concluded at the Indian Agency, Logansport, Indiana, between William JMarshall, commissioner on the part of the United States, and Mota, a chief of the Pota- watamie tribe of Indians, and his band, on the 17th day of Decem- ber, in the year eighteen hundred and thirty-four. ART. 1. The above named chief and his band, hereby cede to the United States, the four sections of land reserved for them by the second article of the treaty between the United States and the Potawatamie Indians, on the twenty-seventh day of October, in the year eighteen hundred and thirty-two. ART. 2. The above named chief, and head men, and their band, do hereby agree to yield peaceable possession of said sections, and to remove, with their families, to a country provided for them by the United States, west of the Mississippi river, within three years or less from the date of the ratification of said treaty of eighteen hundred and thirty-two. ART. 3. The United States, in consideration of the cession, made in the first article of this treaty, do hereby stipulate to remove the above named chief, and head men, and their bands, to the new country provided for them, and to furnish them either goods, farm- ing utensils, or other articles necessary for them, agreeably to the provisions of the fifth article of the treaty of October twenty-sixth, eighteen hundred and thirty-two. ART. 4. The United States further stipulate to pay to the above named chief, and head men, and their bands, the sum of six hun- dred and eighty dollars in goods, at the signing of this treaty, and the further sum of six hundred dollars in cash at the payment of their annuities in 1835, the receipt of which former sum of (six hundred and eighty dollars in goods) is hereby acknow- ledged. . 5. This treaty shall be binding upon both parties, from the date of its ratification by the Senate of the United States. In testimony whereof, the said William Marshall, commissioner on the part of the United States, and the above named chief and head men, for themselves and their bands, have hereunto subscribed their names, the day and year above written. William Marshall, Mo-ta, his x mark, Ta-puck-koo-nee-nee, his x mark, Shah-yauc-koo-pay, his x mark, To-tauk-gaus, his x mark, CADDOE S. 621 Poke-kee-to, his x mark, Waus-no-guen, his x mark, Ship-pe-she-waw-no, his x mark, Mtaw-mah, his x mark, Ship-pe-shick-quah, his x mark, Aw-sho-kish-ko-quah, his x mark, Pash-kum-ma-ko-quah, his x mark, Me-naun-quah, his x mark, Pee-nas-quah, his x mark, Mee-Shah-ke-to-quah, his x mark, Waw-pe-shah-me-to-quah, his x mark, Mat-che-ke-no-quah, his x mark, Wau-waus-sa-mo-quah, his x mark, Saw-moke-quaw, his x mark. Witnesses : J. B. Duret, Secretary to Com- Jesse Vermilya, missioner, Joseph Barron, Interpreter. C A. D. D. O. E. S. I concLUDED JULY 1, 1835–RATIFIED FEBRUARY 2, 1836. I Articles of a treaty, made at the Agency house in the Caddo nation, and State of Louisiana, on the first day of July, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and thirty-five, between Jehiel Brooks, commissioner on the part of the United States, and the chiefs, head men, and warriors of the Caddo nation of Indians. ART. 1. The chiefs, head men, and warriors of the said nation, agree to cede and relinquish to the United States all their land, contained in the following boundaries, to wit: Bounded on the west by the north and south line which separates the said United States from the Republic of Mexico, between the Sabine and Red rivers, wheresoever the same shall be defined and acknowledged to be by the two governments. On the north and east by the Red river, from the point where the said north and south boundary line shall intersect the Red river, whether it be in the territory of Arkansas or the State of Louisiana, following the meanders of the said river down to its junction with the Pascagoula bayou. On the south by the said Pascagoula bayou to its junction with the bayou Pierre by said bayou, to its junction with bayou Wallace by said bayou and lake Wallace to the mouth of the Cypress bayou; thence, up said bayou to the point of its intersection with the first mentioned north and south line, following the meanders of the said water- courses; but if the said Cypress bayou be not clearly definable, so 622 CADDOES. far then from a point, which shall be definable by a line due west till it intersects the said first mentioned north and south boundary line, be the content of land within said boundaries more or less. ART. 2. The said chiefs, head men, and warriors of the said nation, do voluntarily relinquish their possession to the territory of land aforesaid, and promise to remove at their own expense out of the boundaries of the United States, and the territories belong- ing and appertaining thereto, within the period of one year from and after the signing of this treaty, and never more return to live, settle, or establish themselves as a nation, tribe, or community of people within the same. ART. 3. In consideration of the aforesaid cession, relinquish- ment, and removal, it is agreed, that the said United States shall pay to the said nation of Caddo Indians, the sums in goods, horses, and money hereinafter mentioned, to wit: Thirty thousand dollars to be paid in goods and horses, as agreed upon, to be delivered on the signing of this treaty. Ten thousand dollars in money to be paid within one year from the first day of September next. Ten thousand dollars per annum, in money, for the four years next following, so as to make the whole sum paid and payable eighty thousand dollars. ART. 4. It is further agreed, that the said Caddo nation of In- dians, shall have authority to appoint an agent or attorney in fact, resident within the United States, for the purpose of receiving for them, from the said United States, all of the annuities stated in this treaty, as the same shall become due, to be paid to their said agent or attorney in fact, at such place or places within the said United States, as shall be agreed on between him and the proper officer of the Government of the United States. ART. 5. This treaty, after the same shall have been ratified and confirmed by the President and Senate of the United States, shall be binding on the contracting parties. In testimony whereof, the said Jehiel Brooks, commissioner as aforesaid, and the chiefs, head men, and warriors of the said nation of Indians, have hereunto set their hands, and affixed their seals at the place and on the day and year above written. J. Brooks, Tarshar, his x mark, Tsauninot, his x mark, Satiownhown, his x mark, Tennehinun, his x mark, Oat, his x mark, Tinnowin, his x mark, Chowabah, his x mark, Kianhoon, his x mark, Tiatesum, his x mark, L. CADDOE S. 6 2 3 Tehowawinow, his x mark, Tewinnum, his x mark, Kardy, his x mark, Tiohtow, his x mark, Tehowahinno, his x mark, Tooeksoach, his x mark, Tehowainia, his x mark, Sauninow, his x mark, Saunivoat, his x mark, Highahidock, his x mark, Mattan, his x mark, Towabinneh, his x mark, Aach, his x mark, - Sookiantow, his x mark, Sohone, his x mark, Ossinse, his x mark, L. In presence of T. J. Harrison, Capt. 3d Reg. D. M. Heard, M.D., Act. Assist. Inf, commanding detachment, Surgeon U. S. A. J. Bonnell, 1st Lieut. 3d Reg. Isaac Williamson, U. S. Inf. Henry Queen, J. P. Frile, But. 2d Lieut. 3d John W. Edwards, Interpreter. Reg. U. S. Infantry, Agreeably to the stipulations in the third article of the treaty, there have been purchased at the request of the Caddo Indians, and delivered to them, goods and horses to the amount of thirty thousand dollars. As evidence of the purchase and delivery as aforesaid, under the direction of the commissioner, and that the whole of the same have been received by the said Indians, the said commissioner, Jehiel Brooks, and the undersigned, chiefs and head men of the whole Caddo nation of Indians, have hereunto set their hands, and affixed their seals, the third day of July, in the year of our Lord one thou- sand eight hundred and thirty-five. J. Brooks, Tarshar, his x mark, Tsauninot, his x mark, Satiownhown, his x mark, Oat, his x mark, Ossinse, his x mark, Tiohtow, his x mark, Chowawanow, his x mark, In presence of Larkin Edwards, John W. Edwards, Interpreter, Henry Queen, James Finnerty. 624 CAIDIDOES, SUPPLEMENTARY ARTICLES. Järticles supplementary to the treaty made at the Agency house in the Caddo nation, and State of Louisiana, on the first day of July, one thousand eight hundred and thirty-five, between Jehiel Brooks, commissioner on the part of the United States, and the chiefs, head men, and warriors of the Caddo nation of Indians, concluded at the same place, and on the same day, between the said commissioner, on the part of the United States, and the chiefs, head men, and warriors of the said nation of Indians, to wit: Whereas, the said nation of Indians did, in the year one thou- sand eight hundred and one, give to one François Grappe, and to his three sons then born and still living, named Jacques, Domi- nique, and Belthazar, for reasons stated at the time, and repeated in a memorial which the said nation addressed to the President of the United States in the month of January last, one league of land to each, in accordance with the Spanish custom of granting land to individuals. That the chiefs and head men, with the knowledge and approbation of the whole Caddo people, did go with the said Frangois Grappe, accompanied by a number of white men, who were invited by the said chiefs and head men to be present as witnesses, before the Spanish authorities at Natchito- ches; and then, and there, did declare their wishes touching the said donation of land to the said Grappe, and his three sons, and did request the same to be written out in form, and ratified and confirmed by the proper authorities agreeably to law. And whereas, Larkin Edwards has resided for many years to the present time in the Caddo nation; was a long time their true and faithful interpreter, and though poor he has never sent the red man away from his door hungry. He is now old and unable to support himself by manual labor, and since his employment as their interpreter has ceased, possesses no adequate means by which to live: Now, therefore, ART. 1. It is agreed that the legal representatives of the said Frangois Grappe, deceased, and his three sons, Jacques, Domi- nique, and Belthazar Grappe, shall have their right to the said four leagues of land reserved to them and their heirs and assigns for- ever. The said land to be taken out of the lands ceded to the United States by the said Caddo nation of Indians as expressed in the treaty to which this article is supplementary. And the said four leagues of land shall be laid offin one body in the southeast corner of their lands ceded as aforesaid, and bounded by the Red river four leagues, and by the Pascagoula bayou one league, run- ning back for quantity from each, so as to contain four square leagues of land, in conformity with the boundaries established and expressed in the original deed of gift, made by the said Caddo CADDOES. 625 nation of Indians to the said Frangois Grappe, and his three sons Jacques, Dominique, and Balthazar Grappe. ART. 2. And it is further agreed that there shall be reserved to Larkin Edwards, his heirs and assigns forever, one section of land, to be selected out of the land ceded to the United States by the said nation of Indians, as expressed in the treaty to which this article is supplementary, in any part thereof not otherwise appro- priated by the provisions contained in these supplementary ar- ticles. ART. 3. These supplementary articles, or either of them, after the same shall have been ratified and confirmed by the President and Senate of the United States, shall be binding on the con- tracting parties, otherwise to be void and of no effect upon the validity of the original treaty to which they are supplementary. In testimony whereof, the said Jehiel Brooks, commissioner as aforesaid, and the chiefs, head men, and warriors of the said nation of Indians, have hereunto set their hands and affixed their seals at the place, and on the day and year above written. J. Brooks, L. Tarshar, his x mark, L. Tsauninot, his x mark, L. Satiownhown, his x mark, L. Tinnehinan, his x mark, L. Oat, his x mark, Tinnowin, his x mark, L. Chowabah, his x mark, L. Kianhoon, his x mark, L. Tiatesun, his x mark, L. Tehowawinow, his x mark, L. Tewinnun, his x mark, L. Kardy, his x mark, L. Tiohtow, his x mark, L. Tehawahinno, his x mark, L. Toackooch, his x mark, Tchowainin, his x mark, Sanninow, his x mark, Sauninot, his x mark, Hiahidock, his x mark, Mattan, his x mark, Towahinnek, his x mark, Aach, his x mark, Soakiantow, his x mark, Sohone, his x mark, Ossinse, his x mark. L. ------------- S.S.S.S.S.Se In presence of - T. J. Harrison, Capt. 3d Reg’t. D. M. Heard, M. D. Act. Ast com'g. detach’t. Surg’m. U. S. A. J. Bonnell, 1st. Lieut. 3d. Reg’t. Isaac C. Williamson, U. S. Inf. Henry Queen, G. P. Field, Bu’t. 2d Lieut. 3d John W. Edwards, Interpreter. Reg. U. S. Inf - 54 626 COMANCHES AND WITCHETAWS. COMAN CHES AND WITC HET AWS. I concºuped August 24, 1885–RATIrºn May 19, 1836. I For the purpose of establishing and perpetuating peace and friend- ship between the United States of America and the Comanche and Witchetaw nations, and their associated bands or tribes of Indians, and between these nations or tribes, and the Cherokee, JMusco- gee, Choctaw, Osage, Seneca, and Quapaw nations or tribes of Indians, the President of the United States has, to accomplish this desirable object, and to aid therein, appointed governor M. Stokes, J.M. Arbuckle, brigadier general United States army, and F. W. Armstrong, acting superintendent western territory, com- missioners on the part of the United States; and the said go- vernor J.M. Stokes and M. Arbuckle, brigadier general United States army, with the chiefs, and representatives of the Chero- kee, JMuscogee, Choctaw, Osage, Seneca, and Quapaw nations or tribes of Indians, have met the chiefs, warriors, and represen- tatives of the tribes first above named at Camp Holmes, on the eastern border of the Grand Prairie, near the Canadian river, in the JMuscogee nation, and after full deliberation, the said nations or tribes have agreed with the United States, and with one another upon the following articles: - ART. 1. There shall be perpetual peace and friendship between all the citizens of the United States of America, and all the in: dividuals composing the Comanche and Witchetaw nations, and their associated bands or tribes of Indians, and between these na- tions or tribes, and the Cherokee, Muscogee, Choctaw, Osage, Seneca, and Quapaw nations or tribes of Indians. ART. 2. Every injury or act of hostility by one or either of the contracting parties on the other, shall be mutually forgiven and forever forgot. --- ART, 3. There shall be a free and friendly intercourse between all the contracting parties hereto, and it is distinctly understood and agreed by the Comanche and Witchetaw nations and their associated bands or tribes of Indians, that the citizens of the United States are freely permitted to pass and repass through their settle- ments or hunting ground without molestation or injury, on their way to any of the provinces of the Republic of Mexico, or re- turning therefrom, and that each of the nations, or tribes named in this article, further agree to pay the full value for any injury their people may do to the goods or property of the citizens of the United States taken or destroyed, when peaceably passing through the country they inhabit, or hunt in, or elsewhere. And the United States hereby guaranty to any Indian or Indians of either of the said Comanche or Witchetaw nations, and their associated bands COMANCHES AND WITCHETAWS. 627 or tribes of Indians, a full indemnification for any horses or other property which may be stolen from them : Provided, that the pro- perty so stolen cannot be recovered, and that sufficient proof is produced that it was actually stolen by a citizen of the United States, and within the limits thereof. ART. 4. It is understood and agreed by all the nations or tribes of Indians parties to this treaty, that each and all of the said na- tions or tribes have free permission to hunt and trap in the great prairie, west of the Cross Timber, to the western limits of the United States. - - ART. 5. The Comanche and Witchetaw nations and their as- sociated bands or tribes of Indians, severally agree and bind them- selves to pay full value for any injury their people may do to the goods or other property of such traders as the President of the United States may place near to their settlements or hunting ground for the purpose of trading with them. - ART. 6. The Comanche and Witchetaw nations and their as- sociated bands or tribes of Indians, agree, that in the event any of the red people belonging to the nations or tribes residing south of the Missouri river and west of the State of Missouri, not par- ties to this treaty, should visit their towns or be found on their hunting ground, that they will treat them with kindness and friend- ship, and do no injury to them in any way whatever. ART. 7. Should any difficulty hereafter unfortunately arise be- tween any of the nations or tribes of Indians, parties hereunto, in consequence of murder, the stealing of horses, cattle, or other cause, it is agreed that the other tribes shall interpose their good offices to remove such difficulties, and also that the government of the United States may take such measures as they may deem proper to effect the same object, and see that full justice is done to the injured party. - Art. 8. It is agreed by the commissioners of the United States, that in consequence of the Comanche and Witchetaw nations and their associated bands or tribes of Indians having freely and wil- lingly entered into this treaty, and it being the first they have made with the United States or any of the contracting parties, that they shall receive presents immediately after signing, as a donation from the United States; nothing being asked from these nations or tribes in return, except to remain at peace with the parties here- to, which their own good and that of their posterity require. ART. 9. The Comanche and Witchetaw nations and their as- sociated bands or tribes of Indians agree, that their entering into this treaty shall in no respect interrupt their friendly relations with the Republic of Mexico, where they all frequently hunt, and the Comanche nation principally inhabit; and it is distinctly under- stood that the government of the United States desire that per- fect peace shall exist between the nations or tribes named in this article and the said republic. 628 COMANCHES AND WITCHETAWS., ART. 10. This treaty shall be obligatory on the nations or tribes parties hereto, from and after the date hereof, and on the United States, from and after its ratification by the Government thereof. Done, and signed, and sealed at Camp Holmes, on the eastern border of the Grand Prairie, near the Canadian river, in the Muscogee nation, this twenty-fourth day of August, one thou- sand eight hundred and thirty-five, and of the independence of the United States the sixtieth. Montfort Stokes, M. Arbuckle, Brig’r. Gen’l. U. S. Army, COMANCHES., Ishacoly, or the wolf, his x mark, Queenashano, or the war eagle, his x mark, Tabaqueena, or the big eagle, his x mark, Pohowetowshah, or the brass man, his x mark, Shabbakasha, or the roving wolf, his x mark, Neraquassi, or the yellow horse, his x mark, Toshapappy, or the white hare, his x mark, Pahohsareya, or the broken arm, his x mark, Pahkah, or the man who draws the bow, his x mark, Witsitony, or he who sucks quick, his x mark, Leahwiddikah, or one who stirs up water, his x mark, Esharsotsiki, or the sleeping wolf, his x mark, Pahtrisula, or the dog, his x mark, Ettah, or the gun, his x mark, Tennowikah, or the boy who was soon a man, his x mark, Kumaquoi, or the woman who cuts buffalo meat, his x mark, Taqquanno, or the amorous man, his x mark, Kowa, or the stinking tobacco box, his x mark, Soko, or the old man, his x mark, WITCHETAWS. Kanostowah, or the man who don’t speak, his x mark, Kosharokah, or the man who marries his wife twice, his x mark, Terrykatowatix, the riding chief, his x mark, Tahdaydy, or the traveller, his x mark, Hahkahpillush, or the drummer, his x mark, Lachkah, or the first man in four battles, his x mark, Learhehash, or the man who weans children too soon, his x mark, º Lachhardich, or the man who sees things done in the wrong way, his x mark, Noccuttardaditch, or the man who tries to excel the head chief, his x mark, Katarded wadick, or the man who killed an enemy in the water, his x mark, L. L. . . L. L. L. Lº: S - S : ACOMANCHES AND WITCHETAWS. Losshah, or the twin, his x mark, Taytsaaytah, or the ambitious adulterer, his x mark, Tokaytah, or the summer, his x mark, Musshakratsatady, or the man with the dog skin cap, his x mark, Kipsh, or the man with one side of his head shaved, his x mark, CHERO KEE S. Dutch, his x mark, David Melton, his x mark, MUSCOGEES. Roley McIntosh, his x mark, Chilly McIntosh, Cho-co-te-tuston-nogu, or marshal of the Cho-co-te clan, his x mark, Tus-ca-ne-ha, or the marshal, his x mark, Tusly Harjoe, or crazy town, his x mark, Alexander Lasley, his x mark, Neha Harjoe, or crazy marshal, his x mark, Tustunucke Harjoe, or crazy warrior, his x mark, Powes Emarlo, or marshal of Powes clan, his x mark, Cosa Yehola, or marshal of Cosa clan, his x mark, Powes Yehola, or marshal of Powes clan, his x mark, Toma Yehola, or marshal of Toma clan, his x mark, Cosado Harjoe, or crazy Cosada, his x mark, Neha Harjoe, or crazy marshal, his x mark, Cosada Tustonnogee, or the Cosada warrior, his x mark, Qctiyachee Yehola, or marshalof Octiyachee clan, his x mark, Nulthcup Tustonnogee, or the middle warrior, his x mark, Uſala Harjoe, or crazy Uſala, his x mark, Cholafixico, or a fox without a heart, his x mark, Joseph Miller, his x mark, Samuel Brown, his x mark, Archi Kennard, his x mark, Towannay, or the slender man, his x mark, Saccasumky, or to be praised, his x mark, Siah Hardridge, his x mark, Warrior Hardridge, his x mark, George Stedham, his x mark, - Itchhas Harjoe, or crazy beaver, his x mark, Itchofake Harjoe, or crazy deer's heart, his x mark, Satockhaky, or the broad side, his x mark, Semehechee, or hide it away, his x mark, Hoyane, or passed by, his x mark, Melola, or waving, his x mark, Mateter, or the man who missed it, his x mark, . 630 COMANCHES AND WITCHETAWS. Billy, his x mark, Tuskia Harjoe, or crazy brave, his x mark, Aussy, or the pursuer, his x mark, Tohoithla, or standing upon, his x mark, John Hambly, K. Lewis, John Wynn, David McKillap, CHO CTAWS. Musha-la-tubbee, or the man killer, his x mark, Na-tuck-a-chee, or fair day, his x mark, Par-chee-ste-cubbee, or the scalp-holder, his x mark, To-pi-a-chee-hubbee, or the painted face, his x mark, Ya-cha-a-o-pay, or the leader of the warriors, his x mark, Tus-qui-hola-tah, or the travelling warrior, his x mark, Tic-eban-jo-hubbee, or the first for war, his x mark, Nucke Stubbee, or the bullet that has killed, his x mark, Toqua, or what you say, his x mark, Po-sha-ma-stubbee, or the killer, his x mark, Nuck-ho-ma-harjoe, or the bloody bullet, his x mark, Thomas Mickie, his x mark, Halam-be-sha, or the bat, his x mark, Ok-chia, or life, his x mark, Tus-ca-homa-madia, or the red warrior, his x mark, Tun-up-me-a-moma, or the red man who has gone to war, his x mark, Par-homa, or the red hoop, his x mark, No-wah-ba, the man who kills the enemy when he meets him, his x mark, Hisho-he-meta, or a young waiter, his x mark, Cho-ma-la-tubbee, or the man who is sure his enemy is dead, his x mark, Hokla-no-ma, the traveller in the town, his x mark, William, his x mark, Neasho Nubbee, he who knows where the enemy is killed, his X mark, Jim, his x mark, Eu-eck Harma, or the man who is never tired, his x mark, Nat-la Homa, or the bloody man, his x mark, Pia-o-sta, or to whoop four times, his x mark, Pa-sha-oa-cubbee, or the man who puts his foot on the scalp, his x mark, La-po-na, or the man who killed the enemy, his x mark, A-mo-na-tubbee, or lying in wait to kill, his x mark, A-fa-ma-tubbee, or the man who kills everything he meets, his x mark, - L. . . COMANGHES AND WITCHETAWS. 631 OSAGES s Fah-ha-la, or the leaping deer, his x mark, - Shone-ta-sah-ba, or the black dog, his x mark, Wah-shin-pee-sha, or the wicked man, his x mark, Tun-wan-le-he, or the town mover, his x mark, Whoa-har-tee, or the war eagle, his x mark, tº Me-tah-ne-gah, or the crazy robe, his x mark, Wah-she-sho-hee, or the smart spirit, his x mark, Ah-ke-tah, or the soldier, his x mark, Weir-sah-bah-sha, or the hidden black, his x mark, Ne-ko-jah, or the man hunter, his x mark, Hor-tea-go, or like night, his x mark, Wah-hah-tah-nee, or the fast runner, his x mark, Wah-mah-shee, or the taker away, his x mark, Ces-sah-ba, or the man in black, his x mark, Es-kah-mar-ne, or the white horn, his x mark, Kou-sah-she-la, or walking together, his x mark, Tcha-to-kah, or the buffalo, his x mark, O-ke-sah, or the man aside, his x mark, Wah-she-wah-ra, or the stopper, his x mark, Wah-ho-ba-shungee, or the idolater, his x mark, S. S. s Tone-ba-wah-tcha-la, or hard to look at the sun rising, his : mark, Shoe-chem-mo-nee, or the elk whistler, his º: mark, Wash-kah-cha, or the tumbler, his x mark, Wah-ha, or the Pawnee chief's namesake, his x mark, Wah-kee-bah-nah, or the hard runner, his x mark, War-toha-sheen-gah, or the scalp-carrier, his x mark, O-shaun-ga-tun-ga, or the big path, his x mark, Wah-hee-no-pee, or the bone necklace, his x mark, Lee-sap-kah-pee, or the man who missed his enemy, his x mark, Wah-to-ke-hak, or raw meat, his x mark, Wah-wah-shee, or quick runner, his x mark, Kah-he-ka-saree, or chief killer, his x mark, 0-lash-tah-ba, or plate-licker, his x mark, Ma-ne-mah-shee, or the walker, his x mark, Shaun-ga-mo-nee, or the fall chief, his x mark, Tee-sha-wah-ra, or dry grass, his x mark, Ne-kah-wah-shee-tun-gah, or the brave spirit, his x mark, SENECAS. Thomas Brant, his x mark, Small Crout Spicer, his x mark, Isaac, his x mark, Mingo Carpenter, his x mark, John Sky, his x mark, Henry Smith, his x mark, - 632 comfANCHES AND WITCHETAWS; Little Town Spicer, his x mark, Young Henry; his x mark, Peter Pork, his x mark, - William Johnston, his x mark, Big Bone, his x mark, Big Isaac, his x mark, Civil Jack, his x mark, - Ya-ga-ha, or the water in the apple, his x mark, Cau-ya-que-neh, or the snow drift, his x mark, Ya-ta-ato, or the little lake, his x mark, Douglass, his x mark, George Herring, his x mark, QUAPAws: Hi-ka-toa, or the dry man, his x mark, Wa-ga-de-tone, or the maggot, his x mark, Wa-to-va, or the spider, his x mark, Ca-ta-hah, or the tortoise, his x mark, Ma-towa-wah-cota, or the dug out, his x mark, Wa-go-dah-hou-kah, or the plume, his x mark, Ma-com-pa, or the doctor of the nose, his x mark, Cas-sa, or the black tortoise, his x mark, Haw-tez-chee-ka, or the little cedar, his x mark, Ma-so-goda-toah, or the hawk, his x mark, Wa-ka-toa-nosa, or the standing man, his x mark, Motosa, or the black bear, his x mark, Mor-bre-tone, or the little hawk, his x mark, Mar-to-ho-ga, or the white bear, his x mark, To-se-ca-da, or he who shows his track, his x mark, Tah-tah-ho-so, or the wind, his x mark, - Hi-da-khe-da-sa, or the panther eagle, his x mark, 0-tene-cah-chee-ka, or he who struck the enemy, his x mark, Me-ki-wah-kotah, or the star, his x mark, Ka-ti-mo-ne, or clear weather, his x mark, Vet-he-ka-ne, or thunder, his x mark, - Ne-to-sa-mo-ne, or the black freshet, his x mark. In presence of R. B. Mason, Major of Dra- Thomas B. Ballard, gooms, Augustine A. Chouteau, Li - º º S º G. Birch, Major U. S. Army, John Hambly, U. S. Interpreter Francis Lee, Captain 7th In- to the Creeks, fantry, George Herron, Samuel G. I. DeCamp, Surgeon, Leonard C. McPhail, Missºt. W. Seawell, Lieut. and Aid de Surgeon U. S. Army, Camp ; Sec'y to the Comm’rs, Robert M. French. ČížEROKEES. 633 C H E R O K E E S. I concLUDED DECEMBER 29, 1835–RATIFIED MAy 23, 1836. 1 Articles of a treaty concluded at New Echota, in the State of Geor- gia, on the 29th day of December, 1835, by general William Car- roll and John F. Schermerhorn, commissioners on the part of the United States, and the chiefs, head men, and people of the Che- rokee tribe of Indians. Whereas, the Cherokees are anxious to make some arrangements with the Government of the United States, whereby the difficulties they have experienced by a residence within the settled parts of the United States under the jurisdiction and laws of the State go- vernments may be terminated and adjusted; and with a view to re-uniting their people in one body, and securing a permanent home for themselves and their posterity in the country selected by their forefathers, without the territorial limits of the State sovereignties, and where they can establish and enjoy a government of their choice, and perpetuate such a state of society as may be most con- sonant with their views, habits, and condition, and as may tend to their individual comfort and their advancement in civilization; And whereas, a delegation of the Cherokee nation, composed of Messrs. John Ross, Richard Taylor, Danl. McCoy, Samuel Gun- ter, and William Rogers, with full power and authority to conclude a treaty with the United States, did, on the 28th day of February, 1835, stipulate and agree with the Government of the United States to submit to the Senate to fix the amount which should be allowed the Cherokees for their claims and for a cession of their lands east of the Mississippi river, and did agree to abide by the award of the Senate of the United States themselves, and to recommend the same to their people for their final determination; And whereas, on such submission, the Senate advised “that a sum not exceeding five millions of dollars be paid to the Cherokee Indians, for all their lands and possessions east of the Mississippi river;” And whereas, this delegation, after said award of the Senate had been made, were called upon to submit propositions as to its dis- position, to be arranged in a treaty, which they refused to do, but insisted that the same “should be referred to their nation, and there in general council to deliberate and determine on the subject, in order to ensure harmony and good feeling among themselves;” And whereas, a certain other delegation, composed of John Ridge, Elias Boudinot, Archilla Smith, S. W. Bell, John West, Wm. A. Davis, and Ezekiel West, who represented that portion of the na- tion in favor of emigration to the Cherokee country west of the Mis- sissippi, entered into propositions for a treaty with John F. Scher- 634 CHEROKEES. merhorn, commissioner on the part of the United States, which were to be submitted to their nation for their final action and determi- nation; And whereas, the Cherokee people, at their last October council at Red Clay, fully authorized and empowered a delegation or com- mittee of twenty persons of their nation to enter into and conclude a treaty with the United States commissioner, then present, at that place or elsewhere; and as the people had good reason to believe that a treaty would then and there be made, or at a subsequent council at New Echota, which the commissioners, it was well known and understood, were authorized and instructed to convene for said purpose; and since the said delegation had gone on to Washington city, with a view to close negotiations there, as stated by them, notwithstanding they were officially informed by the Unit- ed States commissioner that they would not be received by the President of the United States, and that the Government would transact no business of this nature with them; and that if a treaty was made, it must be done here in the nation, where the delega- tion at Washington last winter urged that it should be dome for the purpose of promoting peace and harmony among the people; and since these facts have also been corroborated to us by a communi- cation recently received by the commissioner from the Government of the United States, and read and explained to the people in open council; and therefore, believing said delegation can effect nothing, and since our difficulties are daily increasing, and our situation is rendered more and more precarious, uncertain, and insecure, in consequence of the legislation of the States; and seeing no effectual way of relief, but in accepting the liberal overtures of the United States; And whereas, General William Carroll and John F. Schermerhorn were appointed commissioners on the part of the United States, with full power and authority to conclude a treaty with the Chero- kees east, and were directed by the President to convene the peo- ple of the nation in general council, at New Echota, and to submit said propositions to them, with power and authority to vary the same so as to meet the views of the Cherokees in reference to its details; And whereas, the said commissioners did appoint and notify a general council of the nation to convene at New Echota, on the 21st day of December, 1835, and informed them that the commis- sioners would be prepared to make a treaty with the Cherokee people who should assemble there, and those who did not come they should conclude gave their assent and sanction to whatever should be transacted at this council; and the people having met in council according to said notice; Therefore, the following articles of a treaty are agreed upon and concluded between William Carroll and John F. Schermerhorn, commissioners on the part of the United States, and the chiefs and CHEROKEES. 635 head men and people of the Cherokee nation in general council assembled, this 29th day of December, 1835: ART. 1. The Cherokee nation hereby cede, relinquish, and con- vey to the United States, all the lands owned, claimed, or possessed by them east of the Mississippi river, and hereby release all their claims upon the United States for spoliations of every kind, for and in consideration of the sum of five millions of dollars, to be ex- pended, paid, and invested, in the manner stipulated and agreed upon in the following articles. But as a question has arisen be- tween the commissioners and the Cherokees, whether the Senate, in their resolution by which they advised “that a sum not exceed- ing five millions of dollars be paid to the Cherokee Indians, for all their lands and possessions east of the Mississippi river,” have in- cluded and made any allowance or consideration for claims for spo- liations, it is therefore agreed on the part of the United States, that this question shall be again submitted to the Senate for their consi- deration and decision; and if no allowance was made for spoliations, that then an additional sum of three hundred thousand dollars be allowed for the same. ART. 2. Whereas, by the treaty of May 6, 1828, and the sup- plementary treaty thereto of February 14, 1833, with the Cherokees west of the Mississippi, the United States guarantied and secured, to be conveyed by patent to the Cherokee nation of Indians, the fol- lowing tract of country: “Beginning at a point on the old western territorial line of Arkansas territory, being twenty-five miles north from the point where the territorial line crosses Arkansas river; thence, running from said north point south on the said territorial line, where the said territorial line crosses Verdigris river; thence, down said Verdigris river to the Arkansas river; thence, down said Arkansas to a point where a stone is placed opposite the east or lower bank of Grand river, at its junction with the Arkansas; thence, running south forty-four degrees west one mile; thence, in a straight line, to a point four miles northerly from the mouth of the north fork of the Canadian; thence, along the said four mile line to the Canadian; thence, down the Canadian to the Arkansas; thence, down the Arkansas to that point on the Arkansas where the eastern Choctaw boundary strikes said river, and running thence with the western line of Arkansas territory, as now defined, to the southwest corner of Missouri; thence, along the western Missouri line to the land assigned the Senecas; thence, on the south line of the Senecas to Grand river; thence, up said Grand river, as far as the south line of the Osage reservation extended, if necessary; thence, up and between said south Osage line, extended west if necessary, and a line drawn due west from the point of beginning to a certain distance west, at which a line running north and south from said Osage line to said due west line, will make seven mil- lions of acres within the whole described boundaries. In addition to the seven millions of acres of land thus provided for and bound- 636 CHEROKEES. ed, the United States further guaranty to the Cherokee nation a perpetual outlet west, and a free and unmolested use of all the country west of the western boundary of said seven millions of acres, as far west as the sovereignty of the United States and their right of soil extend. Provided, however, That if the saline or salt plain on the west- ern prairie shall fall within said limits prescribed for said outlet, the right is reserved to the United States to permit other tribes of red men to get salt on said plain, in common with the Cherokees. And letters patent shall be issued by the United States as soon as practicable for the land hereby guarantied. And whereas, it is apprehended by the Cherokees, that in the above cession there is not contained a sufficient quantity of land for the accommodation of the whole nation, on their removal west of the Mississippi, the United States, in consideration of the sum of five hundred thousand dollars, therefore hereby covenant and agree to convey to the said Indians and their descendants, by patent, in fee simple, the following additional tract of land situated between the west line of the State of Missouri and the Osage re- servation, beginning at the southeast corner of the same, and runs north along the east line of the Osage lands fifty miles, to the northeast corner thereof; and thence east to the west line of the State of Missouri; thence with said line south fifty miles; thence west to the place of beginning; estimated to contain eight hundred thousand acres of land; but it is expressly understood, that if any of the lands assigned the Quapaws shall fall within the aforesaid bounds, the same shall be reserved and excepted out of the lands above granted, and a pro rata reduction shall be made in the price to be allowed to the United States for the same by the Cherokees. ART. 3. The United States also agree, that the lands above ceded by the treaty of February 14, 1833, including the outlet, and those ceded by this treaty, shall all be included in one patent, executed to the Cherokee nation of Indians by the President of the United States, according to the provisions of the act of May 28, 1830. It is, however, agreed, that the military reservation at fort Gibson shall be held by the United States. But should the United States abandon said post, and have no further use for the same, it shall revert to the Cherokee nation. The United States shall always have the right to make and establish such post and military roads and forts in any part of the Cherokee country, as they may deem proper for the interest and protection of the same, and the free use of as much land, timber, fuel and materials of all kinds, for the construction and support of the same, as may be necessary; provided, that if the private rights of individuals are interfered with, a just compensation therefor shall be made. ART. 4. The United States also stipulate and agree to extin- guish, for the benefit of the Cherokees, the titles to the reserva- tions within their country, made in the Osage treaty of 1825, to CHEROKEES. 637 certain half-breeds, and for this purpose they hereby agree to pay to the persons to whom the same belong or have been assigned, or to their agents or guardians, whenever they shall execute, after the ratification of this treaty, a satisfactory conveyance for the same to the United States, the sum of fifteen thousand dollars, according to a schedule accompanying this treaty, of the relative value of the several reservations. And whereas, by the several treaties between the United States and the Osage Indians, the Union and Harmony missionary reser- vations which were established for their benefit are now situated within the country ceded by them to the United States; the former being situated in the Cherokee country, and the latter in the State of Missouri: It is therefore agreed, that the United States shall pay the American board of commissioners for foreign missions for the improvements on the same, what they shall be appraised at by Captain Geo. Vashon, Cherokee sub-agent, Abraham Redfield, and A. P. Chouteau, or such persons as the President of the United States shall appoint, and the money allowed for the same shall be expended in schools among the Osages, and improving their condition. It is understood, that the United States are to pay the amount allowed for the reservations in this article and not the Cherokees. ART. 5. The United States hereby covenant and agree that the lands ceded to the Cherokee nation in the foregoing article, shall, in no future time, without their consent, be included within the territorial limits or jurisdiction of any State or territory. But they shall secure to the Cherokee nation the right by their national councils, to make and carry into effect all such laws as they may deem necessary for the government and protection of the persons and property within their own country belonging to their people, or such persons as have connected themselves with them: Pro- vided, always, that they shall not be inconsistent with the consti- tution of the United States, and such acts of Congress as have been or may be passed, regulating trade and intercourse with the Indians; and also, that they shall not be considered as extending to such citizens and army of the United States as may travel or reside in the Indian country by permission, according to the laws and regulations established by the government of the same. ART. 6. Perpetual peace and friendship shall exist between the citizens of the United States and the Cherokee Indians. The United States agree to protect the Cherokee nation from domestic strife and foreign enemies, and against intestine wars between the several tribes. The Cherokees shall endeavor to preserve and maintain the peace of the country, and not make war upon their neighbors; they shall also be protected against interruption and intrusion from citizens of the United States, who may attempt to settle in the country without their consent; and all such persons shall be removed from the same by order of the President of the 638 CHEROKEES. United States. But this is not intended to prevent the residence among them of useful farmers, mechanics, and teachers for the in- struction of Indians according to treaty stipulations. ART. 7. The Cherokee nation having already made great pro- gress in civilization, and deeming it important that every proper and laudable inducement should be offered to their people to im- prove their condition, as well as to guard and secure in the most effectual manner, the rights guarantied to them in this treaty, and with a view to illustrate the liberal and enlarged policy of the Government of the United States towards the Indians in their removal beyond the territorial limits of the States, it is stipulated that they shall be entitled to a delegate in the House of Repre- sentatives of the United States, whenever Congress shall make provision for the same. ART. 8. The United States also agree and stipulate to remove the Cherokees to their new homes, and to subsist them one year after their arrival there, and that a sufficient number of steamboats and baggage-wagons shall be furnished to remove them comforta- bly, and so as not to endanger their health, and that a physician, well supplied with medicines, shall accompany each detachment of emigrants removed by the Government. Such persons and families as, in the opinion of the emigrating agent are capable of subsisting and removing themselves shall be permitted to do so; and they shall be allowed in full for all claims for the same, twenty dollars for each member of their family; and in lieu of their one year’s rations, they shall be paid the sum of thirty-three dollars and thirty-three cents, if they prefer it. Such Cherokees also as reside at present out of the nation, and shall remove with them in two years west of the Mississippi, shall be entitled to allowance for removal and subsistence as above provided. - ART. 9. The United States agree to appoint suitable agents, who shall make a just and fair valuation of all such improvements now in the possession of the Cherokees, as add any value to the lands; and also of the ferries owned by them, according to their nett income; and such improvements and ferries from which they have been dispossessed in a lawless manner, or under any existing laws of the State, where the same may be situated. The just debts of the Indians shall be paid out of any moneys due them for their improvements and claims; and they shall also be furnished, at the discretion of the President of the United States, with a sufficient sum to enable them to obtain the necessary means to remove themselves to their new homes, and the balance of their dues shall be paid them at the Cherokee agency west of the Mississippi. The missionary establishments shall also be valued and appraised in a like manner, and the amount of them paid over by the United States to the treasurers of the respective missionary sºcieties, by whom they have been established and improved, in CHEROKEES. 639 order to enable them to erect such buildings and make such im- provements among the Cherokees west of the Mississippi, as they may deem necessary for their benefit. Such teachers at present among the Cherokees as this council shall select and designate, shall be removed west of the Mississippi with the Cherokee na- tion, and on the same terms allowed to them. ART, 10. The President of the United States shall invest in some safe and most productive public stocks of the country, for the benefit of the whole Cherokee nation who have removed, or shall remove, to the lands assigned by this treaty to the Cherokee ma- tion west of the Mississippi, the following sums as a permanent fund for the purposes hereinafter specified, and pay over the nett income of the same annually to such person or persons as shall be authorized or appointed by the Cherokee nation to receive the same, and their receipt shall be a full discharge for the amount paid to them, viz: the sum of two hundred thousand dollars in addition to the present annuities of the nation to constitute a ge- neral fund, the interest of which shall be applied annually by the council of the nation, to such purposes as they may deem best for the general interest of their people. The sum of fifty thousand dollars to constitute an orphans’ fund, the annual income of which shall be expended towards the support and education of such orphan children as are destitute of the means of subsistence. The sum of one hundred and fifty thousand dollars, in addition to the present school fund of the nation shall constitute a permanent school fund, the interest of which shall be applied annually by the council of the nation for the support of common schools, and such a literary institution of a higher order, as may be established in the Indian country. And in order to secure as far as possible the true and beneficial application of the orphans’ and school fund, the council of the Cherokee nation, when required by the President of the United States, shall make a report of the application of those funds, and he shall at all times, have the right, if the funds have been misapplied, to correct any abuses of them, and direct the manner of their application for the purposes for which they were intended. The council of the nation may, by giving two years' notice of their intention, withdraw their funds by and with the consent of the President and Senate of the United States, and invest them in such manner as they may deem most proper for their interest. The United States also agree and stipulate to pay the just debts and claims against the Cherokee nation, held by the citizens of the same, and also the just claims of citizens of the United States, for services rendered to the nation, and the sum ºf sixty thousand dollars is appropriated for this purpose; but no claims against individual persons of the nation shall be allowed and paid by the nation. The sum of three hundred thousand dollars is hereby set apart to pay and liquidate the just claims of 640 CHEROKEES. the Cherokees upon the United States for spoliations of every kind, that have not been already satisfied under former treaties. ART. 11. The Cherokee nation of Indians believing it will be for the interest of their people to have all their funds and annuities under their own direction and future disposition, hereby agree to commute their permanent annuity of ten thousand dollars for the sum of two hundred and fourteen thousand dollars, the same to be invested by the President of the United States as a part of the general fund of the nation; and their present school fund, amount- ing to about fifty thousand dollars, shall constitute a part of the permanent school fund of the nation. ART, 12. Those individuals and families of the Cherokee nation that are averse to a removal to the Cherokee country west of the Mississippi, and are desirous to become citizens of the States where they reside, and such as are qualified to take care of them- selves and their property, shall be entitled to receive their due portion of all the personal benefits accruing under this treaty for their claims, improvements, and per capita, as soon as an appro- priation is made for this treaty. Such heads of Cherokee families as are desirous to reside within the States of North Carolina, Tennessee and Alabama, subject to the laws of the same, and who are qualified or calculated to become useful citizens, shall be entitled, on the certificate of the commissioners, to a pre-emption right to one hundred and sixty acres of land, or one quarter section, at the minimum Congress price; so as to include the present buildings or improvements of those who now reside there, and such as do not live there at pre- sent shall be permitted to locate within two years any lands not already occupied by persons entitled to pre-emption privilege under this treaty ; and if two or more families live on the same quarter section, and they desire to continue their residence in these States, and are qualified as above specified, they shall, on receiving their pre-emption certificate, be entitled to the right of pre-emp- tion to such lands as they may select, not already taken by any person entitled to them under this treaty. It is stipulated and agreed, between the United States and the Cherokee people, that John Ross, James Starr, George Hicks, John Gunter, Geo. Chambers, John Ridge, Elias Boudinot, George Sanders, John Martin, William Rogers, Roman Nose Situwake, and John Timpson, shall be a committee on the part of the Che- rokees, to recommend such persons for the privilege of pre-emp- tion rights, as may be deemed entitled to the same under the above articles; and to select the missionaries who shall be removed with the nation; and that they be hereby fully empowered and autho- rized to transact all business on the part of the Indians, which may arise in carrying into effect the provisions of this treaty, and settling the same with the United States. If any of the persons CHERGKEES. 641 above mentioned should decline acting, or be removed by death, the vacancies shall be filled by the committee themselves. It is also understood and agreed, that the sum of one hundred thousand dollars shall be expended by the commissioners, in such manner as the committee deem best, for the benefit of the poorer class of Cherokees as shall remove west or have removed west, and are entitled to the benefits of this treaty. The same to be delivered at the Cherokee agency west, as soon after the removal of the nation as possible. ART. 13. In order to make a final settlement of all the claims of the Cherokees for reservations granted under former treaties to any individuals belonging to the nation by the United States: it is therefore hereby stipulated and agreed, and expressly understood by the parties to this treaty, that all the Cherokees, and their heirs and descendants to whom any reservations have been made under any former treaties with the United States, and who have not sold or conveyed the same by deed or otherwise, and who, in the opinion of the commissioners, have complied with the terms on which the reservations were granted as far as practicable in the several cases; and which reservations have since been sold by the United States, shall constitute a just claim against the United States, and the original reservees, or their heirs or descendants shall be entitled to receive the present value thereof from the United States as unimproved lands. And all such reservations as have not been sold by the United States, and where the terms on which the reservations were made, in the opinion of the commissioners, have been complied with as far as practicable, they or their heirs or descendants shall be entitled to the same. They are hereby granted and confirmed to them; and also all persons who were entitled to reservations under the treaty of 1817, and who, as far as practicable, in the opinion of the commissioners, have complied with the stipulations of said treaty, although by the treaty of 1819, such reservations were included in the unceded lands belonging to the Cherokee nation, are hereby confirmed to them, and they shall be entitled to receive a grant for the same. And all such reservees as were obliged by the laws of the States in which their reservations were situated, to abandon the same, or purchase them from the States, shall be deemed to have a just claim against the United States, for the amount by them paid to the States with interest thereon, for such reservations, and if obliged to abandon the same, to the present value of such reservations as unimproved lands; but in all cases where the reservees have sold their reser- vations, or any part thereof, and conveyed the same by deed or otherwise, and have been paid for the same, they, their heirs, or descendants, or their assigns, shall not be considered as havin any claims upon the United States under this article of the treaty, nor be entitled to receive any compensation for the lands thus disposed of. It is expressly understood by the parties to this 55 642 CHEROKEES. treaty, that the amount to be allowed for reservations under this article shall not be deducted out of the consideration money al- lowed to the Cherokees for their claims for spoliations and the cession of their lands; but the same is to be paid for indepen- dently by the United States, as it is only a just fulfilment of former treaty stipulations. ART. 14. It is also agreed, on the part of the United States, that such warriors of the Cherokee nation as were engaged on the side of the United States in the late war with Great Britain and the southern tribes of Indians, and who were wounded in such service, shall be entitled to such pensions as shall be allowed them by the Congress of the United States, to commence from the period of their disability. - ART. 15. It is expressly understood and agreed between the parties to this treaty, that after deducting the amount which shall be actually expended for the payment for improvements, ferries, claims for spoliations, removal, subsistence, and debts, and claims upon the Cherokee nation, and for the additional quantity of lands and goods for the poorer class of Cherokees, and the several sums to be invested for the general national funds, provided for in the several articles of this treaty; the balance, whatever the same may be, shall be equally divided between all the people belonging to the Cherokee nation east, according to the census just completed; and such Cherokees as have removed west since June, 1833, who are entitled, by the terms of their enrolment and removal, to all the benefits resulting from the final treaty between the United States and the Cherokees east, they shall also be paid for their improve- ments, according to their approved value before their removal, where fraud has not already been shown in their valuation. ART. 16. It is hereby stipulated and agreed by the Cherokees that they shall remove to their new homes within two years from the ratification of this treaty, and that during such time, the United States shall protect and defend them in their possessions and pro- perty, and free use and occupation of the same, and such persons as have been dispossessed of their improvements and houses, and for which no grant has actually issued previously to the enactment of the law of the State of Georgia, of December, 1835, to regulate Indian occupancy, shall again be put in possession and placed in the same situation and condition, in reference to the laws of the State of Georgia, as the Indians that have not been dispossessed; and if this is not done, and the people are left unprotected, then the United States shall pay the several Cherokees for their losses and damages sustained by them in consequence thereof. And it is also stipulated and agreed that the public buildings and im- provements, on which they are situated at New Echota, for which no grant has been actually made previous to the passage of the above recited act, if not occupied by the Cherokee people, shall be reserved for the public, and free use of the United States and CHEROKEES. 643 the Cherokee Indians, for the purpose of settling and closing all the Indian business arising under this treaty between the commis- sioners of claims and the Indians. The United States, and the several States interested in the Cherokee lands, shall immediately proceed to survey the lands ceded by this treaty; but it is express- ly agreed and understood between the parties, that the agency buildings and that tract of land surveyed and laid off for the use of Colonel R. J. Meigs, Indian agent, or heretofore enjoyed and occupied by his successors in office, shall continue subject to the use and occupancy of the United States, or such agent as may be engaged specially, superintending the removal of the tribe. ART. 17. All the claims arising under or provided for in the several articles of this treaty, shall be examined and adjudicated by Gen. Wm. Carroll, and John F. Schermerhorn, or by such commissioners as shall be appointed by the President of the United States for that purpose, and their decision shall be final, and on their certificate of the amount due the several claimants they shall be paid by the United States. All stipulations in former treaties which have not been superseded or annulled by this shall continue in full force and virtue. ART. 18. Whereas, in consequence of the unsettled affairs of the Cherokee people and the early frosts, their crops are insuffi- cient to support their families, and great distress is likely to ensue, and whereas, the nation will not, until after their removal be able, advantageously, to expend the income of the permanent funds of the nation, it is, therefore, agreed that the annuities of the nation which may accrue under this treaty for two years, the time fixed for their removal, shall be expended in provisions and clothing for the benefit of the poorer class of the nation; and the United States hereby agree to advance the same for that purpose, as soon after the ratification of this treaty, as an appropriation for the same shall be made. It is, however, not intended in this article to interfere with that part of the annuities due the Cherokees west by the treaty of 1819. - - ART. 19. This treaty, after the same shall be ratified by the Pre- sident and Senate of the United States, shall be obligatory on the contracting parties. In testimony whereof, the commissioners and the chiefs, head men, and people whose names are hereunto annexed, being duly authorized by the people in general council assembled, have affixed their hands and seals for themselves, and in be- half of the Cherokee nation. I have examined the foregoing treaty, and although not present when it was made, I approve its provisions generally, and therefore sign it. - - Wm. Carroll, L. S. J. F. Schermerhorn, L. S. 644. CHEROKEE 8. Major Ridge, his x mark, James Foster, his x mark, Tesa-ta-esky, his x mark, Charles Moore, his x mark, George Chambers, his x mark, Tah-yeske, his x mark, Archilla Smith, his x mark, Andrew Ross, William Lassley, Cae-te-hee, his x mark, Te-gah-e-ske, his x mark, Robert Rogers, John Gunter, John A. Bell, Charles F. Foreman, S. William Rogers, S. George W. Adair, S. Elias Boudinot, S. James Starr, his x mark, S. Jesse Half-breed, his x mark. Sa. Signed and sealed in presence of Western B. Thomas, Sec'ry. G. W. Currey, Ben. F. Currey, Special Agent, Wm. H. Underwood, M. Wolfe Batman, 1st Lt. 6th Cornelius D. Terhune, U. S. Inf, Disbg. Jägent, John W. H. Underwood. Jon. L. Hooper, Lt. 4th Inf. C. M. Hitchcock, J.M. D. Assist. Surg. U. S. A. In compliance with instructions of the council at New Echota, we sign this treaty. Stand Watie, March 1, 1836. John Ridge. Witnesses : Elbert Herring, Wm. Y. Hansell, Alexander H. Everett, Samuel J. Potts, John Robb, Jno. Litle, D. Kurtz, S. Rockwell. The following article was adopted as a supplemental article to the treaty by a unanimous vote of the committee, and ordered to be attached to and considered as part of this treaty. ART, 20. The United States do also hereby guaranty the pay- ment of all unpaid just claims upon the Indians, without expense to them, out of the proper funds of the United States, for the set- CHEROKEES. 645 tlement of which a cession or cessions of land has or have been heretofore made by the Indians, in Georgia. Provided the United States, or the State of Georgia, has derived benefit from the said cession or cessions of land without having made payment to the Indians therefor. It is hereby, however, further agreed and un derstood, that if the Senate of the United States disapprove of this article it may be rejected without impairing any other provision of this treaty, or affecting the Indians in any manner whatever. B. McCoy, Clerk Committee, W. B. Thomas, Secretary. - In compliance with the unanimous request of the committee of the Cherokee nation in general council assembled, it is consented and agreed by the commissioner on the part of the United States, that the foregoing shall be added as a supplemental article to the treaty, under the express condition and stipulation, that if the Pre- sident or Senate of the United States disapprove of this article, it may be rejected without impairing any other provision of this treaty, or affecting the Indians in any manner whatever. J. F. Schermerhorn. Whereas, the western Cherokees have appointed a delegation to visit the eastern Cherokees, to assure them of the friendly dis- position of their people, and their desire that the nation should again be united as one people, and to urge upon them the expe- diency of accepting the overtures of the Government; and that, on their removal they may be assured of a hearty welcome and an equal participation with them in all the benefits and privileges of the Cherokee country west, and the undersigned, two of said dele- gation, being the only delegates in the eastern nation from the west, at the signing and sealing of the treaty lately concluded at New Echota, between their eastern brethren and the United States; and having fully understood the provisions of the same, they agree to it in behalf of the western Cherokees. But it is expressly un- derstood, that nothing in this treaty shall affect any claims of the western Cherokees on the United States. In testimony whereof, we have, this 31st day of December, 1835, hereunto set our hands and seals. James Rogers, L. S. John Smith, his x mark, L. s. Delegates from the western Cherokees. Test: Ben. F. Currey, Special Agent. M. W. Batman, First Lieut. 6th Infantry, Jno. L. Hooper, Lieut. 4th Infantry, Elias Boudinot. 646 CHER® ES- Schedule, and estimated value of the Osage half-breed reservations within the territory ceded to the Cherokees west of the Missis- sippi, (referred to in article five of the foregoing treaty, viz.) Augustus Clarmont, one section, - - $6,000 James Çg & C. Q & - - - 1,000 Paul cg & 4 C & - - - 1,300 Henry “ gº & C. - - - 800 Anthony &c. & C G. C. - - - 1,800 Rosalie “ & C & C - - - 1,800 Emilia D, of Mihanga, - - - - 1,000 Emilia D, of Shemianga, - - - - 1,300 $15,000 - I hereby certify that the above schedule is the estimated value of the Osage reservations as made out and agreed upon with Col. A. P. Chouteau, who represented himself as the agent or guardian of the above reservees. JMarch 14, 1835. J. F. Schermerhorn. Supplementary articles to a treaty concluded at JVew Echota, Geor- gia, December 29, 1835, between the United States and Cherokee people. Whereas, the undersigned were authorized at the general meeting of the Cherokee people held at New Echota, as above stated, to make and assent to such alterations in the preceding treaty as might be thought necessary, and whereas, the President of the United States has expressed his determination not to allow any pre-emptions or reservations, his desire being that the whole Cherokee people should remove together, and establish them- selves in the country provided for them west of the Mississippi T1Wer. ART. 1. It is, therefore, agreed that all the pre-emption rights and reservations provided for in articles twelve and thirteen shall be, and are hereby relinquished and declared void. ART. 2. Whereas, the Cherokee people have supposed that the sum of five millions of dollars, fixed by the Senate in their resolu- tion of — day of March, 1835, as the value of the Cherokee lands and possessions east of the Mississippi river, was not in- tended to include the amount which may be required to remove them, nor the value of certain claims which many of their people had against citizens of the United States, which suggestion has been confirmed by the opinion expressed to the War Department, by some of the Senators who voted upon the question; and where- *CHEROKEES. 647 as, the President is willing that this subject should be referred to the Senate for their consideration, and if it was not intended by the Senate that the above mentioned sum of five millions of dol- lars should include the objects herein specified, that in that case, such further provision should be made therefor, as might appear to the Senate to be just. ART. 3. It is, therefore, agreed that the sum of six hundred thousand dollars shall be, and the same is hereby allowed to the Cherokee people to include the expense of their removal, and all claims of every nature and description against the Government of the United States, notherein otherwise expressly provided for, and to be in lieu of the said reservations and pre-emptions, and of the sum of three hundred thousand dollars for spoliations described in the first article of the above mentioned treaty. This sum of six hundred thou- sand dollars shall be applied and distributed agreeably to the pro- visions of the said treaty, and any surplus which may remain after removal and payment of the claims so ascertained, shall be turned over and belong to the education fund. But it is expressly under- stood that the subject of this article is merely referred hereby to the consideration of the Senate, and if they shall approve the same, then this supplement shall remain part of the treaty. ART. 4. It is also understood that the provisions in article six- teen, for the agency reservation, is not intended to interfere with the occupant right of any Cherokees, should their improvement fall within the same. It is also understood and agreed, that the one hundred thousand dollars appropriated in article twelve, for the poorer class of Cherokees, and intended as a set-off to the pre- emption rights, shall now be transferred from the funds of the na- tion, and added to the general national fund of four hundred thou- sand dollars, so as to make said fund equal to five hundred thousand dollars. ART. 5. The necessary expenses attending the negotiation of the aforesaid treaty and supplement, and also of such persons of the delegation as may sign the same, shall be defrayed by the United States. In testimony whereof, John F. Schermerhorn, commissioner on the part of the United States, and the undersigned delegation - have hereunto set their hands and seals, this first day of March, in the year one thousand eight hundred and thirty-six. J. F. Schermerhorn, L. S. Major Ridge, his x mark, L. S. James Foster, his x mark, L. S. Tah-ye-ske, his x mark, L. S. Long Shell Turtle, his x mark, L. S. John Fields, his x mark, L. S. James Fields, his x mark, L. S. George Welch, his x mark, L. S. 648 PATAWATTAMIES, Andrew Ross, 1. Sº William Rogers, L. S.; John Gunter, L. S John A. Bell, L. Jos. A. Foreman, Robert Sanders, L. S. Elias Boudinot, L. S. Johnson Rogers, L. S. James Starr, his x mark, L. S. Stand Watie, L. S. John Ridge, L. S. James Rogers, L. S. John Smith, his x mark. L. S. Witnesses : Elbert Herring, John Robb, Thos. Glascock, Wm. Y. Hansell, Alexander H. Everett, Saml. J. Potts, Jno. Garland, JMajor U. S. A. Jno. Litle, C. A. Harris, S. Rockwell. Ratified, with the following amendments: “Article 17, lines 2 and 3, strike out the words by General William Carroll, and John F. Schermerhorn, or.’” “In the 4th line of the same arti- cle, after the word ‘States,’ insert by and with the advice and consent of the Senate of the United States.’ ” “Strike out the 20th article, which appears as a supplemental article.” P A T A W A TT AM IE S. I concLUDED MARCH 26, 1836—RATIFIED" JUNE 4, 1836. I Articles of a treaty made and concluded at a camp in Turkey Creek Prairie, in the State of Indiana, between Abel C. Pepper, com- missioner of the United States, and Mes-quaw-buck, a chief of the Pattawatamie tribe of Indians and his band, on the twenty- sixth day of JMarch, in the year eighteen hundred and thirty-sia, ART. 1. The above named chief and his band, hereby cede to the United States the four sections of land reserved for them by the second article of the treaty between the United States and the Pattawatamie Indians, on Tippecanoe river, on the twenty-seventh day of October, 1832. ART. 2. In consideration of the cession aforesaid, the United States stipulate to pay the above named chief and his band the sum of twenty-five hundred and sixty dollars in specie at the next payment of annuity, after the ratification of this treaty. * With the exception of the sixth article. PATAWATTAMIES. 649 ART. 3. The United States stipulate to provide for the pay- ment of the necessary expenses attending the making and con- cluding this treaty. ART. 4. The above named chief and his band agree to yield peaceable possession of the above sections of land, and remove to the country west of the Mississippi provided for the Potawatomie nation by the United States, within two years from this date. ART. 5. This treaty shall be binding upon both parties from the date of its ratification by the President and Senate of the United States. ART. 6. Whereas, Henry Ossum has lived many years on the lands of the above named chief and his band, has furnished them with provisions and blankets when they were poor and destitute, has made valuable improvements on the said land; and whereas, the said chief and his band acknowledge themselves to be justly indebted to the said Henry Ossum, in the sum of three thousand dollars, it is hereby stipulated, that from the cession aforesaid, a reservation of two of the above four sections is made for Henry Ossum, to be patented to him by the United States; the said re- serve is to include Ossum’s improvement on which he now lives, and Mes-quaw-buck's village. If this article shall be ratified by the President and Senate of the United States, then twelve hundred and eighty dollars of the above consideration shall be withheld from the aforesaid chief and his band in the payment for the cession aforesaid ; but if this article of the treaty shall not be approved and ratified by the President and Senate of the United States, it is expressly understood that the rejection thereof shall not vitiate or make void any other article or stipulation of the above treaty. In testimony whereof, the said A. C. Pepper, commissioner on the part of the United States, and the above named chief and head men for themselves and their band, hereunto subscribed their names, the day and year above written. A. C. Pepper, Waw-baw-que-ke-aw, his x Mes-quaw-buck, his x mark, mark, Mess-Sett, his x mark, Naush-waw-pi-tant, his x mark, Muck Rose, his x mark, Che-qua-sau-quah, his x mark. Wºmesses: C. Carter, Secretary, Edward McCartney, Interp’r. 650 OTT AWAS AND CHIPPEWAS, OTTAWAS AND CHIPPEWAS. [concLUDED MARCH 28, 1836–RATIFIED MAY 27, 1836.] Articles of a treaty made and concluded at the city of Washington, in the District of Columbia, between Henry R. Schoolcraft, com- missioner on the part of the United States, and the Ottawa and Chippewa nation of Indians, by their chiefs and delegates. ART. 1. The Ottawa and Chippewa nation of Indians cede to the United States all the tract of country within the following bounda- ries: Beginning at the mouth of Grand river of lake Michigan, on the north bank thereof, and following up the same to the line called for in the first article of the treaty of Chicago, of the 29th of Au- gust, 1821; thence, in a direct line, to the head of Thunder-bay river; thence, with the line established by the treaty of Saganaw, of the 24th of September, 1819, to the mouth of said river; thence, northeast to the boundary line in lake Huron, between the United States and the British province of Upper Canada; thence, north- westwardly, following the said line, as established by the commis- sioners acting under the treaty of Ghent, through the straits and river St. Mary’s, to a point in lake Superior north of the mouth of Gitchy Seeling or Chocolate river; thence, south to the mouth of said river and up its channel to the source thereof; thence, in a direct line to the head of the Skonawba river of Green bay; thence, down the south bank of said river to its mouth; thence, in a direct line, through the ship channel into Green bay, to the outer part thereof; thence, south to a point in lake Michigan west of the north cape or entrance of Grand river; and thence east to the place of beginning, at the cape aforesaid, comprehending all the lands and islands within these limits not hereinafter reserved. ART. 2. From the cession aforesaid the tribes reserve for their own use, to be held in common, the following tracts, namely: One tract of fifty thousand acres, to be located on Little Traverse bay; one tract of twenty thousand acres, to be located on the north shore of Grand Traverse bay; one tract of seventy thousand acres, to be located on or north of the Pierre Marquetta river; one tract of one thousand acres, to be located by Chingassanoo, or the Big Sail, on the Cheboigan; one tract of one thousand acres, to be located by Mujeekewis, on Thunder-bay river. ART. 3. There shall also be reserved for the use of the Chippe- was living north of the straits of Michilimackinac, the following tracts, that is to say: Two tracts of three miles square each, on the north shores of the said straits, between Point-au-Barbe and Mille Coquin river, including the fishing grounds in front of such reservations, to be located by a council of the chiefs; the Beaver OTTAWAS AND CHIPPEWAS. 651 islands of lake Michigan for the use of the Beaver island Indians, Round island, opposite Michilimackinac, as a place of encampment for the Indians, to be under the charge of the Indian department; the islands of the Chenos, with a part of the adjacent north coast of lake Huron, corresponding in length, and one mile in depth; Sugar island, with its islets, in the river of St. Mary's ; six hundred and forty acres, at the mission of the Little rapids; a tract com- mencing at the mouth of the Pississowining river, south of point Iroquois; thence, running up said stream to its forks; thence, west- ward, in a direct line to the Red water lakes; thence, across the portage to the Tacquimenon river, and down the same to its mouth, including the small islands and fishing grounds in front of this re- servation; six hundred and forty acres on Grand island, and two thousand acres on the main land south of it; two sections on the northern extremity of Green bay, to be located by a council of the chiefs. All the locations, left indefinite by this and the preceding articles, shall be made by the proper chiefs, under the direction of the President. It is understood that the reservation for a place of fishing and encampment, made under the treaty of St. Mary’s, of the 16th of June, 1820, remains unaffected by this treaty. ART. 4. In consideration of the foregoing cessions, the United States engage to pay to the Ottawa and Chippewa nations the fol- lowing sums, namely: 1st. An annuity of thirty thousand dollars per annum, in specie, for twenty years; eighteen thousand dollars to be paid to the Indians between Grand river and the Cheboigan; three thousand six hundred dollars to the Indians on the Huron shore, between the Cheboigan and Thunder-bay river; and seven thousand four hundred dollars to the Chippewas north of the straits, as far as the cession extends: the remaining one thousand dollars to be invested in stock by the Treasury Department, and to remain incapable of being sold, without the consent of the President and Senate, which may, however, be given after the expiration of twenty-one years. 2d. Five thousand dollars per annum for the purposes of education, teachers, school-houses, and books in their own language, to be continued twenty years, and as long thereafter as Congress may appropriate for the object. 3d. Three thousand dollars for missions, subject to the conditions mentioned in the second clause of this article, 4th. Tenthousand dollars for agricul- tural implements, cattle, mechanics’ tools, and such other objects as the President may deem proper, 5th. Three hundred dollars per annum for vaccine matter, medicines, and the services of phy- sicians, to be continued while the Indians remain on their reserva- tions. 6th. Provisions to the amount of two thousand dollars; six thousand five hundred pounds of tobacco; one hundred barrels of salt; and five hundred fish barrels, annually, for twenty years, 7th. One hundred and fifty thousand dollars, in goods and provisions, on the ratification of this treaty, to be delivered at Michilimackinac. ART. 5. The sum of three hundred thousand dollars shall be set 652 OTT AWAS AND CHIPPE.W.A.S. apart for the payment of just debts against the said Indians. All claims for such debts shall be examined by a commissioner, to be appointed by the President and Senate, who shall act under such instructions as may be given to him, by the order of the President, for the purpose of preventing the allowance of unjust claims. The investigation shall be made at Michilimackinac; and no claims shall be allowed except such as were contracted by Indians living within the district of country hereby ceded, and to citizens or residents of the United States. No claim shall be paid out of this fund, unless the claimant will receive the sum allowed to him as full payment of all debts due to him by the said Indians. If the fund fall short of the full amount of just debts, then a rateable division shall be made. If it exceed such amount, the balance shall be paid over to the Indians, in the same manner that annuities are required by law to be paid. ART. 6. The said Indians being desirous of making provision for their half-breed relatives, and the President having determined that individual reservations shall not be granted, it is agreed that, in lieu thereof, the sum of one hundred and fifty thousand dollars shall be set apart as a fund for said half-breeds. No person shall be entitled to any part of said fund, unless he is of Indian descent, and actually resident within the boundaries described in the first article of this treaty; nor shall any thing be allowed to any such person who may have received any allowance at any previous In- dian treaty. The following principles shall regulate the distribu- tion : A census shall be taken of all the men, women, and children, coming within this article. As the Indians hold in higher conside- ration some of their half-breeds than others, and as there is much difference in their capacity to use and take care of property, and, consequently, in their power to aid their Indian connexions, which furnishes a strong ground for this claim, it is therefore agreed that, at the council to be held upon this subject, the commissioner shall call upon the Indian chiefs to designate, if they require it, three classes of these claimants; the first of which shall receive one-half more than the second, and the second double the third. Each man, woman, and child, shall be enumerated, and an equal share, in the respective classes, shall be allowed to each. If the fatheris living with the family, he shall receive the shares of himself, his wife, and children; if the father is dead, or separated from the fa- mily, and the mother is living with the family, she shall have her own share, and that of the children. If the father and mother are neither living with the family, or if the children are orphans, their share shall be retained till they are twenty-one years of age: pro- vided, that such portions of it as may be necessary may, under the direction of the President, be from time to time applied for their support. All other persons at the age of twenty-one years, shall receive their shares agreeably to the proper class. Out of the said fund of one hundred and fifty thousand dollars, the sum of five OTT AWAS AND CHIPPEWA.S. 653 thousand dollars shall be reserved, to be applied, under the direc- tion of the President, to the support of such of the poor half-breeds as may require assistance, to be expended in annual instalments, for the term of ten years, commencing with the second year. Such of the half-breeds as may be judged incapable of making a proper use of the money allowed them by the commissioner, shall receive the same in instalments, as the President may direct. ART. 7. In consideration of the cessions above made, and as a further earnest of the disposition felt to do full justice to the In- dians, and to further their well being, the United States engage to keep two additional blacksmith shops, one of which shall be lo- cated on the reservation north of Grand river, and the other at the Sault Ste. Marie. A permanent interpreter will be provided at each of these locations. It is stipulated to renew the present di- lapidated shop at Michilimackinac, and to maintain a gunsmith, in addition to the present smith’s establishment, and to build a dor- mitory for the Indians visiting the post, and appoint a person to keep it, and supply it with fire-wood. It is also agreed to support two farmers and assistants, and two mechanics, as the President may designate, to teach and aid the Indians in agriculture and the mechanic arts. The farmers and mechanics, and the dormitory, will be continued for ten years, and as long thereafter as the Pre- sident may deem this arrangement useful and necessary; but the benefits of the other stipulations of this article shall be continued beyond the expiration of the annuities; and it is understood that the whole of this article shall stand in force, and inure to the be- nefit of the Indians, as long after the expiration of the twenty years as Congress may appropriate for the objects. ART. 8. It is agreed, that as soon as the said Indians desire it, a deputation shall be sent to the west of the Mississippi, and the country between lake Superior and the Mississippi, and a suitable location shall be provided for them, among the Chippewas, if they desire it, and it can be purchased upon reasonable terms, and if not, then in some portion of the country west of the Mississippi, which is at the disposal of the United States. Such improve- ments as add value to the land hereby ceded, shall be appraised, and the amount paid to the proper Indian. But such payment shall, in no case, be assigned to, or paid to a white man. If the church on the Cheboigan should fall within this cession, the value shall be paid to the band owning it. The mission establishments upon the Grand river shall be appraised and the value paid to the proper boards. When the Indians wish it, the United States will remove them, at their expense, provide them a year’s subsistence in the country to which they go, and furnish the same articles and equipments to each person, as are stipulated to be given to the Pottawatamies in the final treaty of cession concluded at Chicago. ART. 9. Whereas, the Ottawas and Chippewas, feeling a strong consideration foraid rendered by certain of their half-breeds on Grand 654 OTTOWAS AND CHIPPEWAS, river, and other parts of the country ceded, and wishing to testify their gratitude on the present occasion, have assigned such in- dividuals certain locations of land, and united in a strong appeal for the allowance of the same in this treaty; and whereas, no such reservations can be permitted in carrying out the special directions of the President on this subject, it is agreed, that in addition to the general fund set apart for half-breed claims, in the sixth article, the sum of forty-eight thousand one hundred and forty-eight dollars, shall be paid for the extinguishment of this class of claims, to be divided in the following manner: To Rix Robinson, in lieu of a section of land, granted to his Indian family, on the Grand river rapids (estimated by good judges to be worth half a million,) at the rate of thirty-six dollars an acre: To Leonard Slater, in trust for Chiminonoquat, for a section of land above said rapids, at the rate of ten dollars an acre: To John A. Drew, for a tract of one section and three-quarters, to his Indian family, at Cheboigan rapids, at the rate of four dollars: To Edward Biddle, for one section to his Indian family at the fishing grounds, at the rate of three dollars: To John Holiday, for five sections of land to five persons of his Indian family, at the rate of one dollar and twenty-five cents: To Eliza Cook, Sophia Biddle, and Mary Holiday, one section of land each, at two dollars and fifty cents: To Augustin Hamelin, jun., being of Indian descent, two sections, at one dollar and twenty-five cents: To William Lasley, Joseph Daily, Joseph Trotier, Henry A. Lenake, for two sections each, for their Indian families, at one dollar and twenty-five cents: To Luther Rice, Joseph Laframbois, Charles Butterfield, being of Indian descent, and to George Moran, Louis Moran, G. D. Wil- liams, for half-breed children under their care, and to Daniel Marsac, for his Indian child, one section each, at one dollar and twenty-five cents. ART. 10. The sum of thirty thousand dollars shall be paid to the chiefs, on the ratification of this treaty, to be all divided agreeably to a schedule hereunto annexed. ART. 11. The Ottawas having consideration for one of their aged chiefs, who is reduced to poverty, and it being known that he was a firm friend of the American Government, in that quarter, during the war, and suffered much in consequence of his senti- ments, it is agreed, that an annuity of one hundred dollars per annum shall be paid to Ning weegon or the Wing, during his natural life, in money or goods, as he may choose. Another of the chiefs of said nation, who attended the treaty of Greenville in 1793, and is now at a very advanced age, reduced to extreme want, together with his wife, and the Government being apprised that he has pleaded a promise of Gen. Wayne, in his behalf, it is agreed that Chusco, of Michilimackinac, shall receive an annuity of fifty dollars per annum during his natural life. ART, 12. All expenses attending the journeys of the Indians OTTOWAS AND CHIPPEWAS, 655 from, and to their homes, and their visit at the seat of Govern- ment, together with the expenses of the treaty, including a proper quantity of clothing to be given them, will be paid by the United States. ART. 13. The Indians stipulate for the right of hunting on the lands ceded, with the other usual privileges of occupancy, until the land is required for settlement. In testimony whereof, the said Henry R. Schoolcraft, commis- sioner on the part of the United States, and the chiefs and delegates of the Ottawa and Chippewa nation of Indians, have hereunto set their hands, at Washington the seat of Go- vernment, this twenty-eighth day of March, in the year one thousand eight hundred and thirty-six. Henry R. Schoolcraft. John Hulbert, Secretary. Oroun Aishkum, of Maskigo, his x mark, Wassangaze, of do his x mark, OSawya, of do his x mark, Wabi Windego, of Grand river, his x mark, Megiss Ininee, of do his x mark, Nabun Ageezhig, of do his x mark, Winnimissagee, of do his x mark, Mukutaysee, of do his x mark, Wasaw Bequm, of do his x mark, Ainse, of Michilimackinac, his x mark, Chabowaywa, of do his x mark, Jawba Wadiek, of Sault Ste. Marie, his x mark, Waub Ogeeg, of do his x mark, Kawgayosh, of do by Maidysage, his x mark, Apawkozigun, of L'Arbre Croche, his x mark, Keminitchagun, of do . his x mark, Tawaganee, of do his x mark, Kinoshamaig, of do his x mark, Naganigobowa, of do his x mark, Onaisino, of do his x mark, Mukuday Benais, of do his x mark, Chingassamo, of do his x mark, Aishguagonabee, of Grand Traverse, his x mark, Akosa, of do his x mark, Oshawun Epenaysse, of do his x mark. Lucius Lyon, Leonard Slater, R. P. Parrott, Capt. U. S. Army, Louis Moran, W. P. Zantzinger, Purser U. S. Augustin Hamelin, jr., JWavy, Henry A. Lenake, Josiah F. Polk, William Lasley, John Holiday, George W. Woodward, John A. Drew, C. O. Ermatinger. Rix Bobinson, 656 OTT AWAS AND CHIPPE.W.A.S. Schedule referred to in the tenth article. 1. The following chiefs constitute the first class, and are enti- tled to receive five hundred dollars each, namely: On Grand river, Muceutay Osha, Namatippy, Nawequa Geezhig, or Noon Day, Nabun Egeeszhig, son of Kewayguabowequa, Wabi Win- dego, or the White Giant, Cawpemossay, or the Walker, Mukutay Oquot, or Black Cloud, Megis Ininee, or Wampum-man, Winni- missagee; on the Maskigo, Osawya, and Owen Aishcum; at L'Arbre Croche, Apawkozigun, or Smoking Weed, Nisowakeout, Keminechawgun; at Grand Traverse, Aishguagonabee, or the Feather of Honor, Chabwossum, Mikenok; on the Cheboigan, Chingassamo, or the Big Sail; at Tunder-bay, Mujeekiwiss ; on the Manistic north, Mukons Ewyan, at Oak Point on the straits, Ains; at the Chenos, Chabowaywa : at Sault Ste. Marie, Iawba, Wadick and Kewayzi Shawano; at Tacquimenon, Kaw- gayosh; at Grand Island, Oshawun Epenaysee, or the South Bird. 2. The following chiefs constitute the second class, and are en- titled to receive two hundred dollars each, namely; On Grand river, Keeshaowash, Nugogikaybee, Kewaytowaby, Wapoos or the Rabbit, Wabitouguaysay, Kewatondo, Zhaquinaw, Nawigua Geezhig of Flat river, Kenaytinunk, Weenonga, Pabawboco, Windecowiss, Muccutay, Penay, or Black Patridge, Kaynotin Aisheum, Boynashing, Shagwabeno, son of White Glant, Tushe- towun, Keway Gooshcum, the former head chief, Pamossayga; at L’Arbre Croche, Sagitondowa, Ogiman Wininee, Megisawba, Mukuday Benais, at the Cross, Nishcnjiainee, Nawamushcota, Pabamitabi, Kimmewun, Gitchy Mocoman, at Grand Traverse, Akosa, Nebauquaum, Kabibonocca; at Little Traverse, Misco- mamainga or Red Butterfly, Keezhigo Benais, Pamanikinong, Paimossega; on the Cheboigan, Chonees, or Little John, Sha- weenossegay; on Thunder-bay, Suganikwato; on Maskigo, Was- sangazo; on Ossigomico or Platte river, Kaigwaidosey; at Ma- nistee, Keway Gooshcum; on river Pierre, Markette, Saugima, at Sault Ste. Marie, Neegaubayun, Mukudaywacquot, Cheegud; at Carp river west of Grand Island, Kaug Wyanais; at Mille Cocquin on the straits, Aubunway; at Michilimackinac, Missu- tigo, Saganosh, Akkukogeesh, Chebyawboas. 3. The following persons constitute the third class, and are entitled to one hundred dollars each, namely: Kayshewa, Pena- see, or Gun lake, Kenisoway, Keenable of Grand river; Wasso, Mosaniko, Unwatin Oashcum, Nayogirna, Itawachkochi, Nanaw Ogomoo Gitchy, Peendowan, or Scabbard, Mukons, Kinochi- maig, Tekamosimo, Peway witum, Mudji Keguabi, Kewayaum, Paushkizigun or Big Gun, Onaausino, Ashquabaywiss, Negauni- gabowi, Petossegay, of L’Arbre Croche; Poiees, or Dwarf, and Pamossay of Cheboigan; Gitchy Ganocquot, and Pamossegay of OTT AWAS AND CHIPPEWAS, 657 Thunder-bay : Tabusshy Geeshick and Mikenok, of Carp river, south of Grand Traverse; Wapooso, Kaubinau, and Mudjeekee, of river Pierre Markuette; Pubokway, Manitowaba, and Mishe- watig, of White river; Shawun Epenaysee and Agausgee, of Grand Traverse; Micqumisut, Chusco, of Mackinac ; Geeshkid- jiwun, Waub Ojeeg, Aukudo, Winikis, Jaubeens, Maidosagee, Autya, Ishquagunaby, Shaniwaygwunabi, son of Kakakee, Nit- tum Egabowi, Magisanikway, Ketekewegauboway, of Sault Ste. Marie; Chegauzehe and Waubudo, of Grand Island; Ashe- gons, Kinuwais, Misquadnaby and Mongons, of Carp and Choco- late rivers; Gitchy Penaisson, of Grosse Tete, and Waubissaig, of Bay de Nocguet; Kainwaybekis and Pazhikway witum, of Beaver Islands; Neezhick Epenais, of the Ance ; Ahdanima, of Manistic ; Mukwyon, Wahzahkoon, Oshawun, Oneshannocquot, of the north shore of Lake Michigan; Nagauniby and Keway Gooshkum, of the Chenos. Henry R. Schoolcraft, Commissioner. SUPPLEMENTAL ARTICLE. To guard against misconstruction in some of the foregoing provisions, and to secure, by further limitations, the just rights of the Indians, it is hereby agreed: that no claims, under the fifth article shall be allowed for any debts contracted previous to the late war, with Great Britain, or for goods supplied by foreign- ers to said Indians, or by citizens who did not withdraw from the country, during its temporary occupancy by foreign troops, for any trade carried on by such persons, during the said period. And it is also agreed: that no person receiving any commutation for a reservation, or any portion of the fund provided by the sixth article of this treaty, shall be entitled to the benefit of any part of the annuities herein stipulated. Nor shall any of the half- breeds, or blood relatives of the said tribes, commuted with, under the provisions of the ninth article, have any further claim on the general commutation fund, set apart to satisfy reservation claims, in the said sixth article. It is also understood, that the personal annuities, stipulated in the eleventh article, shall be paid in specie, in the same manner that other annuities are paid. Any excess of the funds set apart in the fifth and sixth articles, shall, in lieu of being paid to the Indians, be retained and vested by the Govern- ment in stock under the conditions mentioned in the fourth article of this treaty. - In testimony whereof, the parties above recited, have hereunto set their hands, at Washington the seat of Government, this thirty-first day of March, in the year one thousand eight hun. dred and thirty-six. Henry R. Schoolcraft. John Hulbert, Secretary. 56 658 OTT AWAS AND CHIPPEWA. S., Owun Aishkum, of Maskigo, his x mark, Wassangazo, of do his x mark, Osawya, of do his x mark, Wabi Widego, of Grand river, his x mark, Megiss Ininee, of do his x mark, Nabun Ageezhig, of do his x mark, Ainse, of Michilimackinac, his x mark, Chabowaywa, of do his x mark, Jauba Wadick, of Sault Ste. Marie, his x mark, Waub Ogeeg, of do his x mark, Kawgayosh, of do by Maidosagee, his x mark, Apawkozigun, of L’Arbre Croche, his x mark, Keminitchagun, of do his x mark, Tawagnee, of do his x mark, Kinoshemaig, of do his x mark. Naganigabawi, of do his x mark, Oniasino, of do his x mark, Mukaday Benais, do his x mark, Chingassamoo, of Cheboigan, his x mark, Aishguagonabee, of Grand Traverse, his x mark, Akosa, of do his x mark, Oshawun Epenaysee, do his x mark. Robert Stewart, Augustin Hamelin, jr. Wm. Mitchell, Rix Robinson, John A. Drew, C. O. Ermatinger. - Ratified with the following amendments thereto : ART. 2. Line two, after the word “ tracts,” insert the follow- ing words, to wit: “For the term of five years from the date of ratification of this treaty, and no longer;” unless the United º grant them permission to remain on said lands for a longer period. - ART. 3. After the word “tracts,” in the second line, insert the following words, to wit: “For the term of five years from the date of the ratification of this treaty, and no longer, unless the United States grant them permission to remain on said lands for a longer period.” ART. 4. At the close thereof insert these words : * and also the sum of two hundred thousand dollars in consideration of changing the permanent reservations in articles two and three to reservations for five years only, to be paid whenever their reser- vations shall be surrendered, and until that time the intereston said two hundred thousand dollars shall be annually paid to the said Indians.” ART. 5. Strike out the whole article, and insert the following: “The sum of three hundred thousand dollars shall be paid to POTAWATAMIES, 659 the said Indians to enable them, with the aid and assistance of their agent, to adjust and pay such debts as they may justly owe, and the overplus if any to apply to such other use as they may think proper. ART. 8. Strike out after the word “the,” where it first occurs in line two, to the word “States,” in the eighth line, and insert. in lieu thereof these words: “Southwest of the Mississippi river, there to select a suitable place for the final settlement of said In- dians, which country, so selected, and of reasonable extent, the United States will forever guaranty and secure to said Indians.” In the 8th article, strike out all between the word “it’’ in the eleventh line, and the word “when º’ in the thirteenth line, and in- sert these words: “The nett proceeds of the sale of the one hun- dred and sixty acres of land, upon the Grand river, upon which the Missionary Society have erected their buildings, shall be paid to the said Society in lieu of the value of their said improve- ments.” POTAWAT AM IE S. [concLUDED MARCH 29, 1836–RATIFIED" JUNE 4, 1836. I Articles of a treaty, made and concluded on Tippecanoe river in the State of Indiana, between Abel C. Pepper, commissioner on the part of the United States, and Wau-ke-wa, Che-cose’s only som, a Potawatamy chief, and his band, on the thirty-ninth day of JMarch, eighteen hundred and thirty-sia. ART. 1. The above named chief and his band hereby cede to the United States the four sections of land reserved for them by the second article of the treaty between the United States and the Pottawatamy Indians. ART. 2. The above named chief and his band agree to yield peaceable possession of said land within three months from this. date, and to remove to the country provided for the Pottawatamie nation west of the Mississippi river, within two years. ART, 3. In consideration of the cession aforesaid, the United States stipulate to pay the above named chief and his band twenty-five hundred and sixty dollars in specie, at the first pay- ment of annuity after the ratification of this treaty. ART. 4. The United States stipulate to provide for the payment of the necessary expenses attending the making and concluding this treaty. ART. 5. This treaty shall be binding upon both the parties from the date of its ratification by the President and Senate of the United States. * With the exception of the sixth article. 660 POTTA. W.A.TAMIES. ART. 6. Whereas, the above named chief and his band have sold to Peter Warner one half section of the said land, and have received in payment thereof, two hundred dollars, and said War- ner’s note for two hundred dollars; and, whereas, the said War- ner has expended in improvements on the said land about eight hundred dollars, and has a mill almost ready to go into operation, therefore, it is the particular request of the aforesaid chief and his band that the deed which they have made and signed to Peter Warner for said half section of land may be ratified and confirm- ed. If this article of this treaty shall be approved, then four hundred dollars of the above named consideration shall be de- ducted; but if this sixth article of this treaty shall not be ap- proved and ratified by the President and Senate of the United States, it is expressly understood that the rejection thereof shall not vitiate or make void any other article or stipulation of this treaty. ** testimony whereof, the said Abel C. Pepper, commissioner on the part of the United States, and the above named chief and head men, have hereunto subscribed their names, the day and year above written. Abel C. Pepper, Te-shaw-gen, his x mark, Wau-ke-wa, his x mark, Mes-quaw, her x mark, Waw-was-mo-queh, widow of Pah-Siss, his x mark, Che-cose, her x mark, She-aw-ke-pee, his x mark. Witness : C. Carter, Sec'y. Henry Ossem, Interpreter. P OTT A. W. A. T A M I E. S. [concLUDED APRIL 11, 1836–RATIFIED". MAy 25, 1836. Articles of a treaty, made and concluded at a camp, on Tippecanoe river, in the State of Indiana, between Abel C. Pepper, commis- sioner on the part of the United States, and Pau-koo-shuk, Aub- ba-naub-ba’s oldest son, and the head men of Aub-ba-naub-ba's band of Pottawatamie Indians, this eleventh day of April, in the year eighteen hundred and thirty-six. ART. 1. The aforesaid Pau-koo-shuck, and the head men of Aub ba-naub-ba's band, hereby cede to the United States the thir- ty-six sections of land, reserved for them by the second article of the treaty between the United States and the Pottawatamie Indians, on Tippecanoe river, on the twenty-sixth day of October, in the year eighteen hundred and thirty-two. * With the exception of the fourth article. POTTAWATAMIES. 661 ART. 2. In consideration of the cession aforesaid, the United States stipulate to pay to the aforesaid band, the sum of twenty- three thousand and forty dollars in specie, one half at the first pay- ment of annuity, after the ratification of this treaty, and the other half at the succeeding payment of annuity. ART. 3. The above named Pau-koo-shuck and his band agree to remove to the country west of the Mississippi river, provided for the Pottawatamie nation by the United States, within two years. ART. 4. At the request of the above named band, it is stipu- lated, that after the ratification of this treaty, the United States shall appoint a commissioner, who shall be authorized to pay such debts of the said band as may be proved to his satisfaction to be just, to be deducted from the amount stipulated in the second ar- ticle of this treaty. - ART. 5. This treaty, after the same shall be ratified by the Pre- sident and Senate of the United States, shall be binding upon both parties. In testimony whereof, the said Abel C. Pepper, commissioner as aforesaid, and the said Pau-koo-shuck, and his band, have hereunto set their hands, this eleventh day of April, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and thirty-six. Abel C. Pepper, Pau-koo-shuck, his x mark, Taw-wah-quah, her x mark, Shah-quaw-ko-shuck, Aub-ba-naub-ba's son, his x mark, Mat-taw-mim, his x mark, Si-mis-quah, her x mark, Dah-moosh-ke-keaw, her x mark, Nan-wish-ma, his x mark, O-Sauk-kay, his x mark, Ke-waw-o-nuck, his x mark, Aun-tuine, his x mark, Sin-ba-nim, his x mark, Nees-se-ka-tah, his x mark, Kaw-ke-me, her x mark, Pe-waw-ko, her x mark, O-ket-chee, her x mark, Nan-cee, her x mark. Witnesses : E. O. Cicott, Secretary, Joseph Bamont, Principal Inter. Henry Ossem, Joseph Truckey, Thos. Robb, George W. Ewing, Wm. Polke, Cyrus Tober. 662 POTAWATTAMIES- P O TA W A TT AMI E S. [ concLUDED APRIL 22, 1836–RATIFIED". MAY 25, 1836. I Articles of a treaty, made and concluded at the Indian Agency, in the State of Indiana, between Abel C. Pepper, commissioner on the part of the United States, and O-kah-mause, Kee-waw-may, JWee- boash, and JMat-chis-jaw, chiefs and head men of the Potawatta- mie tribe of Indians and their bands, on the twenty-second day of April, in the year eighteen hundred and thirty-sia. - ART. 1. The above named chiefs and head men and their bands hereby cede to the United States, ten sections of land, reserved for them by the second article of the treaty, between the United States and the Potawattamie tribe of Indians, on Tippecanoe river, on the 26th day of October, in the year 1832. ART. 2. In consideration of the cession aforesaid, the United States stipulate to pay to the above named chiefs and head men and their bands, the sum of six thousand four hundred dollars, at the first payment of annuity, after the ratification of this treaty. ART. 3. The above named chiefs and head men and their bands agree to remove to the country west of the Mississippi river, provided for the Potawattamie nation by the United States, within two years. - ART. 4. At the request of the above named bands, it is stipu- lated, that after the ratification of this treaty, the United States shall appoint a commissioner, who shall be authorized to pay such debts of the said bands, as may be proved to his satisfaction to be just, to be deducted from the amount stipulated in the second arti- cle of this treaty. ART. 5. The United States stipulate to provide for the pay- ment of the necessary expenses attending the making and con- cluding this treaty. ART. 6. This treaty, after the same shall be ratified by the Pre- sident and Senate of the United States, shall be binding upon both parties. - In testimony whereof, the said Abel C. Pepper, commissioner as aforesaid, and the said chiefs and head men and their bands, have hereunto set their hands, this 22d day of April, A. D. 1836. - Abel C. Pepper, Pash-po-ho, his x mark, 0-kaw-mause, his x mark, Kee-waw-nee, his x mark, Nee-boash, or twisted head, his x mark, I-o-weh, or nation’s name, his x mark, * With the exception of the fourth article. POTAWATTAMIES. 663 Miss-no-qui, female fish, his x mark, Kaw-che-noss, his x mark, Cho-quiss, fishes entrails, his x mark, Ma-che-saw, bleating fawn, his x mark, Waw-po-ko-ne-aw, white night, his x mark, Ah-muck, his x mark, Kohe-kah-me, his x mark, Que-que-nuk, his x mark, Witnesses : Geo. W. Ewing, Peter Barron, Cyrus Tober, Joseph Bamont, Interpreter. J. B. Duret, Secretary, P. O. T A WATT A M I E S. I concLUDED APRIL 22–RATIFIED". MAy 25, 1836.] Articles of a treaty, made and concluded at the Indian Agency, in the State of Indiana, between Abel C. Pepper, commissioner on the part of the United States, and JVas–waw-kee and Quash-quaw, chiefs and head men of the Potawattamie tribe of Indians and their bands, on the 22d day of April, 1836. ART. 1. The above named chiefs and head men and their bands hereby cede to the United States three sections of land, reserved for them by the second article of the treaty between the United States and the Potawattamie tribe of Indians, on Tippeca- noe river, on the 26th day of October, 1832. ART. 2. In consideration of the cession aforesaid, the United States stipulate to pay the above chiefs and head men and their bands, nineteen hundred and twenty dollars, at the first payment of annuity, after the ratification of this treaty. ART. 3. The above named chiefs and head men and their bands agree to give possession of the aforesaid three sections of land, and remove to the country west of the Mississippi river, pro- vided by the United States for the Potawattamie nation of Indians, within two years from this date. - ART. 4. At the request of the above named chiefs and head men and their bands, it is stipulated that after the ratification of this treaty, the United States shall appoint a commissioner, who shall be authorized to pay such debts of the said bands, as may be proved to his satisfaction to be just, to be deducted from the amount stipulated in the second article of this treaty. ART. 5. The United States stipulate to provide for the pay- ment of the necessary expenses attending the making and con- cluding this treaty. - * With the exception of the fourth article. 664 WYAND OTS. ART. 6. This treaty, after the same shall be ratified by the Pre- sident and Senate of the United States, shall be binding upon both parties. In testimony whereof, the said Abel C. Pepper, commissioner as aforesaid, and the said chiefs and head men and their bands, have hereunto set their hands, this 22d day of April, A. D. 1836. A. C. Pepper, Quash-quaw, his x mark, Me-cos-ta, his x mark, Nas-wav-kee, his x mark, Wem-se-ko, his x mark, Ah-quaush-she, his x mark. Witnesses : J. B. Duret, Secretary to Com- Cyrus Tober, missioner, Geo. W. Ewing, Joseph Bamont, Interpreter, Peter Barron. WY AND OT S. I concluded APRIL 23, 1836–RATIFIED MAY 16, 1836. Articles of a treaty, made and concluded between John A. Bryan, commissioner on the part of the United States, and William Walker, John Barnett, and Peacock, chiefs and principal men of the Wyandot tribe of Indians in Ohio, acting for and on behalf of the said tribe. ART. 1. The Wyandot tribe of Indians in Ohio cede to the United States a strip of land five miles in extent, on the east end of their reservation in Crawford county, in said State; also, one section of land lying in Cranberry swamp, on Broken Sword creek, being the one mile square, specified and set forth in the treaty made with the said tribe, on the twenty-ninth day of September, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and seventeen; also, one hundred and sixty acres of land, which is to be received in the place and stead of an equal quantity set apart in a supple- mental treaty made with the said Indians on the seventeenth day of September in the following year, all situate and being in the said county of Crawford. ART. 2. The said five-mile tract, as also the additional quanti- ties herein set forth, are each to be surveyed as other public lands are surveyed by the surveyor general, and to be sold at such time and place, allowing sixty days’ notice of the sale, as the Presi- dent may direct. - ART. 3. A register and receivershall be appointed by the Presſ- WYAND OTS. 665 dent and Senate, in accordance with the wishes of the delegation of chiefs, whose duties shall be similar to those of other registers and receivers. They shall receive such compensation for services rendered, not exceeding five dollars per day for every day neces- sarily employed in the discharge of their duties, as the President may determine. - ART. 4. All expenses incurred in the execution of this treaty, and in the sale of the lands included in it, shall be defrayed out of the funds raised therefrom, including such expenses and dis- bursements as may have been incurred by the delegation to Wash- ington, and such allowance to individuals who have assisted in the negotiation, as the chiefs in council, after a full and fair investiga- tion, may adjudge to be reasonable and just, shall in all cases be made. ART. 5. Such portions of the moneys arising from the sales as the chiefs may deem necessary for the rebuilding of mills, repair and improvement of roads, establishing schools, and other lauda- ble public objects for the improvement of their condition, shall be properly applied under their direction, and the remainder to be distributed among the individuals of said tribe as annuities are distributed. ART. 6. The moneys raised by the sales of the lands for all the above mentioned objects, except the last, shall be paid by the re- ceiver on the order of the chiefs; and such order, together with the receipt of the persons to whom payment shall be made, shall be the proper voucher for the final settlement of the accounts of the receiver; but the funds for the tribe shall be distributed by the register and receiver to each person entitled thereto. - ART. 7. By the twenty-first article of the treaty concluded at the foot of the rapids of the Miami of Lake Erie, dated the twenty- ninth day of September, in the year one thousand eight hundred and seventeen, and the schedule thereunto attached, there was granted to Daonquot, or half King, Rontondee, or war pole, Tayarrontoyea, or between the logs, Danwawtout, or John Hicks, Mononcue, or Thomas, Tayondottauseh, or George Punch, Hon- dau-a-waugh, or Matthews, chiefs of the Wyandot nation, two sections of land each, within the Wyandot reservation. The afore- said chiefs, their heirs or legal representatives, are entitled to and allowed one section of land each, in the above designated tract of five miles, to be selected by them previous to sale, and the same shall be sold as the otherlands are sold, and they allowed to receive the respective sums arising from said sale. ART. 8. If during the progress of the sale, the Indians are not satisfied with the prices at which the lands sell, the register and receiver shall, on written application of the chiefs, close the sale, and report the proceedings to the War Department, and the Presi- dent may appoint such other time for the sale as he may deem proper. 666 CHIPPE.W.A.S. ART. 9. The President shall give such directions as he may judge necessary for the execution of this treaty, through the proper departments of the government. Signed this twenty-third day of April, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and thirty-six. John A. Bryan, Com’r. on the John Barnett, his x mark, part of the United States, Peacock, his x mark. Wm. Walker, In presence of us Jn. McClene, John McElvain. Ratified with the following proviso: “Provided, That after the word “moneys’, in the fifth article, the following words shall be inserted therein: “not eaceeding twenty thousand dollars.” C. H. I. P. P.E. W. A. S. I concLUDED MAY 9, 1836–RATIFIED MAy 25, 1836. I Articles of a treaty, made at Washington, in the District of Colum- bia, on the ninth day of May, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and thirty-six, between Henry R. School- craft, commissioner on the part of the United States, and the chiefs of the Swan-creek and Black-river bands of the Chippewa nation, residing within the limits of Michigan. Whereas, certain reservations of land were made to the said bands of Indians, in the treaty concluded at Detroit on the 17th of November, 1807, and these reservations, after having been duly located, under the authority of the Government, have remained in their possession and occupancy to the present time: And whereas, the said Indians, actuated by considerations affecting their perma- nent improvement and happiness, are desirous of fixing their resi- dence at some point more favorable to these objects, and have expressed their wishes to dispose of the same, and authorized their chiefs to proceed to Washington, for the purpose of making the necessary arrangement: It is, therefore, after mature deliberation on their part, agreed as follows: ART. 1. The Swan-creek and Black-river bands of Chippe- was cede to the United States the following tracts, namely: One tract of three miles square, or five thousand seven hundred and sixty acres, on Swan creek of lake St. Clair: One tract of one section and three quarters, near Salt creek of said lake: One tract of one-fourth of a section at the mouth of the river Au Vaseau, contiguous to the preceding cession: And one tract of two sec- tions near the mouth of the Black river of the river St. Clair, esti- mated to contain, in the aggregate, eight thousand three hundred and twenty acres, be the same more or less. CHIPPE.W.A.S. 667 ART. 2. In consideration of the foregoing cessions, the United States agree to pay to the said Indians, the nett proceeds of the sale thereof, after deducting the cost of survey and sale, and the contingent expenses attending the treaty. The lands shall be surveyed and offered for sale in the usual manner, at the land office in Detroit, as soon as practicable, after the ratification of this treaty. A special account shall be kept at the treasury, of the amount of the sales of the said lands, and after deducting there- from the sums hereafter stipulated, to be advanced by the United States, ten thousand dollars shall be retained by the treasury, and shall be paid to the said Indians in annuities of one thousand dol- lars a year for ten years; and the residue of the fund shall be vested by the Secretary of the Treasury in the purchase of some State stock, the interest of which shall be annually paid to the said In- dians like other annuities: Provided, That if at any time hereafter, the said Indians shall desire to have the said stock sold, and the proceeds paid over to them, the same may be done, if the Presi- dent and Senate consent thereto. ART. 3. The United States will advance to said Indians on the ratification of this treaty, to be deducted from the avails of these lands, the sum of two thousand five hundred dollars, and also goods to the value of four thousand dollars, to be purchased in New York, and delivered in bulk, at their expense, to the proper chiefs at Detroit, or at such point on lake St. Clair, as the chiefs may request: together with the expenses of the treaty, the jour- neys of the Indians to and from Washington, and their subsistence and other expenses at the seat of government. ART. 4. The United States will furnish the said Indians, eight thousand three hundred and twenty acres, or thirteen sections of land, west of the Mississippi, or northwest of St. Anthony’s falls, to be located by an agent or officer of the Government, and the evidence of such location shall be delivered to the chiefs. In testimony whereof, the said Henry R. Schoolcraft, commis- sioner as aforesaid, and the undersigned chiefs of the said bands of Chippewas, have hereunto set their hands, at Wash- ington, the seat of Government, the day and year above ex- pressed. Henry R. Schoolcraft, Esh-ton-o-quot, or clear sky, his x mark, Nay-gee-zhig, or driving clouds, his x mark, May-zin, or checkered, his x mark, Kee-way-gee-zhig, or returning sky, his x mark. In presence of Samuel Humes Porter, Secre- Lucius Lyon, tary, John Holliday, Interpreter, Stevens T. Mason, Governor Joseph F. Murray, of Michigan, George Moran. 668 PATAWATTAMIES. P A T AWAT TAMI F. S. [concLUDED AUGUST 5, 1836—RATIFIED FEBRUARY 18, 1837. ) Järticles of a treaty, made and concluded at a camp near Yellow river, in the State of Indiana, between Abel C. Pepper, commis- sioner on the part of the United States, and Pe-pin-a-waw, JYo- taw-kah, and Mac-kah-tah-mo-ah, chiefs and head men of the Patawattamie tribe of Indians, and their bands, on the fifth day of August, in the year eighteen hundred and thirty-six. ART. 1. The above named chiefs and headmen and their bands hereby cede to the United States, twenty-two sections of land, re- served for them by the second article of the treaty between the United States and the Potawattamie tribe of Indians on Tippe- canoe river, on the twenty-sixth day of October, in the year eighteen hundred and thirty-six [two.] - ART. 2. In consideration of the cession aforesaid, the United States stipulate to pay to the above named chiefs and head men and their bands, the sum of fourteen thousand and eighty dollars in specie, after the ratification of this treaty, and on or before the first day of May, next ensuing the date hereof. ART. 3. The above named chiefs and head men and their bands agree to remove to the country west of the Mississippi river, provided for the Potawattamie nation by the United States, within two years. ART. 4. At the request of the above named band, it is stipulated that, after the ratification of this treaty, the United States shall ap- point a commissioner, who shall be authorized to pay such debts of the said band as may be proved to his satisfaction to be just, to be deducted from the amount stipulated in the second article of this treaty. ART. 5. The United States stipulate to provide for the pay- ment of the necessary expenses attending the making and con- cluding this treaty. ART. 6. This treaty, after the same shall be ratified by the Pre- sident and Senate of the United States, shall be binding upon both parties. In testimony whereof, the said Abel C. Pepper, commissioner as aforesaid, and the said chiefs, and headmen, and their bands, have hereunto set their hands, this fifth day of August, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and thirty-six. A. C. Pepper, Mack-kah-tah-mo-may, his x Pee-pin-ah-waw, his x mark, mark, - No-taw-kah, his x mark, Wi-aw-koos-say, his x mark, MENOMONIES. 669 Te-cum-see, his x mark, Quah-taw, his x mark, Pam-bo-go, his x mark, Kaw-kawk-kay, his x mark, Mup-paw-hue, his x mark, Pis-saw, his x mark, See-co-ase, his x mark, Nas-wavy-kay, his x mark. Co-quah-wah, his x mark, Proper chiefs of the Wabash Patawattamies: Pash-po-ho, his x mark, Ku-waw-nay, his x mark, F-o-wah, his x mark, Nu-bosh, his x mark, 0-kah-maus, his x mark, Pah-siss, his x mark, Jo-quiss, his x mark, Mat-chis-saw, his x mark, We-wis-sah, his x mark, Mas-saw, his x mark, Nas-wav-kah, his x mark, Me-shaw-ki-to-quah, his x Ash-kum, his x mark, mark. Witnesses: J. B. Duret, Sec'y. Geo. W. Ewing, E. O. Cicott, Jos. Barron, Interpreter. MEN O MONIES. [conclude D sept EMBER 3, 1836—RATIFIED FEBRUARY 15, 1837. I Articles of agreement, made and concluded at Cedar Point, on For river, near Green bay, in the territory of Wisconsin, this third day of September, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and thirty-sia, between Henry Dodge, governor of said territory of Wisconsin, commissioner on the part of the United States, on the one part, and the chiefs and head men of the JMe- momonie nation of Indians, of the other part. ART. 1. The said Menomonie nation agree to cede to the United States, all of that tract or district of country included within the following boundaries, viz.: Beginning at the mouth of Wolf river, and running up and along the same, to a point on the north branch of said river where it crosses the extreme north or rear line of the five hundred thousand acre tract, heretofore granted to the New York Indians; thence following the line last mentioned in a north- eastwardly direction three miles; thence in a northwardly course, to the upper forks of the Menomonie river, at a point to intersect the boundary line between the Menomonie and Chippewa nation of Indians; thence following the said boundary line last mentioned in an eastwardly direction, as defined and established by the treaty of the Little Bute des Mort, in 1827, to the Smooth rock or Shos- kin-aubie river; thence down the said river to where it empties into Green bay, between the Little and Great bay de Noguet; thence up and along the west side of Green bay, (and including 670 MENOMONIES. all the islands therein not heretofore ceded,) to the mouth of Fox river; thence up and along the said Fox river, and along the west side of Winnebago lake, (including the islands therein,) to the mouth of Fox river, where it empties into said lake; thence up and along said Fox river to the place of beginning; (saving and re- serving out of the district of country above ceded and described, all that part of the five hundred thousand acre tract, granted by the treaties between the Menomonies and the United States, made on the eighth day of February, A. D. 1831, and on the twenty- seventh day of October, A. D. 1832, which may be situated within the boundaries hereinbefore described,) the quantity of land con- tained in the tract hereby ceded, being estimated at about four millions of acres. - And the said Menomonie nation do further agree to cede and relinquish to the United States, all that tract or district of country lying upon the Wisconsin river in said territory, and included within the following boundaries, viz.: Beginning at a point upon said Wisconsin river two miles above the grant or privilege here- tofore granted by said nation and the United States to Amable Grignon; thence running up and along said river forty-eight miles in a direct line, and being three miles in width on each side of said river; this tract to contain eight townships, or one hundred and eighty-four thousand three hundred and twenty acres of land. ART. 2. In consideration of the cession of the aforesaid tract of land, the United States agree to pay to the said Menomonie na- tion, at the lower end of the Wah-ne-kun-nah lake, in their own country, the sum of twenty-three thousand seven hundred and fifty dollars per annum, for the term of twenty years. The United States further agree to pay and deliver to the said Indians, each and every year during the said term of twenty years, the following articles: Three thousand dollars worth of provisions; two thousand pounds of tobacco; thirty barrels of salt; also the sum of five hundred dollars per year during the same term, for the purchase of farming utensils, cattle, or implements of husbandry, to be expended under the direction of the superintendent or agent. Also, to appoint and pay two blacksmiths, to be located at such places as may be designated by the said superintendent or agent; to erect (and supply with the necessary quantity of iron, steel, and tools,) two blacksmith shops, during the same term. The United States shall also pay the just debts of the said Menomonie Indians, agreeably to the schedule hereunto annexed, amounting to the sum of ninety-nine thousand seven hundred and ten dollars and fifty cents. The sum of one thousand dollars per annum, having been in- cluded by the commissioner in his proposition for the purchase of the above land, (which sum was to be applied to the education of the Indian youth,) and the said Indians having declared that they were not desirous of applying that sum to the aforesaid purpose; MENOMONIES. 671 and that they wished to give that amount to their friend and rela- tion Robert Grignon, for valuable services rendered by him to their nation; therefore the United States do agree to pay to the said Robert Grignon, the sum of one thousand dollars each year, during the said term of twenty years. And whereas, the said Indians are desirous of making some provision and allowance to their relatives and friends of mixed blood, the United States do further agree to pay the sum of eighty thousand dollars, to be divided among all such persons of mixed blood as the chiefs shall hereafter designate; said sum to be ap- portioned and divided under the direction of a commissioner to be appointed by the President. ART. 3. The said Menomonie nation do agree to release the United States from all such provisions of the treaty of 1831 and 1832, aforesaid, as requires the payment of farmers, blacksmiths, millers, etc. They likewise relinquish all their right under said treaty, to appropriation for education, and to all improvements made or to be made upon their reservation on Fox river and Win- nebago lake; together with the cattle, farming utensils, or other articles, furnished or to be furnished to them under said treaty. ART. 4. The above annuities shall be paid yearly and every year, during the said term, in the month of June or July, or as soon thereafter as the amount shall be received; and the said Me- nomonie nation do agree to remove from the country ceded, within one year after the ratification of this treaty. This treaty shall be binding and obligatory on the contracting parties, as soon as the same shall be ratified by the President and Senate of the United States. Done at Cedar Point, in said territory of Wisconsin, this third day of September, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and thirty-six, and in the year of the Independence of the United States the sixty-first. H. Dodge, Osh-kosh, his x mark, Aya-ma-taw, his x mark, Ko-ma-ni-kin, his x mark, Wain-e-saut, his x mark, Kee-sis, his x mark, Carron-Glaude, his x mark, Say-ga-toke, his x mark, Shee-O-ga-tay, his x mark, Wah-pee-min, his x mark, Isk-ki-ninew, his x mark, Ko-ma-ni-kee-no-shah, his x mark, Wah-bee-ne-mickee, his x mark, Shee-pan-ago, his x mark, Maw-baw-so, his x mark, 672 MENOMONIES. Chin-nay-pay-mawly, his x mark, Chee-chee-go-waw-way, his x mark, Shoneon, his x mark, Et-chee-kee, his x mark, Pee-a-tum, his x mark, Pay-maw-ba-may, his x mark, Ah-kah-mute, his x mark, Pah-mun-a-kut, his x mark, Chee-kah-ma-ke-shir, his x mark, Wah-kee-che-un, his x mark. Signed and sealed in the presence of Henry S. Baird, Secretary to the Charles R. Brush, Commissioner, Louis Philipson, George Boyd, U. S. Ind. Agt, L. Grignon, Charles A. Grignon, Sworn In- Agt. Grignon, terpreter, Samuel Ryan, William Powell, Sworn Interp. William Bruce, George M. Brooke, Bot. Brigºr John Drake, General, David Blish, jr. R. E. Clary, U. S. Army, J. Jourdain, D. Jones, T. T. Porlier. John P. Arndt, SCHEDULE. It is agreed, on the part of the United States, that the following claims shall be allowed and paid, agreeably to the second article of the foregoing treaty, viz: To John Lawe, twelve thousand five hundred dollars. Augustine Grignon, ten thousand dollars. William Powell and Robert Grignon, four thousand two hun- dred and fifty dollars. Charles A. Grignon, ten thousand dollars. John Lawe & Co., six thousand dollars. Walter T. Webster, one hundred dollars. John P. Arndt, five hundred and fifty dollars. William Farnsworth and Charles R. Brush, two thousand five hundred dollars. James Porlier, seven thousand five hundred dollars. Heirs of Louis Beaupre, one thousand five hundred dollars. Dominick Brunette, two hundred and thirty-one dollars and fifty cents. Alexander J. Irwin, one thousand two hundred and fifty dollars. American Fur Co., (western outfit,) four hundred dollars. Charles Grignon, one thousand two hundred dollars. MENOMONIES, 673 Joseph Rolette, one thousand seven hundred and fifty dollars. Charles A. and Alexander Grignon, seven hundred and fifty dollars. James Reed, seven hundred dollars. Peter Powell, one thousand seven hundred and fifty dollars. Paul Grignon, five thousand five hundred dollars. William Dickinson, three thousand dollars. Robert M. Eberts, seventy-four dollars. Joseph Jourdain, fifty dollars. James Knaggs, five hundred and fifty dollars, ($550.) Ebenezer Childs, two hundred dollars. Lewis Rouse, five thousand dollars. William Farnsworth, two thousand five hundred dollars. Saml. Irwin and Geo. Boyd, jr., one hundred and five dollars. Aneyas Grignon, two thousand five hundred dollars. Pierre Grignon, decºd, by Rob. and Peter B. Grignon, six thousand dollars. Stanislius Chappue, one hundred dollars. John Lawe, one thousand two hundred dollars. William Dickinson, two hundred and fifty dollars. Stansilius Chappue, two thousand five hundred dollars. Lewis Grignon, seven thousand two hundred and fifty dollars. H. Dodge, Commissioner. All the above acts were sworn to before me, the third day of September, 1836. John P. Arndt, a Justice of the Peace. Ratified, with the following amendments: After the word “country,” in line four of article second, strike out the words “the sum of twenty-three thousand seven hundred and fifty,” and insert the following words in lieu thereof: “ or at such other place as may be designated by the President of the United States, the sum of twenty thousand.” After the word “cents,” at the end of the third paragraph of the second article, insert the following words; “Provided, always, That no part or portion of said debts shall be paid until the va- lidity and justice of each of them, shall have been inquired into by the superintendent of Indian affairs, who shall in no instance increase the amount specified in said schedule, but who shall allow the sum specified, reject it entirely, or reduce it as upon examination and proof may appear just, and if any part of said sum is left, after paying said debts so adjudged to be just, then such surplus shall be paid to the said Indians for their own use.” Strike out the fourth paragraph of the second article in the fol- lowing words: “The sum of one thousand dollars per annum having been included by the commissioner, in his proposition for the purchase of the above land (which sum was to be applied to 57 - 674 SIOUX. the education of the Indian youth,) and the said Indians having declared that they were not desirous of applying that sum to the aforesaid purpose, and that they wished to give that amount to their friend and relation Robert Grignon, for valuable services rendered by him to their nation, therefore, the United States do agree to pay to the said Robert Grignon the sum of one thousand dollars each year, during the said term of twenty years.” At the end of the second article insert the following proviso: “Provided, always, That no person shall be entitled to any part of said fund, unless he is of Indian descent, and actually resident within the boundaries described in the first article of this treaty, nor shall any thing be allowed to any such person who may have received any allowance under any previous treaty. The portions of this fund allowed by the commissioner to those half-breeds who are orphans, or poor or incompetent to make a proper use thereof, shall be paid to them in instalments or otherwise as the President may direct.” At the end of the third article insert the following words: “And in consideration of said release and relinquishment, the United States stipulate and agree that the sum of seventy-six thousand dollars shall be allowed to the said Indians, and this sum shall be invested in some safe stock, and the interest thereof, as it accrues, shall also be so vested until such time as in the judgment of the President, the income of the aggregate sum can be usefully applied to the execution of the provisions in the said fourth article, or to some other purposes beneficial to the said Indians.” S I O U X. [concLUDED SEPTEMBER 10, 1836–RATIFIED FEBRUARY 15, 1837.] In a convention held this tenth day of September, 1836, be- tween Col. Z. Taylor, Indian Agent, and the chiefs, braves, and principal men of the Sioux, of Wa-ba-shaw’s tribe of Indians, it has been represented, that according to the stipulations of the first article of the treaty of Prairie du Chien, of the 15th July, 1830, the country thereby ceded is “to be assigned and allotted under the direction of the President of the United States, to the tribes now living thereon, or to such other tribes as the President may locate thereon for hunting and other purposes.” And, whereas, it is further represented to us, the chiefs, braves, and principal men of the tribe aforesaid, to be desirable that the lands lying be- tween the State of Missouri and the Missouri river should be at- tached to, and become a part of said State, and the Indian title thereto be extinguished; but, that, notwithstanding, as these lands compose a part of the country embraced by the provisions of said first article of the treaty aforesaid, the stipulations thereof will be strictly observed, until the assent of the Indians interested is given to the proposed measure. SIOUX. 675 Now we, the chiefs, braves, and principal men of the above named tribe of Indians, fully understanding the subject, and well satisfied from the local position of the lands in question, that they can never be made available for Indian purposes, and that an at- tempt to place an Indian population on them must inevitably lead to collisions with the citizens of the United States; and further believing that the extension of the State line in the direction in- dicated, would have a happy effect, by presenting a natural boun- dary between the whites and Indians; and willing, moreover, to give the United States a renewed evidence of our attachment and friendship, do hereby for ourselves, and on behalf of our respective tribes, (having full power and authority to this effect,) forever cede, relinquish, and quit claim to the United States, all our right, title, and interest, of whatsoever nature in, and to, the lands lying between the State of Missouri and the Missouri river, and do freely and fully exonerate the United States from any guarantee, condition, or limitation, expressed or implied, under the treaty of Prairie du Chien aforesaid, or otherwise, as to the entire and ab- solute disposition of the said lands, fully authorizing the United States to do with the same whatever shall seem expedient or ne- Cessary. In testimony whereof, we have hereunto set our hands and seals, the day and year above written. Sau-tabe-say, Wa-ba-shaw's son, his x mark, L. s. Wau-kaun-hendee-oatah, his x mark, L Nau-tay-sah-pah, his x mark, L. Mauk-pee-au-cat-paun, his x mark, L L Hoo-yah, the eagle, his x mark, Eacecuted in presence of H. L. Dousman, J. M. Scott, Lieut. 1st Inf'y. W. R. Jouett, Capt. 1st Infºy, Geo. H. Pegram, Lt. 1st Infly. As a proof of the continued friendship and liberality of the United States towards the above named tribe of Indians, and as an evidence of the sense entertained for the good will manifested by said tribes to the citizens and Government of the United States, as evinced in the preceding cession or relinquishment, the under- signed agrees on behalf of the United States, to cause said tribes to be furnished with presents to the amount of four hundred dol- lars, in goods or in money. In testimony whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and seal, this tenth day of September, 1836. Z. Taylor, Col. U. S. Army, and Act'g. U. S. Indian Agent. L. s. 676 IOWAYS, AND SACKS AND FOXES. I O WAYS, AND SA C K S AND FOX E S. I concLUDED SEPTEMBER 17, 1836–RATIFIED FEBRUARY 15, 1837. I Articles of a treaty, made and concluded at fort Leavenworth, on the JMissouri river, between William Clark, superintendent of Indian affairs, on the part ºf the United States, of the one part, and the undersigned chiefs, warriors, and counsellors, of the Ioway tribe and the band of Sacks and Fores of the Missouri, (residing west of the State of Missouri,) in behalf of their respective tribes, of the other part. ART. 1. By the first article of the treaty of Prairie du Chien, held the fifteenth day of July, eighteen hundred and thirty, with the confederated tribes of Sacks, Foxes, Ioways, Omahaws, Mis- sourias, Ottoes, and Sioux, the country ceded to the United States by that treaty is to be assigned and allotted, under the direction of the President of the United States, to the tribes living thereon, or to such other tribes as the President may locate thereon for hunt- ing and other purposes. And whereas it is further represented to us, the chiefs, warriors, and counsellors of the Ioways and Sack and Fox band aforesaid, to be desirable that the lands lying between the State of Missouri and the Missouri river, should be attached to and become a part of said State, and the Indian title thereto be entirely entinguished; but that, notwithstanding, as these lands compose a part of the country embraced by the provisions of said first article of the treaty aforesaid, the stipulations thereof will be strictly observed, until the assent of the Indians interested is given to the proposed measure. - Now, we, the chiefs, warriors, and counsellors of the Ioways and Missouri band of Sacks and Foxes, fully understanding the subject, and well satisfied, from the local position of the lands in question, that they never can be made available for Indian pur- poses, and that an attempt to place an Indian population on them, must inevitably lead to collisions with the citizens of the United States; and further believing that the extension of the State line in the direction indicated would have a happy effect, by presenting a natural boundary between the whites and Indians, and willing, moreover, to give the United States a renewed evidence of our at- tachment and friendship, do hereby for ourselves, and on behalf of our respective tribes, (having full power and authority to this ef- fect,) forever cede, relinquish, and quit claim, to the United States, all our right, title, and interest, of whatsoever nature, in and to the lands lying between the State of Missouri and the Missouri river; and do freely and fully exonerate the United States from any gua- rantee, condition, or limitation, expressed or implied, under the 1OWAYS, AND SACKS AND FoxEs. 677 treaty of Prairie du Chien aforesaid, or otherwise, as to the entire and absolute disposition of the said lands, fully authorizing the United States to do with the same whatever shall seem expedient or necessary. As a proof of the continued friendship and liberality of the Unit- ed States towards the Ioways and bands of Sacks and Foxes of the Missouri, and as an evidence of the sense entertained for the good will manifested by said tribes to the citizens and Government of the United States, as evinced in the preceding cession of relin- quishment, the undersigned, William Clark, agrees on behalf of the United States, to pay as a present to the said Ioways and band of Sacks and Foxes, seven thousand five hundred dollars in money, the receipt of which they hereby acknowledge. ART. 2. As the said tribes of Ioways, and Sacks and Foxes have applied for a small piece of land, south of the Missouri, for a per- manent home, on which they can settle, and request the assistance of the Government of the United States to place them on this land, in a situation at least equal to that they now enjoy on the land ceded by them : Therefore, I, William Clark, superintendent of In- dian affairs, do further agree, on behalf of the United States, to assign to the Ioway tribe and Missouri band of Sacks and Foxes, the small strip of land on the south side of the Missouri river, lying between the Kickapoo northern boundary line and the Grand Ne- mahar river, and extending from the Missouri back and westwardly with the said Kickapoo line and the Grand Nemahar, making four hundred sections; to be divided between the said Ioways and Mis- souri band of Sacks and Foxes; the lower half to the Sacks and Foxes, the upper half to the Ioways. ART. 3. The Ioways and Missouri band of Sacks and Foxes further agree, that they will move and settle on the lands assigned them in the above article, as soon as arrangements can be made by them; and the undersigned, William Clark, in behalf of the United States, agrees, that as soon as the above tribes have selected a site for their villages, and places for their fields, and moved to them, to erect for the Ioways five comfortable houses; to enclose and break up for them two hundred acres of ground; to furnish them with a farmer, a blacksmith, schoolmaster, and interpreter, as long as the President of the United States may deem proper; to furnish them with such agricultural implements as may be necessary, for five years; to furnish them with rations for one year, commencing at the time of their arrival at their new homes; to furnish them with one ferryboat; to furnish them with one hundred cows and calves, and five bulls, and one hundred stock hogs, when they require them; to furnish them with a mill; and assist in removing them, to the extent of five hundred dollars. And to erect for the Sacks and Foxes three comfortable houses; to enclose and break up for them two hundred acres of ground; to furnish them with a farmer, blacksmith, schoolmaster, and interpreter, as long as the President 678 IOWAYS, AND SACKS AND FOXES. of the United States may deem proper; to furnish them with such agricultural implements as may be necessary, for five years; to fur- nish them with rations for one year, commencing at the time of their arrival at their new home; to furnish them with one ferryboat; to furnish them with one hundred cows and calves, and five bulls; one hundred stock hogs, when they require them ; to furnish them with a mill; and to assist in removing them, to the extent of four hundred dollars. ART. 4. This treaty shall be obligatory on the tribes, parties hereto, from and after the date hereof, and on the United States from and after its ratification by the Government thereof. Done, and signed, and sealed, at fort Leavenworth, on the Mis- souri, this seventeenth day of September, one thousand eight hundred and thirty-six, and of the independence of the United States the sixty-first. Wm. Clark, Sup’t. Indian Affairs. L. S. IOWAYS. Mo-hos-ca, or white cloud, his x mark, Nau-che-ning, or no heart, his x mark, Wa-che-mo-ne, or the orator, his x mark, Ne-o-mo-ne, or raining cloud, his x mark, Mau-o-mo-ne, or pumpkin, his x mark, Congu, or plumb, his x mark, Wau-thaw-ea-be-chu, one that eats raw, his x mark, Ne-wau-thaw-chu, hair shedder, his x mark, Mau-hau-ka, bunch of arrows, his x mark, Cha-tau-the-ne, big bull, his x mark, Cha-tea-thau, buffalo bull, his x mark, Cha-ta-ha-ra-wa-re, foreign buffalo, his x mark, S SACKS AND FOXES. Cau-ca-car-mack, rock bass, his x mark, Sea-sa-ho, sturgeon, his x mark, Pe-a-chin-a-car-mack, bald headed eagle, his x mark, Pe-a-chin-a-car-mack, jr., bald headed eagle, his x mark, Ca-ha-qua, red fox, his x mark, Pe-shaw-ca, bear, his x mark, Po-cau-ma, deer, his x mark, Ne-bosh-ca-wa, wolf, his x mark, Ne-squi-in-a, deer, his x mark, Ne-sa-au-qua, bear, his x mark, Qua-co-ou-si, wolf, his x mark, Se-quil-la, deer, his x mark, As-ke-pa-ke-ka-as-a, green lake, his x mark, Wa-pa-se, Swan, his x mark, No-cha-taw-wa-ta-sa, star, his x mark, - S. S. POTAWATTAMIES. 6.79 Witnesses: S. W. Kearny, Col. 1st Regt. Wm. Bowman, Sergt. Maj. 1st Dragoons, Dragoons, Jno. Dougherty, Ind. Jägt. Jeffrey Dorion, his x mark, Andrew S. Hughes, Sub-agent. Sworn Interpreter, George R. H. Clark, Peter Cadue, his x mark, Sworn William Duncan, Indian Farmer. Interpreter, Jos. W. Hamilton, Sutler Dra- Jaques White, Interpreter U. S. go0ns, Louis M. Darrion. H. Robedou, jr., P OT A. W. A TT A M I E S. [concluded SEPTEMBER 20, 1836–RATIFIED FEBRUARY 18, 1837. I -ārticles of a treaty, made and concluded at Chippewanaung, in the State of Indiana, between Abel C. Pepper, commissioner on the part of the United States, and To-i-sa’s brother, Me-mat-way and Che-quow-ka-ko, chiefs and head men of the Potawattamie tribe of Indians, and their band, on the twentieth day of Septem- ber, in the year eighteen hundred and thirty-sia. ART. 1. The above named chiefs, and head men, and their band, hereby cede to the United States, ten sections of land re- served for them by the second article of the treaty between the United States and the Potawattamie tribe of Indians, on Tippe- canoe river, on the 27th day of October, in the year 1832. ART. 2. In consideration of the cession aforesaid, the United States stipulate to pay the above named chiefs and head men and their band, the sum of eight thousand dollars, on or before the first day of May next. ART. 3. The above named chiefs, and head men, and their band agree to remove to the country west of the Mississippi river, provided for the Potawattamie nation by the United States, within two years. ART. 4. At the request of the above named band, it is stipu- lated that after the ratification of this treaty, the United States shall appoint a commissioner, who shall be authorized to pay such debts of the said band as may be proved to his satisfaction to be just, to be deducted from the amount stipulated in the second article of this treaty. ART. 5. The United States stipulate to provide for the pay- ment of the necessary expenses attending the making and con- cluding this treaty. ART. 6. This treaty, after the same shall be ratified by the Presi- dent and Senate of the United States, shall be binding upon both parties. 680 POTA.W.A.TTIMIES. In testimony whereof, the said Abel C. Pepper, commissioner as aforesaid, and the said chiefs, and head men, and their band, have hereunto set their hands, this twentieth day of September, in the year eighteen hundred and thirty-six. Abel C. Pepper, Min-tom-in, his x mark, We-we-sah, or To-i-sa’s bro- Shaw-gwok-skuk, his x mark, ther, his x mark, Mee-kiss, or Kawk’s widow, her Me-mot-way, his x mark, x mark. Che-quaw-ka-ko, his x mark, Witnesses : J. B. Duret, Sec'y. Geo. W. Ewing, Allen Hamilton, James Moree, Cyrus Taber, Abram Burnett. - P. O. T. A. W. A. T TIM IE S. I concluded sept EMBER 22, 1836—RATIFIED FEBRUARY 16, 1837. I Articles of a treaty, made and concluded at Chippewanaung, in the State of Indiana, between A. C. Pepper, commissioner on the part of the United States, and Mo-sack, chief of the Potawattimie tribe of Indians and his band, on the twenty-second day of Sep- tember, in the year eighteen hundred and thirty-sia. ART. 1. The above named chief and his band hereby cede to the United States four sections of land reserved for him and his band by the second article of the treaty between the United States and the Potawattimie tribe of Indians, on Tippecanoe river, on the 27th day of October, in the year eighteen hundred and thirty-two. ART. 2. In consideration of the cession aforesaid, the United States stipulate to pay the above named chief and his band the sum of three thousand two hundred dollars, on or before the first of May next. ART. 3. The above named chief and his band agree to remove to the country west of the Mississippi river, provided for the Pota- wattimie nation by the United States within two years. ART. 4. At the request of the above named chief and his band, it is stipulated that, after the ratification, of this treaty, the United States shall appoint a commissioner, who shall be authorized to pay such debts of the said band as may be proved to his satisfac- tion to be just, to be deducted from the amount stipulated in the second article of this treaty. ART. 5. The United States stipulate to provide for the pay- ment of the necessary expenses attending the making and conclud- ing this treaty. PATAWATTAMIES. 681 ART. 6. This treaty, after the same shall be ratified by the President and Senate of the United States, shall be binding upon both parties. In testimony whereof, the said A. C. Pepper, commissioner as aforesaid, and the said chief and his band have hereunto set their hands, the day and year first above written. A. C. Pepper, Commissioner, Spo-tee, his x mark, Mo-Sack, his x mark, Naw-squi-base, her x mark, Nawb-bwitt, his x mark, Mose-so, his x mark. Skin-cheesh, her x mark, Witnesses: J. B. Duret, Sec'y. Andrew Gosselin, his x mark, Geo. W. Ewing, Bennack, his x mark. - P A T A W A TT A M I E. S. [concLUDED SEPTEMBEP 23, 1836–RATIFIED FEBRUARY 18, 1837. I Articles of a treaty, made and concluded at Chippe-way-naung, in the State of Indiana, on the twenty-third day of September, in the year one thousand eight hundred and thirty-sia, between Abel C. Pepper, commissioner on the part of the United States, and the chiefs, warriors, and head men of the Patawattamie Indians of the Wabash. ART. 1. The chiefs, warriors, and head men of the Patawatta- mies of the Wabash hereby cede to the United States, all the land belonging to the said tribe, in the State of Indiana, and designated in the treaty of 1832, (between Jonathan Jennings, John W. Da- vis, and Marks Crume, commissioners of the United States, and the chiefs and warriors of the Patawattamies, of the State of In- diana and Michigan territory,) as reservations for the use of the following bands, viz: For the band of Kin-krash, four sections, - 4 sections. For the band of Che-chaw-kose, ten sections, - 10 do. For the band of Ash-kum and Wee-si-o-nas, six- teen sections, - - - – 16 do. For the band of Weesaw, four sections, - 4 do. For the band of Mo-ta, four sections, - - 4 do. For the bands of Mi-no-quet, four sections, - 4 do. 42 sections. ART. 2. In consideration of the cession aforesaid, the United States stipulate to pay the above chiefs, warriors, and head men of the Patawattamie nation, one dollar and twenty-five cents per 682 PATAWATTAMIES. acre, or thirty-three thousand six hundred dollars in specie, on or before the first of May, in the year eighteen hundred and thirty- Seven. ART. 3. The above named chiefs, warriors, and head men of the Patawattamies of the Wabash, agree to remove to the country west of the Mississippi river, provided for the Patawattamie nation by the United States, within two years. ART. 4. At the request of the above named chiefs, warriors, and head men of the Patawattamies aforesaid, it is stipulated, that after the ratification of this treaty, the United States shall appoint a commissioner who shall be authorized to pay such debts of said Wabash Patawattamies as may be proved to his satisfaction to be just, to be deducted from the amount stipulated in the 2d article of this treaty. ART. 5. The United States stipulate to provide for the pay- ment of the necessary expenses attending the making and con- cluding this treaty. ART. 6. This treaty shall be binding upon the parties aforesaid from the date of its ratification by the President and Senate of the United States. In testimony whereof, the said Abel C. Pepper, commissioner as aforesaid, and the said chiefs, warriors, and head men of the Patawattamies of the Wabash, have hereunto set their hands, the day and year first above written. Abel C. Pepper, Commissioner, Pash-po-ho, his x mark, O-koh-mause, his x mark, Jo-weh, his x mark, Mjo-quiss, his x mark, We-wis-sah, his x mark, Pe-pin-a-waw, his x mark, No-taw-kah, his x mark, Po-kah-gause, his x mark, Nas-wav-ray, his x mark, Ash-kum, his x mark, Ke-waw-nay, his x mark, Mat-che-saw, his x mark, Ne-boash, his x mark, Mee-shawk, his x mark, Che-kaw-me, his x mark, Kaw-te-nose, his x mark, Saw-wav-quett, his x mark, W-daw-min, his x mark, Kaw-we-saut, his x mark. SACS AND FOXE S. 683 Witnesses : J. B. Duret, Secretary, Allen Hamilton, E. O. Cicott, Cyrus Vigus, I. P. Simonton, Capt. 1st Reg. Job B. Eldrige, U. S. Drag. Peter Barron. Joseph Barron, Interpreter, The above named chiefs acknowledge themselves to be justly indebted to Hamilton and Comperet, in the sum of eight hundred dollars, and request that it may be paid and deducted from the consideration named in the above treaty. S A C S A N D F O X E S. I concLUDED SEPTEMBER 27, 1836—RATIFIED FEBRUARY 15, 1837. In a convention, held this twenty-seventh day of September, 1836, between Henry Dodge, superintendent of Indian affairs, and the chiefs, braves, and principal men of the Sac and Fox tribe of Indians, it has been represented, that according to the stipulations of the first article of the treaty of Prairie du Chien, of the 15th of July, 1830, the country thereby ceded, is “to be assigned and allotted under the direction of the President of the United States, to the tribes now living thereon, or to such other tribes as the Pre- sident may locate thereon for hunting and other purposes.” And whereas, it is further represented to us, the chiefs, braves, and prin- cipal men of the tribe aforesaid, to be desirable that the lands ly- ing between the State of Missouri and the Missouri river should be attached to, and become a part of said State, and the Indian title thereto be entirely extinguished; but that, notwithstanding, as these lands compose a part of the country embraced by the pro- visions of said first article of the treaty aforesaid, the stipulations thereof will be strictly observed until the assent of the Indians in- terested is given to the proposed measure. Now, we the chiefs, braves, and principal men of the Sac and Fox tribes of Indians, fully understanding the subject, and well satisfied from the local position of the lands in question, that they can never be made available for Indian purposes, and that an at- tempt to place an Indian population on them must inevitably lead to collisions with the citizens of the United States; and further believing that the extension of the State line in the direction in- dicated, would have a happy effect, by presenting a natural boun- dary between the whites and Indians; and, willing, moreover, to give the United States a renewed evidence of our attachment and friendship, do hereby, for ourselves, and on behalf of our respective tribes, (having full power and authority to this effect) forever cede, relinquish, and quit claim to the United States, all our right, title, 684 SACS AND FOXES. and interest of whatsoever nature in, and to, the lands lying between the State of Missouri and the Missouri river, and do freely and fully exonerate the United States from any guarantee, condi- tion, or limitation, expressed or implied, under the treaty of Prairie du Chien aforesaid, or otherwise, as to the entire and absolute dis- position of the said lands, fully authorizing the United States to do with the same whatever shall seem expedient or necessary. In testimony whereof, we have hereunto set our hands and seals, the day and year first above written. H. Dodge, Wa-pa-ca, his x mark, Po-we-seek, his x mark, Qui-ya-ni-pe-na, his x mark, Au-sa-wa-kuk, his x mark, Wa-ko-sa-see, his x mark, Sa-sa-pe-ma, his x mark, Ma-wha-wi, his x mark, Wa-pa-sa-kun, his x mark, Pa-ka-ka, his x mark, We-se-au-ke-no-huck, his x mark, Ka-ha-kee, his x mark, Na-a-huck, his x mark, Nau-a-wa-pit, his x mark, Keo-kuck, his x mark, Pa-she-pa-ho, his x mark, We-she-oa-ma-quit, his x mark, Ap-pi-nuis, his x mark, Pe-at-shin-wa, his x mark, Wa-po-pa-nas-kuck, his x mark, Wa-ta-pe-naut, his x mark, Pa-na-see, his x mark, Ma-ke-no-na-see, his x mark, Na-che-min, his x mark. In presence of us : James W. Grimes, Secretary of Danniah Smith, Commission, Nathl. Knapp, Jos. M. Street, Indian Agent, Daniel Geire, Ant. St. Clair, Interpreter, Erastus H. Bassett, Frans. Labussir, Interpreter, Geo. Catlin, James Craig, Robert Serrell Wood. SACS AND FOXES. 685 SA C S AND FOX E S. I concLUDED SEPTEMBER 28, 1836–RATIFIED FEBRUARY 27, 1837. I Articles of a treaty, made and entered into at the treaty ground on the right bank of the Mississippi river, in the county of Debuque, and territory of Wisconsin, opposite Rock island, on the twenty- eighth day of September, one thousand eight hundred and thirty- sia, between Henry Dodge, commissioner on the part of the United States, of the one part, and the confederated tribes of Sac and Foa Indians, represented in general council by the under- signed chiefs, headmen and warriors of the said tribes, of the other part. Whereas, by the second article of the treaty made between the United States and the confederated tribes of Sac and Fox Indians, on the twenty-first day of September, one thousand eight hundred and thirty-two, a reservation of four hundred sections of land was made to the Sac and Fox Indians, to be laid off under the direc- tion of the President of the United States in conformity to the provisions of said article, and the same having been so sub- sequently laid out accordingly, and the confederated tribes of Sacs and Foxes being desirous of obtaining additional means of support, and to pay their just creditors, have entered into this treaty, and make the following cession of land. ART. 1. The confederated tribes of Sacs and Foxes for the purposes above expressed, and for and in consideration of the sti- pulations and agreements hereinafter expressed, do hereby cede to the United States forever, the said reservation of four hundred sections of land, as designated in the second article of the treaty made between the United States and the confederated tribes of Sacs and Foxes, as the same has been surveyed and laid off by order of the President of the United States. ART. 2. In consideration of the cession contained in the pre- ceding article, the United States hereby agree as follows, to wit: To pay to the confederated tribes of the Sac and Fox Indians, in the month of June, one thousand eight hundred and thirty-seven, the sum of thirty thousand dollars, and for ten successive years thereafter, the sum of ten thousand dollars each year in specie, to be paid at the treaty ground opposite Rock island; to pay to the widow and children of Felix St. Vrain, deceased, former Indian agent, who was killed by the Indians, one thousand dollars; to pay to the following named persons the sums set opposite to their names respectively, being the one-half of the amount agreed to be due and owing by the confederated tribes of Sacs and Foxes to their creditors, provided said creditors will wait for the other half until the same can be paid out of their annuities, for which purpose the Sacs and Foxes will set apart the sum of five thousand dollars 686 SACS AND FOXES. each year, beginning in one thousand eight hundred and thirty- eight, out of their annuities to be paid upon said debts in the proper proportion until the whole amount is discharged; to wit: to John Campbell ten thousand dollars, to Jeremiah Smith six hundred and forty dollars, to Stephen Dubois three hundred and five dollars and twenty-five cents, to Nathaniel Knapp one hundred dollars, to Wharton R. McPherson two hundred and fifty dollars, to S. S. Phelps & Co. four thousand dollars, to Jesse W. Shull five hundred dollars, to James Jordon one hundred and fifty dollars, to John R. Campbell fifteen dollars, to Amos Farrar one hundred dollars, to the owners of the S. Warrior one hundred and sixty- two dollars and seventy-five cents, to George Davenport two thou- sand five hundred and sixty-three dollars and fifty cents, to Ma- dame St. Ament five hundred dollars, to Madame Joseph Gunville five hundred dollars, to Madame Le Claire one hundred and twenty-five dollars, to Miss Blondeau one hundred and twenty- five dollars, to Antoine Le Claire two thousand four hundred and thirty-six dollars and fifty-cents, to Francis Labachiere one thousand one hundred and sixty-seven dollars and seventy-five cents, to Pratte, Chouteau & Co. twenty thousand three hundred and sixty-two dollars and forty-two and a half cents, to Nathaniel Ratterson four hundred and fifty-six dollars. ART. 3. The United States further agree to deliver to the con- federated tribes of Sacs and Foxes two hundred horses, as near that number as can be procured with the sum of nine thousand three hundred and forty-one dollars, to be delivered at the pay- ment of the annuities in June, one thousand eight hundred and thirty-seven. ART. 4. At the special request of the Sac and Fox Indians aforesaid, the United States agree to make the following provision for the benefit and support of seven half breeds of the Sac and Fox nation, to wit: The United States agree to pay to Wayman, for the use and benefit of his half-breed child by a Fox woman named Ni-an-no, onet housand dollars; to Wharton R. McPherson, for the use and benefit of his half-breed child by To-to-qua, a Fox woman, one thousand dollars; to James Thorn, for the use and benefit of his half-breed child by Ka-kee-o-sa-qua, a Fox woman, one thousand dollars; to Joseph Smart, for the use of his half-breed child by Ca-ti-qua, a Fox woman, one thousand dollars; to Nathan Smith, for the use and benefit of his half-breed child by Wa-na-sa, a Sac woman, one thousand dollars; and to Joseph M. Street, Indian agent, two thousand dollars for the use and benefit of two half-breed children, one the child of Niwa-ka- kee, a Fox woman, by one Mitchell, the other the child of Ni-an- na, by Amos Farrar, the two thousand dollars to be put at interest, and so much of said interest arising therefrom to be expended for the benefit of the children as said agent shall deem proper and necessary; and when each shall arrive at the age of twenty years, SACS AND FOXES. 687. the said agent shall pay to each half-breed one thousand dollars, and any balance of interest remaining in his hands at the time. ART. 5. At the special request of the said confederated tribes of Sac and Fox Indians, it is further agreed by the United States, to pay to Joseph M. Street, their agent, two hundred dollars for the use and benefit of Thompson Connoly and James Connoly, children of their friend John Connoly, deceased, to be by said agent put at interest and expended on the education of said Thompson and James Connoly, children of said John Connoly, deceased. ART. 6. The said confederated tribes of Sac and Fox Indians hereby stipulate and agree to remove from off the lands herein in the first article of this treaty ceded to the United States, by the first day of November next ensuing the date hereof, and in order to prevent any future misunderstanding, it is expressly understood that no band or party of the said confederated tribes of Sac and Fox Indians, shall plant, fish, or hunt on any portion of the country herein ceded after the period just mentioned. ART. 6. This treaty shall be obligatory on the contracting par- ties after it shall be ratified by the President and Senate of the United States. Done at the treaty ground on the right bank of the Mississippi, in Debuque county, Wisconsin Territory, opposite Rock island, this twenty-eighth day of September, one thousand eight hundred and thirty-six. H. Dodge, L. S A-sho-wa-huk, his x mark, L. S Masha-na, his x mark, L. S Wa-ko-sha-she, his x mark, L. S Sa-sa-pe-man, his x mark, L. S Na-wo-huck, his x mark, L. S Pa-na-see, his x mark, L. S FOXES. Wa-pella, his x mark, L. S. Pow-a-sheek, his x mark, L. S Qua-qua-na-pe-qua, his x mark, L. S. Wa-pak-onas-kuck, his x mark, L. S Wa-tup-a-waut, his x mark, L. S Me-kee-won-a-see, his x mark, L. S Ka-ka-no-an-ma, his x mark, L. S SACS. Kee-o-kuck, his x mark, Pashapahoo, his x mark, We-she-ko-ma-quit, his x mark, Ap-a-noose, his x mark, - Pe-a-chin-wa, his x mark, Mo-wha-wi, his x mark, Wa-pe-sha-kon, his x mark. 688 SACS AND FOXE S. In presence of us James W. Grimes, Secretary of W. R. McPherson, Commission, Geo. W. Atchison, Jos. M. Street, Indian Agent, Jeremiah Smith, L. Dorsey Stockton, jr., Attorney Nathan Smith, at Law, Robt. Serrell Wood, Ant. Leclaire, Interpreter, Geo. Catlin, Frans. Labussir, Interpreter, Richard J. Lockwood, James Craig, Enoch Gilbert, P. R. Chouteau, jr., Courtlandt Lawson, Geo. Davenport, George Miller, jr., Nathl. Knapp, Courtlandt Lawson. Ratified with the following amendments: After the word “island’” in the thirdline of the second article, insert the following words: “Or such other place as may be de- signated by the President of the United States.” After the word “ dollars ” in the third line of the second arti- cle, strike out the residue of the said article in the following words: “To pay to the following named persons the sums set opposite to their names respectively, being the one-half of the amount agreed to be due and owing by the confederated tribes of Sacs and Foxes to their creditors, provided said creditors will wait for the other half until the same can be paid out of their annuities, for which purpose the Sacs and Foxes will set apart the sum of five thousand dollars each year, beginning in one thousand eight hun- dred and thirty-eight, out of their annuities, to be paid upon said debts in the proper proportion until the whole amount is dis- charged, to wit: To John Campbell ten thousand dollars, to Jere- miah Smith six hundred and forty dollars, to Stephen Dubois three hundred and five dollars and twenty-five cents, to Nathaniel Knapp one hundred dollars, to Wharton R. McPherson two hun- dred and fifty dollars, to S. S. Phelps & Co. four thousand dollars, to Jesse W. Shull five hundred dollars, to James Jordon one hun- dred and fifty dollars, to John R. Campbell fifteen dollars, to Amos Farrar one hundred dollars, to the owners of the steamboat War- rior, one hundred and sixty-two dollars and seventy-five cents, to George Davenport two thousand five hundred and sixty-three dollars and fifty cents, to Madame St. Ament five hundred dollars, to Madame Joseph Gunville five hundred dollars, to Madame Le Claire one hundred and twenty-five dollars, to Miss Blondeau one hundred and twenty-five dollars, to Antoine Le Claire two thousand four hundred and thirty-six dollars and fifty cents, to Francis La- bachiere one thousand one hundred and sixty-seven dollars and seventy-five cents, to Pratte, Chouteau, & Co. twenty thousand three hundred and sixty-two dollars and forty-two and a half cents, to Nathaniel Patterson four hundred and fifty-six dollars.” OTOES, MISSOURIES, ETC. 689 After the word “dollars” in the third line of the second article, insert the following in lieu of the words stricken out: “And also to pay the sum of forty-eight thousand four hundred and fifty-eight dollars eighty-seven and a half cents, to enable said Indians to pay such debts as may be ascertained by their super- intendent to be justly due from them to individuals; and if said debts, so ascertained to be just, amount to more than said sum, then the same shall be divided among said creditors pro rata; and if less, then the overplus to be paid to said Indians for their own use.” The Ioway Indians having set up a claim to a part of the lands ceded by this treaty, it is therefore hereby provided, that the Pre- sident of the United States shall cause the validity and extent of said claim to be ascertained, and upon a relinquishment of said claim to the United States, he shall cause the reasonable and fair value thereof to be paid to said Ioway Indians, and the same amount to be deducted from the sum stipulated to be paid to the Sacs and Foxes. O TOES, MIS SOURIES, ETC. I concLUDED october 15, 1836–RATIFIED FEBRUARY 15, 1837. I Articles of a convention, entered into and concluded at Bellevue, Upper Missouri, the fifteenth day of October, one thousand eight hundred and thirty-sia, by and between John Dougherty, United States agent for Indian affairs, and Joshua Pilcher, United States Indian sub-agent, being specially authorized therefor, and the chiefs, braves, head men, etc., of the Otoes, Missouries, Omahaws, and Yankton and Santee bands of Sioua, duly authorized by their respective tribes. - ART. 1. Whereas, it has been represented that according to the stipulations of the first article of the treaty of Prairie du Chien, of the fifteenth of July, eighteen hundred and thirty, the country ceded is “to be assigned and allotted under the direction of the President of the United States to the tribes now living thereon, or to such other tribes as the President may locate thereon for hunting and other purposes: ” And whereas, it is further represented to us, the chiefs, braves, and head men of the tribes aforesaid, that it is desirable that the lands lying between the State of Missouri and the Mis- souri river, and south of a line running due west from the north- west corner of said State until said line strikes the Missouri river, should be attached to, and become a part of said State, and the Indian title thereto be entirely extinguished; but that notwith- standing, as these lands compose a part of the country embraced by the provisions of the said first article of the treaty aforesaid, the stipulations whereof will be strictly observed, until the assent of 58 690 OTOES, MISSOURIES, ETC. the Indians interested is given to the proposed measure. Now, we, the chiefs, braves, and principal men of the Otoes, Missouries, Omahaws, Yankton and Santee bands of Sioux aforesaid, fully understanding the subject, and well satisfied from the local posi- tion of the lands in question, that they never can be made avail- able for Indian purposes; and that an attempt to place an Indian population on them must inevitably lead to collisions with the citizens of the United States; and, further believing that the ex- tension of the State line in the direction indicated, would have a happy effect by presenting a natural boundary between the whites and the Indians; and willing, moreover, to give the United States a renewed evidence of our attachment and friendship, do hereby for ourselves, and on behalf of our respective tribes (having full power and authority to this effect) forever cede, relinquish, and quit claim to the United States, all our right, title, and interest of whatsoever nature, in and to the lands lying between the State of Missouri and the Missouri river, and south of a line running due west from the northwest corner of the State to the Missouri river, as hereinbefore mentioned; and freely and fully exonerate the United States from any guarantee, condition, or limitation, ex- pressed or implied, under the treaty of Prairie du Chien aforesaid or otherwise, as to the entire and absolute disposition of said lands, fully authorizing the United States to do with the same whatever shall seem expedient or necessary. - ART. 2. As a proof of the continued friendship and liberality of the United States towards the said Otoes, Missouries, Omahaws, and Yankton and Santee bands of Sioux, and as an evidence of the sense entertained for the good will manifested by the said tribes to the citizens and government of the United States, as evinced in the preceding cession and relinquishment; and as some compen- sation for the great sacrifice made by the several deputations at this particular season, by abandoning their fall hunts and travelling several hundred miles to attend this convention, the undersigned John Dougherty and Joshua Pilcher agree, on behalf of the United States, to pay as a present to the tribes hereinbefore named, the sum of four thousand five hundred and twenty dollars, in mer- chandise, the receipt of which they hereby acknowledge, having been distributed among them in the proportions following: To the Otoes, twelve hundred and fifty dollars; to the Missouries, one thousand dollars; to the Omahaws, twelve hundred and seventy dollars; to the Yankton and Santee bands of Sioux, one thousand dollars. ART. 3. In consequence of the removal of the Otoes and Mis- souries from their former situation on the river Platte to the place selected for them, and of their having to build new habitations last spring at the time which should have been occupied in attending to their crops, it appears that they have failed to such a degree as to make it certain that they will lack the means of subsisting next OTOES, MISSOURIES, ETC. 691 spring, when it will be necessary for them to commence cultivat- ing the lands now preparing for their use. It is therefore agreed, that the said Otoes and Missouries (in addition to the presents hereinbefore mentioned) shall be furnished at the expense of the United States with five hundred bushes of corn, to be delivered at their village in the month of April next. And the same causes operating upon the Omahaws, they having also abandoned their former situation, and established at the place recommended to them on the Missouri river, and finding it difficult without the aid of ploughs to cultivate land near their village, where they would be secure from their enemies, it is agreed, as a farther proof of the liberality of the government, and its disposition to advance such tribes in the cultivation of the soil as may manifest a disposition to rely on it for the future means of subsistence, that they shall have one hundred acres of ground broke up and put under a fence near the village, so soon as it can be done after the ratification of this convention; and that there shall be a suitable person employed as farmer to assist and instruct them in cultivating the soil, so soon and for such time as the President of the United States may deem proper. - ART. 4. The undersigned, chiefs, braves, and head men of the tribes hereinbefore named, feeling sensible of the many acts of kindness and liberality manifested towards them and their respec- tive tribes, by their good friends, Joseph Roubadoux, sen, and Lucien Fontenelle, during an intercourse of many years; aware of the heavy losses sustained by them at different times by their liberality in extending large credits to them and their people, which have never been paid, and which (owing to the impove- rished situation of their country, and their scanty means of living) never can be ; are anxious to evince some evidence of gratitude for such benefits and favors, and compensate the said individualsº in some measure for their losses. To this end, at the earnest soli- citation of said tribes, it is agreed that the said Joseph Roubadoux, senior, shall have the privilege of selecting three sections of land any where within the ceded territory, so soon as the same shall be surveyed; and the said Lucien Fontenelle shall be permitted to select two sections in like manner, which shall be conveyed to them by the United States without cost, whenever the land so selected shall be reported by them, their agents, or legal represen- tatives, to the register and receiver of the land office of the district in which they lie. It is, however, distinctly understood, that if the President and Senate of the United States should refuse to ratify this and the last preceding article, or either of them, or any part thereof, that such refusal shall in no way affect the relinquishment and cession made by the tribes, parties hereto in the first article of this convention. ART. 5. This convention shall be obligatory on the tribes par- ties hereto, from and after the date hereof, and on the United States from and after its ratification by the government thereof. 692 OTOES, MISSOURIES, ETC. Done, signed, and sealed at Bellevue, Upper Missouri, this fif- teenth day of October, one thousand eight hundred and thirty- six, and of the independence of the United States, the sixty- first. Jno. Dougherty, Indian Agent, Joshua Pilcher, U. S. Ind. Sub-Agent, OTOES, Jaton, his x mark, Big Kaw, his x mark, The Thief, his x mark, Wah-ro-ne-saw, his x mark, Buffalo Chief, his x mark, Shaking Handle, his x mark, We-ca-ru-ton, his x mark, Wash-shon-ke-ra, his x mark, Standing White Bear, his x mark, O-rah-car-pe, his x mark, Wa-nah-sha, his x mark, Wa-gre-ni-e, his x mark, Mon-nah-shu-ja, his x mark, MISSOURIES, Hah-che-ge-sug-a, his x mark, Black Hawk, his x mark, No Heart, his x mark, Wan-ge-ge-he-ru-ga-ror, his x mark, The Arrow Fender, his x mark, Wah-ne-min-er, his x mark, Big Wing, his x mark, oMAHAws, Big Elk, his x mark, Big Eyes, his x mark, Wash-kaw-mony, his x mark, White Horse, his x mark, White Caw, his x mark, Little Chief, his x mark, A-haw-paw, his x mark, Walking Cloud, his x mark, Wah-see-an-hee, his x mark, No Heart, his x mark, Wah-shing-gar, his x mark, Standing Elk, his x mark, Ke-tah-an-nah, his x mark, Mon-chu-ha, his x mark, Pe-ze-nin-ga, his x mark, YANKTON AND Pitta-eu-ta-pishna, his x mark, SANTEES) Wash-ka-shin-ga, his x mark, Mon-to-he, his x mark, Wah-kan-teau, his x mark, E-ta-ze-pa, his x mark, Ha-che-you-ke-kha, his x mark, OTOES, MISSOURIES, ETC. 693 Wa-men-de-ah-wa-pe, his x mark, E-chunk-ca-ne, his x mark, Chu-we-a-teau, his x mark, Mah-pe-a-team, his x mark, Wah-mun-de-cha-ka, his x mark, Pah-ha-na-jie, his x mark, : Witnesses : J. Varnum Hamilton, Sutler U. John A. Ewell, S. Drag. and vict. Sec'y, William J. Martin, William Steele, Martin Dorion, his x mark. Ratified with the following amendments: Strike out that part of the third article following the word “con- vention,” in the following words: “And that there shall be a suitable person employed as farmer, to assist and instruct them in cultivating the soil so soon, and for such time, as the President of the United States may deem proper.” Strike out the fourth article in the following words: “Article 4. The undersigned, chiefs, braves, and head men of the tribes herein before named, feeling sensible of the many acts of kindness and liberality manifested towards them and their respective tribes, by their good friends, Joseph Roubadoux, senior, and Lucien Fonte- nelle, during an intercourse of many years; aware of the heavy losses sustained by them, at different times, by their liberality, in extending large credits to them and their people, and which have never been paid, and which (owing to the impoverished situation of their country, and their scanty means of living) never can be: are anxious to evince some evidence of gratitude for such benefits and favors, and compensate the said individuals in some measure for their losses. To this end, at the earnest solicitation of said tribes, it is agreed that the said Joseph Roubadoux, senior, shall have the privilege of selecting three sections of land, any where within the ceded territory, so soon as the same shall be surveyed; and the said Lucien Fontenelle shall be permitted to select two sections in like manner, which shall be conveyed to them by the United States without cost, whenever the land so selected shall be reported by them, their agents, or legal representatives, to the re- gister and receiver of the land office of the district in which they lie. It is, however, distinctly understood, that if the President and Senate of the United States should refuse to ratify this and the last preceding article, or either of them, or any part thereof, that such refusal shall in no way affect the relinquishment and cession made by the tribes, parties hereto in the first article of this con- vention.” 694 SIOUX. S I O U X. [concLUDED November 30, 1836–RATIFIED FEBRUARY 18, 1837.1 In a convention, held this thirtieth day of November, 1836, be- tween Lawrence Taliaferro, Indian agent at St. Peters, and the chiefs, braves, and principal men of the Wahpaakootah, Susseton, and Upper Medawakanton tribes of Indians, it has been repre- sented, that according to the stipula ions of the first article of the treaty of Prairie du Chien, of the 15th July, 1830, the country thereby ceded, is “to be assigned and allotted under the direction of the President of the United States, to the tribes now living thereon, or to such other tribes as the President may locate there- on, for hunting and other purposes.” And whereas, it is further represented to us, the chiefs, braves, and principal men of the tribes aforesaid, to be desirable, that the lands lying between the State of Missouri and the Missouri river should be attached to, and become a part of the said State, and the Indian title thereto be entirely extinguished; but that, notwithstanding, as these lands compose a part of the country embraced by the provisions of said first article of the treaty aforesaid, the stipulations thereof will be strictly observed until the assent of the Indians interested is given to the proposed measure. - Now we, the chiefs, braves, and principal men of the Wahpaa- kootah, Susseton, and Upper Medawakanton tribes of Sioux In- dians, fully understanding the subject, and well satisfied from the local position of the lands in question, that they can never be made available for Indian purposes, and that an attempt to place an In- dian population on them must inevitably lead to collisions with the citizens of the United States; and further, believing that the extension of the State line in the direction indicated, would have a happy effect, by presenting a natural boundary between the whites and Indians; and willing, moreover, to give the United States a renewed evidence of our attachment and friendship, do hereby, for ourselves, and on behalf of our respective tribes, (having full power and authority to this effect,) forever cede, relinquish, and quit claim to the United States all our right, title, and interest of what- soever nature in, and to, the lands lying between the State of Missouri and the Missouri river, and do freely and fully exonerate the United States from any guarantee, condition, or limitation, ex- pressed or implied, under the treaty of Prairie du Chien aforesaid, or otherwise, as to the entire and absolute disposition of the said lands, fully authorizing the United States to do with the same whatever shall seem expedient or necessary. As a proof of the continued friendship and liberality of the United States towards the Wahpaakootah, Susseton and Upper Medawakanton tribes of Sioux Indians, and as an evidence of the POTAWATAMIES. 695 sense entertained for the good will manifested by said tribes to the citizens and Government of the United States, as evinced in the preceding cession or relinquishment, the undersigned agrees, on behalf of the United States, to cause said tribes to be furnished with presents to the amount of five hundred and fifty dollars, in goods, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged. In testimony whereof, we have hereunto set our hands and seals, the day and year first above written. Law. Taliaferro, L. S. SUS SETONS. Ese-tah-ken-bah, or the sleepy eyes, his x mark, L. S. Kahe-maa-doh-kah, or the male rover, his x mark, L. S. Tunkah-munnee, or the great walker, his x mark, L. S. Hoh-wah-munnee, or the walking crier, his x mark. L. S. WAHPAAIKOOTA.S. Tah-sau-ga, or the cane, his x mark, L. S. Wahmaadee-sappah, or black eagle, his x mark, L. S Skushkahnah, or moving shadow, his x mark, L. S Ahppaa-hoh-tah, or the gray mane, his x mark, L. S. UPPER MEDAWAKANTONS. Wahkon-Tunkah, or the big thunder, his x mark, Wahmadee-tunkah, or big eagle, his x mark, Marcpeeah-mah-zah, or iron cloud, his x mark, Koc-ko-moc-ko, or afloat, his x mark, Tah-chunk-pee-sappah, or the black tomahawk, his x mark, Marc-pee-wee-chas-tah, or chiefs of the clouds, his x mark, Tah-chunk-washtaa, or the good road, his x mark, Mah-zah-hoh-tah, or the gray iron, his x mark, Patah-eu-hah, or he that holds the five, his x mark. Eacecuted in presence of J. McClure, Lt. 1st Inf. J. N. Nicollet, S. M. Plummer, Lt. 1st Inf. Scott Campbell, U. S. Interptºr. - P OT A. W. A. T A M I E. S. I concLUDED FEBRUARY 11, 1837–RATIFIED FEBRUARY 18, 1837.] Articles of a treaty, concluded in the city of Washington on the eleventh day of February, eighteen hundred and thirty-seven, be- tween John T. Douglass, commissioner on the part of the United States, and Chee-chaw-cose, ºffsh-cum, Wee-saw or Louison, Muck-ſcose, and Qui-qui-to, chiefs of the Potawatamie tribe of Indians. ART. 1. The chiefs and head men above named do, for them- selves and their respective bands, sanction and give their assent 696 POTAWATAMIES. to the provisions of the treaties concluded between A. C. Pepper, commissioner on the part of the United States, and certain chiefs and young men of the Potawatamie tribe of Indians, on the 5th day of August, and 23d day of September, 1836, in which were ceded to the United States certain lands in the State of Indiana, in which the chiefs and head men above named have an interest, the same having been reserved for them and their bands, respec- tively, in the treaties of October 26th and 27th, 1832. And the chiefs, and head men above named, for themselves and their bands, do hereby cede to the United States all their interest in said lands, and agree to remove to a country that may be provided for them by the President of the United States, southwest of the Missouri river, within two years from the ratification of this treaty. ART. 2. The United States agree that the several sums for the payment of which provision is made in the treaties of August and September, 1836, referred to in the preceding article, shall be paid to the respective chiefs and bands, for whose benefit the lands, ceded by the said treaties, were reserved. ART. 3. The United States further agree to convey by patent to the Potawattamies of Indiana, a tract of country on the Osage river, southwest of the Missouri river, sufficient in extent, and adapted to their habits, and wants; remove them to the same, furnish them with one year's subsistence after their arrival there, and pay the expenses of this treaty, and of the delegation now in this city. - ART. 4. It is further stipulated, that the United States will pur- chase the “five sections in the prairie, near Rockvillage,” reserved for Qui-qui-to, in the second article of the treaty of October, 1832, for the sum of $4,000; to be paid to said chief at such times and places as the president of the United States may think proper. ART. 5. This treaty to be obligatory upon the contracting par- ties, when ratified by the President and Senate of the United States. - In witness whereof, the contracting parties have hereunto set their hands and seals, the day and year above written. John T. Douglass, Commissioner, I. S. Qui-qui-taw, his x mark, L. S. Che-chaw-kose, his x mark, L. S. Ash-kum, his x mark, L. S. We-saw, or Louison, his x mark, L. S. Muck-kose, his x mark, L. S. Sin-qui-waugh, his x mark, L. S. L. S. Po-ga-kose, his x mark, John C. Burnett, Abram B. Burnett, Interpreters. William Turner, Signed in presence of G, C, Johnson, Isaac McCoy. CHOCTAW S AND CHICKASAWS. 697 CHOCTAws AND CHICKAs Aws. [concLUDED JANUARY 17, 1837—RATIFIED MARCH 24, 1837.] Jºrticles of convention and agreement made on the seventeenth day of January, one thousand eight hundred and thirty-seven, between the undersigned chiefs and commissioners, duly appointed and empowered by the Choctaw tribe of Red People, and John JMc- Lish, Petman Colbert, James Brown, and James Perry, delegates of the Chickasaw tribe of Indians, duly authorized by the chiefs and head men of said people for that purpose, subject to the ap- proval of the President and Senate of the United States. ART. 1. It is agreed by the Choctaws that the Chickasaws shall have the privilege of forming a district within the limits of their country, to be held on the same terms that the Choctaws now hold it, except the right of disposing of it, which is held in common with the Choctaws and Chickasaws, to be called the Chickasaw district of the Choctaw nation, to have an equal representation in their General Council, and to be placed on an equal footing in every other respect with any of the other districts of said nation, except a voice in the management of the consideration which is given for these rights and privileges; and the Chickasaw people to be entitled to all the rights and privileges of Choctaws, with the exception of participating in the Choctaw annuities, and the consideration to be paid for these rights and privileges, and to be subject to the same laws to which the Choctaws are; but the Chickasaws reserve to themselves the sole right and privilege of controlling and managing the residue of their funds, as far as is consistent with the late treaty between the said people and the Government of the United States, and of making such regulations and electing such officers for that purpose as they may think proper. ART. 2. The Chickasaw district shall be bounded as follows, viz: beginning on the north bank of Red river, at the mouth of Island bayou, about eight or ten miles below the mouth of False Wachitta, thence running north along the main channel of said bayou to its source; thence along the dividing ridge between the Wachitta and Low Blue rivers, to the road leading from fort Gib- son to fort Wachitta; thence along said road, to the line dividing Mushalatubbee and Pushmatahaw districts; thence, eastwardly, along said district line, to the source of Brushy creek; thence, down said creek, to where it flows into the Canadian river, ten or twelve miles above the mouth of the south fork of the Canadian; thence, west, along the main Canadian river, to its source, if in the limits of the United States, or to those limits; and thence, due south, to Red river, and down Red river to the beginning. ART. 3. The Chickasaws agree to pay the Choctaws, as a con- sideration for these rights and privileges, the sum of five hundred 59 - 698 CHOCTAW S AND CHICKASAWS. and thirty thousand dollars; thirty thousand of which shall be paid at the time, and in the manner, that the Choctaw annuity of 1837 is paid; and the remaining five hundred thousand dollars to be invested in some safe and secure stocks, under the direction of the Government of the United States, redeemable within a period of not less than twenty years; and the Government of the United States shall cause the interest arising therefrom to be paid annually to the Choctaws, in the following manner: twenty thousand dol- lars of which to be paid, as the present Choctaw annuity is paid, for four years, and the residue to be subject to the control of the General Council of the Choctaws; and, after the expiration of the four years, the whole of said interest to be subject to the entire control of the said council. ART. 4. To provide for the future adjustment of all complaints or dissatisfactions which may arise to interrupt the peace and har- mony which have so long and so happily existed between the Choctaws and Chickasaws, it is hereby agreed by the parties that all questions relative to the construction of this agreement shall be referred to the Choctaw agent, to be by him decided; reserving, however, to either party, should it feel itself aggrieved thereby, the right of appealing to the President of the United States, whose decision shall be final and binding. But, as considerable time might elapse before the decision of the President could be had, in the mean time, the decision of the said agent shall be binding. - ART. 5. It is hereby declared to be the intention of the parties hereto, that equal rights and privileges shall pertain to both Choc- taws and Chickasaws to settle in whatever district they may think proper, and to be eligible to all the different offices of the Choc- taw nation, and to vote on the same terms in whatever district they may settle, except that the Choctaws are not to vote in any wise for officers in relation to the residue of the Chickasaw fund. In testimony whereof, the parties hereto have hereunto subscrib- ed their names and affixed their seals, at Doaksville, near fort Towson, in the Choctaw country, on the day and year first above written. In the presence of Wm. Armstrong, Acting Sup’t. Western Territory, Henry R. Carter, Condºr of the Chick. Deleg'n, Josiah S. Doak, Vincent B. Tims, Daniel McCurtain, U. S. Intepreter, P. J. Humphreys, J. T. Sprague, Lieut. U. S. JMarine Corps. Thomas Lafloor, his x mark, Chief of Oaklafalaya district, Nituchachue, his x mark, Chief of Pushmatahaw district, Joseph Kincaid, his x mark, Chief of Mushalaţubbee district. CHOCTAWS AND CHICKASAWS. 699 Commissioners of the Choctaw nation. P. P. Pitchlynn, George W. Haskins, Israel Folsom, R. M. Jones, Silas D. Fisher, Samuel Wowster, John McKenney, his x mark, Eyachahofaa, his x mark, Nathaniel Folsom, his x mark, Lewis Brashears, his x mark, James Fletcher, his x mark, George Pusley, his x mark. Captains. Oak-chi-a, his x mark, Thomas Hays, his x mark, Pis-tam-bee, his x mark, Ho-lah-ta-ho-ma, his x mark, E-yo-tah, his x mark, Isaac Perry, his x mark, No-wah-ham-bee, his x mark. Chickasaw delegation. J. McLish, Pitman Colbert, James Brown, his x mark, James Perry, his x mark. i |-| || |